eo See wk? eh el ot et et 4 ; é ‘ yD 9 *

5-88-65 8 A888 PP ler } 7 . : SL. wah i)

eee ee be ee et ee ee . Ce ee eee ee hd

bod 0.0 et ¢ = a ee ~~ » tS 4 OSM ed

he ee ee kl a _*

Be et ee Pd] + & 2.

Pay er nt teehee et Oe pl al te .

an €y a a at f.* : Sy + * ¥ aa

- «

cs ee te 444 8 Se .

eae - J *

a »

ae . -

«= “a ye o - e * se al s

PP Pk at ol pe he I . lt ae

ee ae avs « 4% @ 4S 44 4 © 6 © 4 SMS . + +

FPP hl yp” PY SP ok _*. a

vs PM OD o*e =e

. . we

ee . Por

* : ee |

SPS Pee « Pay alae ae f . Pats

Po i we eee eee ee ee Ae eS .

28 2 G8 A 8 RMA BEN GL eae 4s **

V4.4 £2 4 3-@ 44 A +e *

*. Fp Fate Pi Pe gl "a

ang ta Pa ae 88s ee s -

” -

ea 4a 4 St 8D GD A ck -

; .

i - SA Pee

. 4

- se Be Ds SARS RMAMH | SG .

oy Ce ee ee ee ee ee ed ~

546 «8 @ 4 4m BA we A ERE ERG AS ay -

et 8S i 4m 8 44 A € € 4.4 % ua .

s« @ SASS AS Moga a ed e

MAK 8-4 eat S&S ee 8 OA RA BH e

PS wr ot wp y 4.8 4 we Ae SS ER eS -

tAP POPs * ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee eee =

OE Ed ge PP Pe ee ler ty “ 4s >.

ae * * a * «<4 @ .*

ae ne Pe al Be a Pe Oe et pt ee oe ee .

ee ee ee Oe ee ee ed -

Ce ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee

3A .46 4 BEAR A A A EBS EA KD EA AAD

6 GS USM EMER END AN ASRS RSD <

ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Ser é 64 Ws

6 368 6 tt ee 8 DE ea ae 6 HOLA Ow eH s<

aM ah & 4A a AD OES Ow OM CS 4 BMA TH

48 f tt Ft t AAD ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee

4448 RMA 44 44 HY O44 He BAN

Oak F ap PP png ple ste ee ee ee ee ee ee

ee ee ee ee ee + & @ SEA £4 EWA

a 6-3-e 645 GP GAT YEH EER 4 Oe

Ce ee eee ee ee) 4 Oe ee ee

oe 5% 8-4 6 6 Beh et 8 EK EHD 4 TH * b, 5 - = es ee we ew

2-4 “

eee ee ee 4

+ 28 4 Be hae

SA €¢ 4% (2S AS

ee ee

Ft ey Mavewres we ye

y -6 + << “ 6 «6

4 6-9 As — SADA 4 4AM

2.9 4 a4 94-4 SHE AAAS *

. ee ee 7 4 5 4-4 4A 8-44 **

= 4 4.3.4 4. 22-84 6 4-8 8 § 6 4 HS

- s-6 4 8 tu 4 ae eee oe ee eee ee

= € 84 @ 46-4 44 ee ee ee ee ee)

* s¢ 86 6W 65 wy 4 66 eS KE NO + 03.4%

- —S 6% 4.448 ©. 6 4-4 4-4-4 ES A OS 4 NS ~e so 4 we

oss . aig a oe ee pee aot ey ee OAs ig* ee po ae ee eee te

o ,- pam * - b- s >. «+ 8 =~ @

fF G8 EE SAAD 4EA-ETSBHEES I eS pe eB pe oie oe ee ee . “e+ 0s

+S _& S443 4 G_S 3-6 Gh S -5 S M RS RA 4-H NS * “= 4 a —

to -S_5.6 6446.8 3564-0 6A 48 AS 84 & 48 4 3 2 A “ +a AS

6 8-8 4 we 4.4.6 84-5 & 44 MAM EH SBA HKG 4-4 BA 6 4 a> eas 7.

+ S444 4.4 2 @ 4 @s oe 8 £2 4 8.8 § 4K RADA DH « . + 4 4-4 * é

Sb 04 € 4 + ot = 6-4-9 - G84 8 866 0. 6 FN 6 Oat 8 et 8 8 48 ORS EA ee ee

O45 5 84 4-92 4-4-4 2.9 4 4-4 *.4 « 6.8.4.4 ¢ 44-4 COM HS OS RE ‘

o> SOE SA SS 61-4. §.6.4.4.6 64. FB 4 SAG VAN-2 44 § 44 SS wa 8

S @ -4 4.6.4 94-844 6.4 5.6.4.6 4.6.6 44 44% HAN GAH ENS tS ED 4 Vy SA-

O_ 4-98 66. 5-6 9 544-886 6 A B-64 EN 44K 6D G44 DOA LEN 1S OS wD

+ @ 44 €.4-G4 EA 48-653 8-7 8 EM 6-4-4 SH 4 HHS a4.6 244444 HAM A 4

Sel pe led ae FP TE PE EE OE ee OE EEL EY

} e468 § SE 6.4 9 AS 4 8 te AO A YE HS AOE MA AH HEM A

S64 G6 4 GAG R-4-§ EH BAA SBD ABAD 4B EASE AN AA EE HS O

\.-$ 6-6-4. @9-4 4 S$ 4.4.4 && St 4 © H- 6-4-4 4 Oe ee ee oe ee ee ee ee 7 te 4

Pe ee ee eee = @ q £-H% 6 4 4444 4 4 4A a a

4+ © 8-9 4 4 4-4-4 . 6-3 44-9 4 oe et we HES 7 +38

4-2 -& 4-4-4 2 GW 4s 4H 8466 E* ANT DHA A OX ee

8-@ 4-t-4.4 4.44.4 4 -& 4 SEGRE GH 644 GHG TH DH aa se i

+4 4 446 sa3 4h 8 ft 2 Se Ae Sw eG *@#e

i SP od ete *“s i"6 — tate" aby ad be ba he ss a *° **

+ w3 o.34 © S % “ « =

ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eT 4

* #6» 3 4 6 4.4 44. G% .

6-6 4.9 4 & 46 4-8 § S-

4-4 48 6 4 84 + 44% =

* G_t_t 4-6-3 4-4-4 -G4- -

*.@@ 4 444 D3 b-4 tO

a tw © 44 4% 4 4-THM 4

4 -6-@ % 4 Be ey -% 8 SB

ee eee Se

4-6 6-8 OSS HH

2s «4 4 6 & 64-4 ¥-O

s a0 6 S_.8-t 4% 46. &

4-8 @ #8 +4 4-4-0-¢6

‘ + 2 «= * ~-4 & *

7 s-% -<«-@ ¢. 4. @ ~~ 2.4 =

~a-6- 6 9 8-4 @ &-@ a4

* +a * es «

eww <c-+ 7. 9 46 .

2 & %-4.4-- 4S ©

5-8 8 ¥-6 45 6 ES

6 4-4 © 4-2-9 -& 4.4%

oe € €4t Cee 6G 8 bh © 6-64 4

~e- 8 6-8-8 39 4 4% *'4-97 48 # HR Ce iK’ oe CUS SCHED

« set 6 6 st 6s @e ae “ &Saiaees

ed ae we ll Be iat et oe “ . i ee ee ee ee

088 6&6 *. ‘ «= _* &

* 6 8 © 6-4-5 & va taf <4 6 4 6 a4

2 . = >

. . . ~“-* ~s &

sa ec O40 4 4 4

. ‘ * e+» 3.9 ©

2. *

. . - a -_- ee @ * - —t. oe °

ee ee ee ee ee ae ee a ee et re eee ee

4 ; a ta eee ie a ee Me

pbb esta heh Ort eee a 2itet gis a6 ale 80 eee

Ret eee aah = >. = 6 6 £ she 6 8 @ a teh we ee

‘esos 2 $28 ss-eie Zs: "eis “stata “* oy . e's ~ 9S

Ye)

‘

4°,

x te i Oe wn ee eae eee ee oe ~~ ao oon a a a 4 . -

Pade ee

‘ y

[ [hay

‘

Diced byte

Ay i

Harr

DAV AU aN

lg at

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

VOL, XI.

PART IT. (Natura. History, &C.)

(Nos. I to [V.—1871.)

EDITED BY

THE HONORARY SECRETARIES,

Tt will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men

of science in different parts of Asia, will commit their observations to writing,

and send them to the Asiatic Society at Calcutta. It will languish, if such

communications shall be long intermitted ; and it will die away, if they shall

entirely cease.” Str Wm. Jones.

CALCUTTA :

PRINTED BY C, B. LEWIS, BAPTIST MISSION PRESS.

1871.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

“ne Qeun

Anperson, J.;—A list of the Reptilian accessions to the

Indian Museum, Calcutta, from 1865 to 1870, with a

description of some NEW SPECIES, ...ecerevecececces ee

Ayrton, W. E.;—On a quantitative method of testing a

pelcrestanh “Barth. oh ete ee ee Beds tle Vaweas's

Buanrorp, H. F.;—On some undescribed species of Camp-

toceras and other land-shells (with Plate ii), ......+.

Buanrorp, H. F.;—Note on the error of the Calcutta

Standard Barometer, compared with those of Kew and

GEROCUWIOM ec ardlu alse sea sete eof kee ee ees SEATS

Bianrorp, W. T.;—Notes on Col. McMaster’s List of Birds

arent IWAOPOrG,’“.'.'.‘.'s’s Pareichatate tal pales estates eatQlee a We

Buianrorp, W. T.;—List of Birds collected or observed in

the Wardha Valley and its vicinity near Chanda, ....

BuianFrorp, W. T.;—Account of a visit to the Hastern and

Northern Frontiers of Independent Sikkim, with Notes

on the Zoology of the Alpine and Subalpine regions,

Dart b> (with a map, Plate xxrv),\?{i.. oes. ceweae's

Day, F. ;—Monograph of Indian Cyprinids, Part I, (with

Plate re) o.%.°.*sa e's ards a ers Bae Nee ee ey, Liha ee ator@etes state :

Day, F.;—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide, Part IT, conti-

nued from p. 143, (Plate xxi), ..... Rlale welcrotstg rare wletal ete

Day, F. ;—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide, Part II, conti-

nued from p. 336, (Plates xxii and xXili), ....esverees

Doszson, G. E. ;—On a new species of Vespertilio, ........

Dosson, G. E. ;—Description of four new species of Malayan

Bats from the collection of Dr. Stoliczka, (Plates x

S11) i 3s) Sige Sa Re rie Been tic pa ee ae. veld ot alaial hatte .

Dozson, G. E.;—On a new genus and species of Rhinolo-

phidee with description of a new species of Vesperus,

and notes on some other species of insectivorous Bats

from Persia, va Cader enehe hy coe chant see emeee

Page

177

446

216

268

367

277

337

186

260

455

iv List of Contributors.

Gopwin-AustEN, H. K.;—Description of the species of

Alyceeinze known to inhabit the Khasi Hill Ranges,

(with Plates lii—v), ..... Abus <6 sain ye ia eee wieiee

Kurz, 8. ;—On some new or imperfectly known Indian Plants,

continuation from Journal, Vol. XX XIX, Part II,

pp. 61—91,..... eeeeee Cree ceer ev cemcocec teres oere

Kurz, 8. ;—List of Algee collected by Mr. 8. Kurz, in

Burmah and adjacent Islands, by Dr. G. von Martens,

in Stuttgardt, communicated by Mr. S. Kurz, ........

McMaster, Lrevt.-Cot. A. C. ;—Notes on Birds observed in

the neighbourhood of Nagpore and Kamptee (Central

Provinces) Chikalda and Akola in Berar, ......ec.ee.

Nevitt, G. anp H.;—Description of new Mollusca from the

Eastern Regions, (with Plate i),,...... were A

ScHWENDLER, L. ;—On the discharge of long overland Tele-

Graph: Teg icc. as sles oe eo eas array Senne sedecee

Storiczka, F. ;—Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca from the

neighbourhood of Moulmein (Tenasserim Provinces),

with descriptions of new species, (with Plates vi—viii),

Sroriozxa, F'.;—Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca from the

neighbourhood of Moulmein with description of new

species (Plates xv—xix), ........- war 8 /erotala seer wiapeta “Nie

Sroriozka, F.;—Notes on some Indian and Burmese

Ophidians (with Plates xxv and xxvi), ....cccecccuce

Surveyor-GENERAL ;—Abstract of Hourly Meteorological

Observations, November and December, ............

Woopv-Mason, J. ;—Contributions to Indian Carcinology,—

on Indian and Malayan Telphusidze, Part I, (Plates xi

ANG, Xi) gs pte «eee bd dence Sale Sinaia sro oasis noes aan shin jis

Woop-Mason, J.;—On Indian and Malayan Telphuside,

Part I, continued (Plates xiii and xiv), ..... PP

Woov-Mason, J.;—On Indian and Malayan Telphuside,

Part I, conclusion, (Plate xxvii,)., «000 a+s6seectoaen

OLLI re

Page

461

143

217

421

Ixxxiv

189

201

449

Date of issue of the different numbers of Part IT, Vol. XL, (devoted to

Natural History and Physical Science.)

Issued,

No. 1.—Containing pp. 1—94, pl. i—v, and Me-

teorological Observations for Nov. and

Dec,, 1870, pp. Ixxxiv to xcix, .-.... 31st March, 1871.

No. 2.—Containing pp. 95—200, pl. vi—ix, and :

Rie EU, Vora\niistes wile siafe-arnin av etaias: vie. ys »-+» 20th July, 1871.

No. 8.—Containing pp. 201—336, pl. x and

Sic ss eee eee seceeeee 25th Sept., 1871.

No. 4.—Containing pp.337—470, pl. xxii—xxvili, 29th Decr., 1871.

PLATE

If.

ITI—V.

VI—VIII.

TX.

XI—XIiI.

XIII—XIV.

XV—XIX.

X—XX.

XXI.

XXTI—XXITI.

XXIV.

XXV—XXVI.

XXVIT.

XXYVIIT.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

G. and H. Nevill’s New Mollusca, . .

H. F. Blanford’s Camptoceras,

Godwin-Austen’s Alyceine,

@e0eeaee

Stoliczka’s Terrestrial Mollusca,

Day’s Indian Cyprinide, Part I, ..

Wood-Mason’s Telphuside, Part I,

Wood-Mason’s Telphuside,

Stoliczka’s Terrestrial Mollusca,

Dobson’s Malayan Bats,......

Day’s Indian Cyprinide, Part II, ..

Day’s Indian Cyprinids,

Map illustrating W. T. Blanford’s

Journeyiin Siklimotds soso.

Stoliczka’s

Snakes,

Indian

and Burmese

Wood-Mason’s Telphuside, Part I,

conclusion,

Dobson's Persian Bats: wes. fed

Page

148

106

192

2038

217

267

280

337

367

421

449

435

“ om ‘

i )

q ‘

;

: I 3

= i ,

4 4 ‘wy

;

< {

ewes 7

* =

ss ~

2 i i <

. é ;

¢ |

« =z ° 8

a pe 4.958 ¥

*. sud

bs «

J ¥ gs 7

, <

pee"

7 a > 4 -_

;

' -

ni é * 5

a 5 :

California Academy of Sciences

sch ode

poe oe Tan Det ae’ Seale :

;

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASPATIC SOCIETY:

Part IL—PHYSICAL SCIENCK.

SLILILLP LDP LPS LPL LLP PPA LA PPA LP PI PIP I SOLS SLIT AINSI SILL IL

No. L.—1871.

Ooo lOO

DescRIPTIONS oF NEW MotivuscA FROM THE HasteRN ReEGIons,—dy

Messrs. G. anp H. NEVILL.

[Received and read 7th September, 1870, ]

(With Plate I).

We have already had the honor of laying before the Society

two papers, containing descriptions of new Mollusca from these

seas ; the present one contains descriptions of 12 new species of

marine shells from Ceylon, Mauritius and Pooree (Bay of Bengal),

for the several very interesting species from the latter locality, we

are greatly indebted to H. C. Raban, Esq., ©. 8., who has

lately been successful in obtaining some more shells, of almost

equal interest, from Chittagong. We had also described, and pre-

pared a drawing, of a very interesting new species of Leptocon-

chus, but fortunately noticed, just in time, its description by

Liénard in the number of the French Journal de Conchiliologie

which we had just received ; as, however, no figure was given, we

have thought it desirable to take this opportunity of doing s0 ;

we have also named and described an interesting new species of

Cataulus from Ceylon, the smallest as yet known, a new species of

Pisidium from India and 5 new land shells from Mauritius and the

Seychelles. We have also given two figures of an interesting species

of Cypricardia, C. spathulata, described by Souverbie in the Jour.

2 G. and H. Nevill—Deseriptions of new Mollusca. [Neet,

nal de Conchiliologie for 1862, p. 232. Finally we have figured,

and made a few further notes on two new species lately described

by us in the Ceylon Asiatic Society’s Proceedings.

Glauconella Andersoni, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 13, 18a, 130.

T. ovalis, glauca, aperta, indistincte longitudinaliter striata ;

spira paululum involuta ; labio appendiculo minimo munito ; aper-

tura ampla, antice dilatata, margine antico ovaliter arcuato, postico

sub-coarctato. Long. 83, Diam, maj. 63, Alt. 3} m.m.

This interesting species in shape closely resembles G. viridis,

Rang., the body of the shell is, however, considerably more in-

volute and the colour a pale apple green; it also differs from the

above, as well as from all the other described species of the genus,

in the small, almost rudimentary, appendage. It is tolerably

abundant on reefs at low water in the 8. Province, Ceylon. Dr.

Stoliczka also found it at Penang. The animal is dull greenish,

mottled with brown, the eyes are sessile, very small and black ;

the shell is completely hidden by the meeting of the lateral expan-

sions of the mantle, in this respect differing from G. viridis, in

which, according to A. Adams, the shell is only partially hidden.

Its mode of progression, at the time, strongly reminded one of us

of that of Omphalotropis.

Cylichna lactuca, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 2, 2a.

T. anguste cylindrica, solida, leevis, nitida, alba; anfractibus tri-

bus, ad suturam canaliculatis ; spira brevissima, paululum exserta,

nucleo mammillato, ultimo anfractu ad medium paulo constricto,

apertura supra angusta, lineari, ad suturam incisa, infra modice

dilatata ac sub-rotundata ; labro acuto, ad medium paululum pro-

ducto, labio levissime convexiusculo, paulo incrassato ; columella

plica unica, valida, per-obliqua instructa. Long. 83, Diam. 4}

m.m. §. Province, Ceylon.

This milky-white little shell appears to be nearest allied to

Cylichna voluta, Quoy. It also closely resembles the following, the

body whorl, however, is a little more contracted in the centre, and

instead of descending somewhat rapidly, it completely folds round

the upper whorls ; the apex is distinctly mammillated and the outer

lip is not so contracted anteriorly. It also seems to be much rarer.

1871.] G. and H. Nevill—Deseriptions of new Mollusca. 3

Cylichna involuta, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 3, 8a.

T. cylindrica, solida, alba, levis, nitida; anfractibus tribus,

sutura sub-canaliculata junctis, spira sub-conica, exserta, apice sub-

mammillato ; labro fere recto, tenui, labio crassiusculo, infra incurvo ;

columella uniplicata. Long 8}, Diam. 3} m. m.

S. Province, Ceylon.— Bombay and Penang (Dr. F. Stol.).

Ringicula apicata, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 10, 10a.

T. minuta, elongato-turrita, solidiuscula, leevis ; spira acutissima,

sutura perdistincta ; anfractibus quinis, ultimo maximo, oblongo

ac ventricoso, labio truncato, medio unidentato ; columell4é duabus

plicis validis munita ; labro incrassato, medio interne sub-denticu-

lato, ad basin sub-truncato. Long. 23, Diam. 14 m. m.

Very rare, Pt. Louis Harbour, Mauritius.

Gibbula Holdsworthana, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 18.

T. parva, turbinata, tenuis, cornea, sparsim irregulariter viride

marmorata, ad basin dense nigro-viride punctata; anfractibus

quinis, angulatis, ad suturam oblique deplanatis, indistincter

biplicatis, superioribus infra carinis duabus, acutis, validis, ultimo

tribus instructis ; basi sub-applanata, tribus carinis sub-granulosis

instructa, una valida ad marginem umbilici sita; umbilico intus

spiraliter costulato ; apertura fere circulari, labro simplici, interne

distincter margaritaceo. Alt. 43, Diam. 34 m.m.

Rare ; 8. Province, Ceylon.

This is another small shell belonging to the same group, as the

one described by us in the Society’s Journal for 1869, p. 159, un-

der the name of G. swb-plicata, in the present species the sculpture

is more regular and the colouring more vivid, being slightly flamed

with a very dark green, principally on the whorls near the apex ;

also closely dotted with the same on its base ; the umbilicus is wider

&e. The generic characters would seem to indicate an intermediate

position between Gbbula and Margarita.

RoginsoniA, nobis.

Ceylon Asiat. Soc. Proc, May, 1869.

The shells of this genus are of a Naticord appearance, of a thin,

delicate texture, composed of a few rapidly increasing whorls,

4 G. and H. Nevill— Descriptions of new Mollusca. [ No. 1,

not umbilicated, with a simple columella, the outer lip of the

aperture is not reflexed ; they somewhat resemble Amauropsis, The

genus was named after Sir Hercules Robinson, Governor of

Ceylon.

R. Crytontca, nobis, (loc. cit.), Pl. I. Fig. 5.

This shell, from Matura in Ceylon, forms the type of the above

genus, it is of globose, inflated growth, composed of four whorls,

almost smooth, of a whitish colour, encircled with a very broad,

chocolate belt ; it would seem to be very rare. Long, 11, Diam. 10,

Alt. apert. 83, Diam. apert. 7 m.m.

R. Pusiua, nobis, (loc. cit.) Pl. I, Fig. 6.

This delicate little shell, from Balapitiya in Ceylon, is not nearly

so inflated as the preceding, its form being oval instead of ventri-

cose, composed of five whorls, the spire more acute and the

suture more distinct ; it is of a milky white colour with a brown apex,

marked on the last whorl with two, somewhat indistinct, narrow

brown stripes; it resembles R. Ceylonica in being alntost smooth,

only slightly marked with the lines of growth.

Long. 6, Diam. 4, Alt. apert. 34, Diam. apert. 23 m.m.

Fossarus Stoliczkanus, ». sp., Pl. I. Fig. 10, 10a.

T. parva, alba, oviforme-oblonga, sub-crassa ; spira sub-obtusa,

anfractibus tribus, multi-carinatis,interstiis striis incrementi minutis-

simis decussatis ; anfractu ultimo peramplo, obliquo, ample et pro-

funde umbilicato, umbilico intus ruguloso ; apertura semicirculari,

labro ad marginem crenulato, uniforme curvato, intus sulcato, labio

erassiusculo, recto, levi. Long. 42, Diam. 34, Alt. apert. 33, Diam.

apert. 12 m.m.

Rare, 8. Province, Ceylon,—Bombay (Dr. F. Stol.)

Fossarus insignis, m. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 9, 9a.

T. tenuis, alba, sub-turbinata ; spira per-exserta, apice acutissi-

ma, sutura sub-canaliculata ; anfractibus 7, convexiusculis, confertim

carinatis, carinis spinulose aut granulose rugosis; ultimo anfractu

ventricoso, ad aperturam semilunarem dissoluto, profunde ac

1871. | G. and H. Nevill—Deseriptions of new Mollusca. 5

anguste umbilicato; labro acuto, crenulato seu minute fimbriato ;

labio tenui, levi, paululum curvato.

Long. 63, Diam. 5, Alt. apert. 4, Diam. apert. 23 m.m.

Rare ; 8. Province, Ceylon.

Syrnola dubiosa, n. sp., Pl. I, Fig. 19,

T. parva, angusta, subulata, levis, vix perforata ; anfractibus 10,

planis, sutura distincta, paulo impressa, simplici junctis ; apertura

parva, subovata, postice acute angulata, antice latiuscule sub-rotun-

data; columellé paululum reflexa, obliqua, tenui, uniplicata.

Long. 7, Diam. 2 m.m.

This small species closely resembles S. attenuata, A. Ad., but

can be distinguished by its only having ten whorls, by its slightly

less acuminate form, by the absence of any transverse striation

and by the unusually indistinct plait on the columella, The aper-

ture is contracted posteriorly and rounded at the base.

Sands at Pooree, Bay of Bengal, (Raban).

Niso pyramidelloides, n. sy., Pl. I. Fig. 14.

T. angusta, subulate acuminata, nitens, levis; anfractibus qua-

tuordecimis, planulatis, anfractu ultimo ad basin sub-angulato ;

sutura sub-indistincta; anfractibus fascia castanea ad suturam

inferiorem cinctis, ultimis quinis supra medium fascia simili notata ;

apertura compresse sub-rhomboidea, antice et postice oe

marginibus tenuibus.

Long. 11, Diam. 3. Alt. apert. 24, Diam. apert. 14 m.m.

This species cannot be confounded with any other of the genus

in form, as also in the manner in which the whorls are belted; it

bears considerable analogy to one or two known Pyramidelle, such

as P. pulchella, Ad. &c. The second brown belt, showing only

on the last five whorls, is a remarkable characteristic ; it is also

the narrowest and most contracted species of the genus yet de-

scribed.

Sands at Pooree, Bay of Bengal, (Raban) ; Malacca and Penang,

dredged in 3 fathoms on sandy ground (Dr. Stol.)

Leptoconcuus Rosiiuarpi, Lién. Pl. I. Fig. 1.

Journ. de Conch. 1870, XV. p. 305.

This handsome and peculiar species reminds one, somewhat, of

6 G. and H. Nevill—Descriptions of new Mollusca. [ No. 1,

certain species of Ooralliophila ; the shell is most remarkably pro-

duced at the base into a long, pointed canal, with a deep furrow

reaching from its extremity to the narrow umbilicus, the upper

whorls are perfectly flat and hidden bya callosity, the body is

somewhat flattened and dilated, roughly and handsomely cancel-

lated, with the interstices more or less fimbriated.

Long. 21, Diam. 183, Alt. apert. 183, (extra canalem 123), Diam.

apert. 8} m.m. Mauritius. .

Mangelia bicinctula, ». sp., Pl. I. Fig. 15, 15a.

T. turrito-fusiformis, solidula, nitida, fusco-albida, supra et infra

indistincter griseo-fulve cincta ; anfractibus 6, ad suturam anguste

constrictis, sub-cylindricis, ultimo basi attenuato, distincter castaneo

tincto, canali recto, brevi, latiuscule desinente, anf. omninis costulis

crassiusculis ‘transversis, rectis, et striis spiralibus tenuibus et

confertis ornatis ; apertura angusta, postice angulata; labro ex-

terne valde incrassato, albo, postice vix emarginato, intus indis-

tincter crenulato, labio tenuissimo, haud distincter designato, an-

tice paululum ruguloso. ‘

Long. 18, Diam. 44, Long. anfract. ult. 84, Alt. apert. 63,

Diam. apert. 2 m. m.

S. Province, Ceylon.

Helix Newtoni, n. sp.

This small species is composed of 6 flattened whorls, much com-

pressed, bearing above considerable resemblance to our common

English Z. rotundata ; suture very distinct, somewhat excavated ;

aperture small, nearly as high as broad, somewhat angular ;

margin of the lip simple; deeply umbilicated, reminding one a

little of certain species of the genus Solarium, increased by its most

striking characteristic, a row of crenulated, fold-like, closely approx-

imated striee, which surround the umbilicus and extend over about

two-thirds of the base. Very rare, Pouce Mt. Mauritius.

Helix (Discus) LeVieuxi, n. sp.

This beautiful little species, which is named after Mr. Le Vieux

of Mauritius, possessor of an extremely fine collection of shells

1871. | G. and H. Nevill—Deseriptions of new Mollusca. 7

from these seas, is composed of 8 closely wound whorls, mode-

rately elevated and turrited, covered at regular intervals with

very strongly developed transverse ribs which fade away towards

the obtuse apex, these give it a most interesting appearance under

the lens, they are continued on the base of the last whorl, where

they almost completely disappear towards the centre, but appear

again round the umbilicus; the aperture is very small, the last

whorl angular. Alt. 34, Diam. 2 m.m.

Rare ; Mahé, (Seychelles).

Helix (Conulus) sub-turritula, n. sp.

This small, horn-colored shell is composed of 7 turrited, rapidly

elevated whorls, divided by a distinct suture, no sculpture is discer-

nible, even under the lens ; apex somewhat mammillated ; last whorl

strongly keeled, its base nearly flat, imperforate ; aperture angular,

about as high as broad. It can be distinguished from the Indian

- species of the same type, by its flatter base and less convex whorls.

The animal is black mottled with yellow; it was found in a damp

ravine at Mahé (Seychelles), at about 800 ft. above the sea. Alt. 4,

Diam. 44 m.m.

Gibbulina Adamsiana, n, sp., Pl. I. Fig. 17.

Testa cylindrico-fusiformis, alba, vix rimata, teniola, sub-flex-

uose costulata, costulis fere rectis ac validis ; anfractibus 8, cylin-

_dricis, planatis, gradatim accrescentibus, ultimo regulari; spira

obtusa, sutura impressa ; apertura sub-angulatim quadrata, dente

parietali parvo munita, labro reflexo, curvato, labio columellari recto.

Long. 18, Diam. max. 6, Alt. apert. 5, Diam. apert. 43 m.m.

Very rare, near Curepipe, Mauritius.

This very distinct, though rare, species most resembles the

remarkable G. Nevilli, H. Ad. and G. Dupontiana, (Journal, Asiatic

Society, Vol. xxxix, page 411); it is easily distinguished from both

by the difference in form and sculpture, from the former, also, by

only having 8 whorls, from the latter by the almost entirely

concealed, instead of very open, umbilicus.

Cataulus Nietneri, n. sy., Pl. I. Fig. 7, 7a.

JT. parva, sub-fusiformis, vix perforata, apice sub-obtusa ; supra

pallide-straminea, infra virescente grisea, et irregulariter albido

8 G. and H. Nevill—Deseriptions of new Mollusca. [No. 1,

strigata; anfractibus 6, convexiusculis, primis duobus vel tribus

leevigatis, ceteris transversim costulato striatis, ultimo antice sub-

applanato, ad basin acute carinato ; apertura circulari, peristomate

albido, incrassato ac reflexo, intus ad basin anguste canaliculato.

Operculum normale.

Long 11, Diam. 4}, Alt. apert. 4, Diam. apert. 33 m. m.

This is the smallest species of the genus as yet described, it is

also composed of fewer whorls, the last being peculiarly somewhat

flattened; the sculpture is obsolete on the first three, just discerni-

ble on the fourth and very distinct on the last two whorls; the notch

at the base of the peristome is less conspicuous than in the other

species of the genus; the shell is of a straw colour, irregularly

marbled and streaked with greenish zigzag markings ; the opercu-

lum is of a light horny texture composed of about 6 whorls. We

have named this interesting new Cataulus after Mr. Nietner of

Ceylon, who has so largely contributed to the knowledge of the

Insects of that island.

Helicina Theobaldiana, n, sp., Pl. I. Fig. 8, 8a.

IT. parva, depresso-conica, fulvo vel luteo rufescens, sub-obsolete

striata ; anfractibus quinis, supra convexiusculis, ultimo ad periphe-

riam acute carinato, basi tumido ac levigato ; carina luteola ; aper-

tura semilunari, paulo obliqua, labro reflexiusculo, paulo dilatato

ad peripheriam sub-angulato ; labio calloso, albido ; columella bre-

vissima. Operculum tenue, minute et confertim granulatum, pal-

lide glaucum, margine paululum fusce-rubro tinctum. Alt. 43,

Diam. maj. 43, D. min. 4 m.m.

This small species has no peculiar characteristics, it varies from

a dark rufous brown to a pale straw colour ; out of some hundred

specimens procured, not a single one had the whorls banded. In

height it is tolerably constant, 4-4} m.m., but it varies consider-

ably in the breadth, one variety being about 73, another 6 and a

third (the rarest of all) as high as broad ; it somewhat resembles

a species from Tonghoo (? crocina Bens. apud Theobald), it

can be distinguished by the smoother surface, by the absence of

stripes, by the tumidity of the base, and by the greater develope-

ment of the callosity. It also is very close to ZZ. Nicobariea, Phil.

1871. ] G. and H. Nevill— Descriptions of new Mollusca. 9

from the Nicobars, indeed so much so, that some specimens are

barely distinguishable, the minute spiral sculpture of the latter

being almost the only constant difference. Abundant at the

Seychelles, on the ground amongst decaying leaves, &c.

Nucula Rabaniana, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 11, 11a, 116, 11e.

T. parvula, perobliqua, valde inequilateris, crassa, moderate

inflata, nitida, pallidula, radiatim obsolete confertim lineolata et

concentrice striata, striis distantibus, sub-obsoletis; parte antica

valde et angustatim producta, postica brevi et abrupte truncata ;

margine supero, aut dorsali, utriusque valve eleganter et crasse

granulato; margine interno valvarum minute crenulato; cardo

dentibus validis antice 23, postice 7, instructus, fovea ligamentali

angustissima separatis. Length 6, breadth 43, thickness 3 m.m.

In shape somewhat resembling WV. Paytensis, A. Ad., (var. of

NV. crenulala, A. Ad., apud Hanley), the posterior extremity a trifle

more produced, the sculpture is, however, very different.

The concentric grooves in the present species are very indistinct,

often becoming altogether obsolete, there are only traces of radiat-

ing striation ; the striking feature, however, is the two peculiar

rows of oblique granules (nine in each row) on the anterior dorsal

margins; the inner margins are unusually strongly crenulated ; the

teeth very long and sharp, especially the seven posterior ones.

Pooree, Bay of Bengal, (Raban). Dr. Stoliczka dredged near

Penang in 4 fathoms a few specimens of what appears to be this

species. ‘They are a little more elongated than those from Pooree.

Pisidium Clarkeanum, ». sp., Pl. I. Fig. 4,4a. 4d.

T. ventricosa, oblonga, valide inequilateris, pallide fulva;

postice elongata ac rotundata, antice rotundate truncata ; umboni-

bus prominentibus ac tumidis; superficie concentrice confertim

striata, striis tenuibus, regularibus.

Length 53, breadth from the umbones 43, thickness 84 m.m.

Iam indebted for this species to my friend Mr. G. R. Clarke;

it is tolerably abundant in tanks &c., close to the Damuda at Mois-

raka, I have lately received avery similar shell from Chittagong,

only differing by its smaller size, less produced posterior end and

less tumid umbones ; it may prove to be specifically distinct. I have

10 G. and H. Nevill—Deseriptions of new Mollusca. [No. 1,

also a third closely allied species before me from the neighbourhood

of Bombay, this differs, however, materially from the two former

by its more produced and sub-angulate anterior end and by the

more central position of the umbones &c., it is smaller than either

of the preceding forms. A fourth Indian species in my collection

from the Himalayas is very distinct from any of the above, it

will probably prove to be P. paludosum, Hutt. (Journ. As. Soc.

Bengal, xviii, p. 649).

Cryptogramma Arakana, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 16, 16a.

T. oblonga, subventricosa, alba, maculis castaneis pervariabile

sparsim flammulata ; lunula angusta, attenuata, parte anteriore

fusca; umbonibus prominentibus, paululum antice positis ; latere

postico angustato, oblique truncato, ad extremitatem rotundate ob-

tuso, antico rotundato ; superficie valvarum costulis concentricis et

radiantibus ornata, primis in parte media, alteris antice et postice

multo fortioribus et squamulosis.

Length 14, breadth from the umbones 133, thickness 9 m.m.

Dredged alive by Mr. H. F. Blanford in Arakan, to whom we

are indebted for specimens ; single valves are abundant on the sands

in the 8. Provinee, Ceylon ; it was also found by Dr. Stoliczka at

Penang and Singapore, being extremely common at both localities.

The sculpture of this handsome little shell is very peculiar, in the

centre it is strongly latticed with close set ribs, which form, where

they cross one another, large, nearly round granules ; at the extreme

anterior side, there are no decussating ribs, but the transverse ones

are continued by 4 or 5 rows of broken up, rugose granules; the

posterior side, beginning at about one-third of the breadth of the

shell, has somewhat similar rows of granules, somewhat distant,

the granules themselves being, for the first 7 or 8 rows, erect and

foliaceous, almost spoon-shaped.

CYPRICARDIA SPATHULATA, Souv. Pl. 1, Fig. 20.

Jour. de Conch. pl. ix, f. 2.

A specimen of this interesting species was found by Dr. J.

Anderson at the Andamans, and presented by him to the Indian

Museum at Calcutta; it was buried in a slate-colored rock in

: 11,1871,

Soe

A.S.B. Vol:

G.NEVILL, Journ

For explanation of figures See p. ll.

1871.] G. and H Nevill—Descriptions of new Mollusca. 11

company with a species of Pholas ; there appears to be no specific

difference from the shell figured from New Caledonia by Mr.

Souverbie from a unique specimen; my specimen confirms his

statement, that the right valve is less inflated than the left one,

which he appears to have thought might have been only accidental

in his type specimen; he makes no remark regarding the habitat.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE.”

Fig. 1.— 1b. Leptoconchus Robillardi, p. 5.

2.— 2a. Cylichna lactuca, p. 2.

3.— 8a. Cylichna involuta, p. 3.

4.— 4d. Pisidium Clarkeanum, p. 9.

3. Robinsonia Ceylonica, p. 4.

6.— 6a. Robinsonia pusilla, p. 8.

7.— ta. Cataulus Netnert, p. 7.

8.— 8a. Helicina Theoboldiana, p. 8.

9.— 9a. Fossarus insignis, p. 4.

10.—1l0a, Fossarus Stoliczkanus, p. 4.

11.—lle. Nucula Rabaniana, p. 9.

12.—1l2a. Ringicula apicata, p. 3.

13.—186. Glauconella Andersons, p. 2.

14, Niso pyramidelloides, p. 5.

15.—lia. Mangelia bicinctula, p. 6.

16.—16a. Cryptogramma Arakana, p. 10.

17. Gebbulina Adamsiana, p. 17.

18. Gibbula Holdsworthana, p. 8.

Lo. Syrnola dubiosa, p. 5.

20.—20a. Cypricardia spathulata, p. 10.

ee eu5u—y0u“5759arFr me _5—e_—ee en _eeleeeeeee

12 No, 4,

A List oF tHE Reptinian Acckssion To THE InDIAN MusEum, Cat-

CUTTA, FROM 1865 to 1870, WITH A DESCRIPTION OF SOME NEW

SPECIES,—by Joun AnpErson, M. D., F. L. 8. & F. Z.S.

[Received 28th October, read 2nd November, 1870.]

The accompanying list is a rough record of the number of species

and specimens of Reptiles, added to the Indian Museum during the

last four and a half years, with an enumeration of the localities from

whence they were obtained. The Museum is especially indebted

to Messrs. Jerdon, W. T. Blanford, Stoliczka, Theobald, Gammie,

Peal, Godwin-Austen and Haughton for many valuable donations.

The Museum collectors who have visited many parts of India

during the above period, have also largely contributed to the

collections in this Department. Two hundred and fifty-five species

have been received during these four and a half years and about

60 of them are either new or recently described species. They

illustrate 113 genera and number in all 1768 specimens.

A great deal, however, remains yet to be done, before sufficient

materials will have been brought together for the full and exhaus-

tive illustration of the distribution and variation of the Reptile

fauna of our Eastern possessions, &c., and it may not be out of place

to indicate here the localities from whence Reptiles are most re-

quired. Chief among these are, the North Western Provinces,

Marwar, Bikaneer, Sind, the North Western Himalaya, Assam,

the Khasi Hills, Arakan and Burmah, Southern India and Ceylon,

especially the four last mentioned localities.

Much has yet to be learned regarding the frogs, lizards and land

and fresh water tortoises, and more especially of the smaller species

of the two former groups.

The new species described in these pages have been received

during the above period.

Scmncipz.

Buprepes novem-carinatus, n. sp.

Supranasals form a suture behind the rostral. Eyelid scaly.

Preefrontals, postfrontals and vertical meet ina point. Seven upper

1871.] J.Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. 138

labials, the 5th the longest. Ear obliquely oval with two or

three strong prominent denticulations, Thirty-two longitudinal

lines of scales round the body and 42 transverse lines between the

axils. Scales with 9 keels, the three central ones strongly marked.

The limb reaches to the anterior angle of the eye ; hind limb as long

as two-thirds of the distance between the axils.

Above olive brown with 4 or 5 narrow longitudinal black lines

along the back. A deep brown band from the nostril through the

eye and above the ear, along the side and on to the base of the tail,

with a moderately white band above far over the supercilium

along the side of the back; another through the upper labials

and ear to the shoulder whgre it changes into the pale greenish

yellow of the side. A very faint broken blackish line from the

angle of the mouth to the shoulder and three or four from behind

the fore limb along the side of the belly. Limbs with five longi-

tudinal black lines with scattered white spots.

Length of body 3”, 10” ; tail 4”, 4”.

Hab. Mandalay, Upper Burmah.

The nine keels, strongly denticulated ear, and the greater number

of scales between the axils and round the body separate this species

from, 2. rufescens apud Ginther, or L. macularvus.

Euprepes longicaudatus, n. sp.

Tail long and tapering, three and one half the length of the body.

A long narrow linear supranasal, not contiguous with its fellow.

Posterior frontals form a broad suture. The anterior frontal is

partially divided, vertical moderate tapering behind. Fifth upper

labial below the eye, much elongated ; opening of the ear of moder-

ate size, no lobules. Thirty longitudinal series of scales round the

body and 28 transverse series between the fore and hind limbs.

Preanals not enlarged, scales with 4 to 6 keels, 4 the prevailing

number. Fore limb, when laid forward, reaches to the anterior

angle of the eye ; the posterior extremity covers 4-5ths of the in-

ternal between the groin and the axilla. Limbs of moderate

strength. Upper surface and sides uniform dark brown, lower

parts pale greenish white ; vent to snout 1”, 6’”’, vent to tip of tail

3”, 9’’, fore limb J,” ; hind limb 32’.

14 J. Auderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. [No. 1,

Hab. Cachar.

This form is closely allied to Z. monticola from which it is distin-

guished by the greater number of the keels on its scales and by

the length of its tail. It is in all probability a hill form.

GECKOTIDS.

Hemidactylus Bengaliensis, ». sp.

Body uniformly granular. An enlarged white tubercle on the

side of the neck before the shoulder. No enlarged tubercles on

the sacral region. ‘Tail flattened from above downwards, flat on

the under surface, contracted at the base and then expanded into

broad verticils. A prominent almost spiny tubercle directed

backwards on the posterior inferior margin of each verticil, with

or without a small tubercle above it on the dorsal and lateral margin.

The perfect tail a little longer than the body. Eight or nine

femoral pores, not continued on to the preanal region. Thirty-five

longitudinal series of scales onthe middle of the abdomen. The

rostral with a longitudinal groove on its upper surface. A pair

of moderately-sized rounded plates behind the rostral, separated

from each other by two granules, placed longitudinally and forming

the upper margin of the nostrils. Two small plates enter into the

posterior margin of the nostril, the first labial defining it below.

Fifteen upper labials, the hinder ones very small. Eleven lower

labials. ‘Two large shields behind, broadly in contact with each

other, and forming a suture with the sides of the mental and with

the first labial. A pair of small shields on the external side of the

post mentals. Two irregular lines of small shields of variable size

below the lower labials. Twelve transverse imbricate plates in

double series on all the fingers, except the thumb which has only

10, the distal on all, and sometimes the proximal, being undivided.

Fingers all clawed, the claw of the thumb being very small. The

upper surface of each finger is covered with about 5 longitudinal

lines of enlarged almost scaly granules, the interval between them

and the disks being occupied by minute granules. Thirteen im-

bricate plates in double series on the second and third toes, the

distal and proximal ones being undivided; twelve on the 4th

and 5th toes, the proximal ones being single or partially divided,

1871.] J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. 15

the distal one single. All the toes clawed. The scale-like granules

on the upper surface arranged as on the fingers.

Brownish grey olive, with 5 to 6 transverse, broad, wavy,

brownish bands, with pale posterior margins on the back, and 12 to

138 more indistinct bands on the tail with the angle directed

backwards. Sides faintly reticulated with brown. Under surface

pale yellowish, brightest on the middle of the abdomen. Disks

bright silvery white in life. Length 2,” 11”, tail 3”, 2” — 6”, 1".

This species is common in Bengal, and is closely allied to H.

Coctei, from which it is distinguished by the tubercle on the side of

its neck, by the absence of the tubercles on the sacral region, the

spiny character of the lateral caudal tubercles and the smaller

tubercle above it, the greater number of its upper labials and by

its coloration.

Nycteridium Himalayanum, x, sp.

Head rather flat : snout broader, flatter and more rounded than

in N. Schneidert. Fingers and toes with a more developed mem-

brane. Uniformly granular above, with the exception of a line of

large, round, flat, scale-like granules along the sides from behind the

fore limb to the loin. Thirty-six longitudinal rows of scales in the

middle of the belly. Two pairs of mental shields, the anterior

nearly twice as large as the posterior. Eleven upper and eight

lower labials. A line of small shields above the upper labials. <A

pair of supranasals behind the rostral, the two separated by a

small azygos shield. ‘Tail broken off.

Uniform greyish above with a shining lustre, marbled with

blackish in short lines. A dark line far behind the eye along the

side, minutely punctulated with black, a spot to each granule

most numerous on the limbs, the sides of the body and head ; under

surface yellowish.

The rather strongly webbed feet of this species would seem to

connect Ptychozoon and Nyctervdium. ‘The glands behind the ear in

the position of the paratoids are prominent structures, filled with a

white cheesy substance. Darjeeling ; 3,000 feet.

16 J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. [No. 1,

OLIGODONTIDA.

Simotes semifasciatus, n. sp.

Scales in 17 rows, occipital suture little more than half the

length of the vertical. Occipitals but little larger than the vertical,

rounded or obliquely truncated behind. Hight upper labials, the

4th and 5th entering the orbit. Loreal longer than high. Two

preoculars and two postoculars. Temporals 1 + 20r1 +1 42,

or 2 + 2; one only in contact with the postoculars, but when there

is a small anterior temporal, this shield is in contact with the two

postoculars. Upper postocular wedged in between the supraciliary

and the occipital. Ventrals 181, ©. 84. Anal entire ?* Length

8”, 5’, tail 2”, 3”’, ventrals with an obtuse keel. Uniform brown

above, with 50 obscure, irregular, narrow, brocken, ‘transverse,

black bands, formed by the black margin of the scales, not continued

on to the second row of scales. Under surface dull yellowish with

numerous quadrangular large black spots on the ventrals and cau-

dals, obscure on the anterior eighth of the body. All the scales

minutely punctulated with brown.

Two specimens, Naga Hills, Assam.

CoLUBRIDZ.

Zamenis Ladacensis, n. sp.

Head rather long ; snout pointed, the rostral as broad as high,

pyramidal. Anterior frontals as broad as long, their greatest length

being from within outwards, about half the size of the posterior

frontals. Mesial suture of posterior frontals obliterated, but a

small portion of the united shield is separated on the right side;

vertical much contracted in the middle, its anterior end broad. Oc-

cipitals proportionally larger, than in Z. fasciolatus, transversely

truncated behind. Loreal almost square. One large preocular

reaching the vertical with a small detached piece below, separated

from the 3rd and 4th upper labials. Nine upper labials, the 4th

and Sth entering the orbit, the posterior upper extremity of the

latter prolonged up behind the orbit. The upper half of the 6th

distinct, but excluded from the orbit by the 5th. Two posterior

* The snake has been ent open through the anal.

1871.] J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. 17

oculars in contact with two temporals. Temporals 2 + 2, nineteen

rows of smooth scales with two apical pores, ventrals with a distinct

keel, most marked on the middle and hind part of the body. Anal

bifid, ventrals 237, caudals 102. Pale olive brown, marked on the

anterior half of the body by broad brown dorsal bands only a little

darker than the general colour of the snake, distinct near the

anterior part of the body, but obscure behind. Ventral surface

pale yellow, faintly marbled with brown on the under surface of the

tail. Nine teeth in each maxillary, the last stronger than the others.

Ladak, where it is said to be the only snake inhabiting that

elevated region.

Tropidonotus Sikkimensis, », Sp.

Head of moderate size, obtusely rounded in front; scales in 19

rows, feebly keeled, much imbricate on the anterior half of the

body and disposed in very oblique rows. Ventrals 166—170, caudals

64—66. Rostral much broader than high. Anterior frontals more

than half the size of the posterior pair, obtusely truncated in front.

Lateral margins of vertical broader than anterior margin, conver-

gent. Posterior margins of occipitals rounded, occipitals longer

than vertical, supraciliary nearly as large as vertical. One quad-

rangular loreal higher than broad. Preeocular just reaching the

upper surface of the head. Three postoculars, eight upper labials,

the 4th and 5th entering the orbit. Temporals 2 + 2 in contact

with all the postoculars, the inferior anterior are about 4 times as

large as the superior. Two pairs of elongated chin shields, the pos-

terior divergent behind, anterior in contact with five lower labials.

Twenty-five small teeth in each maxillary, scarcely separated from

two strong teeth behind them. Anterior half of the body olive

green, darkening posteriorly to olive brown, reticulated posteriorly

with white and black, involving the margins of the scales. Under

surface pale yellow, the ventrals on the anterior third of the body

with large blackish .brown spots, that sometimes cover a whole

shield; then the posterior thirds minutely speckled with dark pur-

plish brown; the angles of the ventrals of the same colour. The

upper side of the head is uniform olive, but all the upper labials

and rostral are pale yellow ; in front of the eye pale olive brown,

no black spot below the eye.

18 J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. [No. 1,

Darjeeling, 5000 feet.

This description is drawn up from two specimens* that agree

in every particular. It is closely allied to G. subminiatus and

T. himaiayanus, but distinguished from them by its dentition, the

relatively fewer number of its caudal plates and by its distinctive

coloration.

HypDRoPHID &.

Hydrophis tuberculata, n. sp.

Head slightly broader than the neck and of moderate length.

Neck not very slender. Rostral broader than high. Fourth and

fifth labials below the eye; one preocular and two postoculars.

Three to four temporals along the side of each occipital, the anterior

one the largest and almost entering the labial margin. The nasals

are large and quadrangular, and much larger than the frontals

which are rounded behind. The vertical is emarginate and much

smaller than the elongated occipitals.t All the shields of the head,

including the lower labials and the scales in the immediate vicini-

ty of the head, are thickly studded over with minute granules.

Thirty-eight rows of slightly imbricate scales round the neck, each

scale with two prominent tubercles, one before the other. Ventrals

321, small, about twice the size of the adjoining scales, irregular,

sometimes dividing, those on the fore part of the body largest.

Each ventral with several minute tubercles on either side. Jour

anal shields, the external the largest. Terminal scale of tail mo-

derately large, tubereulated at its base. Trunk encircled by 59 black

bands, 8 black bars on the tail. The bands are broadest and black-

est on the back, contracting on the sides into narrow indistinct lines,

continued on to the ventral surface. Ground colour olive yellow

above, bright gamboge yellow below. A dark olive patch on the

crown of the head with a pale yellowish band from orbit to orbit, and

passing backwards through the temporals to the neck. An obscure

dark line through the upper labials which are yellowish. Length

49 inches.

* No. 1. Length 353 ; tail 73. No. 2. Length 348; tail 7.

+ Two large pairs of square-shaped chin-shields in contact with each other

and four of the lower labials.

1871.] J, Anderson—Leptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. 19

Hab, ‘Tidal streams, Calcutta.

This species is very closely allied to Z. granosa from which it is

separated by the small number of scales round the neck, by its two

postoculars and two pairs of large chin-shields and by differences in

the form of the shields of the head.

Hydrophis Fayreriana, n. sp.

Head short and thick,snout broad, rounded ; body moderately long,

stout, of nearly equal breadth throughout and narrower on the

anterior fifth. Frontal shields large, tapering outwards, about

the same size as the nasals. One precocular, small and pointing

forwards. One postocular. Seven upper labials, the 5th the larg-

est, the 6th and 7th labials with a shield above them, suggesting

that they are only portions of a large 6th labial. . Third and fourth

labials entering the orbit, oblong, higher than broad. The front

lower labials form a suture behind the mental and are succeeded

by a number of scale-like shields. Thirty-four rows of smooth

scales round the neck. ‘Those on the ventral surface larger than

those on the back and sides, and slightly imbricate, no enlarged

ventrals ; 193 scales from the chin to the vent. Five pairs of small

preeanal shields.

Thirty-nine broad olive brown cross bands on the back, extending

to the sides, but not on to the belly, rounded below, separated by

narrow pale lines about half a scale’s breadth. Tail olive brown

above, black on its lower third. Length 30”, 2’””; tail 3", 1”; gape

e Hab. Bay of Bengal, Pooree Coast.

This species appears to be closely allied to ZH. Hardwickii, from

which it is distinguished by the absence of tubercles in the adults,

the partial imbrication of the middle rows of scales on the belly,

by their greater number &ec.

Hydrophis crassicollis, ». sp.

Head hardly distinct from the neck. Neck and body of nearly

equal girth throughout. Round neck 2”, 2”, round middle of body

2”,9”. Body elongated. Thirty-four series of scales round the »

neck, 40 round the middle of the body. Scales almost smooth on

20 J. Anderson—Leptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. (No. 1,

the neck and anterior third of the body ; two feeble keel-like tuber-

cles, one before the other, very obscure, but more strongly developed

on the two posterior thirds, ventrals twice the size of the adjoining

scales, quite smooth, broken up here and there on the posterior five

eighths of the body. Two pairs of anal shields, the central pair of

moderate size, elongate, the external pair very large. The vertical is

pointedly linquate. One pre- and two post-oculars. The 8rd, 4th

and 5th labials enter the orbit on one side, but only the 3rd and 4th

on the opposite side, the 5th being transversely divided into two

shields which do not reach quite as high as the orbital margin.

Two pairs of large chin shields, the anterior pair quadrangular,

and the posterior pair rather elongated. Olive yellow above, yel-

lowish on the sides and under surface, 62 broad black bands on

the back, contracting to a point on the sides, but prolonged very in-

distinctly on to the sides and central aspect, when they expand as a

large blackish spot. Near the tail the dorsal bands become con-

nected together, and their continuations on the central aspect follow

a similar arrangement. Six black rings on the tail, confluent be-

low ; the latter third entirely black. Length (total) 4 feet, 5”, 6”; tail

4”, 3”. Hughli, below Calcutta. The peculiarity of this species is

its elongated body, the uniform breadth which it preserves through-

out its length and its enlarged and smooth ventrals.

CROTALIDA.

Hypnale affinis, x. sp.

Snout short, triangular, slightly concave above, canthus rostralis

prominent ; point of snout turned up, with the linquate shaped ros-

tral directed forwards and upwards, capped by 4 small and rather

nodular scales ; frontals broken up in a number of small scales, sym-

metrically arranged. Occipitals as large as supraciliaries, irregular-

ly shaped and tending to divide in the middle, irregularly trun-

cated behind, one in one direction and the other in another. Three

preoculars forming the posterior boundary of the loreal pit. Two

postoculars, the lower one very large, forming the edge of the eye

and reaching to the lower preeocular. ‘wo large temporals, widely

separated from the occipitals and diminishing in size from before

backwards. Hight upper labials, the second forms the lower mar-

1871.] J. Anderson—LReptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. 21

gin of the loreal pit. The posterior labials are very much smaller

than the third and fourth and only half as high. Scales in 19 or

20 rows, moderately keeled, ventrals 148-155, subcaudals 36-30.

Anal entire. Tail terminating in a convex almost spiny scale.

There are two varieties of coloration, the markings being the same ;

one is light reddish brown and the other dark brown, A series of

large, round, dark brown spots either opposite or alternate along

each side of the back, confluent on the posterior fourth of the body,

with a lateral series of smaller and more indistinct spots below

them, with another line of still smaller spots on the first series of

scales and angles of ventrals. All the scales and the ventrals finely

mottled with brown. A narrow longitudinal brown band along

the side of the neck corresponding to the second line of spots. A

broad yellowish brown band from behind the eye through one half

of the temporals, downwards behind the angle of the mouth to the

side of the neck between the second and third line of spots. A

shoe-shaped brown band, the front of the shoe forwards, on the

occiput and nape. A brown band from below and behind the eye

through the lower two thirds of the temporals and from the posterior

half of the third labial round the angle of the mouth, on a line with

the lowest line of spots. Fifth to 8th upper labials each with a yel-

lowish spot. Two yellow spots below the angle of the mouth.

This species is distinguished by the greater number of scales

round the body, their stronger carination, the greater number of its

upper labials and the relatively lesser height of the small posterior

labials to those below the eye.

RANIDA.

Rana Gammii, »n. sp,

Snout short, moderately pointed and rounded, with indistinct can-

thus rostrais, Tympanum hidden or very indistinct, one-half the

diameter of the eye. Lower jaw with a pair of not very prominent

apophyses, vomerine prominences of moderate size, placed nearly

transversely with an interval between them. Skin generally smooth,

but with a very few small tubercles on the sides and sacral region

in some, others smooth throughout, A fold joining the posterior

angle of the eyelids. A glandular fold from the eye over the tym-

22 J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. [No. 1,

panic region to the shoulder, and another from behind the eye

along the side of the back to the groin. Hind limb of moderate

length. The distance between the vent and the heel a little longer

than the body. An oblong flat tubercle at the base of the first

toe, and a fold along the 1st and éth toes. The 8rd and Sth

toes are almost subequal, the 4th being the longest. Tips of toes

and fingers slightly swollen. ‘Toes completely and broadly webbed,

the membrane reaching to the tips of all the toes and not emargi-

nate.

Olive grey above, marbled on the back with blackish brown.

A black band between the eye and the snout and another from the

posterior angle of the eye to near the shoulder. A black band be-

tween the eyes. The posterior half of the lateral glandular fold is

yellowish. A brown blackish band below the lateral fold from behind

the eye to the groin. About 8 black bars on the upper jaw and 12

on the lower ; the chin faintly speckled with greyish. Fore lmbs

and fingers black spotted. Sides with from 6 to 8 black spots. Legs

barred and marbled with brownish. ‘Toes barred with black and

marbled with paler. Under surface yellowish, brighter on the

under and hinder surface of the thighs.

Another specimen from the same locality (Darjeeling) has the

sides and sacral region tubercular and the legs very feebly so. ‘The

colour above is uniform (in spirit) dark slate, marbled with darker.

Around the vent there is a loose circular bay, marked by radiating

lines, thickly studded over by papille, each capped by a chitinous,

curved, sharp process.

Length of ¢ 2", 7"; hind leg 4”, 2”. Length of ¢ 2", 10”; leg

5”, 2”. Males without vocal sacs.

Habitat. Darjeeling, 4000 feet.

Dr. Jerdon* in a late notice of some reptiles mentions a frog

from Darjeeling somewhat allied to 2. Lrebigui, but distinguished

from it by its more fwlly webbed feet. Suchis his description and he

apples to it the name R. sekimensis. I have no means of determin-

ing whether this frog isoris notthe one now described, as Dr.

Jerdon gives no additional details regarding it.

* Proceedings Asiatic Society, Bengal, 1870, p, 83.

1871.] J. Anderson—Leptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. 23

Pxyicephalus Khasianus, n. sp.

Body short and thick, legs of moderate length. Head short and

broad. Snout short and rounded; no canthus rostralis ; nostrils

directed upwards and backwards, almost on the upper surface and

half way between the eye and the snout. Eyes rather large and

prominent. Occiput much swollen. Tympanum inverted by the

skin, but faintly visible, small, one half the diameter of the eye.

Skin in the groin full, smooth throughout, no trace of tubercles,

fingers quite free; three small tubercles on the palmar aspect, the

inner one the largest, elongated and similating the shovel-like tu-

bercle of the metatarsus. The first and second fingers of nearly

equal length, about a half shorter than the third ; the fourth about

one third shorter than the third. Thighs rather short, lower leg

little shorter than the thigh. Tarsus and foot the length of the

thigh and one half of the tibial portion. The body very little

longer than the distance between the vent and the heel. The

’ shovel-shaped prominence laterally compressed, but not prominent.

Two apophyses on the lower jaw. The choane are round, more

distinctly defined, but rather smaller, than the eustachien tubes ;

vomerine prominences placed transversely behind the choane and

separated from each other by a narrow interval. Tongue rather

small, cordate and notched behind.

Uniform brown above, faintly barred on the thigh ; spotted with

brown on the sides, chin, thorax and under-surface of the hmbs.

Hab. Khasi Hills.

The position and direction of the vomerine prominences and the

small size of the metatarsal tubercle almost serve to separate this

form as the type of a new genus.

PoLYPEDATID&.

Hylorana granulosa, », sp.

Of moderately slender habit. Canthus rostralis distinct, rounded.

Snout of moderate length, pointed. The interval between the eyes

is equal the distance from the anterior angle of the eye to the nostril.

Nostril below canthus rostralis near the end of the snout. Loreal

region longitudinally concave. Tympanum nearly as large as the

.eye. Vomerine teeth in two, somewhat oblique, ridges near the

24 J, Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. | No. 1,

internal margin of the choane, converging, but separated by a nar-

row interspace. Tongue rather elongately cordate, deeply notched.

A strong glandular fold at the side of the back from the eye to the

loin. Two glands at the angle of the mouth, one behind the

other, not prolonged on to the side as a glandular fold. Limbs

of moderate length ; disks rather small. Fingers slender and

of moderate length.- The first is rather longer than the 4th,

and the 2nd is considerably shorter than the latter; the third

is more than one half longer than the 4th. The 4th toe is

if anything less than one half of the body. Two well developed

metatarsal tubercles, the inner one oblong, the outer one round

and prominent. Toes two-thirds webbed. From the vent to the

metatarsal tubercle is considerably more than the length of the

body. The back is closely granular with a few scattered tubercles,

more especially on the sacral region. Tubercles not visible in the

supposed young. Head almost smooth. Sides of the body of the

adult with small and large tubercles.

Olive brown above, paler on the glandular line of the sides. A dark

band from the nostril to the eye. A dark brown band from behind

the eye along the side. A narrow white streak from below the eye

along the glandular fold behind the mouth. Upper lip olive

brown. Chin and throat dusky. Thorax, abdomen, sides, fore

limbs, and front and back of femora yellowish, reticulately spotted

with brown, the reticulations strongest on the back of the thighs.

Upper surface of legs barred with brown to the feet.

In a specimen, which appears to be the young of this species from

Pegu, the colours are more marked than in the adult, more especial-

ly the pale colour of the dorsal glandular lines which is prolonged

forwards as a pale margin to the upper eyelid and canthus rostra-

lis. ‘The light colour of the glands behind the mouth is prolonged

along the sides as an indistinct line, also showing itself to a

certain extent in the adult, which the young resembles in all the

other details of coloration.

The young specimen was obtained in Pegu by Mr. Theobald

and the adults at Seebsaugor, Assam. The former measures:

length 1”, 2”, hind limb 1,’ 11”; the latter: length 2”, 2”, hind

limb 0”, 6.”

1871.] J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. 25

I first described this species in my notes from a specimen I obtain-

tained in Yunan.

Hylorana monticola, n. sp.

Snout of moderate length, very little longer than the distance be-

tween the eyes. Moderately pointed, canthus rostralis triangular

or nearly so. Loreal region between the nostril and eye flat, per-

pendicular and then abruptly rounded outwards to lower jaw. Nos-

tril directed backwards and outwards, slightly below the canthus

rostralis and nearer the end of the snout than the eye. Upper

jaw not projecting much beyond the lower one. Tympanum dis-

tinct, small, about one third the size of the eye. The tongue cor-

date, hardly elongated, deeply notched behind. Choane hemi-

spherical; the vomerine ridges begin on a line with their anterior

internal angle in two oblique lines, increasing in size from before,

backwards converging, but separated by a considerable interspace.

The eustachian openings are rather larger than the choane. A

glandular fold along the side of the back, with a very indistinct one

from the tympanum to the shoulder. A few enlarged glands behind

the mouth, with a short fold meeting the one from the tympanum

and ceasing behind the shoulder. From the vent to the heel is

slightly in excess of the length of the body. The length of the

foot is about half the length of the body. Disks large. The thumb

is a little shorter than the second finger which is about one fourth

shorter than the fourth. The third finger is one third longer than

the fourth. ‘Toes broadly webbed, the membrane reaching to the

disks of all fingers except the fourth.

Dark slate colour above, obscurely marked with large darker

spots. A deep bluish black band from the nostril through the eye

and tympanum, and along the sides on which it expands, and is

obscurely spotted with darker. <A pale bluish line from the eye

along the glandular fold. Upper surface of legs greyish, obscurely

banded and mottled with slaty brownish. Back of thighs finely

reticulated with brown. Under surface yellowish. Upper lip, post-

oral glands and fold yellowish, faintly mottled with dark slaty.

A narrow slaty streak along the margin of the lower jaw. A dark

bluish black broken band from the angle of the mouth downwards

26 J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. [No. 1,

and backwards along the forepart of the humerus, separated from

the general dark slaty of the arm by a narrow yellowish streak.

Below, the elbow and the bands barred with blackish.

Length of body 2”, 10”; hind limb 57, 2”:

Darjeeling, 3,500 feet.

The single fold along the back, the small tympanum, the smooth

skin and the coloration of this species separate it from all its fel-

lows. Only one specimen has come under my observation.

Polypedates tuberculatus, ». sp.

Head of moderate size ; snout rounded and somewhat pointed,

Canthus rostralis indistinct rounded. Nostrils below it near the

tip of the snout. Tympanum about two-thirds the size of the eye,

vomerine prominences close to the internal angle of the choana,

rounded and small, with a large interspace between them. Tongue

moderately long, deeply notched behind. Fingers broadly webbed,

the membrane reaching the disks of the second and fourth fingers.

Disks of fingers large, about one-third larger than those of the toes.

A small oblong metatarsal tubercle. Length from the vent to the

metatarsal tubercle considerably larger than the body. A strong

fold from the eye over the tympanum to the shoulder. Skin smooth

above. Abdomen finely granular with numerous moderately sized

~ yound tubercles ; under surface of thighs granular, with scattered

large round tubercles.

Upper surface uniformly deep brown in spirit. Brownish yellow

below with a blackish region round the vent, a short way along

the thighs. The tubercles of the abdomen and thighs are darker,

Faint black banding on the tibie and femora. Some specimens

with a violet spot on the tip of the snout, another before the eye

and a broad violet band with dark margins from the eye along the

side to the groin.

~ Longest specimen 1”, 8”; thigh 8”; leg 9”; tarsus 5”; metatar-

sus and toes 7”,

This species is intermediate between Polypedates and Rhaco-

phorus. In its general form, in the wide interspace between its

vomerine processes, it is strongly affined to the latter, while its

smaller disks and the incomplete webbing of its toes affine it to

1871.] J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Musewm. 27

Polypedates. I was at first inclined to refer it to Thacophorus, but

prefer now to locate it provisionally as I have now done.

Hab. Seebsaugor, Assam.

Rhacophorus maculatus, x. sp.

Rhacophorus Reinwardtii, Jerdon, Proe. As. Soc. Beng. 1870,

p. 84.

Head very short and broad, of moderate size, snout rather shorter

than in &. maximus, Giinth. This distance between the eyes is

the length of the snout, and about one half the distance between the

nostrils is broader than the interval between them. Nostrils near

the extremity of the snout below the canthus rostralis. Canthus

rostralis indistinct, rounded. Tympanum rather indistinct, about

one half the longer diameter of the eye. A very feeble fold over the

tympanum, vomerine teeth in two transverse ridges from the ante-

rior internal angle of the choane, with a moderately wide interval

between them. Upper surface smooth ; abdomen and under surface

of thighs granular.

Violet above, with a few scattered minute white and black

spots, the former only in theadult. Yellowish below, the chin and

throat occasionally with a few black spots. <A large intensely

bluish black spot on the side behind the arm, with a smaller one on

a line with it posteriorly ; rather occasionally absent in the young.

Both minutely speckled with violet.

Length 2”, 3”’; hind limb 8”, 5”.

Hab. Khasi Hills.

I have five specimens of this frog from the Khasi Hills, and in

all the above characters are persistent. Dr. Jerdon referred

this form to Rk. Reinwardtii from which it is distinguished by the

persistent black spots on the side, the white and black spotting

of the back in adults and the invariable absence of the spots on

membrane of the fingers and toes.

Ixalus punctatus, x. sp.,

Habit rather stout, Head rather broad and rounded. Length of

the snout is a little more than the breadth between the eyes. Can-

thus rostralis distinct ; the nostril nearer the end of the snout than -

28 J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. [No. 1,

the eye. Tympanum distinct, about one-third the size of the eye.

The choane smaller than the eustachian tubes. The back nearly

smooth with a few scattered minute tubercles on the sacral region.

Finely tubercular on the sides, on the under surface of the body

and femora; the tubercles anterior to the thorax being less nu-

merous than on the belly. A fold from the eye over the tympanum

to the shoulder. Limbs of moderate length ; disks well developed.

The first finger is shorter than the second and the latter than

the third ; the fourth reaches only to the end of the third joint of the

third. From the vent to the metatarsal tubercle is the length of the

body. Metatarsal tubercle small. Toes less than one-third webbed ;

disks not so large as on the fingers.

Back brownish (spirit specimen), as far forwards as the anterior

angle of the eye where the brown abruptly ceases in a straight

line, the upper surface of the snout being light olive grey.

The brown of the back obscurely spotted with darker. Sides

bluish grey, the minute tubercles dark brown. Under surface

dirty yellowish, the chin, throat and thorax with scattered brown

spots. A dark brown band from the snout to the tympanum. A

white line along the canthus rostralis and margin of eyelid and

supratympanal fold. Upper lips white. A brown spot in the axilla

and a large elongated one in the groin. A dark brown band on

the back of the thighs at some distance internal to the vent.

This description is drawn up from a frog in the Museum labelled

I. tinniens, Jerdon, from the Nilgiris.* In Dr. Jerdon’s specimen

of that species, the body was 1,3, and the hind leg 1,3, while in

the frog that yields this description, the body is 5% and the hind

limb 1,35, which would seem to indicate that the former was a frog

of a very different habit of body from the latter. There are no

other points in Dr. Jerdon’s account of Phyllomedusa? tinnienst

to assist in identifying the frog he had in view, and from the cir-

cumstance that he makes no mention of the tubercular sides and

under surface, and does not enumerate any of the striking features

of the coloration, of the form just described, I believe it to have been

wrongly referred to P. tinniens. He describes an Lralus glandu-

* Collected by Mr. Theobald.

f Journal As. Soc, Beng. vol. XXII, p. 538.

1871.|] J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. 29

losa* with a largely glandular abdomen and slightly webbed feet,

but the characters are so vaguely given, that the description is of

no practical value.

Ixalus lateralis, n. sp.,

Snout short as long as the eye, rounded in front ; canthus rostralis

angular and rounded. Tympanum about one-third the size of the

eye. Tongue linear, elongate, slightly notched behind. Eustachi-

an tubes about the same size as the choanee. Skin smooth above;

sides and sacral region with a few minute scattered tubercles. A

fold from the eye over the tympanum to the shoulder, terminated

over the latter in a rather prominent white tubercle, under surface

smooth, limbs moderately long. The tips of the fingers and toes

very feebly dilated. Second finger slightly longer than the first,

and the third than the former. Fifth about one-half the length of

the fourth. Footrather short, the fourth toe less than one half the

length of the body. The first toe very small, about one half the

length of the second. The third toe is its distal phalanx longer

than the fifth, and the latter reaches only to the distal end of the

second phalanx of the fourth. Toes one-fourth webbed, an elongat-

ed metatarsal tubercle at the base of the first toe. From the

vent to the heel is the length of the snout shorter than the

body. .

Uniform brown above (spirit specimen). Three black spots,

with a white spot in the centre of some, in linear series along the

side. A lower oblong black spot on the side of the sacrum above

the groin. A narrow white line on the middle of the side between

the fore and hind limbs. A black band along the supratympanal

fold. A few black spots above the vent. Back of the thighs black,

with a white spot at the end of the band. Legs barred with black.

Under surface brownish yellow.

Length 1”, 1”, hind limb 1”, 10’.

The habitat of this species is unknown. I found it in a bottle

along with a specimen of Xenophrys monticola and labelled Hy-

lorana—?

* Ibidem p. 532.

30 J. Anderson—eptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. [No. 1,

LIST OF ACCESSIONS

to the collection of Reptiles in the Indian Museum, since 1865.

CHELONTIA.

TESTUDINIDE. Specimens.

Testudo Phayrei, Blyth,—Cachar Hills, oes 3

EMYDIDE,

Pyaidea Mouhotii, Gray,—Cachar Hills, 3

Emys crassicollis, Gray,—Penang, 2

» Hamilton, Gray,—Calcutta, a 2

Pangshura tecta, Gray,—Calcutta and Agra, ns 5

a Jlaviventer, Gth.,—Agyra, 1

sa Sylhetensis, Jerdon, nu. sp. ;—Khasi Hills, 1

Batagur Elliotti, Gray,—Agyra, fs 1

TRIONYCIDE.

Emyda granosa, Schopff.—Calcutta, cain ee

Trionyx Gangeticus, Cuv.,—Mandalay, Upper Burmah, a

we Phayrei, Theobald,—Penang, a |

SAURIA,

CROCODILIDA.

Crocodilus palustris, Lesson,—Calcutta, Travancore, me

ra porosus, Schneid.—Caleutta, Akyab and Pegu, as 3

Gavialis Gangeticus, Gmelin,—Ganges, Pag 1

VARANIDE.

Psammosaurus scincus, Merr..—Agra, ets. = |

Varanus dracena, Linn.,—Caleutta, Agra, Khasi Hillsand Assam, 10

» jlavescens, Gray,—Agra and Calcutta, 2

= nebulosus, Gray, —Moulmein, a“ 1

Ms lunatus, Gray,—Agra and Goalpara, aes 5

Hydrosawrus salvator, Laur.,— Andamans, Calcutta and Assam, 4

LACERTIDE.

Tachydromus sealineatus, Daud.,—Khasi Hills,

~ Haughtonianus, Jerdon, n. sp.,—Goalpara cisager 1

Cabrita Jerdonis Bedd., n, sp.,—Berar, Udiptir, Bilaspir, J ash pur |

and Bandaree, Cent. India, ae |

Ophiops Theobaldi, Jerdon, n. sp.,—Kashmir, sie |

Acanthodactylus Cantoris, Gth.,—Hissar, 28 5

1871.] J, Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum.

ZONURIDE.

Pseudopus gracilis, Gray,—Darjeeling, Dacca and Yunan, 5 5

SCINCIDE.

Euprepes rufescens, Shaw, (apud Ginther),—Caleutta, Raiptr,

Bilasptr, Jashptir, Goalpara (Assam) Cachar and

Andamans, i. Slee

e carinatus, Shneid.,—Moulmein, Penang, 2

of macularius, Blyth,—Sirronja, Chanda, Bandara, Bilas-

pur and Cachar. 23

Pa longicaudatus, And., n. sp.,—Cachar, vee 1

3 novemcarinatus, And., n. sp.,—Mandalay, = 1

. quingueteniatus, Licht.,—Lake Ashangli, Abyssinia, ... 1

Hinulia maculata, Blyth,—Moulmein and Cherra Punji, 6

Mabouia Jerdoniana, Stol., n. sp..— Penang, 1

Eumeces Sikimensis, Blyth,—Sikim, 2

* nov. sp., And.,— Yunan, 2

FA Hardwickui,— Bilaspur, , 2

“A nov. sp., And..—Momien, Yunan, Soe 2

a5 indicus, Gray, —Darjeeling and Assam, a PED.

» var, chinensis, And.,—Ponsee (Kukhyen Hills,) 1

Riopa albopunctata, Gray,—Bilasptir, Debrooghur and Pegu,... 6

» lineolata, Stol., n. sp.,—Martaban, 1

» anguina, Theob.,—Prome, (Burma), 3

GECKOTIDE.

Gecko guttatus, Gthr.,—Calcutta, Assam, Cachar and Upper Burma, 16

a stentor, Cantor,—Andamans, oe 2

4 Smith, Gray,—Java, ae 1

Ptychozoon homalocephalum, Schlegel,—Nicobars and Pegu, ... 2

Hemidactylus maculatus, D. and B.,—Calcutta, Bilaspir, Bir-

bhtim, Berar and Pegu, 17

5 Srenatus, D. and B.—Gowhatty (Assam), A pall

Rangoon, Moulmein, Penang and Nicobars, 13

S Mortoni, Theobald, n. sp..—Pegu,

‘3 Bengaliensis, And., n. sp.,—Caleutta, ei

= Leschenaultii, D. and B,,— Upper Burma, Yo;

Nycteridium Schneideri, Shaw,—Darjeeling and Seebsaugor,

Peripia Peronii, Cantor,—Pegu and Penang,

3 Cantoris, Gthr.,—Ponsee (Kakhyen Hills),

Gymnodactylus Khasiensis, Jerdon, n. sp..—Khasi Hills,

Heteronota affinis, (Cyrtcdactylus affinis, Stol.)—Penang,

BH WOr Oke we

32 J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. | No. 1,

Phelsuma Andamanense, Blyth,—Andamans, i

Puellula rubida, Blyth, (Cyrtodactylus rubidus apud Siolienicayes

Andamans, > 1

Lublepharis Hardwickii, Gray,—Calcutta, ae 1]

AGAMIDA,

Draco volans, Linn.,—Penang, iv 1

» maculatus, Gray,—Assam and Pegu, ne fs

3 Dussumeri, D. and B.,—Travancore, a

Japalura variegata, Gray,—Calcutta and Darjeeling, cor soe

i nov. sp., And..—Momien, Yunan, 2

Sitana minor, Gthr.,—K. Berar, Bandara, Udiptir, Nagpur, Bilas-

pur and Chanda, os nee

Bronchocela cristatella, Kuhl,—Penang and Java, 2g) ea

= jubata, D. and B.,—Nicobars and Java, dds 4

- moluccana, Lesson,—Singapore, he 1

Calotes versicolor, Daud.,— Calcutta, Darjeeling, Koteghur, Chan-

da, Udiptir, Nagptir, Cachar, Assam, Khasi Hills,

Bhamaw (Upper Burma), 73

is mystaceus, D. and B.,— Garo Hills, Moulmein and Nonidet

lay (Upper Burma), hi 8

4 ophiomachus, Merr.,—Ceylon, 2

a Emma, Gray,—Goalpara (Assam), Ponsee (Kukhyen Hills,

Upper Yunan), 3

Salea Horsfieldii, Gray,—Madras, it 1

» derdoni, Gray,—Nilgiris, a 2

Oriocalotes n. sp., (And.), Ponsee (Kukhyen Hills), 2

Oriotiaris tricarinatus, Jerdon,—Darjeeling, hes 2

Tiaris subcristata, Blyth,—Andamans and Nicobars, soi Vee

_Lnolepis guttatus, Cuv.,—Pegu, us 3

Oromastix Hardwicku, Gray,—Agyra, 5

Charasia dorsalis, Gray,—Ranchi, Govindptr, Raiptr, Vaiptir,

Nagptr, and Chanda, ge

Stellio tuberculatus, Gray,—Koteghur, 1

- himalayanus, Steind.,—Dras in Ladak, Wee 3

Chameleo vulgaris, Daud.,—West Bengal, 3

Ophidia.

TYPHLOPIDE.

Typhlops Horsfieldii, Gray,—Caleutta, Goalpara (Assam), deb:

saugur (Assam), Cachar and Pegu, ee vee

A braminus, Daud.,—Govindpur (Bengal), and Pegu, ... 2

i871.] J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. 33

Lyphlops bothriorhynchus, Gthr..—Garo Hills and Seebsaugur

(Assam), ae 2

5 pammeces, Gthr.,—Calcutta and Goalpara, ba 3

TORTRICIDH.

Cylindrophis rufus, Laur.,—Upper and Lower Burma, oF 2

XENOPELTIDH.

Aenopeltis unicolor, Reinw.,—Pegu, nee 2

UROPELTIDE,

Silybura Ellioti, Gray,—Madras, “ts 1

CALAMARIDE.

Geophis Perroteti, D, and B.,—Nilgiris, ye 1

OLIGODONTIDE,

Bik codon subpunctatus, D. and B.,—Calcutta and Maunbhim

(Bengal), . 5

se dorsalis, Gray,—Khasi Hills, 1

‘, subgriseus, D. and B.,—Doomercoonda, (Bengal), 1

Simotes Russellii, Daud.,—Calcutta and-Singhbhtm, (Bengal), ... 4,

» punctulatus, Gray,—Darjeeling, Assam, Jyntea Hills,

Cachar and Khasi Hills, Ce eae

x. n. sp., (And.), Upper Burma, oe i

es Theobaldi, Gthr.,—Mandalay (Up. Burma), : ate I

oa semifasciatus, And., n. sp..—Naga Hills, 1

COLUBRID.

Ablabes bistrigatus, Gthr..—Prome (Burma), fe 1

33 tenuiceps, Blyth,—Hills near Burrakur, 1

ay collaris, Gray,—Darjeeling, Khasi Hills, Jyntea Hills

and Hotha, (Yunan), averse

Seg ee var. chinensis, And.,

c bicolor, Blyth,—Khasi Hills, 9

4 Nicobariensis, Stol., n. sp.—Nicobars, 1

a Rappui, Gthr.,—Darjeeling, * 8

Aa melanocephalus, Gray,—Singapore, fe 1

» juscus, Blyth,—Darjeeling, 7

a n. sp., (And.), Muangla, Yunan, 1

Coluber porphyraceus, Cantor,—Darjeeling and Sechaunates

(Assam), Hotha and Momien (Yunan), eerily

Compsosoma radiatum, Reinw.,—Backergunge (Bengal), ae 4,

3 n. sp., (And.), Muangla and Hotha (Yunan), oe 3

- melanurum, Schleg..—Andamans, ae =

reticulare, Cantor,—Darjeeling and Garo Hills, ... 10

34 J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. (No. 1,

Compsosoma Hodgsoni, Gthr.,—Simla, a0, 3

os semifasciatum, Blyth,—Simla, i

Cynophis helena, Daud.,—Chanda and Ceylon, 2

a malabaricus, Jerdon,—Nilgiris, 1

Ptyas mucosus, Linn.,—Caleutta, Koteghur, Akyab, Anaademel

Upper and Lower Burma, Hotha and Momien,

(West Yunan), see

ee Koros, Reinw.,—Assam and Landa (U. Yunan), 2

Aenelaphis hexahonotus, Cantor,—Penang, 1

Zamenis diadema, Schleg..—Agra and Delhi, 8

» ° fasciolatus, Shaw,—Caleutta, 2

ef brachyurus, Gthr.,— Berar, vie ET

Zaocys nigromarginatus, Blyth,—Darjeecling, Jyntea Hills ot

Khasi Hills, 4,

Tropidonotus quincunciatus, Schleg.,—Bengal, Ceylon, Seman

India, Agra, Andamans and Upper Burma, il Soe

53 guincunciatus, Schleg., var. ventrimaculatus, And.,

Darjeeling, eee 1

> macrophthalmus, Gthr.,—Darjeeling and Seebsau-

eur, ee f

a9)! platyceps, Blyth,—Kulu and Darjeeling, dein. ty ee

“s subminiatus, Reinw.,—Darjeeling, Khasi Hills, As-

sam, Pegu and Muangla (Yunan), 18

Ms Himalayanus, Gthr.,—Darjeeling, Assam and Khasi

Hills, 8

a stolatus, Linn.,—Low. Bengal, Madras, Jyntea Hills,

Assam, Cachar, Lower and Upper Burma, Pe Oe

> n. sp., And., Ponsee (Kukhyen Hills) and Landa

(Yunan), te nee

a n. sp., (And.),—Hotha (Yunan), 2

2 junceus, Cantor,—Assam, ie 1

‘4 Sikimensis, And., n. sp.,—Darjeeling, ‘ 2

* plumbicolor, Cantor,—Ceylon, ‘we 1

Aretrium schistosum, Daud.,—Calcutta, 2

* n. sp., (And.), Muangla and Hotha (Tunin, 3

Xenochrophis cerasogaster, Cantor,—Caleutta and Assam, 2

HOMALOPSIDE.

Cantoria Dayana, Stoliczka,—Moulmein, . 1

Cerberus rhynchops, Schneid.,—Caleutta, Barrakur (Bengal),

Akyab and Amherst (Burma), Baa oO

1871.] J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. 35

Hypsirhina enhydris, Schneid.,—Caleutta, Bengal, Assam and

Cachar, jos

a plumbea, Boie,—Upper Burma, 1

Ferania Sieboldii, Schleg.,—Agyra, xT 1

Hipistes hydrinus, Cant..—Ambherst (Burma), aks 1

PSAMMOPHID#.

Psammophis condanarus, Boie,—Simla and Prome (Burma), ... 4,

Psammodynastes pulverulentus, Boie,—Khasi Hills, J yntea Hills

and Burma, = 10

DENDROPHIDE.

Gonyosoma gramineum, Gthr..—Garo Hills, ree 1

e oxycephalum, Boie,—Andamans, aa 2

ae n. sp., (And.),—Upper Burma, 1

Dendrophis picta, Gmel.,—Caleutta, Bengal, Garo Hilla, Aas

and Upper Burma, ee Dees

aes caudilineata, Gray,—Penang, ar 1

Chrysopelea ornata, Shaw,—Calcutta, Assam, Lower and Upper

Burma and Penang, ae Ae

- rubescens, Gray,—Penang, nen ]

DRYOPHIDM.

Tropidococcyx Perroteti, D. and B.,—Nilgiris, 1

Tragops prasinus, Reinw.,—Darjeeling, J yntea Hills, Naga Hills,

Cachar and Khasi Hills, ae 9

» fronticinctus, Gthr.,—Moulmein, oe 1

Passerita nycterizans, Gthr.,—Calceutta, Central Provinces, Ben-

gal and Upper Burma, : Ae ee

» purpurascens, Gthr..—Maunbhim (Bengal), j

DIPSADIDA.

Dipsas Forsteni, D. and B.,—Western Bengal, aa 3

» ra var. Ceylonensis, And.,—Ceylon, ae 1

» trigonata, Schneid.,—Hills to west of Burrakur, (Bengal),

. Naga Hills and Assam, ie 4,

* Pacaaenat: Blyth,—Darjeeling aud Assam, cry g oN:

» 6ubalina, Klein,—Cachar, 1

» gokool, Gray,—Assam, + 1

» .boops, Gthr.,—Khasi Hills, , iis 1

» multimaculata, Schleg.,—Pegu, ee take

» multifasciata, Blyth,h—Sunla, us i

36 J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. [No. 1,

LYCODONTIDA.

Lycodon aulicus, Linn.,—Caleutta, Agra, Cachar, Akyab, Ponsee,

Kukhyen Hills (Yunan), Upper Burma, Anda-

mans and Nicobars, gee D4

Lycodon striatus, Shaw,—Lahore, Simla and Agra, ses 3

Tetragonosoma effrene, Cantor,—Island of Banca, 1

Leptorhytaon jara, Shaw,—Calcutta, Garo Hills, Cache a

Assam, is 5

Ophites, n. sp., (And.),—Momien Yunan, wat 1

AMBLYCEPHALID®.

Pareas monticola, Cant.,—Darjeeling, Khasi Hills and Assam,.., 3

PYTHONIDE.

Python molurus, Schneider,—Eastern Bengal, Cachar and Wel-

lesley Province, Reece |

re reticulatus, Linn.,—Pegu and Nicobars, sa 2

ERYCIDE.

Gongylophis conicus, Schneid.—Bengal (Western), es 1

Lryx Johnit, Russell,—Agra, oF 5

ELAPIDE.

Naja ida Merr.,—Bengal, Simla, Darjeeling, Upper Bur- .

ma and Andamans, re!

Ophiophagus elaps, Schlegel,—Calcutta, Darjeeling, Moulmein

and Andamans, a 5

Bungarus ceruleus, Schneider,—Caleutta, Agra, Central Pinks

ces, Darjeeling and Assam, aprle:

is Sasciatus, Schneid.,—Calcutta, Dacca, Cachar, Manda-

lay and Upper Burma, ae

Callophis intestinalis, Laur.,—Upper Burma, isis 1

53 Macclellandi, Reinh,,—Assam, 1 :

he maculiceps, Gthr.,—Rangoon, os 1

HYDROPHID®.

Platurus Fischert, Jan.,—Hughhi, a 1

Hydrophis coronata, Gthr.,—Tidal streams, Calcutta, re ll

sa tuberculata, n. sp. And.,—ditto, z

= crassicollis, nu. sp., And.,—ditto, =e 1

a gracilis, Shaw,—Hughli, Se l

Enhydrina valakadyen, Boie,—Orissa, Hughli and Tidal streams,

Calcutta, gee |

54 schistosa, Daud,—Gopalpore, mst i.

Pelamis platwrus, Linn.,—Pooree and Ceylon, ae 2

1871.] J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum.

CROTALIDE.

Trimeresurus gramineus, Shaw,—Darjeeling, Assam, Andamans

and Ponsee (Yunan),

+ n, sp., (And.),—Upper Burma, swe

ns carinatus, Gray,—-Calcutta, Darjeeling, Garo Hills

and Moulmein,

Pe, erythrurus, Cantor,—Naga Hills (Assam), Cachan

Burma and Java,

‘9 porphyraceus, Blyth,—Andamans,

- Cantoris, Blyth,—Andamans and Nicobars, Sg

ss mutabilis, n. sp., Stol.,—ditto, me

- monticola, Gthr.,—Darjeeling, Khasi Hills and

Kukhyen Hills, Upper Yunan, Loy

e convictus, Stol., n. sp.,—Penang, bie

is strigatus, Gray,—Nilgiris, adh

a n, sp, And.,—Hotha,

Halys Himalayanus, Gthr.,—Siula,

Hypnale affinis, And., nu. sp.,—Ceylon,

VIPERIDE.

Daboia Russellii, Shaw,—Calcutia, Kulu, N. W. Himalaya, Ran-

; goon and Upper Burma, a

Echis carinata, Schneid.,—Singhbhtim (Bengal) and Agra,

Batrachia salientia.

RANIDE.

Rana, n. sp., (And.),—Prome,

» Kuhlii, Schleg.,

* » var., chinensis, And..—Prome and Hotha,

» Gammii, n. sp., And.,—Darjeeling,

» tigrina, Daud.,—Calcutta, Agra, Assam, Upper Beas!

and Yunan,

» eyanophlyctis, Schneid.,—Calcutta, Orissa, Nagpore waa

Chanda (C. Provinces), Assam, ae

» gracilis, Wiegm.—Central Provinces, Nilgiris, Assam,

Garo Hills, Khasi Hills, Upper and Lower Bur-

ma, Penang and Andamans,

3 » __var., nicobariensis, Stol., Nicobars,

“4 » var., pulla, Stol..—Penang, ei

= 5» var., andamanensis, Stol.,—Andamans, i

» un. sp., (And.),—Ponsee, Kukhyen Hills,

Pyxicephalus beviceps, Schneid.,.—Agra and Sunla,

ww wre Fe

38 J. Anderson—Reptilian Accession to the Indian Museum. [No. 1,

DICROGLOSSIDH.

Xenophrys monticola, Gthr.,—Darjeeling and Khasi Hills, par uibs

RHINODERMATIDZ.

Diplopelma carnaticum, Jerdon,—Martaban, Zt

se n. sp., (And.),—Prome, aM 1

" rubrum, Jerdon,-—Killore, Carnatic, ‘e 2

= pulchrum, Jerd.—Pegu, pie 7

Ansonia Penangensis, Stoliczka,—Penang, - 2

Cacopus systoma, Schneid.,—Agyra, ae 11

» globosus, Gthr.,—Calcutta, ie oe

BUFONIDA.

Bufo pantherina, Boie,—Agyra, oad, aoe

» viridis, Laur.,—Simla, 2

» calamita, Laur.,—Kashmir, re 1

» Stkkimensis, Blyth,—Darjeeling, a ae

» melanostictus, Schneid.,—Calcutta, Central Provinces, Nil

giris, Agra, Koteghur, Assam, Khasi Hills, Upper

and Lower Burma, Yunan, Penang, Singapore,

Andamans and Nicobars, we

POLYPEDATIDE.

Hylorona granulosa, And., nu. sp.,—Assam, Pegu and Hotha

(Yunan), se 5

5 Nicobariensis, Stol., n. sp.,—Nicobars, 5

oe macrodactylus, Gthr.,—Pegu, 1

By Slavesceus, Jerdon,—Malabar, 3

t n. sp., (And.),—Moulmein, of

- erythrea, Schleg.,—Khasi Hills, 7

: monticola, And., n- sp.,—Darjeeling, va

Ivalus cinerascens, Stol., n. sp.,—Moulmein, er |

Polypedates maculatus, Gray,—Caleutta, Central Provinces, Daa

jeeling, Cachar and Pegu, zy, ke

, quadrilineatus, Wiegm.,—Assam, i

Hascheanus, Stol., n, sp.,—Penang, Prien

Fs smaragdinus, Blyth.,—Khasi Hills, A

a marmoratus, Blyth.,—Darjeeling, Khasi Hills, eae

see and Kukhyen Hills, ee ar Pa

7 pleurostictus, Gthr.,—Nilgiris, sae ee

a tuberculatus, And., n. sp..— Assam, oe 5

. annectans, Jerdon, n, sp..—Khasi Hills, die A

mn ENN Ate

p 1. Camptoceras terebra, Bens, 5. Diplommatina ungulata, HBIf.

“2 | Austend, H. BU, 6. Glessule baculina 7

ee dameatim 3 ris so eros a -

4, Alyceus digitatus, oF 8. Helicarion heteroconcha or

9. Helicarion ovetum, H. BIF

1871. | H. F. Blanford—On Camptoceras, Se. 39

Rhacophorus maximus, Gthr.,—Assam, Khasi Hills and Jyntea

Hills, Ai eee

- maculatus, n. sp., And., Khasi Hills, a4 4,

k HYLIDR.

Hyla chinensis, Gthr.,—Hotha and Ponsee, Yunan, at ie!

HYLEDACTYLID.

Callula pulchra, Gray,—Caleutta, Lower and Upper Burma,

Batrachia gradientia.

SALAMANDRIDE.

Hydrodactylus, n. sp., And.,—Yunan, mei. Ee L-

ON SOME UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF CAMPTOCERAS AND OTHER LAND

SHELLS, by Henry FE. Buanrorp.

(With plate IT.)

[Received 2nd December, read 7th December, 1870. |

Of the species, now described, the two new forms of Camptoceras

were obtained recently by Major Godwin-Austen in Eastern Bengal.

The Alyceus, and I believe the Diplommatina,were originally found by

myself many years since at Darjeeling. The Glessule and Helicarions

from the same place were obtained by Mr. Atkinson and Dr. Stoliczka.

The discovery of two new forms of a genus, hitherto known only as

represented by the type species C. terebra, Bens.; is of great interest ;

the more so that one of the new forms exhibits in only a slight

degree the abnormal character of the typical species, while the other

has this character as strongly marked as C. terebra; to which indeed

it is closely allied. The conditions of habitat under which Major

Godwin-Austen found his specimens are somewhat different from

those of C. terebra, described by Mr. Benson. Major Austen is not,

however, sure that the specimens were living at the time that he met

with them, and it is quite compatible with the circumstances, that

C. Austent and C. lineatum should, like C. terebra, naturally live

beneath the water.

I may note that C. terebra (see pl. I, fig. 1,) has never been met

with by any collector, either at Moradabad or elsewhere, since its

original discovery by Dr. Bacon and Mr. Benson.

40 H. F. Blanford—On Camptoceras, &¢. [ No. 1,

Camptoceras Austeni, nov. sp. Pl. II, fig. 2.

Testa sinistrorsa, elongata, albido cornea, epidermide tenui in-

duta, striis spiralibus et transversis minutissime obliquiter decus-

sata. Spira elongato acuminata. Apex acutiusculus. Anfractus

2, soluti. Apertura subobliqua, regulariter ovalis, superné haud

complanata. Peristoma integrum, continuum, fusco-marginatum.

Alt. 8.75, diam. 1 mm.—Aperturee alt. 1.6, diam.0.9 mm.

Cepit Major H. H. Godwin-Austen herbe adherentem, margine

desiccato lacus, beel dicti, apud Nazirpir haud procul a Shushong,

provincize Mymensing, patriz Bengalize.

In form this species closely resembles C. teredbra, Bens., but is

distinguished by its much smaller size, the smaller number of

its whorls, and especially the regular oval form of its aperture ; that

of OC. terebra being much flattened on the inner upper margin.

Other differences are presented by the specimen of the latter species

here figured, (fig. 1) and which I received some years since from

the late Mr. Benson. The aperture of C. terebra is equal to more

than half the length of the shell, while that of C. Austend is less

than half the same length ; the proportions in the former case, as

determined by accurate measurement, being 53 per cent., in the

latter 42 per cent. My specimen of C. ¢erebra is probably not’ full

grown, since it has but 24 whorls, and the margin of the peristome

is sharp, unlike that of the specimens both of C. Austena and the

following species. All the specimens of these exhibit a thicken-

ing of the epidermis around the peristome, which I consider

characteristic of the full grown shell. C. Austent would appear to

be rare at the locality, since only five specimens were found among

a large number of the following species. It is possible, however,

that it may have been overlooked, owing to its smallness.

Camptoceras ? lineatum, nov. sp. Pl. II, fig. 3.

Testa elongate ovata, sinistrorsa, albido cornea; epidermide

tenui induta ; lineis elevatis, fuscis, equidistantibus, spiralibus or-

nata ; interspatiis minute decussatis. Spira valde exserta. Apex

acutiusculus. Anfractus 23, approximati, attingentes ; ultimus pone

aperturam omnino solutus. Apertura subobliqua, ovalis, superne

1871.] H. F. Blanford—On Camptoceras, Sc. 41

subcomplanata. Peristoma continuum, integrum, fusco-margina-

tum.

Alt. 4.5 mm.; diam. 2.3 mm.—Aperture alt. 3.5, lat. 1.7 mm.

Habitat cum a

It is not with entire confidence that (not having seen the animal)

I attribute this species to the genus Camptoceras, since it differs from

the typical species in having the whorls contiguous, except behind

the peristome. In most specimens that I have examined, little

more than the peristome is free, but in one or two, at least a quarter

of the last whorl is not in contact with the penultimate whorl, as

may be seen if the shell be held up to the light, or over a sheet of

white paper in a proper position. The character of the peristome

and of the shell surface closely resemble those of the more typical

species of Camptoceras, and that the habits of the animal are similar,

may be inferred from its association with the preceding species. As

far as can be judged, therefore, the evidence is preponderant in

favour of this generic alliance I have adopted. Perhaps it may not

be irrelevant to add that no species of Physa has yet been discovered

in India,

Alyceus digitatus, nov. sp. Pl. II. fig. 4.

Testa solida, depresse turbinata, umbilicata, albido-cornea, re-

gulariter costulata; pone aperturam usque ad tubulum striata’

Spira parum exserta, apice obtusulo. Anfractus 4, rotundati; ul-

timus inflatus, deinde constrictus, iterum abrupte expansus, denique

abrupte constrictus, antice depressus et in 5 plicationes validas de-

sinens. Tubulus post constrictionem oriens, recurvatus, 2 anfractus

subeequans. Sutura impressa. Apertura perobliqua. Peristoma

duplex ; externum simplex, evertatum ; internum continuum, super-

ne valde prolongatum, 5-plicatum. Plica basalis abrupte recurvata.

Operculum corneum, extus concavum.

Alt. 3.6 mm. ; diam. major 5.5 ; minor 4 mm.

Aperture alt. 2.25, lat. 2.75 mm.

Habitat apud Darjeeling in vallo Rungno fluminis Himalayze

Sikkimensis.

Of all the Alycei yet described with plicate peristomes, this

exhibits the character in the most exaggerated degree ; the free

: 6

42 H. F. Blanford—0On Camptoceras, §¢. [No. 1;

portion of the lip being prolonged into five digitiform folds, nearly

a millemetre in length. The ridge-shaped fold between the two con-

stricted portions is very abrupt, as in Alyceus plectocheilus, which

species, together with an yet unpublished form found by Major

Godwin-Austen in the Khasi Hills, are its nearest allies. In some

specimens, taken alive, the costulation has disappeared from the

greater portion of the upper whorls, and remains only in patches ;

so that on a cursory inspection, the whorls appear to be smooth and

striate ; it is most distinct on the inflated portion of the shell.

I found a single specimen of this shell in 1856, in the Rungno

valley. Some years afterwards I received several specimens from

Mr. W. 8. Atkinson, which were taken, I believe, near the station

of Darjeeling. |

Diplommatina ungulata, nov. sp. Pl. II. fig. 5.

Testa dextrorsa, ovato-conica, subrimata, tenuis, costulata, cereo-

albida. Spira superne conica ; sutura impressa; apex obtusulus.

Anfractus 7 ; duo primi levigati, ceteri confertim costulati 3 ante-

penultimus major, tumidus ; penultimus supra aperturam constric_

tus; ultimus valde ascendens, ad basin rotundatus. Apertura

subobliqua, subquadrata ; plica columellaris mediocris. Peri-

stoma subduplicatum, margine dextro evertato, juxta suturam

sinuatum, in expansionem angustam unguiformem, antice produc-

tum; subtus rectum. Callus columellaris late appressus.

Alt. 3 mm. ; diam. vix 2 mm.—Aperture alt. 1 mm., lat. 1 mm.

Habitat apud Darjeeling,

The only species yet described that presents anything resembling

the peculiar conformation of the lip exhibited by this species is the

rare D. scalaria, W. Blanford, from the Khasi Hills, and it is

scarcely discernible in some specimens even of this species, which

moreover presents no other point of marked resemblance. In all

the specimens I have seen of D. ungulata, it is strongly marked ;

in some, however, more so than in others.

I have had five or six specimens for some yearsin my collection

labelled as from Darjeeling, but I am uncertain whether I found

them myself, or received them from Mr. Atkinson. Dr. Stoliczka

recently found several specimens, about 600 feet below the station

1871. ] H, F. Blanford—On Camptoceras, Sc. 43

of Darjeeling, among dead leaves on moist ground. The animal is

white, with the tentacles dusky and the upper part of the rostrum

reddish coloured.

_ Glessula erosa, nov. sp. Pl. II. fig, 7.

Testa elongato-turrita, crassula, parum nitens, haud diaphana,

longitudinaliter oblique striata, epidermide fusco-straminea induta.

Spira turrita, lateribus convexiusculis ; apice truncato, Anfractus’

apicales carentes ; superstites 7 sub-planati ; superiores plerumque

plus minusve decorticati et erosi ; sutura impressa. Apertura obli-

qua, postice angulata, intus lactea. Peristoma simplex, acutum.

Columella leniter arcuata, ad basin oblique truncata.

Alt., 35 36 34 mm,

Diam.; ED yo ae 9 mm,

Aperture alt., 10 10 9 mm.

lat., 5 5 5 mm.

”

Habitat apud Darjeeling.

This species is easily distinguished from its local associate G.

tenuispira, Bens., by its thickness and opacity, and by the character

of the surface, which has none of the vitreous lustre so characteris-

tic of most species of the genus. The upper whorls are generally

much eroded ; the lower, which retain the epidermis, are of a dark

straw colour with darker oblique bands at intervals, apparently

marking stages of growth. Under a lens very fine dark spiral

lines are also perceptible.

I received several specimens of this shell in 1863 from Mr. W.

8. Atkinson, but it has not hitherto been described. It appears to

be arare species. Dr. Stoliczka only got two specimens in forest

at the waterfall about 1000 feet below Darjeeling.

Glessula baculina, nov. spe PL AL fe. 6,

Testa elongato-turrita, gracilis, tenuiscula, oblique striata, fus-

co vel fulvo cornea, epidermide nitescente induta. Spira turrita,

apice obtusulo. Anfractus 18}, parum convexi ; inferiores sub-

eequales ; sutura impressa, minute denticulata. Apertura obliqua,

oyato-triangularis ; peristoma simplex, acutum, Columella abrupte

arcuata, oblique producta, ad basin verticaliter truncata,

44 H. F. Blanford— On Camptoceras &. [No. 1;

Alt. 38 mm. ; diam. 6.5-7.5 mm.—Aperturee alt. 7, lat. 4 mm,

Cepit Dr. F. Stoliczka apud Khersiong Himalaye Sikkimensis,

This species appears to have escaped the notice of all previous

collectors in Sikkim ; it was found in association with its near ally

G. tenuispira, Bens., by Dr. Stoliczka during a recent visit. It is

easily distinguished from the latter species by its slenderness, (the

diameter being 3 of the length), and the comparative narrowness of

its whorls ; moreover by the form of the columella, the lower part

of which is bent abruptly almost at right angles with the slope of

the inner lip; while in G. tenuispira, G. erosa, and other allied

forms, the curvature is at the utmost obtuse. Specimens, the shell

of which has been slightly weathered, shew fine spiral markings,

but these are not visible unless the shell has become somewhat

opaque. The animal is dark leaden grey, somewhat paler at the

sides of the foot.

The following is a list of the species now known from Sikkim :—

G. tenuispira, Bens., G. crassula, Bens., G. hastula, Bens., G.

orobia, Bens., G. erosa, nob., G. baculina, nob.

Helicarion ovatum, nov. sp. Pl. II. fig. 9.

Testa depressa, peripheria ovata, solidiuscula, diaphana, fusces-

cente cornea, polita, obsolete arcuatim striata. Spira parum con-

vexa ; apice vix exserto. Anfractus 34, rapide accrescentes ; ultimus

descendens. Sutura impressa, marginata. Apertura obliqua, de-

presse lunata, Peristomatis margo columellaris subverticalis ;

basalis leniter arcuatus. |

Diam. major 11.5 mm., minor 9 mm., axis 5 mm.

Aperture alt. 5, lat. 7 mm.

Cepit Dr. F, Stoliczka apud Darjeeling.

Distinguished from H. salius, Bens. sp. (with which it is asso-

ciated,) by its larger size, more depressed form and simple peris-

tome, not recurved at the columella. On the other hand, it is

smaller, more solid and more globular than H. planospira, Bens. sp.

From J. scutella, Bens. sp., and H. Bensoni, Pfr. sp., it differs by

its greater solidity, its highly polished surface and the less rapid

increase of the last whorl, Itis also smaller than the former of

these species.

1871.] S. Kurz— On Indian Plants. 45

Helicarion heteroconcha, nov. sp, Pl. II. fig. 8.

Testa valde depressa, peripherié ovali, tenuis, diaphana, subtus

membranacea, luteo cornea, versus aperturam viridicans, polita,

arcuatim obsolete striata, versus aperturam irregulariter subcostula-

ta. Spira planata, apice vix exserto. Anfractus 8, rapide ac-

crescentes ; ultimus dilatatus vix descendens, Sutura subimpressa,

albido marginata, Apertura perobliqua, oblongo-ovata. Peris-

tomatis margo anterior antice valde arcuatus ; margo dexter subun-

dulatus ; margo basalis membranaceus.

Diam. major 17, minor 11 mm., axis 5 mm.

Aperture alt. 8, lat. 11 mm. ;

Habitat apud Darjeeling. ,

This very pretty shell is very distinct from any species hitherto

described from Northern India. It is probably allied to some of

the Ceylon species which like it have amembranaceous base. I

have had the specimens for some years in my collection. They

were, I believe, obtained by Mr. W. 8. Atkinson.

ON SOME NEW OR IMPERFECTLY KNowN Inp1An PLAnts, (continuation

from Journal, Vol, XX XIX, part 2, pp. 61—91),—dy 8. Kurz, Esa.

[Received 2nd December, read 4th December, 1870. ]

DILLENIA CEL.

1. Dienta parvirtora, Griff., (Not. Dicot., 704.)

Arbor vasta ; folia oblongo-lanceolata, acuta v. breviter acuminata,

longe et graciliter petiolata , repando-dentata, supra scaberrima,

subtus dense tomentosa; flores mediocres, pedunculis longis to-

mentosis, vulgo ebracteatis, 2-4—nis, e ramulis verruciformibus

orientibus sustenti; sepala dense pubescentia; staminum series

interior exteriore duplo longior-; styli carpellaque 5—7.—Pegu,

Yomah (Dr. Brandis).

This is a very distinct species, very much resembling in foliage

D. scabrella, Roxb., but the flowers are quite different.

46 S. Kurz—-On Indian Plants. [ No. 1,

2, Druenta speciosa, Griff. (Not. Dicot., 703, t. 649 f. 3) =

D, aurea, Sm.

8. Dillenia pulcherrima, n. sp.

Arbor mediocris vy. parva ; folia (etiam juvenilia) longiuscule peti-

olata, decidua, obovata v. oblonga, repando-dentata, obtusa v.

subobtusa, glabra ; flores speciosi, lutei, longe stricteque pedun-

culati, solitariil, in ramulis anni preecedentis terminales ; series

staminum interna externa longior ; styli et carpella circiter 12 ;

fructus calyce carnoso accreto inclusi, circ. 1} poll. in diametro,

Burma (Dr. Brandis).

Closely allied to D. aurea, but differing in the shape of the loaves

and in the long, straight peduncles.

POLYGALEA,.

4. SKAPHIUM LANCEATUM, Mig., (in Suppl. Flor. Sumatr.

p- 357).—This supposed new genus is placed by Prof. Miquel in

the THYMELMACE®, but it is clearly a species of Xanthophylium (ex

affinitate X. glauct).

TERNSTRG@MUIACEA.

5. Pyrenaria camellizeflora, n. sp.

Arbuscula,25-30-pedalis, ramulis petiolisque dense pubescentibus 3

oflia 4-5 poll. longa, oblonga v. elliptico-oblonga, utrinque subacu-

minata, breviter petiolata, (petiolis glabris v. puberulis), crenato-

serrulata, basin et apicem versus integra, subcoriacea, glabra, subtus

costa magis minusve pubescentea, etiam in sicco lutescenti-viridia ;

flores parviusculi, circiter 8 lin. in diametro, lactei (antheris aureis),

in foliorum axillis subsessiles ; bracteolae parvae, unacum sepalis

petalisque extus sericeae ; ovarium sericeum ; styli 5; drupae....—

Martaban, Doyokee pass, 4000 feet, (Dr. Brandis),

MALVACEAI.

6, Hibiscus sagittifolius, n. sp.

Herba annua, erecta, scabriuscule pubescens, mox glabrescens,

1—8 pedalis ; folia valde variabilia, inferiora minora, lata, basi

cordata v. truncata, superiora magna, saepius 6-7 poll. longa,

oblongo-lanceolata v, linearia, basi valde hastata, acuminata, longe

Ap hl SEE

ac St VPN. oes

L871: | 8. Kurz— On Indian Plants. 47

petiolata (petioli raro laminae longitudinem attingentes, pubescen-

tes), grosse crenato-dentata, supra glabra, subtus parce hispidula ;

flores circiter 2 poll. in diametro, pedicellis longis, scabro-hispiduls,

petiolorum longitudine v. longioribus suffulti ; involucrum e foliolis

7—11 linearibus hispidis, calycis spathacei decidui velutini longi-

tudine, v. longioribus, compositum ; capsulae oblongae, acuminatae,

hispidae, 5-angulares.—Pegu. (Dr. Brandis).

7. Huerscus vestitus, Griff., (Not. Dicot. 519) = H. vulpinus,

Bwdt.

STERCULIACEZ.

8. BuxzrrvertA ANDAMANENSIS, Kurz, (in Andam. Report, App.

ip. 3).

Frutex scandens, glaber, novellis parce puberulis ; folia cordato-

ovata, petiolis 3-5 pollicaribus, glabris v. subglabris, brevi-

ter 3—5-lobata, lobis acutis v. acuminatis, rarissime subintegra,

acuminata, irregulariter et grosse dentata, membranacea, adulta

utrinque glabra et vulgo secus costas paullum puberula, quoad

valde juvenilia molliter pubescentia; flores graciliter pedicellati,

cymas di-trichotomo-ramosas, minute puberulas, axillares forman-

tes ; capsulae globosae, cerasi magnitudine, glabrae, setis ineequali-

longis, strictis, leevibus obtecte.

Martaban, along the Thouigyeen and Attaran rivers (Dr. Brandis).

Closely resembling in habit, &c., B. pilosa, Roxb., but it is quite

glabrescent and the capsules are very different.

TILIACEAE.

9. Pentace Burmanica, n. sp.

Arbor novellis puberulis v. pubescentibus ?; folia oblonga v.

ovato-oblonga, 4—6 poll. longa, basi rotundata v. obtusa et

crasse 38-nervia, (cum mnerviS accessoriis 1 v. 2 tenuioribus),

petiolati (petiolis 3-2 poll. longis, glabrescentibus), acuminata,

integra v. sinuata, chartacea, supra glabra et nitentia, subtus

pallida et, preesertim secus nervos, parce puberula; flores iis

Berryt moltis similes ; pedicelli longiusculi, fulvo-tomentosi, pani-

culas terminales laxas dense fulvo-tomentosas formantes ; calyx

48 S. Kurz—On Indian Plants. (No. 1,

5-fidus, cire.2 lin. longus, extus tomentosus, lobis lanceolatis et

subregularibus ; petala obovato-oblonga, basi attenuata, lobis calyci-

nis paululum longiora ; stamina circiter 4—7, 5-delpha, phalanges

cum staminodiis totidem lineari-subulatis alternantes ; ovarium

globosum, 5-lobum, tomentosum; capsule immature 5-loculares

et 5-alatee, molliter fulvo-tomentelle ; valve ala lata apice truncata

et angulata circumdate.—Martaban, Poungyee. (Dr. Brandis).

10. Hlzocarpus bracteatus, n. Sp.

Arbor magna, glabra, gemmis parce sericeis; folia obovato-

oblonga v. obovata, 5-6 poll. longa, basin acuminatam versus

attenuata, petiolata (petiolis 3-1 poll. longis, glabris), obtusa v.

obtuse apiculata, repando-dentata, coriacea, glaberrima; flores

majusculi, albi; pedicelli pollicares, glabri, racemos glaberrimos

bracteatos axillares formantes; bracteae foliaceae, obovatae,

sessiles, glabrae, serrato dentatae, 4-1 poll. longae, verosimi-

liter persistentes; sepala 6-7 lin. longa, lineari-lanceolata, acu-

minata, glabra, marginibus revolutis velutina; petala paulum

longiora, cuneato-oblonga, bifida, (lobis fissis et subulato-ciliatis),

extus parce sericea, intus secus margines revolutos sericeo-pubes-

centia ; stamina numerosa; antherae aristéa subulatéa terminatae ;

ovarium sericeo-villosum ; drupae pruni magnitudine, oblongae,

laeves; putamen lacunosum et tuberculato-rugosum.—Martaban,

Thoungyeen (Dr. Brandis).

RUTACEA,

11. Evodia gracilis, Kurz, (Fugara triphylla, Roxb., Fl. Ind.

I, 416).

Fruticulus habitu Z. edulis, Forst., gracilis, 3-5 pedalis, ramulis

terretibus, novellis inflorescentiaque puberulis; folia 3-foliolata,

(raro unum alterumve 1-foliatum,) opposita et subalterna, glabra ;

petiolis vix marginatis, glabris, 1-4 pollicaribus; foliola 34-4,

non raro 5-7 poll. longa, lanceolata v. lato-lanceolata, utrinque

acuminata, breviter petiolulata, chartacea; panicula contracta et

petiolo communi multo brevior, puberula, glabrescens ; flores parvi,

albidi, pedicellis brevibus et gracilibus puberulis suffulti; petala 4,

oblongo-lanceolata, acuta ; ovarium puberulum, 4-loculare ; carpella

vulgo 4, matura 2-3 lin. longa, punctata, glabra; semina grani

1871. ] S. Kurz— On Indian Plants. 49

piperis nigri magnitudine, lucida, aterrima v. fusco-atra.x—Burma,

Karen hills, Taipo mountains, 3000 ft., (Dr. Brandis).

Roxburgh’s plant has been wrongly identified with Loureiro’s

Lepta triphylla ; it is quite a distinct species.

12. Gtycosmis sapinporpEs, Ldl., will probably turn out to be

only a form of G. chlorosperma, Spreng.

OCHNACE ZL.

13. Ocuna croona, Griff., (Not. Dicot., 463) = Gomphia Sumat-

rana, Jack.

MELIACEAL.

14. Schizochiton dysoxylifolium, n. sp.

Arbor glabra ; folia magna, pinnata, iis Dysoxyli acuminatissime

simillima, rhachide glabra ; foliola alterna, breviter et crasse petiolu-

lata (petiolulis puberulis), parum inequalia, oblonga, v. oblongo-

lanceolata, acuminata, integra, subcoriacea, glabra, 10—12 poll.

longa; flores 6 lin: circiter longi, tubulosi, subsessiles, bracteolé parva

lanceolata pubescente sustenti, breviter racemosi, paniculam magis

minusve pubescentem formantes ; calyx campanulatus, obsolete 4-

dentatus, subtilissime pubescens ; petala 6 lin. circiter longa, pubes-

centia, obovato-linearia ; staminum tubus styli longitudine, petalis a

medio adnatus, adpresse flavescente pubescens, apice 6-fidus, lobis

oblongis, obtusis, integris, glaberrimis ; antherae 6, cum lobis al-

ternantes ; ovarium stylusque basin versus pubescens, capsulae...—

Martaban, Thoungyeen. (Dr. Brandis).

RHAMNACEM.

15. Gouania integrifolia, n. sp.

Frutex magnus, scandens cirrhiferus, novellis dense ferrugineo-

tomentosis v. villosis ; folia cordato-ovata, 23-33 poll. longa, petiolis

magis minusve tomentosis, 3 lin. usque ad pollicem fere longis, acuta

v. acuminata, integerrima, supra brevé pubescentia, subtus dense

fulvescenté (secus nervos ferrugineo-) pubescentia ; racemi axillares

et terminales, ferrugineo- v. fulvo-tomentosi, seepius ad ramulorum

extremitates paniculati ; flores... ; capsule 3-4 lin. long, intra

alas 8, rotundatas, glabras, minute puberulz, 8-valves ; semina in

valvis solitariaa—Pegu, (Dr. Brandis).

50 8. Kurz—Onx Indian Plants. [Nord

The entire leaves (in absence of the flowers) readily distin-

guish this species from G. Jauritiana, Lamk.—G. Javanica, Miq.,

has quite glabrous fruits and coarsely serrate leaves, but Ican find

no specific distinction between it and G. Mauritiana ; and I believe

that Blume was quite right in identifying the former plant with

the Mauritian species.

SAPINDACEL.

16. Nephelium hypoleucum, n. sp. (Sapindacea, No. 1, Griff.,

Not. Dicot., 550 ?).

Arbor mediocris, glabra, novellis ferrugineo-puberulis ; folia

impari-pinnata, rachide subterete glabrescente ; foliola 6—10

poll. longa, oblongo v. ovato-lanceolata, vulgo parum obliqua,

basi acuta, subcoriacea, acuminata, glabra, subtus glauca et

inter nervos subtiliter et tenuiter reticulata ; flores minuti, pedi-

cellati, paniculam axillarem et terminalem fulvo-puberulam for-

mantes ; calyx puberulus, dentibus szepe ciliatis ; filamenta longa,

preesertim basin versus pilosa ; fructus bilobi, v. vulgo lobo altero

abortivo, pruniformes, molliter muricati, purpurei, monospermi ;

semina arillo eduli succulento induta.—Pegu, (Dr. Brandis).

Very near to WV. chrysewm, B1., but differing by the leaves.

ANACARDIACE.

17. Bouea Brandisiana, n. sp.

Arbor glabra, novellis minute puberulis; folia lanceolata

v. elliptico-lanceolata, longius v. brevius petiolata, longius vy.

brevius obtusiuscule acuminata, coriacea, in sicco opaca, nervis

lateralibus utrinque impressis, glabra, novella subtus in nervis

petiolisque puberula, mox glabrescentia; panicule magne,

longe pedunculate, terminales, ramosee, puberule, ramis pe-

dunculoque 2-4—pollicari, glabrescentibus ; flores iis B. oppositi-

folie majores, pedicellis 3 lin. longis, gracilibus, puberulis race-

mulosi; calyx minutus, puberulus, truncato-dentatus ; petala

obovato-oblonga, acutiuscula, lined longiora; stamina vulgo 8,

omnia fertilia, filamentis brevibus filiformibus subpuberis ; drupze

pruni majoris magnitudine, ovoideo-reniformes, leeves, carnosee,

acidee, purpurascenti-atree ?—Martaban, Thoungyeen, (Dr. Brandis).

1871. | 8. Kurz—On Indian Plants. 51

18. Semecarpus albescens, n. sp.

Arbor magna, ramulis novellisque velutino-tomentosis ; folia elon~

gato-obovata v. cuneato-lanceolata, petiolis 3-1 poll. longis, crassis,

tomentosis, 7-12—pollicaria, breviter et obtusiuscule acuminata, basi

angustata, vulgo cuneata, rotundata v. obtusa, integra, coriacea, supra

nitentia et (costa minute pubescente excepta) glabra, subtus tenuiter

albotomentosa et parce pilosula ; nervi (et reticulatio laxa) conspicui,

flavescentes, pilosuli, nec tomentosi; flores parvi, pedicellis 1-2 lins

longis, dense pubescentibus, racemulosi, in paniculam terminalem

dense fulvo-velutinam, foliis vulgo breviorem, dispositi ; calyx minu-

tus, pubescens ; petala valvata v. subvalvata, lineam circiter longa,

brevi pubescentia ; ovarium dense adpresse hirsutum, stigmatibus

3 crassis, glabris ; discus glaber ; stamina 5, filamentis brevibus la-

tiusculis, vulgo 1-2 abortiva et longiora; nux...—Pegu, Moung

Forests, (Dr. Brandis).

LEGUMINOS ZL.

19, Clianthus Binnendyckianus, n, sp.

Herba perennis, erecta, ramosa, adpresse fulvo-villosa, ramis den-

sius et patenter villosis; folia impari-pinnata, breviter petiolata,

rachide fulvo-villosa; foliola 27-29, eliliptica v. elliptico-oblonga,

brevissime petiolulata, obtusa, mucronata, cire. 1 poll. longa, juniora

dense et adpresse fulvo-villosa, dein supra parcius pubescentia ;

stipulee subulato setaceze, villosee; racemi breviusculi, strictiusculi,

axillares, longe pedunculati, folio vulgo longiores ; bracteze decidu,

pollicem fere longze, lineares, longissime subulato-acuminatie, ad-

presse pubescentas ; flores conspicui, mediocres, purpurei, pedicellis

4-5 lin. longis, fulvo-villosis, apice sub calyce bracteolas duas, lineari

lanceolatas, calyce ipso paulo longiores gerentibus ; calyx 2-2} lin.

longus, fulvo-pubescens, dentibus brevibus ; carina ? poll. longa, acu-

minata, vexillo reflexo longior; ovarium stylusque glaberrimus; legu-

men lineare, 3-3} poll. longum, breviuscule stipitatum, acuminatum,

torulosum, coriaceum, nigrescens, glabrum, suturis incrassatis ;

semina nigra, circ. 2 lin. longa. Moluccos, Ceram. (Cult. in Hort.

Bogor., et ab amiciss. Binnendyckio mecum communicata).

This plant resembles in habit 4. Dampiert, but it is smaller in all

parts and easily distinguished by the subulate bracts, ete. I have en-

52 8S. Kurz— On Indian Plants. [ No. 1,

tertained some doubts whether the species can belong to Clianthus,

on account of the style not being bearded, but there are no other

characters which could justify a separation from the genus.

ROSACEA.

20. Prunus JavanicA, Miq.—To this species I add as syno-

nyms Prunus Junghuhniana Migq., and Prunus Martabanica, Kurz, in

Andam. Rep., Edit. secunda, p. 37.

21. PycEUM PARvIFLoRUM, T. et B., does not sufficiently differ

from P. arboreum, Endl.

22. Rusus GowrEEPHUL, Roxb., is identical with &. flavus,

Ham.

R., albescens and R. racemosus, Roxb., as well as R. Horsfieldi,

Miq., are all forms of Rubus lasiocarpus, Sm.

R. roseflorus, Roxb., is £. rosefolius, Sm., and

R. paniculatus, Roxb., is R. frawinifolius, Poir.

CRASSULACEAE.

23. BryoPHYLLUM cALycinuM, Salisb. This name must be

changed, according to the laws of priority, in B. pinnatum (Cotyle-

don pinnata, Lamck., Enc, Meth., II, 141-1786).

HAMA MELIDELZ.

24. LiqumaAMBAR TRicusPis, Miq., is only a state of growth of

Bucklandia populnea, R. Br. The leaves of the young shoots are

usually lobed, those of the older ones often so, but rarely to an

equal extent.

HALORAGELA,.

25. Myriopnytium Inpicum, Griff., (Not. Dicot., 687), is JZ.

tuberculatum, Roxb.

COMBRETACEL.

26. CoMBRETUM LEPIDoTUM, Prsl. (Walp. Ann., I, 290,) is C.

sguamosum, Roxb.

Comb. rotundifolium, Roxb., and C. Horsfieldii, Miq., are both

referable to Comb. extensum, Roxb.

1871. ] 8. Kurz—On Indian Plants. 58

27. Lumyirzera coccinea, WA., isthe same as ZL. littorea, Voigt,

(Cat. Hort. Caleutt., 39 ;—Pyrranthus littoreus, Jack.).

MELASTOMACELL.

28. TREMBLEYA RHYNANTHERA, Griff., (Not. Dicot., 677), is iden-

tical with Welastoma Malabathricum, Linn.

29, Allomorphia hispida, n. sp.

Caules petiolique crassi, 5-pollicares, dense hispido-setosi ; folia

maena, ovata v. ovalia, basi subcordata, longe petiolata, breviter acu-

minata, integra, 8-9 poll. longa, tenui coriacea, supra sparse, subtus,

preesertim secus costas 9, densius setosa; panicule glabre, vel ad

nodos ramorum setose ; flores tetrameri, parvi, pedicellis gracilibus,

2-3 lin. longis, fasciculos sessiles formantes ; calyx 4-costatus, setis

nonnullislongis instructus, brevi campanulatus et patens, dentibus

minutis ; petala obovata, circ. 2 lin. longa ; stamina 8, antheree con-

nectivaque exappendiculata ; ovarium fundo calycis basi tantum ad-

natum.—Burma, (Dr. Brandis).

380. -SoNERILA ANGUSTIFOLIA, Roxb., S. emaculata, Roxb., S. se-

cunda, Wall., (Walp. Rep., V. 685) and 8S. picta, Griff. (Not. Dicot.

676, non Korth.), all appear to be varieties of Sonerila maculata,

Roxb.

31, Sonerila Brandisiana, n. sp.

Herba erecta, humilis, caulibus valde crassis et robustis, 2-3

poll. tantum longis et 3-4 lin. crassis, brunneis, apice ramos 1 v. 2

laterales, crassos articulatos emittentibus ; folia lanceolata, basi in

petiolum breviorem v. longiorem attenuata, acuminatissima, remote

et minute serrulata, flaccida et membranacea, glaberrima, supra

maculis albis notata, 4-7 poll. longa ; racemi foliis multo breviores,

secundi, glabri; (flores desunt) ; capsule triquetre, cire. 24 lin.

longee, obovate, truncate, leves.—Martaban, Thoungyeen, (Dr.

Brandis).

Evidently affined to S. sqguarrosa, although very different from it

in habit and size.

82. Sonerila amabilis, n. sp.

Herbula 4-5-pollicaris, acaulis, parce pilosa; folia numerosa,

radicalia, variabilia, petiolis 2-8-pollicaribus, pilosis suffulta,

54 S. Kurz—On Indian Plants. [Nes Wi

cordato-ovata minora sepe reniformia, nonnunquam apicem

versus angulato producta, obtusa, 1-2 poll. longa, tenere mem-

branacea, seepius obsolete crenata, ciliata, utrinque pilis lon-

giusculis adspersa; scapi plerumque solitarii, foliorum longi-

tudine, sparse pilosi, teretes, apice umbellato 8-5-flori; flores

intense rosei, conspicui, longiuscule pedicellati; bracteze minute,

ovatee, acute ; calyx obovatus, longiusculis subcrispis adspersus, cire.

2 lin. longus, lobis brevibus dentiformibus ; petala oblonga, 38-34

lin. longa, obtusa; antheree ovate, acute, (haud prolongatee uti in

S. scapiflora, cui ceteris valde affinis), lineam tantum longee ; cap-

sule calyce inclusz, breves.—Sikkim-Himalaya, in shady, rocky

places, in the Rangeet valley, at 4-5000 ft. elevation.

83. Dissocumra astrosticra, Miq., (Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. , 818), is

D. pallida, Bl., perfectly agreeing with the Jackian ladil from

Singapore.

D. Palembanica, Migq,, (1. ¢., 317), is identical with D. pipericarpa,

Naud.

84. APTEUXIS TRINERVIS, Griff., (Not. Dicot , 672) is Pternandra

caerulescens, Jack. P

85. -Memercyton Horsrrerpu, Miq., and I. Lampongum, Miq.»

(Suppl. Fl. Sumatr., 321) are synonyms of I. Griffithianwm, Naud.

LYTHRARIEZ.

386. Ammannia simpliciuscula, n. sp.

Herbulze decumbentes, basi repentes, radicantes, glabree, 1-24 poll. —

longze, caulibus simpliciusculis, v. parce ramosis, filiformibus ; folia

opposita, oblonga v. oblongo-linearia, 2-5 lin. longa,superiora minora

obovata, brevissime petiolata, obtusa, uninervia; flores minuti,

coccinei, breviter graciliterque pedunculata, in axillis foliorum su-

periorum solitarii, vix } lin. in diametro ; calyx truncato 4-denticu-

latus, hemisphericus; petala ..?; stamina 4; capsula subglobosa, $

lin. in diametro, rubra, 3-valvis, 1-locularis, calyce duplo longior.

On muddy ground around ponds and in inundated rice-fields at

Chittagong, rare. Fl. Octob.

This is the third Indian species of Ammannia, which I have tee

scribed as new. It may be desirable to give a conspectus of the

Kastern Indian species, in order to shew the relations of these 3

species to others. |

1871. | S. Kurz— On Indian Plants. 55

A. Flowers solitary, (or seldom and only occasionally 2-3), sessile,

or pedicelled, in the axils of the leaves, forming often spikes or

racemes ; capsules 2-3—valved.

a Calyx companulate, twice as long as broad ; capsules about

half so long as the calyx-tube, enclosed.

(1.) Leaves very shortly petioled, 1-nerved, linear ; flowers soli-

tary, sessile ; pygmeean plant, ....... coece A. dentellordes, Kurz.

2.) Leaves usually sessile, strongly penninerved, obvate to ob-

long ; flowers sessile, forming lateral and terminal leafy or bracted

spikes, ..... tates Beg er eae coccesees A. peploides, Spreng.

(3.). Leaves sessile, almost orbicular, penninerved ; flowers

on slender short pedicels, forming shorter or longer slender ra-

Oe ME a ca iar thee chy sh pitas A. subrotunda, Wall.

(4.) Leaves sessile, orbicular or nearly so, penninerved ; flowers

sessile in terminal peduncled, bracted, simple, or slightly compound,

CS aials ais &«) a0» Se are We eee woes. A. rotundifolia, Buch.

B Calyx hemispherical, about as long as broad ; capsules pro-

truding from the calyx, or at least as long as the calyx-tube.

(5.) Leaves linear, 1-nerved, very shortly petioled ; calyx 4-

angular and 4-toothed, about 3-2 lin. long; no petals; pygmean

i ae tah er el aeiera wu Nats, sth an hc A. pygmea, Kurz.

(6.) Leaves oblong to linear-oblong, 1-nerved, very shortly petio-

led ; calyx not angular, 4-toothed, about 4 lin. long ; flowers very

shortly peduncled ; pygmzean herb, ...... A. s¢mpliciuscula, Kurz.

(7.) Leaves oblong to linear, sessile, 1-nerved or the lateral ner-

ves very faint ; calyx usually 5-toothed, not angular, $-1 lin. long,

Detals:5,...... ae serene ait Moe are Sone e OLS A. pentandra, Roxb.

B. Flowers sessile or more usually pedicelled, axillary, clustered

or in cymes, the latter sometimes reduced to a 3-to-1 flowered

eyme ; capsules irregularly bursting.

(8.) Leaves narrowed at the base, petioled or sessile ; flowers mi-

nute, apetalous, on slender penicels, forming sessile or very shortly

peduneled cymes or clusters, ....... aera era aes aie A. bacctfera, UL.

(9.) Leaves sessile, with cordate, sagittate or dilate base ; pe-

tals present. Capsule under a line long; stamens 4 or fewer;

petals flat; calyx 4-toothed, without accessory teeth; cymes

NOT 5 ig wie yb se she on wed Oe Oa bs, ob 8 wale ae OOF ap LORD.

56 S. Kurz— On Indian Plants. [No. 1,

(10.) Capsule about 14 lines long; stamens 6—8; petals

flat; calyx 4-toothed, without accessory teeth; cymes slend-

OL, ks dba WO MR Sap + ON cities ae ta eee A. auriculata, Willd.

(11.) Capsule about 2 line long ; stamens 8; petals large,

erimpled ; calyx 4-toothed, with as many horn-like accessory teeth ;

cymes and pedicels short, robust, .........ee0. . A. octandra, L. f.

37. AMELETIA AcUTIDENS, Miq., and A. nana, Roxb. (non. DC.)

are both identical with Ameletia Indica, DC., now referred to Am-

mannia peploides, Spreng. (Syst. Veg., I, 444—1825 ;—Peplis Indica,

Willd.). ’

38, AMMANNELLA LINEARIS, Miq., (Fl. Ind. Bat. I-1, 619,"c. des-

criptione erronea), is identical with Ammannia octandra, L. f.

39. SuUFFRENIA DicHoToMA, Miq., is Ammannia multiflora, Roxb.

40. GRISLEA ToMENTOSA, Roxb. This name must be altered into

Woodfordia fruticosa, (= Lythrum fruticosum, L., sp., pl. 641).

41. LacrerstramiA reciIn#, Roxb., (Corom. PL, I, 46, t. 65,—

1795). This name has to be replaced by the older one of Retzius,

viz. Lagerstremia flos-regine, Retz., (Obs. Bot., I, 20,—1779).

42. SoyneRATIA ALBA, Griff., (Not. Dicot., 652, non Sm.), is evi-

dently a new species, very different from Smith’s plant,and may be

named S. Griffithat.

The species of Sonneratia may thus be distintguished.

A. Stigma infundibuliformi—capitatum, parvum; calyx 6-8—

lobatus ; folia lato-obovata.

(1.) Petala lineari-lanceolata, intense purpurea ; calyx teres,

TEPER TALES ETE UR CES EES CE ete ee wo. S. acida.

Petala desunt.

(2.) Calyx in alabastro elliptico-oblongus, acutus ; tubus obso-

lete, dein manifeste 6-8—angulatus,.....e..005 a viene S, alba.

(3.) Calyx in alabastro ovoideus, obtusus ; tubus teres, S. Griffithit.

B. (4.) Stigma magnum, 3 lin. fere in diametro, fungiformis.

calyx 4-lobatus ; petala nulla ; folia oblonga ad lanceolata, S. apetala.

ONAGRARIEZ,

43. Jussi#A FLoRIBUNDA, Griff., (Not. Dicot., 688) is the

same as J. repens, L.

1871. | S. Kurz—On Indian Plants. 57

MYRTACE.

44. Rmopamntra cinerea, Griff., (Not. Dicot., 653 et Jack.) ; Rh.

concolor, Mig., (Suppl. Fl. Sumatr., 315); Rh. Mageli, Mig., Rh.

subtriflora, Bl. and Lh. Mueller’, Bl., all belong in my opinion to

Rhod. trinervia, Bl.

45. Newirris pALLEscens, Miq., (Suppl. Fl. Sumatr., 314), is

identical with WV. paniculata, Ldl.

SAMYDACEA.

46, Casmarta ovata, Roxb., (Fl. Ind., II, 428, non Willd.)

is to be retained as C. Cunziala, Wall., (ap. Voigt. Cat. Hort.

Calcutt., 78).

47. BuLacKWELu14 sp., Griff., (Not. Dicot., 584, t. 585, A. f. 10,)

is a new species, nearly allied to Homalium fagifolium, Bth., but

differing from it by the flowers. The species may be called Hom.

Grifithianum.

CUCURBITACEA.

48. ‘TRICHOSANTHES RENIFORMIS, Miq.

Herba perennis, gracilis, volubilis, pubescens, cirrhis bifidis,

simplicibus; folia cordato-ovata v. lato-cordata, longiuscule petiolata,

breviter cuspidata v. acuminata, basi sinuata, remote repando-dentata,

8-4 poll. longa,ymembranacea, utrinque brevi pubescentia v. puberula»

juniora subtus molliter pubescentia ; flores (in alabastro) virescente

albidi ; masculi pedicellati inracemum brevem corymbiformem, pube-

rulum, breve (4-3 poll.) pedunculatum, axillarem collecti et basi pe-

dicellorum bracteola minuta caducd instructi ; feminei solitarii, pe-

dunculis brevibus decurvis, puberulis,axillaribus ; calycis lobi breves,

subulati, reflexi ; petala...; ovarium minute muricatum et puberulum,

mox glabrescens ; pepo ovali-oblonga, circ. 14-2 poll. longa, laevis

Vv. apicem versus pubera, polysperma ; semina pulpa nidulantia,

planiuscula, lato 4-angularia, basi in tumorem latum planum pro-

ducta, medio vitta prominente longitudinali percursa et lateribus

prominentibus truncatis concavisque.—Sikkim-Himalaya.

49. ScortantTuus Ttusirtorus, Naud., is to be referred to Gym-

nopetalum Cochinchinense, (Bryonia Cochinchinensis, Lour., Fl. Coch.

595).

08 S. Kurz—On Indian Plants. (No. 1,

50. Cucumis tnrEcrirotius, Roxb., (FL, ITI, 724)) is Gymno-

petalum integrifolium. I refer this species to Gymnopetalum, but as

the petals are sometimes found jagged, it might also belong

to a section of Trichosanthes which I call Pseudo-Trichosanthes, 'This

section comprises the species of Zrichosanthes with dioecious, solitary

flowers, the females, having them on very short peduncles, or almost

sessile while the males are long and slender. The difference of

Trichosanthes and Gymnopetalum appears to rest almost solely in the

fringed or not fringed petals, a character to which hardly a generic

value can be attached.

51. Muckita scABRELLA, Arn., must be changed into J. Maderas-

patana, (Cucumis Maderaspatana, L., sp. pl. 1438 —non Roxb.). _

52. ALSOMITRA HETEROSPERMA, Roem. (Syn. monog., II, 118) is

evidently a Gomphogyne, (= Zanonta heterosperma, Wall., in Miq. FI.

Ind. Bat., I-1, 683).

BEGONIACE A.

53. Brconta potycarpa, DC., is referable to B. Roxburgh, DC.

54. Begonia Brandisiana, n. sp.

Herba succulenta, subsimplex, subglabra, radice tuberosa;

folia radicalia et simul caulina, quorum caulina mito minora

et brevius petiolata, vulgo 5-loba, radicalia autem petiolis gla-

bris 5-8 poll. longis suffulta, lato rotundata, basi sinuata.

v. subcordata, membranacea, vulgo 5—7 poll. longa et 6—8

poll. lata, glabra v. supra pilis minutis adspersa, palmato 5-7—

nervia et profunde 5-7—loba, lobis acuminatis et obsolete re-

pando-dentatis ; flores minuti, albi, pedicellis capillaribus, cymas

repetito -dichotomas, multifloras, pedunculo longissimo plerumque

radicali instructas, formantes ; bracteze minute, lanceolatee, acutee ;

sepala in utraque sexu 2, lato-rotundata, emarginata, lineam tan-

tum longa et paululum latiora ; petala nulla, antheree numerose ;

oblongee, mucronulate, filamentis brevibus liberis ; styli 3, apice

bifidi, lobis stigmaticis spatulato-dilatatis, glandulis pedicellatis.

ciliatisque vestitis ; capsulee 3-4 lin. longze, glabree,3-loculares, ovatee

et acute, subeequaliter v. sequliter 3-alatee, alis oblongis et retrorse

productis ; placentee indivisee.—Martaban, Attaran valley (Dr.

Brandis).

1871. | S. Kurz— On Indian Plants. 59

55. Begonia surculigera, n. sp.

Herba parva, succulenta, erecta, 4—6 poll. alta, caulibus

glabris v. parce glanduloso-puberulis, basi seepius surculos par-

vifoliatos tenues emittentibus ; folia alterna, (petiolis 3-8 lin.

longis glabris), oblique cordato-ovata, acuminata, minute obso-

leteque setaceo-crenato-dentata et subciliolata, 1—3 poll. longa,

membranacea, supra pilis brevibus crassis adspersa, ‘subtus

glabra vy. secus costam parce pilosula ; flores parvi, candidi, pedi-

cellis laevibus capillaribus suffulti, cymam axillarem dichotomam

glanduloso-puberulam formantes ; bracteze numerose, minute,

oblongee, acutze, reflexe ; sepala fl. masc. oblongo-rotundata, cire.

2 lin. longa, extus hine inde pilis nonnullis paleaceis ad-

spersa ; petala paululum minora; stamina monadelpha, anthers

obovate, mucronulatee ; styl 3, graciles, liberi v. basi cohzerentes,

apice concavi et dilatati, glandulis stigmaticis villoso-marginatis ;

capsule nutantes, ovales, acuminate, circ. 3 lin. longw, glabra, 3-

loculares et 3-alatee, alis semihastatis, ineequali-latis ; placenta

bifidee.—Frequent on moist sandstone rocks, overgrown with mosses,

in mixed and evergreen forests of the Akyab District, Arracan.—F.

and fr, in Octob.

56. Begonia modestifiora, n. sp.

Herba erecta, simplex, glabra, radice tuberosa, caulibus magis

minusve angularibus, 1-2—pedalibus ; folia alterna, valde obli-

que et profunde cordato-ovata, acuminata, petiolis- 1—3 poll.

longis glabris,. palmato 7—9—nervia, 3—6 poll. longa, serrato-

dentata, szpius angulata v. sublobata, membranacea, supra

lucida et pilis nonnullis brevibus crassis adspersa, subtus pal-

lida et glabra; stipule subulate, parve ; flores parvi, albi,

pedicellis capillaribus instructi, in cymulas dichotomas graciles

et vulgo foliolo lanceolato, v. lineari serrato, acuminatissimo, sup-

portatas collecti atque paniculam terminalem elongatam, parvi-

foliatam, glabram, efformantes ; bracteze minut, lineari-lanceolate,

vix 2 lin. longe ; sepala oblonga, obtusa, circ. 2 lin. longa; petala

angustiora et duplo minora ; stamina numerosa, libera ; antheree

oblongze, mucronate ; styli 3, liberi, (apice clavato dilatato et con-

cavo), glandulis stigmaticis marginati ; capsule obovate, semipolli-

60 S. Kurz—- On Indian Plants, {No. 1,

cem circiter longs, glabree, 3-loculares, inzequaliter 3-alatee, alis

apice horizontaliter truncatis, basi ineequaliter et acutiuscule pro-

ductis ; placente bifide.—Habitu B. scutate, Wall.—On sand-

stone rocks in the beds of hill streams on Boronga island, opposite

Akyab, Arracan ; occurring up to 1000 feet elevation.

57. Begonia paleacea, n. sp.

Herba erecta, humilis, simplex v. subsimplex, succulenta,

radice tuberosa, caulibus, petiolis inflorescentiaque plus minus

pilis paleaceis brevibus obtectis ; folia solitaria ad apicem caulis

v. prolifera, oblique cordato-rotundata, s. ovata, petiolis 43-1

poll. longis, paleaceo-tomentosis, (nonnunquam cum caulibus

confluentibus) suffulta, obtusa v. obtuse acuminata, integra v.

grosse crenata, spe subtilissime ciliata, 3—6 poll. longa et

longiora, membranacea, glabra v. nonnunquam supra, v. ut-

rinque, papillosa, v. subtus secus nervos pilosa ; stipulee lanceolate,

acuminate, pilosze ; flores parvi, albi, pedicellis capillaribus glan-

duloso-pubescentibus, in cymas longe pedunculatas, graciles, sed

paucifloras, paleaceo-pilosas, e basi costze foliorum ortas, dispositi ;

bracteze flor. masc. magne et conspicuse, 4 lin. fere long, lato-

ovate, obtuse, glabree, caducissimee, eze florum fem. minor, lan-

ceolate, acuminate, pilose et magis persistentes; sepala lato-

rotundata, circ. 2 lin. longa, extus sparse pilosa, petala paulum

minora ; anthers obovate, emarginatee, numerosee, monadelphe ;

styli 2, connate, breviter bilobe ; capsule circ. 5 lin. longs, oblongee,

glabree v. parce pilose, 2-loculares, 3-alate, ales c. 14 lin. late et

apice truncate, v. ala media plerumque duplo latior ; placente

bifidee.—Martaban, Attaran valley. (Dr. Brandis).

FICOIDE AL.

58. TrypHrera, Bl.—I had some time ago identified this genus

with Mollugo Glinus, A. Rich., which identification is also recorded

by Zollinger in his “System. Verzeichniss der im Indischen

Archipel gesammelten Pflanzen, 2 part, p. 141.” The book has only

very lately come into my hands.

UMBELLIFERZ.

59, Hydrocotyle Burmanica, n. sp.

Herba repens, glabra, ramis adscendentibus ; folia petiolis longis,

1871. ] S. Kurz— On Indian Plants. 61

gracilibus, glabris, lato-cordata, 2-2} poll. lata, (lobis subacuminatis

et crenato-dentatis), membranacea, glabra, basi palmato 5-nervia ;

stipule lato-rotundatze, scariose ; flores minuti, numerosi, pedicel-

lis filiformibus, circ. 13-2 lin. longis, in umbellas oppositifolias,

solitarias, longe pedunculatas, glabras, collecti ; fructus lato-didymi,

mericarpia utrinque costa unicé prominente percursa.—Martaban,

Daunat-toung, 3000 feet. (Dr. Brandis). .

CORNACEA.

60. Sryrax Javanicum, Bl., (Bydr., 671,) is identical with

Marlea begoniefolia, Roxb.

61. Marzea vittosa, (Styrax villosum, Bl., Bydr., 671 ; Miq. FI.

Ind. Bat., I-2, 464).

Arbuscula, ramulis fulvo-pubescentibus; folia oblique lan-

ceolata vy. oblongo-lanceolata, basi acuta v. obtusiuscula, petio-

lis cire. 2 lin. longis, fulvo-pubescentibus, obtuse acuminata, 2—4

poll. longa, membranacea, integra, supra secus nervos puberula,

subtus fulvescenti-pubescentia ; flores parvi, pedicellis 2 lin. longis

suffulti, in racemos simplices subsecundos, adpresse fulvo-pubes-

centes, circ. $ poll. longos, breviter pedunculatos, dispositi ; calycis

limbus cyathiformis, lato 5-dentatus, unacum tubo ad basin 1-brac-

teolato, oblongo-cylindrico, adpresse pubescens ; corolla 5-petala,

4 poll. longa, petalis 5-linearibus utrinque adpresse fulvo-pubes-

centibus ; stamina 5, filamenta fulvo-villosa, brevissima, antheris

linearibus multoties breviora.—Cult. in Hort. Bogoriensi.

62, Styrax rugosum, n. sp.

Arbuscula ?, ramulis novellisque ferrugineo-floccoso tomen-

2 to)

tosis; folia oblonga, petiolis 3 lin. longis, crassis, floccoso-

? ? 2 Po } P)

tomentosis, basi obtusa, magis minusve acuminata, irregulariter

) e) D ) co)

serrata et nonnunquam sublobata, 14-23 poll. longa, supra

rugosa et puberula, subtus molliter albescente-tomentosa ; flores

mediocres, albi, pedunculis curvis crassis circ. 1 lin. longis, floc-

coso-tomentosis, suffulti, solitarii, axillares, et versus novellorum

ramorum apicem racemum spurium foliatum formantes ; bractez

calycis longitudine, lineari-subulate ; calyx albescenti-tomentellus,

lateribus magis minusve ferrugineo-floccosus, vulgo spathaceus et

62 8S. Kurz-- On Indian Plants. [ No.1,

usque ad mediam partem fixus, irregulariter 5-dentatus, dentibus

lineari-subulatis ; corolla cire. $ poll. longa, velutina, lobis oblongis

obtusiusculis ; filamenta ad basin latam albido-villosa.—Pegu,

hills between Sittang and Salween, at 4000 feet elevation. (Dr.

Brandis).

LORANTHA CE.

63. Lorantuus RACEMIFERUS, Wall. ap. DC. (Prod., IV, 296) =

LL. coccineus, Jack.

Lor. pallens, Wall. ap. DC. (1. ¢., 297) = ZL. sphacrocarpus, Bl.

Lor, carinatulus, Wall. ap. DC. (1. c., 296) = L. ampullaceus, Roxb.

Lor. leptanthus, Wall. ap. DC. (l.c., 299) = L. pulverulentus,

Wall. ;

Lor. rigidus, Wall. ap. DC. (1. ¢., 298) and farinosus, Desr. (DC.

1. c.) are both the same as L. pentandrus, L.

64. Loranthus Siamensis, n, sp.

Frutex parasiticus, ramis teretibus, junioribus novellisque fer-

rugineo-farinoso tomentellis, adultislenticellis, corticosis, ferrugineis

adspersis ; folia opposita v. subopposita, ovata, basi subcordata v.

rotundata, breviter (2-3 lin.) petiolata, obtuse acuminata v. apicu-

lata, rarius subobtusa, integra, crassissime coriacea et preeter cos-

tam obsoletam subavenia, juniora ferrugineo-farinosa, adulta magis

minusve glabrata v. glabra, 2-3 poll, longa; flores... .sessiles,

spicas solitarias, v. binas, 14-2 poll. longas, dense ferrugineo-

tomentosas, axillares formantes; bractez solitariz, magne, ovario

triplo longiores, elliptico-oblongze, tomentose ; calyx dense ferru-

gineo-tomentosus, limbo obsolete truncato ; corolla extus tomento

cum furfure mixto ochraceo v. ferrugineo induta, intus testaceo-

tomentella, limbo 5-partito ?; baccz pisi minoris magnitudine,

urceolato-ovatee, densissime fulvo v. subferrugineo tomentelle,

truncate, bracted equilonga sustentee.—Siam, Bukit Kethay, Kan-

buri (Teysmann Herb. Bog. 6001.)—Near ZL. tomentosus, Heyne.

65. Loranthus rhapalocarpus, Kurz, (Zor. cuneatus, Wall. a

DC., Prod., IV, 301, non Heyne).

Hewes densus parasiticus ramosissimus, 1-2 ped. altus,

omnibus fere partibus subtiliter floccoso-lepidoto tomentellis ;

1870. | S. Kurz—-On Indian Plants. 63

folia parva, opposita vy. alterna, obovato v. oblongo-cuneata,

in petiolum brevem attenuata vy. quandoque subsessilia, apice

rotundata, integra, coriacea, nervis tenuibus per-cursa, 1-13, raro

2 poll. longa, dum juvenilia utrinque, subinde subtus tantum

tenuiter furfuraceo-velutina v. glabrescentia ; flores albidi, 4-2

poll. longi, dense testaceo-velutini et sublepidoti, pedicellis

1-14 lin. longis, in cymulas 2-5—floras, testaceo-velutinas sub-

sessiles, v. breviter pedunculatas, axillares dispositi ; bractez soli-

tarize, minute, subcuccullate ; calycis tubus cylindrico-oblongus,

dense testaceo-velutinus, limbus truncatus et paulum incrassatus ;

corolle tubus gracilis, curvulus, extus dense furfuraceo-tomentosus,

limbus 4-fidus ; stamina 4, anthere oblongz ; baccee (adhuc imma-

tura) elongate, lineari-cuneatz, cire. $ poll. longs, tenuiter testaceo

v. ferrugineo-velutinee, basi supra bracteaé minut’ annulato-margi-

natee.—Frequent in Arracan, as in Koladyne District, especially

on Lagerstremia.

A. Pyr. de Candolle appears to have made acurious mistake in

describing the linear club-shaped berries for a corolla, and in taking

the elongate seed for a club-shaped style and anthers. No wonder,

therefore, when he says: Antherze forte 5, sed in floribus juniori-

bus (= baccis immaturis) obscurce, glutine viscoso inter se et cum

stigmate concrete. He evidently mistook also the short space be-

tween the annular thickening at the base of the berries and the

bract for an ovary. ©

66. Loranthus Brandisianus, n. sp.

Frutex parasiticus glaber ; folia opposita s. subopposita, lanceolata

ad elliptico-lanceolata, basi acuminata, (petiolis 4 ad } poll. longis

erassis), longe acuminata, integra, crasse coriacea, (nervis lateralibus

vix visibilibus), glabra, subtus pallida, sed non glauca ; flores glabri,

circ. pollic. longi v. paululum longiores, pedicellis 2-23 lin. longis gla-

bris, racemos cymosos pauciflores solitarios v. geminatos glabros axil-

lares formantes; bractea bracteolzeque laterales ovatee,acute, basi con-

nate ; alabastra 6-angulata ; calyx glabra, tubus elliptico-oblongus,

limbus truncatus ; corolla glabra, cire. poll. longa,tubus a basi modice

inflatus et urceolato-tubulosus, limbus profunde 6-fidus, lobis line-

aribus acutis, reflexis, fere tubi longitudinis ; stamina 6, anthers

64 S. Kurz—On Indian Plants. [No. 1,

lineares ; stylus filamentaque glaberrima ; baccee...—Karen-hills |

E. of Tounghoo, on Taipo mountains, at 3000 feet elevation. (Dr.

Brandis).

67. Loranthus eleutheropetalus, n. sp.

Frutex parasiticus, glaberrimus ; folia opposita v. subopposita,

lanceolata ad elliptica et lineari-lanceolata, obtusa v. magis minusve

obtuse acuminata, basi in petiolum 4-3 poll. longum attenuata, inte-

era, crasse corlacea et enervia, glabra, viridia ; flores (coccinei ?),

elabri, c. 13 poll. longi, pedicellis 2-24 lin. longis, patentibus, in ra-

cemos terminales et axillares laxissimos elongatos,seepe 3-4 poll. lon-

gos,minute puberulos,mox glabrescentes, dispositi; bractea lato cucul-

lato-oblonga, obliqua, parviuscula ; bracteolze null ; calyx subtilissi-

me puberulus, mox glabrescens, tubo cylindrico 2-23lin. longo, limbo

truncato ; corolla 6-petala, petalis in alabastro coherentibus dein

liberis, anguste linearibus, 13 poll. longis, erecto-patentibus et su-

pra basin reflexis ; filamenta et stylus angulatus glabri; anthers

elongato-lineariz, acuminatee.—Pym Kyoung (Pywoon Choung ?

in Pegu ? or in Martaban ?), (Dr. Brandis).

68. Viscum Hetrert, Prsl. (Epim. Bot. 256) is Ginalloa Helfere.

The species of the genus Ginalloa appear to have all a curious

sheath-like thickening at the base of each joint, by which they

are easily recognised. G. spathulifolia, Oliv. (V. spathulifolium,

Thw.) appears to differ from G. Helfer only by narrower 3-nerved

leaves. Another species of Ginalloa will be the Viscum from the

Andamans, which I have incorrectly compared with V. heteranthum,

Wall. Wallichs species is referred by Meissner to Henslowia.

69. Viscum moniuirormE, WA. (Prod., I, 880, non Bl. ; Wight

Icon., t. 1018 et 1019). This species is (to judge from the citations

of Wight’s figures) referred by Mr. Bentham to V. articulatwm,

Burm., but I think the two differ from each other in structure, as

well as in general habit.

V. articulatum, Burm. Articles slightly narrowed at the joints

and not conspicuously dilated, longitudinally ribbed, each article

placed at a right angle with the other and, therefore, decussately

crossing each other, but twisted so as to appear in one plane. Those

of the main branches, however, are in one plane as in the following.

i es se

1870. ] S. Kurz—On Indian Plants. 65

V. moniliforme, Wight. Articles all in one plain and complanate,

without any other rib but the median one, at their truncate joints

dilated in a complanate cup, in which the flowers rest.

To the former (V. articulatum) belong also Viscum moniliforme,

BL, V. elongatum, Wall., V. fragile, Wall., V. attenuatum, DC., and

V. aphyllum, Griff., (Not, Dicot. 634 t. 630).

SYMPLOCACEA.

70. Symptocos arreNvATA, Wall., ap. DC. (Prod., VIII, 256)

= 8. polycarpa, Wall., ap. DC. (loc. cit.).—S. Hamiltoniana, Wall.,

DC. (loc. cit.) is 8. racemosa, Roxb.—S. tteophylla, Miq. = S. adeno-

phylla, Wall., ap. DC.—S. Horsfieldiana, Mig., in Suppl. Fl. Su-

matr., 475, S. rubiginosa, Wall. ap. DC. and S. ferruginea, Roxb.,

are all to be referred to S. Javanica (Dicalyx Javaniceus, Bl. 1, Bydr.,

P ig7y.

71. Symplocos sulcata, n. sp.

Arbuscula novellis adpresse ferrugineo v. fulvescente pubes-

centibus ; folia lanceolata ad elliptico-lanceolatay basi acuta, (pe-

tiolis 3-4 lin. longis crassis), acuminata, magis minusve cre-

nato-serrulata v. integra, crasse chartacea, 5—7 poll. longa,

supra lucida, glabra, subtus valide nervosa et laxe reticulata ;

flores parvi, lutei, subsessiles, in racemum simplicem ferru-

gineo-tomentosum, brevem, axillarem, collecti; bracteze bracteo-

leeque subzequales, obovato-lanceolatee, acute, adpresse pubes-

centes, lineam fere longz; calyx dense adpresse pubescens, lobis

circ. lin. longis, ovato-lanceolatis, obtusiusculis ; stamina numerosa,

inequalia, basi inserta; drupe elliptico-oblonge, pedicellis brevis-

simis, (4 lin. long.), tomentosis, circ. 4-5 lin. longze, sulcatze, subgla-

bree, cyanescente-nigree, calycis limbo coronate, putamen sulcatum

durum 38-locularem includentes ; embryo rectus.—Martaban, Dau-

“nat pass, 4000 feet (Dr. Brandis), This species will range along

with S. racemosa.

The genus Symplocos, the species of which are supposed to be

very difficultly to distinguish, might perhaps be divided in the fol-

lowing way :—

Subg. 1. Alstonia, DC.—Corollar-lobes twice as many as calyx-

lobes, in 2 rows (American).

66 S. Kurz— On Indian Plants. | No. 1,

Subg. 2. Mopea, DC.—Corollar-lobes as many as Pid

in a single row.

* Ovary 3-celled. Drupes oblong to elliptical, 3-celled, Embryo

straight.

¥** Ovary 2, rarely 3-celled. Drupes ovoid and contracted at top

or turbinate, by abortion usually 1-seeded, often the mass of the

endocarp protruding inwards so as to cause the seed (as in Munis-

PERMACEZ) to be more or less horse-shoe-shaped. Embryo curved.

MYRSINEACEA.

72. Mmsa ciaBra, Roxb. and If. Sumatrana, Scheff., (Com-

ment. Myrsin. 15), are both referable to I, ramentacea, Roxb..

73. Meesa permollis, n, sp.

Fruticulus subsimplex 6-10 ped., altus, ferrugineo molli-pu-

bescens ; folia ampla, lato oblonga vy. lato-elliptica, (petiolis

3-1 poll. longis, dense ferrugineo-pubescentibus), breviter et

tenuiter acuminata, 6—8 poll. longa, sinuato-dentata, crasse

membranacea, supra sparse et inconspicue, subtus molliter,

pubescentia, nervis validis in denticula callosa excurrentibus

percursa ; flores albi, minuti, 5-meri, pedicellis brevissimis, bre-

viter racemosi v. subfasciculati v. in paniculam contractam dense

ferrugineo-tomentosam, axillarem, petiolo breviorem, contracti ;

bracteze minutze, pedicellis breviores; calyx pedicellis longior,

dense ferrugineo-pubescens, lobis ovatis acutis ; corolla tubuloso-

campanulata, glabra, calyce circiter duplo longior, lobis brevissi-

mis, rotundatis, quorum 4 patentes, quinto superiori inclinato,

ovarium subinferior ; stylus brevis atque crassus, stigmate indis-

tincte lobato coronatus.—Martaban, Thoungyeen. (Dr. Brandis).

74. HEmbelia sessilifiora, n. sp.

Frutex scandens ramulis brunneis levibus, novellis minute

puberulis ; folia ovato-oblonga ad oblonga, obtusiuscule apicu-

lata, (petiolis 2 lin. longis, calloso-subdentatis), pergamacea,

integra, 2-4 poll. longa, glabra, nervis etc. uti in ZA. Ribes ;

flores minuti, albi, sessiles v. subsessiles, basi bractea lneari-

subulaté puberula, floris totius v. calycis longitudine sup-

portata, in spicas graciles paniculatas, axillares et terminales

1871.] S. Kurz— On Indian Plants. 67

conescenti-velutinas dispositi ; calyx puberulus, lobis triangulari-

bus acutis ; petala crassa, minute puberula, oblonga, obtusiuscula,

lineam fere longa ; stamina petalis breviora, filamenta crassa, pube-

rula, antherarum longitudine.—Pegu (Karen hills ?), (Dr. Brandis).

This species agrees in many respects with , 2bes, Burm., but

differs from it by the sessile or nearly sessile flowers.

75. Empenia GArciniaFoiia, Miq., (Pl. Jungh., 187; Scheff

Comm. Myrs., 40,) is #. floribunda, Wall.

E, picta, Wall. ap. DC. does not differ from £. robusta, Roxb.

LE. ferruginea, Wall. ap. DC. is hardly different from £. villosa,

Wall. a species so nearly allied to #. robusta, Roxb., as to make it

not improbable that both are only varieties of one and the same

species.

76, Myrstne Myrtituvs, Hook., (Icon. Pl., t.825; Walp. Ann.

VY, 478), is evidently an Hmbelia.

77. Ardisia Brandisiana, n, sp.

Frutex v. suffrutex ? ramis crassiusculis et succulentis, indis-

tincte lepidotulis; folia oblonga v. elliptico-oblonga, petiolis

2 ad poll. longis, crassis, basi ineequalia et acuta, obtusa, 5-6

poll. longa, undulato-repanda, pergamacea, glabra, nervis late-

ralibus tenuibus et parallelo-curvis, vix visibilibus, percursa ;

flores conspicui, pedicellis pollicaribus, minute puberulis, sursum

incrassatis, racemum umbelliformem axillarem, pedunculo 38-4

poll. longo, nudo, instructum, formantes ; calyx subglaber, lobis

cire, 2 lin. longis, ovato-oblongis, acutis, membranaceis; corolle

lobi sepalis plusquam duplo longiores, ovati, acuminatiiBurma,

along a choung near Toumbjotseik (?) growing up to an elevation

of nearly 50 feet, Salween. (Dr. Brandis),

78, Arpista PoLysticta, Mig., (Suppl. Fl. Sumatr., I, 576 ;

Scheff. Comm. Myrs., 75) which Dr. Scheffer declares to be well

distinguishable from A. crispa DC., by the compound inflorescences

and rather long peduncled umbels, is nothing but one of those

frequent forms of A. ertspa, which have the peduncles growing ouf

into additional peduncled umbels, as is for inst, clearly shown in

Bot. Reg. t. 533, sub As lentrginosds

68 S. Kurz—On Indian Plants. [No. 1,

79. Ardisia involucrata, n. sp.

Frutex glaber, habitu 4. humilis; folia obovata ad obovato-

lanceolata, basi in petiolum brevissimum attenuata, breviter accu-

minata v. subapiculata, 4-5 poll. longa, pergamacea, glabra, nervis

lateralibus tenuibus, iis A. humilis persimilibus percursa ; flores

majusculi, cereacei, intense rosei v. purpurei, pedicellis crassis 4-1

poll. longis, dein elongatis, suffulti, racemos umbelliformes glabros,

pedicellorum basi involucratos, longiuscule pedunculatos, axillares

v. subterminales formantes ; involucri bracteze conspicue, purpurese

v. roses, pedicellorum longitudine, ovato-oblonge, acutiuscule ;

calycis glabri lacinize ovales, cire. 4 lin. longee, dein paulum aec-

crescentes ; baccee globose, calycis laciniis auctis multoties breviores.

—Not unfrequent in the forests of the outer hills of Sikkim Hima-

laya, especially between Khersiong and Punkabarri, in Balasun

valley etc., at 1—4000 feet elevation ; also descending occasionally

into the Terai.

80. CxiimtacanpRA opovaTa, Miq., will have to be changed into

Cl. littoralis (Ardisia littoralis, Andr. Repos. X, 630). De Candolle

merges A. littoralis into A. humilis, but I think incorrectly.

Ardisia multiflora, Miq. and Ardisia umbellata, Roxb., (Hl. Ind., I,

582) belong both to the above.

81. AxcrceRAS Magus, Geertn., is Aeg. corniculata, Blanco, (FI.

Filip., 70, Rhizophora corniculata, L.). |

SAP OTACEA.

82. The Indian genera of Saroracsm might be arranged as

follows :—

* Calycis et corollee lobi isomeri. |

(1.) Chrysophyllum. Flores 5-8-meri. Stamina 5-8. Staminodia

nulla. Ovarii loculi 5-8.

(2.) Szderoxylon. Flores 5-meri. Staminodia 5. Ovarii loculi 5-2.

(3.) Achras. Flores 6-meri. Stamina 6. Staminodia 6. Ovarii

loculi 12,

(4.) Lsonandra, Flores 4- 8, 6-meri. Stamina lobis duplo pluria,

uniseriata, Staminodia nulla. Ovarii loculi calycis lobis isomeri.

** Calycis et corolla lobi anisomeri. “Ovarii loculi tot quot

calycis lobi..

1871. | 8. Kurz—On Indian Plants. 69

(5.) Payena. Calycis lobi 4s. 6; corolle lobi duplo plures.

Stamina corolle lobis duplo pluria, biseriata. Staminodia nulla.

(6.) Bassia. Calycis lobi 4 s. 6; corolle lobi 8—14. Stamina

corolle lobis circiter duplo v. triplo pluria, 1—8-seriata: Stami-

nodia nulla.

(7.) Mimusops. Calycis lobi 6 v. 8 ; corollee lobi 2-3-plo plures.

Stamina tot quot calycis lobi. Staminodia 6 v. 8,

83. CuRysopHYLLUM SumatRanvuM, Miq., (Suppl. Fl. Sumatr.

579) = Ch. Roxburghii, G. Don.

84. Sapora ? romentosa, DC.,is In my opinion a true Side-

roxylon.

85. SIDEROXYLON oBovatum, Griff., (Not. Dicot., 290) is S. atte-

nuatum, DC.

86. Kaxosmantuus, Hassk., cannot be separated from Bassia,

and Dosyaulus, Thw., has also been identified with the latter genus

by the author himself.

87. Dr. Thwaites pronounced Jsonandra to be a Bassia, but from

the conspectus of the genera above given, that genus appears to

me to be well founded. !

Bassia caloneura, Kurz, (in Andam. Rep., p. 41) with chartace-

ous strongly nerved leaves and 4-lobed calyx is now referable to

Lsonandra,

Bassia ? hypoleuca Miq., (Suppl. Fl. Sum., 582) = Lsonandra_ obo-

vata, Griff., (Not. Dicot., 293),

Bassia polyantha, Wall. ap. DC. is also an Jsonandra.

88. CrratopHorus WicutTi, Hassk. (Retz., I, 601) is Payena

lucida, DC. DeCandolle mistook the filaments of the fallen anthers

for staminodia, and hence the discrepancy in the number of

stamens. The genus might be divided thus :

Sect. 1. Heaxameria. Calyx 6-partitus ; corolla lobi et stamina

calycis lobis duplo plura. (P. Griffithi).

Sect. 2. Payena. Calyx 4-partitus ; corolle lobi et stamina

calycis lobis duplo plura. . ‘

* Antheree pilose, (= Ceratophorus, Hassk.), P. Leert’, (Cera-

toph. Leerti, Hassk.) et P. longipetrolata (Ceratophorus longipetiolatus,

Tet B.) ° :

*% Anthere glabree (Payena, DC.), (P. lucida, P. paralleloneura).

70 S. Kurz—On Indian Plants. [No. 1,

89. Payena paralleloneura, n. sp.

Arbor ingens, ramulis subtiliter ferrugineo-puberis ; folia ellip-

tica ad elliptico-lanceolata, petiolis circ. poll. longis, gracilibus, gla-

bres-centibus, suffulta, breviter acuminata, 3-4 poll. longa, tenui

corvacea, glabra, nervis lateralibus tenuibus parallelis sub an-

gulo fere recto divergentibus ; flores mediocres, albi, pedunculis cire.

poll. longis, minute fulvescente-puberis suffulti, 3—7-ni fasciculati ;

fasciculi axillares, petioli longitudine v. paulum longiores ; calyx

minute fulvescente-puberus, 4-partitus, sepalis lato-ovatis, acutis,

cire. 3 lin. longis ; corolla glaberrima, lobis elliptico-oblongis obtu-

sis; stamina 16, antheris glabris, aristato-mucronatis ; ovarium

fulvescente pubescens ; baccee ovate, pruni magnitudine, apicu-

latee, glabree, 1- raro 2- spermee.—Pegu. Differs from P. lucida by

the acute sepals, the bristly-terminated (mot beaked) anthers,

by the longer petiols and by the nervature of the leaves.

90. Muimvsors Inprca, (Kurz, in And. Rep. 42, et DC. quoad spe-

eim. Dartabanica).

This is the well-known Andaman bullet-wood, but there

are considerable difficulties in giving the tree a proper scien-

tific name. Mr. Bentham has identified it with his JJ. Browniana.

The description of the fruit and seed of the Australian J.

Browniana appears to me to differ considerably from the Andaman

species. In the former the fruit is said to be ovoid or almost

globular and 1-2 seeded, while in the latter it is decidedly

depressed globular (not unlike in shape and size to a wood-apple),

5-6 seeded, and the hilum hardly half the length of the seed. I have

unfortunately no specimens from Ceylon, and therefore I am unable

to compare my plant with J/ Kauki L. Bentham, who has seen

the Linnean specimens of MZ. Kaukz, declares them to be IZ. Indica,

&c., (Wight Icon., t. 1587), a common species all over Hindustan.

The very short Linnean description, however, represents more the

Andaman tree with solitary flowers than the Hindustan tree, which

latter is the same as WU. hexandra, Houb., Corom., Pl. I, 16, t. 15,

differing from the former considerably by the 1-seeded, differently

shaped, fruits and by the flowers being always two or more toge- —

ther in the axils of the leaves. 4 '

M. Kauki, Houb., and Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat., II, 1042, isundoubted-

ly ML. Bojeri, &e.(? = M. dissecta, Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 3157). e;

1871. ] S. Kurz— On Indian Plants. 71

M. Roxburghiana, Wight, Icon., t. 1588 (excl. synon. Roxb.) is a

species unknown to me; it differs from all those above named

by the very slender peduncles, larger flowers and by the shape of

the staminodial scales.

Imbricaria, Comm., is not generically different from IZimusops.

EBENACEA.

91. Diospyros rhodocalyx, n. sp.

Arbuscula novellis adpresse pubescentibus; folia oblonga v.

ovali-oblonga, rarius obovato-oblonga, retusa v. rarius (in

eodem stirpe) obtuse apiculata, graciliter et breviter petiolata,

basi acuta vy. obtusa, chartacea, magnitudine variabilia, 1—2 v.

38—4 poll. longa, supra glabra et lucida, subtus secus costam

plerumque parce pubescentia, nervis et reticulatione laxa utrin-

que conspicuis ; flores 4—meri, parvi, sessiles v. subsessiles, axil-

lares, masculi cymulas brevissimas tomentosas formantes, femi-

nei solitarii; bracteze lineares, dense fulvo-tomentose, breves ;

calyx dense fulvescenti pubescens, lobis oblongo lanceolatis, obtu-

siusculis, in floribus femin. major, lobis lato-oblongis, obtusis,

basi marginibus plicato-dilatatis, rubro-tinctis; corolla glabra,

in mase. vix 2 lin., in femin. 3 lin fere longa, tubo bullato, lobis 4

brevibus, oblongis ; stamina in fl, mase. c. 16, in fem. 8—10, ima basi

corolle inserta; filamenta brevia, barbata; antherz lineares,

acuminate; ovarium in masec. rudimentarium, in fem. oblongum,

dense fulvo tomentosum, 4-loculare? Siam, Radburi and Kanbiri

(Teysm. in Herb. Bog. No. 6000 and 6007).

In general habit somewhat resembling D. heterophylla, Wall., and

best placed near D. tomentosa, etc., in sect, ILI, amongst the four-

merous species.

92, Diospyros dasyphylla, n. sp.

Arbor ? ramulis dense fulvescente pubescentibus ; folia oblonga ad

ovato oblonga, petiolis 1—2 lin. longis, dense fulvo pubescentibus,

suffulta, basi rotundata v. subcordata, acuta v. brevissime acuminata,

4—6 poll. longa, chartacea, dum juvenilia longe ciliata, dein subtus

et supra secus nervos molliter puberula ; flores in alabastro fere 4/5

poll. longi, 4-meri, breviter pedicellati, masculi in cymas breves fulvo-

72 S. Kurz—On Indian Plants. [No. ,

pubescentes, axillares, v. supra foliorum delapsorum cicatricibus

erumpentes, dispositi; bracteze suborbiculares, puberule, ciliatee,

lineam circiter longae ; calyx ferrugineo-pubescens, usque ad basin

fere partitus, lobis rotundatis, obtusis, ciliatis; corolle tubus ad-

presse fulvo v. ferrugineo-pubescens, 3 lin. circiter longus, tubulosus

et paulo ampliatus ; lobi tubi longitudine, oblongi, acuti, extus ca-

nescente velutini; stamina in masc, circiter 16, basi corolle inserta,

filamenta valde inaequalia, nonnulla 1—2 lin. longa, pluria brevis-

sima; antheree oblongr, acute; ovarii rudimentum fl. mase.

fulvo hirsutum; flores feminei et baccee ignotae.—Karen hills,

Taipo mountains, at 40U0 ft. elevation, (Dr. Brandis).

Near D. densiflora, Wall.

93. Diospyros Brandisiana, n. sp.

Arbor novellis breviter pubescentibus; folia iis D. chartacee per-

similia, petiolis 1—2 lin. longis, puberulis, suffulta, oblonga ad ellip-

tico-oblonga et oblongo-lanceolata, acuminata, basi rotundatay. acuta,

chartacea, 4—6—8 poll. longa, adulta glabra v. plerumque secus

costas sparse adpresse hirsuta; flores in alabastro 4—5 lin. longi, 5-

meri, pedicellis 1—2 lin. longis, subinde elongatis, tomentosis, sufful-

ti,in cymas densiusculas,ramosissimas,minute bracteatas, nigrescenti-

brunneas, tomentosas, e ramis ortas v. axillares, dispositi ; bracteze

minute, oblongo-lanceolatee, tomentose ; calyx nigrescente y. atro-

brunneo tomentellus, lineam circiter longus, 5-fidus, lobis lineari-lan-

ceolatis, acutis ; corollee adpresse pubescentis tubus 23 lin. longus,

basin versus subampliatus et vulgo 5-angularis ; lobi tubi longitudi-

ne, oblongi, obtusi ; stamina in masc. circa 16, infem. ad 5 rudimen-

taria redacta; filamenta brevissima, pubescentia ; antheree lineares,

mucronulate, glabree; ovarium in fl. fem. dense fulvo pubescens,

stylo longiusculo, simplice, crasso, terminatum, 10-loculare ; baccee

.... valde immature ovate, acuminate, brevi-pubescentes. Burma,

Domdamee Forests. (Dr. Bandis).

94. Diospyros onzrFonia, Wall. ap. DC., Prod. VIII, 239,

(nomen nudum). |

Arbor mediocris, glabra; folia elliptica ad oblongo-lanceolata,

obtuse acuminata, petiolis 2—8 lin. longis suffulta, 8—5 poll.

longa, subcoriacea, ‘utrinque levia et nitida, nervis subtilissmis

1871. ] S. Kurz—On Indian Plants. 73

impressis et inconspicuis percursa ; flores parviusculi, albi, 4-meri,

breviter pedicellati, vulgo terni, pedunculis 8—6 lin. longis, sub-

tiliter pubescentibus, axillaribus, suffulti; calyx 3 lin. fere longus,

extus glaber, intus dense fulvo-tomentosus, lobis latis acutis;

corolla calyx plus quam duplo longior, extus fulvo-tomentosa, tubo

amplo et inflato, c. 8-3} lin. longo, lobis brevibus rotundatis ;

stamina in fl. masc. ¢. 20 ima basi corollee et toro inserta; filamenta

inconspicua ; antheree lineares, acuminate, c. 2, lin, longae; ovarii

rudimentum fl. masc. minutum, fulvo-pubescens; fl. feminei et

bacexe ignotee.—Pegu, (Dr. Brandis), and Java, Wyukoopers Baay

(Teysmann). Kay drang, Mal.

95. Diospyros variegata, n. sp.

Arbor mediocris, glaberrima; folia elliptico oblonga ad ob-

longa, sepius basi sub-inequalia, petiolis 2—4 lin. longis, cras-

sis, suffulta, acuta ad acuminata, integra, 5—8 poll. longa, char-

tacea, glabra, nervis subtus prominentibus et reticulatione

laxa et conspicua percursa; flores parvi, lutei, 4-meri, in ala-

bastro 4—5 lin. longi, elongati, brevissime pedicellati, terni v.

pauci, in cymas axillares breviter petiolatas, minute puberulas,

bracteatas, dispositi, et secus ramulos novellos, sepius adhuc’

aphyllos, racemum spurium formantes ; bractez late, acutiusculse,

puberulee ; calyx puberulus, lobis lato-oblongis, obtusis, c. 2 lin.

longis; corolla urceolata, tubus calyx paulum longior, lobis ovatis

acutis, tubi longitudine ; stamina in fl. masc. c. 16, ineequalia, basi

eorolle tubi inserta; filamenta brevia ; anther lineares, basi

cordate, acuminate, glabree; fl. feminei et bacce ignotee.—Pegu

(Dr. Brandis).

96. Diospyros Burmanica, n. sp.

Arbor novellis adpresse fulvo-pubescentibus ; folia elliptica ad

élliptico-oblonga, petiolis 1-14 poll. longis, puberulis, suffulta, ob-

tusiuscula, breviter acuminata v. obtusa, integra, Magis minusve

21-4 poll. longa, juniora supra tomento tenui fugaci adspersa, dein

elaberscentia, subtus dense. fulvo-puberula, nervis reticulatione

tenui percursa; flores feminei 5-meri, parviusculi, dense falvo-

tomentosi, solitarii pedunculis dense tomentosis, 2—3 lin. longis,

74 S. Kurz— On Indian Plants. [No. 1,

secus ramulos novellos efoliatos, dense fulvo-tementosos, suffulti

et seepius racemos laxos spurios efformantes; flores masc. ignoti ;

calyx dense fulvo-tomentosus, 3 lin. fere longus, lobis lato-

cordato-ovatis, acutiusculis, marginibus recurvis ; corolla dense et

adpresse fulvo-pubescens, intus glabra, tubo brevi, loborum longi-

tudine ; stamina ad 8 redacta, basi corolla tubi inserta ; anthere

lineari-oblonge, acute; ovarium ovatum, dense fulvo-pubescens,

in stylum brevem crassum attenuatum ; stigmata 2, crassa, 2-loba ;

baccee poll. circiter crassee, globose, vulgo 4-spermee, glabree, calyce

aucto sustente.— Pegu (Dr. Brandis).

97. Marcreicutra AnpamAnica, Kurz, (in Rep. Veget. Andam.,

ed. 2, p. 42) is the female plant of Maba Sumatrana, Migq., with

somewhat larger and thinner leaves.

ACANTHACEZ.

98. Lirnopniua pirrusa, Roxb. (FL Ind., III, 93) is Lbermaiera

diffusa.—EHbermaiera thyrsoidea, N. K., and £. Zeylanica, N. E., both

belong to the above noted species. _

99. Nomapuiza stricta, N. K., and WV. corymbosa, Bl., will have

to be named Nomaphila pubescens, (Justicia pubescens, Lamk. IIL, I,

40).—V. Parishit, T. And., is hardly more but one of those glan-

dular-pubescent states of WV. pubescens, which also occur in the more

cultivated parts of Java.

100. Hemracrapuisuirsuta, T. And. (Ruellia hirsuta, N. E., in

Dr. Brod., XI, 148; Justicia hirsuta, Vhl., Symb., I, 3, et Enum.,

I, 122), is in my opinion the very same plant as Ruellia Blumeana,

N. E. in DC., 1, c. 149, and therefore the latter a synonym. Dr.

Anderson’s H. confinis (R. confinis, N. H. in DO. 1. ec. 148) is another

synonym, if his identification is correct, what Ido not doubt. A.

iursuta is a very common plant in the Indian Archipelago, growing

not only in moist sunny places, but also in the densest shade of

village-bushes and evergreen forests. It resembles to a certain

degree Strobslanthes glaucescens.

The differences between Strobilanthes and Hemiagraphis do not

appear to me to be clearly defined, for the number of seeds is

not very reliable, and several species of Strobilanthes, as for instance

St. flava, with 8-seeded capsules, should then be referred to Hemia-

1871. ] S. Kurz— On Indian Plants. 75

graphis, while another new species St. phyllostachya, presently to be

described, would remain in Strobilanthes, although so nearly allied

to S. flava, as hardly to admit separation.

101. Strobilanthes phyllostachya, n. sp.

Herba perennis, ramosa, 2—38-pedalis, ramis magis minusve

glanduloso-hirsutis et glabrescentibus; folia oblonga ad lato-lan-

ceolata, petiolis 2-23 poll. longis, gracilibus, hirsutis, suffulta, brevi-

ter acuminata, basi acuta, crenato-dentata, rigidiuscula, 5—7 poll.

longa, utrinque v. supra tantum pilis longiusculis, e cono minuto ortis,

rigidis, hirsuta ; flores conspicui, aurei, in spicas dense bracteatas,

longe pedunculatas, dispositi et paniculam brachiatam glandulo-hir-

sutam, foliosam, axillarem et terminalem, formantes ; folia floralia

inferiora foliis caulinis conformia sed minora, superiora bracteifor-

mia, lanceolata, serrata, hirsuta; bracteze lanceolate, acuminate,

decussatee, membranacee, integre, poll. longze v. longiores, glan-

duloso-pilosz, albidze, apice et nervis viridibus ; bracteole lineares,

pilosee et glanduloso-pubescentes ; calycis segmenta inzequaliter

longa, bracteolis conformia; corolla 14 poll. fere longa, (tubo brevi

sed gracili), extus glabra, intus preecipue fauce et secus filamento-

rum insertionem pilosa; cupsule glabree, 4-sperme.—Pegu (Dr.

Brandis).

102, SrropmanrHes Sumatrana, Miq. (FI. Ind., Bat., IT, 802)

= SN. pentstemonordes, 'T. And.

108. Jusricta Ecsourum, L.

Tagree with Nees v. Esenbeck, that this species deserves

to be retained as a distinct genus. Dr. Anderson has placed

it in Eranthemum, but it stands there in a very isolated po-

sition, differing from all the other species of the genus. The

large bracts, 1-seeded capsules and differently shaped corollas ap-

pear to me sufficient characters for the genus, which [ now propose

to call Hebolium. The Neesian character under his genus Justicis

is a very acurate account of it, so that I have nothing to add to it.

Wight figures 2 ovules to each cell, but 1 cannot confirm this point,

as I have no fresh flowering specimens. The species might be

called Eebol. Linneanum, including the long series of synonyms

mentioned already by Dr. Anderson.

76 S. Kurz— On Indian Plants. [ No. 1,

VERBENACE.

104. Sphenodesma eryciboides, n. sp.

Frutex scandens ; folia oblonga-lanceolata, acuta, petiolis brevi-

bus, gracilibus, puberulis, suffulta, basi acuta, integra, membra-

nacea, supra glabra, subtus palida et tenuiter pubescentia ; flores

parviusculi, sed conspicui, nivei, glomerati, racemos axillares for-

mantes et involucro minuto 6-phyllo sustenti ; involueri phylla in-

eequalia, spatulato-lanceolata, tomentosa, calycibus 5—6-dentatis,

albidis, extus dense tomentosis, intus dense sericeis, breviora ; corol-

lee limbus 5—6-lobus, lobis oblongis, obtusis, pubescentibus ; an-

theree 5—6, minutze ; capsule calyce tumido inclusee.—Pegu (Dr.

Brandis).

SCROPHULARIACELL.

OPHIORRHIZIPHYLLON, n. gen.

Calyx 5-fidus, laciniis subulatis. Corolla sub-bilabiata, breviter

tubulosa; tubus leviter curvus, sursum inflatus ; labium exterius

brevius, 3-lobulatum, interius 2-lobulatum, lobulis omnibus rotun-

datis, obtusis. Stamina fertilia 2, tubo corolle intus piloso-annu-

lato inserta, longissime exserta; filamenta deflexa, corolla fere

duplo longiora; antherze 2-loculares, loculis discretis. Ovarium

2-loculare, ovulis plurimis axi centrali biseriatim inserta; stylus

filiformis, staminum longitudine, longissime exsertus, apice brevi-

ter bilobus, lobis reflexis. Capsula oblonga, acutiuscula, sepalorum

longitudine, bisulea, 2-locularis et 2-valvis.—Herba foliis oppositis,

floribus racemosis albidis v. rosellis.

The position of the genus is between Péerostigma and Stemodia.

105. O. macrobotryum, n, sp.

Herba 2—8-pedalis, novellis puberulis; folia longe-petiolata,

4—6 poll. longa, lanceolata v. oblongo-lanceolata, utrinque acumi-

nata, integra, membranacea, subtus in costa nervisque puberula,

discoloria ; petiolus 3-2 poll. longus, puberulus ; racemi terminales,

puberuli, plerumque solitarii v. terni, bracteati ; bracteolze lineares,

sursum gradatim subulatee; flores albidi v. carneo-albidi, brevis-

sime pedicellati ; corolla 3 lin. longa, lobis calycinis puberulis paulo

longior ; stylus et filamenta glabra; capsula 3 lin. longa, glabra.

—Karen hills, Taipo-mountains, Thoungyeen. (Dr. Brandis).

1871. | S. Kurz— On Indian Prants. 77

BIGNONIA CEA.

106. Spathodea ignea, n. sp.

Arbor mediocris, novellis sparse puberulis; folia decomposita,

pinnis primariis 83—4, secundariis infinis seepius bipinnatis, sequen-

tibus simpliciter impari-pinnatis ; foliola 3—4 poll. longa, oblique

oblongo-lanceolata, obtuse acuminata, breviter petiolata, integra,

tenuiter chartacea, glabra ; flores speciosi, ignei, fasciculati v. bre-

viter racemosi, in foliorum axillis v. frequentius e ramis crassiori-

bus supra foliorum cicatricibus erumpentes ; pedunculi et pedicelli

puberuli ; calyx spathaceus, ? poll. longus, puberulus, membrana-

ceus ; corolla bipollicaris, campanulato-infundibuliformis, glabra,

intus versus basin ad filamentorum insertionem puberula, breviter

5-loba, lobis rotundatis obtusissimis ; filamenta glabra, usque ad

medium corolle adnata, flamentum quintum abortivum, breve v.

rudimentarium; antherz faucem attingentes; folliculi immaturi,

bipedales, lineares, glabri, apice truncati, valvis coriaceis tenuis-

sime striatis ; semina divaricato-bialata, biseriata.—Burma, without

locality. (Hb. Dr. Brandis, No. 1357),

COMMELINACEZ.

107. Aneilema spectabile, n. sp.

Planta perennis, subacaulis ; radices elongato-tuberose, sursum

attenuate; folia subradicalia, lato-lanceolata ad lato-linearia, basi ro-’

tundata, amplexicaulia, acuminata, 2—54 poll. longa, supra puberula,

subtus glabra, caulina multo breviora, solitaria et magis puberula;

panicula foliorum longitudine v. paulo longior v. brevior, racemifor-

mis v. raro subramosa, bracteata, radicalis et scapiformis, solitaria

v. raro bina, tota cum bracteis dense glanduloso-puberula ; bracteze

oblongee, acuminatze, semipollicares, amplexicaules et subcymbifor-

mes, florum racemulos laxos foventes ; flores exsertee, cyanescenti-

albidi (in sicco cyanei), longe pedicellati; pedicelli stricti, filifor-

mes, glandulosi, c. 2 lin. longi; sepala linearia, 2-24 lin. longa,

acutiuscula, extus glanduloso-puberula; petala sepalis breviora ;

stamina fertilia forte 2; ovarium 3-loculare, loculis 3-ovulatis;

capsule mature sepala longitudine subzequantes, oblonge, acutius-

cule, glabra, 3-loculares, loculis abortu 1—2 spermis ; semina par-

va, lato-ovata ad truncato oblonga, planiuscula, lacunoso-rugosa,

78 L, Schwendler—Discharge of long Telegraph lines. [No. 1,

pallida.—Burma, Thoungyeen, March, 1862. (Dr. Brandis).—This

species will range along with A. ochraceum, Dalz.

LYCOPODIACEZ,.

108, SELAGINELLA SEMICORDATUM, J. Scott, (in Journal of Agri-

Horticult. Society of India. New Ser., vol. I, part 2, p- 261 (1860) is

S. semecordata, Spring, Enum. Lycopod. No. 78 and Monogr. Lyco-

pod., II, 107 (Lycopod. Wall. Cat. 187).

S. implexa, J. Scott, 1. c. p. 262, is identical with S. tenera, Spring,

Enum. Lycop. No. 144 and Monogr. Lycopod., II, 241.

S. aristatum, J. Scott, 1. c. 262, founded apparently upon Lycop.

aristatum, Roxb., in Maclell., Caleutt. Journal. Nat. Hist., IV, 473,

is unknown to me, and it is impossible to compare the plant with

any of Spring’s diagnoses, Mr. Scott’s description being insufficient

in several points.

LEMNACEA.

109, Lemna tenera, n. sp.

Frondiculee cruciatee, lanceolatze ad lineari-lanceolate, seepius

subcurvulee, acuminate, basi magis minusve rotundate, membra-

nacese, subtus (in viro) obsolete trinerves et reticulato-venose ;

radiculze solitarize.—Frondiculee 83—4 lin. longze, basi lineam circi-

ter latee ; radiculee vix pollicares.

Pegu, in jungle-swamps of Pazwoon doung valley, rare.

ARRANGEMENT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF LONG OVERLAND TELEGRAPH

LINES, by Louis ScHwENDLER, Hsa.

[Received 27th January, 1871. ]

When organizing more regular and instantaneous telegraphic

communication between the Presidency towns of India, and es-

pecially between Calcutta and Kurrachee, it was observed that

discharges occurred sufliciently strong to affect the relay of the

sending station, and giving rise to the so called “‘ return beats.”

These discharges* through the relay of the sending station are

* It is well known that an overland telegraph line acts as a Leyden jar in

the same manner as a submarine cable, having, however, only a much smaller

capacity on account of the insulating layer (the air between the telegraph

wire and surrounding conductors) being very thick, But, though the capacity

1871.] L. Schwendler—Discharge of long Telegraph lines. 79

inconvenient for many reasons, the most important of which is,

that they are frequently stronger than the signalling current of a

far distant station, and consequently throw the relay out of its

adjustment, and so make it unfit to receive a calling signal from

such a station. It was, therefore, necessary to devise some simple

means by which these discharge currents could be safely elimina-

ted from the relay of the sending station,* and it was found that

for terminal stations a peculiarly constructed key answered the

purpose best. This key, after each signal sent, by a proper appli-

cation of well tempered springs, makes a momentary contact direct

with earth, by which the discharge of the line is effected before

the final contact with earth through the relay is made, and such

keys were supplied to the terminal stations of the Indian main

lines, where they have worked well. But to eliminate the dis-

charge currents from the relays of terminal stations is of far less

importance, than to do so from the relays at translation stations ;

for it is clear that the discharges in translation stations may

not only be inconvenient, but may momentarily interrupt the line,

so that the real signal cannot pass on; and even if they do not

cause interruption during thé whole ofa signal, they will, at all

may be small in comparison with that of any cable, it is evident that a long,

well insulated overland line may shew nevertheless very decided charges and

discharges, Fortunately the charges of the Indian Main lines, (so long in

comparison with the direct worked lines in Hurope), still occupy such a short

time as not to influence in the least our maximum working speed attainable

with the present signalling system (25 to 30 words a minute), 72. e. a signal

sent from Calcutta to Agra arrives there practically at the very moment it

is sent. The discharges, however, affect most seriously our instruments,

and it is, therefore, only this effect that is treated of in the present paper.

* The method of a station permanently cutting out its own relay while send-

ing has never been adopted in this country, and I believe also never will be,

for however perfect lines and instruments, and accomplished employés may be,

or may become, it is always highly desirable that a receiving station should be

able to call in the sending station at any moment during the transmission of a

message.

In India we invariably use positive currents, (or copper to line), for signal-

ling, because they reduce the leakage. By using positive currents for

signalling in one direction and negative currents in the other, and having

polarized receiving instruments, the effect of discharges would be of course

so far eliminated that the receiving instruments would not actually be worked

by them, the discharges going in the wrong direction through the polarized

relays. But this is a bad plan. The continued passage of strong discharges

through a polarised relay make it, on account of remanent magnetism,

unsensitive, and consequently a continual and most tedious adjustment of

the receiving relay would be necessitated; this again would produce great

irregularity in the working of the lines,

80 L. Schwendler—Discharge of long Telegraph lines. [No. 1,

events, produce points instead of bars at the receiving station,

thereby causing considerable delay and confusion.

It is true that in principle the arrangement in use at terminal

stations might also be applied at translation stations, where the

armatures of the sounders, or any other receiving instruments, act

as keys; but there are many mechanical difficulties in the way,

especially the very small play of these armatures which would

make such a method unsafe. It was, therefore, decided to use for

translation stations another discharging arrangement, which I will

now describe, This arrangement consists of a Siemens’ polarized

relay with comparatively small resistance, and of a small bobbin

of wire acting as a shunt to the coils of the relay, which latter may

appropriately be called the ‘‘ Discharging relay.” The parallel

circuit of discharging relay and bobbin of wire is interposed be-

tween the line to be discharged after each signal and the sending

battery.

The contact screw of the discharging relay is connected with one

end of the receiving relay, while the axis of the tongue of the dis-

charging relay is in connection with the other end of the receiving

relay, 7. ¢. the earth. Such an arrangement may be of course

applied equally well for terminal stations in place of a discharging

key, and as the telegraph circuit for two terminal stations is of

a simpler nature than the translation circuit, it will be clearer to

explain the action of this discharging arrangement for two terminal

stations working direct with each other, as for instance, Calcutta

and Agra.

The following diagram (Fig. 1) will give all the necessary con-

nections,

CALCUTTA.

Fig: be .

1871.] L. Schwendler—Discharge of long Telegraph lines. 81

Rand BR’ are the receiving relays, the tongues of which, when

a current is sent, close the circuit of a local battery, containing the

receiving instrument in the usual manner.

K and K/ are two common telegraph keys, r andr’ the two

discharging relays, } and d! the two bobbins of wire acting as shunts

to r and 2’ respectively.

Suppose.Calcutta sends a signal to Agra by pressing the key

K on its front contact 1, then a part of the Calcutta signalling

current passes through 7, and if strong enough, attracts the

relay tongue, pressing it against the contact screw 8, and as

long as contact 1 lasts, contact 3 will exist. But as soon as

the signal is completed, 7.e. when the key leaves contact 1 and

makes contact 2, all the discharge of the long line would pass

through the receiving relay R, if contact 3 ceased just before

contact 2 were re-established. This is, however, not the case, because

by the application of the shunt 8, in virtue of which an extra cur-

rent can form itself through the coils of the discharging relay,

contact 3 is sufficiently prolonged to exist for a moment simul-

taneously with contact 2, consequently the whole discharge, or at

least the greatest part of it, has time to pass through contact 3

direct to earth, instead of going through the receiving relay R.

The same process will of course repeat itself at each signal sent,

and will also be the case when Agra is sending instead of

Calcutta.

Such an arrangement answers the purpose perfectly at Agra on

the great and important main line between Calcutta—Kurrachee,

where it has been in use (in translation) for some time.

It may be mentioned here that it does not at all interfere with

the maximum working speed, attainable with our present system

of signalling, namely 25—30 words a minute.

The very great prolonging power of such a shunt not having

been known at first, it was thought necessary to assist the prolong-

ing effect. by a fine spring of very small play, fixed to the tongue of

the discharging relay. But such a spring is not wanted, and it is much

better to dispense with it, because, however small the play of this

contact spring may be made, it will always in some measure

lessen the sensitive adjustment of the discharging relay.

82 L. Schwendler— Discharge of tong Telegraph lines. [No. 1,

As it was evident that the prolonging effect of the shunt must.

greatly depend upon its resistance, (supposing the resistance of the

discharging relay and also all other circumstances were given),

the following investigation was made in order to ascertain its

amount. \

Figure 2 represents the simple circuit as obtained from dia-

gram 1.

ae: Fig:2

\ "

Ss a

a Fi Boge tT as =

Serena Ace REESE ORES x

te E P Ke \

—~- 5 i

(tT ; =) 4

eae a ~~

Tr srs + |

wei 4 5. She

ee J ze

ay | —

ees = —

Two bobbins of wire, r and 4, are connected parallel to the two poles

of a battery E, the circuit of which may be closed and opened at will

by a stopper, 1. Only one of the bobbins, 7 for instance, contains

iron, which becomes a magnet as soon as the battery circuit is closed.

When the circuit is opened, the magnetism in 7 ceases, causing

an extra current in (7 + 6) which acts in the same direction as the

original battery current, and consequently causes the loss of mag-

netism in 7 to go on much slower, than it would without

such a shunt J; and therefore, if the magnetism in 7 were made

use of for closing a contact 2, this contact would be somewhat

prolonged by such a shunt. Consequently the question to be solved

is, what must be the resistance of this shunt, supposing 7, and

everything else were given, in order to make the remanent

magnetism a maximum, 7. ¢. the prolonging effect of the shunt as

regards contact 2 greatest.

That for a given 7 a certain 6 does exist for which the extra

current, or its equivalent the remanent magnetism, is greatest,

follows simply enough. Suppose for instance the resistance of the A

shunt 4 were infinite, which is the same as having no shunt at all,

then no extra current would exist, though its cause, ¢. e. the mag- — :

1871.) lL. Schwendler—Discharge of long Telegraph lines. 83

netism produced in 7 by closing the battery circuit, would be

greatest. Onthe other hand, if the resistance of the shunt 6

were taken as infinitely small, then, (though there would be the

best possible channel for an extra current), no such current could

be established, because no original current would pass through 1,

and therefore no magnetism in 7 could have been developed.

Knowing, therefore, that for ’ = o and ford — o the extra current

is = 0, it follows that there must be one or more values of 6

between these limits, for which the extra current is a maximum.

However, the function, by which this extra current, or better the

remanent magnetism in 7, is expressed, is of such a nature, that it

has only one maximum, and this can easily be calculated, since

all the laws determining it are perfectly known.

In diagram 2 we will designate by 7 the resistance of the

bobbin producing the magnetism (which in the discharging ar-~

rangement represents the resistance of the coils of the discharging

relay); and for brevity we may suppose that the whole resistance

between the points pand g through r is used for producing

magnetism.

Suppose also-—

m the number of convolutions in 7;

_« the resistance of the bobbin acting as a shunt to 7, and ex-

tending between p and q;

Ki the electromotive force producing the original current ;

ithe resistance between the points p and g through the battery

E, including the resistance of the battery ;

. thus the current C which passes through 7, when 1 is closed is—

C =

"ie tay bre’

and consequently the magnetism m, developed in r by C is:

(7G

7 Lir+aypt ra’

and, supposing the conductivity of the wire, filling the given space of

m= Cn=EFE

bobbin 7, constant for any diameter whatever, and neglecting the

thickness of the necessary insulating covering of the wire in eom-

parsion with its diameter, we may substitute for x the value » =

Constant V +.

84 L. Schwendler—Discharge of long Telegraph lines. [No. t,

Thus we have—

tf r-

ie fa) pre’

The ceasing of this magnetism, after the battery circuit has been

instantaneously opened at 1, must be considered as the cause for

producing an extra current in the closed circuit (yr + «), which

extra current in its turn reproduces magnetism in the iron bar in

m = E Const

the coilyv. This whole process of course occupies time, however short

it may be and goes on steadily. But it will lead apparently to the

same result for our purpose, if we suppose that the cessation of the

original magnetism produces instantaneously the whole extra current,

and that the extra current, (or better an average value of it, since it

is variable as regards time), is used for producing fresh magnetism

in the iron bar of the coily. Under these circumstances it is

reasonable to take a proportional quantity of the original mag-

netism as the new electromotive force for producing the extra

current C’ in the circuit with the resistance 7 -+- a.

Therefore we have

6h Const ae Wei

fi(rte)tral er + 2)

and this expression multiplied by the number of convolutions, 2,

gives us the remanent magnetism m’, or as n = Const 4/7,

m’ = E Const a —____——, (ana

ie taltrel (7 + x)

Now it is evident that the prolonging effect, 7. ¢. the time during

which the bar of iron keeps perceptibly magnetized after the in-

stantaneous opening of the battery circuit, must increase with m’,

and consequently by making m’a maximum, the prolonging effect of

the arrangement must also be greatest. Taking, therefore, in the

above expression for m’, x only as varriable, we get in the usual way

Vi e

C= Ve Tap ititteseeeeeeevecvcceeeeecesas (Ll) "

corresponding to the maximum of m.

* We have—

dm Lp? —— @? (ly)

———t | ieenneantneenne 3

da N?2

1871.] L. Schwendler—Discharge of long Telegraph lines. 85

Tn the application to a long overland line, / represents the line

resistance including the resistance of the sending battery and dis-

tant receiving relay, while r is the resistance of the coils of the

discharging relay.

In order to weaken as little as possible the signalling current

by the introduction of such a discharging relay, we take naturally

y, its resistance, only so great, that a given electromotive force, (as

is generally used for signalling through the line), will work it with

safety through the given line resistance, andif the discharging relay

is of a good construction, this 7 can always be neglected in com-

parison with /.

Therefore we have from formula (IT)

Or to make the prolonging effect of the shunt a maximum, its resis-

tance must be equal to the resistance of the coils of the discharging relay.

This law will hold good for any long overland Telegraph line,

where N = IG + a) +rabde +o}

Om Za(l-pr). 6° 2 dm dN

qe fo N No da. dip

come ami Er)

dx2 ~ N?

which is always negative for a positive value of z.

The function m’ (formula I) is to be considered as representing the rema-

nent magnetism in the closed circuit (7 + #), no matter by which of the two coils

the magnetism is produced ; thus m’ must necessarily be symmetrical as regards

y anda. But having selected one of the two coils by which m', the remanent

magnetism, is to be produced, it isat once fixed which of the two coils must

be taken as variable in order to find the maximum of m’. If, for instance, r is

taken as the coil developing m’, while w acts as shunt only, neither producing

extra current nor magnetism, then the shunt « must be taken as variable

slate) + ralir+ ;

Would have to be differentiated, giving that value of r which represents a

maximum of m’, developed by 7; just the case to be avoided as much as

possible,

and not 7, since otherwise factor

86 L. Schwendler—Discharge of long Telegraph lines. | No. 1,

and it is only for a long line that such a discharging arrangement

is required. : . ;

As regards the absolute value of 7, it was found that 200 8. U,

using a Siemens’ polarized relay, were quite large enough. Such

a relay works safely with 30 Minotti’s cells through 10,000 8. U.

The shunt itself, even without having iron in it, produces an

extra current which is in the same direction in the shunt, as the

primary current, and consequently opposes the extra current pro-

duced by the coil r in the closed circuit (7 + a).

In order to have, therefore, the action of the coil r not too much

lessened by'the extra current, produced by the shunt, it is necessary

to make the latter of the thinnest possible German silver wire, and

wind it on a large bobbin with the convolutions as far distant from

one another as possible. Another method would be to wind the

bobbin bifilarly. ;

In conclusion I may mention that the longest main line in India

is the one between Calcutta and Kurrachee 1,700 miles in length

which has been worked direct now for more than two years,—Agra

(which is about at the middle) only in translation. During the dry

season, when the lines up-country often have an insulation of more _

than 200 millions 8. U. per mile, it is possible to work this enor-

mous distance altogether direct without Agra in translation; but

practically nothing would be gained by this, since then on account

of the great length the charge becomes so large as to reduce the

speed to less than 15 words a minute, while by having Agra in

translation the speed, if only the signalling system would allow

of it, would reach to upwards of 60 words a minute.

( Note.) Mr. A Cappel, in his report on the Central London Office of the Electrie _

and International Telegraph Company, states that a shunt in connection with

an electro-magnet for discharging one of the cables was made use of ag early —

as 1867, and was pronounced to him by Mr. Culley as an invention of one of

the Telegraph clerks This appears to be the first application of the extra

current for this purpose, but I am not aware whether this simple principle —

has since been used for overland telegraph lines. .

Mr. Cappel says— ae . Deas

“The duration of the zine current, (necessary to neutralize, after each —

signal sent, the positive discharge of the cable), can be regulated by varying —

the resistance of the shunt, but no definite law or conclusion has yet been —

arrived at on the subject.”

GODWIN-AU STEN, Journ: A.S.Bengal Vol:XL,Pt: 11,1871.

-9

0-12 8

\\ ‘\ O/H yj }

~ N a

iy/4. IN

1. Alyceus conicus, n. sp. 3. dbyceus pusllius, m1. Sp.

2 lhagonais, rr. sp. 4. " Khasiacus, 1 Sp.

5. Alycoeus crenatus, nm. sp.

nee

Fp eee Bg

GODWIN-AUSTEN Journ: A.S. Bengal, Vol: XL, Pt, 11,187] ; PUAV.

Cth

\ d te \

Yy WU ;

S$. &.

_ 6.@.

1. Alycecus crispatus, T.sp. 3. Alycoeus Ingram, W.BYt ver.

re a crispeben, var. 4. A. Theobaldi, W. Blanf.

5 Alycoeus hebes, Bensory,

GODWIN-AUGSCTEN. Jour:Asiat: Soc: bengal, Vol: XL. Pt: 11,1871.

<i iy

hi)

SSRGQ oN

4.Alycews (Dioryx)urnulaBens var.

1. Alyceus prosettus, Bens.

2. A. IIngrami.W.BU var. Nagaensis. 5. A. (D.) graphicus, WEBI.

3 «A. Joantiacus, tr. Sp. 6,2. (D) ctphoras Bens. vur,

1871.] | 87

DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES OF ALYCHINE KNOWN TO INHABIT THE

Kast Hitt rances,— dy Mason H. H. Gopwin-Ausren, F. R.

G. 8., Dy. Supt. Topogr. Survey of India.

[ With plates III-V. ]

[Received 2nd Dec., read 7th December, 1870. |

The new species now described were all obtained by myself in

the various portions of the hills south of jhe Assam valley, in-

cluding the Garo, Khasi, Jaintia and N. Cachar Districts, as far east

as the Burrail range on the borders of the Naga Hills. They will

leave perhaps but few undiscovered forms of Alyce from that part

of the country.—I have figured all the species, including those

described by Messrs. Benson and W. T. Blanford, save one or

two, and added a list which brings the number of species up

to 17.

In presenting this paper I must acknowledge to very great

assistance I have at all times received from the Messrs. H. F.

and W. T. Blanford, and recall the pleasure of those mornings

when together with the latter my collection of Alycet was compared

with his fine set, and all doubts regarding their identification set

at rest.

This very distinct group of the Cyclophoride cannot I think be

divided in the way proposed by Benson. The only distinct sub-genus

that will stand would appear to be Dioryz ; all other distinguish-

ing points whether of form, sculpture, constriction, umbilicus, cre-

nulation of the peristome, vary so much in the different species

that we find no correlation constant. The simple smooth form of

the whorl between the peristome and sutural tube and that cross-

ed by a distinct ridge would seem to be the only well marked dis-

tinctions we can seize on, and even here we have a passage as shewn

in some specimens of A. scwlptilis and A. crispatus.

Alyezeus conicus, n. sp. Plate ITI, fig. 1.

Shell narrowly umbilicated, turbinate, thick, translucent, pale

corneous, pink or white, quite smooth, with shiny lustre in fresh

shells, with very strong regular filiform costulation on the tumid

88 Godwin-Austen—Descriptions of Alyceine. [No. 1,

portion of the last whorl, the sculpture terminating abruptly both

in front and behind with the exception of some raised strize close

behind the termination of the sutural tube ; indistinct ribbing near

the umbilicus. Spire conoid, apex obtuse; suture impressed ;

whorls 4-43, rounded, last very slightly swollen, constricted and

enlarging slightly again near the aperture. Constriction smooth,

rather short ; sutural tube moderate commencing at *045 inch dis-

tance from the mouth. Aperture slightly oblique, a perfect circle ;

peristome double, thick, inner continuous, projecting, slightly ex-

panded, the outer retforelict. Operculum horny, multispiral, con-

cave in fron’; smooth behind, no central boss.

Ordinary size.—Major diam. 0°12” to 0°13”.—Minor diam. 0°11”,

—Alt. 0:10” to 0:11”. Diam. of aperture 0:06".—Sutural tube,

0°045”.

Habitat. Was abundant on the Limestone Hill east of Kopili

river, North Cachar District, and was occasionally also found in

other places, but rare.

This shell is very close to Alyceus vestitus, W. Blanford, but

differs in its smaller size, the upper whorls being quite smooth,

and in the ribbing near the sutural tube being more strongly and ~

coarsely marked and in ending abruptly with it.

Alyceus diagonius, n. sp. Pl. III, fig. 2.

Shell closely umbilicated, turbinate, thin, translucent, pale am-

ber or pinkish colour, finely but distantly costulated on the two last

whorls, closely so on the inflated portion of the last. Spire conoid,

apex blunt, suture well impressed, whorls 4, rounded, constricted

closely near base of the sutural tube, then swelling largely to-

wards the mouth, the commencement of the swell forming a diago-

nal or recurved ridge above. Constriction smooth, sutural tube

0-053 inch ; aperture diagonal, circular, peristome sinuate, double,

inner lip continuous, outer expanded, slightly reflected at umbilicus

and partially concealing it.

Operculum concave in front, convex behind with a small central

boss or neucleus.

Major diam. 0°145”.—Minor diam, 0°120 .—Alt. 0°10”.—Diam.

of aperture, 0°75”.

— oe ee

1871. ] Godwin-Austen— Descriptions of Alycaine. 89

Habitat. The Diyung valley, north of As4li, in N. Cachar Dis-

trict.

This shell is at first sight, very like A. hedes, Bs., but can easily

be distinguished by its much narrower umbilicus, its more polished

surface and less expanded mouth.

A small variety of this shell was obtained and deserves special

notice. The striation is wanting throughout, and the costulation on

the swollen portion of the last whorl is somewhat shorter ; in these

characters it approaches very near to A. nitidus, W. Blanford,

from Arakan, but the recurved rib is in this last species much less

developed.

Alyceus pusillus, n. sp. Pl. ITI, fig. 3.

Shell depressly turbinate, moderately umbilicated, thin, trans-

lucent, vitreous, pale horny, smooth, rarely shewing any signs of

costulation, the sculpture when present is very fine and distant;

closely and regularly ribbed on the expansion of the last whorl,

also within the umbilicus. Spire depressly conoid, apex blunt,

suture moderately impressed, whorls 34, the last scarcely swollen.

Constriction very slight, smooth, sutural tube very short and thick ;

aperture oblique, round, peristome double, inner continuous, both

lips expanded. Operculum thin, horny, transparent, multispiral,

slightly concave and without central boss at back.

Major diam. 0°09”.—Minor diam. 0:075”.—Alt. 0:055”.—Diam.

of aperture, 0:035’.—Sutural tube, 0°012”.

Habitat. This shell was first found by me near Jawai, it is an

abundant form in some localities, especially on the banks of the

_ Kopili river on the road from Jawai to Asald, via Sifai.

The species is very similar to A. humilis described by Mr. W. T.

Blanford, from Akouktoung, Burma, but this last is a larger, thicker

shell, and the outer lip is reflected near the umbilicus which is not so

open, as in the new shell above described. Ona comparison of the.

Alycei in Mr. W. T. Blanford’s collection and those obtained by

me, A. humilis also turned up; I had previously noted the shell

as differing from HZ. pusillus.

A. humilis is common at Nongting in the Jaintia hills; it has

also been found in the W. Khasi Hills, and as far east as the Jhiri

90 Godwin-Austen — Descriptions of Alycaine. [No. 1,

river on the border of Muniptr; in this last locality the form is

again slightly different with a shorter constriction, and approaches

A, conicus, n. sp.

Alyczus Khasiacus, n. sp. Pl. III, fig. 4.

Shell sub-turbinately depressed, openly umbilcated, translucent,

varying, much in colour from horny amber to pink and dark red

browns, a shining surface, very finely striated under lens, very

minute ribbing on the swell of the last whorl ; in some specimens,

a faint costulation is seen. Spire depressedly conoid, apex very

blunt, often darker coloured than rest of the shell. Sutureimpressed,

whorls 4, well rounded, last moderately swollen, sharply constrict-

ed and again enlarging into two vertical ridges, that nearest the

mouth being the least developed, and only extending across the

upper portion of the whorl, being cut off by the peristome. Con-

striction smooth, sutural tube very short and thick at the base.

Aperture oblique, round, slightly angulate above. Peristome more

or less distinctly double, inner continuous, outer slightly expanded.

Operculum multispiral, very concave in front, convex behind, no

boss.

Major diameter, 0°15”.—Minor diam. 0:13”.—Alt. 0°09”.—Diam.

of aperture 0:07”.—Sutural tube, 0:025”.

Habitat. On the highest parts of the Khasi and Jaintia Hills,

abundant.

The very short tube and very fine ribbing on the last whorl, and

the plain surface of the rest of the shell, combine to make this

a very distinct and well marked species of the genus Alyceus.

A variety has the aperture less circular, with a distinct notch

below, in every other respect it is identical, but a little smaller.

All found in Shillong hill station were of this last type.

Alyceus crenatus, no. sp. Plate III, fig. 5.

Shell moderately umbilicated, depressedly turbinate, rather thin

translucent, pale horny or white, epidermis of former colour, peeling

off in old shells, with very fine indistinct costulation throughout,

fine close ribbing on the swell of the last whorl. Spire depressly

conoid, apex very blunt, suture well impressed. "Whorls 4, round-

1871. ] Godwin-Austen—Deseriptions of Alyceine. 91

ed, the last moderately swollen, constricted close to base of sutural

tube, with a marked subvertical ridge just behind the mouth.

Constriction smooth, sutural tube long, rather thick,—aperture

oblique; peristome round, deeply waved on the upper and outer

but not on the columellar margin, outer lip small, slightly expanded.

Operculum multispiral, concave in front, with a small projecting

boss at the back.

Animal pale coloured, tentacles dark brown.

Major diam. 0°18”.—Minor diam. 0:16”.—Alt. 0°11”.—Diam. of

aperture 0:08".—Sutural tube, 0°75”.

Habitat. On Burrail Range, N. Cachar, at about 5000 feet.

Near A. plectocheilus, but much larger, the ridge more distant from

the peristome and the latter more expanded. In some specimens,

the edges of the outer whorls in the operculum are much raised and

bent inwards as in Cyathopoma.

Alyczus crispatus, no. sp. Pl. IV, fig. 1.

Shell moderately umbilicated, turbinate, rather thin, pale horny

with fine sub-distant plicate costulation on the upper part of the

whorls near the suture, smoother below, finely and closely ribbed

on the swollen portion of the last whorl. Spire conoidal, apex rather

acute, suture well impressed. Whorls 4, rounded, the last moder-

ately swollen at the side, next constricted and smooth for a short

distance, then traversed by a slightly recurved ridge, more deve-

loped in some specimens than in others, witha nearly smooth

interval behind the mouth, but gradually becoming impressed

with longitudinal undulations near the peristome. Sutural tube

moderate. Aperture diagonal, waved on the outer and upper

margins. Peristome thickened, irregularly double, expanding

with 4 or 5 deep undulations on the right side, extending from

the point of junction with the last whorl to the base of the

aperture ; the inner salient angles strongly projecting in aged spe-

cimens. Operculum multispiral, thickened, convex behind, very

concave in front.

Habitat. Khasia, Jaintia and N. Cachar Hills, abundant.

This form is a close ally of Alycawus sculptilis, Bs, A variety was

obtained in the eastern side of the Hill ranges near Asdlu &c., and

92 Godwin-Austen—Descriptions of Alyceine. (No. 1,

figured in Pl, iv, fig. 2; it differs from Benson’s Burmese species

in having a well marked ridge on the constriction and an expanded

peristome to which there is no tendency in A. seulptilis, Bs.

Atycaus Ineramt, W. BLf., var. Plate IV, fig. 3.

Differs from the described form from Arakan, in the mouth be-

ing larger, and there is a tendency to undulation on the outer mar-

gin of the peristome, generally 2 notches are present.

Major diameter, 0:24”.—Minor diam. 0:24".—Alt. 0°16”.—Diam.

of aperture 0°11”.—Sutural tube, 0:09".

Habitat. Neighbourhood of Aséli, N. Cachar Hills.

This shell assimilates in some respects A. prosectus, Bs.

Arycomus IneRaAmt, var. Nagaensis, Plate V, fig. 2.

Shell depressedly globose, openly umbilicated, thick, slightly

translucent white, generally covered with a thin muddy coating,

finely and sharply costulated throughout. Spire depressly conoid,

apex blunt, suture impressed, whorls 4, rounded, the last much

swollen, constriction close to the base of sutural tube, slightly

swelling again towards the mouth, quite smooth, sutural tube very

long and thin. Aperture oblique, circular, peristome double, both

lips close and slightly expanded. Operculum black, smooth and

concave in front, convex at back, with a central boss.

Major diam. 0°20’.—Minor diam. 0°32”.—Alt. 0°29’.—Diam. of

aperture 0°15”.—Sutural tube, 0°15”.

Habitat. Neighbourhood of Aséld, rather local in its distribu-

tion, but then abundant.

Its well costulated surface distinguishes it from the preceding

variety of A. Ingrami.

Alyceus Jaintiacus, no. sp. Pl. V, fig. 3.

Shell sub-obtusely perforated, turbinate, pale amber or white,

smooth, finely ribbed on the swollen portion of the last whorl, with

sign of sub-distant ribbing behind the termination of the sutural Fi

tube. Spire conoid, apex blunt, suture impressed. Whorls 4, |

rounded, last very slightly swollen, then moderately constricted, — |

swelling again in a low ridge, somewhat recurved. Constriction —

smooth ; sutural tube, rather short, fine, aperture sub-vertical, —

8171. | Godwin-Austen— Descriptions of Alycaine. 93

round. Peristome deeply waved within; salient angles between

the undulations nodose, inner lip continuous, outer reflected con-

siderably near the umbilicus.

Major diam. 0°13’.—Minor diam. 0:11’.—Alt. 0°10’.—Diam. of

aperture 0:07”.

Habitat. Obtained in Nongjinghi Hill, Jaintia; by no means

abundant.

Atycmus oTrpHorus, Bs. var. Pl. V, fig. 6.

This is a closely allied shell to Benson’s type, differing, however,

in its smaller size, stronger sculpture and in having very fine lines

of sculpture on the constriction, close behind the peristome.

Major diam. 0°13’.—Minor diam. 0°10’.—Alt. 0°14”.—Diam. of

aperture with the peristome, 0°06”.

Habitat. Wooded slopes of the Maugut river and Marangksi

Peak, Jaintia Hills, rather a rare shell. The same*variety of

Alyceus otiphorus was also obtained in N. Burmah by Dr. Anderson,

when proceeding with the mission to Yunan.

ALYCAUS SCULPTILIS, Bs.

This species was found at Mao Kasa, differing in no respect from

Burmese specimens of that shell.

List of known Alyce? from Khasi Hill ranges.

SPA MONMOIS, LIONS, VOR cas xcciaasein'’ oader cduseetesst sessceeidoesen covscoee Eloi Vy, figs G.

REM eee aU VY Tila. fun vaslevas stag acanatwrtataesisicos Fete ccaictsess sagnenk lx Vj. fier ees

eee Ar neee THT EL i: eh aside ane dant vaisaiaisoleet Uvicanesat sanuas seedcs eh, GPs Bion. op

ed Maren, Ua Oeil aay Cisasgacesve toe denwabiesssanevinswseant veuccerc.se Ele Vy StOy as

BER Ce omits, Ty. SPs5, VALs seccccendcaseev tse seheas snemvicsnuneiieeaever saorvak Le LV dimes oe

POMEL span ss HDs SPe.CuyPiGdl,) )...sedssavecds.ivesessed ses cas vaceoecacscek le LV g MOG,

A. Ingrami, W. BIf., var.. SePasig Hex VedaTeNel <cPtts ies suede: abamer-cet te. L Vig Sears

A. Ingrami, W. Blf., var. Nesuaods oe dues Vivvindvansnss sacapepen recs Eos ye Seer tecee

A. prosectus, Beng....cecseescoese Sidi edets oalvate ons Aim) vouiae saubeneityecedubaute El, \ Ws tomes

A, PUSiLIUS, NO. BP. 000 ..ovansoeces see coecacves atte vou ped deewetns ciaimiavetea diet. toh Se ae

ELTA CES, TO, SE Ny 2 0'6es sae soa. sc intcdelsassesseceetols sns4e, ~evevesadyeunpl vist ta Lily ties Be

BMDICOUGIODS WV. BLE, < .eiee xevcesee 60 ansPes snenespecverese css sndseccssnenk by DV, tte, 4

PN Ra EEN ISIN ve vce bas oe ss0 ccuaa Wal conics eee speeelsse saonen ree sol ad PR A ey a

cE lVLL, fee 2,

BEE AQOICUS, TIO, Be setucaessces conduc sno tev eadedCens sablcnsesavshevs

MEHL SVUCIS, TOs, BED: cas rae nveces due eOl ous tce inaess ccensedds vases tienaee “PL IIT, fig. 4,

A, (Dioryx) wririla, Benson, ccrecseaseoeenceesseceeees debsvs dues sane valine: Vy nine At,

A. sculptilis, Bs.

A. humilis, W. Ble,

“) ‘wad

- a

nes

wie

‘i

A= +3

= ’

A? .

‘ei ‘

. 5 be.

ie~ * =

* a

-»*

- >= ~ -

~ ’ -

, seas

4 . ’ . iad

% ‘, eat < ‘ar

< z

+ « te 4 ts FS 2

¥ 7

{ y * s

- 4

]

‘|

’ ' r

Or ti ALOT s pes ’ f A te

¢ t - ly

k i oy. Pe 410) re Ce bye hee Sie Sek Ge

°) f oa y

" v ¥ =

sr “a . ast Fy TY

‘ a * 7 7 ad ff? ay a gt

) b ere ge

wey tee) “ea

<i k neh ssc At eee eee bed

z d 4 2 Ath C.

4 ay war)

| Fi beiaene St Bae oie >

Wa: a a

ipet tres

g > ,

tp 5

fae Poeee tae

et og ars

=p “Se? = a Lath

" 1% * oLespe salen ais

; ‘ bee... We

JOURNAL

ASTATIC SOCIETY.

The members of the Society are requested to note that the

Abstracts of Meteorological Observations are, from the beginning of

the current year, issued with the monthly Proceedings of the

Society. The Abstracts for Noy. and Dec. 1870, issued with the

ist No. of Part II, Journal, should be added to last year’s volume

of the Journal,

———“aILy avuelLUL, Wee ce CULLpLOUUL, as iar ap pravulcavie, Of detanea

descriptions of the fishes inhabiting those localities, appending

their native names whenever procurable.

The following papers are transcripts from those wate which,

however, still contain many a gap that will have to be filled in, .

whilst several of the enumerated species, when rediscovered, will

also have to be redescribed. Still it appears desirable to publish

them in this incomplete form, in the hope that additional informa-

tion may be obtained from others who are interested in the enquiry, ’

so as to render it possible at some future date to complete an illus-

trated Manual of the fishes of India. The reason why the Carps

have been chosen as the first family is merely, because they are

the most important in an economic point of view; and the oyrrr-

Ninz& for the same cause are placed before the HOMALOPTERINE and

COBITIDINE.

+ A a!

¥%

ree ‘. A

, 2

? 5

J > ee Xo

' 9 .

+ -]

“4

> ~ _- i.

f bog :

‘ =

Pr ’

ry -

a e?

; ene

evs

ee \

t é us

et 5 .

. ig a wae

é >

Pre | * ony +4

4 * ¢

nk Ab ae ae

“(yy ‘: ru es

Pry Lee ico, me

3 i. ah % wry

: 4 . von <4ecur LAY

* Fs ve) ae Py" a toge : a ee

- , _ 1

Dok

ret cee eS

- 7

NOTICE.

The members of the Society are requested to note that the

Abstracts of Meteorological Observations are, from the beginning of

the current year, issued with the monthly Proceedings of the

Society. The Abstracts for Nov. and Dec. 1870, issued with the

1st No. of Part II, Journal, should be added to last year’s volume

of the Journal,

eens,

ay"

JRLSY

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASTATIC SOCIETY.

-~—-@—

Part IL—PHYSICAL PULERCE-

SPILL PP DLS PLD PLL LD ILL PPL I PIII LI LLL LDL ISIS IL II I IOS

rs KL—1871.

a a a ta tan a tt tam ta ta a tn i tn in

Monocraru oF Inpian Cyprinipe, (Part I,)—

by Surakon Francis Day.

[ With Plate IX.]

[Received and read 4th January, 1871. ]

Whilst employed investigating the present state of the fresh-

water fisheries of India, one of the first subjects which engaged

my attention, was the completion, as far as practicable, of detailed.

descriptions of the fishes inhabiting those localities, appending

their native names whenever procurable.

The following papers are transcripts from those hte which,

however, still contain many a gap that will have to be filled in,

whilst several of the enumerated species, when rediscovered, will

also have to be redescribed. Still it appears desirable to publish

them in this incomplete form, in the hope that additional informa-

tion may be obtained from others who are interested in the enquiry,

so as to render it possible at some future date to complete an illus-

trated Manual of the fishes of India. The reason why the Carps

have been chosen as the first family is merely, because they are

the most important in an economic point of view; and the cypri-

ninz&H for the same cause are placed before the HOMALOPTERINZ and

COBITIDIN A.

96 F. Day— Monograph of Indian. Cyprinide. [No. 2,

At the present time the Fish-fauna of large portions of India is

almost unknown; this is more especially evident in the Bombay

Presidency, where only Colonel Sykes has written on the fresh-

water fishes, and his published notes embrace less than fifty species

from the Deccan, twenty of which are very insufficiently described.

The ichthyology of most of the Hiull-ranges remajns still to be

discovered, whilst specimens for the local Museums from every

locality are oreatly needed.

The literature ofthe Carps of India is extremely scanty, being

as follows: Russell, in 1803, in his ‘‘ Fishes of Vizagapatam” only

records three, all of which probably belong to a single species.

Hamilton Buchanan in 1822, in the “ Fishes of the Ganges”

records ninety-five carps, but amongst them are several varieties.

McClelland in 1839, in the “ Transactions of the Asiatic Society of

Bengal” published a Memoir on the ‘‘ Inpran Cyprinipa#,” record-

ing one hundred and thirty-two species, many of which are con-

sidered in these pages as synonyms. Colonel Sykes in 1831, wrote

his ‘‘ Fishes of the Dukhun” published in 1841, in the “ Transac-

tions of the Zoological Society of London ;” in it he records twenty-

seven carps, the majority of which are insufficiently described.

Valenciennes in 1834, in Belanger’s ‘“ Voyage aux Indes Orien-

tales” describes a few carps. Cuvier and Valenciennes in 1842-

1844, in their “ Histoire naturelle des poissons” give many Indian

Cyprinipm, but species sometimes occur more than once, and

occasionally in different genera,

Dr, Jerdon, in 1849, in the * Madras Journal of Lit. and

Science” wrote two papers on the ‘ Fresh-water Fishes of South-

ern India’ describing sixty-two species of carps, personally

collected, ten of which apparently were previously unknown. Dr.

Bleeker in 1853, published in Batavia, ‘‘ Nalezingen op de ichtho- |

logische fauna van Bengalen en Hindostan.” Mr. Blyth in 1858

and 1860, communicated a few papers on fish, including carps,

‘collected in Bengal, Burma, and Ceylon, in the “ Proceedings of —

the Asiatic Society of Bengal.” f

Irrespective of the “ Fishes of “Malabar,” 1865, I have between

1865 and 1871, recorded observations on Indian carps in the

s Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London.” Thelastand

1871.) EF. Day — Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 97

most elaborate work on this subject is contained in the ‘ Fishes

of the British Museum” by Dr, Giinther, who in 1868, in the

seventh volume, gives about 202 Indian Cyprinoid fishes. Besides

the foregoing, the works of Linnzeus and Bloch, as well as more

casual authors contain remarks on some of the Indian carps, and

these will be referred to under the head of the respective species.

My collections of carps have been personally made in the follow-

ing localities : Calicut, also Vithri in the Wynaad, as well as Cochin

and the neighbouring districts in Malabar; the Neilgherries and

the rivers around their bases; the Kistna at Kurnool; the Cau-

very and Coleroon for some miles above and below Trichino-

poly, and likewise along the coast route betweea Tanjore and

Combaconum up to Madras; from Musulipatam through the

Kistna and Godavery districts to Coconada; from Gopaulpore

through Berhampore, Ganjam, Cuttack and Orissa to Calcutta; from

Rangoon through the Bassein district, and along the Irrawaddi

to Mandalay; up the Pegu river through the Sittoung district to

Moulmein, Tavoy and Mergui.

I have also received collections, containing carps, made by H. E.

Thomas, Esq., Madras Civil Service, from South Canara; Mr.

Assistant Apothecary Everard, from Trichoor in the Cochin district ;

the Rev. H. Baker, from the Cottyam Hills in Travancore; Mr.

Vernéde, from the slopes of the Neilgherries; J. Burnett, Esq.,

from the Wynaad; Mr. Apothecary Huffton from Arcot; Dr.

Nash from Mercara; Colonel Puckle from Mysore; Dr. Shortt,

Wallajabad and Mysore; by Mr. Davies, from the Hill ranges

above Akyab, through Colonel Stevenson; by Major Sladen at

Mandalay ; and likewise some species from Tibet and Darjeeling

collected by Dr. Stoliczka.

_ As regards Museums, I have received every facility from Dr. J.

Anderson in making a thorough examination of the specimens in -

the Indian Museum at Calcutta. At Madras, I was unable to

obtain leave from the Curator to inspect the fishes in that Institu=

tion, neither had an“appeal to the local Government a more fortus

nate result. Returning to Europe for a short period on sick leave,

Dr. Giinther, F. R. 8., at once accorded me leave to examine the

magnificent collection of fishes in the British Museum.

98 EF. Day—LMonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [ No. 2,

Having completed my descriptions, the next question for con-

sideration was the most appropriate mode of arrangement, and

though I have not separated, as families, the cyprininaz from the

COBITIDINA!, and these again from the HOMALOPTERINa®, much less

distinctive characters, than existing between these divisions, appear

to have lately found favour for this purpose in ichthyology. The

species with an air-bladder free in the abdominal cavity, those

with one partially or entirely enclosed in bone, and lastly those

destitute of this organ, are in the present communication merely

classed. respectively in three sub-families of the CyPRINIDA.

Commencing with the sub-family cyPRININa, as existing in Asia,

considerable difficulty arises in selecting from amongst the various

groups into which it has been divided. ‘Too much space, however,

would be occupied were I to enter upon a minute investigation of

the systems of others, and the reasons why I have found myself

unable to adopt them.

In forming groups, one of the first characters may be found by

observing whether the scaled edge or margin of the abdomen is

rounded or cutting, for in the majority of the Indian cyprinin@ the

abdominal edge is rounded or smooth, even when somewhat com-

pressed, whilst in a few genera the abdominal edge posterior to the

ventral fin is compressed, cutting, and may be even serrated, as in

the Ciuprip ; this trenchant edge in some is continued from in

front of the ventral fin to the thorax.

Irrespective of the above, there are many other characters which

might be employed for forming sub-groups and genera. In some,

however, which might at first appear suitable for such purposes,

one fails to. attach that significance to their existence when large

numbers of species come under review, showing the existence of

connecting links. Some of these characters may be external, others

are internal.

The mouth is variously formed ; it may be transverse and inferior,

with or without a sucker, the latter being present either on the

lower lip only or existing on both; or it may be narrow, of medi-

um size; or wide: anterior, and either antero-lateral or oblique.

‘The lower jaw again may be prominent, sharp or rounded, shorter

than the upper, or sometimes having a knob at the symphysis; a

1871. ] EF. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinide. 99

moveable articulation may exist there, or there may be lateral

prominences on the mandibles. |

The lips may be exceedingly, moderately, or but slightly deve-

loped, sometimes absent from one of the jaws, closely investing

both, or reflected from off one, or either. There may be an un-

interrupted labial fold across the mandible, or portions of the lip

may be much developed, fringed, or crenulated. Occasionally, in

some genera, a horny covering to one or both lips is invariably or

generally present.

The existence, number or absence of barbels has been thought by

some authors to be a reason for constituting genera, but such is

not generally held to be valid. These appendages in some genera,—

more especially when the fish are not kept in a state of domes-

tication, or confinement, but left in their natural situations,—

appear to be pretty constant, and though not in themselves cause

enough for defining a genus are frequently sufficiently well marked

for the purpose of forming sub-genera, good examples of which

may be seen in the genus Barbus, or Barilius. On the other hand |

in some species, these appendages may be abnormally absent as in

the Danio, consequently sub-divisions of the genus founded solely

on this character would lead to erroneous results.

The position of the fins indicates sub-divisions which might

be used in the primary groups, and have for convenience sake

been adopted as follows :—

a. Dorsal fin commencing nearly opposite the ventrals, the anal

being short.

6. Dorsai fin commencing very distinctly posterior to the ven-

trals, but not extending to above the anal, which last is short, or of

moderate length.

ce. Dorsal fin commencing in the interspace between the ventral

and anal, or over the latter, and generally extending to above tt,

whilst the anal is of moderate length or elongated.

The shape of the dorsal fin is likewise important, but its”

length alone, or rather number of its rays, appears insufficient for

the purpose of defining a genus, much less a sub-division of a

group. When an uninterrupted series extends from a few rays to

a large number, and no other sufficient difference exists, such divi-

100 F. Day— Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [No. 2,

sions could not be considered natural ones, whilst, if artificial, they

can never permanently stand.

The last undivided dorsal ray is variously formed, from being

articulated to an osseous one which latter may be smooth or denti-

culated, but all these forms are sometimes found in a single genus,

as Barbus, The anal fin sometimes shows peculiarities as in

the Barbus apogon, C, and V., where the undivided rays are

spinate.

Scales, simply as regards their size, unless conjoined to other

characteristics, cannot by themselves be taken as a reason for mak-

ing genera, because large, moderate, and small-sized scales are all

occasionally found represented in a single genus. But certain mo- ©

difications may exist, as in the mountain barbels, Oreinus and |

Schizothorax, where a row of tiled scales enclose the ventand base of

the anal fin; or portions of the body may be naturally left scale-

less.

The lateral line has been employed as one of the signs for the

formation of groups, according to its position, as along the middle

of the side, or near the abdominal edge ; it is not here employed

for such a purpose, because its complete existence in some species

seems of but little importance: thus in the genera Barbus, or Bari- -

lius, it may be present, or partially absent, sometimes ceasing after

proceeding along but very few rows of scales.

As to the internal characters, the skeleton forms one of the most

important features, respecting which much still remains to be

investigated in the Indian carps, and the same remarks apply to

the internal organs.

The pharyngeal teeth are in from one to three series, but these ~

numbers alone do not always suffice for the definition of even genera:

thus in the Chela’s some have them in two and others in three rows. |

Even the form of those teeth is not invariably similar in all the spe-

cies of the same genus: thus in the Rohtee microlepis, Blyth, these x

teeth have serrations on their edges and the two largest of the

anterior row are molarform, whereas crooked and pointed ones are

the rule in the genus. Likewise as the teeth are deciduous, being

constantly shed and replaced, they may become blunted with age,

although they had at first been sharp and pointed. |

1871. | EF. Day—Honograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 101

Lastly unrecognised species which have been collected into one

genus termed Gymmnostomus* appear to consist of specimens of Ladeo,

Cirrhina and Lasbora ; the genus is consequently suppressed.

Family, CypRrinipm.

Branchiostegals three : pseudo-branchiv generaily present.

Body oblong or elongated: abdomen usually rounded, but,

if compressed and cutting, destitute of ossicles. Margin of

the upper jaw formed by the intermaxillaries. Opercles in

four pieces. Mouth toothless, but from one to three rows of

teeth in the inferior pharyngeal bones, which latter are strong,

free, and parallel to the branchial arches. A single rayed

dorsal fin. Head scaleless, body scaled or scaleless, never

covered by osseous plates, No ‘* cul de sac’”’ to the stomach,

no pyloric appendages. Air bladder if present large; it may

be divided by a constriction into an anterior and posterior

portion, neither of which are enclosed by bone (cyprinin#) :

or into two lateral portions, partially or entirely enclosed in a

bony capsuie, (cosiripIn2) : or absent (HOMALOPTERIN”),

Geographical distribution.—Carps are found in the fresh-waters of

the Old World and North America. In India and Burma they

are exceedingly numerous and of very diversified forms. During

the hot months a few of the gpecies appear to eestivate, remaining

in the mud of ponds and perhaps of rivers, until the return of the

monsoon or rainy season. Some of the coBITIDINA seem to possess

aérial respiration.

* Teuciscus rubripes, Jerdon, M. J. L. and Sc., 1849, p. 323, from the

_ Bowany river, requires rediscovering and redescribing, the description and ori-

ginal figure would make it as follows :—

DZ, Ag, L. 1. 45, L. tr. 12.

Length of head 1 ; of caudal 3 ; height of body 4 of the total length.

Hyes :—Diameter # of length of head.

Profile of back slightly arched. Two barbels. Mouth very slightly oblique.

J Fins.—Dorsal arises above the interspace between the ventral and anal fins.

Caudal lunate.

Lateral line—descending at first, then nearly parallel to the abdomen, which

is nearly straight.

Colours.—Green above, golden on the sides, silvery beneath ; dorsal fin

yellow, edged with black : pectorals yellow; ventral and anal white, tipped

with vermilion ; caudal pink in the centre, yeHow externally,

A single specimen procured, 6 inches long.

102 F, Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinide. [ No. 2,

Synopsis oF GENERA.

A. Abdomen rounded, not trenchant.

a. Dorsal fin commencing nearly opposite the ventral. Anal short (5

to 7 branched rays).

1. LPsilorhynchus, 0 barbels. Mouth inferior, transverse. Lips

thick, entire, reflected from off both jaws, leaving them exposed as

sharp transverse ridges, but without any horny covering. Dorsal

fin short (7 branched rays), without osseous ray. Anal short, outer

pectoral rays unbranched. Scales of moderate size, none on the

chest. Lateral line complete. Bengal.

2. ayoa, 4 barbels. Mouth inferior, transverse, and surround-

ed by a large sucker formed by both lips. Dorsal fin short, (7

branched rays) without osseous ray. Anal short. Pharyngeal teeth

in 3 rows. Scales of moderate size, none on the chest. Lateral line

complete. ? Northern India.

3. Discognathus, 4 or 2 barbels. Mouth inferior, transverse and

having a sucker on the lower lip only. Dorsal fin short (8 branch-

ed rays), without osseous ray. Anal short. Pharyngeal teeth in 3

rows. Scales of moderate size. Lateral line complete. Asia and

part of Africa.

4, Labeo, 4 or 2 or 0 barbels. Mouth anterior or even inferior,

some with a lateral lobe to the snout: lips thick, one or both with

an inner transverse fold, and mostly fringed, usually a horny

covering to inside of lower lip. Dorsal fin of varying length (from

8 to 24 branched rays), without osseous ray, Anal short. Pharyn-

geal teeth in 8 rows. Scales large, moderate, or of small size.

Lateral line complete. Zhroughout Asia.

5. Osteochilus, 4 or 2 barbels. Mouth nearly inferior ; lips

thick, fringed, or crenulated, but the lower reflected from off the

mandible, leaving it exposed asa sharp, transverse ridge. Dorsal

fin of moderate length (from 10 to 20 branched rays), without

osseous ray. Anal short, (56 to 6 branched rays). Pharyngeal

teeth in 38 rows. Scales of moderate size. Lateral line complete.

Burma and #, I. Archipelago. |

6. Cirrhina, 4,2, or 0 barbels. Mouth broad, transverse, a

knob inside symphysis of lower jaw, lips thin, upper one fringed

or entire, edge of lower jaw sharp, with a thin lip and no horny —

1871. ] F. Day—Wonogragh of Indian Cyprinde. 103

covering. DMal fin of varying length, (from 8 to 25 branched

rays), without osseous ray. Anal short. Pharyngeal teeth in 3 rows.

Scales large, moderate, or of small size. Lateral line complete.

india, Burma and E. I. Archipelago.

7. Carassius, 0 barbels. Mouth anterior, arched and rather

narrow, lips thin. Dorsal fin moderately long (from 16 to 18

branched rays), its last undivided ray osseous and serrated. Anal

fin short. Pharyngeal teeth in one row. Scales of moderate size.

Lateral line complete. Hurope and Asia.

8. Semiplotus, 0 barbels. Mouth wide, transverse, a knob in-

side symphysis of lower jaw, very slight motile powers in the up-

per jaw. Dorsal fin long (from 20 to 25 branched rays), its last

undivided ray osseous and serrated. Anal short, (6 to 7 branched

rays). Pharyngeal teeth in 3 rows. Scales large. Lateral line com-

plete. Assam and Akyab.

9. Catia, 0 barbels. Mouth anterior, no upper lip ; a moveable

articulation at symphysis of lower jaw, no tubercle. Dorsal fin

moderately long (14 branched rays), without osseous ray. Anal

short. Pharyngeal teeth in 3 rows. Scales of moderate size. Lateral .

line complete. From the Kistna throughout Bengal and Burma to

Pegu.

10. Mola, 0 barbels. Mouth rather wide, antero-lateral, with the

_ lower jaw somewhat prominent. Dorsal fin short (5 to 9 branched

; rays), without osseous ray. Anal short. Pharyngeal teeth in 3 rows.

Seales small. Lateral line complete or incomplete. India and

Burm.

11. Barbus, 4, 2, or 0 barbels. Mouth arched, closely invested

by the lips, which may have leathery lobes, but no inner fold,

or horny covering. Dorsal fin short (7 to 9 branched rays), its last

undivided ray being either osseous and serrated, or entire, or else

articulated. Anal short (5 to 6 branched rays), its second undivided

_ ray may be osseous. Pharyngeal teeth in 3 rows. Scales of vary-

ing size. Lateral line complete or incomplete. -Asza, &e.

12. Schizothorax, 4 barbels. Mouth arched, antero-inferior, »

mandibles neither broad nor flattened, usually a horny covering

inside lower jaw. Dorsal fin rather short (7 to 9 branched rays),

with its last undivided ray osseous and serrated. Anal short.

104 F. Day—WMonograph of Indian Cyprinide, [No, 2,

Pharyngeal teeth in 3 rows. Scales very small, thelent and base

of anal fin in a sheath of tiled scales. Lateral line complete.

Mountain streams of Himalayas, Cashmere, Nepaul and Afghanistan,

18. Oreinus, 4 barbels. Mouth transverse, inferior ; mandibles,

short, broad, flat and loosely joined together at the symphysis,

usually a horny covering inside lower jaw. Dorsal fin short (7 to

8 branched rays), with its last undivided ray osseous and serrated,

Anal short. Pharyngeal teeth in 3 rows. Scales very small, the

vent and base of anal fin in a sheath of tiled scales. Lateral line

complete, lountain streams of Himalayas, Cashmere, Nepaul and

Afghanistan.

14. Schizopygopsis, 0 barbels. Mouth inferior, transverse, nar-

row, a horny covering inside lower jaw, upper lip continuous with

a short lateral one. Dorsal fin short (7 branched rays), with its

last undivided ray serrated. Anal short. Pharyngeal teeth in 2

eS ee sO eS

rows. Scales small, only a few present in the scapular region,

the vent and base of anal fin in a sheath. of tiled scales. Lateral

line complete. Zvbet.

15. Diptychus, 2 barbels. Mouth inferior, with a thick horny

covering inside and nthe front of the lower jaw, an uninterrupted

labial fold across the mandible. Dorsal fin short (8 branched rays)

without osseous ray. Anal short. Pharyngeal teeth in 2 rows.

Scales small, only on sides of body and tail, the vent and base of

anal fin in a sheath of tiled scales. Lateral line complete. Zvbet.

16. Ptychobarbus, 2 barbels. Mouth arched, inferior. Dorsal

fin short (8 branched rays), without osseous ray. Anal short,

Pharyngeal teeth in 2 rows. Scales small all over body, the vent

and base of anal fin in a sheath of tiled scales. Tibet.

b. Dorsal fin commencing very distinctly posterior to the ventrals,

but not extending to above the anal, which last ts short, or of moderate

length (5 to 10 branched rays),

17. Nuria, 4 barbels. Mouth narrow, directed obliquely up- |

_wards. Dorsal fin short (6 to 7 branched rays), without osseous |

ray. Anal short. Pharyngeal teeth in one row. Scales of moderate j |

size, Lateral line complete or absent. India, Ceylon, Burma. PS

18. Rasbora, 2 or 0 barbels, Mouth oblique, lower jaws with 4

1871. j EF. Day—Jdonograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 105

one central and two lateral prominences, fitting into emarginations

in the upper jaw. Dorsal fin short (7 branched rays), without

osseous ray. Anal short. Pharyngeal teeth in 3 rows. Scales large

or of moderate size. Lateral line complete, rather concave. India,

Ceylon and Burma.

19. Aspidoparia, 0 barbels. Mouth small, inferior, lower jaw

without lip, having a sharp crescentic edge. Dorsal fin rather

short, (7 to 8 branched rays) without osseous ray. Anal of moder-

ate length (9 to 10 branched rays). Pharyngeal teeth in three

rows. Scales of moderate size. Lateral line complete, rather con-

cave. rom the Kistna throughout Bombay, Bengal and Burma.

e. Dorsal fin commencing in the interspace betwee the ventral

and anal, generally extending to over the latter which 1s of moderate

length or elongated (7 to 33 branched rays).

20. LRohtece, 0 barbels. Mouth anterior. Dorsal fin rather short,

(8 branched rays), with an osseous serrated ray. Anal elongated

(18 to 83 branched rays). Pharyngeal teeth in 3 rows. Scales

small. Lateral line complete. rom Kistna river throughout Bom-

bay, Bengal and Burma.

21. Barilius, 4,2, or 0 barbels. Mouth anterior or oblique,

cleft sometimes deep. Dorsal fin of moderate length (7 to 10

branched rays), without osseous ray. Anal rather elongated (7 to

14 branched rays). Pharyngeal teeth in three rows. Scales of

moderate or small size. Lateral line, complete, incomplete or ab-

sent. When present concave. India and Burma.

22. Danio, 4, 2, or 0 barbels. Mouth narrow, directed obliquely

upwards. Dorsal fin moderately elongated (9 to 14 branched

rays), without osseous ray. Anal rather elongated (9 to 17 br&nch-

ed rays). Pharyngeal teethin 3 rows. Scales of moderate size,

Lateral line complete, concave. India, Burma and Ceylon.

B. A portion or the whole of the abdominal edge trenchant.

d. Dorsal fin opposite the anal, which latter is elongated (9 to 21

branched rays). :

23. Perilampus, 0 barbels. Mouth directed obliquely upwards.

Dorsal fin short or of moderate length (7 to 10 branched rays),

106 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [No. 2,

without osseous ray. Anal rather elongated, (15 to 21 branched

rays). Pharyngeal teeth in 8 rows. Scales of moderate size.

Lateral line complete, concave. India, Burma and Ceylon.

24, Chela, 0 barbels. Mouth directed obliquely upwards, with

a strong knob at the symphysis. Dorsal fin moderately short (7

to 8 branched rays) without an osseous ray. Anal moderately

short or elongated (9 to 19 branched rays). Pharyngeal teeth in

2 or 8 rows. Scales of moderate or small size. Lateral line com-

plete or incomplete, concave. India and Burma.

I. Genus Psttoruyncuvus, McClelland, Pl. IX, fig. 1.

Back somewhat elevated, head moderately depressed : snout more or léss

spatulate. Muth transverse, small, inferior. Lips entire, not continu-

ous, reflected from off both jaws, and studded with glands. Barbels absent.

Dorsal fin with few rays, commencing opposite the ventrals. Pectorals

horizontal, with their outer rays unbranched. Anal short. Scales of mo-

derate size, none on the chest. Lateral line complete, continued direct

to the base of the caudal fin.

In removing this genus from the group HoMALOPTERIN®, I must

observe that I have only had the opportunity of examining one of

the two known species, the P. balitora, H. Buch. apud McClelland,

and it does not appear at all impossible that the other, P. swcateo, H.

Buch., may be destitute of an air-bladder and would thus form a —

distinct genus appertaining to the sub-family HOMALOPTERINZ.

Geographical distribution.—Hill streams and rivers in Bengal and

Assam.

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.

a P. balitora, D. a A. 2,1. 1.83. Reddish brown irre- 1

caine marked with black. JW. E Bengal and Assam.

*2. P.sucatio, D. 9, A. 7, snout much produced. WN. £. Bengal. q

1. Pstrornynonus BALITORA, PI. TX, f. 1. :

Cyprinus balitora, Ham. Buch., Fishes of Ganges, pp. 348,

394: *Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des poissons, xvi, p. 451. 4

Psilorhynchus variegatus, McClelland, Ind. Cyp. pp. 300, 430,

pl. 50, f. 2 ¢rom H. B.’s MSS.).

Psilorhynchus balitora, Giinther, Catal, vii, p. 348.

F.DAY.. Journ: Asiat: S.B. Vol: XL.Pt:ll. 1871. Pl: IX.

ZL. Pstlorhynchus balitora, p. 106. ~ 4. Labeo rohitew, p. lll & 120,

2. Mayou modesto, p. 108, 5. Osteochilus Neillt, p. 129 & 130.

3.Discognathys lamta , p.109. 6. Cirrhine mrigala, p. 132 & 235.

1871. | EF. Day— Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 107

B. Ill, D -+., P. 17, V. 9, A. 2, C. 18, L. 1. 83, L. tr. 43-44.

Length of head nearly 4, of caudal 4, height of body 3, of dorsal

fin + of the total length.

HKyes.—Diameter rather above } (=) of length of head : 1} dia-

meters from end of snout and apart.

Head rounded, somewhat depressed. A deep cleft extending

from the snout to the angle of the mouth. Lips rather thick and

reflected from off either jaw which have sharp edges, but are des-

titute of any horny covering.. Edges of lips not fringed, their

surface covered with round hard pores. Some fine pores also on

the cheeks, and snout.

Fins.—Dorsal commences in advance of the ventrals. Pectorals

and ventrals nearly horizontal, the outer seven rays of the former,

and two of the latter unbranched. Caudal forked.

Scales—23 rows between the lateral line and base of the ventral

fin.

Air bladder—rather large, divided by a constriction into an ante-

rior and posterior portion, and not enclosed by bone.

Colours.—Reddish brown with irregular black blotches forming

badly defined bands, in places passing over the back. Three bars

on the caudal and some black on the anterior half of the dorsal.

Habitat.—-Hill streams and rapids in N, H. Bengal and Assam.

2. *PsILoRHYNCHUS SUCATIO.

Cyprinus sucatio, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 347, 393; *Cuyv.

and Val. XVI, p. 448.

Psilorhynchus sucatio, McClelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 300, 429, pl.

1. f. 1, (from H. B.’s MS.) ; Giinther, Catal., vii, p. 348.

Beeb ty 9.: Ps ta. Vi 9) Ac 7, ©, 16.

Snout much longer than the remainder of the head. The eyes are

represented as large, but only stated to be far back and globular.

Fins.—Dorsal high, anteriorly with a very oblique upper margin.

Colours.—Superiorly greenish, with scattered dots ; sides clouded,

abdomen whitish. Fins dotted.

Habitat.—Rivers of Northern Bengal, attaining about 3 inches

in length,

108 F. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinide. [ No. 2,

II. Genus, Mayoa, Day. Pl. IX, f. 2.

Body anteriorly depressed, posteriorly compressed, snout rounded and

smooth. Barbels four, two on the snout and one at each angle of the

mouth. Eyes lateral. Mouth small, transverse, on the inferior surface of

the head, and surrounded by a large sucker, formed of both lips, which

are thick and have a free posterior edge. Pectorals and ventrals hori-

zontal. Dorsal without an osseous ray, and commencing somewhat in

advance of the ventrals. Pharyngeal teeth hooked, in three rows, 5, 8, 1-1,

8, 5. Scales of moderate size, none on the thorax. Lateral line con-

tinued direct to the centre of the base of the caudal fin.

Synopsis or Spxctzs. | .

1. Mayoa modesta, D. +, A. 3, L. 1. 35. Habitat: probably North

ern India.

1. Mayoa MODESTA.

Day, Pro. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 553.

B: Tif. D.3, P. 15, V. 9, A, 2, C. 19, Ta 1. 35; Le. tr, 45-8

Length of head nearly 2, of caudal 3, height of body {% of the

total length. |

Eyes—directed laterally upwards and outwards, placed near the

upper surface of the head. Diameter 4 of length of head, 1} dia-

meters from end of snout, 2 diameters apart.

Head broad depressed, somewhat spatulate and rounded, as is

also the snout. No pores on the head. Lower surface of head and

chest flat. The snout overhangs the mouth, which is rather small,

transverse, and nearly semilunar in shape. Mouth with an ad-

hesive sucker, formed by both lips, and having a free margin, it is

extended some distance posterior to the lower jaw asin the genus

Discognathus, from which it essentially differs in that the sucker is

completed by the upper lip, so as entirely surrounding the opening

of the mouth. The lips are reflected from off both jaws and witha

tuberculated surface: margin of upper lip fimbriated. Four bar-

bels, one rostral and one maxillary pair, all being rather thick and

short. Guill opening narrow.

Teeth—pharyngeal, uncinate, 5, 3, 1-1, 3, 5.

Fins.—Pectorals and ventrals horizontal, the former extending to

the latter, which reaches the anal. First.outer pectoral ray simple,

1871. | F. Day—WMonograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 109 ©

the 4 next only slightly branched. Dorsal arises in advance of the

ventral. Caudal slightly forked.

Seales—none on the chest.

Lateral line—proceeds direct to the base of the caudal fin.

Colours.—Greenish brown, no marks existing except a dark

blotch under the dorsal fin and a mark at the base of the caudal,

Habitat.—Probably Northern India, 2 specimens in the Calcutta

Museum, the longest 33 inches.

III. Genus, Discocnatuus, Heckel. Pl. IX. f. 3.

Garra, Ham, Buch.-—Platycara, McClelland.—Discognathichthys,

et Lissorhynchus, Bleeker. }

Body elongated, subcylindrical. Mouth transverse, semicircular, and

inferior ; upper and lower lips continuous : no lateral lobes to snout,

which projects beyond the mouth. A suctorial disk on the chin, formed

of the lower lip : upper lip fringed. Barbels four (Garra, Ham. Buch.)

or one pair only at each angle of the mouth, (Discognathus, Heckel).

Pharyngeal teeth uncinate and in three closely approximating rows 2, 4, 5-

5, 4,2. Dorsal fin with few rays, commencing slightly in advance of

the ventrals, tts base scaleless : Pectoral horizontal : Anal short. Scales

of moderate size, no enlarged anal scales. Lateral line continued to the

centre of the base of the caudal fin.

Geographical distribution.—Rivers, more especially mountain

streams, of Asia and Abyssinia : extending throughout India, Cey-

lon and the Tennasserim Provinces.

Synopsis oF SPECIES.

1. Discognathus lamta, D. 11, A. 7, L. 1. 883—386, 4 barbels. A

black spot behind gill opening and generally a band along the side.

Throughout India, Ceylon and Tennasserum Provinces.

1. Discoanatuus (GARRA) LAMTA.

Cyprinus lamta, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 343, 393; *Cuv.

and Val., xvi, p. 386.

Cyprinus gotyla, Gray and Hardwicke, Ind. Zool. ec. fig., *Cuy.

and Val., xvi, p. 387.

Gonorhynchus rupeculus, McOlelland, pp. 281, 3873, pl. 43, f. 4, 5;

*Ouv. and Val. xvi, p. 467.

110 FE. Day—Jlonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [ No. 2:

Gonorhynchus bimaculatus, brachypterus, et caudatus, IMcClell., loc.

cit. pp. 281, 288, 373, 374, pl. 43, f 2. (from H. B.’s MS.) ; *Cuv.

and Val., xvi, pp. 414, 467. |

Platycara nasuta, McClell., Journ. A.S. of B., vii, p. 947, t. 55,

f. 2a..and 6; and Ind. Ones pp. 800, 428, pl. 57, f. 2.

? Platycara lissorhynchus, McClell., Cal. J. N H., ii, p. 587, pl.

xv a.

Discognathus rufus, obtusus, crenulatus et fusiformis, Heckel, Rus-

segger’s Reisen, i, pp. 1071, 1072, t. 8, f.2 and 3 and ii, p. 262

and iv, p. 887 c. fig.

Platycara notata, Blyth, Journ. A. 8. of B., 1860, p. 161.

Gonorhynchus gotyla, MeClellandi et stenorhynchus, Jerdon, M. J.

L. S., 1849, pp. 309, 310.

Garra Ceylonensis, Bleeker, Cobit. et Cyprin. Ceylon, p. 8, t. 1, f. 4.

Garra gotyla et lamta, Steind., Sitz. Ak. Wiss., Wien., lvi. t. 2.

», malabarica, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 297 and Fishes

of Malabar, p. 205, pl. 15 f, 1.

Garra gotyla, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 288 (snout covered

with pores and having a deep depression across it).

Garra Jerdont, Day, loc. cit. (snout smooth, neither pores nor de-

pression).

Garra alta, Day, loc. cit. (Back elevated).

Discognathus lamta, Giinther, Catal., vii, p. 69 ; Day, Pro. Zool.

Soc. 1869, p. 554.

Discognathus macrochir, Giinther, ibidem vii, p. 70.

Kul korava, Tam. “ The stone Ophiocephalus, Pandi-pakke, Can.”

Korafi-kacli, Hind.

B, ITI, D. 3, P. 15, V..10, A, 2, C. 17, li. 1. 32-36, Th tee eee

Length of head 3, of caudal 2, height of body + of the total

length. |

yes :—directed slightly upwards and outwards. Diameter + of

length of head ; 33 diameters from end of snout: 24 diameters aban

Snout very diversified, either smooth, or covered with pores,

and having or not having a deep transverse depression.

Fins.—The dorsal arises midway between the snout and the base —

of the caudal, and anterior to the origin of the ventral. The pec- :

toral extends to beneath the first third of the dorsal. Caudal lobed. —

1871.] F. Day—Wonograph of Indian Cyprinide. 11]

Colours.—Greenish, with a bluish green band along the centre of

the body and extending along the middle of the caudal fin. Ab-

domen yellowish green. Fins yellowish, stained darker at their

margins. In specimens from the Tennasserim Provinces a black

spot exists at the base of each dorsal ray.

Habitat. From Syria throughout India and Ceylon tothe Ten-

nasserim Provinces, and likewise found in Abyssinia. It attains

6 inches in length.

IV. Genus—Lasero, Cu. Pl. IX, f. 4 a. 0.

Rohita, pt. Cuv. and Val.—7ylognathus, Heckel.—Hypselobarbus,

Diplocheilus, Diplocheilichthys, Lobocheilus, Rohitichthys, Morulous,

Schismatorhynchus, et Gobionichthys, Bleeker.

Body elliptical or moderately elongated, abdomen rounded, mouth some-

times anterior but mostly inferior, transverse and demi-oval. Lips thick,

covering the yaws, one or both having an inner transverse fold. A soft

and moveable horny covering with a sharp margin on the inner edge of

one or both lips. Snout rounded, generally projecting beyond the mouth

and covered with tubercles, and sometimes having a lateral lobe or pro-

jection. Barbels small, four or two: uf only one pair, they are on the

maxilla, the second being on the snout, or they may be absent. Pharynyeal

teeth hooked and in three rows, 5, 4, 2-2, 4,5. Dorsal fin elongated,

or of moderate length, destitute of any osseous ray, and arising anterior

to the commencement of the ventral. Anal short. Seales large, moderate,

or of small size. Lateral line running along the median line of the tail.

Gill rakers short.

Dr. Giinther sub-divides this genus into Zabeo in which the

dorsal fin has “more than nine branched rays,” whilst Zylognathus

has ‘‘ not more than nine branched rays”; his reason for this artifi-

cial division being because ‘‘by uniting these two genera, I

should have been obliged to abandon the character of a long or

short dorsal fin for the definition of other very natural genera of

Cyprinoids.”’ |

Geographical distribution. Throughout the fresh waters of the

plains of India, Ceylon and Burma.

112

*3.

12,

13.

¥14,

15.

16.

Labeo nandina, D.

F. Day—WMonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 2,

SYNOPSIS oF SPECIEs.

a sm L. 1, 41—44, L. tr. 73/8, 4 Bar-

bels. rae and Bengal.

Jimbriatus, D, “—, L. 1. 44—47, L. tr. = 4 bar-

bels. fit aes India to Orissa, and in Kistna to

the Deccan.

nancar, D. vr 4 barbels. WV. £. part of Bengal.

calbasu, D. = =, L. ]. 40—44, L. tr. 74/9, 4 bar-

bels. Zhr feeds India and Burma.

=, L. 1. 64—80, L. tr. —— 4 bar- :

bels. Orissa, Bengal and Burma.

kontius, D. ~4,, L. 1. 88—40, L. tr. 9/8, 4 barbels.

curchius, D.

12)

S. India.

nigrescens, D. 2;, L. 1. 36, L, tr. 6/7, 4 barbels,

Canara.

Dussumiert, D. aos L. 1. 583—55, L. tr. = 4 bar-

bels. ve ce coast of India and Ceylon.

roita, D. erat I: 141, LL. 4e. 2 4 barbels. Orissa»

Bengal and Burma,

morala, D. a. L. 1. 31 (?) 4 barbels. Bengal.

Nashu, D. 3, L. 1.41, L. tr, 74/6. No barbels.

A black lateral band. Coorg.

ricnorhynchus, D. 35, L. 1. 42—44, L. tr. 8/9. One

pair of maxillary barbels. Bengal, Orissa, Hima-

layan, Nepaul and Afghan ranges.

faleatus, D. 2/11, L. 1. 48, L. tr. 83/73. One pair of 9

maxillary barbels. Bengal, Assam, Sikkim. . |

diplostomus, D. 18, L. 1. 45, L. tr. 8/7, One pair of — |

maxillary barbels. Cashmere. q

pangusia, D, 3/10, L. 1, 40, L. tr. 73/7, One pair of |

maxillary barbels. Bengal and Cachar. #

striolatus, D. 8/9, L. 1. 60, L. tr. 12/14. One pair of

maxillary barbels. Central India. a

e871. ] FE. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide: 113

17. Labeo bicolor, D. 2/10, A. 2/5, L.1. 43, L, tr. 83/74. One

pair of barbels, colours uniform. N. W. Pro-

vinces,

wi. kawrus, D. 12. Barbels absent. Deccan.

19, 4 ariza, D. 3/9, L. 1, 88—40, L. tr. 74/7. One pair of

maxillary barbels, orange colour. Continent of

India.

20. “ boga, D. 3/9, L. 1. 40—42, L. tr. S. One pair of

maxillary barbels. Silvery. India and Burma.

1 . mullya, D. 11. Deccan.

1. LABEoO NANDINA.

ghey nandina, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 300, 388,

pl. 8, f. 84.

Cirrhinus nandina et macronotus, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 265,

269, 818, 319, pl. 41, f. 1.

Rohita nandina, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 244, pl. 473.

Labeo nandina, Giinther, Catal. VII, p. 51.

‘5, macronotus, Giinther, loc. cit. VII, p. 52.

Nandin, Beng.

Bi. dD, — P. 15, V. 9, Ay 2/5, ©, 19, .L, 1, 41-44; Lp tr.

74/8.

Length of head 2/9, of caudal 1/6, height of body 1/4 of

the total length.

Hyes.—Diameter 1/5 of length of head, 14 diameters from end

of snout.

Snout obtuse, slightly projecting beyond the jaws, no lateral

lobe: a few fine pores on snout. Lips thick and fringed, with a

distinct inner fold above and below. Four short barbels.

Fins.—This species forms with D. 26 Labeo nandina, and with

| D. 24 Labeo macronotus, which, however, I believe, Hamilton

- Buchanan was quite correct in considering as mere varieties.

Dorsal fin low, caudal forked.

Lateral line.—From 44 to 5 rows of scales between it and the base

of the ventral fin.

Colours.—Dark greenish above having a coppery gloss, and whi-

tish below.

Habitat.—Bengal and Assam ; it attains three feet in length.

114 F. Day—Wonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [ No.2)

McClelland observes of the variety with D. 26 (which he considered

‘Ca species”) ‘I think I have met with it in the Brahmaputra as high

as Gowhati, but it disappears where the currents become rapid,

and the water more cool and clear. Buchanan found it very abun-

dantly in the marshes adjacent to the ruins of the ancient Gour,

on the northern side of Bengal, where it usually attains two or

three feet in length, and is a well flavoured and wholesome fish.’

Of the second variety with D. 24 he remarks ‘ the individuals I met

with in Assam in March were found in sandy streams which they

had entered probably for the purpose of spawning. They are sel-

dom seen so high in the Brahmaputra as the rapids, and never, I

believe, so low as to come within the influence of the tides, which

effect a change by the deposit of mud instead of sand, no less re-

markable in the bottoms and banks of rivers, than in the character

—_—s Se | ee

of the fresh water-fishes, which are found within their influence,’

(p. 819.)

2. LABEO FIMBRIATUS.

Cyprinus fimbriatus, Bloch, XII, p. 50, pl. 409.

Rohita fimbriata, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 271.

Rohita Leschenaultvi, Cuv. and Val., XVI, 261.

Varicorhinus bobree, Sykes, Trans. Z. 8. I, p. 355, pl. 61, f. 3.

Cirrhinus fimbriatus,* Jerdon, M. J. L. and 8., 1849, p. 304.

Cirrhinus Leschenaultir,* Jerdon, loc. cit. p. 805.

Labeo fimbriatus, Giinther, Catal., VII, p. 53.

Labeo Leschenaultii, Giinther, Catal., VII, p. 53.

Ven-candee, Tam. ; Ruchu and Gandumenu, Tel. ; Bahrum, Ooriah ;

B. it D: —. P. 15, V. 9, A. 2/5; ©. 09, Li 1) 442s

9-10/8-9.

Length of head 2/18, of caudal 1/4, height of body 2/7, of dorsal —

fin 2/11 of the total length. §

Eyes.—Diameter 1/5 of length of head ; 1} diameters from end of

snout ; 2 diameters apart.

Snout obtuse, rather swollen and studded with minute pores, but

destitute of a lateral lobe. Mouth transverse, and of moderate —

width, lips thick, continuous and having an inner fold above and —

below, both fringed. A groove across the chin. Rostral and maxil-

lary barbels short.

1871. | EF. Day—Jonograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 115

Teeth—pharyngeal, 5, 3, 2-2, 3, 5.

Fins.—Dorsal fin commences opposite about the 15th scale of the

lateral line, its upper margin is concave. Caudal forked.

Lateral line ;— 6 to 7 rows of scales between it and the base of

the ventral fin.

Colours.— Uniform, nearly black.

Habitat.—Throughout the coasts of Southern India up to Orissa.

Also in the Kistna as high as Kurnool. It attains a foot and a

half in length, and is good eating, but bony.

8. *LABEO NANGCAR.

Cyprinus nancar, Ham. Buch., Fishes of Ganges, pp. 299, 3887.

*OCuv. and Val. XVI, p. 70.

Cirrhinus nancar, *McClelland, Ind. Cyp. pp. 266, 325.

Pee, 3/7, P. 18, V. 9,.A. 8, CO. 20.

‘“The head is small, blunt, and oval x « the-nose projects a

little beyond the mouth, and is fleshy and bluntish » « with no

tubercles nor large pores. « x The mouth is low, extends

straight back, and is small. The jaws protrude in opening and

are nearly equal in length x x the lips are fleshy, the under one

is erect x x the edges of the lips smooth « x with four minute

tendrils.”

Hyes.—“‘ high, circular, and of moderate size.”’

Fins.-—‘‘ The dorsal is behind the middle. .. The tail fin con-

sists of two sharp lobes.”

Lateral line—“ descends with a curve.”

Scales—‘“‘ large, equal.”’

Colours—‘“ above of a dark green, with a golden gloss and below

white. The fins are dark coloured, and the eyes reddish.”

Habitat.—“ The small rivers of the Gorakhpur district, such as

the Gunggi. It does not attain a greater weight than three

pounds.”

Whether this fish belongs to the genus Zabeo is questionable.

McClelland did not obtain it, whilst Hamilton Buchanan left no

figure of it; but as he places it between the Labeo calbasu and

Labeo nandina, Ihave, though with considerable doubt, referred it to

this genus.

116 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. [ No. 2,

4, LABEO CALBASU,

Cyprinus calbasu, Ham. Buch., Fish. G., pp. 297, 387, pl. 2, f. 83.

Cirrhinus calbasu, McClelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 265, 320.

Cirrhina micropogon, Val. in Bél. Voy. Ind, Orient. p. 372, t. 3, f. 3.

Rohita calbosu, *Cuv. and Val. XVI, p. 253 ; Bleeker, Verh. Bat.

Gen. XXV, Beng. and Hind. p. 181.

hohita Belangeri, Quv. and Val., XVI. p. 255; Bleeker, 1. c. p. 132.

Rohita Reynauldi, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 247, pl. 474.

Labeo velatus, Val. in Cuv. Reg. An. Ill. Poiss. pl. 93, f. 3.

Cirrhinus affinis, Jerdon, M. J. L. and §., 1849, p. 308.

? Tylognathus porcellus, Heckel in Hiigels Kaschmir, IV, p. 385.

Labeo calbasu et porcellus, Giinther, Catal. VII, p. 54 ; Day, Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 372.

Nulla-gandu-menu, Telugu; kalbasu and kunda, Beng. ; Kala-beinse,

Ooriah ; Vga- ee WVga-noo-than, and Nga-ong-tong, Burmese.

B, 111, D. P.19, V. 9, A.2/5, 0. 19, L. 1. 40-44

13/9.

Length of head 1/6, of caudal 1/5, height of the body 1/4, of

dorsal fin 1/6 of the total length.

Eyes.—Diameter 1/5 of length of head, 14 to 2 diameters from

end of snout, 24 apart.

14- oF

~ Mouth of moderate width, snout obtuse and depressed, with pores

on it, but without any lateral lobe. Lips thick, fringed, with a

distinct inner fold to each. Barbels four, the rostral slightly the

longest, and about equal in length to the diameter of the orbit.

Teeth, pharyngeal, crooked, 5, 4,2 - 2, 4, 5.

Fins.—Dorsal commences in advance of the ventrals, its upper

margin somewhat concave. Caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line :—5} to 6 rows of scales between it and the base of

the ventral fin.

Colours.—Blackish, sometimes many of the scales have a scarlet

centre. Fins black, occasionally the end of the upper lobe of the

caudal white.

Habitat.—Southern India, from the Kistna through Orissa, Ben-

gal, and Burma. It grows to 3 feet in length ; were it not for its

numerous bones, it would be excellent eating.

5. LABEO CURCHIUS.

Cyprinus curchius, cursa, cursis, et gonius, Ham, Buch., Fishes of q

Ganges, pp. 289, 290, 299, 387.

1871. | EF. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 117

Cirrhinus gonius, McClelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 266, 325.

Cyprinus ( Labeo ) curchius et cursis, McClelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 268,

$27, 329, pl. 40, f. 3, pl. 38, f. 2 and 3.

Rohita gonius et cursis, *Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 259 and p. 265.

Labeo microlepidotus, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 352; Giinther,

Catal. VII, p. 60. .

fiohita chalybeata, Cuv. and Val. XVI, p. 271 ; Bleecker, Ver. Bat.

Gen. XXV, Beng. and Hind. p. 133.

Ltohita microlepidota, Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 225.

Labeo Dussumiert, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 59 *? Giinther, Catal,

VII, p. 59. |

Labeo cursa, *Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 361 ; Giinther, 1. c. p. 60.

Labeo curchius, *Ouv. and Val., XVI, p. 363.

Labeo gonius, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 372.

Mosoo, Tel. ; Curswa, Ooriah; Kurchi and Gon, Beng. ; Courie.

Assam : Wga-pay, Tennass.; Wya-dane and Nga-hoo, Burmese.

But. Dp. =, P. 17, V. 9, A. 2/5, 0. 19, L. 1 6480;

et.

Length of head 2/11, of caudal 2/11, height of body 3, of dorsal

fin 2/11 of the total length.

Hyes.—Diameter 2/9 of length of head, 14 diameters from end of

snout, 25 diameters apart.

Mouth anterior and rather narrow ; snout slightly swollen, with-

out lateral lobe, but with fine pores. Lips rather thick with a

distinct inner fold above and below, whilst both are finely fringed.

Rostral and maxillary barbels all short, but the latter the longest.

Teeth, pharyngeal, with rather flat crowns 5, 4, 2 - 2, 4, 5.

Fins.—Dorsal commences much nearer to the end of the snout

than to the base of the caudal fin, and rather anterior to the ven-

tral. Caudal deeply forked.

Scales—small, the number in the lateral line subject to great

variation.

Lateral line :—10 to 12 rows between it and the base of the ven-

tral fin.

Colours.—Greyish, scales darkest at their margins.

Habitat.— From the Kistna river through Orissa, Bengal and

Burma. It attains nearly 5 feet in length, but is rather indiffer-

ent eating.

118 F. Day—Vonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [ No. 2,

6. LABEO KONTIUS.

Cyprinus kontius, Jerdon, M. J. L. and 8., 1849, p. 302.

Cirrhinus rubro-punctatus, Jerdon, loc, cit. p. 308.

Labeo kontius, Day, Proc. Gool. Soc, 1867, p. 289, *Ginther,

Catals, VII, p. 55.

Currumunnee candee, Tam.

B.. Il. D, 4/12, P. 15, V. 10, A. 3/5 C. 19,0. hee

Lar. 9/8.

Length of head 1/6 to 1/7, of caudal nearly 2/9, height of

body 1/4, of dorsal fin above 1/5 of the total length.

Kyes.—Diameter nearly 1/5 of length of head ; 2} to 8 diameters

from end of snout ; 24 diameters apart.

Dorsal profile more convex than the abdominal. Muzzle blunt,

truncated, covered with pores, and having a fleshy lateral prolonga-

tion. Lips thick, with a distinct inner fold below, whilst the lower

one is fringed. Snout overhanging the mouth. Opercles narrow.

Four short barbels.

Teeth, pharyngeal, plough shaped, 5, 4, 2 - 2, 4, 5.

Fins.—Dorsal commences above the ventral and nearer the snout

than the base of the caudal ; its upper margin is slightly concave.

Caudal deeply lunated.

Lateral line :—5 rows of scales between it and the base of ‘this

ventral.

Colours.—A general reddish or fleshy tinge, darkest along the

back. In most of the specimens obtained from the Coleroon river,

each scale had a red centre.

Habitat.—Rivers along the base of the Neilgherries, and the —

Cauvery and Coleroon in all their branches down to the coast. Tt |

grows to 2 feet in length.

7. LABEO NIGRESCENS.

Day, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1870.

B. TI. D. 2/14, P. 15, V..9, A. 2/5, ©. 21; Th. 1286) Eee

Length of head 3, of caudal 3, height of body 2 of the total length, 4

yes. rer 2 of ae of head, 2 diameters from the end) zl

of snout. 4

i 6°. beet we eel

1871.) _ F. Day—Honogragh of Indian Cyprinide. 119

Snout rather swollen and rounded, and somewhat projecting over

the lower jaw ; a small lateral lobe; glands over the whole of the

snout. <A very distinct labial fold both above and below: a deep

transverse groove across the chin; lower lip deeply fringed. The

rostral barbels reach to beneath the anterior margin of the orbit ;

the maxillary to below its posterior third.

Fins.—Upper margin of dorsal fin straight; the pectoral ex-

tends to the ventral, which latter fin reaches the anal. Anakra-

ther elongated anteriorly, and if laid backwards it reaches the base

of the caudal, which latter fin is deeply forked.

Scales.—Four and a half rows between the lateral line and base

of the ventral fin.

Colours.—Deep brown, each scale with a black spot at its base.

Fins black.

Habitat.—Mangalore.

8. LABEO DUSSUMIERI.

Rohita Dussumiert, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 258, pl. 475; Day,

Fishes of Malabar, p. 207.

? Rohita Rouaii, Cuv. and Val. XVI, p. 270.

Cirrhinus Dussumiert, *Jerdon, M. J. L. and 8. 1849, p. 304.

Labeo Dussumiert, Giinther, Catal. Wit; pe a9.

,, Mouxi, *Giinther, 1. c. p. 55.

Toolee, Mal.

Bi. Dp. —. P. 17, ¥. 9, A =, C. 19, L. 153-55, L. tr.

8-9/9.

Length of head nearly 1/7, of caudal 1/6, height of body above

1/5, of dorsal fin 1/9 of the total length.

Eyes :—diameter 1/4 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout, and 2 diameters apart.

Body elongated and compressed, the abdominal profile rather

more convex than the dorsal.

Mouth of moderate width and somewha# inferior, surrounded by

fleshy, fringed lips, having a distinct inner fold above and below,

but no lateral lobe. Numerous pores on the lips and snout, ex-

tending posteriorly as far as the orbits, and below the nostrils.

Barbels four, minute.

120 F, Day—Lonograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [ No. 2,

Fins.—Dorsal commences somewhat in advance of the ventrals,

its upper edge being concave. Caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line :—5 rows of scales between it and the base of the

ventral fin. |

Colours.—Greyish, lightest beneath, scales edged with a darker

shade. A dull diffused dark spot on either side of the tail. Fins

dusky.

Habitat.—Rivers of south Malabar, Ceylon and perhaps Bem

It grows to about 15 inches in length.

The Labeo Roux comes from Bombay ; it is said to have 46 scales

only along the lateral line and to resemble ZL. gonius (= L. eurchius),

but the dorsal profile to be more elevated, the mouth more pointed

and the caudal more forked,

9. Lazszo rouira, Pl. IX, f. 4 a. b.

Cyprinus rohita, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 301, 388, pl. 36,

£.°85.3 McClelland, Ind. Cyp. pp. 266, 321, pl. 41, f. 2.

Rohita Buchanani, Cuv. and Val., xv. p- 251; Bleeker, Verh.

Bat. Gen. X XV, 1853, Hind. and Beng. p- 1383. .

Labeo fimbriatus, Cuv. and Val. XVI, p. 358, 4

Rohita Bengaliensis, and Valencrennes?, Bleeker. —

Labeo Reynauldi, C. and V. XVI, p. 351.

Labeo Dussumiert, C.V. XVI, p. 350.

Labeo rohita, Ginther, Catal. VII, p. 55.

Ruhu, Ooriah; Ruee, Beng. ; Nga-mytt-chin, and Nga-myit-taan-nee

Burmese.

B. IL. D. 2) P2117, Vic9; Ay 2/5, C: 19, tr.

17-18"

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/5, height of body 2/7, of dor-

sal fin 1/7 of the total length.

Eyes :—diameter 2/9 of length of head; 13 diameters from end

of snout; 3 diameters apart. .

Profile of back more convex than that of the abdomen. Body

moderately compressed. Mouth of moderate width, anterior.

Snout obtuse, depressed,mot swollen, but slightly projecting be- |

yond the lower jaw : no lateral lobe : lips rather thick, fringed, and ~

with a distinct inner fold above and below. Maxillary barbels thin |

and short: the rostral are said to be sometimes present. |

Teeth, pharyngeal, plough shaped, 5, 4, 3-3, 4, 5.

1871. ] F. Day—Wonograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 121

Fins.—Dorsal arises some distance in advance of the ventrals, its

upper edge is slightly concave. Caudal lunate.

Lateral line :—6 rows between it and the base of the ventral fin.

Colours—uniform.

Habitat.—Fresh-waters from Orissa through India to Burma,

attaining three feet in length.

Hamilton Buchanan observes that itis perhaps the most excel-

lent and valuable of all the fresh water fishes of Bengal, where it

is propagated with considerable care, but he considered those

which are taken in the small and rapid rivers, by far the best for

eating. McClelland also remarks that there are several varieties,

no doubt the result of domestication.

10. *LABEO MORALA.

Cyprinus morala, Ham. Buch. Fish. Ganges, pp. 331, 391, pl. 18,

f. 91 ; *McClell. Ind. Cyp. pp. 267, 326 ; Gray and Hardwicke, Ill.

Ind. Zool.

Cyprinus pausius, Ham. Buch., |. c. pp. 332, 392.

. musiha, Ham. Buch., 1. c. pp. 332, 392, *Cuv. and Val.

XVI, p. 439.

Rohita morala,* Cuv. and Val. XVI, p. 263.

Labeo morala, Giinther, Catal. VIT. p. 56.

Morala, Beng.

Pitt, De =, P. 16; V..9, A. 3/6, C,.19, 1.1.31, Gu figure),

101V?

Length of head 1/4, height of body 1/4 of the entire length,

according to the figure.

yes :—‘‘ High flat and of moderate size ;” in the figure they are

situated rather posterior to the centre of the length of the head.

The lips are thick, the lower one being fringed. The C. morala

and C. pausius are stated to have ‘‘ minute’”’ barbels. Dr. Giinther

says they are ‘‘ about as lon as the eye,” but as he does not ap-

pear ever to have seen the species, his description is probably in-

accurate, being taken from the figure in which they disagree with

the text. Hamilton Buchanan also observes of the C. mustha that

“it differs from the description of the morala in nothing but the

want of tendrils, and those of the morala are so minute, that I have

some doubts of their being a sufficient mark of distinction.” (p. 333).

Fins,—“ The dorsal is before the middle and its edge forms a

122 F. Day— Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. [ No. 2,

concave curve, « x the pectoral fins are shorter than the head.”

Caudal lobed.

Colours.—Superiorly brownish green with many dark dots,

whilst inferiorly it is silvery. Head dotted on the nose.

Habitat.—Bengal, in the Kosi river termed Pawngsi, in the

Ganges at Patna, musiha. It is said to attain the size of a small

herring. )

Cyprinus angra H.. B. pp. 331, 891; O. (Bangana) Hamiltonii, Gray

and Hard. ; Gobio angra McClelland, pp. 277, 354 ; *Cuv. and Val.

XVI, p. 319 ; the Lasseem of the Assamese, is said to differ from

the above in having two barbels and a broad longitudinal dark

dotted stripe. It is found in the Brahmaputra river, but McClel-

land observes it has D. 10, L. 1. 35, L. tr. 14 to base of ventral fin ;

the specimen, from which his description was drawn up, was appa-

rently very similar to his Gobio isurus.

11. Lasxo nasutt.

Barbus Nashii, Day, Pro. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 584.

B. OL D. 3/11, P. 15, A. 3/5, C..197ML. 1 41, Lo tees

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 2/9, height of body 1/5, of dorsal

fin 1/6 of the total length.

Eyes :—Diameter 1/3 of length of head ; 1 diameter from end of

snout ; 14 diameters apart.

Mouth antero-inferior, the snout slightly projecting, but having

no pores, tubercles, nor lateral lobe. Lips not fringed, but there

is a slight thickening on the jaws, not horny, but of a dark colour.

No barbels, '

Teeth, pharyngeal, crooked, sharp, 5, 4, 3/3, 4, 5.

Fins.—Dorsal destitute of any osseous ray, commences anterior to

the ventrals, its upper margin is corftave ; caudal forked, ;

Lateral line—proceeds to the centre of the base of the caudal;

43 rows of scales between it and the base of the ventral.

Colours.—Reddish brown along the back, abdomen silvery. A |

black band passes from the eye to the centre of the caudal fin. A |

dark band along the middle third of the dorsal, and a dark edging

to the caudal. 4

Habitat.—Fraserpett at the foot of the Coorg Hills. It was sent

1871. | FE. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 123

to me by Dr. Nash after whom I have named it. It attains 4

inches in length.

12. LABEO RICNORHYNCHUS.

? Cyprinus musiha, Ham. Buch., pp. 333, 392.

Gobio ricnorhynchus, McClelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 279, 363, pl. 55,

f. 1; *Cuv. and Val. XVI, p. 464.

Labeo ricnorhynchus, Giinther, Catal. VII, p. 57 ; Day Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1869, p. 873.

Nepura, Assamese ; Kul-ka-batta Bengali.

B, Ill. D. .3,, P. 17, V. 9, A. 2/5, 0.19, L. 1. 4244, L. tr. 8/9.

Length of head 1/6, of caudal 2/9, height of body 2/7, of dorsal

fin 2/7 of the total length.

Eyes :—diameter 1/5 of length of head ; 2 diameters from end of

snout and apart.

Body moderately compressed, dorsal and abdominal profiles

about equally convex.

Mouth broad, directed downwards, when the upper jaw is pro-

truded ; snout overhanging the jaws and having a well developed

lateral lobe. Lips rather thick and continuous, with an inner

fold in their entire circumference, but most developed in the lower

lip which also is fringed. Snout with a deep transverse depression

posterior to it, dividing the mucous pores on it from those on the

forehead. ‘Two very small maxillary barbels.

Teeth, pharyngeal, plough shaped 5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5.

Fins.— Dorsal with its upper margin concave, its anterior rays

being produced ; it arises midway between the end of the snout and

base of the caudal. Caudal deeply forked, lower lobe the longest.

Lateral line :—6 to 63 rows of scales between it and the base of

the ventral fin. .

Colours.—Greyish, darkest along the back, each scale tinged with

red. Fins withareddish tinge. The outer edge of the dorsal rather

stained.

Habitat :—Cossye river and the Himalayan and Nepaul regions,

as well as Assam and Afghanistan.

The Cyprinus potal, Sykes, p. 854, may possibly belong to this

species, -

124 F. Day—WMonograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [No. 2,

13. LABEo FALCATUS.

Cyprinus (Bangana) falcata, Gray and Hard. Ind. Zool.

Gobio malacostomus, McClelland, Ind. Cyp., p. 280.

Labeo malacostomus, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 365.

Labeo falcatus, Giinther, Catal. VII, p. 58.

By THD. 2/11, Pi 17,°V.°9, A. 2/5, C.19, Ti 148) Ti. pee

Length of head 2/11, of caudal 2/11, height of body 2/9 of the

total length.

Eyes :—diameter 1/6 of length of head, 3 diameters from end of

snout ; 2 diameters apart.

Snout obtuse, projecting, with a distinct lateral lobe, mouth

broad, directed downwards when the upper jaw is protruded, A

distinct inner fold in the entire circumference of both lips, the

lower of which is the thickest. One pair of short maxillary barbels.

Fins.—Dorsal commences midway between the end of the snout

and the posterior end of the base of the anal fin, its upper margin

concave. Caudal deeply forked, its lower lobe the longest

Lateral line :—43 rows of scales between it and the base of the

ventral fin.

Habitat.—Bengal, Assam and Sikkim. It attains three feet in

length.

14. *LABEO DIPLOSTOMUS.

Varicorhinus diplostomus, Heck., Fish. Caschmir, p. 67, t. 11.

Labeo diplostomus, *Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 360 ;* Giinther, Catal.

VII, p. 57.

Tylognathus Valenciennesit, Heckel, in Hiigel’s Reise &., IV, p.

378 and in Russeggers Reisen, II, 3, p. 283 (no description).

B. If. D.-13, P. 8 (?) V. 10, A’ 8, C. 17, L146) eee

Length of head 1/6, height of body 1/5 of the total length.

EKyes— small, situated before middle, of the length of the head.

Snout obtuse, projecting over the mouth and having a small —

lateral lobe. Some pores on the snout, mouth broad : lips thick, |

continuous, with an inner fold in their entire extent, but most |

developed on the lower lip which also is fringed. Two small

maxillary barbels. :

Fins.—In the single individual of 9 inches in length the upper

1871. ] F, Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinide. 125

margin of the dorsal appears a little convex (?) ; caudal slightly

forked.

Lateral line :—7 (?) rows between it and the base of the ventral fin.

Colours :—Uniform.

Habitat :—Cashmere.

My opinion is that the above is the Labeo ricnorhynchus,

McClelland, but unable to obtain a Cashmerean example, I have

left it as a doubtful species ; the following appear to be the chief

points of reputed differences between the two:

Labeo diplostomus— eyes situated before the middle of the length of

the head, caudal fin slightly forked, the length of the middle rays

being one half of that of the longest outer ones.

Labeo ricnorhynchus— eyes situated in or a little behind the middle

of the length of the head, caudal fin deeply forked, the length of

middle rays being two-sevenths of that of the longest outer ones.

15. LABEO PANGUSIA,

Cyprinus pangusia, Ham. Buch., Fishes of Ganges, pp. 285, 386 ;

*Cuy. and Val. XVI, p. 429.

Gobio pangusia, McCiell., Ind. Cyp., pp. 279, 862, pl. 42, f. 1, (from

im. B.'s MS.)

Labeo pangusia, Giinther, Catal. VII, p. 58.

Pett, 1. 2/10, P. 15, V.9, A. 2/5, ©, 19, Li. 1, 40; L. tr, 72,7.

Length of head 2/11, height of body 2/9, length of caudal 1/5

of the total length.

HKyes :—diameter 2/7 of length of head, 14 diameters from end

of snout.

Body rather compressed. Mouth narrow, snout with some large

pores on its anterior surface ; it is obtuse anteriorly, projecting over

the jaws, and has a distinct lobe on either side. Lips rather

thick, with a distinct inner fold in their entire circumference, but

no fringe. One pair 6f small maxillary barbels.

Fins.— Upper margin of dorsal fin concave. Caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line :—43 rows of scales between it and the base of the

ventral fin.

Colours :—Uniform.

_ Habitat.—Bengal and Cachar. Attains 8 inches in length.

126 EF. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 2,

16. LABEO STRIOLATUS.

Tylognathus striolatus, Giinther, Catal. VII, p. 62.

B. II. D. 3/9, P_17, V. 9, A 2/5, C..19, Li. 1.60; i: izes

Length of head 2/11, height of body 2/5 of the total length.

Eyes :—diameter + of length of head, 14 diameters from end of

snout, 2 diameters apart.

Snout thick and somewhat projecting beyond the lower jaw, but

without any lateral lobe. Interorbital space convex. A moderately

sized maxillary, but no rostral barbels.

Fins.—The dorsal commences somewhat in advance of the ventral .

and nearer to the end of the snout than to the root of the caudal.

Lateral line :—9 rows of scales between it and the base of the

ventral fin.

Colours :—Silvery, darkest above.

Habitat.—Poona, Nagpore.

The Cyprinus joalius and pausio H. B. pp. 816, 317, 389;

McClelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 267, 327, pl. 42, f..6, Grom H.

B.’s MS.) ; *Cuv. and Val. XVI, pp. 264, 401; appear probably 7 |

to belong to this species, only Buchanan states that it has a

black crescent shaped mark on either side of the tail, It comes

from N. E. Bengal.

17. LABEO BICOLOR.

Gobio bicolor, McClelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 278, 360, t. 40, f. 1.

Gymnostomus bicolor,* Giinther, Catal. VII, p. 374.

B. IIT. D. 2/10, P. 18, V9, A. 2/5, C. 19, L. 1. 48, 1. tr. 84/750

Length of head 1/6, of caudal 1/5, height of body 1/5 of the |

total length. pa

Eyes :—diameter 2/7 of length of head, 13 diameters from end

of snout, 2 diameters apart. 4

Snout overhanging the mouth, but not swollen, a small lateral — |

lobe. A few indistinct pores between eye and snout. Lips continuous, |

with an indistinct inner fold to the upper, but distinct to the lower

lip which is thick, reflected away from the lower jaw and covered in- —

ternally with papilla ; mouth transverse, inferior. A horny cover- |

ing to inside of lower jaw. A pair of short barbels to the maxilla.

1871.] F. Day—WMonograph of Indian Cyprinide. 127

Fins.—The height ofthe dorsal fin equals the length of the head,

_ its upper margin is very concave, it commences before the ventrals

and midway between the snout and the posterior extremity of. the

base of the anal fin. Caudal deeply forked, lower lobe the shortest.

Teeth, pharyngeal, plough-shaped 5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5.

Scales :—73 rows between the lateral line and the base of the

ventral fin.

Colours :—silvery, darkest in the upper half of the body; some-

times the scales are spotted with red.

Habitat.—N. W. Provinces, and Assam in clear streams. It is

termed Mohaylee and Gaywah in Hindoostanee at Hurdwar and

Saharunpore,

It appears to strongly resemble Gobio anisurus, McClelland,

which, however, is said to have 89 scales in the lateral line, a

rough porous snout, and the lower lobe of the caudal to be the

longest ; see Cirrhina anisura, p. 136.

18, *LABEO KAWRUS.

Chondrostoma kawrus, Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc., LI, p. 358, pl. 62,

mata ;

Balt D129, P. 16,-V. 9, A. 8G. 49.

Height of body above } (=) of the total length.

Judging from the figure, the eye is in the posterior half of the

head. The snout overhangs the mouth. It is said to have no

tubercles or barbels.

Fins.—Dorsal arises in advance of the ventral. Caudal forked.

Lateral line—badly marked.

Colours.—Back reddish-green grey, silvery below. Fins with

the extremity of the rays tinted reddish.

Habitat.—Beema river at Seedataik, attaining a foot in length.

19. LABEO ARIZA.

Cyprinus ariza, Buchanan’s journey through Mysore, III, p. 344 ;

_ pi. 31, and Fish. Ganges, pp. 286, 386. *McClell., Ind. Cyp., pp.

2179, 357. *Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 430.

Gobio Hamiltonti et bovanius, Jerdon, M. J. L.and 8., 1849, p. 307.

? Chondrostoma semivelatus, Cuv. and Val., XVII, p. 402 ; *Giin-

ther, Catal., VII, p. 76.

Tylognathus ariza, Ginuther, Catal., VII, p. 63.

128 F,. Day—Wonograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [No. 2,

Kinda-meen, and Coal-arinza-candce, Tam.; Ariza, Tel.; Bangum-

batta, Beng.

B. III. D. 3/9, P. 18, Vi 9, A 2/5, 0. 19, L. 1. 8840; Tien

74/7, Vert. 17/15,

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/4, height of body 2/9 of the

total length.

Hyes :—diameter 1/4 to 1/5 of length of head, 14 diameters from

end of snout, 14 diameters apart.

Snout moderately projecting beyond the jaws, lateral lobe not

developed ; lips rather thick, the lower being slightly fringed.

Snout occasionally covered with large mucous pores. Two minute

maxillary barbels. .

Teeth, pharyngeal, 5, 4, 3/3, 4, 5, plough-shaped.

Fins.—Origin of dorsal considerably in advance of the ventrals,

nearer the snout than the base of the caudal, upper margin con-

cave ; caudal deeply lobed.

Lateral line :—5 rows of scales between it and the base of the

ventral fin.

Colours.—Orange, with the fins of a reddish tinge.

Habitat.—Rivers of India. Said to attain a foot in length, also

found near Calcutta.

20. LABEO BOGA.

Cyprinus boga, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 286, 386, pl. 28,

f. 80, *Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 432.

Gobio boga, McClell., Ind. ‘Cyp., pp. 278, 361; Bleeker, Verh. Bat.

Gen. XXVI, Beng. and Hind. p. 184.

Gobio augraoides, Jerdon, M. J. L. and §., 1849, p. 307.

Tylognathus boga, Giinther, Catal., VII, p. 64.

B. II. D. 38/9, P.- 19, Vi 9) 2275," ©? 21,

L. tr. 7-8/5.

This fish is similar to Z. ariza of which it might be conse

a variety ; but both are found in Southern India in the same

localities ; and the colour alone at once demonstrates the species

when in a fresh state.

The lateral lobe to the snout may be slightly more apparent

in this species and the eye is slightly behind the middle of the

length of the head.

Alii didn inoadeahcolite

rat. ;

: ts aan les

1871. | F. Day—Honograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 129

Colours:—silvery. At Mandalay the specimens had a distinct

black mark at the posterior end of the lateral line.

Habitat.—Fresh waters of India and Burma.

The Chondrostoma Duvaueellit, Cuv.and Val., may be identical with

the present species.

21. *LABEO MULLYA.

ene mullya, Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc., II, p. 359, pl.

Gymnostomus mullya, *Giinther, Catal., VII, p. 76.

Pet 11, P16, V. 9, A. 8, C. 29.

Body subcylindrical, head short, obtuse, snout. projecting.

Fins.—Dorsal situated a little before the centre of the fish, and

slightly before the ventral. Caudal lunate.

Colours.—Some carmine spots about the head, general colour

dark olive with a play of faint red and copperas-green some-

times on the scales; the fins have a faint orange tint at their

extremities.

Habitat.—Beema river at Downde, it attains 6 inches in length.

5. Grnus—Ostrocuitus, Giinther, Pl. IX, f. 5. a. b.

Rohita sp. Cuv. and Val.

Abdomen rounded. Mouth of moderate width, directed more or less

downwards ; lips thickened, continuous, fringed or crenulated, but the lower

as reflected from off the mandible, leaving it uncovered in the form of a sharp

and hard, transverse, prominence. No tubercle at symphysis. Snout ob-

tusely rounded. Barbels generally four. Pharyngeal teeth generally

5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5. Dorsal fin without osseous ray, with a moderate number

of branched ones (10 to about 20), commencing in advance of the ventrals.

_ Anal with few rays. Scales of moderate or small size. Lateral tine

passing to the centre of the base of the caudal fin. Gull rakers short.

Geographical distribution. Burma and . I. Archipelego.

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES,

1. Osteochilus rostellatus, D. 2;, A. 2, L. 1.55, 4 barbels, colours

uniform. Burma.

2. Osteochilus Neilli, D. 23, A. 2/5, L. 1. 34; 4 barbels, A

15-16?

130 F. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprimde. [No. 2,

darkish band near commencement of lateral line, and a dark iad

before base of caudal fin. Burma.

*3. Osteochilus cephalus, D. 3/18, A. 8/6, L. 1. 86; 2 barbels.

Colours uniform. Pegu.

1. OSTEOCHILUS ROSTELLATUS.

Rohita rostellatus, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 256.

Rohita lineata, Cuv. and Val, XVI, p. 260.

Rohita chalybeata, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 271.

Labeo chalybeatus, *Giinther, Catal., VII, p. 60. 0

B. TIT. D. 2/18, P. 21, Y. 9, A. 3/5, C..29, L. 1. 55, Ee peas

Length of head nearly 1/5, of caudal 2/9, height of body 2/7,

of dorsal fin 2/11 of the total length.

Hyes :—diameter 2/7 of length of head, 14 diameters from end

of snout, 2 diameters apart. |

Snout overhanging the mouth which is transverse and not very

wide, lips reflected from off lower jaw leaving its sharp edge ex-

posed ; both lips fringed and glandular. No lateral lobe to the

snout, A distinct inner fold to the upper lip. Four short barbels.

Fins.—Dorsal arises considerably nearer to the snout, than to

the base of the caudal, and much in advance of the ventrals ; its

upper edge is straight, Caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line :—6% rows of scales between it and the base of the

ventral fin.

Colours :—silvery, the edges of the scales darkest. |

Habitat.—Irrawadi and Salween rivers in Burma. The species

attains 2 feet in length. |

2. OsTEocHILUs NEILLI. Pl. IX, f. 5. a. 6.

Day, Proc. sae Soc. 1870, p. 99.

SG. HD, , P. 15, V. 9, A. 2/5, O. 19, L 1.34, L. tr, 52/63.

15-16. a a

Length of head nearly 1/5, of caudal 1/4, height of body 2/7, of 4

dorsal fin 1/6 of the total length. Py

Eyes :—diameter 2/7 of length of head, 14 diameters from end e

of snout, 2 diameters apart.

Body compressed. Snout rounded and smooth, it scarcely over- 3

laps the mouth which is of moderate width. No lateral lobe.

1871. ] F. Day—onograph of Indian Oyprinde. 131

Lips thin, and but slightly reflected; they are both fringed, with

two, three, or more rows of well developed papille, internal to

their outer fringe. The rostral barbels do not reach the orbit, the

maxillary extend to beneath its centre.

Teeth, pharyngeal, plough-shaped, 5, 4, 3/3, 4, 5.

Fins.—The dorsal commences before the ventral, and much nearer

to the snout, than to the base of the caudal, its upper border is

somewhat convex ; caudal deeply forked.

Scales :—43 rows between the lateral line and the base of the

ventral fin.

Colours.—Greyish yellow, deepest superiorly, every scale being

darkest at its base. A darkish spot near the root of the caudal

fin, and another ill defined one near the commencement of the

lateral line. Fins, yellowish orange, dorsal darkest at its basal half.

Habitat.—Sittoung and Billing in Burma. The largest speci-

men, out of seven, measures six inches in length.

3. *OsTEOCHILUS CEPHALUS.

Labeo cephalus, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 847, pl. 487.

B. TWD. 3/13; Ps 20, V.9, A. 3/6, 0.19, L. 1 36.

Length of head 1/5, caudal about 2/9, height of body 1/4 of the

total length,

Eyes :—two diameters from end of snout.

The dorsal profile is much more convex than the abdominal.

Interorbital space convex. The snout scarcely projects beyond the

jaws, it is rather swollen and has many pores opening on its sur-

face ; the mandible has a transverse free edge, with thick lip, both

upper and lower being fringed. One pair of short maxillary

barbels. |

Fins.—The dorsal (from the figure) commences in advance of the

ventrals, its upper border is concave. The anal laid flat reaches

the caudal.

Colours.—Greenish with the base of each scale darkest.

Habitat.—Pegu attaining one footin length.

132 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [No. 2,

6. Grnus—Crrruina, Cuv. and Val., pt. Pl. IX. f. 6 ab.,

Dangila sp. Cuv. and Val.—Cyrene sp. Heckel.—Wrigala sp-

Bleeker.—Crossochilus, pt. Ginther.

Abdomen rounded. Snout depressed or obtusely rounded, with the

soft coverings extremely thin. Mouth broad, transverse. Upper lip

Fringed or entire. Lower paw rather sharp without any or with a thin

lip, destitute of any horny covering, but having a small tubercle above the

mandibular symphysis. Barbels small, four, two, or none. Dorsal fin

vather short, moderate or long, without any osseous ray, and commencing

in advance of the ventrals. Anal fin short, without a row of tiled scales.

Pharyngeal teeth 5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5 or 5, 3, 2/2, 3,5. Seales of large, small, ’

or moderate size. Lateral line continuous, passing to the centre of

the base of the caudal fin. Gull rakers short.

Geographical distribution. Fresh waters throughout India, and

Burma, and extending onwards through the Kast Indian Archipelago.

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.

1. Cirrhina Kuhlii, D. 3/25, A. 2/5, L. 1. 39-40. Four barbels.

Upper lip fringed. Zavoy.

2. Cirrhina Berdmorei, D. 8/28, A. 2/5, L. 1. 31. Four barbels.

Upper lip fringed. Zennasserim Provinces. |

3. Cirrhina Leschenaultii, D. so A. 3/5, L. 1. 42. Four bar-

bels. Upper lip entire. Southern India. ”

4. Otrrhina mrigala, D. 3/12, A. 3/5, L. 1. 48. Two barbels.

Upper lip entire. Bengal and Burma. |

5. *Cirrhina anisura, D. 3/10, A, 2/5, L. 1. 43. No barbels.

Upper lip entire. Bengal.

6. Cirrhina dyoheila, D. 3/10, A. 2/5, L. 1. 42. No barbels.

Upper lip entire. Assam.

7. *Cirrhina dero, D.13. A. 7. One pair of short maxillary —

barbels. Lips entire. Assam. j

8. *Cirrhina sada, D. 18. A. 7. Four barbels, longer than the a

eye. Upper lip fringed. Assam.

9. Cirrhina gohama, D. 3/8, A. 2/5, L. 1. 88—40, One pair of 4 ;

short rostral barbels. Upper lip fringed. Some black spots on _

body. Orissa and Bengal.

10. Cirrhina latius, D. 3/8, A. 2/5, L. 1. 39. Four barbels.

Upper lip fringed. Northern Bengal, Nepaul and Assam.

1871. | EF. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 133

11. Cirrhina diplochilus, D. 3/8, A. 2/5, L. 1. 86—89. Four

barbels. Upper lip oa Cashmere.

12. Cirrhina bata, D. f , A. 2/5, L. 1. 86—88. One pair of

short maxillary barbels. i lip fringed. Bengal and Orissa.

13. Cirrhina mosario, D. 10, A. 7, L. 1. 87. No barbels. Upper

lip fringed. Assam.

14. Cirrhina reba, D. op A. 3, L. 1, 85—88. One pair of short

rostral barbels. Upper lip indistinctly fringed or entire. Through-

out India.

15. Currhina tsurus, D. 2. A. 2.1L. 1. 86. One pair of moder-

ately long rostral barbels. Upper lip very distinctly fringed.

Bengal and Assam.

1. CrRRHINA KUHLII.

Dangila Kuhlii, Cuv. and Val., ae rie ; Bleeker, Prod. Cyp.

p. 197 and Atl. Ich. Cyp., p. 44, t. 16, 1 ; *Giinther, Catal., VII,

p. 39.

B. III. D. 3/25, P. 15, V. 9, A. 2/5, 0.19, L. 1 39—40, L. tr.

7/7—9.

Length of head 1/7, of caudal nearly 1/5, height of body 1/5, of

dorsal fin 1/6 of the total length.

HKyes :—diameter 1/3 of length of head ; 1 diameter from end of

snout. )

Mouth transverse, sub-inferior, with snout slightly depressed,

rounded. Upper lip fringed, a small tubercle above the symphy-

sis of the lower jaw inside the mouth. Maxillary pane as long

as the orbit, and longer than the rostral pair.

Teeth, pharyngeal, plough-shaped, 5, 4, 3/3, 4, 5.

Fins.—Dorsal without osseous ray, commencing opposite the

ninth scale of the lateral line, and at the beginning of the second

third of the total length. Upper lobe of the caudal the longest.

Lateral line :—five rows of scales between it and the base of the

ventral fin.

ers =

ee = ——=

Baas A

Beat te

Colours.—Silvery, some of the scales with dark spots at their

bases forming rows, or horizontal bands. Fins orange, the edges

_ of the caudal stained.

_ Habitat.—Tavoy where it does not appear to be uncommon.

134 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [No. 2,

Several specimens, personally obtained there, measured up to ten

inches in length.

| 2. CIRRHINA BERDMOREI.

Dangila Berdmorei, Blyth, J. A. 8 of Bengal, 1860, p. 162 ; Day

Proc. Zool, Soc. 1869, p. 554.

Brill, D. 3/28, Vo9, Aves, Tole, aes ee

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/4, height of body 1/4, of dor-

sal fin 2/13 of the total length.

yes :—diameter 2/5 of head ; 3/4 of a diameter from end of snout.

Pores on front of snout and of a large size. A distinct tubercle

above symphysis. ‘Rostral barbels equal the length of the orbit,

the maxillary ones are shorter. Lower lp rather thick, distinct

from the upper, which last is not fringed.

Fins.—Dorsal arises in the commencement of the second third of

the total length. The pectoral does not quite reach the ventral.

Caudal deeply forked. |

Scales :—three and a half rows exist between the lateral ineand _

the base of the ventral fin.

Colours :—uniform in spirit.

Habitat.—Tennasserim Provinces of British Burma. d

8. CIRRHINA LESCHENAULTII,

?Cyprinus cirrhosus, Bloch, XII, p. 52, t. 411.

Dangila Leschenaultii, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 235, pl. 471.

Cirrhina Blochit, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 290.

Cirrhinus Cuviertt, Jerdon, M. J. L. and 8., 1849, p. 303.

Cirrhina Leschenaultiw, Giinther, VII, p. 36,

Venkendi, Tam., Aruzu, Tel,

Bt. D: a P. 19, V. 9, A. 3/5, C..19, i. 1. 49-4

9/9, Vert. it

Length of head 1/6, of caudal 1/5, height of body 2/15 of the —

total length. a

Kyes :—diameter 2/7 of length of head ; 14 diameters from ent —

of snout ; 2 diameters apart. > |

Mepzillary extends nearly to below anterior margin of the orbit.

Some fine pores on the snout. Rostral barbels longer than maxil-

lary ones. |

Teeth.—Pharyngeal teeth plough-shaped and with their sides |

serrated, 5, 4, 3/3, 4, 5. |

1871.] EF. Day—ZJonograph of Indian Cyprinide. 135

Fins.—Dorsal arises in the adult considerably in advance of the

ventrals, and midway between the snout and the posterior portion

of the base of the anal fin ; upper margin of finconcave. Pectoral

falciform. Caudal deeply forked or lunated, the centre rays being

about 2 the length of the outer ones.

Scales :—in straight rows, 6} between lateral line and the base of

the ventral fin.

Lateral line: nearly straight.

Colours.—Silvery, every scale having a red centre, except along

the abdomen where they are of a dirty yellowish white. Dorsal

and caudal stained with grey, also the outer end of the anal and

pectoral. A darkish line after death is seen along the centre of

rows of scales.

Habitat.—Godavery, Kistna and Cauvery rivers, and generally

in Southern India. Grows to 14 feetin length. Is a very active fish

and fair eating, but bony.

4, CrrRHiIna MRIGALA, Pl. IX, f. 6. ad.

Cyprinus mrigala, Ham. Buch., Gang. Fish., pp. 279, 386, pl. 6.

f. 79 ; McCelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 276, 350.

Cirrhina rubripinnis, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 288, pl. 479.

? Cirrhina plumbea, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 289.

Cirrhinna mrigala, Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 294 ; Giinther, Catal.,

VII, p. 35.

Mrigala Buchanan, *Bleeker, Prod. Cyp., p. 226.

Mirrgah, Ooriah; Mrigah, Beng.; Nya-kyin and Nga-gyein, Burm.

ie EIT 1). 8/12, PL. 15, V. 9, A. 3/5, .@. 19, L.. lb 40—48,

L, tr. 63/84.

Length of head 2/7, of caudal 1/5, height of body 1/4 of the

total length.

Hyes :—diameter 2/7 of length of head.

Small pores sometimes present on the snout.

The posterior extremity of the maxilla extends to nearly beneath

the anterior margin of the orbit. Snout not tuberculated. Ros-

tral barbels only present, well developed and nearly as long as the

eye. Opercle two-thirds as wide as high, greatest width of exposed

portion of interopercle equals half the diameter of the eye.

Teeth.—Pharyngeal teeth plough-shaped, 5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5.

136 FP. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [ No. 2,

Fins.—Dorsal arises rather nearer to the snout than to the base

of the caudal fin, and opposite the 12th scale of the lateral line,

upper margin of fin very slightly concave. Caudal with sharp and

deeply forked lobes, which have convex edges internally.

Scales :—in straight rows, seven in the line between the origin of

the dorsal fin and the lateral line, and 53 between the latter and

the base of the ventral.

Lateral line :—in single tubes, and almoststraight in its direction.

Colours.—Silvery, dark grey along the back, sometimes having a

coppery tinge, and the pectoral, ventral and anal orange. Eyes golden.

Habitat,—Rivers and tanks in Bengal and Burma, grows to 3

feet in length. It isan excellent species for stocking tanks with. I

have taken it in Rangoon 18tb in weight.

This species is closely allied to C. chinensis, Giinther, the head,

however, is shorter and the mouth not quite so wide. The two

species might almost be classed as local varieties.

5. CrerHINA ANISURA.

Gobio anisurus, McClelland, Ind. Cypr., pp. 278, 360, pl. 40, f. 2 ;

*Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 463.

Cirrhina anisura, Steind., Sitz. Ak. Wiss., Wien, 1867, LVI,

*Giinther, Catal., VII, p. 37.

B, III. D. =, P. 17, V. 9, A. 2/5, C. 19, L. 1. 38, L. tr. 73/10}.

Length of head 2/9 and height of body 2/7 of the total length.

Eyes.—Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout, 14 diameters apart. Upper lip entire, lower lip fringed.

No barbels. ‘ i

Fins.—Dorsal commences midway between the snout, and base of |

caudal, lower lobe of caudal longer than the upper. Ventral under |

centre of dorsal. |

Scales.—Five and a half rows between lateral line and base of ,

ventral fin. |

Colours.—Silvery.

Habitat.—Bengal and Assam.

6. CIRRHINA DYOCHEILA. |

Labeo (Cyprinus) dyocheilus, McClell., Ind, Cyp., pp. 268, 830, ple

37,4. 1; Ouve ‘and’ Val, US Viy'p. 461; ea

Cirrhina dyoehilus, Gunther, Catal., VII, p. 37.

1871. ] FE. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinde. 137

Goreah, Assam.

B. III. D. 3/10, P. 18, V. 9, A. 8, C. 19, L. 1. 42, L. tr. 8/8.

Barbels rudimentary or absent.

Snout with pores, lower lip distinct.

Fins.—Dorsal commences nearer to the end of the snout than to

the root of the caudal, and opposite the tenth scale of the lateral

line.

Scales.—Five rows between the lateral line and the base of the

ventral fin.

Colours.—Bluish or brownish black above, becoming silvery white

on the abdomen.

Habitat.—‘ It is found in the clear active currents of the Brah-

maputra, from middle Assam to the rapids at the extremity of the

valleys, but appears to be equally unknown in mountain torrents,

and sluggish rivers and jheels in the plains.” eee: It

grows to two feet and upwards in length.

7. *CrrRHINA DERO.

Cyprinus dero, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 277, 331, 385, pl.

22, 1.78; *McClelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 267, 326.

Cirrhina dero, *Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 296.

Dhengro, Assam.

Poli. 8/10, P. 18, V. 9; Ai:7, O..19.

‘* Head oval and blunt. The snout projects a little beyond the

mouth, is fleshy, and marked with callous points. x» « The mouth

is small, the upper jaw protruding in opening. ‘The lipsare fleshy

and smooth on. the edges. « « A ridge on the lower jaw. x x

At each corner of the mouth is a minute tendril.”’

Eyes.—“* High up and small.”

‘‘ The back slopes gently before the fin, and is rather sharpened.

The edge of the belly is rounded,”

Fins,—‘‘ The pectoral fins are shorter than the head. x x» The

lobes of the tail are sharp and equal.”

Lateral line :—‘‘ is below the middle and is bent downwards.”’

Scales :—‘‘ of moderate size.”’

Colours :—‘‘ of the back and belly are irregularly indented into

each other on the sides. The dorsal and caudal fins are dotted.”

138 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 2,

Habitat.—Brahmaputra river, attaining four inches in length.

This species may be a Labeo (Tylognathus) under which genus

Dr. Giinther has placed it amongst the doubtful species, observing,

“two (?) barbels, well developed, at the angle of the mouth,” their

length evidently having reference to the figure and not to the text.

8. *CIRRHINA SADA.

Cyprinus sada, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 3844, 893; *Cuy.

and Val., XVI, p. 385.

Gonorhynchus fimbriatus, *McClell., Ind. Cyp., pp. 282, 375, pl.

43, f. 3.

Crossochilus sada, *Chinther, Catal., VII, p. 74.

Beate "13, Vs 9, Ald:

Barbels four, longer than the eye, but shorter than the head.

Upper lip said to be fringed. From the figure the snout appears

to overhang the mouth. |

Colours.—Green above, silvery below.

Habitat.—Assam.

9. CIRRHINA GOHAMA,

Cyprinus gohama, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 346, 393 ; *Cuv.

and Val., XVI, p, 413.

Gonorhynchus brevis, *McClell., Ind. Cyp., p. 373, pl. 43, f. 6 (from

i, Bb: ws

Crossocheilus gohama, Bleeker, Prod., Cyp. p. 110 (no description) ;

Ginther, Catal., VII, p. 72; Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 371.

Kala-batta, Bengali.

B. III. D. 3/8, P. 15p°V. 9, A. 2/5, 0.19, 1. 1. 38—40, Li; tr. 6/em

Length of head 2/11, height of body 2/11, of dorsal fin 1/5 of

the total length. |

Eyes.—Diameter 1/3 of length of head; 1 diameter from end of

snout and apart.

Dorsal profile more convex than the abdominal. Upper surface

of the head broad ; snout overhanging the jaws and haying a

small lateral lobe. Both lips fringed. A pair of rostral barbels

half as long as the diameter of the orbit.

Fins.—Dorsal commences midway between the snout and the

posterior extremity of the base of the anal fin, caudal deeply

forked.

1871. ] F. Day—Ionograph of Indian Cyprinide. 139

Lateral line :—38} to 4 rows of scales between it and the base of

the ventral fin.

Colours.—Brownish olive, irregularly spotted with black marks.

Dorsal and caudal fins yellowish, stained with .grey, the others

orange.

Habitat.—Orissa and Bengal. It attains 6 inches in length.

10. COrIrRRHINA LATIUS.

Cyprinus latius, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 345, 393 ; *Cuv.

and Val., XVI, p. 411.

Gonorhynchus macrosomus, McClell., Indy Cyp., pp. 282, 872, pl.

43, f. 7, (from H. B.’s MSS.)

Crossocheilus latius, *Bleeker, Pro. Cyp., p. 110 (no description) ;

Giinther, Catal., VII, p. 71.

B. Il. D. 3/8, P. 15, V. 9, A. 2/5, 0. 19, L. 1. 89, L. tr. 54/64.

Length of head 2/11, of caudal 2/9, height of body 2/11 of the

total length.

Hyes.—Diameter 1/4 of length of head ; 14 diameters from end

of snout.

Lips thin, the upper one fringed. The rostral pair of barbels

rather shorter than the eye, the maxillary pair minute.

Fins.—Upper lobe of the caudal the longest.

Lateral line :—384 rows of scales between it and the base of the

ventral fin,

Colouration :—uniform.

Habitat.—Northern Bengal, Nepaul, and Assam. It appears

to be a small species.

11, CrerRHINA DIPLOCHILUS.

Barbus diplochilus, Heckel, Fische aus Cashmir, p. 53, t. 10, f. 1;

Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 204.

TLylognathus barbatulus, Heckel, in Hiigels Reise, IV, p. 376, and

in Russ. Reisen, II, iii, p. 283, (no description).

Crossocheilus diplochilus, Steind., Verh. Zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien,

1866, p. 791.

Crossochilus barbatulus, Giinther, Catal., VII, p. 72.

peel DP; 3/8, ‘P.15;° V. 9, A. 275, O. 19 CEA vee ae

L, tr. 43/6.

Length of thead 1/4, of body 2/9 of total length without the

caudal fin.

140 F. Day—Wonograph of Indian Cyprinde. [ No. 2,

Snout thick much projecting beyond the jaws. MRostral barbels

short, maxillary ones minute.

Eyes.—Of moderate size, situated somewhat before the middle

of the length of the head.

Fins.— Dorsal commences in advance of the ventrals, and nearer

the end of the snout than the root of the caudal, which latter fin

is deeply forked. —

Lateral line :—384 rows of scales between it and the base of the

ventral fin.

Colours :—uniform.

Habitat.—Cashmere. It does not appear to grow to a large size.

12. CrIRRHINA BATA.

Cyprinus bata, Ham. Buch., Fish. Gang., pp. 283, 386; *Cuv.

and Val., XVI, p. 427.

Cyprinus acra and cura, Ham. Buch., 1. c. pp. 284, 3886; *Cuv.

and Val. XVI, p. 428.

Gobio lissorhynchus, McClell., Ind. Cyp., pp. 277, 355, pl. 55, f. 5.

Crossochilus rostratus, Giinther, Catal., Vil, p. 72.

Crossocheilus bata, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, p. 371.

Dunguda-porah, Ooriah ; Dommaret-batta, Beng.

B. I. D. =, p. 19, V. 9, A. 2/5, 0.19, Ti, Eee

L. tr. 2S

Leagth of head 2/9, of caudal 2/9, height of body 1/4, of

dorsal fin 2/9 of the total length.

Eyes.—Diameter 1/4 of length of head ; 1 diameter from end of

snout ; nearly 2 diameters apart.

Snout considerably in advance of the jaws in the young, but

slightly so in the adult, when it is usually covered with pores.

Both lips fringed in the young, generally only the lower one in

the old. A pair of maxillary barbels.

Teeth, pharyngeal—The two outer teeth of the upper row

plough-shaped, the rest molarform, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins.—Dorsal commences midway radi the snout and the

posterior extremity of the base of the anal fin. Caudal deeply

forked.

————eeeeS-S,rt“‘( er';t‘~;

1871.] F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 141

Lateral line :—6} rows of scales between it and the base of the

ventral fin.

Colours :—vary with the age of the fish; generally silvery,

darkest along the back, and with the lower fins stained orange,

fine black dots on all the fins. "When about 4 inches long, there

are 8 or 4 small black spots on the 5th and 6th scales of the lateral

line, which gradually and almost entirely fade as age advances.

Habitat.—Rivers of Bengal as far south as the Mahanuddi. As

this fish, which attains nearly 2 feet in length, is extensively used

for stocking tanks, it is not improbable, assuggested by McClelland,

that the three varieties mentioned by Hamilton Buchanan refer to

one species. In one specimen, 10 inches Jong, the snout was cover-

ed by pores, another captured of the same size, and the same day,

in the same tank had no pores.

13. *CIRRHINA MOSARIO.

Cyprinus mosario, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 846, 393 ;

*Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 448.

Gonorhynchus gobioides, McClell., Ind. Cyp., pp. 280, 369, pl. 43,

f. 1; *Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 465.

Crossocheilus gobioides, *Bleeker, Pro. Cyp., p. 110, (no desc.)

Hertlwa, Assam.

merit), 10, P..15, V. 9, A. 7, C. 19, i. LSi, Lh. te. 9 to base

of ventral.

Length of head is equalto the height of the body, and one-

fourth of its length. Dorsal and abdominal profiles equally convex.

Snout overhanging the mouth. Mouth small, transverse. Upper

lip fringed. No barbels. Alimentary canal 8 times the length

of the body.

Colours :—uniform.

Habitat.—Assam, attains about 6 inches in length.

A somewhat similar fish is described as the Chondrostoma fulun-

gee, Sykes, Gymnostomus fulungee, *Ginther.

14, CrrRHINA REBA.

Cyprinus reba, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 280, 3886; Mc-

Clelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 276, 354.

Gobio limnophilus, McClell., Ind. Cyp., pp. 279, 885, pl. 55, f. 3 ;

*Cuv. and Val., XVI, p. 464.

142 EF. Day—Lonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 2,

?Gobr0 bicolor, McClell., 1. c. pp. 860, 278.

Chondrostoma boggut, Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc., 1841, p. 359 ;

*Jerdon, M. J. L. and Sc., 1849, p. 309.

Chondrostoma gangeticum, *Ouv. ‘and Val., XVII, p. 399; *Giinther,

Catal., VII, p. 76.

Cirrhina Dussumieri et reba, Cuv. and Val., XVI, pp. 291, 292,

pl. 480.

Cirrhina Bengaliensis, Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen., XXV, Beng. and

Hind. p. 186.

Mrigala Bengaliensis, Bleeker, Pro. Cyp., p. 226, (no description).

Cirrhinichthys Dussumert, Bleeker, Atl. Ich. Cyp., p. 28.

Gobio bangon, limnophilus et Dussumiert, Jerdon, M. J. L. and 8.,

1849, p. 308.

Cirrhina rewah, Steind., Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LVI.

Crossocheilus reba, Giinther, Catal., VII, p. 74.

Eelemose and Chittahri, Tel.; Chetchua-porah Ooriah ; Bartle

Bengali.

B. III. D. 3/8-9, P. 15, V..9, A. 3/5, C. 19, L. 1. 35—388; Tate

Length of head 1/6, of caudal nearly 1/4, height of body nearly

1/4, of dorsal fin 2/11 of the total length.

Eyes :—diameter nearly 1/4 of length of head, 14 diameters

from end of snout, nearly 2 diameters apart.

Mouth anterior ; upper lip of the young indistinctly fringed,

of the adult generally entire. One pair of short rostral barbels.

Some fine pores over the snout.

Teeth, pharyngeal, 5, 4, 1/1, 4, 5.

Fins.—Dorsal commences slightly anterior to the ventral, upper

margin of the fin concave. Caudal with deep, sharp lobes.

Lateral line :—4 to 5 rows of scales between it and the base of

the ventral fin.

Colours.—Silvery, scales generally darkest at their edges.

Habitat.—Throughout India, attaining a foot in length.

15. CrrrHINA ISURUS.

Gobio isurus, McClelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 277, 857; *Cuy. and ;

Val., XVI, p. 431. _

B. TIL. D. 2/8, P. 17, V. 9, A. 2/5, C. 19, L. 1. 36, Th, trae

Length of head 1/6, height of body 1/5, of dorsal fin 1/5 of the 4

total length.

Eyes :—diameter 2/7 of length of head; nearly 2 diameters —

from end of snout and the same distance apart.

1871. | F. Stoliczka—Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 148

Snout thick, projecting, no pores or lateral lobe; mouth trans-

verse, inferior. Upper lip deeply fimbriated. Lips reflected from

off both jaws which have sharp edges, but no horny covering.

Rostral barbels two-thirds as long as orbit.

Fins.—Dorsal commences midway between the snout and the

posterior margin of the base of the anal. Caudal deeply forked,

upper lobe the longest.

Lateral line :—8 rows of scales between it and the base of the

ventral fin.

Colours.—Silvery, apparently a dark stripe along the middle of

the side.

Habitat.— Hooghly.

[To be continued in the next wumber. |

—_—eOeOorereroesere,rres—nerns—=— . rrr

NoTES ON TERRESTRIAL MoLiuscA FROM THE NEIGHBOURHOOD oF

Movutmern (TenasserIM ProvinckEs), WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW

sPECIES,— by Dr. F. Sroniczxa, Palzontologist, Geol. Surv. of

India ; Hon. Seey. Asiat. Soc. Bengal.

(With 8 plates.)

[Received and read 5th January, 1871. ]

The following observations are offered on a small collection of

Mollusca made, during the month of August 1869, in the neigh-

bourhood of Moulmein, Tenasserim Provinces. It is not my in-

tention to give a complete list of all the shells which have been

described from that neighbourhood,—-though such may at some

future time prove to be a very desirable acquisition,—but merely to

restrict my remarks to those species which I have myself collected,

particularly with reference to some points in the anatomy of the

animals.

The land shells of this part of the Malayan country received

early attention through the collecting zeal of the Rev. Dr. Mason,

Capts. Sankey and Gordon, Mr. Theobald and many others. The

materials have been chiefly worked out by Dr. A. Gould, Mr.

Benson, and Mr. Theobald.

144 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusea. [No: 2,

The fauna in general is intimately connected with that of the

lower Tenasserim Provinces, Siam and Camboja, and is in the

main characteristically Malayan. As regards variety and number

of terrestrial Mollusca, these provinces are well known to range

among the richest of the Malayan regions. The interest of this

fauna is besides considerably increased by the many peculiar forms

it possesses of its own, and which do not appear to occur in other

parts of the great Malayan Zoological province. I only need to

allude to genera like Pollicaria (= Hybocystis), Raphaulus, Clos-

tophis, Sophina, Sesara, fe. The explanation of this peculiarity must

probably be sought in the physical condition of the country.

Indeed, it would seem that scarcely anywhere could more favour-

able conditions for the development of small local faunas be found,

than exist in the neighbourhood of Moulmein.

Almost all round this place the country consists of isolated hills,

or short ranges of hills, composed of sandstones or shales, or more

commonly of limestone rock. Many of these hills rise up to eleva-

tions of from 2000 to 3000 feet above the level of the sea, and are

separated by low land which, for a large portion of the year, is under

water. The rocks in question, forming the hills, mostly appear to

belong to palzeozoic (chiefly earboniferous) formations, and it

seems probable that for a long period the country was not affected

by any very considerable change in the level. On the other hand,

it can scarcely be doubted, that at no very distant geological period

those hills represented as many isolated islands in an extensive bay,

a physical condition similar to that of the present Mergui Archi-

pelago. The shallow waters between the hills were only gradu-

ally reclaimed to dry land by alluvia derived from the more elevated

surrounding country. Whatever progress these conditions may

have attained, it appears tolerably certain, that the isolation of the

hills must have existed during a considerable length of time, and

there is also no apparent reason for believing, that the fauna, exist- —

ing on these hills, had been much affected by any particularly de-

structive agencies ; moreover the insular conditions must have been

rather favourable to animal and vegetable life.

All these circumstances tend to shew that the fauna of these hills

has existed for a long period, and that at the same time the pro-—

1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusca. 145

tracted isolation admitted of the development of certain persistent

peculiarities of the animals in different localities. With regard to

the first point, it is a noteworthy fact that most of the cretaceous

species of Helicide, and a large number of the older tertiary ones,

belong to the Angystoma group which is so largely represented in

this part of the Malayan province. With regard to the second

point, it must be remembered that the nature of the ground is a most

important agent in the development and prosperity of the molluscous

(and any other) fauna (or flora) ; it regulates to a very large extent

the geographical distribution of the species. It is well known that

limestone ground is more suitable to the existence of land-shells,

than any other kind of rock. In the neighbourhood of Moulmein

this is strikingly apparent ; for while some of the limestone locali-

ties literally swarm with shells, there are barely any to be found

on the neighbouring sandstone or metamorphic hills, which in

other respects possess a perfectly similar climate, &e.

The distinction by no means only applies to the number of speci-

mens, but it affects equally markedly the habitat of certain species,

and even genera. Thus, for instance, there is scarcely a single

specimen of a Plectopylis achatina to be met with on a sandstone

hill, while at every limestone rock the species may be collected in

thousands. The same applies to Plectopylis cyclaspis, though this

species is not so common as the former. All the known species of

Sophina, nearly all the Sesare@, several peculiar Streptaxis, Raphau-

lus, Pollicaria and others only occur on limestone ground, while

Rotula anceps, Helix {Fruticicola] similaris, and chiefly also the

species of Helicartion, occur on sandstone hills and low land. Again

some species, like Macrochlamys honesta, Conulema infula (var, atlygia),

Mycrocystis molecula are to be met with almost everywhere, but speci-

mens occurring on limestone localities always possess a more solid

and thicker shell, than those on sandstone, or on alluvial ground.

The knowledge of the nature of the ground is, therefore, a very im-

portant consideration in discriminating species and mere varieties

of one and the same species from each other. In the course of my

descriptions I shall notice several instances which bear upon this

point.

That the protracted isolation of the different limestone hills had

146 F. Stoliczka— Votes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2,

an influence upon the development of locally, and now persistently,

distinct forms, which evidently descended from a common stock,

will best become evident from a few instances, which are worthy of

record.

At Moulmein about the great Pagoda occurs a species of Cyclo-

phorus which Mr. Theobald called C. Haughtont. The specimens

are generally lighter or darker brown, and, except on the keel, un-

spotted. At the ‘ Farm-caves’ the same species occurs, but always

marked with numerous white spots, and at Damotha a third form is

met with, being generally somewhat smaller and higher, and provid-

ed with small pale spots or reticulated streaks ; this form has been

named by Mr. Theobald C. affinis. Again, at the ‘ Farm-caves’ oc-

cur in great abundance Sophina calias and discoidalis, Sesara pytaica,

Clausilia Philippiana, Streptaxis Sankeyanus, Pollicaria gravida, Ra-

phaulus chrysalis, §¢., none of which are found on a perfectly similar

limestone hill at Damotha, barely 15 miles distant from the for-

mer. There we find Sophina forabilis, Sessara infrendens, Georissa

liratula, Diplommatina carneola, Rhiostoma Haughton, and other

peculiar forms, &c. South of Moulmein, again on similar lime-

stone hills, occurs Sophina conjungens, while calias and discoidalis

are rare, Streptaxis obtusus, §c., but not a single Pollicaria or Ra-

phaulus or Rhiostoma. Again at another limestone hill on the

Attaran river there is only a peculiar banded variety of Sophina

discoidalis to be found, Strept. Sankeyanus is replaced by the allied

Strept. Hanleyanus, Sesara pylaica by Sesara Attaranensis, Theob. &e.

I could multiply the examples, but those quoted will indicate that

the molluscous fauna of each limestone hill, or range of hills,

possesses certain forms representative of, or allied to, others which

occur on a neighbouring hill, while at the same time it has a

certain number of local, peculiar, species. Thisis a condition which

we are generally accustomed to find on small separate islands —

within an Archipelago.

In conclusion I may observe that the present communication

contains species of both of the large divisions of pulmoniferous —

Mollusca, the Cycuosromacua and the Hexzicacza. It will be

noticed that the work is somewhat unequally executed, but itis — |

done so with a certain object.

1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Dollusca. 147

In the CycrostomacEA I have described several new species, and

of others, which were met with, I have only noted the external

characters of the animals or shells. I have avoided going into ana-

tomical details here, because I hope to place them on record in a

contemplated Monograph of the Indian and Burmese Cy cLostomaA-

cEA, to be published with the co-operation of Mr, W. T. Blanford.

Among the Hericacrea, or Putmonara, as usually restricted, the

anatomical details form the greater part of the work. ‘The correct-

ness of Gray’s and Dorhn’s suggestions to unite Streptaxis, Ennea

and Streptostele into a separate group has, I think, been satisfac-

torily proved, and the relation of these forms to Zestacella will be

pointed out further on. Of the Olausilide I have given some notes

regarding Cl. Philippiana, as the anatomy of no Indian Clausilia

has yet been published. In the Pupide two interesting new

species will be found described a Pupa and a Hypselostoma. In the

Helicide, the propriety of the generic designations of Plectopylis

and Zrachia was found to be supported by the examination of the

anatomy of the animals. Among the Zonitide, at last, I have in a

similar way recorded the propriety of the generic names Sesara and

Sophina, and there also will notes be found on the anatomy of Ma-

crochlamys, Lotula, Mycrocystis and a newly proposed genus Conulema.

Group. CYCLOSTOMACEA,

Fam. CYCLOPHORID.

The species of Cyclophorus (as restricted), known to occur in

the neighbourhood of Moulmein: are (1) C. Haughton, Theobald,

(from Moulmein itself), a species closely allied to Sowerby’s

aquila; (2) C. affinis, Theobald, (from Damotha), somewhat allied

to Pfeiffer’s excellens ; and a third form is found at the Farm-caves,

it has the angular periphery of Haughtoni, but a spotted shell like

afinis or Siamensis. All the forms may be considered as varieties

of one and the same species, but in ordér to ascertain whether

Theobald’s name Haughtont is applicable to them, a close compari-

son of typical forms of several of the allied species from Siam and

adjoining countries must be made. I will not enter now upon this

question, as the three varieties noticed have lately been figured in

the ‘ Conchologia Indica,’ though by no means characteristically.

148 F’. Stoliczka—WNotes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2,

(4). C. spectosus (or perhaps rather awrantiacus) occurs at Zwagabin.

CycLtorHorus [Myxosroma] caAtyx, Bens.

Ann, and Mag, N. H., 2nd ser., XVII, p. 228,—Hanley and Theobald, Conch.

Indica, pl, TV, fig. 4.

This species is found on all the limestone hills about Moulmein.

The figure in the Conch. Indica is far from characteristic and

entirely insufficient for the identification of the species. It is

strange to find there again the mistake of the originally recorded

locality ‘‘ Akoutang” repeated, though Mr. W. T. Blonford had

corrected it already twice.

The animal is identical in form with those of other CycLopHorIDz,

only of smaller size; when full grown the body is black, with very

long subulate tentacles, slightly thickened near the tips, the rostrum

is long and deeply cleft in front, the foot rather elongated, pos-

teriorly narrowly produced and pointed ; eyes rather small, placed

laterally at the base of the tentacles on barely perceptible bulgings.

The sides of the foot and the tentacles are usually paler than the

body, and young specimens are pale grey coloured throughout. The

largest specimen found south of Moulmein measures: Diam. maj.

14; d. min. 12; alt. teste 7°2, alt. ult. anf. cum perist. 5, diam.

apert. int. 4 mm.

Cyclophorus [Myxostoma] Inglisianus, Stol., pl. vi, fig. 1.

Cycl. testa subdiscoidea, late umbilicata; anfractibus 44, primo

depresso, albido, leevigato, ceteris teretibus, paululum in amplitudine

accrescentibus, sordide lutescente albescentibus, strigis fuscis, supra

retrorse angulatis, ad peripheriam rotundatam ult. anf. fascia casta-

nea intersectis, notatis, epidermide pallida transversim rugulatim

striata indutis; suturis profundis, simplicibus; apertura paulum

descendente et obliqua, circulari, marginibus junctis, paululum in-

crassatis, haud dilatatis, supra prope suturam leviter insinuatis.

Operculo corneo, tenui, circulari, anfractibus 7 extus paulo lamel-

liforme exstantibus composito, medio depressiusculo, intus polito,

medio submammillato. Diam. maj. 9, d. min. 7°5, alt. totius teste

5, alt. ult. anf. prope aperturam 3, diam. apert. 2°7 mm.

Animal plumbeo-cinereum, tentaculis longis, acutis, nigrican-

tibus, pede pallidescente, angusto, postice acuto; rostro longo,

nigricante, antice ad marginem modice lobato.

. ge ge = ¢ ;

: ox a 4 :

7 iy , ete +

‘a ? } ate: 7 .

aw 7 gv? ‘

7 : ;

> if

wa] i

\ . .

wy bd - ;

a } , |

;

, y u

= h - }

ry, 4

, b cay c uy

4 - ‘ . ‘re ;

’ } \ is Toth | i sul

“ 4 ‘

: t : e “a

oawee iy * hp re i

: ‘ i 24) 343 j r

’ r , i, a 7 }

* i i 2ft9 ‘ ids di . .

¥ rd A “Ph

ie) | ie *

{ are! » ye : ue

4 & : Pd oad 4 \ ji : —<

, . d ( » $28: J ‘ . . r , vive ; ‘

m | ¢ : ‘ me J f ‘ Mish : 43) ph ; ~.

7 4 - . ne. , Ve . oe gi a Ae

r P : j ae 5 a - i

i} fa %) a0.) wel: : war . fics = ™ ue

At Math gut tags if itis pI IT! Le) LER REO a { WH KILY LBRO Fisyy) ri ry Aah ing

‘

punory of nis hay dy

2. a

, Cy A, f . i. at ) 7

iT Eh ra s4 ‘ é yey 4 , ne ¥ .

ee = ,

; ‘ ; Se es

tet: 413 Glitoewriges. G2 Gl ode Sav kiain this ~ Ne

rolinuts i : y } -—

d ae : f es

ya Ae PU ART. | “ys: Ge o,

ih Alp '& &

¢.—eye-pedicle.

oe.—mouth.

mr.—retractile muscle of the

body.

@.—anus.

ab.—part of mantle-edge.

sg.—salivary glands.

mo.—muscle of the oral parts.

mt.—right mantle side.

li.—liver.

ut.—uterus.

ed,— appendage of the recep-

taculum seminis.

Fig. 1. Cyclophorus | Myxostoma| Inghsianus, n. sp., p. 148.—1, na-

tural size, la, 1b, le front, top and lower views, twice

the natural size.

Fig. 2. Pterocyclus ater, n. sp., p. 149,—2, 2a, 2b, front, top, and

umbilical views, and 2c, operculum ; all figures in natural

size. :

Fig. 3. Diplommatina carneola, n. sp., p. 152.—front and side views.

Fig. 4. Dipl. [ Palaina] erispata, nu. sp., p. 153,—ditto. ;

Fig. Georissa liratula, nu. sp., p. 157, 5¢, represents the internal

side of the operculum.

Fig. 6. Georissa Blanfordiana, n. sp., p. 158.

Big. 7-10. Clausilia Philippiana, Pfr., p. 174.—7, a series of teeth

of the radula, the numbers indicate the distance of the

teeth from the centre line; 8, the body with the dif-

ferent organs exposed; 9, the generative organs;

10, the jaw.

Jt.—foot. 7.—1intestines. a

st.—stomach.

alg.—albuminous gland.

h.—heart.

k.—kidney.

1.—lungs.

p.—penis.

vd.—vas deferens.

m.—retractile muscle.

pr.—prostata.

hd.—hermaphrodite duct.

hg.—hermaphrodite gland.

ho.—herm. opening.

1870.

Journ: A.S.B.Voel:XbL.Pt

F.STOLICZKA

aieriacoretpnst te

pibzitieessen,

*igi.~a® sd

oh <

Le See ey

ek , a )

A janes ei Ai

' oly rh f »

Leurtoiy ag pepate

PL. Vik

Fig. 1. Hypselostoma tubiferum, Bens., p. 173.—View of the animal

seen from above.

Fig. 2. Hypselostoma Dayanum, un. sp., p. 172.—front, top and

lower views, enlarged.

Fig. 3. Pupa lignicola, n. sp., p. 171.

Fig. 4. Hnnea | Huttonella} cylindroidea, nu. sp., p. 171.

Fig. 5, 6, 7. Streptaxis Burmanicus, BIf., p.163. The front figures

56, 66, 76 are enlarged, the side and lower views of

the shells are of natural size; 5 is a specimen from

Tonghoo, very similar to the type which is from Arra-

can ; 6 and 7 are from Rangoon.

Figs. 8-9. Streptaxis Blanfordianus, 'Theob., p. 1638, front views of

two specimens, enlarged twice the natural size, 8 is

from Arracan, 9 from Pegu.

Fig. 10. Streptaxis solidulus, n. sp., p. 166.

Fig. 11, 12, 13. Sétrept. obtusus, n. sp., p. 166.

11 and 11a side and lower views, natural size; 110, front view,

twice the natural size; 12 natural size of a full grown

specimen ; 18, 13a, 186 young specimen.

Fig. 14. Strept. Sankeyanus, Bens., p. 167. 14, 14a and 146 are

of natural size, 14¢ and 14d enlarged.

Fig. 15. Strept. Hanleyanus, n. sp., p. 168. The outline figure

15 shews the natural size of the specimen, the other

figures are enlarged.

Journ:A.S.B:Vol-XL.Pt:I.1870.

= 9)

aloe ‘

wae

Las pre rot

= a4 ve

PL VIEL:

Figs. 1 and 2 exhibit the anatomy of Strept. obtusus, (see Pp:

161) ; the letters have the following significations:

S-—foot.

mt.—mantle.

ml.—mantle lobes.

rp.—penis retractor.

p.—penis.

vd.vas deferens.

0.—ovum.

ut.—uterus.

7’s.—receptaculum seminis.

alg.—albuminous gland.

hd.—hermaphrodite duct.

hg.—hermaphrodite gland.

h.—heart.

liv.—liver.

7.—intestines.

cis the cavity where the ge-

nerative organs were ori-

ginally situated.

st.—stomach.

ng.—nervous ring.

t.—eye-pedicles.

roe.—retractor of the mouth.

ac—tube including the radula.

oe. (in figure 2)—ditto.

aoe ne. rm.—chief retractor of the ra-

ko.—kidney opening. dula.

/.—lungs. ad.—anal albuminous gland.

kd.—kidney duct. sg.—salivary glands.

k.—kidney

Fig. 3 shews the general arrangement of the teeth on the radula of

St. obtusus.

Fig. 6. Side view of St. Pfeifferianus from the Nicobars ; nat. size.

Fig. 7. Side view of nnea [ Huttonella] bicolor, from Calcutta ;

twice the natural size.

In figs. 4, 5 and 8 the numbers indicate the distance of the teeth

from the centre line.

q F. STOLICZKA.. Journ: A.S.B-Vol: Xl, Pt-U 1870.

Pu VI.

Se Cae A i

) BS: vA 4 eS rN

1 2 \ XS | ® [%

‘aA ay y } ‘4

eX en a

é og \t4 i

S. Sedo field, Lit. ,

I-&, Streptaxts chtusus . 6. Streptaxus Preifferianus.

a 2 Burmanicus eee Einnea: (Huitsnetla) hicclor

4 obald.

1871.] F. Stoliezka—Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 149

Habitat : Damotha, prope Moulmein ; raro.

This species resembles in its colouring Pterocyelus Feddeni, Blf.,

but is easily distinguished from it by its thinner and very gradu-

ally increasing whorls. The tubular form of these also readily

separates the present species from Cyel, calyx which has the basal

angulation always distinct. The only other allied species is Ptero-

eyclus cetra, Benson, which differs by the well developed upper

wing of the aperture. In Jnglisianus the margin of the aperture

is simply insinuated, and externally very slightly thickened.

I have associated with this interesting new form the name

of J. W. Inglis, Esq., Executive Engineer at Moulmein, who has

most kindly aided me in my conchological inquiries about that

station.

Pterocyclus ater, Stol,, pl. vi, fig. 2.

Pt. testa orbiculato planorbulari, latissime umbilicata ; apice vix

exserto; anfractibus quinis, depressiuscule teretibus,sutura profunda

junctis, liris spiralibus tenuibus, plus minusve distincte setiferis,

subdistantibus, ornatis, sub epidermide lividis, transversaliter

fulguratim castaneo notatis, epidermide scabriuscula, transversim

conferte striata, indutis; ultimo anfractu ad aperturam sensim

‘ descendente ; apertura obliqua, circulari, peristomate duplici, in-

terno paululum crassiculo, ad suturam emarginato, externo tenui,

dilatato, supra in alam angustam, curvatam, atque ad anf. pen-

ultinum leviter affixam expanso, pone alam perforato. Diam. maj.

16:5, d. min. 13°5, alt. tot. testee 7:2, axis 3°2, diam. diag. apert.

cum perist. 6 mm.

Operculum orbiculare, supra lamellis spiralibus exstantibus, dis-

tincte denticulatis, compositum, infra levigatum, volutionibus

angustis spiralibus concentrice minute striatis.

Animal fere uniforme atrum, corpore supra, tentaculis ad termi-

nationem et pede lateraliter ad marginem inferiorem paulo palidori-

bus; forma ab ceteris speciebus ejusdem generis haud distincta.

Hab. Kuengan, ad flumen Ataran, prope Moulmein ; cepit The-

This is a very interesting planorboid and spirally lirated species.

The outer lip is at the suture produced in a narrow obtuse wing,

150 F. Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2,

curved towards and loosely attached to the previous whorl, leaving

a rounded circular foramen behind it. The whorls of the operculum

are above peculiarly dentate.

Rutostoma Havueutont, Bens.

An, and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3rd ser., V, p. 96.—Reeve Iconica, vol. XIV Pterocy-

clos, pl. V, fig. 30.—Hanley and Theobald, Conch. Ind., pl. V, fig. 10.

Young specimens have no trace of the upper notch at the outer

lip and are generically undistinguishable from the planorboid

Cyclophori, like the Ceylon C. annulatus, Trosch., or the Nilgher-

ry C. ravidus, Bens. Only in fullgrown specimens, the last whorl at

the aperture becomes detached from the previous whorl. The

operculum is first thin, flattened outside and slightly concave inside ;

gradually the shape becomes convex outside, as the whorls increase

in number, and at the same time the internal concavity enlarges.

The animal is quite similar to that of Pterocyclus: it is dirty

white, with darker minute spots on the back, translucent pinkish

between the tentacles and partially on the front side of the foot;

tentacles of moderate length, blackish, paler at the tips which are

hardly swollen ; the edge of the mantle fits very closely to the shell,

itis somewhat thickened, and has a small slit corresponding to the

upper tube-like incision on the outer lip; the sides of the slit are

very extensible and secrete the tube. Young specimens generally ~

possess a distinct pinkish white tint on the entire body.

Hab. At Damotha, (N. E. of Moulmein), on limestone rocks ;

found under decaying leaves andhumus. ‘The animal appears to be

more nocturnal in its habits, than the true Pterocycl:, and is very shy.

Fam. PUPINID.

POLLICARIA GRAVIDA, (Bens.).

Hybocystis gravida, Bens., vide Pfeiff., Mon. Pneumonop. viv., suppl. 2nd,

p- 56.—Hanley and Theob., Conch. Indica, pl. 7, fig. 1,* Megal. gravidum, Bens.

The peculiarity of this genus rests, I believe, chiefly in the

remarkably flattened growth of the last and penultimate whorls of

* This figure is somewhat incomplete; it does not shew the short open canal

above the posterior angle of the mouth. The position of the operculum in

the aperture is not correct. It should rest on the internal swelling close to

the margin of the outer lip of the aperture.

1871. ] F, Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 151

the shell, a character specially pointed out by Gould in his brief

description, and there can be, therefore, no distinct objection as

to the priority of Gould’s generic appellation. In my forth-

coming ‘‘ Monograph of the Indian Cyctosromacna,” I will give

illustrations of the very peculiar progress in the growth of the

shell of this species.

Animal resembling a gigantic Diplommatina, of a pale fleshy colour,

transparent pink at the rostrum. The foot is short and stout,

below at the middle of the sole entire; the rostrum short, thick,

deeply cleft at the front end; the tentacles are of moderate length,

attenuated towards, but somewhat obtuse at, the tip itself, of a

pale grey colour; the eyes are small and placed laterally at their

bases on minute bulgings. The sexes are, as usually, distinct, and

the copulative organ of the male is situated laterally, somewhat in

front of and almost immediately below the right eye.

Habitat. Common on the limestone hills at the ‘‘ Farm-caves,”’

and at Damotha. I have not met with a single specimen on the

hills south of Moulmein.

RaprHavutus Curysauris, Pfr.

I have only obtained a single live specimen at the Farm-caves,

near Moulmein. The animal was pale greyish white with a slight

fleshy tinge ; tentacles rather long and pink; rostrum stout, the red

oral parts shining through at its base, its front edge is slightly

lobed. There is a regular canal leading from the pulmonary cavity

backwards, then piercing the mantle and entering the tube which

runs again forward on the internal side of the last whorl below the

suture, until it terminates in the external apertural tube. The form

of this tube is different from that of Pupina or Alyceus, but it is

very much the same as in Sétreptaulus. (Comp. Blanford in A. and

) Mag. N. H., 8rd ser., xii, p. 55).

| Purina artTata, Bens.

2 _ Hanley and Theobald, Conch, Indica, pl. vii, 5.

| This species is common on all the limestone hills about Moul-

mein. The animal is whitish or pale grey, sometimes darker

i at the sides of the foot which is moderately elongated and

152 F. Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. [ No. 2,

posteriorly pointed. Tentacles blackish, thin and subulate in

young, considerably thicker in older specimens; eyes rather large,

black, placed laterally and somewhat posteriorly on distinct bul-

gings at the base of the tentacles; rostrum rather short, slightly

cleft in front, the buccal parts red, shining through; mantle with

a small slit on each side corresponding to the incision in the

shell, the lower edges of the slits are slightly thickened and

rather distinct, the upper almost perfectly continuous with the

outer, slightly thickened, edge of the mantle.

The horny, moderately thickened, operculum closes the aperture

perfectly ; it has a thin fringe at its edge all round and is

externally slightly impressed in the centre. The live shell is

covered with a thin layer of slippery glaze. Young shells are

regularly coiled, like a little conoid Heliz, and quite transparent.

There is no difference in the coloration of the sexes.

Fam. DIPLOUMATINIDAL.

Sub-fam. DIPLOMMATININA.

Diplommatina carneola, Stol., pl. vi, fig. 3.

Diplommatina testa ovato elongata, turrita, vix rimata, carnea, seu

carneo-luteola; anfractibus 7, valde convexis, suturis profundis

junctis, primis duobus levigatis, luteis, ceteris costulis obliquis,

modice distantibus, ornatis, penultimo maxime inflato, ad termina-

tionem valde constricto, ultimo minore, ad basin rotundato ; apertura

rotundata, marginibus paulo dilatatis et incrassatis, ad anfractum

penultimum conspicuiter ascendentibus, intus levigatis: labio

adnato, paulo expanso, labro duplici, extus prope marginem costa

tenui et acuta instructo, collumella fere recta, infra dente unico

instructa, ad basin vix angulata. Diam. anf. penult, 1:2; alt. tot.

testze 2°6, apert. alt. 0°8, eyusdem diam. 0°8 m.m.

Animal carneo-luteolum, tentaculis, rostro ad terminationem,

interdumque dorso supero, plus minusve distincte atratis; oculis

magnis in latere basali tentaculorum sitis, atris, pede angusto, postice

acuminato; operculum corneum, tenuissimum, concentrice multi- —

spiratum.

Hub. Damotha, prope Moulmein.

This species is somewhat allied to D. Puppensis, Bf. (Journ.

1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 158

Asiat. Soc. XX XVII, pt. II, pl. iv, fig 2), differing from it by its

constant smaller size, more tumid or convex, and more widely cos-

tulated whorls, and by the aperture being at the columellar base

rounded or nearly so, instead of deeply angular and canaliculate,

as it always appears to be in Puppensis.

The present species was found to be very common on the perpen-

dicular limestone cliffs at Damotha, especially in localities where

a little water trickled down the rock. The animals seemed to feed

on the minute alge which were growing in the locality.

Diplommatina [Palaina] crispata, Stol., pl. vi, fig. 4.

Diplommatina {| Pal.] testa conoidea, medio latissima, sordide

albida, anfractibus 7, primis duobus (rare 13) mammillatis, leevigatis

convexis, sequente convexiusculo, confertim lamellose striato, ceteris

medio angulatis, crasse lamellatis, lamellis crebris, inzequalibus, te-

nuibus, undulatis et crispatis, ad peripheriam angulosam spiniforme

. productis, latere interiore excavatis; anf. penultimo haud distincte

constricto ; ultimo angustiore, basi convexiusculo ; apertura perobli-

qua, circulari, extra dilatata, intus continua, levi, supra leviter

adnata, ad latus columellare incrassata et infra dente pliciforme, vix

distinguendo, instructa, margine interno acuto, undique libero;

peristomate externo tenui, lamelliforme undulato et late expanso.

Alt. teste 2°5; diam. anf. penult. (spinis incl.) 1:5; diam. apert,

int. 0°8, d. ap. cum perist. 1- m.m.

Animal albidum, tentaculis cinereo atratis ; operculum corneum.

Habitat. Damotha, prope Moulmein ; rarissime cum precedente,

This is the first species from British India referable to the sub-

genus Palaina of Semper (vide Journ. de Conch. 1863, p. 291, and

1866, p. 348), although, if the subgenus should be retained, it can-

not include all the species referred to it byitsauthor. ‘The various

subdivisions of Dipplommatina appear to me to have been suggested

more with a view to geographical distribution, than to the necessity

of conchological grouping. Whether the shells are coiled to the right

or left constitutes no generic difference in Dipplommatrna,as it does not

in cases of Helix or Bulimus &c., even as regards specific distinction,

The peculiar characteristic of Diplommatina lies in the very

marked constriction of the penultimate whorl, (compare Journ.

154 F. Stoliczka—Lotes on terrestrial Mollusea. [No. 2,

Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. XX XIX, pt. IT, pl. ii, fig. 3-5), im the

short internal parietal rib justat the beginning of the last whorl,

and in the twisted columella which terminates in the aperture with a

tooth, sometimes placed so far internally as to be hardly visible,

but very rarely becoming nearly obsolete. In addition to these

characters the typical species have the whorls either partially or

wholly transversally costulate or striated, and the shell itself is of a

moderately solid structure.

Semper instituted the genus Palaina for a number of Philippine

species, some of which, like P. polymorpha, P. strigata, and others

(see J. de Conch. 1866, pl. 1: and x,) do not in any way differ from

typical Indian Diplommatine. In other species, noted by Semper, as

for instance in P. pupa, patula, Wiilsoni, &c., the general character of

the shell is the same, the constriction more or less distinctly marked,

but the columellar tooth is not visible. The same can be observed

in some allied Himalayan forms, as D. Huttoni or costuiata, though

looking into the aperture obliquely, the abrupt termination of the

columella may, for instance in the last-named species, be readily

seen. I do not think it, therefore, improbable that the terminal twist

and truncature of the columella also exists in these Pelew, or Philip-

pine, Palaine, in which case there would be no reason whatever to

separate them generically, or subgenerically, from Diplommatina.

Other species, again, like Pal. pyramis, alata and lamellata of

Semper (1. cit.) are distinguished by a round, almost tubular aper-

ture, with a free sharp continuous margin, being internally con-

spicuously thickened and obliquely placed towards the axis of the

shell; the whorls are ornamented with transverse lamellar ribs,

mostly projecting at the middle, the penultimate whorl is not dis-

tinctly constricted, and the columellar tooth isin some visible, in

others not, though I have little doubt but that in all the columella is

twisted and in the interior of the aperture truncated. For this group

the name Palaina may be retained, but only as asubgenus of Diplom-

matina ; for on comparing species like Blanford’s D. exilis from Ava,

it will be readily seen how closely connected all these forms are.

For Mousson’s Pupa problematica, from the island Upolu, Semper

proposed the subgeneric name J/oussonia, changing (why?) the —

specific into typica (comp. J. de Conch., 1865, p. 296, and 1866, pl.

1871. ] F. Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 155

x, fig. 9). This species has the general form, usual costulation of the

whorls, and the columellar tooth of Diplommatina, but no apparent

constriction at the termination of the penultimate whorl. Only

if this last character should prove constant, could the subgeneric

name be retained, though this seems to be rather doubtful. Mous-

son recently (J. de Conch. 1870, p. 188, pl. viii, fig. 9), described

from one of the Vitiislands a W/. fuscula. It is about as much

elongated as the type species, smooth, but the constriction on the

penultimate whorl is distinctly perceptible ; therefore this species

does not differ in any essential point from Diplommatina.

In 1864, KE. v. Martens suggested the name Diancta for a sinis-

trorse species from Ternate, distinguished by a very marked

constriction of the penultimate whorl, hence the specific name

D. constricta (vide Moll. der Preuss. Exp. nach Ost-Asien, p, 164).

The same author states (ibidem) that Diplommatina has no

columellar fold, which is evidently a mistake, for its existence

had been recorded in many of the Indian species then known, but

no figures were published. D. constricta does not possess a columellar

fold or tooth; it is probably situated far internally, but the con-

striction evidently indicates that the columella must be strongly

twisted. Besides Adam’s Diplommatina Martensi there have been

(J. de Conch. 1870, p. 180 et seq., pl. vili,) several species lately

described by Mousson under the subgeneric name Diancta. They are

all sinistrorse, like the Indian D. gibbosa, BIf., but in no other respect

generically, or even subgenerically, different from Diplommatina.

In connection with these various forms of Diplommatina I must

mention H. and A. Adams’ genus Paxillus, proposed for a species

from Singapore, P. adversus. The columellar fold is strong and the

constriction distinct in this species, as well as in Martens’ P. rudo-

eundus, Ido not see any characters by which these shells could be

separated from Diplommatina. Gould’s two Chinese species referred

to Paxillus are too insufficiently characterized to admit of a correct

opinion being formed regarding them.

In conclusion I have to allude to the subgenera Arinia, H. and

A. Adams and Wicida, Blanford. Of the former Sowerby’s Cyclost,

minus, from the Philippines, has been considered as the type, and

k another allied species, 4. scalatella, was described by Dohrn from

156 F. Stoliczka—WNotes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2,

Luzon, (vide Journ, de Conch. for 1866, p. 852). Arinie are small

shells, allied to Diplommatine, but of a thin structure, with smooth,

or nearly smooth, surface, without a distinct constriction on the

penultimate whorl, and without a fold on the columella.

Mr. W. T. Blanford (Journ. Asiat. Soc. xxxvii, 1868, p. 82, and

also Journ. de Conch, for 1868) proposed the name Meda for

six species from South India, Three of these VV. Pulneyana, hri-

cincta, and Kingiana, do not externally appear to offer any generic,

or sub-generic, distinction from Arinia. In all these the position of

the small operculum when retracted is exactly the same as in

Diplommatina, and the same internal parietal plait exists at the be-

ginning of the penultimate whorl ; the collumella is twisted, with a

fold, but the latter becomes obsolete at the aperture, not terminating

in a tooth, Mr. Blanford, therefore, very properly stated that Mecida

must only be considered as a subdivision of Diplommatina, on

which point there can be no doubt. I have seen the animal of

Nic. liricincta, and it is exactly like that of Diplommatina, It

does not appear to me at allimprobable that Arinia and Nicida

will have to be united into a single subgenus ; Sowerby’s figure

of minus is rather in favour of this view, but I have not that

species for comparison and in order to settle the relation which

is supposed to exist between Arinia and Micida, it is absolutely

necessary that the internal structure of the ultimate and penultimate

whorls of the two species of Arima be compared with these same

parts of the shell of Mierda. If a twisted columella and a parietal

rib do not exist in Arinia, the genus will have probably to be

placed near Callia and Streptaulus in the Pupinipm.

With regard to Mr. Blanford’s three other species of MWicida:

N. mtidula shews a very slight constriction of the penulti-

mate whorl, and Milgirica (the type) and Luirkanki have it very

distinctly developed externally. They, therefore, only differ from

Diplommatina by the thin structure of their shells, and by the

want of transverse costulation on the whorls.

To sum up—we have in the Diplommatina group of PNEuMo-

NOPOMA, Ist, the genus Diplommatina, with the subgenera (a) Palaina

(of the type of P. pyramis, Semp.), (6), Moussonia, (with the type

Mouss. problematica (alias typica), the subgenus being only admissible,

1871. ] F. Stoliczka—otes on terrestrial Mollusca. 157

if the penultimate whorl has no trace of a constriction,—(c), Diancta

(with the only species D. constricta), only admissible if there be

no tooth or truncate columella in the aperture ; (d), Arinia (type

A, minus) and (e), Nicida, Blanf. (type VV. Nilgirica), the latter ad-

missible as distinct from the former, if Arinva has no internal

parietal plait and the columella not twisted. Mousson’s numer-

ous species of Diancta are certainly nothing but Diplommatine, and

I also very much doubt whether there is sufficient reason for re-

taining Paxillus as distinct from Diplommatina.

2nd, Clostophis of Benson, I have not been successful in the

discovery of a specimen at the Farm-caves, or in any other locality

about Moulmein,

3rd Opisthostoma, Blanf., is a good distinct genus of the Dirtom-

MATINIDE,

Sub-fam. ALYCHINA.

The only interesting species, which I found on the limestone

hills south of Moulmein, is the very rare Alyceus Richthofent, BIf.,

(Contrib. Indian Malacol., No. 4, Journ. A. B. for 1863, vol. xxxii,

p. 824), Only a single specimen occurred. Blanford’s description

is excellent.

Fam. HELICINIDA.

Sub-fam. HYDROCENINZ.

Georissa* liratula, Stol., pl. vi, fig. 5.

Geo. testa globoso-conica, solida, imperforata, carneo-luteola ;

anfractibis 3-34, convexis, sutura profunda simplici junctis,

primo apicem subobtusum formante mammillato, leevigato, luteolo

vel rubescente, ceeteris supra (infra suturam) paululum depressius-

eulis, spiraliter liratis, liris acutis, simplicibus, fere eequidistanti-

bus, in anf. penultimo 6-7, in ultimo 9-10, basi convexa, centrali-

ter minute multistriata; apertura semilunari, altitudine fere spiram

eequante, haud dilatata; labro simplici, curvato, intus striato, labio

incrassato, albido, adnato, intus rectiusculo, levi. Operculum tes-

taceum, tenue, diaphanum, latiuscule semilunare, (nucleo excentrico),

*T prefer keeping Georissa as distinct from Hydrocena in the hope of

examining the animals of both the typical species at an early date. For the

; relation of the two genera vide W. Blanford in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. for

November, 1870.

158 F. Stolizcka-—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2,

striis incrementi rugulosis vestitum, intus ad nucleum apendice

tenui, longo, lateraliter sub marginem columellarem projiciente,

instructum.

Diam. maj. 1°8, d. min. 1°5, alt. testze 2°2, alt. ult. anf. ad aper-

turam fere 1°0, lat. apert. 0°7 m.m.

Animal sordide rubescente albidum, rostro lato, nigricante, ten-

taculis brevissimis, vix projicientibus, latis, medio fere confluen-

tibus, oculos parvos supra, ad basin et paulo lateraliter sitos,

gerentibus ; pede breve, subovato, pallido.

Habitat. Damotha, prope Moulmein, frequens.

I found this species common on the limestone hill near Damo-

tha together with Diplommatina carneola, and others. It is mostly

allied to the Khasi hill species G. sarrita, Bens., but is more globose

and a little more numerously spirally ribbed. It also appears to be

closely allied to Benson’s G. Rawesiana (Ann, and Mag. N. H., 3rd

ser., vol. vi, p. 193), but on comparing the description of the

former it seems unjustifiable to identify both. Benson says: “ con-

fertim spiraliter striata ;” this could hardly apply to the rather

strong and by no means very numerous spiral ribs of Jiratula. Far-

ther Benson says “ apice obtuso ;” he could hardly have overlooked

the mamillate form of the first smooth whorl of liratula, forming

the apex. I never observed in the last species, four complete

whorls which Rawesiana is said to possess.

The measurements of both very nearly agree, but Rawesiana

would seem to be a more slender shell. Benson gives the height

of his shell as 2, and the diam. (largest of course) as 1°5 m.m. ;

in specimens of /iratula with a height of 2 mm. the greatest diam.

never appears to be below 1°6, generally a little more. There is

also no perceptible impression at the umbilical region in liratula.

In other respects both species appear fairly to agree.

Georissa Blanfordiana, Stol.; pl. vi, fig. 6.

Geo. testa globoso conoidea, imperforata, moderate solidula,

luteola, apice rubescente, mammillato, levissimo; anfractibus 33,

convexiusculis, transversaliter striis incrementi minutis tectis,

sublevigatis; ultimo ad peripheriam rotundato, in altitudine

spiram subzequante ; apertura late semilunari:; labro, uniforme cur-

1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusca. 159

vato, postice (vel supra) angulata; labio incrassato, levissime arcuato,

supra paululum dilatato, infra angustiore. Diam. maj. 1°2,

d. min. 1:0, alt. teste. 1'8; alt. ult. anf. ad apert. 0°8; lat. apert.

obliq. 0°5. Operculum animalque non vidi.

Hab, ‘‘ Farm caves’’ prope Moulmein.

A single specimen of this species was found in the same locality

from which G Rawsiana, Bens., was described. It differs from all

known Georisse by the absence of spiral striation. The form of

the shell is very much the same as that of the previous species.

Group. HELICACHA.

Fam. STREPTA XID.

Dohrn in 1866, (Maloco-zoologische Bleetter, vol. xiii, p. 129),

proposed te unite Streptaxis, Ennea and Streptostele into a separate

group, for which he suggested the name Srreprocionipm. There

does not appear to be any reason, why we should deviate from the

generally introduced custom in selecting the family name from that

generic one which includes the most typical forms of the group,

and this genus is in the present case Séreptaxis. The family has

already been pointed out by Dr. J. E. Gray, in 1860, (Ann. and

Mag. N. H., vi, p. 268), under the name StrEPraxip”®,

The three above noticed genera, (each of which includes several

characteristic sections), have the following characters common :

a thin hyaline or a thicker alabastrine shell with very thin, deci-

duous epidermis, an expanded lip of the aperture, producing in the

course of growth a transverse costulation of the whorls, the last of

which somewhat deviates from the axis of the spire; the columella

is always thickened and often toothed, or provided with a pro-

jecting lamella.

Dohrn appropriately pointed out the striking relations of the

shells of the three genera by quoting the following parallelism :

“ Streptaxis is helicoid, Ennea pupoid, and Séreptostele achatinoid.”’

The same author does not describe the animal of Streptostele and

its anatomy, probably because they are very similar to those of

Streptaxis and Ennea. I have examined several species of the

_ latter two genera, and they all agree in the usual bright, yellow or

red colouring, extending over the greater part of the body, or being

160 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2,

restricted to the head; the anterior part of the body is always

long, extensible, and the posterior short; the peduncles are long,

subcylindrical, but the tentacles much shorter, exactly as in the

Heicipz. The mantle is thickened, generally with a short lobe,

or a thickening, on each side of the pulmonary orifice. The

internal organisation closely corresponds with that of the Hxti1crpa,

except that the esophagus is below produced in a tough cylindrical

tube, which contains the radula in the form of a narrowly curved

sheath ; the tube is attached by a special strong muscle to the re-

tractor of the body (see pl. viii, fig. 2). The teeth of the radula are

very simple, subconical, pointed, from 40-60 in each transverse

row. A special jaw is, as far as observations have been made, not

developed.

All the species which I have observed were found under stones,

or trees, and old wood, or under dead leaves and other organic sub-

stances. Whether, or not, the species are carnivorous, as stated by

Gray, I have not been able to verify. They are oviparous, like the

Bulime.

Considering the form of the teeth, the Srrepraxip#@ are closely

allied to the TzsTaceLLipm, next to which they are also classed by

Gray. Both families agree in the great length of the anterior part

of the body and in the more or less secluded habitat. But upon

inspection of the anatomy of Testacella, as given by Cuvier, I fail

to notice the peculiarity of the long cylindrical tube containing the

radula; this appears to be a good reason for accepting Gray’s classi-

fication of Zestacella, with Daudebardia, in a separate family. A

third group containing some of the anatomical characters of

Streptaxis is represented by Glandina, but Cylindrella and its allies

belong to the Hxxicipm, as lately shewn by Crosse and Fischer.

SrrePTaxis, Gray.

This genus characterizes in India the Malayan fauna, most of the

species being found either on the higher hills of South India, or in

North-Eastern Bengal, and from thence southwards through the

whole of Burma and the Tenasserim provinces. The greater number

of the species, occurring in this extensive zoological province,

are distinguished by asingle parietal plait in the aperture, only

1871 | F. Stoliczka—Notles on terrestrial Mollusca. 161

few possess also small teeth on the outer and columellar lips.

The same group of Streptaxis, with a single parietal fold, also

extends to the islands of the Indian Archipelago and to China on

the one, Mauritius and the Seychelles on the other hand.

The animals of Streptaxis are characterized, as already noticed,

by the great length of the anterior part of the body,* while the

posterior part, or the foot, is very short and often barely protrudes

beyond the apex of the shell, when the azimal creeps about. The sole

of the foot is usually grooved along the middle, but not distinctly.

I am not aware that the anatomy of any of the Indo-Malayan

species of Streptaxis has been published, and I give, therefore, a

short account of that of S¢. odtusus and Burmanicus.

St. obtusus. ‘An inspection of fig. 1, on pl. viii, will shew that

in the main points the organs are quite similarly arranged as in

the Hxticipm, only with some modifications adapted to the shape

of the animal. The mantle is above, at the pulmonary orifice, con-

siderably produced, receding ventrally, but remaining entire, On

the inner side it has near the margin an elongated, thickened

appendage on each side of the pulmonary opening. The pulmonary

cavity itself is very long, but the lungs narrow, the reticulations

being very fine and mostly simple. The digestive system differs

from all Hexicrp# which I have examined, by the peculiar develop-

ment of the buccal parts. The mouth is wide, and immediately

behind it, where it makes an angle, lies the nervous ring, consist-

ing above of two larger, and below of two smaller ganglions, the

latter being connected by a narrower bridge than the former. Im-

mediately behind the nervous ring, the buccal parts are produced

into a cylindrical muscular tube which extends in a slight curve

up to the end of the chief retractor muscle of the body, where

it is firmly attached by a special, thick, muscle. A few separated

threads connect the mouth direct with the anterior end of the

retractor. The ring-muscles forming the outer layer of the tube are

almost horny, or at least very tough. The longitudinal muscles form-

ing the internal layer are much softer, but considerably thicker.

_ * See pl. viii, fig. 6. Streptawis Pfeifferianus from Oamorta, one of the

Nicobar islands. Body bright yellow, pedicles coral red, this colour tinging the

back. Lives under dead leaves in forests.

162 F. Stoliczka—Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2,

The radula is very long, but the teeth are generally only on

its anterior portion well developed. The alimentary canal branches

off near the upper anterior end of the sheath of the radula ;

a short distance from its origin it is somewhat widened and

then passes into the stomach, which has no appendages. The

intestines make only one simple turn. The rectum is accompanied

by a narrow albuminous gland, which has its duct at the lower end

of the rectum. Salivary glands moderately broadly linguiform, thin,

each attached by a long thread behind the issue of the esophagus

from the sheath. Kidney large, of a pale livid colour, subquadr-

angular, lanceolately prolonged on the side of the heart; the duct

is on the right side and accompanies the rectum in its entire length,

lying on the left side of it.

The retractile muscle of the body is not very long, but strong.

Its terminal end is almost quite horny ; it is, so to say, the seat in

which all muscular action appears to be concentrated. I have

already noticed that the mouth is attached by a few direct muscles

to the retractor; thesame is also the case with the penis retractor

and the muscles of the generative organs. ‘The eye-pedicles also

have their origin there, joining the retractor at about halfits length.

The generative organs are of a simple form. The oviduct is

thickened near the end; the uterus, as usually, foliated, terminating

with an elongated albuminous gland of moderate size; the herma-

phrodite duct very much twisted and long ; the hermaphrodite gland

small, composed of a cluster of tubes, The receptaculum seminis

is small, its peduncle as long as the uterus to which it is grown to

almost in its entire length. Vas deferens very short, without any

appendages. Penis short, very muscular, attached by a very long

thin muscle, almost horny towards the end. In two specimens, (one

of Sz. obtusus and the other of Burmanicus), I found the anterior

end of the uterus somewhat enlarged ; it contained a few large eggs.

They were perfectly spherical, but as the specimens had been in

spirit for a long time, nothing was discernible in the solidified

yolkemass, Hach egg was enclosed in a white calcareous skin, which

was still quite flexible, but no doubt turns into a solid caleareous

shell after it has been deposited. The Streptazxes, therefore, appear

to be oviparous, like the Bulim?, Achating and other He.icipam.

i871] F’. Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 163

I have not been able to find a distinct jaw, either in obtusus, Bur-

manicus, Pferferianus or Andamanicus. The upper lip is only slightly

thickened on the upper side, where the jaw should be situated.

The radula is long, narrow, the lateral margin on either side

curved upward ; itis composed of numerous, very angular series

of simple, almost straight, sharply pointed, teeth, provided below

with a small projection. They are very different from those of the

Heicrpa, but, as already noticed, strongly resemble those of

Testacella. There appear to be from 40-50 teeth in each row.

The anatomy of St. Burmanicus is very similar to that of obtusus,

A few unimportant differences I shall notice further on. I have

also examined St. Andamanicus and Pfeiferianus, and found their

anatomical characters quite similar to those of obtwsus. The form of

the teeth appears to be particularly characteristic.

1. Srrepraxis Burmanticvs, BIf., pl. vii, figs. 5, 6, 7.

1865, J. A. S. B. vol. XXIV, pl. ii, p. 81 and p. 95.—Haunley and Theobald,

Conch, Indica, pl. viii, fig. 10, (non fig. 5).

2. STREPTAXIS Buanrorpianus, Theob., pl. vii, figs. 8, 9.

J. A.S. B., vol. xxiv, p. 245, et Conch. Ind., pl. viii, fig. 5, (non fig. 10).

These two species are closely allied to each other. Blanford’s

description must stand as that of true Burmanicus, of which fig. 5

pl. vil, represents a characteristic specimen. Itisa globosely in-

flated shell with a subconic, slightly oblique spire, the antepenulti-

mate whorl laterally barely projecting, in a front view, beyond the

periphery of the last whorl. In Mr. Theobald’s description of

Burmanicus characters are noticed which only apply to his Blanfor-

dianus ; the description must have been taken from specimens of

both the species. Specimens, agreeing in shape and size with typical

forms of Burmanicus from Arracan, also occur at Tonghoo, where

they were collected by Mr. Theobald, (see pl. vii, fig. 5). On the

hill of the great Pagoda at Rangoon, I found a smaller variety.

Two forms of this latter are represented in figs. 5 and 6." The

aperture is slightly more produced and narrower, but the charac-

teristic form of the whorls and their volution are retained.

The animal has the anterior part of the body, as usually, very

164 F. Stoliczka—Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2,

long and the foot posteriorly very short and depressed, below with

a median, slight, groove, The general colour of the body is yellow-

ish, with small brownish warts and some indistinct strize above, to-

wards the head vermilion red ; pedicles vermilion, long, with the

eyes on rather large bulgings ; tentacles short and paler red. The

lips of the mouth possess above small protuberances which are

used as tasters when the animal moves about; foot narrow, white ;

edge of mantle very pale yollowish.

The upper portion of the mantle has internally on the left

side of the pulmonary opening a double appendage: externally a

small rim and next below it a longer linguiform appendage.

On the other side of the pulmonary orifice there is a similar

appendage, only a little shorter than the last. Both are tough,

solid and generally of a brownish colour. Besides this there is a

small appendage at the umbilical region. The general organisa-

tion is the same as in obtusus, only the receptaculum seminis is thinner

and smaller, the vas deferens longer ; the salivary glands are larger

and broader, the albuminous gland is elongately and somewhat ir-

regularly ovate, it lies at the beginning of the rectum and does not

extend along it; the kidney is elongately quadrangular, slightly

produced on the anterior end of the side of the heart; it is of a

dark green colour, composed of large, (in spirit specimens) quite

opake, cells,

The teeth are very similar to those of ebtusus, perhaps a little

stouter, (see pl. vii, fig. 5).

In the “ Conch. Indica” the two species have been exactly trans-

posed. Fig. 5, which is cited as Burmanicus is a typical form of

Blanfordianus, on the contrary, fig. 10 which is stated to be the last

named species appears to be taken from a Rangoon variety of Bur-

manicus. Such mistakes in a work specially devoted to illustrations

of Indian shells are really deplorable !

St. Blanfordianus is distinguished from Burmanieus by a more

depressed and elongated form, the last whorl being more obliquely

extended, so as to allow the previous one considerably to project with

its rounded edge beyond the periphery of the last whorl. The spire

is in the former species generally slightly prominent, but the costula-

tion of the whorls more crowded and intersected by mere strize, except

1871. | F. Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 165

towards the aperture; the size is also smaller. Mr. Theobald’s

typical specimen had beside the parietal fold a small tooth about

the middle of the inner side of the outer lip, as shewn in fig. 8; this

specimen perfectly equals in size the type. However, the tooth on

the outer lip, upon which Mr. Theobald strongly relied as a dis-

tinctive character, is not constant. I found a specimen exactly similar

to the type on the Rangoon Pagoda, but without an outer tooth ; and

quite similar specimens have also been collected by Mr. Fedden

in the Shan States. The same, but slightly larger, variety occurs

in Pegu; this is represented in fig. 9, pl. vi. Its only difference

consists in size, approaching that of Burmanicus.

Mr. Blanford (1. c. p. 95,) considered the form, called by Theobald

Blanfordianus, as identical with Benson’s Andamanicus, and both

certainly are most closely allied to each other. I possess numerous

specimens of the last species, and most of them seem, as compared

with Blanfordianus, a little more longitudinally stretched ; all have

the spire peculiarly depressed,* the whorls being separated by rather

deep sutures, and are somewhat convex above; the costulation also

appears to be a little coarser and the umbilicus more spacious ; but

all these distinctions are only relative, and it is very difficult to ap-

preciate them without a large number of specimens for comparison.

The animal of Blanfordianus is very similar to that of Burmani-

cus, except that the yellow and red colours are paler. The com-

parative measurements} of the two species are:

Burmanicus. Blanfordianus.

Typical. Var. Typical. Var. Var. mag.

Diam. Map, xcs... 10-5 8°-8°6 73 76 9° m.m.

oe) WS RENO: 5a'iaia's 6 76 6°-5°8 5° 5 6-2 m.

MRO, eivicree.s) F 6:2-6°6 Bro ery aes ae

——_— —_—S eee ee eee —_s ee

Arracan, Rangoon Pegu. Shan Pegu.

Pagoda, States,

* Fig. 6, pl. viii, given in the “Conch. Indica,” is in this respect not a

characteristic one.

+ In taking the height of Streptawis the shell is placed in such a position that

the axis of the upper regularly coiled whorls stands vertical, the two last

whorls always somewhat deviate from the direction of this axis.

166 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusca. fNo. 2,

Streptaxis solidulus, Stol., pl. vii, fig. 10.

St. testa ovato-conoidea, moderate umbilicata, albida, solida;

anfractibus 7, primis 5 regularibus, spiram exsertam, late conicam,

formantibus, duobus ultimis modice deviantibus, omnibus planius-

culis, seu subconvexis, sutura impressa simplici junctis, transversim

conferte costulatis: costulis flexuosis, in ultimo anfractu distan-

tioribus, basi obsoletis; apertura late subquadrangulari: labio

tenui prope medium uniplicato, labro intus levi, undique planate

reflexiusculo ; diam. maj. 12, d. min. 9°3, axis 9, alt. testao 11-2,

lat. aperture, marg. incl., 7°2, alt. ap. 5°2 m.m.

Hab. Prope Moulmein, provintia Tenasserim.

A moderately large tumid and solid form, with rather flattened

whorls and a prominent broadly conical spire ; the first two whorls

are generally quite smooth, the remaining transversely costulated,

the ribs being on the last whorl a little more distant from each

other, than on the previous ones; on the base they become quite

obsolete.

Only a few specimens were found by Mr. Theobald at Yethebian-

koo on the Attaran river, south-east of Moulmein.

Streptaxis obtusus, Stol., pl. vii, figs. 11, 12, 18, and pl. viii,

figs. 1-4.

St. testa oblique ovata, tumida, apice obtusa, antice sensim atte-

nuata, perforata; anfractibus 7, quinque superioribus regularibus,

supra convexiusculis, antepenultimo paulo obliquo, ultimo modice

deviante, aperturam versus compressiusculo ; peripheria in juniori-

bus (fig. 18) rotundate subangulata, in adultis fere uniforme con-

vexa; anf. omninis suturis impressis junctis, in superficie arcuatim

conferte costulatis: costulis ad basin (in junioribus depressiuscu-

lam, in adultis convexiorem) obsoletis; umbilico ad marginem

rotundato ; apertura obliqua, postice (aut supra) lata et recta, antice

(vel infra) fere uniforme angustatim rotundata ; labio tenui, plica

una parietali subcentrali instructo ; labro incrassato, externo paulo

arcuato, intus ad medium obsolete dentato, columellari rectiusculo,

supra medium distincte dentato.

- te” ier ge FOr. er

‘ie 3 ee

>. Sak

1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Notes on terrestial Mollusca. 167

Adult fig. 11. Sun. fig. 12.

PRETO sia , pale’ di atdle wo aed cis lel lv ald 10°4 9°3 m.m.

PIO, pe Meise ie cee es cebu pa Of as

Mittado, l.o.6. 2.3. +e ARERR hase ae

Hab. Prope Moulmein, provincia Tenasserim.

This species is readily recognised from others by its remarkably

obtuse, almost pupoid form, and comparatively regular growth

of the whorls ; there is a distinct tooth on the columellar lip

present, and another tooth is generally also traceable on the op-

posite outer lip, though not so well defined as the former. In

younger specimens the penultimate whorl is subangulate at the

periphery and laterally somewhat projecting, but in older shells

this angulation generally becomes less distinct and often quite

disappears. The whole shell is densely costulated except at the

base, where the ribs are oily traceable in the umbilical cavity.

The animal is pale yellow with a beautifully yellowish red tinge

on the upper anterior part of the body, which is, as usually, much

longer than the posterior; the pedicles are also red, and the ten-

tacles paler and very short; edge of mantle considerably thickened,

whitish. Other details have already been recorded in my obser-

vations on the anatomy of the genus.

The species has been found on the limestone hills south of Moul-

mein, where it does not appear to be rare. Young specimens, as

long as the whorls are regularly coiled, closely resemble Benson’s

Heliz bombax, (Ann. and Mag. N. H., 8rd ser., III, p. 186), but

they do not possess such a great difference between the longer and

shorter diameter, as given by Benson of bombax, (no doubt a

young Streptaxis), in which the inner whorls are much closer

wound (compare Conch, Indica, pl. XX XI, figs. 1 and 4). An illus-

tration of a young shell of S¢. obtusus is given on pl. vu, fig. 13;

the peristome is slightly reflected.

5. Srrepraxis Sanxeyanus, Bens., pl. vii, fig. 14.

1859, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3rd ser., III, p. 472.—Hanley and Theobald,

Conch, Ind., pl. viii, fig. 72.

The characteristic given by Benson is’excellent ; it is not neces-

sary to repeat it. The species is readily known by its strong carina-

168 F. Stoliezka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2,

tion of the ante-penultimate whorl and its solid structure ; it is

waxy yellow when fresh and the fine costulation does not become

obsolete at the base, as usual in other allied species. The largest

specimen measures : diam. maj. 11, min. 73, alt. 8 m.m.

The figure in Hanley and Theobald’s “ Conch. Indica” does not

appear to represent this species, but rather the next. The upper

side of the penultimate whorl is never so gibbous and the aper-

ture, I believe, never so truncate and biangular in front, as shewn

in that figure; it is moreover always narrowly rounded.

The young shell consisting of the first 5 whorls is, as usually,

quite regularly coiled, carinated at the periphery, and only dis-

tinguished from similarly formed species of Hetrompm by having

the outer lip above always somewhat produced and peculiarly

sinuous.

The animal is uniform pale yellowish white, often slightly more

yellowish on the fore part of the body.

Hab. This species was met with only on the limestone hills at

the so-called ‘‘Farm-caves,” the original locality where it was

described from.

5. Streptaxis Hanleyanus, Stol., pl. vii, fig. 15.

Streptaxis testa parva, oblique elongata, angusta, profunde

ac late umbilicata, griseo albida; anfractibus 63, supra et infra

striis filiformibus, arcuatis confertisque tectis, primis cire. quatuor,

spiram sub-conoideam formantibus, regulariter involutis, antepenul-

timo ad peripheriam acute carinato, duobus ultimis valde devianti-

bus, et lateraliter productis ; basi subangulato convexa; apertura

fere rectangulariter elongata, angusta: labio parietali tenui, medio

lamella valde projiciente instructo, labro paulo incrassato, undique

reflexo, intus levigato, supra prope suturam conspicuiter insinua-

to; diam. maj, 7°5, d. min. 48 ; axis 3°, alt. testee 4:5; lat. apert.

marginibus inclus. 4°2, alt. apert. 2-2 m.m.

Hab, Prope Moulmein, ad flumen Attaran.

T have only lately received a single specimen of this interesting

species through Mr, Theobald. It is allied to St. Sankeyanus, and

it does not appear improbable that’ Hanley and Theobald’s fig, 7,

\ ise hn .

i a i eee a me =

1871. | F. Stoliczka—Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 169

on pl. viii., in the ‘‘ Conch. Indica,” rather represents the present

species than the former, although it is very difficult to form a correct

idea from such an insufficient illustration, as that given in the above

quoted work. The form of the aperture and the natural size of the

shell, noted by Hanley and Theobald, certainly do not in the least

agree with Benson’s Sankeyanus.

St. Hanleyanus is not only a smaller and more depressed shell,

than the last, but it is very much narrower, with the last whorl

“more largely umbilicated, the aperture being also longer and more

regularly rectangular. The whorls are finely costulated above and

below in both species.

Genus. ENNEA, H. and A. Adams.

Sub-Genus. HUTTONELLA, Pfr.

If we consider LH. bicolor, Hutton, as the type of Huttonella, this

sub-genus includes a small number of Hnnee, possessing a more or less

sub-cylindrical form and four pliciform teeth in the aperture, Two of

the teeth are placed at each side of the prosterior (or upper) angle

of the mouth, producing a sort of a canal, in which terminates the

pulmonary orifice and the anus. The columellar fold is peculiarly

flattened and projecting, somewhat resembling the columellar

expansion of Clausilia; the fourth tooth is usually small, situated

at the base of the outer lip. Most characteristic are the two

folds, or teeth, at the posterior angle of the-aperture.

1. Hynes { Hurronerza] sicotor, Hutton, pl. viii, fig. 7-8,

Pfr. Mon. Hel. Suppl. V, p. 456.

Burmese specimens from Rangoon and Moulmein are quite iden-

tical with those found about Calcutta and India generally, and the

Ceylon and Mauritius form certainly does not differ specifically from

them. Some shells appear to attain sooner their adult state than

others, having the aperture perfectly developed with a length of

only 34 m.m., others grow up to7 and 8m.m. The identity of

Ennea bicolor, with EE. mellita, Gould, and Ceylanica, Pfr., can

hardly be disputed. The supposed peculiarity, pointed out by

Pfeiffer in the last named species, and referring to the shortness

of the last whorl, is by no means constant in Ceylon and South

170 F. Stoliczka— Notes. on terrestrial Mollusca. [ No. 2,

Indian specimens. The denticulations near the suture are generally

distinct, but in large specimens they often become almost obsolete.

I doubt even that Pfeiffer’s #. Pirriec is anything more than a

large bicolor. ‘The short stout form called by Martens, (Ost. Asiat.

Moll. p. 384), var. abbreviata I have obtained at Singapore; it has

a thin, almost hyaline structure, but the whole character is, no doubt,

that of EF. bicolor.

The animal has a long body, laterally strongly compressed, pos-_

teriorly shortened, though on the whole a little more produced than

in Streptaxis, more or less distinctly yellowish ; on the head reddish ;

pedicles long, slightly thickened at the end, their external skin is

yellow, but the internal eye-bearing peduncles are vermilion, eyes

very small ; tentacles small, pale reddish ; mantle deep red, and so is

also the whole of the internal lining of the shell which exhibits

the same, deeper, or brighter red colour as soon as the animal

moves about. When retracted only the median whorls appear as

deep red. Boiling water changes in a moment the red colour to a

greenish yellow, spirits of wine does it only gradually. ‘The lateral

line of the foot is rather distinct.

The mantle is only slightly swollen on either side of the pulmo-

nary opening, rarely produced into a distinct lobe. The internal

anatomy exactly corresponds with that of Streptaxis. The pulmo-

nary cavity extends over the two last whorls when the animal creeps

about; the distance can be well calculated by the position of

the heart which lies at the base of the pulmonary cavity. The uterus

consists of more deeply incised lobes than in Streptaxis. No jaw

has been observed. The radula is very long, the sides curved up

like asheath of a bambd leaf. ‘There are between 80 and 90 trans-

verse series of teeth, arranged in a moderate curve. The centre

tooth is short, sharply pointed with a rapidly widened base. The

adjoining and following teeth are longer, slightly curved, sharply

pointed and with a blunt knob near their bases ; their size gradually

decreases as they proceed outward. There are only 19 teeth in each

transverse series (9—1—9).

The animal of Huttonella bicolor lives generally hidden under ‘ha

wood, stones, and between damp gravel, particularly near the

edges oftanks. Its movements are rather rapid. It is spread almost

1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. 171

all over India and Burma and the Malayan Peninsula. I have,

however, not obtained it anywhere on the higher elevations of the

southern slopes of the Himalayas, and it is probably also absent

in the desert country of North-East India.

2. Hnnea [Huttonella] cylindrelloidea, n. sp., pl. vii, fig. 4.

Ennea testa cylindracea, alba, apice obtusa, medio latissima, basi

paulo contracta, anguste rimata; anfractibus 10, convexiusculis,

suturis profundis sejunctis, primis tribus levigatis, hyalinis, ceteris

confertim transversaliter costulatis, ultimo ad basin rotundate cari-

nato, prope aperturam dissoluto, paulum descendente; apertura

paulo obliqua, rotundate ovata, marginibus expansiusculis cireumda-

ta, supra prope angulum posteriorem lamella obliqua crassissimé,

intrante, valde coarctata, dente opposito in labro externo nonunquam

irregulariter mamillato; lamella parietali profunde sita. Altit.

testee 5, lat. ad medium 1°8 ; alt. apert. 0:9, lat. 0°8 m.m.

- Animal lutescente albidum.

Hab. Damotha, prope Moulmein ; provincia Tenasserim.

This is a very marked form of Hnnea, readily distinguished from

its allies by the cylindric shape of the shell and the separation of

the margins of the aperture from the previous whorl; in this re-

spect resembling some of the West Indian Cylindrelle. I found

only very few specimens between the roots of plants near the lime-

stone rocks at Damotha, N. EH. of Moulmein; the species appears

to be extremely rare.

Fam. PUPIDE.

Pupa lignicola, n. sp., pl. vii, fig. 3.

Pupa testa breviter tumide-ovata, subconica, cornea, vix rimata,

apice obtusa; anfractibus 44, convexiusculis, costulis modice dis-

tantibus, transversalibus, paulo arcuatis, nonnunquam striis tenui-

oribus alternantibus, tectis, ad basin convecam obsoletis ; apertura

subrotundata: labio tenuissimo, levi; rarissime denticulo parvulo

mediano instructo; labro externo tenui, paululum dilatato, edentulo,

in anfractum penultimum vix ascendente ; columella ad basin sensim

expansitiscula, regionem umbilicalem tegente, torta, infra subdenti-

Culata.. Diam. maj. 1°5; d, min. 1°25 alt: 2 m.m,

172 PF. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusca. [ No. 2,

Hab. Moulmein, provincia Tenasserim.

The animal is grey with somewhat, darker, very short pedicles and

almost obsolete tentacles. The columella of the shell is at the base

peculiarly expanded, flattened, somewhat twisted, producing at the

lower part a small denticle. Out of a great number of specimens

only one was met with which has a small tooth about the middle of

the inner or parietal lip; its presence, therefore, must be regarded

as an exceptional character.

The species was found on old masonry of the great Pagoda at

Moulmein, and on the opposite bank of the river at Martaban on

similar wooden structures.

Hypselostoma Dayanum, n. sp., pl. vii, fig. 2.

Hypselostoma testa minuta, conoidea, solidula, pallide brunnea,

apice obtusiuscula, late profundeque perspective umbilicata; an-

fractibus 4, convexis, suturis profundis sejunctis, primo leevigato,

submammillato, ceteris striis inerementi subobsoletis notatis, ultimo

maximo, fere plane voluto, supra ad peripheriam subangulato,

deinde sensim angustiore et ad marginem umbilici rursus obtuse

angulato; apertura fere verticali, vix descendente, conspicuiter dila-

tata, subcirculari ; marginibus junctis, intus crassiusculis et plicose

dentatis ; labio adnato modice expansiusculo, bidentato, dente

superiore majore; labro six-dentato: dentibus duobus in regione

columellari sitis subdistantibus, alteris duobus, in margine externo,

similariter inter se remotis, sed duobus in marg. basali sitis ap-

proximatis, parvis. Diam. maj. 1°1, d. min. 0°8; altitudo 1 m.m.

Hab. Damotha, prope Moulmein.

A single specimen of this very interesting species was found to-

gether with Geortssa liratula, Dipplommatina erispata and carneola,

&e., &c. on the limestone hill at Damotha. Itis the third known

species of the genus. In general form it resembles Blanford’s HH.

Bensonianum from near Ava, but differs in the shape of the last

whorl and inthe dentition of the aperture. The latter is in both

species almost vertical, not turned entirely upwards, as in the type

of the genus, H. tubiferum. As regards form, the present species

indicates still more distinctly the affinities of Hypselostoma to Pupa,

than does MH. Bensonianum,

1871. | F, Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca, 173

IT have not seen the animal of HZ. Dayanum, but that of tubi-

Jerum was noticed by Blanford, and observed by myself. The speci-

mens I saw were pale grey; they had the eye pedicles rather more

elongated than usually in species of Pupa, and more resembling

those of Helix; the tentacles at the base of the rostrum were

very minute, both blackish. The rostrum itself is thick and very

minutely notched at the front edge. The foot is short, ovately

elongated, roundly truncate posteriorly. The animal, when moving,

carries its shell in a reverse position (see pl. vil, fig. 1). On the

whole it greatly resembles that of Anostoma, as figured by Fischer

in Journ. de Conch, for 1869, Vol. ix, pl. xi, figs. 1-2.

Fam. CLAUSILUDA.

Crausit1a Drap.

A short time ago only very few species bolonging to this genus

were known from the Indian regions, but the number is consider-

ably increasing. It is a noteworthy fact that nearly all the species

at present on record characterize the so-called Malayan fauna.

Several species were lately described by E. v. Martens and others

from Sumatra and adjacent islands. I have two new species from

Penang ; one was recorded by Pfeiffer and Dunker from the Nicobars ;

a single specimen of a species, apparently identical with one from

Penang, was obtained by me on the Andaman islands. From Burma

C. insignis and vespa, Gld., C. Philippiana and Gouldiana, Pfr., C.bulbus,

Bens., fusiformis, Blf., and tuba, Hanley (Conch. Indica, pl. xxiv,

fig. 9,) were made known. Theobald described Cl. Mlasoni, which

with the last mentioned species, belongs to a peculiar type of Clau-

selia, having as its close ally Troschel’s Cl. Peruana, classed by H.

and A, Adams and Albers in the subgenus Wenia. Mr. Theobald also

obtained about Moulmein and in eastern Pegu several as yet un-

described species. From the Khasi hills, Benson described Cl. loxo-

stoma, and C. bacillum of Benson was recently figured in the Conch.

Indica. There are, however, at least three other species* from the

same regions, mostly collected by Major Godwin-Austen. Cl, Jos,

Bens., is from Darjeeling, while Cl. cylindrica, Gray, is as yet the

* These and other new species will be described by Mr. W, Blanford, in his

forthcoming Monograph of the Indian species of this genus.

174 F. Stoliczka—wWotes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2,

only species which extends along the Southern slopes of the Hima-

layas westwards into the Sutlej valley.

As no anatomical account has yet been published of any of the

Indian species, I shall give a few details of Cl. Philippiana which,

with Cl. budbus, ( ? vespa), anda small form allied to Philppiana,

represents a peculiar little group of vespiform Clausilie from the

neighbourhood of Moulmein.

CravusitiA [PHEpusa] Puirppiana, Pfr., pl. vi, fig. 7-10.

Mon. Hel., vol. ii, p. 423; Kiister. Syst. Conch.-Kabinet, Clausilia, p. 100,

pl. xi, hea-o:

Without Kiister’s figure it would be difficult to identify Pfeiffer’s

species, that author’s description being in several respects barely

sufficient. Pfeiffer says regarding the 6 whorls ‘‘ primi 6 palanius-

culi ;” this is strictly speaking not the case; it is the apex which is

invariably obliquely flattened or obtuse, but all the whorls are

distinctly convex, and the three upper ones almost more so than the

following. Thetop, or embryonal whorl becomes quite solid in

adults. Further on, Pfeiffer says : ‘‘ plica subcolumellaris immersa,”’

while that fold is perfectly distinctly traceable in the aperture.

There are 7 or 8 palatal ribs on the outer lip, the uppermost

below the suture is the longest, the following short. The lower

palatal plaits become less distinct in old specimens, than they are

inthe adolescent horny and transparent shells, but they never

appear to become obsolete. The other characters relating to the

structure and the dimensions, noted by Pfeiffer, agree well with

the Moulmein shell, except that the oblique longitudinal diameter

of the aperture is rarely 7 m.m. ; usually it is only 63 m.m. in speci-

mens the total height of which is 21 m.m. Pfeiffer’s reference to

the relation of Cl. Philippiana with insignis is not well chosen ; few

shells could be more different than these two; but judging from

the description of Gould’s Cl. vespa, this form must be very closely

allied to Philippiana. The description is brief, but there is strictly

speaking nothing in it which could not equally well apply to the

last named species. | .

A very closely allied species has also lately been obtained by Mr.

Theobald at Nattung, on the Attaran river, near Moulmein.

1871.] EF. Stoliczka—Wotes on terrestrial Mollusca. 175

It has quite the form of Philippiana, but is one third smaller, has

one whorl less and the last whorl is comparatively a little more

stretched. It appears to be a constant form and will probably

deserve a separate specific name.

Hab. Common at the Farm-caves near Moulmein on limestone

hills. id

The animal of Cl. Philippiana is black with a greenish tinge on

the posterior part of the body, which is covered with rather coarse

warts; the pedicles are moderately elongated, pinkish, slightly

swollen at the tips which bear the small eyes centrally; tentacles

very short, but distinct; foot moderately elongated, strong, posteri-

erly obtusely pointed,

The clausilium is thin, white, somewhat broader than the ex-

panded, and also white, portion of the columella, on which it reclines

when the animal protrudes out efits shell. When closed, the exter-

nal edge of the clausilium rest on the palatal folds; this appear

to have the object of preventing the shell being closed hermetical-

ly, that is, to admit a little air even when the animal has retracted

the body in the shell, which it can do far behind the clausilium.

The mantle has a free entire edge, and is internally somewhat

thickened, especially on either side of the pulmonary orifice, At

the place of the labial fold the edge is simply grooved. Cor-

responding to the columellar rib the groove is much stronger

and deeper, extending with free raised edges to the mantle-

margin. The lewer (or anterior) of these lamellar edges is se-

micircularly enlarged, and towards the end folded over; it se-

eretes the columellar fold, with its internal laminar projection for

the support of the clausilium. The upper (or posterior) edge is

smaller and evidently secretes the clausilium; it becomes folded

over the former when the animal protrudes out of its shell.

As regards the internal structure there is nothing very distinct

from the anatomy of the Henicipm, as may be seen by a comparison

of figure 8 on pl. vi, and the explanation accompanying it.

The pulmonary cavity is narrow and long, the mantle for-

ming it being rather thick and of a deep pinkish black colour. The

kidney is of a large sub-triangular form, and one portion of it

almost entirely envelopes the heart. The mouth is small and the

176 F’. Stoliczka— Notes on terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 2,

salivary glands lie immediately behind it, covering the anterior

part of the alimentary canal, while in most Hexticipm, they are

on long peduncles and situated at the lower anterior base of the

stomach. The oral parts and the salivary glands are pinkish grey.

The intestines make only a slight bent and the rectum is accom-

panied by a very narrow albuminous gland, along which also the

duct leading from the kidney appears to lay.

The retractor muscle of the body is divided in two very broad and

strong parts; they are attached to the anterior end of the food,

below the mouth, and divide posteriorly again into several thin

branches, The retractor muscles, supporting the buccal parts, are

shorter and also bipartite. The nervous glanglion ring lies imme-

diately behind the mouth and is covered up by the anterior part of

the salivary glands; it is very thin and gives only a few very thin

branches to the lips, the pedicles and to the generative organs,

The small extent of the nervous system is very striking, as com-

pared with the same organs in the HELicip# and Zoniriwm.

The generative organs fill the anterior part of the body nearly

entirely. The uterus is comparatively thin, of grey colour; the al-

buminous gland (alg), attached to it, very large, nearly as long qs the

uterus, and more than double its thickness. The receptacalum semi-

nis (rs) is an oval pedunculated gland, laying either along the

uterus, or obliquely across the body, a short distance below the

hermaphrodite opening, enveloped in soft tissue. It is provided

with a long appendage, attached along the uterus, and equal in

length to it. This appendage (ad) contains an orange coloured,

tough flagellum, filled with a whitish substance, and possibly

represents, the arrow (or amatorial) sac.

I have not observed the presence of spermatozoa in the so-called

‘receptaculum seminis;’ it was filled with flattened transparent

bodies and some colouring matter. The vas deferens branehes off

about half way from the uterus, makes a few twists, attaches itself

to the tissue just below the hermaphrodite opening, and then shortly

after becomes thickened, being at this place fixed with a small and

thin retractile muscle. The penis makes three distinct twists, or

almost coils ; it is very long and the terminal half is more thickened

than the other; it ends with a thin flagellum.

1871.] W. E. Ayrton—Quant. Meth. of Test. Telg. Earth. 177

The jaw is semilunar, narrow, thin, concentrically very finely,

and radiately distantly and indistinctly, striated, the anterior cou-

cave edge is nearly perfectly entire.

The radula is long, moderately narrow, commited of about 80

transverse, slightly angular series of teeth, there being 53 teeth in

each series. The centre tooth is smaller than the adjoining, with a

simple, inflected and pointed tip ; it is contracted towards the base,

The 14 inner laterals are longer and stronger than the 12 outer

laterals. They are all tri-cusped; at first the median cusp is by far

the largest, gradually, the lateral increase in size, while at the

same time the median cusp decreases, until on the outermost lateral

teeth the three cusps are almost equal. On the whole the form of

the teeth agrees better with that of the Hexicipm than with the

Zonitips#. The dental formula is 12 + 14 — 1 — 14 + 12.

Pon nnn nn on orn eee

ON A QUANTITATIVE METHOD OF TESTING A “ TELEGRAPH EHArtu,’’—

by W. E. Ayrton, Esa.

[Received and read 6th April, 1871.]

The method that has been used up to the present time for testing

a telegraph “‘ earth’ has been a qualitative method only, that is

to say, although it may in a rough way have answered the question,

is an “earth” good or bad, it was quite unable to give any answer

to the question, how good or how bad.

In Europe the ordinary way to make an “‘earth” is to use the

iron gas, or water pipes, but in most places in India such pipes do

not exist, so that some large piece of metal has to be buried for

this purpose. A coil of iron wire, a piece of an iron post, or a

copper plate have been used at different times. Now as the nature

of the ground in the immediate neighbourhood of this buried piece

of metal greatly affects its electrical utility, it becomes a question

of great practical importance to determine in absolute units the

resistance of the ‘‘earth’”’ used in each particular case.

The following method devised by Mr. Schwendler is at present

in use in the Indian Telegraph Department.

178 W. E. Ayrton— Quantitative Method [No. 2,

Select two other earths which are neither in metallic connection

with each other nor with the telegraph earth to be tested. Two

iron telegraph posts near the office answer the purpose very well,

only care must be taken that there is perfect metallic contact be-

tween the leading wire and the iron post in each case. In the dry

season if would be advisable to pour water over the three ‘ earths’”

used. Measure the resistance between each set of ‘ earths,”

and in this way obtain three independent equations containing the

three resistances of the three “ earths,’’ and the known resistances

_ of the three leading wires going respectively from each ‘ earth’ to

the testing arrangement. For instance calling x the resistance

of the “earth” to be measured, that is, the resistance between the

copper plate or iron wire (or whatever the ‘‘ earth” consists of) and

the ground, and a the known resistance of the wire leading from this

“earth” to the testing arrangement, y and z the resistances of

the other two earths, and 8 andy the resistances of their leading

wires we have—

x+y+o+fP=r,

ytz+R+y=r

atx+tyto=r, /'

From these three equations, eliminating y and z, we opie

r,—-T, Ps

ete

And the question would be completely solved, if earth circuits

did actually behave as simple metallic circuits. This is, however, not

the case, For in the first place an “ earth” long used for telegra-

phic purposes frequently acquires a highly polarized state, giving

rise to a current. Secondly if the ‘‘earths’” used are not of the

same material, for instance one an iron-post and the other a copper

plate, they will form a galvanic element with the ground giving

rise to acurrent. Thirdly a real earth current may exist from ter-

restrial causes, and lastly the testing current itself polarizes the

‘‘earths.” Consequently the measurement of the same set of

earths taken successively with positive and negative currents will —

not agree, and they will differ from each other much, if the ©

current, due to the “earths,” is large in comparison with the test- —

ing current itself. It, therefore, becomes necessary to devise some

method by which trustworthy tests may be made, and to see how

2 i ma

th ee Tee ce

1871. | of Testing a Telegraph Earth. 179

from the tests the real resistances of the ‘earths’ may be arrived

at.

Before and after each set of tests note the whole, or a definite

portion, of the current caused by the two earths under measure-

ment, by simply joining the two earths together through a galva-

nometer and observing the deflection. If this deflection is practi-

cally the same before and after the two tests with reverse currents,

the ‘‘ earths”? have not altered their electrical condition while being

tested, and the two values obtained may be used for further calcu-

lation. In order to keep the electrical condition of the “earths” |

constant, by preventing them becoming polarised by the testing

current, it is necessary to measure with only momentary currents.

The formula which gives the actual value of the resistance of a

pair of earths from the two values obtained by testing with posi7

tive and negative currents depends, of course, on the kind of testing

arrangement employed. Fora Wheatstone’s balance the formula is

BF (A + B)(W’ + W") + Bf AcW'+W) +2 W'W"t

AB (W’ + W’) +2 AF (A+B) + 2A°B ~

where A and B represent the branch resistances in the bridge,

3 en

(I1)*

A the resistance opposite to r the resistance to be measured,

F the resistance of the testing battery, and W’ and W” the

resistances unplugged respectively in the comparison coil to obtain

balance when testing with reverse currents. Putting A equal to

B, or testing with equal branches we have

_ @F+A) Ms ey ee We

(2 ee ae ee

If W’ and W" are very nearly equal, or small compared with A

and F we have

ERD)

rrtd Ww’ = Wy"

If the instrument used a a differential galvanometer in which

the two coils have equal resistance, but opposite magnetic momem-

tum, then

_ @F+6)(W' CW’ =") hei Wn

Mee Wy! So Week oak Ge.

* (See Appendix I, p. 181). + (See Appendix IT, p. 182).

ft (See Appendix ITI, p. 183).

Sa emia nee VE

180 W. E. Ayrton— Quantitative Method [No. 2,

where G stands for the resistance of one of the coils of the

galvanometer.

By formule (II) (III) or (IV) the resistances respectively be-

tween each set of earths can be correctly calculated, and these

values being substituted for r, r, and r, in formula (I), we can find

x the required resistance of the earth.

When a Wheatstone’s bridge or differential galvanometer are

not available the required resistance of the ‘‘ earth’? may be ob-

tained in the following way by comparative deflections. For

simplicity two leading wires only need be used, one just long

enough to reach to the most distant ‘‘ earth” of the three, and the

other just long enough to reach the next distant.

Make the five following observations of deflections with the

galvanometer, the same battery being used in all cases, and each

test made with positive and negative currents and the mean taken.

I. When the galvanometer alone is in circuit : deflection = a®.

IT. When the two leading wires, and the galvanometer are in

circuit : deflection = b°.

III. When the Telegraph earth, one of the new earths, the two

leading wires, and the galvanometer are in circuit : deflection = c°,

IV. When the Telegraph earth, the other new earth, the two

leading wires and the galvanometer are in circuit: deflection = d°.

VY. When the two new earths, the two leading wires, and the

galvanometer are in circuit: deflection = e°.

Then if the deflections are small, so that they are proportional

to the currents, we have

_G+F (: 8) ee ) a

Fifi oy dag Ce

where x is the required resistance of the ‘earth’ G and F

ths known resistances of the galvanometer and battery respectively.

If the deflections be large and the galvanometer used by a sine

or tangent galvanometer, then the sines or tangents respectively of

the deflections must be substituted in the above formula instead of

the simple deflections themselves.

* (See Appendix IV, p. 183).

1871. ] of Testing a Telegraph Earth. 181

(Appendix I.)

Equation (II) is necessarily precisely similar to that given by

Mr. Schwendler in his ‘‘ testing instructions” for finding the resis-

tance of a line when a natural current exists in it; but as the

proof, for brevity’s sake, has been omitted there, I have given it as

follows in its simplest form.

In the following figure, when balance is established, that is, when

no current goes through the galvanometer, we have, by Kirchhoff’s

equations, when the earth current tends to help the testing current.

ann

eee | ||| o_

» \

Ye vid |

rte Ze ; |

ete

whe > |

O,A—U,B=o0

Cir — OC, W’ ce Abs veh ~s eee Ene

(0, +O) F4C, (B +x) = H+e!]

where E is the electromotive force of ihe testing battery, and

e that of the earth current.

182 W. E. Ayrton— Quantitative Method [No. 2,.

If the testing battery be reversed so that the earth current tends

to, oppose the testing current we have—

(kee Ge ces ;

OF Wi 0 b= er eee oes ce fe

(OO. 7 P10 (84) 2s

From equations (VIII) by eliminating ©, we obtain.

A )

C, BR 1 bre C, W iy z

A A ~ K+ es

ree — W'

B 1

or was Aye ne = pes eeevsones ‘ (X)

(+5 )F+ 5 (B+) +1

Similarly from equations (IX) we obtain—

ws 3

ne wee

A A “vie

ae —_—-( 5 pi eyes

(+ >)r+3(8 >) ——1

Eliminating co from equations (X) and (XI) we obtain.

BF(A + B)(W/+ W%) + BY ACW’ + W") +2-W! Ww"

ce AB(W’+ W’) +2 AF (A+B) +2A°B

k (Appendix IT.) 4

First let W’ and W” be very nearly equal, that is,

let W” = W’ + dW’

then 2-°W’ W” = 2 W’ (W’ + dw’)

= W? + (W +-dWwy.— dw

- 2W W" = (W + W’)? — 2.W WwW’ — dw)

or 2 W’ W" = Nee ta

in which the square of a differential only is neglected. Substitut- 4

ing this value for 2 W’ W” in equation (IIT) we obtain : |

1871. ] of Testing a Telegraph Earth. 183

2(2F + A)(W'+ Ww") a (W’ + W")’

2 2

CSC

—

Secondly let W’ and W” be both small compared with A

and F, but W’ and W” not necessarily equal to one anotlier,

then

Sa Ay OW se WV)

, 2256 +A)

WwW’ + W”

approximately,

approximately.

—

(Appendix III.)

Equation (IV) can be obtained directly from equation (IIL) by

substituting G for A, and this is precisely what would be antici-

pated since the law for a differential galvanometer, when the cur-

rents balance one another, must be precisely the same as that for a

Wheatstone’s Bridge at balance with equal branches; the two

branches of the Bridge corresponding respectively with the coils of

the differential galvanometer.

(Appendix IV.)

If x, y, z, be the resistances of the three ‘earths’? used, and

a and f the resistances of the two leading wires then.

where M isa constant depending on the

a? = Gu F battery power employed, and the deli-

a eacy of the galvanometer.

b° = ~

G+F+a+ 8

c= ———. — =

G+tF+x+ty+tatf

4° M

G+tF+xt+tzt+ta+ ff

" M

e = -——— SARC.

184 W. E. Ayrton— Quantative Method [No. 2,

Eliminating y, z, (2 + £), and M from the preceding five

equations we obtain—

<ti (2. a a =)

Me =

aD Neet oa ake

As an illustration of the method described in this paper I made

the following experiments with three earth plates, each 2 feet by 4,

and using a Wheatstone’s Bridge as my testing arrangement.

Experiment 1. The plates were buried vertically and parallel

to one another with the longer edges horizontal and so that the

line joining the centres of the plates was perpendicular to each

plate. The centres were 4 feet apart, and 2 feet 6 inches below

the surface of the ground,

The resistances of the circuit from plate A through the ground

to plate C was very little more than that of the circuit from plate

A through the ground to plate B although C was twice as far form

A as B was, thus showing than in earth circuits the resistance is

not so much in the earth itself, but exists between the surface of

the metal plate and the earth. Using in the way previously ex-

plained in this paper the values I obtained I found that—

Resistance of plate A = &:49 Siemens Units.

” -» B= 5°86 ” ”

” C = 10:23 ” ”

Experiment 2, The plates A and C remained as before, but B

was placed horizontally, its centre being still 2 feet 6 inches below

1871. ] of Testing a Telegraph Earth, 185

the surface of the ground, and 4 feet from the centres of A and B.’

Resistance of plate A = 8-958. U

”? 9 B= 6°2 sf 5x

‘i go SS aay ke hae

The values are somewhat higher than those previously obtained,

but this I think is due to the ground being drier than before.

Experiment 3. Plates A and B remained as before, but B was

placed horizontally, with its centre only 6 inches below the surface,

Resistance of plate A —= 9448. U

9 cP) B= 17-49 ee)

a Pa Mog opine! £59 eee

so that the resistance of B is nearly three times as great as it was

before.

Experiment 4. All the plates in the same position as in the last

experiment, but B was well surrounded with a layer of charcoal.

Resistance of plateA —= 9°398.U

” ” Ls gee Wie 999

”? ” C aa? 11:99 99099

these results are very nearly the same as those obtained in experi-

ment 38,

As a general rule, it may be said, that the lower an earth

plate is buried the less is its resistance, or the better is it for tele-

graphic purposes. This rule, however, must be used with caution,

because it assumes that the ground is of the same conducting

quality at the different depths.

For example at the Jubbulpore office in order to obtain a good

“earth” a large copper earth plate 5 feet square was buried ver-

tically 17 feet deep. On my passing through Jubbulpore I tested

this earth plate and found that it had a resistance of 50S. U. On

having the plate dug up I found that the high resistance was due

to the plate having been buried in solid sandstone. I afterwards

had the plate buried horizontally in the upper stratum of the soil

and well surrounded with charcoal, and now the resistance was only

20 S. U, or less than one half of what it was before.

At Raneegunge Mr. Schwendler found that the earth plate there

never had more than 0°5 S. U resistance. This very low resistance

was probably due to the coal which exists there from 2 to 4 feet

below the surface and in some places is actually exposed.

186 [No. 2,

ON A NEW SPECIES OF VESPERTILIO, by G. E. Donson, B. A., M. B.,

Assistant Surgeon, H. M.’s British Forces.

[Received 1st March, 1871.]

For a period of ten years, the history of the Indian Cheiroptera

has been in abeyance. In the beginning of 1861, Mr. Blyth pub-

lished his last remarks on some new species of this order in the

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society, and so brought to a close his

contributions to our knowledge of this very interesting order of

Mammals, an order which he enlarged by the addition, not only

of several new species but also a new genus, recording also in the

Journal of the Society his original observations on the habits of

some individuals.* In Dr. Jerdon’s ‘Mammals of India’ published

in 1867, the order is systematically treated of, but no species not

included in Blyth’s catalogue are described. In Europe during

the past ten years the progress of knowledge in this direction has

not been great, and the Cheiroptera have in common with other

orders of the higher classes of animals shared equal neglect, since

naturalists began to examine into final causes, and in the study

of developmental theories confined the greater portion of their

attention to the extreme limits of the zoological series — to Monkeys

and Monads.

I have, therefore, much satisfaction in bringing to the notice

of zoologists a new species of Insectivorous_bats.

Vespertilio auratus. Pl. x, figs. 1—2.

Top of the head very slightly elevated, thickly covered with

woolly hair which extends forwards upon the face, forming a fringe

* His paper on the blood-thirsty propensities of some individuals of the

genus ‘‘ Megaderma”’ will well repay perusal. See J. A. 8S. Beng., vol. xi.

+ In the abstract of this paper in the Proceedings Asiatic Society for March,

1871, this species was referred to as Kerivoula aurata, but taking Tomes’ and

Peters’s view of classification, I believe, that Kerivoula can be regarded only as

a sub-genus of Vespertilio. A figure of the head and ear of the species will be

published i in the next number of the Journal.

In the same number of the Proceedings I have made reference to a peculiar

Murina like bat which I believed to belong to a new genus, for which I proposed

1871. | G. E. Dobson— On a new Vespertilio. 187

along the margin of the upper lip, almost concealing the minute

eyes, and leaving the tip of the nose alone uncovered.

Ears ovate, with obtusely pointed tips directed outwards; outer

margin concave immediately beneath the tip, becoming gradually

convex and forming a small lobe near the base: tragus long,

narrow, and obtusely pointed ; inner margin straight, outer mar-

gin curved outwards at the base for about one-third its length,

then ascending straight, equally inclined to the inner margin; on

the curve near the base a very small lobulus is placed, which is

not succeeded by an emargination. Nose projecting slightly

beyond upper lip, with a very shallow emargination between the

nostrils which open sublaterally.

Thumb rather long, basal phalanx less than half its length ;

foot moderately large, toes more than half its length. Wing mem-

brane very broad, attached close to base of outer toe, beautifully

variegated with orange and brown-black. ‘The portions of dark

coloured membrane are triangular in form, and occupy the spaces

between the second and third, and third and fourth fingers, and

also the space included between the fourth finger and a line drawn

from the carpus to the angle. All the remaining portions of mem-

brane, including the ears and interfemoral membrane, are orange.

The orange colour extends in narrow lines along the fingers, the

bones of which are of the same hue, and is dispersed over the

dark triangular spaces in dots and streaks.

The fur of the back is everywhere thick and woolly, tricoloured,

dusky at the base for about one-third its length, then light fawn

colour, the ends of the hairs tipped with light golden brown ;

beneath light fawn colour, the hairs paler at the base.

Above, the fur of the back extends upon the humerus and

ante-humeral membrane for half their length, on the wing mem-

branes it occupies but a very small space, about 0”.3 wide, termi-

the name Stenopterus. I have since examined several specimens of Murina

suilla from the same locality, and it appears to me very probable that the

narrowness of the wing in the so-called Stenopterus, and the smaller number

of phalanges, has to be attributed to an accidental abnormity in a specimen

of the above noticed Murina. I, therefore, defer characterizing that specimen

until I may be enabled to trace its exact relation to Murina. The name

Stenopterus, having been already used in other branches of Zoology, cannot

again be employed in this case, '

188 G. E. Dobson—On a new Vespertiho. _ Nore

nating rather abruptly; behind, it passes on to the inter-femoral

membrane covering nearly half its surface and, leaving the posterior

half of the interfemoral membrane, the calcanea and metatarsi

bare, reappears on the back of the toes.

Beneath, the fur of the thorax extends along the humerus to the

elbow joint, and as far as a line drawn from the elbow to the

knee joint the wing membrane is covered with a few scattered hairs ;

behind, the fur of the abdomen extends backwards upon the inter

femoral membrane, rather densely at the root of the tail, but

quickly thinning out into a few, very short, scattered hairs which

extend over half its surface. The back of the ear is naked except

at the base, in front it is clothed with a few short hairs.

B., 2—2 ; 2—2 : 3—3

Dentition. In. 57 1 Pr asa) Maat

Length, head and body, 45. ..iscccsesesnsersedessedsespsares cme. | Stee mnORIEID

go bunt BAly shoe is.a's ven panis de bes mogaairg sis onedy tty a gastgaaassrege sheen nnn

ap*, SROBICL, » i reais sano pis'sg @¥yee nb odie ao aude bes c oorias'en re mee a

Height OF OAL, cys sca seas vos vhs poesed eukrds asp yos-as sap agen sae eee inane

Breadth ,, env'a's Sade see osisitid sparc Vein ong ree ¥ p's coy ap 0s een eee

Tieng bh OF MGEARUS,. 0. abcess scenes ved see iguiceeicontS shh see heeitan Sanna

Breadth ,, (GPOAKORL), chaise ccdteccdenetest sega pos on

Length of forearm; cs .cs ce) ves santa’ (oscalsestien ved see MMoaylive tet eee

- Zi SESE 5 « saieles digading tng Lg> adnan gadgeeek peer oe Ree BD Lg

be Ait“ yy’ Lan ane ace de'eostbute Gene sips gay nine MRED tere nan

. PECTIN 5 cain a cd ne's'0 24° b0's 0.4 e's else's <i /s'ee/ ameair an nn

a PADUA, 265 oad tcp sae, ven ouetecuee eer es eset ee eee DT rae

* foot atid ClaWS,) si. on) ss can cecacsedicselschsdasas'epe Mann

43 CALCAVOUIM, oJ dies sea nn sacbne anes nals! sales ct.sihes snnae een

FIXPAMISO,... bef ave dawigselspujaansensen oodsse evan qar-sdesngs0] abo cie sayin enn

On first examining the specimen, from which the foregoing —

description is obtained, I was inclined to believe it might be referred

to either V. formosus (Hodgs.), or V. rufo-pictus (Waterh.), but

a more careful comparison with the descriptions of these species

given by Mr. Tomes in the Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. rendered

it evident that it differs, not only in dentition, but also in several

other important characters, as the form of the tragus, the position

of the emargination on the outer edge of the ear, the distribution

and colour of the fur, &c.

Loc. Darjeeling.

ee ae

1871.] 189

Conrrisutions To Inpran CarcinoLtocy.—On Inpran aAnp Marayan

TELPHUSIDA, Part I,—by James Woop-Mason of Queen’s College,

— Oxford.

(With Plates XI and XII.)

[Read 5th April, received 25th April, 1871. ]

In the year 1869,* M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards published a

Revision of the genus Zelphusa with descriptions of some new forms

which brought up the number of known species to thirty-six.

In 1868,} EK. von Martens (in a paper entitled ‘‘ Ueber einige Ost-

asiatische NSiisswasserthiere’ described 7. Borneensis from the rivers

of Borneo. |

In this, the first part of my paper on the TELPHUSIDZ, which

will be continued in succeeding numbersof the Journal, I shall

give descriptions of fifteen new species; of which two belong to

Milne-Edwards’ sub-genus Paratelphusa.

For the opportunity of drawing up these descriptions, I am

especially indebted to my friend, Dr. F. Stoliczka, who has also

added to the Museum collections under my care many interesting

species of marine Crustacea ; to Dr. Francis Day ; to my colleague

Dr. J. Anderson ‘who collected several species during the Yunan

expedition ; to Major Godwin-Austen and to Captain Stewart-Pratt

of Morar; to Messrs. W. T. Blanford, V. Ball, H. L. Houghton

and above all to that indefatigable observer Mr. 8. H. Peal of

Sibsaugur who has so greatly enriched the collections of the

Indian Museum in every group of the Arthropoda.

The TELPuusipm are essentially fresh-water Crustaceans, but in

India are commonly called land-crabs from the circumstance that

many of the species are able to live for a very considerable time

out of water, far removed from rivers, tanks, marshes, jhils, &c.,

provided that the air that enters the branchial chamber is sufficient-

ly saturated with moisture to prevent the branchiz from becoming

desiccated, and so unfitted for the performance of their respiratory

functions. My freind, Captain Stewart Pratt, forwarded to me, at

the commencement of the present hot season, specimens of Zelphusa

* Nouvelles arch. du Mus., 1869, tom. V, p. 161—191, pl. 8—11,

+ Wiegmann’s Archiv fiir Naturg., xxxiv, Jahrg., 1 Bd., p. 18.

190 J. Wood-Mason—On Telphuside. [No. 2,

Indica which he had obtained from holes dug by the crabs in

the neighbourhood of water; the bottoms of these holes were

found to be below the level of the neighbouring water, and ther®

appears to be good reason for believing that these creatures deepen

their holes part passu with the change in the level of the water,

so that moisture sufficient for the maintenance of their branchize

in a state fit for respiration may reach their retreats. Col. Sykes’

account* of the so-called land-crabs of the Dekhan, prefixed to.

Prof. Westwood’s description of TZelphusa cunicularis = Indica,

Latr., gives a good idea of the terrestrial habits, the prodigious

numbers, and the extent of the burrowings of these creatures.

Stimpson,f influenced by the feeble development of the post-fron-

tal crest and by the absence of the epibranchial teeth in certain

species, but especially by their terrestrial habits, gave them the

generic appellation of Geotelphusa. But, as M. Alphonse Milne-

Edwards justly remarks, there appear to be no sufficient reasons for

the foundation of this new genus, the definition of the limits of

such an artificial group being difficult, because there are species

possessing all the essential characters of Zelphusa, in which the

frontal crests become more and more obliterated and the epibran-

chial teeth scarcely perceptible. *

The land-crabs, properly so-called, belong to the Gucarcrinipm, a

family of the CrusTacza araprsomea of Dana (= CaromEropa,

M. Edw., minus Tutpnusimns), and are well known from the ac-

counts of the extraordinary periodical migrations of the species

of the West Indian genus Gecareinus to the sea for the purpose of

depositing their eggs or brood. This family is represented in

India by Cardisoma which is widely distributed, and by Gecarcinuca

Jacquemonti, M.—Hdw., occurring in great numbers in company

with Zelphusa Guerini, M.—Edw., at Khandalla in the Western

Ghats.

Dana in his great work on the Crustacea, acknowledging the

greater affinities of TELpHusIDm to the Cancrompza, to which they

are united by such forms as Zriphia, removed them from their

* Trans. Entom. Soc. Lond. vol. i, p, 181.

+ Proc. Acad. Nat, Sc. Phil. 1858, p. 179. -

Cee a a

1871. ] J. Wood-Mason—On Telphuside. 191

association with the Grapsmpm in the Caromeropa, and placed them

in their more natural position next to the CancrorpEA TYPIOA under

the legionary name of the TELPHUSINEA gr CANCROIDEA GRAPSIDICA,

on the ground that they possess the same number of branchie,

a similar abdomen, and have the male copulatory organs similarly

inserted in the basilar joint of the last pair of ambulatory legs,

and covered from their origin by the abdomen. The TrLpHusipz,

however, evidently constitute a transition between the CANcROIDEA

TYPICA and the GRAPSOIDEA, as may be seen from their general

Grapsoid form,

The family Texrnustps is divisible into the followifig genera and

subgenera :—

TreLpuusa, (Syn. Geotelphusa): Hab. Southern Europe, Africa,

India and its islands, Burma, China, Australia, Chili.

ParaTeLPHHsA: Hab. South-Eastern Bengal, Assam, Burma,

Pegu, China, Siam and the Indo-Malayan Archipelago.

Boscia, Ditocarcrnus, Sytviocarcinus, Poramocarcinus, TRIcHO-

pactyius, &c.: Hab. Tropical America.

Droxenta: Hab. Eastern Africa (Zanzibar). This genus resem-

bles the TELPHUsID# in the development of the branchial regions

and in the position of the male copulatory organs, but the structure

of the external maxillipedes and position of the efferent orifices of

the branchial cavities recalls the disposition of these parts in the

Oxystomatous Crustacea. |

Of the developmental history of the TELpHusIpD# nothing is, I be-

lieve, known, and I extremely regret that I have not yet had an op-

portunity of making observations on this head ; but this I can say,

that the ova are of large size and fewin number. Whether, however,

direct development without metamorphosis is correlated with the

large size of the eggs and their fewness in number, as in the single

instance amongst the Brachyura (in Gecarcinus), investigated by

Prof. Westwood, or whether the young commence their existence

as Zoéas, as in another species of the same genus, noted by Thom-

son, must be left for future observations. Arguing from what

Rappers in the case of fresh-water branchiferous Gasteropods,* the

* Troschel, Hand, der Zoologie.

199 J. Wood-Mason— On Telphuside. [No. 2;

young of which possess no ciliated buccal lobes, while these are

possessed by the allied Lrrrorinipm, and from other instances im

which fresh-water allies gf marine animals, which do undergo

a metamorphosis, are ametabolous, it is probable that the young of

the TrLtpHusipm leave the egg in a condition differing but little

from that of their parents. |

CRUSTACEA CANCROIDEA.

TELPHUSINEA VEL CANCROIDEA GRAPSIDICA,

Kam,—TELPHUSIDA.

Genus.—Tutpuusa, Latreille.

Diagnosis. —Carapace broader than long, with the interregional

furrows little marked, with the exception of the cervical suture

which is occasionally very deeply impressed. Front deflexed,

generally with a straight free margin ; orbits large with their infero-

internal angle sending upwards a stout vertical tooth to about

against the antenne, which are exceedingly small and lodged in

the inner canthus of the eye. Antennulary pits pretty long, but

very narrow. External maxillipedes large with their third joint

subquadrate, with the antero-internal angle truncated and giving”

insertion to the fourth joint. Sternal region almost as long as broad.

Abdomen of both males and females constituted by 7 free somites.

Sub-genus.—Paratetpuusa, M.-Hdw.

The species referable to the subgenus Paratelphusa are FO

characterized by the presence of an acute spine on the superior

angle of the meropodites of the chelipedes, situated just behind the

constriction near the distal articular end of the joint; the inferior

angles of the joint being rounded off, and devoid of the tubercles

which are invariably present in Telphusa.

Paratelphusa Dayana, n. sp. Pl. XI.

The carapace is much broader than long, the greatest brondili

being measured between the points of the last epibranchial tooth,

extremely convex, smooth, punctate, and appears finely granular

under an ordinary lens. The branchial lobes are greatly swollen

and are not sub-divided into anterior and posterior divisions ; iss

mesial crescentic portion of the cervical suture is distinctly mar

DENIM

1X 1d

‘ds punhag osmydyayo.uw a

ni e®

YUnT paiphpa ss

J.WOOD-MASON._ Journ: Asiat: Soc: Bengal, Vol: XL,Pt: HW; 1871. : eX

- aS u

Z— Gann

sone a ok

Aa 00 bovnnoy /

(

S28 9993 Pro

1-4, Paratelphusa Spiiigera,p. 194. 5-7. Telphusa tigubris, p 197, 8-12 Telphusa Stolicxkana, p-199,

’

{

¢ =

\ ei y

f = {

rea

* -

;

i +4 ,

" Ce ~

-, pe r a

YR VS ee

my a

bea

A Cedi ic

aw < e" re ag

- Segntey

4871. ] J. Wood-Mason— On Telphusida, 193

and continued nearly to the level of the last epibranchial tooth,

where it ends to appear again opposite the second tooth, whence it

passes to the edge of the post-frontal crest which it but faintly

indents. The post-frontal ridge is well marked and, between the

point at which its edge is notched by the passage across it of the

cervical suture and the anterior epibranchial tooth, is crenulated ;

the cardiac lobe is marked off from the branchial by two shallow

almost linear depressions on each side of the middle line, and in front

from the urogastric by a line curving almost concentrically with

the convexity of the cervical suture. The epigastric lobes are

slightly wrinkled or feveate anteriorly, and advanced beyond the

line of the post-frontal crest as in Paratelphusa spinigera, and sepa-

rated from one another by the mesogastric suture, which rapidly

bifurcates as it passes backwards, appearing as a short V-shaped

impression on the carapace, the space intercepted between the arms

of the V being the point of the narrow anterior prolongation of

the mesogastric lobe. "

The antero-lateral margins are inclined and armed, not counting

the blunt extra-orbital tooth with its curved external margin, each

with four acute, spiniform epibranchial teeth of which the most

anterior is the largest; the rest are equal in size to, and equidis-

tant from each other; from the last a short well defined keel;

obscurely crenated on its inner edge, passes backwards and inwards

on to the carapace which is marked with a few small straggling

tubercles along the line of the epibranchial spines. Front very

broad especially at base, punctate, finely. granular and transversely

wrinkled, its free margin is bayed in the middle line, but not greatly

lamellar and projecting forwards over the epistomial region, as

in Paratelphusa sinensis, M.-Kdw., and in P. spinigera.

The inflected portion ofthe carapace is finely tuberculated ante-

riorly ; anterior pleural lobe distinct and almost devoid of tuber-

cles; posterior pleural smooth, thickly granulated where it bounds

the anterior pleural.

The anterior boundary of the epistoma is crenulated; its pos-

terior margin is notched on each side of the middle line from which

along sharp process extends downwards between the palpiform

appendages of the external maxillipedes; this process does not

194 J. Wood-Mason— On Telphuside. [No. 2,

correspond exactly with the triangular process of the epistoma in

other species of Telphusa, but is the greatly developed median palatal

ridge ; externally to each notch the posterior margin of the epistoma

forms two distinct lobes with granulated edges. The second

joint of the external maxillipedes is punctate and its external mar-

gin crenulated. The third joint is much broader than long and

has its external and anterior angles well rounded off and distinctly

granular ; the exopodite is crenulated on its internal margin. The

abdomen of the male differs greatly from that of Paratelphusa

spinigera, having the form of an isosceles triangle.

The chelipedes are greatly unequal in size, both in males and

females, especially in the former; the meropodites have their

ventral angles rounded off as in Paratelphusa spinigera, their outer

or posterior face rugose, their posterior angle also rugose and

armed with a sharp spine arising just proximally to the constric-

tion near the distal articular end; carpopodites faintly rugose

above, armed with a single excessively long, stout spine; penulti-

mate joint obsoletely tubercular above, externally and internally

all but smooth ; in the larger claw a considerable hiatus exists

between the dentated margin of the prolongation of this joint and

that of the dactylopodite, which in the smaller claw is through-

out its length in complete contact with the immoveable arm of the

pincers.

The terminal joints of the ambulatory legs are extremely slender,

acute, and armed with fine sharp spines.

Breadth; 02600. (etd . SRE et eel

Denotes Oct iSe.GEE NS alssie Shale oaths ONT eee

Hab. Mandélé and Prome, Upper Burma,

Plate XI. Fig. 1. Paratelphusa Dayana, of the natural size ;

2. Front view. 38. External view of right chela. 4. External

maxillipede. 5. Abdomen of the male. 6. The same of a female.

PARATELPHUSA SPINIGERA, Pl. XII, Figs. 1-4.

‘ Thelphusa spinigera, White, MSS. List of the specimens of Crustacea in

the collection of the British Museum, p. 30, (no description),

Carapace very greatly broader than long, smooth except on the

postero-lateral margin which bears numerous wrinkles; these are con-

1871. | J. Wood-Mason—On Telphusida. 195

tinued neither on to the inflected portion of the carapace, nor on the

posterior pleural region ; front broad,punctate, projecting pent-house

fashion over the antennulary pits between which it wholly forms

the broad septum ; its free margin is sinuous, presenting mesially

a broad shallow bay; orbital borders indistinctly crenulated; the

anterior pleural or subhepatic regions are faintly marked off from

the inflected portion of the carapace which bounds them external-

ly, while they are most distinctly separated from those portions of

the posterior pleural lobes which pass forwards, so as‘to form the

parallel boundaries of the buccal frame by a deep groove, running

outwards and backwards from the epistoma; this is deeply exca-

vated and its posterior margin sends backwards in the middle line

a short broad-based triangular projection. The extra-orbital angle

is somewhat obtuse and is widely separated from the single acute for-

wardly directed epibranchial spine,in the rear of which is a very short

smooth crest. Branchial lobes enormously swollen and not subdivid-

ed, separated from the gastric region by the deeply impressed cervical

suture which does not pass through the postfrontal crest; this

subsides without reaching the acute, arched antero-lateral margin,

and is interrupted by the advanced position of the epigastric

lobes; these are in front rugose and faintly distinguishable from

the rest of the gastric region, but separated from one another by

a short mesogastric furrow. A very deep muscular impression is

visible at each postero-lateral angle of the gastric area. Cardiac

region convex, distinct. Two large puncta, which frequently become

confluent, mark the post-frontal furrow behind the external can-

thus of the eye. Chelipedes smooth and extremely unequal both in

males and females, in some the right, in others the left being the

larger ; meropodites are smooth and their angles rounded, the upper

one only being slightly rugose and bearing proximally to the constric-

tion at its distal extremity a sharp spine, asin the rest of the species

of the subgenus. The upper surfaces of the carpopodites are trans-

versely convex ; their inner margins armed with an exceedingly stout

sharp spine ; the penultimate joint is internally smooth, convex and

punctate, the puncta being disposed in longitudinal series ; the dacty-

lopodites are slender, much curved, longitudinally punctate, minutely

granular and only in contact with the extremity of the produced

196 J. Wood-Mason—On Telphuside. [No, 2,

portion of the preceding joint in adult individuals. The ambulatory

legs and the dorsal edges of their meropodites are perfectly

smooth.

Breadth ye oS. S. +S RS eevee (OO IME,

Léngth, 3s 4% ES Ae tas ata aa. 40 eat

Hab. 1 found this interesting species exceedingly abundant in

the tanks of Calcutta. It has recently been collected by my

servant, who accompanied Dr. Day on a trip to the upper waters

of the Ganges, at Hurdwar and at Roorkee, where it lives in the

river itself and in the contiguous ponds and marshes.

Plate XII. Fig. 1. Paratelphusa spinigera of the natural size.

2. Front view. 3. External maxillipede. 4, Abdomen of the male.

TreLpHusa Inpica.

Telphusa Indica, Latreille, Encyclo. Méth., Insectes, t. X, p. 563 ;—Guérin-

Méneville, Iconographie du Régne animal, Crust., pl. iii, fig. 8 ;—-Milne-Edwards,

Hist. Nat. des Crust., t. Il, p. 13; and Voy. de M. Jacquemont dans I’Inde,

p. 7, pl. ii, fig. 1—4;—Alph. Milne-Edwards, Révision du genre Thelphusa et

description de quelques espéces nouvelles.

Thelphusa cwrucularis, Westwood, Trans. Entom. Soc., London, vol. i, p. 183,

pl. xix, fig. 1—6.

The largest specimen in my possession measures in a straight

line in breadth 83 mm., in length 59 mm., and was collected

with two others at Singhur near Poona in running water. It was

in this neighbourhood also that M. Jacquemont collected his

specimens, Col. Sykes, in his account of the land-cerabs of the

Dekhan, prefixed to Prof. Westwood’s description of the species

under the name of Zhelphusa cunicularis, mentions its occurrence

in the same place, and in all the valleys and on the most elevated

tablelands of the Ghats at from 2,000 to 5,000 feet above the

sea-level, and is of opinion that it does not extend more than

fifteen or twenty miles to the eastward of the Ghats. Mr. W. T,

Blanford has, however, brought specimens from §. E. Berar,

west of Chanda, and I am indebted to Mr. V. Ball for examples

from near Chota Nagpur. One of the Museum collectors lately obtain-

ed individuals from Ranigunj, a place within 120 miles of Calcutta.

On the Parisnath hill it occurs up to about 3,000 feet. Itis as yet

+ part

1871.] J. Wood-Mason— On Telphusida. 197

unknown from any place of the south part of India, or from Eastern

Bengal. The‘ Tille Naudon’ of the Coromandel coast with which it

has been said to be identical, is certainly not 7. Indica, but, as M.

Milne-Edwards has stated, Z. Leschenaultvi, which also occurs at

Ranigunj. A fine series of specimens of the present species has

lately been received from my friend Captain Stewart Pratt of

Morar, who has furnished me with some interesting notes respecting

the habits of the species.

Telphusa lugubris, n. sp. Pl. XII, Figs. 5—7.

The carapace is very greatly broader than long, distinctly pune-

tate and somewhat flattened posteriorly ; the cervical suture curves

forwards and outwards to the rudimentary epibranchial teeth; the

hepato-gastric area thus limited off is convex in every direction, and

only marked mesially by a long tolerably deeply imprinted meso-

gastric furrow which exhibits a tendency to bifurcation at its poste-

rior extremity ; gastric area marked with two larger puncta, one

being situated at each horn of the mesial crescentic portion of the

cervical suture, from which two shallow hardly indicated longitu-

dinal depressions pass backwards, one on each side of the middle

line dividing the cardiac from the convex branchial regions; the

sub-division of these into posterior and anterior lobes is scarcely

perceptible. Oblique granulated rugosities mark the whole sur-

face of the branchial area, becoming more numerous on the postero-

lateral margin, whence they sweep downwards and forwards on to

the floor of the branchial chamber. lLatero-anterior margin with a

short obscurely granulated ‘carina. Postfrontal crest continuous

from the mesogastric furrow to the epibranchial teeth, its epigastric

portion is wrinkled and bent forward, and it becomes almost effaced

behind the inner canthus of the eyes. Front rough, deflexed,

with a sinuous obsoletely granulated free border. Orbits very

high, with crenulated margins ; extra-orbital angles little developed,

separated from the epibranchial teeth by a long, granulated, obli-

que and nearly straight external border; anterior pleural lobes

broad, nearly smooth, distinguishable from the inflected portion of

the carapace by the termination of the rugosities with which the

latter is ornamented. The epistoma is smooth and lighter in colour

198 J. Wood-Mason— On Telphuside. [No. 2,

than the rest of the animal, concave both transversely and longi-

tudinally ; its posterior margin sends backwards and downwards a

short triangular process, but it is not notched.

The external maxillipedes and their exopodites are coarsely punc-

tate, and appear minutely granular under a lens.

The chelipedes are greatly unequal in both males and fe-

males, the convex posterior surfaces of the meropodites are ex-

cavated into extremely shallow communicating fovez; the posterior

angles are rugose and rounded off; their ventral surfaces have

smoothly tuberculated margins. The carpopodites are minutely

foveate above, and punctate and armed on the inner margin, with

a short obtuse spine ; the succeeding joint is punctate, foveate and

granular, and its distal prolongation shows more distinctly these

characters, and in young specimens only is in contact with the whole

length of the dentated inner edge of the dactylopodite ; the teeth and

tips of the pincers have both the colour and transparency of amber.

The ambulatory legs are punctate; the dorsal edges of their

meropodites are scabrous, and nearly straight, the last joints are

extremely stout, and well armed with amber-like spines.

The abdomen in general form resembles that of Zelphusa Indica,

or of Paratelphusa spinigera.

readin, v.fc.2 2 saw ee ceesceens Sle

Wi6ne Gh + we vet abe ee ee 386 mm.

In colour this species is of a rich dark brown above, below

lighter but brighter; the inter-articular membranes are straw co-

loured, and the teeth of the pincers and the spines on the terminal

joints of the ambulatory legs are, as has been described, amber-like.

The epidermis is very delicate, rapidly cracking and peeling off

after death, and on exposure to the air, when removed from the

spirits of wine.

Hab. Pankabaree (about 2000 feet at the base of the Sikkim

hills); Teesta valley and Eastern Sikkim at 3—4000 ft. ; Thancote

hills, Nepal; Cherra Punji in the Khasi hills.

Plate XII. Fig. 5. TZelphusa lugubris of the natural size.

6. External maxillipede. 7. Abdomen of the male.

1871. ] J. Wood-Mason— On Telphusida, 199

Telphusa Stoliczkana, n. sp. Pl. XII, Figs. 8—12.

Carapace much broader than long, smooth, punctate, minutely

granular under a lens; cervical suture distinctly marked mesially,

continued outwards and forwards on each side as a shallow depres-

sion which disappears posteriorly to the postfrontal crest, limiting

off the gastric area from the branchial lobes, the anterior halves of

which are distinguishedfrom the posterior by their greater convexity ;

cardiac region perceptible ; antero-lateral margin carries a not very

salient epibranchial tooth, which is separated from the extra-orbital

angle by the oblique tuberculated external margin of the latter, and

passes backwards for a short distance as a tuberculated crest ; postero-

lateral margin covered with rugosities from which spring a few hairs ;

the inflected part of the carapace is more obscurely rugose; the

posterior and anterior pleural lobes are smooth, the latter being

separated from the former, and from the inflected portion of the

carapace by a granulated line ; infra-orbital margins crenulate ; front

narrow, granulated; its free margin is deeply bayed, having

in consequence a bilobed appearance ; postfrontal furrow smooth,

bounded poteriorly by a well defined crenulated crest which passes

from the mesogastric furrow to the epibranchial teeth in an un-

interruptedly straight line, that part of it which forms the

frontage of the epigastric lobes being rugose.

The posterior margin of the epistoma is smoothly tubercular,

but those parts of it which go to form the boundaries of the efferent

apertures of the branchial chambers are entire.

The chelipedes are greatly unequal in males and sub-equal in fe-

males ; the meropodites are rugose and have a few hairs near the

base of the posterior angle; the carpopodites are rugose above and

bear a strong sharp spine in the usual position and beneath it a

smaller one; the pincers are multidentate and their arms cross

at the extremities.

The ambulatory legs are very long ; their meropodites resemble

those of Zelphusa longipes, Alph. M.-Edwards, but their penultimate

joints are longer in proportion to their breadth and the last joints

are stouter and more elongated.

Length of the female specimen described, .... 30 mm.

40 mm.

CAGE, ent eetnvnernreteperce ay Gromre ves

200 J. Wood-Mason— On Telphuside.

Length of amale, .... 386 mm.

Breadth, ..... apie cso? ny SOR.

The greater difference between the length and breadth in the

male specimen is only apparent, being entirely due to the greater

mesial excavation of the front.

A male and a female of this species were collected during a trip

to the Malayan peninsula and presented to the Indian Museum:

together with an interesting series of marine Crustacea by Dr.

Stoliczka.

Hab, Penang.

Plate XII. Fig. 8. TZelphusa Stoliezkana of the natural size.

9. External view of right chela. 10. Abdomen of the female.

11, Do. of the male. 12. External maxillipede.

(To be continued in the next number of the Journal.)

OOD DODO ODIO

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Part IL—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

SLIP LOL LPP PII DAPI NPD PL II NII INI INI III LS PI IIIS ON

No. I1I.—1871.

LLL LLL eaaeeeeeeeeeerereermems 2 > mv

On Inpran AnD Matayan Terpuusipaz, Part L—

by J. Woov-Mason, Esq.

(With pl. xiii, and xiv.)

(Continued from p. 200).

Telphusa leevis, n. sp., pl. xiv, figs. 1—6.

The carapace is narrow especially posteriorly, cordiform, smooth,

extremely convex in every direction, finely granulated and punctate,

unbroken by interregional furrows, the posterior boundary of the

| gastric area alone being faintly indicated; epigastric lobes hardly

perceptible in some specimens ; post-frontal ridge feebly developed,

interrupted, most apparent behind the eyes; postero-lateral mar-

gins rounded off, marked with extremely delicate oblique wrinkles

which pass downwards and forwards on to the branchial floor

which is much swollen ; antero-lateral margins rounded, inclined,

bearing rudimentary epibranchial teeth which pass backwards

and inwards for a short distance as an obscure, crenulated crest.

Front broad, deflexed, terminated by anearly straight free margin ;

its anterior third flattened and perfectly vertical. Orbits oval with

obscurely erenated margins, not at all salient; their external angles

searcely projecting beyond the general level of the orbital margins; —

anterior pleural regions convex, finely granulated, separated near

g their internal boundaries from the rest of the inferior surface of the

carapace by a well defined, finely tuberculated line, passing directly

202 J. Wood-Mason— On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. [No. 3,

downwards from the epibranchial teeth. The posterior margin

of the peristoma has a median rounded projection, notched on each

side. The chelipedes are very unequal, in some specimens the right,

in others the left being the larger; meropodites with their dorsal

edges sharply rugose; carpopodites also rugose with their inner

margins armed in the usual manner with a sharp tooth, beneath

which is a smaller one; the propodite of the larger claw is extreme-

ly convex, smooth, granulated and near its extremity canaliculate,

punctate, and with the granulations passing into minute sharp

spinules; the dactylopodite is similarly marked and is in contact

with the extremity only of the produced portion of the penultimate

joint in the larger claw.

The ambulatory legs are thin, slender, and rugose.

Lenssen eee she eteota le Ceara ae oesvese 16 tim;

Breadth, .'F.u's's «eh see Bh elel bn des Ole co

Hab, Cherra Punji; Goalparah.

Plate XIV. Fig. 1. Telphusa levis, nat. size. 2. Front view. 8. External

maxilliped. 4, Chela, 5. Do. of another specimen. 6. Abdomen of male.

TrLpHusA LEscHENAULTII.

Milne-Hdwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust., Tom. II, p. 13, Ann. des Se. nat., IIT.

Sér., Tom. XX, p. 211. Heller, Reise der Fregatte Novara, Crustaceen, p. 32.

Alph. Milne-Edwards, Révision du genre Thelphusa, Nouvelles Archives du

Muséum, 1869, Tom. V, p. 165, pl. viii, fig. 3, 3a.

Carapace convex from behind forwards and transversely; front

broad, especially at base, sinuous, produced, with a sharp chisel-like

free edge; anterior boundary of the epistoma almost straight, send-

ing forwards a small median process which indents the sub-frontal

lobe, scarcely taking any share in the formation of the inter-anten-

nulary septum ; posterior edge divided-by two distinct notches into

three rounded lobes, the median one of which is largest, lateral lobes

internally rounded but passing almost straight outwards to form

the anterior boundaries of the orifices for the egress of the water

that has served for respiration. Post-frontal crest interrupted,

divided into two external larger and two internal slightly ad-

vanced smaller portions which together equal in width one of the

former; antero-lateral margin armed with an epibranchial tooth

Ss a

eR gt ee Re roe

WOOD MASON. Journ

A.S.B. Vol: XLP+1 1871

Telphusa

Calcutta

Sao) edgf veld. Lith:

WOOD-MASON. Journ: Asiat: Soe: Bengal.Vol: XL. P*:Il 1871.

ate deers

}

See

Ss Sedgfield. Lith: 6. Telphusa levis.

PLYIV

- 72-16. Te Lph usa Athinseniana.

Cadtcutta.

1871.] J. Wood-Mason— On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. 208

continued backwards and inwards as a sharp, finely crenulated

crest. The surface of the carapace, especially anteriorly, appears

minutely granular under an ordinary lens, its sides behind the

points at which the cristiform continuations of the epibranchial

teeth subside are marked with oblique sub-parallel corrugations.

The four posterior pairs of ambulatory legs are extremely thin ;

the posterior flat faces of their meropodites are raised into coarse

granulations, while the anterior surfaces remain smooth ; the dacty-

lopodites are extremely slender, acute, Chelipedes subequal, dacty-

lopodites in contact throughout their entire length with the propo-

dites the outer faces of which are smooth and convex; carpopo-

dites furnished internally with a long sharp spine, beneath which is

a smaller one ; meropodites corrugated on their posterior surfaces.

I am unable to verify Heller’s statement that the crest on the

latero-anterior margin is smooth in the females.

Hab. Ranigunj; Pondicherry; Madras; Ceylon; Malabar coast; Mauritius ;

Nicobar Islands and probably many other islands of the Indo-Malayan

archipelago; and Tahiti.

TrLPHuUsSA GUERINI.

Telphsa, Guerin, Milne-Edwards, Mélanges Carcinologiques, p. 176; Alph.

> Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archives du Muséum, 1869, Tom. V,

p. 182, pl. xi, fig. 4, 4a et 4b.

Telphusa planata, Alph. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archives du Muséum, 1869,

Tom. V, p. 181, pl. xi, fig. 3, 3a et 3b.

Telphusa planata is given as a synonym of T. Guerini, M.-Kdw.,

with doubt, although M. Alph. Milne-Edwards’ description of the

former applies exactly to individuals amongst my series of examples

of the latter.

Hab. Concan and Khandalla, Western Ghats, near Bombay ;

Belaspur.

Telphusa Austeniana, n. sp., pl. xii.

Carapace much broader than long, flattened in the middle pos-

teriorly to a line passing through its widest part; protogastric

lobes convex, separated from one another by the narrow for-

ward prolongation of the meso-gastric lobe ; meso-gastric fur-

row passing into the post-frontal, deeply dividing the two epigas-

204 J. Wood-Mason—On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. {No. 3,

tric lobes which are all but confluent with the protogastric : bran-

chial lobes convex, each divided by a transverse valley into an ante-

rior and posterior portion ; postero-laterally to the gastric region

the surface of the carapace is raised on each side into an irregular

areolet bounded antero-laterally by the epibranchial, behind by the

meta-branchial lobe from which the cardiac areais separated by an

indistinct longitudinal depression ; post-frontal furrow deeply exca-

vated behind the eyes; post-frontal crest scarcely interrupted by the

advanced position of the epigastric lobes, continued outwards on each

side from the meso-gastric furrow in an irregular, rugose line to the

epibranchial teeth; these pass backwards, as prominent dentate

crests and, with the extra-orbital teeth, are extremely salient ; orbital

margins finely crenated; front deflexed, wider at base than at its

free margin, raised into two eminences one on each side of the middle

line ; antero-lateral portions of the branchial regions marked with

numerous coarse granulations ; postero-lateral margins and the parts

of the carapace which form the floors of the branchial cavities rugose.

Chelipedes slender ; chelee externally rugose, covered, especially on

their infero-internal surface, with small rough tubercles. Carpopo-

dites above rugose with a longitudinal row of tubercles near their

inner margins, from which there projects a very sharp spine with a

smaller one below it. Ambulatory legs enormously long arfd slender

by which character alone it is possible at once to distinguish JZ.

Austeniana from all its known congeners.

Bice tdi iis cies 3.0 aun. 0, 5.00) weed sees Gahan ye ea

1 Wfe, Veg are leas ae nme eT 0) ¥0 on « ere pedi wsb slg, |

Length of carpopodite of 3rd pair of ambulatory legs = 34 mms.

or nearly equal to the length of the carapace.

Hab. Cherra Pinji; the only specimen obtained is a female.

Plate XIII. Fig. 1. Telphusa Austeniana, nat, size, 2. Front view. 3. Chela.

4, External maxilliped,

Telphusa Pealiana, n. sp., pl. xiv, figs. 7—11.

Carapace thick, not much broader than long, convex from behind

forwards; its areolation is similar to that of Ze/phusa Atkinsoniana; the

cervical suture cuts through the post-frontal crest about 5 millime-

tres internally to the epibranchial teeth ; these are moderately salient;

the branchial region is somewhat convex and covered anteriorly

with coarse irregular granulations; antero-lateral margin inclined,

1871.] J. Wood-Mason—On Indian and Malayan Telphusida. 205

surmounted by an evenly denticulated crest ; postero-lateral margin

covered with oblique wrinkles which pass forwards and downwards

on to the inflected portion of the carapace ; posterior pleural lobe,

where it is bounded by the anterior pleural, rugose; the latter is

limited off by a line of regular bead-like tubercles ; post-frontal crest,

continuous to the epibranchial teeth from the meso-gastric furrow,

curving forwards mesially and at each end; post-frontal furrow

gmooth behind the eyes; front narrow, deflexed, raised into a

bilaterally symmetrical pair of eminences. Chelipedes subequal in

- the only specimen* (a female) in my possession; the meropodites

are tuberculately rugose on their posterior surfaces and their

ventral angles are beset with long tubercles; the carpopodites are

rugose above and their inner margin is armed with a very sharp long

spine from the sides of which spring 2 or 3 minute cusps; beneath

the larger spine a smaller one is to be seen. The penultimate joint

is externally rough, internally near the inferior margin tuberculated

and above presents a few spiniform tubercles; the dactylopodite

which is in contact with the other arm of the pincers throughout

its length line has a few spinules above near its proximal end.

Dength, 3. cifaeti hate a kee a hacee Seth atari s Misi o aN GIS os, Om EE

MSPORAIR sii eke eet MRRP alae ach eta eke Noel Ree rote 2 Sat cao ee

The posterior pair of ambulatory legs has not been preserved,

but from those that remain, it will be seen that the penultimate

joints resemble slightly those of TZelphusa <Austeniana, and of

DT. Stoliczkana. I have named this species after Mr. 8. E. Peal, to

whom the Indian Museum is indebted for many novelties in the

various groups of Arthropoda,

Hab. Sibsaugor, Assam.

Plate XIV. Fie. 7. Telphusa Pealiana, nat. size. 8, Front view. 9. External

maxilliped. 10. Chela. 11. Abdomen of male.

Telphusa Atkinsoniana, n, sp., pl. xiv, figs. 12—16,

The carapace is much broader than long, smooth, punctate mesi-

ally and posteriorly; the anterior branchial lobe is not greatly

swollen above, is covered anteriorly with coarse granulations ;

epigastric lobes granulated, separated behind and laterally from the

granulated proto-gastric and from one another by the meso-gastric

* Several specimens of each sex have been received from Mr, Peal since the

above went to press.

206 J. Wood-Mason— On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. (No. 8,

furrow; postfrontal crest well developed, most distinctly tuberculated,

curving slightly forwards at each end and passing completely into

the epibranchial teeth, notched on each side externally to each epiga-

stric lobe and internally to each epibranchial tooth; epibranchial

teeth salient, separated from the denticulated margins of the promi-

nent extra-orbital angles by a notch, curving backwards as regu-

larly dentate crests; orbital and frontal margins conspicuously

tuberculated; front moderately broad, deflexed, covered with rounded

tubercles, smooth in the middle line, terminating in a nearly

straight free margin. Postero-lateral margins marked with oblique

rugations which gradually assume a tuberculated character as they

pass forwards on to the inflected portion of the carapace ; anterior

pleural lobe beset in the centre with irregularly disposed rounded

tubercles, limited off from the surrounding arez by a regular line

of larger bead-like tubercles.

Chelipedes subequal, densely tuberculated ; meropodites with

all their angles sharply tuberculated ; carpopodites above gra-

nulately rugose and becoming towards the inner margin tuber-

culated, the tubercles extending on to the sides of the spine; be-

neath this spine is a smaller one from which passes upwards and

towards the proximal articular extremity of the joint a row of two

or three spiniform tubercles; externally the penultimate joint is

excessively tuberculately granulated, the tubercles becoming very

coarse and irregular in aged specimens, and on the upper border

passing into spiniform tubercles in specimens of all ages ; the superior

margin of the dactylopodites is also beset with spiniform tubercles

and their inner toothed margin ‘is in contact throughout its length

with the other arm of the pincers; the extremities of these are

tipped with a blackish colour which is capable of defying the

blanching action of spirit for years.

I will not venture to describe the precise ‘iciribubiom of

the colours of this beautiful species, because I omitted to note

them particularly when I received the specimen which has been

chosen for description fresh from the hands of Dr. Stoliczka,

but I can say that the inferior surface generally and the inner as-

pects of the chelipedes are suffused with a beautiful violet colour,

the tubercles and spines offering their bright red tips in remark-

able contrast.

—ipmitiwr= =. To Te

1871.] A.C, McMaster—wWotes on Central Indian Birds. 207

Breadth, .....:: D atata ere ere ra aes LE itary os) mm:

se Seca aco Wuhoh ahead e aan ee 28 mm.

Hab. Darjeeling; Thancote Hills, Nepal; Khasi Hills (?).

Ihave much pleasure in connecting with this beautiful species

the name of Mr. W. 8. Atkinson.

Plate XIV. Fig 12. Telphusa Atkinsoniana, nat. size. 18. Front view. 14r

External maxilliped. 15. Chela. 16. Abdomen of male.

: (Zo be continued in the next number of the Journal.)

NoTEs ON BIRDS OBSERVED IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF NAGPORE AND

KAmptTer, (CENTRAL Provinces), CHIKALDA AND AKOLA IN BERAR,

—by Lneut.- Colonel A. C. McMaster, Madras Staff Corps.

[Received 24th February, 1871.]

These rough notes were taken during hunting and shooting trips

from Kamptee. The natural history of Chikalda is interesting,.as,

in addition to many birds and beasts commonly found in the plains,

some hitherto supposed to have been restricted to particular lo-

calities meet each other on the neutral ground of these hills.

The names and numbers here given are taken from Jerdon’s

‘¢ Birds of India,”

No. 6. NEopHron PERcNoPTERUS.—I found this bird breeding

near Kamptee in January.

No. 29. AQUILA FULVESCENS.—Kamptee.

No, 38. Crrcarrus Gatiicus.—I saw one of these fine birds at-

tempt to carry off a Cobra in the public gardens at Chikalda ; my

approach drove the eagle away from the reptile which, however,

it had crippled completely.

No. 56. Murvus Govinpa.—Jerdon says, that the kite “ breeds

from January to April, beginning to couple about Christmas.” I

have seen them building at Kamptee in November, December

and January.

No. 65. Syrnium stnensE.—I gota pair of these beautiful owls

and a fully fledged young one at Gogee in Wurda district, on the

10th of March; they must, therefore, like most other birds of

prey, pair early in the cold season.

No. 82. Hrrunpo rustica.—Kamptee and Nagpore.

208 A. C. McMaster—Lotes on Central Indian Birds. {|No. 3,

No. 84. Hirvunpdo ritirersa.*—I found these birds in small com-

panies at Chandkee Khopra and Gojee in the Wurda district in

December and February, and in January, a pair with a nest, open

at the top, on a rock overhanging the river at Mahadulla, 16 miles

from Kamptee.

No. 90. CoryLEe concotor.—Some birds were obtained by me at

Chikalda, 8700 feet, in May.

No. 98. CypszELus MELBA.—I saw several very fine swifts, which

seemed to be this species, at the old fort Gawilgarh and at Chi-

kalda, 3700 feet, in April and May, but could not get a specimen.

They appeared to be breeding about the perpendicular cliffs on

which Gawilgarh is perched. “

No. 100. Cyprsetus arrinis.—Abounds at Kamptee, but the

birds burrowed so deeply-into the thatched roofs that I could never

get a nest. The burrows were very neatly made and some per-

fectly round.

No. 117. Merrors vrripis.—I have found torquatus at Chandkee

Khopra in Wurda in December, and ferrugiceps at the same place

and time. Are not both of these accidental varieties of IZ. viridis ?

LT also found torquatus at Chikalda in May ; is the peculiar colo-

ration of the throat the breeding dress of the female ?

No. 118. Murrops Puitreprensis.—Abundant about Kamptee

during the hot weather and rains (breeding season ?). I think

they breed here, but have not been able to get their nests, al-

though, if these are to be found, they should be in the banks of

the river, where it runs past the Military Cantonment.

No. 127. Hancyon LEUcocEPHALUS.—Chandkee Khopra, Wurda

district, in December.

No, 129. Haxncyon Fruscus.—Abundant throughout the district,

No. 144. Mzuntczros Bicornis.—Not rare about Chandkee Kho-

pra in Wurda.

No. 147. Patmornis ALExanpri.—One I killed near Kamp-

tee was considerably larger than the size given by Jerdon. They

appear to be more abundant in the cold season than at other times,

* I think that a large colony of HiruNpo FLUVICoLA were breeding on a

rock, or broken bridge ( I forget which) overlanging the river at Akola in

West Berar, during ene last qebeks in December.

1871.] <A. OC. McMaster—Wotes on Central Indian Birds. 209

No. 164. Yunerreicus Harpwicku.—I got one at Chikalda, 3700

feet.

No. 181. Bracuyrrernus curysonotus,—Chikalda.

No, 188. Yunx toreuitia.—Chikalda, in April.

No. 193. Mxrcaxarma cantcers.—There are scores of these birds

about Chikalda and the hill fort of Gawilgarh. I have heard them

cajling at all hours during the night, even when there was no

moon. ‘Those I have killed generally had the bristles about their

bills covered with gummy matter, evidently from some fruit.

No. 197. XantHotmma Inpica.—At Kamptee I saw one of

these birds sitting on the ground beside a small water-course in my

garden, it probably came down to drink ; except on this occasion I

have never seen a barbet on the ground. A pair bred in my gar-

den at Bellary inthe cross beam of a vinery, and at Bombay I

found a nest in the dead branch of a tree close to the house. The

entrance was so small, that it was difficult to believe that the

bird could get through it; it was perfectly circular and as well

bored as if it had been cut with an anger; the hole was not

more than 18 inches in depth, but the little carpenter was busily

employed in enlarging it by cutting out very small chips and

throwing them about the spot; as far as could be judged from

probing, the inside appeared beautifully smooth.

No. 199. Cvucunus canorus.—This bird is very abundant at

Russellcondah in Goomsoor during the rains, coming into the

gardens and close to the houses. I have seenand heard it in the

Golconda zemindary and at Goodum, in April, at Saugor in June,

and within three miles of Kamptee on the 15th of June; a friend

heard it at Chikalda on the 5th of June.

No. 212. CocoysrEs MELANOLEUCOS.—lI killed one at Kamptee

on the 4th of July.

No. 220. Taccocva Srrxez.—I got one at Chikalda, but my

bird had the brown above “‘ washed with green” as in No. 221 of

Jerdon. Could it have been that variety ? or was it No, 222?

No. 234. AracunecuTHra AsraticA.—I can confirm Mr. Blan-

ford and Dr. Jerdon’s statements that the female retains her dull

colours in the breeding-season.

No. 255. Uvupa nicripennis.—Abundant at Chikalda in May,

210 A. C. McMaster—WNotes on Central Indian Birds. [WNo. 3,

but appears to leave the plains during the hot season and

rains ; the first I saw at Kamptee in autumn was on the 14th of

October. At Madras I found (February 24th) a hoopoe’s nest in a

hole in a tree close to the club, there were two fully fledged young

birds in the nest, about which there was not the faintest trace of

evil stench, (vide page 391 of Jerdon).

No, 257. Lantus EryTHRonorus.—I have found this bird at

Kamptee, and agree with Mr. Blanford, that it varies greatly in

size and somewhat in plumage within the same district.

No. 278. Dicrurvus MAcrocERcus.—Jerdon says that he has

never seen the king crow fix on the back of a hawk with claws

and beak. At Rangoon I saw one thus fix itself on a cattle egret

feeding on the ground, hit the latter hard on the head with its

beak, and repeat the assault several times, the reason apparently

being that the other bird had secured some insect on which the

king-crow had set his heart. At Kamptee Isaw one fix on the

back of an owlet (Athene Brama), and maintain its hold while

the latter was flying for several yards; andon another occasion

I saw a king-crow pursue the common bee-eater until the latter

dropped an insect which was seized by the Drongo before it

reached the ground.

No. 288. TcHrrrEA paraDisI.—This beautiful bird is not rare

in the Nagpore country, I have seen it close to Chikalda, 3,700

feet. Jerdon says he has not seen it higher than about 2000.

No. 298. LeucocercA PECTORALIS.—Jerdon says that he has

only found this bird on the Neilgherries at an elevation of 6000

feet. Mr. Blanford got it near Chanda in forests, his specimens

were dusky on the back and rather rufous on the abdomen. I got

it at Chikalda in May, colours as described by Jerdon.

No. 800. OcuROMELA NIGRORUFA.—This has I think been seen

by me among the cliffs a few miles west of Chikalda.

No. 305. Cyornis nanyumAs,—I got two or three specimens

of this fly-eatcher at Chikalda in May.

No. 306. Cyornis Tickertim.—Jerdon says that this bird has

only as yet been procured in Central India, and by Tickell. Mr.

Blanford got one at Seoni, another near Chanda (Asiatic Society’s

Journal, Vol. xxxvili, p.173). He seems to think the sexes are

1871,] A.C. McMaster—Wotes on Central Indian Birds. 211

alike in plumage; on this point I agree with Mr. Blanford. The

sex of the specimen I shot at Chikalda was not ascertained, but

the two birds seen appeared to be a pair, and were alike in plumage.

(Berar Gazetteer, page 57).

No, 842. MyropHonus Horsrieip11.—Jerdon says that this fine

thrush is ‘‘ found throughout the forests of Southern and Western

Infdia, from near the top of the Neilgherries (6000 feet) to almost

the level of the sea * * * *; butitis not found in any of

the forests of the Eastern Ghats, nor in Central or Northern India.

It especially delights in mountain torrents; and if there is a

waterfall it is sure to be found there.” I got a pair of these very

handsome birds, being first attracted by their fine clear notes, in

a dry bed, which in the rains must become a torrent and waterfall,

a short distance beyond James’ peint, about three miles west of

Chikalda. Others will probably be seen. The birds at this sea-

son (May) are wary, and difficult to watch. (Berar Gazetteer,

page 57).

No. 345. Pirra Bencatensts.—I killed one in my garden at

Kamptee on the 2nd of October; I have known three cases of

these birds taking refuge in houses as described at page 504 of

Jerdon’s work.

No. 351. PrErrocossypHus cyANEUs.—One of these silent and

solitary birds may be seen in almost every village in the Wurda

district in December. Both of the houses I occupied at Kamptee

had one which sheltered itself under the eaves during the cold

season. In Burma, this is the tamest and most confiding bird I

have ever seen: it not only frequently enters the verandahs, but

the inner rooms of houses, and is almost startling in its noiseless

and uncanny familiarity. Whilst at Tonghoo, I had, every season,

one or two of them about my house, so fearless, that they might

almost have been handled. I saw one, in my verandah at Ran-

goon, kill and swallow a large scorpion.

No. 859. Mervuta nicroprteus.—Chikalda, April or May.

No. 446. Hypstprres GanrrsaA.—At page 58 of the Berar

Gazetteer, I mentioned that I had got this bird at Chikalda and

remarked that its habits were exactly those of No. 446, H. Nutr-

GHERRIENSIS.—I have since found in the Appendix, page 872,

volume 3 of Jerdon, that the birds are identical.

212 A. C. McMaster—Wotes on Central Indian Birds. [No. 8,

No. 460, Orocompsa socosA.—I shot this bird at Chikalda in

May; Jerdon says it is rare in the Central table land; Blanford

never saw it in Central India; it has probably followed the chain

of Western Ghats northward from the Neilgherries where it is

very abundant

No, 464. Puytiornis MarpapArtcA,—Chikalda, in June.

No. 470. Ortotus xunpoo.—I found several nests of this

bird at Kamptee during June and July ; they corresponded exactly

with Jerdon’s admirable description, at page 108, volume II. Has

any writer mentioned that this bird has a faint, but very sweet and

plantive song which he continues for a considerable time? I have

only heard it when a family, old and young, were together, 7. ¢.,

at the close of the breeding season.

No. 473. Oriotus CxryionensIs.—I got either this bird, or

No. 472, at Chikalda, and agree with Mr. A. Hume, who (J. A.8.B.

1870, p. 118) utterly disbelieves in ‘‘ Ceylonensis’” as a distinct

species.

No. 480. TuHAmNnopra CAMBAIENSIS.—Three pairs of these birds

built about the roof of my house at Kamptee. One nest was com-

posed of coir matting stolen from me and lined with the red wool

which had dropped from an old carpet daily beaten near the spot ;

there were no snake skins in the nest (vide Jerdon), but in it were

two or three pieces of the brilliant mica, so abundant at Kamptee,

and these very much resembled scales from snake skins.

No. 497. RuricitA RUFIVENTRIs.—I first remarked this bird

at Kamptee on the Ist of October and there were a good number

here on the 3rd March. Does it change its colour in summer?

The rufous tints struck me as becoming paler and more yellowish

in February and March; I was told of a mistake about the nest of

this bird, similar to that mentioned at page 138, Volume I], of

Jerdon.

No. 556. Puyxtoscopus mAgnirosrris.—I think I got this

bird at Chikalda in May.

No. 569. Cuxicrprta Burxu.—A pair of these pretty little birds

was obtained at Kamptee in February, and others were not uncom-

mon in May at Chikalda, where they probably breed.

1871.] A.C. McMaster—Wotes on Central Indian Birds. 213

No. 604. AGropromMA sorpipA.—I found the nest of this bird

near Kamptee in April in a hole in black cotton soil, there were

three or perhaps four young in the nest.

No. 645. Parvus crveREvs.—I think I saw this bird on the

Ghat between Ellichpoor and Chikalda, at an elevation of nearly

3000 feet.

No. 648. Macutonopuus Jerpont.—Chikalda, April and May.

No. 660. Corvus CULMINATUS.

No. 668. Corvus spLenpENs.—The local distribution of these

birds puzzles me sadly. Both abound at Bangalore and Madras,

while culminatus is the only crow of the Neilgherries, replacing

his grey cousin at Kullar, the posting-stage at the foot of the

Kuntr Ghat to which place and no further splendens had pene-

trated in 1870. I could not find culminatus at Waltair, and during

two years at Kamptee have never seen it in that station, but have

occasionally found it at some of our hog-hunting meets in the

Wurda district and at Akola. It was moreover the only crow on

the Chikalda hills during April and May: with the first rains, how-

ever, in June, splendens appeared there ; (Berar Gazetteer, page 58).

Is culminatus to be found at Bombay ?

Common and familiar as crows are—living almost as much” houses

as near them—the act of coition has never—so say the natives of

Burma and, I believe, of many parts of India—been observed ;

and, certainly, for more than twenty years, since first hearing the

statement, I have carefully watched for an opportunity of refuting

it without success. Just at dawn, I think, I have twice observed crows

thus engaged and on the nest; but I am not certain, and I have

never met any one who could own to having seen even as much.

Ihave nota copy of the book, so quote from memory, but, in

the ‘Laws of Menu,” (the origin of Bhudhist and Hindu

notions) it is set forth that ‘‘ a good wife should be like a crow,”

a. @,, that she should not allow any conjugal endearments or fami-

liarities before spectators.

The Burmese representatives of splendens are much darker than

those in India, but an excellent naturalist remarks that such is

the case with the Burmese varieties of many birds found in both

countries; for instance, I can think of the Burmese Paradise

214 A. C. McMaster—Wotes on Central Indian Birds. [No. 3,

Fly-catcher, (Tchitrea afinis); the Burmese Roller (Coracias

afinis) ; the Burmese Pea-fowl (Pavo muticus) ; and the Burmese

variety of the Red Jungle Fowl ( Gallus ferrugineus ).

Wide awake as the crow is during the day, she is, when

once gone to roost, a most stupid and difficult bird to rouse. I

have almost pushed them one by one from their perches, in low

trees, very shortly after sunset.

It is interesting to watch these birds at Rangoon when a storm

is coming on. Up to the last moment they appear to be intent on

foraging: then, just before the storm bursts, the air is alive with

hundreds of them flying in all directions, but each one going di-

rect asa bullet to his own tree or clump of bamboos. I have often

timed my taking shelter from a shower coming on by watching

their movements.

No. 648. DENDROCITTA LEUCOGASTRA.—Jerdon says that this

bird has only been found in some of the jungles of the Malabar

coast. I got it at Chikalda in May.

No. 724. MernopHus MELANICTERUS.—I got this bird in May

at Chikalda in Berar, and as I have seen it in pairs, fancy that it

breeds there ; it is a shy bird, always on the move about the edges

of cliffs and ravine, and therefore difficult to watch.

Nos. 772. Crocopus PHENICOPTERUS, and 773, CRrocoPus CHLO-

RIGASTER.—Green pigeons are now (April and May) breeding at

Chikalda. The nest is apparently very carelessly constructed of a

few dead twigs placed haphazard at the end of a branch, but from

this cause it is exceedingly well concealed, as the bough selected

always appears to be a bare one, on which the dry twigs do not

attract attention. Both varieties of these pigeons, and their inter-

mediate hybrids will probably be found on these hills. (Berar

Gazetteer, page 58).

No. 800, Prerocius Frascratus.—I never remarked the crepus-

cular habits of this bird until last August when at Akola, where

just after dark on two occasions a small flock passed close over me.

I pointed them out to a friend who has since observed the habit.

No. 802. Prrroctzs rexusrus.—I got the eggs of this bird,

three in number, on the 12th of March, at Larkee in the Chanda

‘district.

-1871.] A.C. McMaster—Wotes on Central Indian Birds. 215

No. 818. Garius Sonnerati and

No, 814, GALLoPERDIX sPADICEUS,—abound near Chikalda.

No. 839. SypHEOTIDES AURITUSs.—I saw a male of this bird in

full breeding plumage at Akola in August, and on the 28th of

October, near Nagpore, killed a cock just losing his ear tufts and

very Slack. This should fix the breeding season of these birds in

the Central Provinces and Berar between July and November.

No, 845. CHARADRIUS LoNGIPES.—Do these birds visit the Cen-

tral Provinces? I have never found one there.

No. 856. SarciopHorus Bitosus.—I got this Lapwing at Chi-

kalda. It is far more silent than its relations, and runs with its

back hunched and in a more game-like manner. |

No. 864. Grus LtEucocERANUS.—This fine bird comes as far

south as Kamptee. On the 83rd of February, I killed one at

Koohee, about 20 miles S. E. of the Cantonment.

No. 871. Ga LInaco scoLopactnus—is the snipe of the Nag-

pore country. At Bangalore, and on the Neilgherries, all. the

snipes I have killed were pintails, No. 870. At Madras, in

December, out of a bag of 88 couples both varieties were in nearly

equal proportion, °

Nos. 872 and 873. The Jack and Painted Snipe are occasionally

to be killed near Kamptee.

No. 936. Boraurus sTeLuaris.—I got one of these rare birds

near Kamptee on the 9th December, and another some years ago,

on the 3rd January, two or three marches to the north of Saugor.

One was said to have been killed near Bangalore in April, 1867.

No. 949. Awnsrer Inpicus.—I saw a large flock of these birds

circling low over my house in the Kamptee Cantonment in Febru-

ary, and on the 23rd of the same month a very fine specimen was

brought to me.

No. 961. Branra rurina.—A couple of these fine ducks were

brought to me at Kamptee on the 14th January.

No. 971. Fuxrieunta cristata.—Several of these birds were

- brought into Kamptee by shikarees in April.

LOS

216 No. 3,

Nors on CotonEn MoMastir’s List or BrrDs FRom NAcPorE &0.,—

by W. T. Buanrorp.

The occurrence of several Malabar birds at Chikalda in the

Gawilgarh hills is a very interesting circumstance, as it adds an

instance to those already known in which animals with decidedly

Malay affinities are met with on isolated hills in India, while they

are wanting in the surrounding lowlands. Whether the cause of

this circumstance be climatic, and due to the greater dampness of

these hill tops, I cannot say, probably it may be; but it is also

probable that the animals, thus found isolated, once inhabited

the plains of India, and were driven by a change in the

climate (which may have been in its turn caused partly by the

destruction of the forests), to take refuge on the hills, their

place in the lowlands being supplied, in part at least, by the

numerous desert types which are spread over the Indian plains,

such amongst the birds as WVeophron, Aquila fulvescens, Pteroeles

exustus, Ammomanes phenicurus and Pyrrhulauda grisea. That the

hill birds have not migrated from other regions, but have really

occupied tif intervening country at one time, is rendered probable

by the circumstance that animals incapable of traversing long

distances, such as ground snakes ( Uropeltid@), and land shells, have

the same peculiar distribution, and the same is the case, to some

extent at least, with plants.

The Malabar forms mentioned in Col. McMaster’s notes as found

at Chikalda are Brachypternus chrysonotus, Ochromela nigrorufa,

Mytophonus Horsfieldu, Hypsipetes Ganeesa, Phyllornis Malabarica,

and Dendrocitta leucogastra. Otocompsa jocosa (? O. fuscicaudata)

and Merula nigropileus too, are not, so far as I am aware, found

in the plains of Berar and the Central Provinces.

It is very desirable to learn to what extent any of these Mala-

bar forms occur at Pachmari and on Mount Abu. A Malabar

fauna has been found on several hills in Southern India. My

brother and I ten years ago* called attention to the occurrence of

land shells of Nilgiri species on the Shevroy, Kolamully, Patcha-

mully and Kalryenmully hills, and on one or two minor peaks.

* J. A. 8. B,, xxx, p. 365.

a -¥ ‘ ’ ist At

) $ Se

f) s -

Pr. 0 ee 38. r J . $ :

~ ; . es &

7 y 3 ?

, Z Vode

oad - -

how. ol P r

" P ; . |

‘ : ry és =

+= ‘y fang : By: +20 , ; -

a ’ b fv % nn 9, eli oa ree) aes ie 4 \ Oi hy

aur 7 4 OF Oe SA aT ae

Saal : ) a4 Hane x

i ‘ 4 j a

i i" res a 4 , » P { mee e: OFF . 4

¥ ¢ ~ : od » r 34 w

a ik : rf > ; wi :

Dias ii AO tg ete 2 : bia

en a yr SF pte ake alee Gata s Gost Tar’ Saale ot tary .

¢ -

RS ee hes Es cae me hy Mines a) aie

e ; : P Pt te : : ‘ae

} ; car esx tao 3

er Sly ee Wer bil 4 wee ve aay tes oes NRSC § * 4

a ; Bw okt

4 ‘ A ee" >

md , ae . he 7 ‘

& Pe ie fh 3s are tat _ A, Waar NES gts

ae A ale vi ht ane gue RAB: oo cee ints ea An) va! ; ann a ast a

ec i P oats

PLATE XV.

Figs. 1—8. Plectopylis achatina, Gray, p. 217 et seq.

1, general anatomy ; 2, jaw; 3, different teeth of one transverse

series.

Figs. 4—6. lect. cyelaspis, Benson, p. 217 et seq.

4, genital organs; 5, jaw; 6, various teeth of a series.

ft. foot; a, anus; J, lungs; mt, mantle; 7m, retractile muscle of the foot ;

p, penis; oe, oral parts; sg, salivary glands; roe, retractor of the oral parts ;

m, retrector of the penis; sgl, supposed arrow gland; al, alimentary canal;

vs, seminal receptacle ; tt, liver; alg, alouminous gland ; hd, hermaphrodite duct ;

hg, hermapt. gland ; 7, intestines ; st, stomach; k, kidney; h, heart; pg, pig-

ment gland; vd, vas deferens ; ut, uterus ; eg, eggs in the uterus ; pr, prostata,

ho, hermaphrodite opening.

Pl: XV

er neritic

eT ees

Sie

Prats XVI.

Figs. 1—3. Trachia delibrata, Benson, p. 225.

1, genital organs ; 2, jaw; 3, various teeth of one transverse series.

Figs. 4—10. Sesara infrendens, Gould, p. 242 et seq.

4, genital organs of a young specimen; 5, the same of a full

grown specimen; 6, horny organ situated in an appendage of the

oviduct, enlarged ten times the natural size; 7, a transparent,

horny, bearded thread, connected with the appendage represented

in fig. 6; 8, similar threads, as seen in'fig. 7, but not bearded ;

9, jaw; 10, different teeth of one transverse row.

ho, hermaphrodite opening; »p, penis; m, retractor muscle; wt, uterus;

vs, Seminal receptacle ; hd, hermaph. duct; alg, albuminous gland ; vd, seminal

duct ; c, calciferous sac; f, flagellum; # upper and 2’, lower end of the peculiar

horny appendage of the oviduct ; », place where the end of the horny appendage

was originally situated.

Vogt Pa, @ 4 |

PSFOLICZKA _Journ:Asiat:Soc.B cngal, Vol: XL .Pt 1.1871

a re

PuateE XVII.

Figs. 1—5. Rotula anceps, Gould, see p. 233 et seq.

1. General anatomy, 2, diagrammatic view of the various lobes

of the mantle, enlarged ; 3, genital organs ; 4, jaw; 5, teeth, all en-

larged (see p. 236).

Figs. 6—14. acrochlamys [Durgelia] honesta, Gould, p. 248

et seq.

6, normal form; 7, Pegu variety; 8, abnormal variety from

Moulmein, (comp. p. 248) ; 9, variety from near Moulmein ; 10, jaw ;

11, peculiar solid, horny threads from the genital organs ; 12, solid

particles out of the bag marked w in fig. 13, which is a peculiar

appendage of the genital organs; 14, various teeth; all objects

represented in figures 10—14 are greatly enlarged.

f, foot; fg, foot gland; a, anus; 7, rectum; ag, amatorial gland; al, albu-

minous gland accompanying the rectum; li, liver; ¢, intestines; st, stomach ;

sg, salivary glands; h, heart; k, kidney; yg, pigment gland; J, lungs;

oe, oral parts ; lst, left shell lobe of mantle; Isl’, lower end of the same; rsl, right

shell lobe; vsl’, lower end of the same; rdl, right dorsal lobe; ldl, left dorsal

lobe ; », penis; p’, enlarged portion of the same; cd, calciferous gland;

ji, fiagellum; vd, vas deferens; fa, sessile gland of the oviduct; 7s, recepta-

culum seminis; wt, uterus ; pr, prostata; hd, hermaphrodite duct ; hg, herma-

phrodite gland; alg, albuminous gland; m, retractile muscle; ho, hermaphro-

dite opening.

a sal

pen niet

Spates

setigdapea dca

‘ ‘

se inte

‘

aati i

-) Ce od

J Pad

“path [ :

“a Cea ‘

- “t. a

oe ae

: ae

matte ods

PuatTe XVIII.

Fig, 1—4. Conulema attegia, Benson, p. 237.

1, genital organs; 1a, section of the amatorial gland; 2, diagram-

matic view of the mantle lobes; 3, jaw; 4, different teeth of one

transverse series.

Figs. 5—9. Conulema infula, Benson, p. 239.

5, side view of an animal, from Calcutta; 6, genital organs

during the winter season; 7, anterior portion of the same during

the rainy season ; 8, jaw; 9 various teeth of one transverse series.

Fig. 10, Conulema liricineta, Stol., p. 241.

Figs. 11—13. erocystis molecula, Benson, p, 251.

11, genital organs; 12, jaw ; 13, a few teeth from a transverse

Berles.

ag, amatorial gland; ho, hermaphrodite opening; m, retractor muscle;

~, penis ; ps, calciferous sac ; vd, vas deferens ; pv, prostata; ut, uterus ; hd, her-

mapbrodite duct; hg, heramph. gland; alg, abbuminous gland; vs, receptacu-

lum seminis; ov, enlarged ovary sac; sl, right shell lobe of the mantle ; rsl’,

lower end of the game; Usl, left shell lobe; Usl’, lower end of the same; rdl,

right dorsal lobe; Idl, left dorsal lobe; a, B, y, 4, successive layers in the

section of the amatorial gland, (fig. 1a).

PUXVI.

F.STOLICZKA. Journ: Asiat: Soc: Benga]. Vol: XL. Pt: 11871.

nn ee

‘ _

7 '

‘

‘ ”

: ’

‘

i ’

j *

> {

>) Y

‘ 3 ‘

* i *

by 5 {

’ i

% . i \

- ba . i

> “4 ( - ‘* ‘

. > ie = . ys

> . ;

- i = 4 Me na

. oF 3 c

. » e we re

a &> ~ .

a 4 <u a! %

‘ 7 - 7

We <

- r a4

re 7x A

i t J

¢ ‘

our a, - ‘*%

. ¥ ” «

P A

= 4 i

i. FP

st ere ~<

‘ a)

“

ye.

vale

‘

—*

ee _)

p s

‘

> « i , r £ 4 3 5

chy im ; ’ ' w ar : . : a

Tes hae |

*.j ? abe i

PLaTE XIX.

Figs. 1—4 and 7—9. Sophina ealhas, Benson, p, 255.

1, general anatomy; 2, genital organs; 3, 8a, jaws; 4,a few

teeth of a transverse series, the 5th and 14th tooth shewn in a

lateral view; 7, typical specimen, front, side and upper views;

8, var. schistostel’s, same views; 9, a specimen with irregularly

thickened peristome.

Fig. 10. Sophina forabilis, Benson, p. 257.

10a, the front view, is enlarged twice the natural size.

Figs. 5, 11, 12, Sophina discotdalis, Stol., p. 258.

5, jaw ; 11, a much depressed specimen, natural size ; 12, a some-

what elevated specimen ; figs. 12a, 126, 12¢, are enlarged.

Figs. 6 and 13. Sophina conjungens, Stol., p. 259.

6, jaw; 13, different views in natural size.

oe, oral parts; t, tentacles; ep, eye-pedicles; a, anus; kd, kidney duct ;

mt, mantle: lml, left shell lobe; vml, right shell lobe; sg, salivary glands;

n, ganglion; ao, aorta with the branches Jh and bg; st, stomach ; k, kidney;

h, heart; 1, lungs; 7, rectum; m, retractor; cp, calciferous sac; vd, seminal

duct ; vs, seminal receptacle; p, penis; gs, amatorial gland; ho, hermaphrodite

opening ; pr, prostata; wt, uterus ; hd, hermaphrodite duct ; hg, hermaphrodite

gland ; ag, albuminous gland,

XL. Pell, 1871.

A.S.B.Vol:

fF. STOLICZKA... Journ

1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 217

Recently Major Beddome has found both land shells and reptiles

with unmistakeable Malabar affinities on the Golconda hills near

Vizagapatam and Mahendragiri hill near Ganjam. On a former

occasion, J. A. 8. B., 1867, p. 199, I called attention to the pecu-

liar isolation of Rucervus Duvaucelli, (the Barasingha deer,) Gallus

Serrugineus and the Saltree (Shorea robusta) just below Pachmari in

the Denwa valley, but this is a case of an outlier of the Bengal

fauna, not of that inhabiting Malabar. Mr. Hume (Scrap Book,

I, p. 297,) records the occurrence of Spizaétus Mipalensis on the Pach-

mari hills, and (J. A. 8. B., 1870, p. 117,) of Otocompsa fuscicau-

data on Mount Abi, and I have little doubt but that other Hima-

layan or Malabar forms accompany them.

NorEs ON TERRESTRIAL MoLiuscA FROM THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF

Movuumein, (TENAssERIM PROVINCES), WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF

NEW sPECIES,—by Dr. F. SroxiozKa.

° (With plates XV—XTIX.)

[Continued from p. 177. ]

Fam. Helicidee.

This family includes the stylommatophorous (stalk-eyed) species

usually called Helix, and which do not possess a mucous gland at

the upper termination of the foot. The jaws are usually ribbed, and

the teeth shorter, and stouter, than in the Zoniripm. I shall note

two genera, Plectopylis and Trachia.

Genus, Puxctopyuis, Bens.

(See pl. xv, and its explanation.)

This name was proposed as a sub-genus of Heliw in Ann. Mag.

N. H., 3rd ser., vol. v, p. 244. Benson gave a description of the

animal of Pl. achatina, (Ann. and Mag. N. H., 3rd ser., iv, p. 95), and

pointed out (ibidem, vol. vi, p. 98) the characteristic differences of

the shells, referred by him to Plectopylis, as compared with Coriila,

(Atopa of Albers, C. Rivolit and others). The anatomy of the

animal of Plectopylis indicates a good generic distinction from allied

forms. I cannot, however, say how far the peculiarities, to which

I shall presently refer, agree with the Ceylonese Corda, but a

| 28

218 F. Stoliczka— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3,

comparison of the two will no doubt prove interesting, and estab-

lish more firmly the relations of the present genus to Oorilla,

Ophiogyra, and the American. Polygyra.

The Indian and Burmese species referable to Plectopylis are:

P, achatina, Gray, P. anguina, refuga and repercussa, Gould, cyclas-

pis, brachyplecta, plectostoma, leiophis, pinacis, Bens., Karenorum,

perarcta, Andersoni and macromphalus, Blf., a new species allied to

the last from the Khasi hills, and probably also Helix retifera, Pfr.,

another species from Ceylon, and also HA. petios* of Martens,

apparently closely allied to Pl. pinaczs. All the species characterize

the Malay fauna; none of them occurs westward of Sikkim, and

their geographical distribution extends from this part of the Hima-

layas, in a south-easterly direction through Assam, the Khasi and

Tippera hills into Burma, Tavoy and the Southern Malay country.

Only the last mentioned species is found on the Nilgiri hills, its

form represents a slightly different type, the umbilicus being com-

paratively narrower than in any other Plectopylis, and the margins

of the aperture are barely expanded; within there is only a trans-

verse ridge on one side projecting between two pairs of tubercles on

the other ; no longitudinal ribs are present. I fully expect that, when

the animal of ZH. retifera becomes known, it will probably exhibit

somewhat different characters from those of the present genus.

The shells of Plectopylis are characterized by a planorboid,

umbilicated form, somewhat expanded and usually thickened

peristome, and by the presence of one or two transverse, and a few

spiral ridges placed internally some distance from the aperture.

I consider these internal folds to be in some respect analogous to

the clausilium in Clausilia, the animals of the two genera being

also somewhat similar in external characters. When the animal

of Plectopylis retracts into its shell, the passage through the folds

is generally found to be filled up with mucous secrection, but the

body itself mostly retracts one half of a whorl further inwards.

During hibernation the aperture is besides closed with the usual

calcareous lamina, as in other HxELicip”.

I have examined the animals of Pl. achatina, cyclaspis, pinacis,

and macromphalus. They are all very similar in external shape

* Malacozool. Bletter, xv, p. 158.

ol PA Pe eee ae

1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 219

and organization. I will for the present note only the two first

named species which occur near Moulmein.

In both the foot is rather short, rarely equalling in length the

ereater diameter of the shell, depressed, truncate in front, narrow-

ly rounded or sometimes obtusely pointed posteriorly, covered with

warts and granules; lateral line very slightly indicated, or not

at all developed; body cylindrical, short, covered with rather

strong warts; pedicles of moderate length, slightly thickened

at the end, and with the eyes small, placed centrally or very nearly

so; tentacles always very short. On the whole the form of the

body very closely resembles that of a Clausilia, and a comparison

of the internal organisation of the two genera also indicates their

close relation.

The mantle margin is entire, thickened towards the end, but

the edge itself is again thinner; pulmonary lobes simple without

any appendages, the right larger than the left ; pulmonary cavity

very small, posteriorly closed up by a very thin lamina. The

digestive organs are distinguished by the small size of the oral parts,

great length of the stomach and of the intestines, which make a

long double twist, but have no ceca or other appendages. The

salivary glands are comparatively small. The liver very extensive

and of a peculiar coarsely tubular, clustered appearance. The

kidney is large, of triangular shape, and has a special duct at the

anterior end; it terminates in the pulmonary cavity. Along the

aorta there is either on the right, or on both sides, a linear gland

of dark pigment (pg), its quantity, however, varying greatly in

different specimens.

The genital organs are rather simple. The female part has two

appendages: one longer which is the so-called receptaculum seminis,

but in which I only found a light brown colouring matter inter-

mixed with flat irregular particles, and a shorter, more muscular

gland which appears to represent the arrow or amatorial gland.

The uterus is thin, the hermaphrodite duct very long, and the

hermaphrodite gland situated behind at the posterior end of the

stomach, The vas deferens, or seminal duct, is short and thicken-

ed before it passes into the penis, which is attached by a strong

muscle to the right median side of the mantle, but has no external

appendages,

220 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3,

All the species which I examined are ovo-viviparous, as already

noticed by Benson in P. achatina. One specimen of P. cyeclaspis

had three well"developed embryos, each consisting of three con-

volutions, regularly coiled in and enclosed in a thin soft sac of cal-

careous granules, loosely jointed together. A specimen of P. pina-

cis had the whole uterus filled with 13 eggs, in different stages

of development. The first were perfectly developed, composed of 24

whorls, distinctly discernible. The youngest only consisted of a

yolk mass, darker internally than externally and folded on itself

hemispherically, like an enrolled Oniscus.

The jaw is very thin, horny, semi-elliptical, with a small anterior

median projection; it is marked transversely with a great number

of more or less distant grooves which divaricate in the centre,

The surface often besides shews in a transparent light a very fine

concentric striation, either on the entire jaw, or only on its median

portion.

The radula is long and of moderate width, composed of numer-

ous (about 100, or shghtly more) transverse, more or less angular

rows, each containing between 60 and 70 teeth. The centre tooth

is in achatina and ecyclaspis very small, long, recurved and pointed

at the end. The lateral teeth, which gradually decrease in size to-

wards the outer margins, are of a subquadrangular shape; each

possess a long rather obtuse, robust cusp, and besides that on the

outer side an inflected margin with 2 or 8 small cusps, and on

the inner a marginal cusp. The outermost teeth become quite

simple in shape, only one or two of the outer denticles being in-

dicated. On the last rows of the radula, the teeth have generally

only the robust cusps developed.

On comparing the jaw of Plectopylis with that of Olaustla, it will

be seen that both are similarin structure, but the shape is different

and the transverse sulcations are only indicated in the latter genus.

Much greater is the similarity of the Plectopylis jaw with that

of Cylindrella, as published by Crosse and Fischer in Journ. de

Conch., vol. x, 1870, p. 5, &c., pl. iii and iv, with the exception

that the median projection is wanting in the Cylindrella jaw.

The arrangement of the teeth of P. achatina and cyclaspis also

agrees with that of Cylindrella in the very small size of the centre

eS rr

mr ate

1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 221

tooth, but this is not aconstant character. In P. pinacis, the centre

tooth is larger and more of a shape similar to that of the lateral

teeth, which, however, in all the species retain @istinctly the

helicoid character.

PLECTOPYLIS ACHATINA, Gray, pl. xv, figs. 1—3.

Helix achatina, Gray apud Pfeiffer, Chem., &c. Hanley and Theob., Conche

Indica, pl. xiii, fig. 1.*

The two embryonal whorls are generally somewhat tumescent,

very finely punctated or scrobiculate, and of a pale yellowish or

whitish colour; the third whorl is pale rufescent with the striz of

growth distinct, in addition to which on the fourth whorl a spiral

striation appears, but it soon again becomes obsolete, while the

strie of growth continue to be well marked.

Young shells are surrounded on the last whorl with three fringes

of hairy cuticle, above and below, and near the centre of the

whorl, which is conspicuously angular. The basal fringe at first,

disappears, then the median, and at last the upper one.

The plication is one-third of the circuit of the last whorl distant

from the aperture. It consists on the inner lip of one oblique trans-

verse lamina, emitting at the base one short anterior fold, another

nearthe middle, extending up to the centre of the inner peris-

tome, at the upper end it is posteriorly bipartite, the lower branch

bending downwards across the inner lip and terminating with a

short rib directed backwards. At the base of the inner lip there

is besides a separate very thin rib which becomes obsolete before

it reaches the lower angle of the mouth. The outer lip has above

three longitudinal ribs, the innermost of which is thinnest and the

median posteriorly generally somewhat irregularly flexuous and

bifurcate, a large transverse lamina projects into the triangular

space formed by the inner lamina, and has a thin longitudinal rib

below it.

This species is extremely common on all the limestone hills

about Moulmein. Among thousands of specimens not one dextrorse

variety was met with. The largest specimens I have seen mea-

* A very inadequate figure of the species. The last whorl is unnecessarily

angular, the umbilicus too small, and the short fold at the basal angle of

the aperture far too strong. ,

222 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestriai Mollusca, [No. 3,

sured in the longer diameter 35 mm., but specimens of half the size,

and even smaller than that, often have all the appearance of being

full grown. “Lhe amount to which the aperture is deflected varies,

but I never saw aspecimen in which it was entirely turned down-

wards, as shewn in Kiister’s figure.

The usual colour is rufous brown above, albescent below, with

the mouth deep or pale lilac about the peristome. In caves,

secluded shady localties, and under large stones, white or yellow-

ish white specimens are often found, the peristome being in this

case also white. The colour of the animal varies as much as that of

the shell; it is rarely white, more often grey or brownish black ;

in the former case the head, pedicles and tentacles and the foot

in front are grey, in the latter these organs are only somewhat

paler than the general dark coloration of the body.

PLECTOPYLIS cycLasPis, Bens., pl. xv, figs. 4—6.

Helix cyclaspis, Benson, vide Pfeiff. Mon. Hel., v, 414.—Hanley and Theob.,

Conch. Indica, pl. xiii, fig. 10.*

When the shells are well preserved and perfectly fresh they

possess a coarsely serrated fringe of horny cuticle at the peri-

phery of the last whorl; this fringe is, however, very easily worn

off in older shells even during life. The two embryonal whorls

are almost always yellowish albescent, the third is uniform brown,

and the following become marbled and banded with white and

brown. ‘The spiral striation round the umbilicus, particularly

alluded to in Benson’s description of the species barely deserves

the name; itis generally very indistinct and caused by the at-

tachment of the fine hairs of the cuticle, this being there a little

more strongly developed than on the rest of the lower surface,

but the rugosity generally is hardly more apparent than on the

upper side of the shell,

The internal plication is situated at a distance from the aper-

ture of one-third of the last circuit. It consists on the inner lip

of alarge, transversely oblique, erect lamella, on the inner end —

produced into an anterior short fold; on the outer, or peripheri- —

al, side it is divided posteriorly into two folds, the outer o f which

* An entirely insufiicient illustration of the species j

1871. } F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 223

is thin and extends directly backwards, while the inner proceeds

obliquely across the lip, meeting a thin longitudinal rib, which runs

on the inner side of the largest lamina, so as to inclu@e a kind of a

triangular space. In this space there projects from the basal side of

the whorl a large oblique transverse lamina, accompanied on either

side by a thin longitudinal rib. Two thin ribs are situated on the

upper side of the whorl between the suture and the peripherical

keel. The median rib which originates near the edge of the inner

lip of the aperture extends only for a short distance internally,

The plication, as above described, was observed to be constant

in 8 specimens of various sizes.

Judging from the description of Pfeiffer’s H. revoluta (Mon. Hel.,

v, 416) I can hardly think that the shell referred to can be distinct

from cyclaspis. I have specimens of this last which perfectly agree

with the measurements given by Pfeiffer of his revoluta, and said

to be from the Andamans. I never received cyclaspis amongst

many thousands of shells from those islands, and I doubtits occur-

rence there quite as much as that of P. achatina, recorded by Tryon,

(comp. Proc. Asiat. Soc., March, 1870, p. 88). The shell fauna

of the Andamans and Nicobars shews considerable relations to that

of Arracan, but barely any to that of the limestone hills about

Moulmein. The latter is, as already stated, quite peculiar, and

very distinct from the fauna of the adjoining low lands, and even

from that of the neighbouring sandstone hills.

P. cyclaspis is found sparingly on all the limestone hills about

Moulmein. The animal is very shy, usually living in crevices and

holes, and closely adhering to the rock even when moving about.

It is uniform dark grey or blackish with a pink tinge, paler on

the pedicles and tentacles, the latter being very small and situated

quite at the base of the mouth; the warts of the body are black

and rather large.

Genus, Tracuta, Albers.

(See pl. xvi, figs. 1—3, and the accompanying explanation.)

This genus was proposed by Albers for ZH. asperella, Pfr., as type.

It is characterised by a planorboid shape, moderately thin semi-trans-

parent structure of the shell, covered with a setaceous cuticle, by

224 F, Stoliczka—WNotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 8,

an expanded outer peristome and by usually possessing a spacious

umbilicus. Albers places in the genus also H. Tuckeri, Pfr.,

Jallaciosa, Pfr., ruginosa, Fér., and nilagirica, Pfr. Of these only the

first is probably referable to the genus, the others I would prefer

classifying in Planospira, considering nilagirica as the most aberrant

form. Mr. W. T. Blanford (Ann. Mag. N. H., 1863, 3rd ser., vol. xi,

p. 85) added to the genus* Z. delibrata, Bens., gabata, Gould, (=

Merguiensis, Pfr.), Helfert, Bens., vittatat Mill., proxima, Fér., and

crassicostata, Pfr. The three last named species have, I believe, again

to be referred to Planospira, but the three others participate of the

generic characters of aspere/la and must, therefore, be considered

as belonging to Zrachia. I could quote a few other species, as for

instance H. squalus, Hinds, H. mendaz, Martens, and others, but

they do not strictly speaking belong to the Indo-Burmese fauna,

Planospira of Beck differs from TZrachia by the solidity of the

shell, thickened inner lip, &e. Campylea is, however, much more

closely allied to Zrachia, both in form and structure of the shell ;

indeed there are strictly speaking no external characters to distin-

guish the two. But the former, with its type H. cingulata, is

said to possess a 4—6 ribbed jaw, and the genital organs have

numerous appendages, while in Z. delibrata, (the only species of

Trachia of which I have examined the animal), the jaw has a great

number of ribs and the genital organs are of a very simple form,

Should, however, these characters prove to be of no avail for pur-

poses of classification, the two genera must be united into one,

and this is by no means improbable,

The structure of the shell of Zrachia also exhibits considerable

relation to some of the species of Doreasia, and Fruticicola, the

latter apparently represented in India by the Helix similaris group.

I have examined some animals of this species from Penang, and

I find that the dentition agrees, but the jaw and genital organs

are different from those of Zrachia ; the former a .y)

costate, and the latter with a thick amatorial gland. % e

It is difficult to predict in the present stage of our | rl

the animals what extent should be given to the genera pa.)

* Quoted by a misprint as ‘ Tachia.’

+ lagree with Mr. Blanford that there is no need of proposing a new

genus for this species, as has been done by Albers.

——_-

“- “Oye Sat ee

, 1871. ] EF. Stoliezka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 225

and Frwticicola, if H. similaris and bolus, and others, are to be con-

sidered as belonging to the latter. ‘These species evidently pass

gradually through ZH. tapeina, Bs., Huttoni, Pfr., H. Oldham, Bs.,

to the more acutely carinated species, as Osbeck?, Phil., trichotropis

and elegantissima, Pfr., for the last of which Albers proposed the

name Plectotropis. H. gabata was incorrectly referred by Al-

bers to the latter genus, while the closely allied species, H. deli-

brata, is referred by him to Planospira. Albers places H. rota-

tora in his new genus Discus, (a name which cannot be used),

and refers it to the Zonrripm. The type of his Discus is H. Met-

calf, Pfr., which is most likely a TZrochomorpha, a genus to be

placed at the end of the Zoniripm, being in many respects inter-

mediate between this family and the Hrericipm, Mr. Blanford’s

Stvella, proposed for ZH. castra, Bens.,, is also to be united with Zro-

chomorpha. The animal has an undivided sole to the foot, but a very

faint mucous groove at its upper posterior end.

HI, Huttoni is found in Albers’ list among the Rotule, and there

are a great number of other similar misplacements in that author’s

listsregarding the Indian and Malayan HeEticEa; some of the

“more evident mistakes have already been pointed out by Mr. W. T.

Blanford in his numerous conchological papers,

TRACHIA DELIBRATA, Bens., pl. xvi, figs. 1—3.

Helix delibrata, Benson, Journ, A. 8. Bengal, 1836, vol. v, p. 352 ; eadem

Pfeiff., Chem., Phil., Reeve, &c. Hanley and Theob., Conch. Indica, pl. xiv,

fig. 4, (H. gabata), and figs. 9—10.

The form described from Tavoy by Gould as H. procumbens

(Bost. J., 1844, vol. iv, p. 453, pl. xxiv, fig 1), represents a peculiar

variety, which is figured by Reeve, while Chemnitz’ figure is most

probably taken from a Khasi hill specimen. The Tavoy form

which also occurs at Moulmein, (though rather rarely), has the ©

whorls rapidly increasing, the spire flat or very little elevated, the

last whorl considerably descending and the inner lip very narrow,

- giving, so to say, a trumpet shape to the aperture. The usual

size is 18—20 m.m. The surface is covered with a pale oliva-

ceous or brownish cuticle, distinctly hairy in young specimens,

but becoming almost perfectly smooth and shining in older ones ;

26 F. Stoliczka~— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusea. [No. 3,

at the upper periphery of the last whorl there is usually a single

brown band traceable. Specimens devoid of the cuticle appear

white; one of this kind was figured by Hanley and Theobald under

the name H. gabata, as already alluded to,

Specimens from Pegu and Upper Burma, perfectly agree with

those from Moulmein, except that the aperture is generally a

little less deflexed. Large specimens, measuring in the longer

diameter more than 20 m.m., often become very flat.

Specimens from Assam (Tézpore) have the whorls more regularly

increasing, than Burmese specimens, they possess, therefore, a

more orbicular shape, and the upper side is conspicuously convex.

The cuticle becomes quite smooth with advanced age, and the shells

are often encircled with numerous broader and narrower reddish

brown bands. Full grown specimens (22—25 m.m.) from the

Khasi hills and from Darjeeling appear to be peculiarly thin,

and when well preserved they have the cuticle very rough and

hairy; they are also generally marked with numerous brownish

bands. In all specimens from the three last named localities the

aperture is much less deflected and the inner lip longer, than in

those from Tenasserim and Pegu, thus giving the shell apparently

avery different aspect from the southern procumbens, but the gradual

change from one form into the other, as well as the variations to

be noticed in one and the same locality, clearly shew that all belong

to one and the same species ; at least there is not one constant

character by which they could be separated. The following measure-

ments exhibit the amount of variation.

Moulmein, Pegu. Assam. Khasi Darjeel-

hills, ing.

a b c d e

Larger diam. pecs cig

sion of lip),”-...\. a 18°5 23°0 18:0—185 23°0 21°35

Width of last whorl | near ‘the

APertUre, 2+ wooeoe rns dered 65 78 6'6—5.5 80 8:0

Smaller diameter, Seen Ene reo nee hh EE 183 14°3—15°2 17°7 165

Height of shell,‘ ..i.ccscessascess 93 10°2 9:0—10°0 9:3 9'5

os. , OF BPORbNTS ssc: ja cwentcue 74 9°5 8'2—8°5 85 85

Width, ‘5 sdbeattee Saaee 9:3 12:0 9:8—9:0 US 11:0

Smaller diam.: larger diam. 0°75 0:79 0°'79—0'82 0°79 0:76

Height of aperture: width,,., O79 O79 083-094 074 077

) pre ae

procum= procum- delibrata,

bens, bens,

a typical ; 6, approaching the type.

ea od

lame sates

—

1871. ] F., Stoliezka— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 99%

The two last items in the table, giving the relative proportions

of the most important characters upon which the growth of the shell

depends, clearly shew the identity of the species. Two forms geo-

graphically most distant, from Moulmein and Darjeeling, very

closely correspond with each other. The limits of variation in the

proportions between the smaller and the larger diameters are

0°75 and 0°82, and those of the height to width of the aperture

0°74 to 0°94, the difference being chiefly due to the greater or lesser

expansion of the peristome.

The animal of the Moulmein variety is fleshy grey, anteriorly

much longer than posteriorly ; foot depressed, finely granulated

like the rest of the body, without a lateral line; pedicles long,

tentacles moderate, both of a darker grey colour; a pale strip

runs from between the pedicles along the centre of the back

and gradually disappears posteriorly.

The mantle is entire at its edge and very slightly thickened,

internally spotted with dusky brown ; the left dorsal lobe is only

represented by a simple thickening, the right reaches anteriorly

over the back and becomes rapidly narrower below. The mouth

is short, thick, as in other Huxicip#; the salivary glands very

large, enveloping the whole of the anterior part of the ali-

mentary canal. The intestines are of considerable length, making

one shorter and one longer twist. Other parts of the digestive and

secretionary systems do not differ from those of other Hexicrpz ;

but the genital organs are peculiar. The uterus is thin and long ;

the seminal receptacle almost equal to it in length, and only moder-

ately thickened towards its obtuse end. No glands at the ante-

rior end of the uterus, nor an appendage on the recept. seminis ;

neither was an arrow gland observed. The penis is, however, very

long, twisted, with a small cecum (? flagellum) at the point

where the vas deferens enters; the last thickened part is sus-

pended by a special retractile muscle.

The jaw is moderately narrow, semilunar, ribbed on the entire

surface, the 7 median ribs being stronger than those following

at the sides.

The radula is of very great length. I counted 124 transverse,

slightly angular series of teeth. The median tooth is very little

228 F. Stoliczka— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3,

smaller than the adjoining; it is obtusely pointed, with a small

emargination on either side, The following teeth are gradually

more oblique, but the base retains its subquadrangular shape ; the -

inner large hook decreases and the outer small pointed one in-

creases in size, until they become nearly equal, The one or two

outermost teeth appear to be shortly tricuspid. The basal portion

of the teeth is in all elongately subquadrangular, above very

slightly emarginate on the central tooth, but becoming gradually

more so on the laterals, while at the same time the width slightly

and the length considerably decrease, until on the last teeth the

upper ends are very distinctly bifurcate. The formula of the teeth

is 22 (to 18) + 20 — 1 — 20 + (18 to) 22, there being 77 to 88

teeth in each transverse series. ‘The first 20 teeth on either side

of the central tooth are somewhat larger than the following, but the

passage from the larger to the smaller ones is very gradual, and

not always distinctly traceable.

TRACHIA GABATA, Gould.

Heliva gabata, Gould, 1844, Bost. Journ., vol, iv, p. 454, pl. xxiv, fig. 9 ;—

eadem Chem., Pfeiff., Reeve, &e.

Hanley and Theob., Conch. Indica, pl. xiv, fig. 7, non H. gabata, ibidem

fig. 4 = H. procumbens, Gould.

AH. Mergwiensis, Phil., 1846 ; eadem Peiffer, et auctorum.

Plectotropis gabata, apud Wall., Proc. Z. Soc., 1865, p. 408.

The specific distinctions pointed out by Philippi between his

Merguiensis and Gould’s gabata, and relied on by subsequent

authors, do not exist in reality. Both forms are covered with a

hairy cuticle, but, when the hairs are broken off, a finely gra-

nular, or rather punctate or scrobiculate, surface is produced, which

generally can be easily detected, if not on the whole, at least on some

portions, of the shell. Rarely are the hairs so much worn down,

that the surface attains the appearance of being quite smooth.

Shells which have the upper side quite flat, resembling the one

figured by Gould, would seem to be of extreme rarity. I have

not seen any full grown ones equal to it, but specimens with a

slight upper convexity, like those delineated by Chemnitz and

Reeve, are of common occurrence. The upper convexity of the shell

is indeed subject to considerable variation. Some specimens have

1871. } F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 229

the whorls above so very tumid, that the peripherical keel on the

last whorl instead of being near the upper edge comes to be situated

nearly in the middle of the whorl. The aperture is more or less

deflected, of a transverse, elongately oval, shape, with the inner

lip generally conspicuously thickened and slightly emarginated.

The species was originally described from Tavoy. It is not

uncommon about Moulmein on the limestone hills at Damotha and

eastward on the Gayin river, but I have not obtained a living speci-

men of it. Major Godwin-Austen collected it also in the North

Cachar hills. Wallace quotes it (doubtfully) from Celebes, but

Martens, (Preusis. Exped., p. 391) seems to siti the correctness

_ of the locality.

Hanley and Theobald, in their Conch. Indica, give a rather poor

figure of Merguiensis, but what is figured as gabata, Gould, appears

to me to represent a shell of exactly the same type as Gould’s

procumbens which is identical with Benson’s delibrata.

Fam. ZGONITIDA.

The animals of this family are characterized by the invariable

presence of a mucous gland, situated at the truncate, posterior end

of the foot ; above the base of the sole runs a distinct lateral line,

or a row of enlarged tubercles, between the gland and the mouth;

the jaw is smooth, or finely concentrically striated; outer teeth

of the radula slender and generally bicuspid at the end, except the

very last ones which are often simple, styli-form,

In the muscular, digestive and nervous systems the Zonrripm

do not differ from the Hzricrpa, but there is usually a slight dif-

ference to be observed in the reproductive organs. In the latter

family the so-called arrow or amatorial sac* (glandula mucosa

cum sagitta amatoria) is short, with numerous thin appendages ;

in the former it is either simple, or sometimes altogether absent.

If present, it appears to be an important organ during copula-

m tion. It is generally of a cylindrical shape and of a tough, mus-

cular structure, attached by a special retractile muscle, enclosed

in atubular sheath and terminating with a pointed papilla or flagel-

* Or dart-sac of some English authors,

230 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [ No. 3,

lum. The internal cavity is often filled with hardened particles

of various shapes. Although during copulation an intromissile

organ, it can only be considered as an organ of irritation, while the

true penis is represented by a simple enlarged tube of the termi-

nal part of the seminal duct (vas deferens). This is mostly the

case, whenever the amatorial sac with its papilla is well developed.

Some most remarkable organs, apparently modifications of the

amatorial sac will be noticed in the genus Sesara and in Mae-

rochlamys | Durgella| honesta. I hope to return to this subject

at some future date and give a revised list of the Indian

genera belonging to the present family, but many more animals

must yet be examined, before reliable materials for purposes of

classification can be obtained.

For the present I shall confine my remarks to the following

genera, Rotula, Conulema, Sesara, Macrochlamys with Durgella, Micro-

cystis and Sophina. Of other forms of Zonrtrpm, common about

Moulmein, I have omitted Helicarion, having the intention of

examining this genus in connection with several other allied

forms from the Khasi-hills and from the Himalayas at an early

date.

With reference to the organs which are useful in the grouping

of the ZoniripZ#, I would especially draw attention to some variabi-

lities in the genital apparatus. The presence or absence of an arrow,

or amatorial sac, has been considered as an important generic distine-

tion. I have repeatedy satisfied myself, that it is not so, and more-

over that references to the form and shape of the genital organs

must be very cautiously made. When animals are examined, it is

very important to know whether they are full grown or adolescent,

or very young. In each of these cases the form of the genital organs

may be very different, as will, for instance, be found noticed

in the genus Sesara. Again the size and development of certain

parts of the genital system vary greatly according to the season of

the year, &c.

In speaking of the different organs in the general anatomy of

the animals, I have mostly employed terms which have come into

general use in anatomical publicatiofis. The arrow sac, (or dart-sac

of some English authors) I have often termed amatorial sac, be-

1871.] F. Stoliczka—Votes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 231

cause it includes only an amatorial, not a true copulative, organ.

When speaking of the mantle (see pl. xvii, fig 2,) I have termed,

acccording to Semper, the two portions of the mantle, which on

either side of the pulmonary opening are more or less reflected over

portions of the peristome, the right and left shell-lobes, and those

which cover the back of the animal the dorsal-lobes. Strictly

speaking, there are only two mantle lobes present, one right and

one left, but of each the superior portions often cover parts of

the shell, and these are called shell-lobes ; they besides often possess

separate appendages.

The foot is below either grooved in the middle or not, but there

is always amore or less wide muscular area present, which is

separated from the margins of the sole by fine lunes.

Genus. Rorvuza, Albers.

This name was proposed by Albers (Helic., edit. 2nd, p. 62,) for

Helix detecta, Fer., which species represents a type of sudbdiscord

ZonitTipm, possessing a thin shell with numerous whorls, these being

narrow, flattened and sculptured above : the last with more or less inflated,

smooth, or finely striated polished base ; narrowly, or not, perforated ;

carinated at the periphery ; apertural margins simple, attenuated, some-

times internally slightly thickened. ‘Thus characterized Zotula would

include a large group of Zoniripm from India and the adjacent

islands. I may mention serrula and pansa, Bens., indica and

Shiplayi, Pf., Kundaensis, Blf., &. When the last whorl is more

rounded, as in ornatissima, Bens., the form would appear to pass

into Semper’s Euplecta, and when the upper sculptured surface

becomes smoother, as in textrina, Bens., the shells would appear to

form a transition towards Macrochlamys.

If the external characters of the shells be alone consulted, I

do not think that great difficulty can be experienced in classi-

fying the species under this genus, and, unless disproved by the

- examination of the animal of the type, 2. detecta, Fér., the genus

- may stand as indicated above. If this be admitted, and considering

Helix anceps of Gould, H. Massont, Behn, and another unnamed

species from Penang,—of all of which I have examined live

animals,—as belonging to olula, I may add the following

232 F, Stoliczka—WNotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [ No. 38,

from the soft parts of the animal to the characteristic of the

genus.

Foot about equal in length to twice the largest diameter of the shell,

moderately narrow, tail gland distinct with a small, obtuse, hook-like

appendage above it ; sole with two longitudinal furrows ; lefé shell-lobe

with a narrow appendage, originating some distance from the pulmonary

orifice, a little below the angular periphery of the last whorl of the shell,

and reflected over the basal portion of the last whorl only; right shell-

lobe linguate, above (atthe posterior angle of the aperture of the shell)

thickened, and below (at the columellar lip) slightly produced ; left dor-

sal lobe divided into two lobes, the upper linguate, the lower narrow,

sometimes nearly obsolete ; right dorsal lobe large, considerably extend-

ong over the neck of the animal. Jaw semilunar, of nearly equal breadth

throughout, smooth ; rqdula with many median rows of subequal teeth

conspicuously larger than the outer teeth.

It will be seen from this characteristic that I omit to make

reference to the form of the genital organs for reasons which I

have already explained, but further on I shall give some anatomical

details of a species which, I believe, may be considered as one of the

typical forms of the genus, &. anceps.

Semper (Reisen im Arch. der Philipp., vol. III, pt. i, p. 388)

characterizes Rotula merely from a few anatomical characters which

appear to me very insufficient for such a purpose. He considers

Albers type as only doubtfully belonging to the genus, thus estab-

lishing the latter altogether upon a new basis, and placing ZH.

celatura, Fer., rufa, Lesson, Iassoni, Behn, and Campbelli, Gray,

in it. Of these I would exclude the first named species; the

form of its shell is quite different from those of the other species,

and the character of ornamentation indicates that the mantle lobes,

if any be present, must also be different; it besides has no appendage

above the tail-gland. The three other species I take, however, to

belong to Rotula,

H. semicerina, Morl., ( = Lawsonis, Reeve) is also referable to

Rotula; it is connected through implicata,* Nevill, with Z. argen-

tea, Reeve, and thus passes into the Zrochomorpha type of shell,

though the animal is decidedly one of the Zoniripm, LH. cernica,

* Journ, Asiat. Soc., 1870, vol. XX XIX, pl. ii, p. 407.

io. oe eee ee

}

1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca, 233

Ad., imperfecta, Desh, mucronata, Reeve, appear to represent quite

a different group of ZonrripH with almost membranaceous shells.

The South Indian H. ampulla probably belongs to this group. The

shells are somewhat allied to the new genus Conulema (type @.

attegia, Bens.), but the whorls are fewer and rapidly increasing.

Their closest ally will probably be Helicarion, but an examination

of the animals is necessary in order to determine the extent of the

group.

I expect that several species of Albers’ Thalassia, which chiefly

includes Australian shells, will also be referable to Rotula, but I

am not quite certain that Semper’s uplecta is sufficiently distinct

from the typical forms of Thalassia.

Rotvuta anceps, Gould, pl. xvii, figs. 1—3.

Helix anceps, Gould, 1844, Bost. Journ., IV, p. 54, pl. xxiv, fig. 4; eadem

Chem., Pfeiff., Reeve, &c., ( ? = Nanna arata, BIf.).

Chemnitz’s figure of the species is excellent, but somewhat flat-

ter forms also occur. The fresh shell is thin and transparent,

covered with a shining epidermis ; the strie of growth are above

strongly marked, crossed by fine spiral lines, the base is polished

and with hardly traceable striz of growth.

I found the species common to the south of Moulmein and near

Amherst on trees and bushes in damp localities. At Damotha I

obtained only four dead specimens on a limestone rock; they have

distinctly a more solid shell, but do not differ in any other respect

from those found on trees.

Typical specimens of Blanford’s N. arata from Upper Burma

(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 448), differ by having the base of the

last whorl less inflated and somewhat more distinctly striated, but

the differences are such, as may easily be referred only to a local

variation of anceps, the shell being larger and flatter.

The animal is dark grey with a distinct greenish tinge, darker

on the front part of the head and on the pedicles. Foot long,

slightly more than twice the longer diameter of the shell; lateral

line distinct, rather high up above the edge of the sole ; the por-

tion of the foot above the line is obliquely furrowed, below it

nearly smooth, or very finely striated. Posterior part of foot

234 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3,

tapering, obtusely truncate at the end; tail-gland with slightly

thickened edges and a small hook-like appendage above. Sole of

foot with two longitudinal, not very distinct, furrows; its middle

part is a little broader than the lateral parts.

The outer mantle edge is slightly thickened. The left shell-

lobe (dsl, in fig. 2) has below the angular periphery a linguate

process, reflected over the basal part of the peristome, and ends

with another shorter appendage near the shell retractor; the right

shell lobe (rs/.) has a linguate process at the posterior angle of the

mouth, and another broader one covering the columellar lip. The

left dorsal lobe (/d/.) consists of a small linguate process next to the

pulmonary opening and extends after a short interruption as an in-

distinct rim (in young specimens obsolete) along the inner side of

the mantle. The right dorsal lobe (rdi.) is considerably produced

over the neck and recedes rapidly, barely reaching to the shell re_

tractor.

The pulmonary cavity is spacious, with dark pigment arrangedin ~

some irregular transverse bands. The pigment is supplied from a

long, blackish mass spread superficially over a white, albuminous

gland (pg, in fig. 1), accompanying the dull yellowish kidney,

next to which on the left side follows the heart (4). The mouth is

large, fleshy; the salivary glands also large, on long strings and

in the original position situated at the lower anterior end of the

stomach ; the latter is about 13 volutions long, withoutany coecal

appendages; the intestines form only one twist and are surround-

ed by two lobes of the liver. A narrow albuminous gland (ag)

accompanies the rectum, . |

The liver consists of several lobes: one is situated next to the

hermaphrodite gland, while two others envelope the intestines ;

a fourth larger lobe begins at the lower end of the kidney and

covers nearly the whole of the lower side of the stomach; the

last 24 volutions are also occupied by the liver.

The nervous system with its numerous branches does not differ

in any essential particular from that of other Zonrripaz.

The genital organs occupy the right side of the dorsal cavity.

In full grown specimens they are very complicated. The arrow

sac (ag) is yery thick, twisted, angularly bent near the anterior

1871. | F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusea. 235

end, and internally provided with a strong, pointed papilla. This

is composed of three entirely different layers of muscular tissue :

thé outer one consists of tough longitudinal muscles, the next

is a thick layer of transverse muscles, and then follows a_ soft

tissue in which longitudinal muscles prevail; the inner cavity is in

its entire length filled with an extremely fine granular substance,

the granules being opaque and nearly equal in size. The herma-

phrodite organ begins as a simple tube, the seminal receptacle

branching off some distance from the opening, its end lies imbedded

in soft tissue at the anterior part of the uterus. Where the seminal

receptacle branches off the prostata possesses a small, dark, sessile,

muscular appendage (fa). The inside of this resembled (in spirit

specimens) a soft mass of fine reticulated threads, like spermatozoa.

The vas deferens has about the middle a long appendage (7.) which

enclosed a very thin, elastic or spongy flagellum ;* after this the

duct thickens into a gland, filled with white, ovately lenticular,

calcareous particles, having the appearance of a milky substance,

when that glandis cut upon, A short distance from the calciferous

oland follows again accecal appendage, attached by a few muscular

threads to the inner side of the mantle; the terminal portion of the

duct represents the true penis, it is somewhat bent and thickened

near the middle, but it does not enclose a specially developed

papilla for purposes of copulation.

One young specimen which I examined did not appear to

have the amatorial sac developed, at least I was not able to

trace it. The uterus was very thin; the receptaculum seminis re-

presented by only a very thin tube, twisted round the anterior part

of the former. The was deferens had asmall flagellar appendage

(f.), but the flagellum itself could not be traced, and there were no

calcareous bodies developed in the small enlargement of the duct

next to the flagellar appendage.

The jaw (fig. 4) is rather narrowly semilunar, smooth, very

slightly prominent at the median part of the concave front edge.

In transparent light there is on it a very fine, somewhat irregular

concentric striation perceptible, particularly near the front edge.

* This flagellum is entirely distinct from the sac with calcareous bodies,

and appears to have the cbject of assisting the passage of the spermatozoa

through the calcareous mass which fills the enlargement next to it.

" *

236 F. Stoliczka—WNotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [ No. 3,

The radula has about 75, almost straight, transverse, closely set

rows of teeth, there being about 135 teeth in each row, (fig. 5).

The median 25* teeth are subequal among themselves, but consider-

ably larger than the outer ones, (about 55) on each side. The

centre tooth is symmetrical, tricuspid, withthe median point most

prolonged, the lateral cusps being comparatively small and turned

somewhat outwards and inwards; the following teeth twist more

and more outwardly on either side, the large, strongly curved,

points becoming always thinner and the outer lateral points slightly

larger, until they nearly equal each other in size. At the same

time the breadth of the teeth considerably decreases.

Conulema, n. gen.

(Type, Helix attegia, Benson, from Burma.)

Shell conotdal, thin, consisting of many, usually spirally ribbed or

striated whorls ; base convex, narrowly or indistinctly umbilicated ; mar-

gin of the aperture thin, not expanded ; outer simple.

Animal narrow, long, (generally equal to twice the greater dia-

meter of the shell); pedicles long, tentacles much shorter, lateral

line distinct, the margin below it smooth ; gland at the end of foot

large, superseded by a distinct horn; sole grooved ; two shell and

two dorsal-lobes to the mantle, all of them small and with no sepa-

rately produced appendages, but slightly extended on either end;

genital organs with, or without, an amatorial gland; a single

appendage to the penis, produced into the penis retractor; recep-

taculum seminis terminating with a bulging end, attached to the

anterior portion of the prostata. Jaw thin, transparent, smooth

indistinctly or finely concentrically striated in the middle. Radula

large, consisting of numerous (about 100) transverse rows, each

with very numerous (300 to above 400) teeth, a few median teeth

being conspicuously larger than the laterals which are narrow,

pectiniform and very gradually decreasing in width.

Following E, v. Martens, Mr. W. T. Blanford referred the type

species of this genus, with several other allied species, to Albers’

Trochomorpha, but I have already (p. 225) noticed, that this name

must be retained for an entirely distinct group, the type of which is

Ly. planorbis, Lesson.

* In younger specimens somewhat less,

* -*

1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Notes on Terrestrial Mollusea. 237

The Indo-Malayan species which have presently to be referred

to Conulema are Helix attegia, (with culmen, BIf.), infula, cacuminifera,

arz and palmira, Benson, H. gratulator and confinis, Bf, Con. lirt-

cincta, 0. sp., and probably also Nanina apicata, BIf. and H. hy-

phasma, Pfr., from South India and Ceylon, H. leucophlea, Martens,

from Celebes, and a few others,

The genus is, as regards form and structure of the shell, closely

allied to Semper’s Muartensia* (Reisen im Archipel der Phil. &e.,

2ter Theil, ivter Band, p. 42), but in this the right shell-lobe of

the mantle is said to be entirely absent and the penis has two coecal

appendages, which have not been observed in Oonulema. The

presence or absence of an amatorial gland cannot be accepted asa

generic character, which will be evident from what I shall presently

say in comparing the generative organs of C. attegia with those of

C. infula.

For Hutton’s Helix fastigiata which may be identical with Pfeif-

fer’s Helix Barakpoorensis, and H. aspirans, W. and H. Blf., Mr.

W.T. Blanford proposed the name Faliella (Ann. and Mag. Nat.

Hist., Feb. 1863, vol. xi, p. 83). The anatomy of H. Barakpoorensis

closely resembles that of Conulema, but the dentition is different, that

species having fewer teeth in a transverse row and a great number

of the median ones enlarged, all being squarish, not pectiniform.

CoNULEMA ATTEGIA, Bens., pl. xviii, figs. 1—4.

Heliv attegia, Benson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1859, vol. iv, p 184

—eadem auctorum.

Nanina culmen, BIf., Journ, Asiat. Soc Bengal, 1865, xxxiv, pt. 2, p. 72.

The animal is of a dull whitish colour ; the larger warts of the

body, often possessing a pink tinge, are arranged in oblique rows;

the pedicles are grey, and this colour also extends over a part of the

_ back; ridge of the posterior part of the foot ashy grey ; mantle lobes

light, or sometimes pinkish-grey ; inner part of mantle, forming the

pulmonary sac, with spots and stripes of dark pigment, giving the

_ shell, when the animal is retracted, a spotted appearance.

The mantle lobes are very slightly extensible. Those covering

the shell are somewhat thickened near their margins, the left shell

* This name has already been employed in Botany.

238 F. Stoliczka— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3,

lobe+einrg slightly reflected over the edge of the outer lip, so as

just to cover it. The right dorsal lobe is much larger than the

left, which is represented by a mere thickened rim.

The general anatomy of the digestive and nervous organs and

of the muscular system is exactly as in Rotula. The generative

organs have a large and long uterus; the terminal swollen end

of the seminal receptacle is inbedded in a soft tissue at the anterior

end of the prostata; vas deferens short and extremely thin,

widened before it enters the penis, the expanded portion being

filled with a granular colouring pigment, in which, however, no

calcareous particles were discernible. The penis is rather thick, pos-

teriorly prolonged and attached by a thin muscle to near the end

of the prostata. The amatorial gland is a very strong, tough,

twisted tube, enclosing a pointed flagellum. A section of the

median portion of the gland (see la on pl. xviii,) shews an ex-

ternal thick layer of longitudinal muscles, (a) then follows a

layer of transverse muscles (8), and after this a thinner, but very

tough layer (y), enclosing a hollow space (6), which in spirit

specimens was filled with a jelly-like substance, mixed with harder

flattened bodies of an irregular shape.

The jaw is semicircular, slightly projecting in the centre of the

concave edge, smooth, about the median part indistinctly and very

finely concentrically striated ; the posterior part, along the convex

edge and some distance from it, is not perfectly solidified.

The radula is very large, consisting of about 100, nearly

straight or slightly undulating transverse rows. In a full grown

specimen I counted 405 teeth in each row, the formula being

200 + 2—1— 2 + 200, and the total number of teeth about

40,000, The four median teeth are conspicuously larger, than those

following on either side, all have a sharp pointed cusp at the anterior

end. “The centre tooth has besides two smaller cusps at each side

and is symmetrical; the following are gradually more and more

turned on either the right or left side, and the smaller cusps are,

therefore, developed only on one side; the last lateral tooth is

styliform.

The shell of Conulema attegia is subject to a large amount

of variation. The original specimen described from Tenasserim

1871, ] F., Stoliczka—DNotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 239

was a thin horny shell, and probably not quite mature. Young

shells have the periphery always very sharply carinated, and the

spiral ribs or striz on the whorls, as well as on the somewhat

inflated base, are distinct. Specimens which live on foliage, or

other kind of vegetation in low land, retain the thin horny structure

of their shells, even when full grown, but the spiral striation,of the

whorls is often difficult to be traced. On drier places and on

sandstone hills the shells become more solid and are covered with

a thin horny cuticle; the spiral striation becomes very distinctly

discernible, and there often appear intermediate strize between the

4or5 stronger spiral ribs. A young specimen of this type has

been described by Blanford as Nanina culmen. On limestone ground

the shells become again more solid, often attaining a considerable

thickness, and the specimens also grow to a larger size, but the

spiral striation occasionally disappears almost entirely on the two

last whorls.

The species is common about Moulmein, though not so much on

low land as on limestone hills. The spiral angle of specimens

collected in Burma varies from nearly 70° to 86 degrees. The fol-

lowing table will indicate some of the principal variations.

Pegu. Moulmein,

Wit FETE Spanner Ee

Mumilber OF whorls,.....cs0c.c.00: 6 8 6; «© 62 ‘ij

MGR OOF CIAMOEECT, ces ccedescacsee 5'8 13 Yb 8: 11:2 mm.

Shorter diameter, ........csces0 52 11°5 6°4 7:2 DO: ie

Prone tas OF SHEL], vives coe sox see ven 55 12° (hs 75 EO" “14;

EMEA OTLO nos cneses conse ves eos 72° 80° F001 802 86°

Wee eT) he aN Ly

culmen. attegia. attegia,

CoNULEMA INFULA, Bens., pl. xvili, figs. 5—9.

Helix infula, Benson, Ann. and Mag. N, Hist., II, p. 160,—eadem auctorum.

The animal of this species is identical in form and coloration with

that of attegia, except that there is often a little more leaden Srey

on the upper posterior part of the foot, tinging the sole. The

general organisation is also the same in both, with the only

difference that in the genital organs the amatorial sac is entirely

- absent. The end of the seminal receptacle is attached by a fine

thread to the anterior part of the prostata, and the albuminous

_ gland of the uterus is comparatively larger than in attegia.

240 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. | No. 3,

In specimens which I examined in winter the oviduct was

anteriorly only slightly enlarged, but all larger specimens examined

during the rainy season shewed a very conspicuous orange coloured

swelling in that place (ov, in fig. 7, on pl. xvii). The ova

composing it were in an advanced state of development, and some of

them shewed already a spiral arrangment of dark corpuscles.

The jaw exhibits a rather distinct but very fine concentric

striation, the median projection in the anterior concavity is very

slight, and the convex edge is partially soft, granular, not entirely

horny.

The radula is large, composed of about 100, nearly straight,

transverse rows, each generally consisting of from 307 to 321 teeth,

the seven median teeth being conspicuously larger than those

following on either side, the formula being 150 + 8 ——1— 38 + 150;

and the total number of teeth is somewhat above 30,000.

The anatomy of the present species, when compared with that of

the last, agrees, as already stated, almost perfectly. There isa slight

difference in the terminal attachment of the seminal receptacle and

in the number of enlarged teeth, but the only essential distinction

lies in the absence of an amatorial sac in infula. I was at first

inclined to attribute the absence of that organ to immaturity,

but this view wag not supported by the examination of specimens

at all seasons of the year, and some which had fully developed ova.

The only conclusion I can arrive at is, that the presence or

absence of an amatorial sac cannot be considered as a character

of generic importance, for it would be simply dragging classification

into absurdity, if we would refer imfula and attegia to two genera,

while almost every other point of organisation, the form and

colour of the animals and of the shells, are nearly perfectly the

same,

C. infula is a common* species in the neighbourhood of Calcutta ; _

it occurs sparingly in Western Bengal and northwards up to the

foot of the hills, and is also found near Poona and Balaramptr in

Southern India. In none of these localities do the specimens attain

the size of the Burmese attegia, and when compared with ordinary

'* A few years ago it was almost only seen in Orchid houses, but now it

appears to become more generally distributed.

1871.] F. Stoliczka—wNotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 241

specimens of the latter, the spiral angle is generally found to be

smaller, the whorls slightly more convex and the base of the last

less inflated. However, these characters are all somewhat vari-

able, and I collected specimens of attegia at Moulmein which are

almost undistinguishable from the Bengal znfula, the only difference

being that the former are clearly immature, while the latter of the

same size have all the appearance of full grown shells.

The following measurements have been taken from specimens of

different localties.,

Calcutta, Raniganj. Poona.

remmniver Of ryeorls;( (0. oi. ive vsewecesedectoeveseds 64 i fs 5}

Maa WSM GIAMOLETS 54545 abe). ds dnn's\ccd apvlovddlaedsine Eee PIER LEY he 55 mm.

Smaller, ,, Me ita Rtbin the saiminkon Gabeocial aka vO 6'5 - BD, (14,

AON SCN, nc sanna sea cocvasessdedweeseaas) ace 7. 73 Bb. ihe

REN re Citi «pov le nconge Shona Unseen pets aps (ees 74° 70°

I have not seen from any part of Bengal specimens larger than

8 mm. in the greater diameter, and those from the Western Ghats

appear rarely to attain more than 6 mm. in the same diameter.

The spiral angle varies in Bengal specimens from 65°—78°, on the

average it is decidedly smaller than in attegia and may be taken at

74°,

Conulema liricincta, Stol., pl. xviii, fig. 10.

Con. testa late conica, tenui, castanea, apice pallida, vel omnino

pallidelutescente, anguste umbilicata ; anfractibus 7, convexe grada-

tis, sutura impressa simplici junctis, quatuor liris acutis spiralibus

cinctis: liris duabus medianis crassissimis, superna tenuissima ;

basi leevigata, prope peripheriam liris 3—4 tenuibus, approximatis

notata ; lineis incrementi subtilissimis et confertissimis ; apertura

sub-semilunari, labio columellari rectiusculo, brevi, supra paulo

reflexo; labro tenui, simplici arcuato; diam. maj. 6°4, d. min. 6;

alt. testee 5°8, alt. apert. 2°5, lat. ap. 3 mm.

Hab. Prope Moulmein, ad flumen Ataran.

The species has the general form of a rather large and elevated

Con. palmira, Bens., but the spiral ribs are more distant and

_ stronger, except at the periphery which is less sharply carinated.

I have not seen the animal, but judging from the general resem-

242 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [| No. 3,

blance of the shell to that of ¢nfula, it is tolerably certain that both

belong to one and the same genus.

Genus. SEsara, Albers.

Heliceen, edit. 2nd, p. 91, (see pl. xvi, fig. 4—10).

W. Blanford has already pointed out* the correct classification of

this genus in the Zonrripm#, Albers having placed it as a subgenus

of Helix. The type of the genus is Helix infrendens, Gould. It re-

presents a group of small, lentiform Zonrr1pm, composed of numer-

ous whorls, transversely ribbed above and smooth below, gener-

ally imperforate, with a thickened columellar lip and a small aper-

ture, being very often contracted by variously shaped teeth or ribs

on the outer, or on the inner, lip, or on both of them. Young

shells are very similar to those of Rotula, but can generally be

distinguished by the thickened columellar lip.

I have examined the animal of 8S. infrendens and pylaica. Both

are quite similar. The foot is very long, narrow, with the terminal

gland distinct and a small, hook-like, pointed appendage above it.

The sole has two longitudinal grooves, rather close together, the

median portion being narrower than each of the outer parts. The

mantle edge is nearly entire, the left shell-lobe is below

internally considerably thickened, the left dorsal lobe is very

small, or almost obsolete; the right shell-lobe is, thin and

somewhat convex, but without any separate appendage. The

internal anatomy does not differ from that of Rotula and other

Zonitipz, but there is some peculiarity to be noticed in the

arrangement of the genital organs.

I have dissected a young and an old specimen of S. 2nfrendens.

In the young I found, (see pl. xvi, fig. 4), a simple, rather thin

uterus and a tube leading from the end of it to the penis, which

had a long appendage.

In the old specimen (see pl. xvi, fig. 5,) the uterus, prostata,

albuminous and hermaphrodite glands are of the usual form, but in

the place where the receptaculum seminis should be situated I found

a long, twisted, thin sac, partially divided in the lower part. This

muscular sac contained three horny, curved tubes, (fig. 6), twisted

* Ann, and Mag, Nat. Hist., 3rd ser., 1863, xi, p. 84.

1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Dotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. © 248

on tho convex side, and provided with ramified appendages. Two

of these tubes, terminated with a kind of leathery, white bags, each

being provided at the end with a long horny flagellum, the third

had none, but it may have been broken off. These leathery bags,

together with the end retractor of the penis, were originally located

at the end of the prostata ( in fig. 5). Between these horny

tubes there was twisted a very long thread (fig. 7,) bearded in its

entire length, and apparently consisting of a nace glassy

substance. Of the same substance a few other simple threads

were also observed (fig. 8). .

The horny tubes are all hollow and apparently filled with a gra-

nular substance, of which, however, the terminal bags contained

only a small quantity.

‘ I can form at present no correct idea what the physiological

and morphological value of this very singular and most compli-

cated appendage is. Possibly it may in some form or other replace

the seminal receptacle, or the arrow sac, for appendages containing

similar horny tubes also occur in other Zonrripm, (see p. 249);

and in these a special seminal receptacle is also not developed.

Examinations of living specimens, must, however, be made, in order

to ascertain the true physiological facts.

The seminal duct has a long appendage enclosing a thin flagellum ;

next to it itigenlarged into a calciferous gland, the calcareous bodies

being of a broadly ovate form, acuminate at either end; enlarged

to 150 diameters they are seen only as the finest sand. ‘The lower

portion of the penis is rather muscular; towards the end it is

strongly twisted.

The jaw is semilunar, rather narrow, smooth, finely radiately

striated on the inner side and besides marked with very minute

strive of growth; it possesses an obtuse projection in the middle of

the front edge.

The radula is large, composed of about 60 transverse series of

teeth, arranged in almost perfectly straight lines. The central

tooth has a single median rather abruptly contracted cusp, laterally

it is only slightly flexuous, but not distinctly denticulate; it is

somewhat smaller than either of the adjoining teeth. Ten teeth in

each row on either side of the central tooth are conspicuously larger

244 F., Stoliczka— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3,

than the following outer ones, which vary between 45 and 50,

giving the following formula 50 + 10 — 1— 10 + 50. On the inner

lateral teeth the median cusps are very long, pointed and hooked ;

the outer dentical is small and the inner almost obsolete. The

outer lateral teeth become very rapidly bicuspid and narrow.

The examination of other species of this genus must shew which

of the characters are to be regarded as particularly distinctive

in comparison with allied forms. The small size of the centre

tooth may be a useful character ; but the chief difference probably

lies in the genital organs which are quite peculiar, and require

further explanation and comparison.

The typical species of Sesara are all from the limestone hills

about Moulmein. They are infrendens, Gould, pylaica, Benson,

Lickelli and <Attaranensis, Theob. Three other specics, helicifera,

Basseinensis and mammillaris of Blanford are very probably also

referable to the genus; they differ from the typical forms by pos-

sessing a thin simple outer lip. All three are also from the Bur-

mese province.

SESARA INFRENDENS, (Gould.)

Helix infrendens, Gould, Bost. Journ,, 1844, vol. iv, p. 453, pl. xxiv, fig. 6.—

Hanley and Theob., Conch. Ind., pl. xv, fig. 2,—eadem auctorum.

Helix capessens, Benson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1856, vol. xviii, p. 250 ;—

eadem auctorum, *

There can be no doubt that the two forms, described by

different authors under the above headings, are identical as to

species. Neither Benson nor Pfeiffer could have compared Gould’s

original figure, otherwise they could not have mistaken the identity

of the two species. Theobald’s Tickelli, (Journ. Asiat. Soc, Beng.,

1859, xxviii, p. 806; eadem, Pfeiffer; Hanley and Theob., Conch.

Icon., pl. xv, fig. 3), appears to differ from it merely by a sharp

peripherical keel.*¥ Usually the two outer teeth of the basal

outer lip are much closer together, than they themselves are

with respect to the inner tooth of the lip. The former always

have a common base, which becomes especially apparent when

viewed from the internal side. It is extremely rare to find a

* Comp. W. T. Blanford in Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. 1863, xi, p. 84.

1871.] F, Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 245

specimen in which the two outer teeth are as far distant as repre-

sented in Gould’s or Reeve’s figures; Chemnitz’s figure is in

this respect more correct. A comparatively very rare case is that

the two outer teeth on the lip remain almost undeveloped even in

full grown shells, but I have collected such specimens. In Zickelli

the two outer teeth appear to be still closer together than they are

usually seen in infrendens. The height of the shell of the latter spe-

cles varies considerably, from nearly one-half to two-thirds of the

longer diameter, and the last whorl becomes occasionally somewhat

distorted. The largest specimen collected on the limestone hills

at Damotha, near Moulmein measures : long. diam. 10°5, shorter

diam. 9°7; height of spire 5°2; height of shell 6-5 mm. The

corresponding measurements of one of the flattest full grown

varieties are 9, 8:4, 4, 5°2 mm., and those of one of the highest

forms 9, 8°8, 5, 6-2 mm.

The animal is pinkish white with gray pedicles and somewhat

paler tentacles ; sometimes the whole of the anterior body and the

terminal part of the foot about the tail gland are leaden gray; the

mantle is thick at the edge, sometimes white, but more usually

pale orange with white minute specks.

SESARA PYLAICA, (Bens.)

Helix pylaica, Benson, A. and M. Nat. Hist. 1856, vol. xviii, p. 249; Conch.

Ind., pl xv, p. 2.

The internal thickening of the basal portion of the outer lip

generally terminates abruptly near the periphery, occasionally

forming a very distinct blunt tooth.

This species does not grow to an equally large size as the last and

generally also remains somewhat flatter; thé largest specimen mea-

sures larger diam. 9°5, shorter diam. 9, axis 4°3, height of shell

5°2 mm.; the corresponding measurements of one of the most

elevated specimens are 9, 8°5, 4:8, 5°6 mm,

The animal is pinkish white, darker in front on the back and on

the pedicles, as is also the last species; pedicles moderately long,

tentacles rather short and paler gray ; foot very narrow and long.

Hab. ‘* Farm caves” near Moulmein ; common.

246 F. Stoliczka— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [ No. 3,

Genus. Macrocutamys, Benson.

Semper speaks (Reisen im Arch. der Philipp., III, pt. I, p. 17)

of the receipt of ‘‘ numerous specimens from Calcutta through Dr.

Anderson” of IJacrochlamys splendens, Hutton. This species was

described from Mahasu, near Simla, where I also collected it some

years ago. The shell has the outer lip internally thickened, a

character which is peculiar only to hill species and is, I believe,

chiefly the result of the testaceous, false, operculum not having been

entirely absorbed after hibernation. Itis by no means a constant

character. H. splendens does not occur in or about Calcutta, nor

anywhere in the plains, as far as I have been able to ascertain, but

I found it, or avery closely allied form, at Missouri and at Nyneetal

in the Himalayas. Dr. Anderson, as I have ascertained from him-

self, had not received any animals of the species in question from

the N. West Himalayas, but those he sent to Dr. Semper were from

Darjeeling, where a species, closely allied to Hutton’s H. splendens,

is very common, and, if not full grown, is very similar to a shell

which is by Indian conchologists usually called I. vitrinoides, Desh.

There occur two allied forms of the witrinoides type about Cal-

cutta: one very flat, with the base conspicuously concave about

the umbilicus; it is very closely allied to If lubrica, Bens. The

other is a little higher and is said to be witrinoides, Desh. Both are

thin shells, the former appears to have no trace of spiral striation;

in the other the strize become traceable when the superficial glossy

polish is weathered off, but even then they are not nearly so strongly

marked as in splendens. Neither of these Calcutta species agrees —

sufficiently with the original description of Deshaye’s Helix witri-

noides, but there have been so many other allied species — pedina,

decussata, sequax, resplendens, &c., and lately one or two by Sem-

per and Martens—des@ribed, that it would be unsafe to augment

the already confused literature with new names without previously

most carefully comparing all the allied forms. Among all the

Indian Zonrrip# the species of the vitrinoides type are © sent

the most difficult of discrimination.

With reference to the name Macrochlamys itself, I would only

observe that it is not correct, when Dr. Semper questions the

generic determination of the Bengal H. vitrinoides, Desh., as a

eee ei

1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 247

Macrochlamys (setting aside for the present the question whether

what is usually called witrinoides be really that species or not). When

Mr. Benson first mentioned the name Macrochlamys in Journal

Asiatic Society, 1832, vol. I, p. 13, no one was able to assign a

signification to the name; it was mentioned only passim. On p. 76

of the same volume, Mr. Benson quotes a Macrochlamys indicu:,* and

from the reference on pp. 350 and 351} in vol. V, of the same

Journal (1836) it is, I think, tolerably clear that under the above

name the Bengal species, usually recorded as witrinordes, was meant.

Consequently this species must be taken as the type of DMacrochla-

mys, whether it be called wtrinoides, or indicus, for both, if dif-

ferent, are no doubt very closely allied. Gray quoted} witrinordes,

Desh., as one of the species of his newly proposed genus Wanina,

but the name, having been previously generically used by Risso,

cannot be adopted.

From Mr. Benson’s own record§ we know that a landshell called

Tanychlamys is identical with Vanina, but only in 1836, (vide note)

are we informed that Zanychlamys is the same thing as Macrochlamys,

and that the Bengal wtrinoides, Desh., is the type of the genus.

Thus there is no reason to be given why the latter generic name

should be superseded by the former.

I have given the historical record in order to shew, that Jla-

crochlamys, if at all adopted as a generic denomination, must

be used for the group of which the so-called Bengal witrinoddes

(or rather J/. indicus, Benson,) is the type, for if we do not

acknowledge it for that type, the name would lose all claim to

priority. Albers (Heliceen, 2nd edit. p. 57) distinctly quotes ZH. (Va-

nina) vitrinoides, Desh., as the type of his genus Orobia, but Dr.

Semper (loc. cit. p. 18) again appears to ignore that fact, and to

retain Orobia in some other form, When really correct definitions.

of genera have to be obtained, there is nothing very objectionable

in this course, though it cannot be recommended; but whenever

_ type species of genera are mentioned, changes of those generic

significations should be made with particular care.

* This name appears to have been entirely overlooked; it will very likely

have to come now into use. Helix Indica, Pfr., is a Rotula.

+ This reference also shows that the subsequently used name Tanychlamys

was applied to the same shell as was Macrochlamys.

{ Proc, Zool. Soc. Lon. 1834, p. 38, § Ibidem, p. 89.

248 F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3,

Macrocuiamys [ DurGELLA] HONESTA, Gould, pl. xvii, figs. 6-14.

Helix honesta, Gould, 1846, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., II, 98, eadem auct.

This is, like many other allied forms, an extremely variable

species.

Gould’s original specimen represents a very flat and apparently

young shell. I have a young specimen from Pegu, rather strongly

keeled at the periphery, horny, translucent, and with a peripherical —

rufous band; it exactly agrees with Gould’s measurements. The

specimen from Pegu figured on plate xvi, figs. 6, 6a, 64, is a

full grown shell of the same type and is identical with the one

described by Pfeiffer in Monag. Helicorun, vol.i, p.57. This

variety has the outer lip barely descending at the aperture, but it

has the characteristic oblique mouth, as noted by Blanford (Journ.

A. 8. B., 1865, vol. xxxiv; p. 87).

Another variety occurs in Pegu (see fig. 7, pl. xvii,) which

is higher and has the last whorl rather rounded, or barely keeled

at the periphery, but the outer lip is not descending. Larger diam.

13, smaller diam, 114, height 8 mm. The same variety also occurs

in Arracan and inthe Khasi hills, and appears to represent the

Bengal JL. vesicula and lecythis, Benson, of the Rajmahal hills,

both when young being almost undistinguishable. Reeve’s figure

of honesta, (Mon. Hel., pl. 84, fig. 452), appears to represent the

above noticed variety, but it also could be taken for either of the

two last noted species. |

A third variety occurs at Moulmein andin Upper Burma. This

(see fig 9, pl. xvii,) has the whorls above strongly convex, the last

almost evenly rounded at the periphery, and at the aperture the

outer lip considerably descending, thus causing its narrow shape.

‘It is a very common shell on all the limestone hills about Moul-

mein, and very closely resembles externally Sophina Calias, except

that it wants the umbilical carina and slit. The usual size is 11

or 12 mm.; the largest I observed measures, larger diam. 13:3,

smaller 11, height 8mm. Sometimes specimens are met with

which appear to attain a somewhat irregular growth after a certain

age (see fig. 8, pl. xvii,) ; the additional portion (a 6) of the whorl

being always considerably thinner than the rest of the shell, and

1871.] F’. Stoliczka—Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 249

marked with stronger strive of growth. The measurements of the

largest specimen of this variety are: larger diam. 13°6, small

diam, 12:2, height 9°5 mm.

When fresh, the shell of [ Durgella] honesta is always horny and

translucent, the whorls at the sutures adpressed, the surface

smooth and polished, except on the last whorl where, near the

suture and round the umbilicus, a fine spiral striation is usually

observable, The aperture is always oblique, with the upper, or

sutural, margin of the outer lip considerably more produced, than

the lower or umbilical margin; the inner lip is very thin and the

columellar lip at the base distinctly reflected and somewhat

thickened, so as almost entirely to cover the umbilicus.

Full grown shells are comparatively solid, especially those occur-

ring on limestone ground, but the young are generally of very thin

texture and their aperture also has not the oblique form of the old

shell. This makes the former very closely te resemble young speci-

mens of Macroch. vesicula or lecythis, as has already been noticed.

The animal of the Moulmein variety is narrow, very long, pale

white, pedicles and the terminations of the tentacles leaden grey,

as well as the upper part of the foot posteriorly ; the tail gland

is superseded by a very distinct hook; the mantle lobes are well

developed, both the upper portions being reflected over the shell.

By some accident, however, my spirit specimens were lost and I

am, therefore, unable at present to give sufficient details regarding

the anatomy of this species. Semper (Reisen im Arch. der Phil,

vol. iii, pt. I, 1870, p. 18,) gives some anatomical details of a

dried up specimen received through Dr. Anderson, but not, as is

stated, from the Andamans. Dr. Anderson had collected his

specimens in Upper Burma, when with the Yunan expedition, and

some of these specimens he forwarded to Dr. Semper; the species

does not occur on the Andaman islands.

T have also examined some of these dried Burmese specimens,

and I find the animals agree in external characters exactly with

the Moulmein ones. The tail gland is superseded by a very distinct

hook; the centre portion of the sole is narrower than the outer

portions. The left shell lobe has two linguate appendages, one

extending over the peripherical portion of the shell, the other, a

250 F. Stoliczka—otes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3,

shorter one, over the base; the upper portion of the right shell

lobe is linguate, very narrow and long, the lower short, thick,

partially reflected over the lower part of the inner lip. The left

dorsal lobe is short and thick above, the right thinner, but larger

and extending over the neck.

Semper says that the genital organs of honesta are perfectly similar

to those of the supposed splendens, Hutton, mentioned on p. 246. I

have not been able to trace the arrow sae, but there is in full grown

specimens a sac connected with the genital system, which contains a

peculiar horny, curved, hollow organ (pl. xvii, fig. 13). The anterior

end is trumpet shaped, for some distance from that end the sides are

provided with various, branched, horny appendages and the whole

terminates with a sac, filled with very thin, variously twisted

strings, containing intermixed elliptical, transparent, solid bodies.

I have not been able to trace in the present species the exact posi-

tion of this strange organ, but one of a similar kind occurs in

Sesara infrendens, and in this it is certainly an appendage of the

oviduct. The physiological function of the organ itself I am at

present unable to indicate.

The jaw is rather narrow, smooth, with the sides slightly eee

outward, and with an obtuse median projection in the middle

of the front edge ; the general form resembles that of Microcystis.

The radula is long, composed of about 80 transverse series of

teeth; about 23 median teeth in each series being considerably

broader than the outer ones, which are on either side about 30 or

85 in number. The centre tooth is symmetrical, tricuspid, the

following turn outwards on each side, and the last teeth have two

subequal short cusps.

The great development of the lobes of the mantle, and particu-

larly the form of the jaw, the inequality in the teeth and the

presence of the peculiar appendage in the genital system indicate

distinctions which may be sufficient for separating the present

species generically from JMMaerochlamys, and in this case Mr. W.

Blanford’s name Durgella would most probably be applicable to it.

This name has been proposed for Benson’s Helix levicula from

Tenasserim, as type, and would indicate a close relation, bothin the

form of shell and the characters of the animal, to Helicarion. Whe-

1871.] F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 251

ther Blanford’s mucosa, and in that case also lecythis and vesicula of

Benson belong to the same genus or subgenus, I am not at present

prepared to affirm.

Genus. Microcystis, Beck.

(Semper, in Reisen im Arch. der Philipp., ITI, pt. i, p. 43.)

This genus does not appear to have many representatives in

India, unless some of the small species, like Z Neherensis, petasus,

patane of Benson &c., should prove to be more related to it, than

to Macrochlamys, though this is not very probable. A few Himala-

yan species, like Hodgsont, rorida, &c., are, however, probably refer-

able to Microcystis.

Microcystis MOLECULA, Benson, pl. xviii, figs. 11-18.

Helix molecula, Benson, Ann. Mag. N. H., 3rd ser., III, p. 389.

The species is very common about Moulmein, Rangoon and on

the Arracan coast, on limestone as well as on sandstone hills, not

uncommonly also on foliage. Specimens measuring 4 mm. in the

large diameter, and 3 mm. in height, may be considered of large

size; those usually met with are somewhat smaller. The largest

specimen was obtained at Zwagabin on the Salvin river ; it is rather

pale brownish green; larger diam. 5.6, smaller diam. 5, height 4.5

mm.; this form approaches Helix Poongee, Theob.

The animal is grey, varying in shade, sometimes almost black ;

foot moderately narrow, paler at the sides; lateral line distinct ;

sole with two grooves; tail gland distinct, with a hook-like appen-

dage above it; length of the animal 3—4 times the diameter of

the shell. The left mantle lobe is relegated over the outer lip,

but is not much produced, right mantle lobe above shortly linguate.

The genital organs are quite simple. The uterus has no appen-

dages; it terminates with a long, narrow, albuminous gland, and

the hermaphrodite duct is of great length. The was deferens

branches off at about the middle length of the uterus; it has a

small calciferous sac where it passes into the penis, which is attached

by a short muscle, and after a short twist at about the middle of

its length enlarges into a muscular, soft, spongy thickening; this

enlargement did not contain calcareous particles. No seminal

252 F. Stoliczka—Wotes ow Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3,

receptacle, nor an amatorial sac has been observed, though the

single specimen examined appeared to be full grown.

The jaw is almost semicircular, very thin, smooth, broad; the

terminal corners of the anterior concave edge are somewhat roundly

projecting, and the middle part has a very slight tooth.

The radula appears to be comparatively large, but Ihave not

seen it perfect. ‘The teeth are arranged in almost straight, trans-

verse rows, about 120 in each row, the median teeth in each row being

conspicuously larger than others. The centre tooth is, as usually,

symmetrical, tricuspid, the middle cusp being very long, pointed and

curved; the lateral cusps are much smaller and below them there

is on each side a second small blunt denticle present. The lateral

teeth are tiirned outwardly on either side, the inner lateral cusp

becoming smaller, while the outer slightly increases in size, until

on the last laterals it almost equals the principal cusp.

Genus, Soputna, Benson.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1859, vol. III, p. 473.

The shells of Sophina are characterized by a more or less

thickened columellar lip, forming with the basal portion of the

outer lip an angle, and producing a ridge round the umbilicus ; they

are of small or median size, sub-orbicular shape and thin structure.

Three species have been described by Mr. Benson, one of which

turns out to be only a variety of another, and I shall now add two new

species. All are from the neighbourhood of Moulmein, and are on-

ly found on limestone hills, The animalsare very similar to each

other, and it will suffice to give some details of the type of the genus. —

All of them can fully retract their bodies in the shells, but some- —

times with difficulty as in Helzcarion, to which Sophina, on account

of the great development of the mantle lobes, bears a close relation.

The foot of S. calias is very elongated, rather narrow, with a very

distinct lateral line, marked with oblique furrows above it, nearly

smooth below it down to the edge of the sole. The posterior end is —

obliquely truncate, occupied by a large, high gland and superseded

by a distinct horn-like appendage. ‘The sole has two longitudinal —

grooves, dividing it in three, subequal parts, the inner being some- —

what narrower than the outer parts; the grooves are usually well ©

1871. ] F. Stoliczka-— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 253

traceable on spirit specimens, but during life they are not equally

easily discernible. TPedicles about half the length of the body,

tentacles about one-fourth of the length of the pedicles, both with

swollen tips. Mantle conspicuously thickened near the margin, its

external edge very short, entire and continuous. The left shell

lobe is very large, entire, reflected over the edge of the outer lip,

and below considerably produced ; the right mantle lobe is divided

into two parts, the upper is linguate, narrowly produced and cover-

ing the base of the shell, partially also extending on to the upper

surface of the penultimate whorl, as in MMacrochlamys ; the lower

portion is shorter, somewhat folded and reflected over the colu-

mellarlip. The dorsal lobes are well developed and entire, the

left is a little larger, and both are thickened round the pulmo-

nary orifice; the right considerably extends over the side of the

neck. Hermaphrodite opening situated at the upper, somewhat

outer, base of the right pedicle. The shell retractor is flattened and

considerably thickened, forming sharp angles, above and below,

with the body. Its strong development is apparently due chiefly to

the circumstance that the animals always crawl on hard rock.

The general anatomical structure offers nothing very particular

and will be much better understood by an inspection of figure 1,

on pl. xix, and by a comparison of the accompanying explanation,

than by a lengthened description. The anterior part of the ali-

mentary canal is comparatively short, the stomach extends over

one and ahalf volutions of the shell, it has no appendages. The

last two volutions are entirely occupied by the liver which has

the usual paler or darker greenish colour. The hermaphrodite gland

is in its original situation placed about the end of the stomach.

The kidney (/) is an elongated, rather more granular than plicated

gland, placed at the side of the heart, it possesses a special long

duct (4d), accompanying the rectum, and terminating a little short

of the anus.

The genital organs (fig. 2, pl. xix,) chiefly occupy the anterior

part of the body. The arrow sac is short and thick, with an enclos-

ed thick, pointed papilla. The uterus, accompanied by the pros-

tata, is very long, thick, the former has a yellowish colour with a

greenish tinge, the latter is purely white; terminal albumin-

254 F. Stoliczka— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [No. 3,

ous gland (ag) of moderate size, slightly thickened; hermaphro-

dite gland (Ag) large, rather flatly depressed, connected with

the uterus by a long twisted duct (Ad). The vas deferens (vd)

branches off a short distance from the hermaphrodite opening ;

in about three-fifths of its length from its origin it has a long pointed

appendage (cp), consisting of strong tissue, filled with minute,

elliptical, calcareous secretions ; this appendage is attached by a

special muscle close to the place of attachment of the arrow sac ;

the last two-fifths of the vas deferens gradually widens, and towards

the end the simple tube consists internally of remarkably soft,

muscular tissue, but there is no papilla present. The receptacu-

lum seminis (7s.) is a globular gland, attached to a long, slightly

twisted string, originating from the oviduct, quite*close to the

hermaphrodite opening.

I may here record an observation, which I have repeatedly made

viz., that there is a very great difficulty in tracing spermatozoa in

the hermaphrodite gland. Eggs are certainly formed there, but

they further develop to an appreciable size in the uterus, into

which the necessary amount of albumen is supplied from the

albuminous gland. Spermatozoa I could not, in this case, detect in

the hermaphrodite gland; they must be of extreme minuteness,

but they become fully developed in the hermaphrodite duct or

string (Ad); in fact this duct almost entirely consists of spermatozoa

in nearly all terrestrial Mollusca which I have examined. .

The jaw of S. calias is broadly semilunar, thin, apparently

smooth, but when moderately enlarged and viewed in transparent

light, a distinct concentric striation is perceptible and there are

also some very minute radiating lines to be observed near the

middle part. <A fringe of muscular tissue is attached to the convex

side, the concave margin is usually entire, but in one instance

(see pl. xix, fig. 8 a), I observed a very distinctly developed pro-

jection in the middle; this example is taken from the var. schistos-

telis, but other specimens of the same variety, and equally large, did

not possess it. The jaws of S. discotdalis and conjungens are similar

to those of cal’as, only differing very slightly in shape ; in both

there is a small projection at the centre of the concave margin, and

both are also finely concentrically striated, like the jaw of S. calias.

<i es

1871. | F. Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 255

The radula is elongately quadrangular, consisting of about

35 to 50 transverse rows of teeth, meeting at sharp angles in the

middle line; there are about 80—100 teeth in each row. They are

all of a similar shape, pyramidal, sharply pointed and attenuated in

front, gradually becoming wider and terminating with an obtusely

rounded base. The middle tooth is slightly contracted below the

middle, itis symmetrical; the laterals are gradually more bent out-

wards on either side and possess on the outer side near the point,

a rounded and angular projection ; the angle appears to be directed

posteriorly ; the outermost teeth are quite simple.

The teeth of S. discoidalis and conjungens are exactly similar to

those of calias, only comparatively smaller, The jaw and radula

of 8. forabilis were not examined,

Sopuina CALIAS, Bens., pl. xix, figs. 1—4 and 7—9.

Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., 8rd ser, III, p. 473,—eadem, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel.,

vol. v, p. 111 and 112.

Syn. Sophina schistostelis, Bens.

Soph. testa sub-globosa vel orbiculato depressa, solidula, pallide

cornea, polita; anfractibus 43—5}, convexiusculis, sutura conti-

nua adpressa sejunctis; striis incrementi minutis, confertissimis,

infra suturara levissime canaliculatis et striis spiralibus nonnullis

notatis; anf. ult. ad peripheriam rotundato, ad basin leviter con-

vexo, modice umbilicato: umbilico circa duodecimam partem

diamet. maj. testze equante, profundo, carina crassiuscula circum-

dato ; apertura rotundate et depressiuscule semilunari, labio adnato

crassiusculo, albo, ample expanso; columella crassa, valde obliqua,

conspicuiter, precipue ad basin, dilatate reflexa, in aspectu

frontali umbilicum fere omnino tegente, rugulata, ad medium

subdenticulata ; labro simplici, intus paululum incrassato, ad mar-

ginem obtusiusculo, supra ad suturam producto, infra margine

basali levissime curvato; carina umbilicali profunde et angustissme

incisa. Diam. maj. spec. maximi 13°5; d. min. 11°8; axis 7°6 mm. ;

altitudo 8-5; alt. apert. 671, lat. ap. 6-4 mm.

Var. schistostelis, (fig. 8) testa ultimo anfractu multo majore,

tenui, pellucido ; apertura semilunari, marginibus tenuissimis : labro

256 EF, Stoliczka—Wotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [ No. 3,

columellari modice obliquo, levi, supra reflexo, labro supra paulo

flexuose producto, ad basin fere recto ; carina umbilicali distincta,

tenui, ad aperturam paulo incisa. Diam. maj. spec. max. 17 mm. ;

diam, min, 14°5 ; axis 8°5 ; alt. testa 11, alt. apert. 8, lat. apert. 9 mm,

The species offers a remarkable instance of variation during

different stages of growth. As the type, I consider the smaller

form with a solid shell, fhe columellar lip very oblique and rugose,

the outer lip obtuse and internally slightly thickened, and the

umbilical ridge with a deep incision. This type is represented

in fig. 7, on plate xix. Small specimens, measuring only 5 mill.

in the larger diam., occur of exactly the same form; it seems,

therefore, that they often attain maturity at an early stage.

Very commonly, however, itis the case that the shells grow

further, after they have attained that certain stage of maturity. The

increase amounts from one-third sometimes to one and a half circuit

of a whorl, as indicated in the figure 8 6. This additional portion

of the shell is always thinner than the rest, and more transparent,

the outer lip of the aperture is at the suture less produced

on to the penultimate whorl, the columellar lip less oblique, thin,

smooth, and the umbilical ridge is only slightly incised. In

this stage, the species was described by Benson as Soph. shistostelis,

and it is certainly a most marked variety. There can, however,

be no doubt that it is only an abnormal growth, for when the

terminal half of the last whorl, indicated in fig. 8 4, is broken away,

a typical Soph. calias of the shape, represented in fig. 7, 7a, 76, can

be obtained.

There appears to be no rule as to the size of the shell at

which the abnormal growth begins, (or in other words at which

a S, calias is changing into a S. schistostelis), but the latter is

locally so constant, that very few specimens stop growth at

the normal stage, while the abnormal forms are met with in

thousands. It is really difficult to decide in such cases, whether we

ought to call these abnormal forms distinct species or not. But + |

the fact clearly shews, how species are developed, one out of the

other. In this special case no one will doubt the propriety of

regarding the larger form as an abnormal growth of the smaller —

one, because the original type can still be traced. But supposing —

1871. ] F. Stoliczka—Lotes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 257

the peristome of the normal shell had been entirely absorbed, and

then the growth proceeded as usually; in such a case it would be

much more difficult, and sometimes quite impossible, to trace the

connection of the two forms, which could then with more propriety

be acknowledged as two distinct species.

When after hibernation the calcareous covering or false opercu-

lum of the aperture has not been perfectly dissolved, the inner

peristome becomes sometimes irregularly thickened, as if it had

been injured, (fig. 9 of pl. xix,) and then imperfectly restored.

The animal is whitish or pale fleshy gray, slightly darker on

the head, and on the pedicles and tentacles ; mantle white in young,

grey near the edge in older, specimens; posterior end of foot often

tinged gray.

Hab. The species is very common on the limestone hills to the

east and south of Moulmein.

SopHINA FORABILIS, Bens., pl. xix, fig. 10.

Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., 3rd ser. vol. iii, p. 389 ;—eadem, Pfeiffer, Mon, Hel.,

vol. v, p. 112.

Soph, testa depressiuscule semiglobosa, parva, tenui, cornea,

nitida; anfractibus 5—53, convexiusculis, sutura adpressa, vix

canaliculata, junctis, striis incrementi filiformibus confertissimis et

in anf. superioribus striis spiralibus, aut subtilissimis aut fere

- omnino obsoletis, tectis; ult. anf. ad ambitum rotundato, ad basin

leviter convexiusculo, perforato; umbilico latiusculo 0°16 partem

long. diam. maj. equante, carina distincta, albida circumdato,

ejusque lateribus interioribus verticaliter descendentibus ; apertura

rotundate semilunari, labio albido, tenuissimo, breviter expanso ;

columella prolongata, paulo incrassata, recta, fere verticali seu paulo

' obliqua, ad basin breviter reflexa; labro tenui, fere recto, supra

, vix flexuoso et paululum producto, infra leviter convexo et cum

columella angulum circa 115° formante; emarginatione carinz

umbilicalis brevi. Speciminis max. diam. maj. 8°8 mm, ; min, 7°5;

axis 5; alt., 5°8; alt. apert. 3:8; lat. ap. 4 mm.

This species may be regarded. as the diminutive of the variety

Soph. schistostelis, but it is readily distinguished from it by its less

convex base and comparatively large umbilicus ; it never seems to-

wt,

258 F. Stoliczka— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. [ No. 8,

grow to a large size, and is always of a horny brown colour,

with the umbilical carina often white. |

The animal is dull white, with grayish pedicles and tentacles, foot

very narrow, the glandular appendage not very prominent.

Hab. T only found foradilis on the limestone hills at Damotha

near Moulmein, where no other species of Sophina occurred.

Sophina discoidalis, n. sp., pl. xix, figs. 5, 11, 12.

Soph. testa depressa, subdiscoidea, tenui, pallide cornea, pelluci-

da, cornea, nonnunquam circa peripheriam facia castanea notata ;

anfractibus 5—53, convexiusculis, striis incrementi subtilissimis

notatis, sutura adpressa, leviter canaliculaté disjunctis, et infra

suturam lineis spiralibus impressis et paucis notatis ; apice paululum

prominente ; anf. ult. ad ambitum compressiuscule rotundato, ad)

basin levissime convexiusculo, prope medium paulo depresso et

perforato: umbilico amplo, 0°15 partem diam. maj. long. eequante,

carina perdistincta, filiformi, circumdato; apertura depresse

semilunari, marginibus tenuibus instructa: labio parietali adnato

tenuissimo, columellari brevi, crassiusculo, obliquo, ad basin con-

Spicuiter reflexo, ad carinam recurvato ; labro tenui, fere recto, supra

peripheriam paululum producto; carina umbilicali modice incisa.

Speciminis max. diamet. maj. 10°5 mm.; min. 9; axis 4°5; alt. 5°5;

alt. apert. 4°4; lat. ap. 4°7 mm.

Hab. On the limestone hills of the so-called ‘Farm Caves,’ on

the Ataran river and also on similar hills south of Moulmein.

The depressed shape of this species, together with a compara-

tively large and strongly carinated umbilicus, readily distinguish

it from other Sophing. The specimens which I collected at the

Farm Caves and south of Moulmein are all of a uniform pale

straw colour, but I have lately received from Mr. Theobald a few

which were obtained further eastwards on the Ataran river, and

these possess a very distinct brown band above the periphery of —

the last whorl (see pl. xix, fig. 12); there is, however, no other ~

specific difference between the two.

Animal pale yellowish or brownish white, posterior end of the —

foot about the gland generally tinged with gray.

“

1871.] F. Stoliczka— Notes on Terrestrial Mollusca. 259

Sophina conjungens, n. sp., pl. xix, fig. 6, 13.

Soph. testa semigloboso orbiculata, tenui, semipellucida, cornea,

in speciminibus junioribus fere hyalina; anfractibus 5—53, con-

vexiusculis, suturis adpressis vix canaliculatis sejunctis, striis incre-

menti tenuibus et alteris spiralibus subtilissismis tectis, nonnunquam

albide strigatis seu fasciatis ; anf. ult. ad peripheriam rotundato, ad

basin leviter convexo, modice umbilicato: umbilico 0°13 part. diam,

maj. long. squante, carina obtusa indistincta, nonnunquam fere

obsoleta, circumdato; apertura semilunari, marginibus tenuissimis

instructa: labio adnato expansiusculo, columellari vix incrassato,

obliquo, ad basin paulo reflexo; labro fere recto; emarginatione

umbilicali minima. Speciminis max. diamet. maj. 11°6 mm.; minor

10; axis, 6:2; alt. 7°2; alt. apert. 5°3 ; lat, ap. 5°6 mm.

Hab. South of Moulmein,

This species represents in some respects a connecting link between

Macrochlamys (particularly the subgenus Durgella) and Sophina, the

umbilical carina being sometimes nearly obsolete, but it is always

indicated by an obtuse angle accompanied below by a slight furrow

and by a small emargination at the peristome. The shell when

young is almost diaphanous, and very thin ; older specimens become

partially opaque, especially near the sutures. The thin horny,

transversely finely striated cuticle is sometimes interrupted by

white spiral striz or bands on the whole surface, or only below;

near the umbilical edge the strie of growth are generally also

more distinctly marked than elsewhere.

The animal is greenish white, somewhat darker about the head,

but in no respect different from that of other Sophine.

EPP DIAL IPP EP LLP II IPP IO IPL LL IPL IIL LILI

260 [No. 3,

DESCRIPTION OF FOUR NEW SPECIES oF Maayan Bats, FROM THE

COLLECTION oF Dr. Sroxiczxa,—by G. E. Dozson, B. A., M. B.,

Asst. Surgeon H. I.’s British Forces,

[Received 3rd May, read 26th June, 1871. ]

CYNOPTERUS BRACHYSOMA, Dobson.

Head broad, with prominent zygomatic arches, general shape

triangular ; muzzle pointed, deeply emarginate between the nos-

trils ; ears oibrtcattl conical, with rounded tips, not margined wile

eon

Body very short and thick, everywhere clothed with long, dense

fur, of a peculiar slatey-blue colour, with a grayish or silvery tinge,

the tips of the hairs sooty-brown. The fur of the back is con-

tinuous with that of the abdomen through the notch in the inter-

femoral membrane, and completely conceals the tail which is very

short and slender. Upper surface of interfemoral membrane thick-

ly covered with hair; beneath, the triangular portions on each side

of the tail have a few scattered hairs only on their posterior mar-

gins. Above, the fur of the back extends upon the wing membrane

as far as a line drawn between the elbow and knee joints, covering

it with rather long hair, also upon the humerus, half the length of

the forearm, the femur, and proximal end of the tibia ; beneath, the

antebrachial membrane is dusted over with a few, very short, fine

hairs ; the wing membrane is clothed to about the same extent as on

the upper surface, but the hairs are very short, and thinly spread.

Dentition.—In. 2 3 ¢. aie p-m. —— m. ne

4 i—t 38) (2a |

The description of this new species is taken from an adult female

specimen preserved in spirits.

Inches

Length, head and sone aes Ree sse neces seebeoeceses onyseeenscenens 900.050 00k itt

55 tod aps slants aivaewas ber eouieeennsiees s/étgesisad se slcenmei suiaitnt 9 angie

ps. -head, a senenssoeeacnse see susie eq» ++) wp)lelsiee etn

4 eye to tip of nostril, saesas soc eesseccee ceseos aed cane aa ell etiheitierttant——————n

oo. COBY (anteriorly), .....scscnesvesevetoesseesd Sane nsionsvnnnnase elgwidatnet ene

Breadth, Gitt0, 0.0200 00+s000e0ensece ser one ocanevee'nsce canachines nen 44s «annie sleet

Length, forearm, so. 2. ssc ses der con snesee so vec ene ses coos 66 osiiiten conuoa soaingaitn tna

6 BECONG ANGEL, , saconsees vevese cds .ch.eviuecess svnecunas polacs ipa eee een

» . sOurom esa nae ooo esscosises vos ner conse peeps ccslapiiv ss ¢= tisbiig aay ayia ata

— . foot and CTO oe aseesee senate sawaalecwnpe socba0'sa ous nashnelt i anne

Sa oe os 8:6:8'9 Ab p-eiasn aioli opt eoate abn wie’ slaleisharatate nau lnloraiei(oi'o (ala tallies tana 0.2

Expanse, cata eee as tas see shes suse senate septs sale’ ede ups eee nentiint———nn

Loe. Rte Télende:

1871. | G. E. Dobson—On Valayan Bats. 261

MaAcroeLossus sPELZUS, Dobson, pl. x, fig. 3—4.

Head long ; muzzle narrow ; nostrils with an intervening emargi-

nation which also passes down to the lip; tongue very long

and pointed ; ears conical with rounded tips.

Wings ample, from the sides of the hairy back; wing-membrane

attached to the back of the foot, and extending to the base of the

outer toe; thumb rather short, terminal phalanx longest, with its

base included in the membrane ; index finger of two phalanges with-

out any trace of a claw.

Body clothed with very short and thinly spread fur of a uniform

dark brown colour. In front the fur of the head extends upon the

face as far as the inner canthuses of the eyes, leaving the remaining

portions naked ; from the back it passes on to the humerus and fore-

arm, covering half the length of the latter; behind, on each side, it

covers a triangular portion of the interfemoral membrane, bounded

laterally by the femur, and posteriorly by a line drawn from the

knee joint to the base of the free portion of the tail; beneath, the

whole surface of the antebrachial membrane is covered with short

hairs ; laterally, the fur of the sides extends upon the wing mem-

brane as far as a line drawn between the elbow and knee joints,

also outwards along the posterior margin of the forearm to the car-

pus, occupying a space varying in width from one inch behind the

elbow to half an inch or less at the middle of the forearm ; the un-

der surface of the humerus and femur, and half the length of the

forearm are also hairy.

The tail is about half an inch in length, and rather thick, and

contrasts remarkably with the diminutive member possessed by the

only other known species of the genus, JZ. minimus,

On each side of, and a little behind the anal opening two small,

subcutaneous, gland-like bodies are placed. These bodies are oval,

have the skin tightly stretched over them, and are not covered by

the fur which clothes the neighbouring parts. As the specimens

from which the description of these bodies is taken are those of —

females, it is not known if they also occur in the males of this spe-

C1es.

The tongue is very long, pointed, and protrusible; in the spirit

262 G. E. Dobson— Ox Malayan Bats. [ No. 3,

specimens it can be drawn from the mouth for nearly half an inch

without using any forcible extension; the anterior half of its sur-

face is thickly covered with soft, recurved papille, which increase

in length towards the tip.

In the form, number, and arrangement of the teeth, the dentition

corresponds precisely with that of JZ minimus. As might be ex-

pected from the greater size of the animals of this species, the teeth

are considerably larger than those of MZ. minimus, and but for this

difference, it would be impossible to distinguish the lower jaws of

the two species ; in the upper jaw, however, the first premolar is

minute, and relatively smaller, compared with the other teeth, than

in I. minimus.

sis 4 1—1 2—2 3—3

Dentition.—In. a3 % yo? Pm 5.33 ™:. es

Inches

Length, head pi 55 000 10d 0as een aee 905 00p #00 once soneva gua voneds sanus'enig(i nnn

tei)s) ss sent am jonialnale 60 vie) velalaainsesitrn ind sia jniny waoieg ede! nehistelials At hatha

Bs head, Bele con ee a0 Ses. cy »h0,c9e Sno bom des sag een omeiyas caine aki ane

» eye to tip of nostril, . wer santana pee neeliss a0 soy'vad ves on nlnelaneltee mnt

» ear Contorioniy) cue did uisluide sip ssp esple evinitele of'eé « Sas et eigen amen

Breadth, ditto, . Bsiawe'n|s Ose be's'new'vesuaalsien sie psig. eww seaibmne si Vac ayes ee nie ee etna

Length, forearm, days a cule stench Souses levcens6s wesieus cee elciiccsan ter taitesn dt an

a SECONG HN OBLy segsice: epwasvin res Jaipit nns\nee hiee'tlp essiaace > inet to Seen aan

be fourth res VaVuwepenepachs ves eyeide. sah bap ede can ein selstacs salts ee ann 2.85

99 tibia, . veeunce Caiee saben “con tes sop eps enecsethSeces sar eavdsese: wipe @ecese vec 1.15

» 1oof and claws, len te O8O 4 a0 Se one ven Gggseeare be sew ove neeehe a aie'ys tiwret aie nnn

zs CALCAMOIINA, 10s sae sie wnt o> daciepes dh esacee “54 po0véu bce obi ialbcewll soutien leks tein nnn

PRB AOD, os cncsenson ajaecne<ieg : # « cece e one asin ensauaep ee

Loc, pe Geen near eareee Lee tee en province.

PHyYLLoRHINA NicospaREnsIs, Dobson, pl. xx, fig. 2.

Head long, muzzle obtuse, thick; ears large, acutely pointed,

outer margin slightly concave below the tip, conch marked with

transverse strie ; no central pore behind the nose-leaf, but on either

side above the eyes a wart-like eminence having on its summit the

opening of two minute pores around which long straight hairs

arise. Upper portion or crest of the transverse nose-leaf simple,

forming an arc of a circle, folded or rolled back on itself and over-

hanging the concave base which is divided into two cells only by a

single central longitudinal fold ; in front, the horizontal, horse-shoe

shaped membrane has three small points on its anterior margin.

1871. ] G. E. Dobson— On Malayan Bats. 268

Wings broad, wing-membrane attached to base of metacarpal

bone of outer toe ; feet slender, tail of six vertebre, the last free.

The fur of the back extends upon the humerus and femur for

about half their length, and to the same distance on the interven-

ing wing-membrane ; re-appearing at the elbow it passes outwards

along the posterior edge of the forearm on the wing-membrane

reaching half way to the carpus; beneath, the distribution of the

fur upon the humerus, femur, and intervening wing-membrane is

similar to that above, but the hairs are considerably longer.

The interfemoral membrane is naked above except at the root

of the tail; beneath, the fur of the abdomen extends upon it as

far as the end of the second vertebra.

Hair, tricoloured above, light brown at base, then grayish, with

light brown tips; beneath, dirty-white.

ae 2 1—1 2—2 3—3

Dentition.—In. a ° jo? P™ 553 @ 53"

Inches

Length, head and aimee sofia H5im op x Pein aad siaalveifegiday osha Geis Selden <p viswaidecty'y yp eniO

a head, . aa oa aa eew as outa ey ai eway tl ence

3) Gaal, ae Rae incteweat tameet es cenit ck ye

. ear (anteriorly), . hs odial Es wwe Mibigtalews Naish eencade 0-9

Breadth, ditto, Soest 0:8

Length, forearm, Sea 2°6

2» ‘second meet? 3°7

A fourth ditto, . 2°8

a foot and claws, . pa cea ssiieas aden hata asminiaeil a santansvicen Stak 66 ide.cishagh cases: ee ae

ae 0-6

Fixpanse, ee MPa ee aitnsd Seasldeiam eke 4 14°8

Loe. Meson Tacit

Asetu1a SroziczKana, Dobson, pl. xx, fig. 1.

Muzzle obtuse; ears nearly as broad as long, with acutely

pointed tips; inner margin convex, becoming slightly concave to-

wards the tip; outer edge doubly emarginate immediately below

the tip, then becoming very convex and almost meeting the inner

margin at the base; the upper emargination is very small and

shallow, and may be said to be formed by a slight projection on

the side of the lower emargination, a very short distance below the

tip.

264 G. E. Dobson— On Malayan Bats. [No. 3,

Front edge of the horse-shoe portion of the nose-leaf raised,

bent up in the middle, and separated from the lip by an underly-

ing fold of membrane ; on each side of the horse-shoe a double fold

of membrane ; upper transverse nose-leaf large, erect: upper por-

tion, or crest, convex in front, overhanging the base which is concave,

and divided into four shallow cells by three longitudinal folds; the

form of the crest is that of an isosceles triangle with an obtuse

vertical angle ; the apex of this triangle is divided into three points

by two narrow perpendicular incisions extending half way to the

base, the extremities of which are attached to the membrane

forming the horse-shoe by a vertical band on either side.

Behind the upper erect nose—leaf on either side, above the eyes,

a wart-like prominence is placed, having on its summit the open-

ings of two minute pores from around which long straight hairs

arise.

Wings broad, wing membrane attached to lower part of

ankles; thumb moderate ; terminal phalanges of third and fourth

fingers bifid at their extremities, each division nearly one-sixth

of an inch in length, or longer than any observed by the writer

in the largest Rhinolophine bats. Tail of six joints, last two

vertebree free.

The body is covered with long, silky fur; above bi-coloured,

pure white at the base, and for two-thirds its length, the remaining

portion purplish-brown ; beneath dirty white throughout. Outane-

ous system pure white.

On the upper surface the wings and interfemoral membranes

are completely devoid of hair with the exception of a very narrow

portion along the sides of the body and at the root of the tail on

which the fur of the back extends; beneath, the wing membrane,

as far as a line drawn from the elbow to the knee joint, is covered

with short hairs, ranged along the parallel lines with which it is

marked in this region ; behind, the fur of the abdomen passes on

to the interfemoral membrane, occupying about one-third of its

surface.

The bones of the extremities are extremely slender and light, and

the membranes so translucent, that letters of small type can be

distinguished through them even when dry.

‘*

1871.] G. EK. Dobson— On Malayan Bais. 265

Teeth very small, and acutely pointed; upper canines with a

small cusp at the base, both in front and behind.

*H 2 1—1 1—1 3—3

Dentition.—In. - ; c, —— ; ——_ ; —

tition.—In ry. Cc mart p.m. et m ar

Inches

Length, head and Aateolp alee. dieu tae sas'smaiten sia one codene sas ten ane: geameteennnnn

re MU Teele oc dek geah wa blieleldds wae SAamenen Alves genaidda cahies Ga: ode eaaaOEeaeS 1-2

— head, OEE ee CT ee Pee Me

ear, eielgOlM Be ataialsaliinvis ne e)nce; eae/cop paeithesavhaesincs see cae” a vedas sco ose? 0-4

Breadth, ditto,.. eye Eee eee Poe are os. 0°35

Width, upper transverse t nose- e-leaf, . eda ai Mialyiavzissieigiea oA0 sd msalvord nace Soe eae ed

Height, ditto GUMBO aly Soe chains OoaMaee tetamae bates seeks Lavinh ask ve dtdde ae 02

Length, MMM SEL cis. TA. oh xy Vosthog edt Acawanteh obs Yok loee de od veiadey men Vy iekee an

i second vciisjg) PUES Se Rn STE Ess) ELLE AMR CE RE MEAD Mere tn Lk 2°6

EE EW oitaY saics as acc gicoch soy VE dente lacs ve nldieKih kat ice aces ee

ss MRE MRR circs ssh isiia das aaevaennacmegieie p asceeiaeoreece et Oe eae kes 0:68

Ws foot and claws, er Albee Gan? Seid. c eed eas ae b teeth db, . egeed ec tees ee ee

ea a MI a sa oe td corlinti aaigt Lo scitalad Seahc pig cies ee oiae wus, ove fovea)

Expanse, ip le tes Coulee Ma weaDresn can VieuGn Oe saglaterederuanssetel nee abies te. ted een nen

Loe. Peniaiier’

Mintoprerts AusTRALis, Tomes,

Mr. Tomes in describing this species writes—‘‘ The fur too of the

under-parts encroaches somewhat on the membranes, whilst in J.

blepotis, the latter are quite free from fur.”—As this appears to me

the most important point of difference amongst those enumerated, I

think it would have been well, if Mr. Tomes had shown to what ex-

tent the fur of the body encroaches on the membranes, as the ex-

pression ‘‘ encroaches somewhat”’ is vague, there being very few of

the Vespertilionide, Gndeed, I have never seen any, except imma-

ture individuals,) in which the fur of the body does not extend to

some degree, however limited, on the wing and interfemoral mem-

branes. I think, therefore, an accurate description of the distri-

bution of the fur, accompanied with detailed measurements of the

three specimens, obtained by Dr. Stoliczka at the Nicobars, may not

be out of place here, more especially as doubts may be entertained

as to the identity of this species with that described by Mr. Tomes

from its remarkable distribution, to which I have referred in the

Proceedings, Asiatic Society of Bengal.*

The following is a description of the colour and distribution

of the fur taken from one of the three specimens dried from spirit.

* May, 1871.

266 G. E. Dobson— On Malayan Bats. [No. 3,

Above, uni-coloured, dark brown throughout; beneath, a lighter

shade of same colour. The fur of the back extends upon the base

of the interfemoral membrane as far as the end of the third

caudal vertebra, densely at the root of the tail but quickly thinning

out into afew scattered hairs at its termination; the femurs are

thickly covered with hair for three-fourths their length, and a

few short hairs appear on the backs of the toes; the head of the

humerus tat is covered, and laterally the extent of fur upon the

wing-membrane is limited to a narrow portion along the sides of

the body. Beneath, the distal two-thirds of the humerus is naked

as above, but the wing membrane is covered as far as a line

drawn from the middle of the humerus to the knee-joint, a narrow

line of very fine short fur also extends from the elbow along the

posterior margin of the forearm to the carpus ; the femurs are dense-

ly covered with hair for their entire length, and the fur of the

abdomen extends upon the interfemoral membrane for nearly the

same distance as on the upper surface.

Of the four columns of measurements given below, Nos. 1, 2, and

3 are of three adult male specimens from the Nicobars, the

fourth,—No. 1 a, is taken from the table of dimensions given by

Mr. Tomes in the Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1858, vol. II, p. 160,

corresponding to No. 1 in that table, the lines being reduced to

tenths of an inch.

The only differences of any account in the measurements are

in those of the head and feet; the first is most probably due to

the difficulty in obtaining a correct measurement of the skull

when a skeleton of the specimen cannot be made, so that scarcely

any two persons will give the same dimensions ; the latter may be

be explained by supposing that Mr. Tomes, in measuring the feet

took into account the curvature of the claws.

The similarity in measurement is very remarkable when we

consider the great distance of the two localities — Australia and the

Nicobar Islands — from each other, as we rarely find specimens of

the same species from different parts of the same country agreeing

so closely.

{

}

G.E.DOBSON. Journ: Asiat: Soc

: Bengal. Vol: XL. Pt:iL1871.

PUX.

1-2. Vespertilio ourotius, p. 186. & 267. a ie ie

3-4. Macroglossus spelowus,p. 261. & 267.

—

. os

—————

It: 1871.

XL. Pb

: Bengal. Vol:

Soa

G.E.DOBSON. Journ. Asiat

Lay.

L-Lo. 1b. Aselier Stoliczkona , P2683, 2

- 262.

w,p

tcobourens

2.0. PhyWorhina N

1871.] G. E. Dobson—On Malayan Bats. 267

1 2 3 1a,

inches. in. in, in.

Length, head and aut see cet van ens 1:85 1'8 1°85 19

gs a ee Desde vin eo ease 1:85 1°85 1°85 1°8

= head, | a a Sawhion Cadase ere 06 0°63 06 0°66

is ear * (anteriorly), .. Seine dps capes 0°4 0:4 0°4 »

SPORE (PORLOTIONIY), <oeies css sever one 0:25 0:25 0°25 0°25

‘ MRD, Pec ciree case c's dlp ielons wisi Gakivs 0:2 02 02 02

Fe forearm, . ci Ce es 15 15 15 1°58

i CLL er 0°25 0:22 @-2 39

ce metacarpal ee fot ‘ond finger,. 13 1:35 35 2

» first phalanx, ditto ditto, ...... 0°35 0°35 | 30

- second, ditto ditto,........0.... 13 1:35 1:3 »

as metacarpal bone of 3rd. finger, 1:25 1:3 1:3 ”

iy first phalanx, ditto ditto, ..... 0:3 0:3 0:3 »

fe second, ditto Lo a ee 06 065 0°6 9

a metacarpal bone of 4th finger, . 1:2 1°25 1°25 2

e first phalanx, ditto ditto, ...... 03 03. 03 1:8

Ss Second, ditto itt0, .....0... scores 0:3 03 03 33

re REE Ma Fee gs vee ebetecs cca eat vonvas 0°6 06 06 0°58

» -calcaneum,. mend hrs Bh ameeon 05 0°45 05 9

foot and clams, sean eeira see bksees 0°3 0°32 0 32 0:39

Expanse, ee eae aawide ree ak eepaer ceewecete 11°7 118 116 11°6

* In measuring the ear I place one point of the compass at the tip, and the

other at the termination of the outer margin of the ear, whether it terminates

as in Murina suillus at the base of the tragus, or is carried forwards to the

angle of the mouth, as in Miniopteris Australis. This I do for the sake of ob-

taining fixed points for measuring from in all cases, and also for the purpose of

getting the actual diameter of the external ear.

The length of the head and body is obtained by measuring from the tip of

the nose (the head being fully extended) to the posterior margin of the anus.

For the purposes of comparison I have, in this case, determined the expanse

of wings by Mr. Tomes’s method which see under his description of Miniop-

teris Australis, loc, cit.

Explanation of plates.

Plate X.

Fig. 1. Head of Vespertitio auratus, see p. 186.

», la, side view of upper and lower jaws, 1b, upper, and 1c, lower jaw, (all

enlarged).

» 2. Har of V. auratus, (enlarged),

» & Lower portion of body of M. speleus, p. 261.

» 4... Skull of ditto

»» 4a, 4b. Upper and lower jaws, of ditto.

Plate XX.

Fig. 1. Head of Phyllorhina Nicobarensis, p. 262.

» 2. Upper portion of nose leaf turned backward showing cells beneath.

» 38. Asellia Stoliczkana (natural size), p. 263.

en: ditto head, (enlarged).

», 5. Concave base of upper transverse nose-leaf, showing the longitudinal

folds and cells,

268 | No. 3,

List oF BIRDS COLLECTED OR OBSERVED IN THE WARDIIA VALLEY

AND ITS VICINITY NEAR CHA’NDA,—

by W. T. BLanrorD, F. G. 8.—0. M, Z. 8.

[Received 14th April, 1871.]

The following list is far from complete. Itis founded on collec-

tions and@observations made during the greater part of two cold

seasons, and of one hot one spent in the Wardha valley and its im-

mediate neighbourhood. I was in hopes of returning to the district

and adding to the list by procuring a larger number of the Rap-

tores, Grallatores and Natatores, especially the two latter, to which I

have paid very little attention, but as this is at present impro-

bable, I give the list as it stands; first, because it contains, I believe,

most of the birds of which the distribution within India is import-

ant, and which are common in the neighbourhood of Chanda, and

secondly, because the portion of the Wardha valley in which my

collections were made is a country of considerable interest in re-

ference to this question of distribution, it being a spot where

northern and southern forms are equally abundant, and close to

the boundaries of three of the subdivisions into which I believe

that the fauna of India proper may be divided.*

The tract of country in which I had opportunities of collecting

comprises both banks of the Wardha and its tributary the Pem

Ganga, and consists politically of part of Chanda district in the

Central Provinces, of South Hast Berar, and a small tract of the

Hydrabad territory. I have included all the birds found in the

Chanda district between the Wardha and Wain Ganga. A strip

of land varying from a few hundred yards to about 10 miles in width

on each side of the river Wardha is open and for the most part culti-

vated, beyond this the greater portion of the country is covered

with forest jungle. To the west in Berar, this jungle, resting upon

trap, or on the limestones and shales of the Vindhyan series for

the most part, isin general low and scattered, but still consisting

principally of trees, not of mere bushes. On the east or Chanda side

of the Wardha, where the rock is principally sandstone, the trees

* See J, A. S. B, 1870, Vol. XXXIX, pt. II, p. 336.

1871. ] W. T. Blanford— Wardha valley Birds. 269

are larger and the undergrowth closer. Owing to the jungle be-

ing denser in this direction, a few forest birds are found which are

common in the great wooded region to the eastward, but which

do not appear to extend west of the Wardha.

The character of a district’s fauna as compared with that of

other parts of the country is determined quite as much by the

forms which are wanting as by those which are present. I will,

therefore, notice a few of the birds which are “ conspicuous by their

absence” in the Chanda country.

Amongst the Raptores, Falcons are decidedly scarce, but I have

no doubt that my list is far from complete. I can scarcely believe

that Aguila imperialis, A. nevia, A. pennata and Eutolmaétus Bonellii

are all wanting, perhaps all may occur occasionally, but they are

certainly not common, and I could scarcely have overlooked Spizaé-

tus cirrhatus or Circaétus Gallicus, had either of them been of frequent

occurrence, I have never, so far as I know, seena Buteo. Amongst

the Owls I have not observed Strix Indica, nor Athene radiata, both

however may very possibly occur ; and Ascalaphia coromanda is either

absent, or it has escaped my notice.

I have never seen Acanthylis sylvatica nor Cypselus melba, both of

which I have observed and shot further to the eastward. It is

singular that I should have met with only two kinds of nightjar, but

_ although I have often looked for others, it has been without success.

Several forest birds which are common on the Godavari below

_ Sironcha and also in the forests around Raiptr do not appear to

be found near Chanda. Amongst these are Hydrocissa coronata,

Pericrocotus speciosus and Edolius paradiseus, and, so far as I have

seen, Pitta Bengalensis.

Malacocircus griseus does not appear to extend so far to the north

as the Chanda district, though it iscommon on the lower Godavari.

Otocompsa fuscicaudata is also wanting, and I have never seen

Cittacincla macrowra. No species of Sazxicola has been observed,

nor has Stwrnopastor contra.

Amongst the pigeons neither Osmotreron, Carpophaga* nor

Chalcophaps appear to be found. Amongst waders Charadrius lon-

* QO. sylvatica is common 50 miles further to the south and throughout the

Godavari valley below Seroncha.

270

W. T. Blanford— Wardha vallyy Birds. [No. 3,

gipes, Gallinago stenura, and Falcinellus igneus* are wanting. I

have never seen Anser Jndicus, although it occurs occasionally both

at Nagpur and on the Godavari and Pelicans seem to be remarkably

Scarce.

I have prefixed the numbers from Jerdon’s Birds of India to

each species, the names used are of course different in several

instances.

Where no number is affixed, the species is not de-

scribed in Jerdon’s work.

No, 2:

69.

72.

* I only mention this bird because Jerdon speaks of it as found throughout

I have never seen it myself in Central or Western India, and the

only places where I have met with it are in Lower Bengal and Orissa.

India.

Vultur calvus.

Gyps Bengalensis : G. indicus probably occurs also.

Neophron percnopterus.

Faleo jugger, not common.

Lithofaleo chicquera, not common.

Tinnunculus alaudarius.

Micronisus badius.

Accipiter nisus, rare.

Aquila fulvescens, not uncommon.

Spilornis spilogaster, common in wooded parts of the

country, on the banks of streams.

Pandion halieetus, not often seen.

Poliornis teesa.

Circus Swainsont.

C. cineraceus,

C. erugimosus.

Haliastur indus, not common.

Milvus govinda.

IM, major, rare.

Pernis cristata.

Elanus melanopterus.

Bulaca ocellata. I shot Otus brachyotus in Nagpur just

outside the Chanda district, but I have not met with —

it within the latter. ;

Ascalaphia Bengalensis. |

Ketupa Ceylonensis. .

1871.|

76.

81.

82.

84.

85.

86.

89.

90.

Ot.

100.

102.

104,

112:

114.

aye

128.

127.

129.

134.

136.

144.

148.

149.

160.

164.

180,

188.

R97.

206.

W. T. Blanford— Wardha valley Birds. DO

Athene brama.

Ninox scutellatus, rare.

Hirundo rustica.

LH. filifera.

HI. erythropygia.

H. fiuvicola, not common; I know of but two places on

the Wardha river where nests occur.

Cotyle Sinensis, local and not common.

C. concolor, local.

C. rupestris, only seen at one spot,

Cypelus affines, local.

C. Batassiensis, ditto.

Dendrochelidon coronata.

Caprimulgus Asvaticus, not very common.

C. monticolus, very common in all wooded parts of the

country.

Merops viridis. I have shot IW. Philippensis a few miles

South of the Chanda district on the Pranhita river,

but I have not observed it in the neighbourhood of

the Wardha.

Coracias Indica.

Halcyon leucocephalus, rare.

HT. Smyrnensis.

Alcedo Bengalensis.

Ceryle rudis.

Meniceros bicornis, not common. JI have never seen any

of the larger black and white hornbills.

Paleornis torquata.

P. rosa.

Picus Mahrattensis.

Yungipicus Hardwickic.

Chrysocolaptes Delesserti, very rare.

Brachypternus aurantius.

Yunx torquilla, not common.

Xantholema Indica. I am nearly certain that I have

heard a Megalema, but I have not shot it.

Mierococcyx varius. Ihave seen and shot Cuculus canorus

272

208.

ON:

222.

232.

234.

238.

240.

246.

250.

255.

256.

257.

260.

265,

270.

276.

277.

278.

281.

287.

288.

290.

292.

293.

295.

297.

301.

W. T. Blanford—List of Burds. | No. 3,

in Ahiri, not more than 20 miles south of the Chanda

district, and I have no doubt but that it occurs oc-

casionally in the forests east of Chanda. |

Otolygon nigrum, very rare. I believe that Hudynamys

honoratus occurs, but it is far less common than to the

eastward, and I have not shot it. ,

Centropus rufipennis.

Taccocua affinis.

Leptocoma Zeylonica, not common.

Arachnechthra Asiatica.

Diceum minimum, this and the next species were only

observed east of the Wardha. Neither is common.

Piprisoma agile.

Salpornis spilonota, rare, only seen south-east of Chanda.

Sitta castaneoventris, scarce.

Upupa Ceylonensis.

Lanius lahtora.

LL. caniceps, 7. e., the southern variety or race, but inter-

mediate forms between this and Z. erythronotus occur

in the northern part of the area.

L. vittatus.

Tephrodornis Pondicertana.

Grauculus Macei.

Perverocotus peregrinus.

P. erythropygius, only seen west of the Wardha, in 8. EH. ~

Berar, and there not often.

Dierurus macrocercus.

D. caerulescens.

Artamus fuscus, rare and local.

Tchitrea paradise.

Myiagra azurea, rare, and only seen in the forest east of

Chanda.

Leucocerca aureola,

L. leucogaster, rare.

Cryptolopha cinereocapilla.

Alseonax latirostris, rare.

Eumyias melanops, not common.

1871. | W. T. Blanford— Wardha valley Birds. 273

305. Cyornis Jerdoni, very rare.

306. C. Tickellie, rare.

310. Muscicapula superciliaris, very rare.

Erythrosterna parva.

325. E. acornaus, very rare.

351. Petrocossyphus cyaneus.

353. Orcocetes cinclorhynchus, rare, only seen south-east of

Chanda.

354. Geocichla eyanota, only observed east of the Wardha.

385. Pyctorhis Sinensis.

397. Dumetia hyperythra.

434. MMalacocircus Malabaricus.

436. M. Malcolmi, rare east of the Wardha, and not seen

east or south of Chanda,

438. Chatorhea caudata.

452. Ixos luteolus, rare, only seen near Chanda.

462. Pycnonotus pusillus.

463. Phyllornis Jerdoni.

467. ora zeylonica.

470. Oriolus kundoo.

472. O. melanocephalus, only seen east of Chanda.

475. Copsychus saularis.

480. ZLhamnobia Cambayensis.

481. Pratincola caprata.

483. P, indica.

497. Ruticilla rufiventris.

514. Cyanecula suecica.

515. Acrocephalus brunnescens.

516. A. dumetorum.

517. A. palustris, local.

520. Locustella Hendersoni, rare, only once met with.

530. Orthotomus longicauda.

534, Prinia socialis, very rare, and only observed west of the

Wardha.

536. P. gracilis.

539. Oisticola schenicola.

543. Drymoica imornata,

274

546.

558.

560.

062.

081.

582.

589,

o9l1.

092,

093.

594,

597.

600.

602.

645.

648.

660,

663,

674,

684.

687.

690.

694,

699.

703.

704.

705.

706.

411.

716.

W. T. Blanford— Wardha valley Birds. [No. 3,

Drymoica neglecta.

Phyllopneusterama (P. caligata, Licht., teste Tristram).

Calamodyta agricolensis,

Phylloscopus viridanus, this is the only species which is

common, but one or two others must occur. I have

shot P. tristis and P. wtidus in adjoining districts.

P. indicus.

Sylvia orphea.

NS. affinis.

Motacitla Maderaspatana,

M. personata.

M. dukhunensis.

M. sulphurea.

Budytes flavus, var. melanocephaius.

B. citreolus.

Pipastes arboreus.

Corydalla rufula.

Agrodroma campestris,

Parus cinereus. Uhave shot Zosterops palpebrosus, a few

miles farther south on the Pranhita.

Machlolophus Jerdoni, rare.

Corvus culminatus.

. splendens.

Dendrocitta rufa.

Acridotheres tristis.

Temenuchus pagodarum.

Pastor roseus.

Ploceus baya.

Munia undulata.

MM. malabarica.

Estrelda amandava. |

L. formosa, only found east of the Wardha, and very

local. |

Passer indicus.

P. flavicollis. |

Emberiza Huttoni, rare, and only seen west of the

Wardha. |

1871.]

721.

724,

738,

756.

757,

758,

760.

761,

767.

773,

788.

794,

795,

796,

<OF.

800.

802. .

803,

$13,

814,

$19.

$22.

827.

828.

829.

830.

834,

836.

839.

840.

849,

855.

W. T. Blanford— Wardha valley Birds. 275

Euspiza melanocephala. E. luteola, which is by far the most

abundant species about Nagpur, is certainly rare

near Chanda, and I am not sure that I have seen it.

Melophus melanicterus, very rare.

Carpodacus erythrinus.

Mirafra erythroptera.

M. cantillans, rare and local.

Ammomanes phenicura.

Pyrrhulauda grisea.

Calandrelia brachydactyla.

Alauda quigula.

Crocopus chlorigaster.

Columba intermedia.

Lurtur Cambayensis.

T. Suratensis.

T. risorius.

T. humilis.

Pterocles fasciatus.

Pt. exustus,

Pavo cristatus. -

Gallus Sonneratie.

Galloperdix spadiceus. I insert this bird on the authori-

ty of my friend Mr. Hughes. It must occur, and

very probably G. lunulosus also occasionally, but 1 do

not recollect having seen either myself.

Francolinus pictus.

Ortygiornis Pondiceriana,

Perdicula asiatica,

P. erythrohyncha, rare.

Coturmx communis.

C. Coromandeliea.

Turnix Dussumiert.

Eupodotis Edwardsti, local.

Sypheotides auritus, rare.

Cursorius Coromandelicus, \

Aigialitis Curonieus.

Lobivanellus Goensis.

276

- 856.

857.

858.

863.

865.

931.

938.

940.

W. T. Blanford— Wardha valley Birds. (No. 3,

Sarciophorus bilobus.

Hoplopterus Malabaricus.

Hsacus recurvirostris. Cidienemus erepitans must oceur,

but I have not observed it.

Grus antigone.

G. cinerea, I have not seen G. virgo, although it doubtless

occurs, but cranes are not nearly so common, even on

the river banks, as they are a little farther to the

north.

Gallinago scolopacinus.

G. gallinula, I have not collected Rhynchea Bengalensis,

but it must occur.

Philomachus pugnax.

Tringa damacensis.

T. Temminckit.

Actitis glareola.

A. ochropus.

Totanus glottis. I must here repeat that the list of waders

is very imperfect. All the species of sandpipers, green-

shanks, &¢., probably occur.

Himantopus candidus.

Metopidius indicus. I believe Hydrophasianus Sinensis also

occurs.

Porphyrio poliocephalus.

Gallinula phenicura. Other species of water hens and

several kinds of rails should doubtless be added to

this list.

Leptoptilos javanicus.

Ciconia episcopus.

Ardea cinerea.

A. purpurea.

Her odias alba.

IT, garzetta.

Ardeola leucoptera.

Butorides Javanica,

Tantalus lewcocephatus.

Anastomus oscitans.

1871.] F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 277

942. Geronticus papillosus.

944. Phenicopterus antiquorum, very rare.

950. Sarcidiornis melanonota.

951. Nettapus Coromandelianus,

952. Dendrocygna arcuata.

954. Casarca rutila.

961. COhaulelasmus streperus ; and doubtless all the other com-

mon migratory ducks, but from the nature of the tanks,

it is unusually difficult to get at them, and I have

shot none except the gadwall and the following:

964. Querquedula ecrecca.

965. Q. circia.

969. <Aythya nyroca.

975. Podiceps Philippensis.

987. Sterna javanica. I have also, I think, seen Seena aurantia

and one or two other species.

1007. Graculus yavanicus.

1008, Plotus melanogaster.

OLN OO COClLLOOlhOlOOOOlOl Olle ss

MonoerapH oF Inpian Cyprinipam, (Part I[)—

by Surgeon F. Day.

[Continued from p. 143, with pl. xxi. ]

Genus. Carasstus, Nilsson.

Abdomen rounded: mouth anterior, arched, and rather narrow, lips

thin. Snout obtuse and rounded. No barbels. Pharyngeal teeth com-

pressed and in a single series, 4/4. Dorsal fin long, commencing

opposite the ventrals and having its last undivided ray osseous and ser-

rated: last undivided anal ray osseous and normally serrated. Scales

of moderate size. Lateral line complete to the centre of the base of the

caudal fin.

Geographical distribution. Temperate portions of Europe and

Asia; having been domesticated it has degenerated into numerous

varieties.

Synopsis of species.

1. Carassius auratus, D. A. 3/3. From rifle green to silver or

16—18’

orange colours. Upper Burma, Bombay ?

278 F. Day—Donograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 3,

1. CARASSIUS AURATUS.

Cyprinus auratus, Linn., Sys. Nat., vol. i, p. 527; Bl. Schn., p. 489; Lacép,

vol. v, p. 553; Cuv. and Val., vol. xvi, p. 101; Richard. Ich. China, p. 293.

Carassius awratus, Bleeker, Atl. Ich. Cyp., p. 74: Giinther, Catal., vol. vii,

p. 382, (where see synom.)

PP Oyprinus iy Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. ii, p. 355.

B.17;.-V.9; A. 8/5; 0, 195 Tel eee

BT D. r sis

L. ‘tr. ra Vert. 18/13.

Length of head 2/9: of caudal 2/11: height of body 2/7: of

dorsal spine 1/6 of the total length.

Hyes. Diameter 1/4 of length of head: 14 diameters from end

of snout: 2 diameters apart.

Fins. Last undivided dorsal ray osseous and serrated.

Lateral line—complete, from 53 to 63 rows of scales between

it and the base of the ventral fin.

Colours. Rifle green when in the wild state.

The gold carp is too well known to require any detailed deserip-

tion. Colonel Sykes records having obtained a variety of it in

the Deccan, but he also remarked it had ‘‘two tendrils on the

lower jaw.’ Admitting this to be so, it could not have been this

species to which, however, it has been referred by Yarrell, Riip-

pell, and Ginther: Mr. Masters likewise sent three adult specimens

from India to the British Museum, still I very much question if

they were captured there in their wild state, the nearest point,

where they are obtained in a state of nature, being high up in

Upper Burma.

The almost endless deformities, into which this species has been ~

bred, may be briefly defined as follows. Vertebral column only

deformed: fins also abnormal, the dorsal being decreased or even

absent: the anal spine double: caudal enlarged and with three or

four lobes. Occasionally the eyes are protruding.

Col. Sykes observes the ‘‘Nukta” is found at Mahloongeh, 18

miles north of Poona in the Inderanee river, and that it has ‘two

knobs or short horns on the nose between the eyes.” Dr. Jerdon :

informs me it is not C. auratus, its native name at Poona is Do-

ton-di, whilst the knob is single not double.

fab. Upper Burma.

1871. ] EF. Day—dMonograph of Indian Cyprinde. 279

Genus. Srmiptotus, Bleeker. Pl. xxi, fig. 1.

Abdomen rounded: mouth wide, transverse, slightly eurved, inferior,

with a knob at the symphysis. Snout thick and prominent. Inter-

maxillaries more or less adherent to the maxilla, and but slight powers

of motion exist in the upper yaw. No barbels. Pharyngeal teeth (in

S. modestus) 4, 3, 2/2, 3, 4. Dorsal fin long, tts last undivided ray

being strong, osseous, and either serrated or entire. Anal rather short.

Scales large. Lateral line passing to the centre of the base of the cau-

dal fin.

Geographical distribution, Assam and Hill ranges on the Tenas-

serim coast.

Synopsis of species.

A. Serrated dorsal ray.

1. Semiplotus modestus, D. 4/20; A. 3/6; L. 1, 32—34, Last undivided

dorsal ray osseous and serrated. <Akyab.

B. Smooth dorsal ray.

2. Semiplotus M’Clellandi, D. 3/25; A. 2/7; L. 1.27. Last undivided dor-

sal ray osseous and entire; silvery. Assam.

A. Serrated dorsal ray.

1, SrmreLotus mopzstvus. Pl. xxi, fig. 1.

Day, Proc, Zool. Soc., 1870, p. 101.

B.A, 0, 4/20; P. 15; VY. 9; A. 8/6; C219; LT 32—384;

L. tr. 74/73.

Length of head 2/9: of caudal 2/9: height of body nearly 1/3

of the total length.

_Hyes. Diameter 1/3 of length of head: 1 diameter from end

of snout: 14 diameters apart.

Snout broad, obtuse, with several open pores on either side.

Mouth inferior, transverse: no horny substance on the jaws,

mandible not covered by the lip, a knob at the symphysis.

Slight motion between the maxillary and intermaxillary bones.

The posterior extremity of the maxilla extends to beneath the

middle of the orbit. Barbels absent.

Teeth, pharyngeal, 4, 3, 2/2, 3, 4,

Fins.— Dorsal fin commences anterior to the origin of the ventral

and extends to above the anal, its last undivided ray is osseous and

serrated.

280 F. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 3,

Colours.—Silvery, darkest in the upper half ofthe body. Ventrals

and anal tipped with orange.

Hab. Will ranges near Akyab in the Tenasserim provinces ;

two specimens obtained up to 53 inches in length,

B. Smooth dorsal ray.

2. Semrerotus M’CLeLuLANpdt.

Cyprinus semiplotus, M’Clell., Ind. Cyp., pp. 274, 346, pl. xxxvii, fig. 2. * Cuv.

and Val., vol. xvi, p. 68.

Semiplotus M’ Clellandit, Bleeker, Atl. Ich. Cyp., p. 25.

Sundaree aoe Sentoree, Assam.

B. I. D.se; PP. 163 Ve. 103 A. 2/7; “Ci io5 ae

L. tr. 6/5.

Length of head 1/6: of caudal 1/5: height of body 4/17,

according to a bad skin.

Eyes. Diameters 2/7 of length of head: 1 diameter from end

of snout, and 2 diameters apart.

Snout thick, prominent, with a row of pores across it.

Fins. Osseous dorsal ray, strong, smooth, its stiff portion bois

three quarters the length of the head.

Lateral line—rather concave.

Hab, Assam.

Genus. Catia, Cuv. and Val. Pl. xxi, BS 2.

GripEtion, Heckel.

HypsELoparsus, Bleeker.

Head broad : snout with very thin integuments, and no upper lip, :

whilst the inferior is moderately thick, with a continuous free posterior %

margin. The lower jaw with a moveable articulation at the symphysis,

but destitute of any prominent tubercle. No barbels. Gill rakers long,

rather strong and moderately wide apart in the adult, but fine and

closely set in the immature. Eyes with free orbital margins. Pharyn- |

geal teeth plough-shaped, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5. Dorsal fin rather long, without |

osseous ray, whilst it commences somewhat in advance of the ventrals:

anal short: caudal forked. Scales of moderate size, no tiled ones

along the base of the anal fin. Lateral line continuous to the centre of

the base of the caudal fin.

F. DAY Journ: Asiat:

Soc: Bengal. Vol: XL. Pu: 11971.

PUXXT.

1871. | E. Day—WMonograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 281

Geographical distribution. This fine fish appears to be absent

from Southern India; commencing to be found in the Kistna at

Masulipatam it extends to the Punjab, also the N. W. Provinces

and throughout Bengal, Assam and Burma so far as the Pegu

river. Itis said, however, not to exist in Tenasserim. If Sykes’s

Cyprinus abramioides is this species, it is also found in the Deccan.

Synopsis of species.

3—4:

1. Catla Buchanani. D. ea A. 5 L. 1. 40—43 ; L, tr.

Kistna through Hindustan to Pegu in Burma.

Co) Re

; from the

1. Garza Buowanant. Pl. xxi, fig. 2.

Cyprinus catla, Ham. Buch., Fishes of Ganges, pp. 287, 318, 387, pl. 13 f. 81;

McClelland, Ind. Cyp. pp. 275, 348,* Cuv. and Val. xvi, p. 433.

Leuciscus catla, Val. in Bel. Voy. Ind, Orient. p. 379, pl. 3, f. 2.

Catla Buchanani, Cuv. and Val,, xvii, p. 411. pl. 515; Bleeker, Verh. Bat.

Gen., xxv. Beng. and Hind. p, 142; Giinther, Catal., vii. p. 34; Day, Proc. Zool,

_ Soc., 1869, p. 370.

? Oyprinus abranioides, Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc. ii, p. 353, pl. 61, f. 2.

_ Hypselobarbus (Tambra) abranvioides,* Bleeker, Pro. Cyp. p. 275.

Botchee, Telugu: Catla, Bengal. Hind, and Punj.: Barkur, Ooriah:

Nga-thaing, Burmese: Zambra? Hind. in Bombay: Boassa, Hind.

in N. W. Provinces.

pte we

Boe. -D -— P. 2igV: 9, A.3/5,. CO. 19, L..], 40-43, 1. dx, MA

Vert. 17/18.

Length of head 1/5, of base of dorsal 1/5, of caudal 1/5, height of

body 1/7, of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/6 of length of head: 2 diameters from end

of snout: 38 diameters apart.

Body elevated.

Lower jaw longest, the posterior extremity of the upper jaw

extending to below the nostrils. In large specimens some fine

pores on the snout.

Teeth, pharyngeal, plough-shaped, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. Dorsal arises rather in advance of the ventral, caudal

deeply lunated. Some males have the fins elongated.

Scales. From six to six anda halfrows of scales between the

lateral line and base of ventral fin.

282 aia Day—Lonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 8,

Lateral line—complete to the centre of the base of the caudal fin.

Colours. Greyish above, more silvery below. Fins dark coloured,

sometimes black. The colouration varies with the season and

locality.

Grows to six feet in length; is much esteemed as food when up

to two feet long, but when larger becomes coarse. “ There is no

species’ observes McClelland ‘‘of more importance than this in

an economic point of view. Buchanan informs us, it is ight and

wholesome food; the head he remarks is peculiarly delicious:

this I can also answer for, and am at a loss to know why it should

have been so long overlooked by our epicures.”’

Hab. THindustin and the Punjab, extending westwards to the

Kistna and eastwards to the Pegu river.

It resides in brackish or fresh water, and is found within tidal

influence, “‘ but it lives and attains a great sizeintanks and ponds

quite unconnected with tides and currents, so that itis capable of

being introduced wherever there is fresh water.” (McClelland.)

‘It is a very strong active animal and often leaps over the seine of

the fishermen, on which account when fishing for the Catla, they

usually follow the net in canoes, and make a noise by shouting

and splashing with their paddles.’”? (Ham. Buchanan.) It is said

never to take a bait, but as it rises at natural flies, it could pro-

bably be taken with artificial ones.

At Coconada exists a moderately sized tank of fresh water fed

from the irrigation canal; this had not been netted for three years ;

at one haul 27 large fishes of this species were captured varying

in size from 5 to 9 lb. each, and these were irrespective of a very

large quantity of smaller fishes and younger ones of this sort.

There is perhaps no carp more adapted for introducing into the

Cauvery, as it could easily be sent from Masulipatam by steamer

to Madras and from thence by rail to the railway station on the

Madras side of Trichinopoly, and there turned direct into the

Cauvery river. Itis largely employed for stocking tanks, as at

two years old it grows to about 10 lb. in weight,

ee eee. Ee oe d

1871. | F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 283

Genus. Moxa, Heckel. Pl. xxi, fig. 3.

Thynnichthys, pt., Bleeker.

Amblypharyngodon, pt., Bleeker.

Brachygramma, pt. Day.

Pseudobranchia present. Abdomen rounded. Head compressed: in-

teguments over snout thin: upper lip absent : only a short labial fold on

the side of the mandible. Mouth rather wide, antero-lateral, with the

lower gaw somewhat prominent. No barbels. Gill rakers very short or

absent. Eyes in the middle of the depth of the head, and without any

adipose membrane. Pharyngeal teeth molar-form, close together, 5, 3

or 4, 2 or 3/2 or 3, 4 or 3, 5: or 5 or 3, 2or 8 or 4, 2 or 1/1 or 2, 4

or 8or 2, 3o0r5. Dorsal fin short without osseous ray, commencing

nearly opposite the ventrals: anal short. Scales small. Lateral line

complete, running to the centre of the base of the caudal fin, ( Thynnich-

thys Bleeker) ; or ¢ncomplete (Amblypharyngodon, Bleeker). Intestinal

tract narrow, and with numerous convolutions.

Geographical distribution. Throughout the continent of India,

Burma and Hast Indian Archipelago.

Synopsis of species.

A. Lateral line, complete. (Thynnichthys.)

1, Mola harengula, D.3/9. A 3/5. L. vr. 120. L, tr. 22/25, Kistna and

Godavery.

B. Lateral line incomplete. (Amblypharyngodon )

2, Mola Buchanani, D, 2/8, A. 2/5. Li. 1. 55-75. Dorsal arises opposite inner

ventral ray. Orissa through Bengal to Burma,

3. Mola melettinus, D. 2/8. A. 2/5. L. 1. 50-57. Dorsal arises behind the

ventrals, Southern India,

4, Mola Atkinsonii, D. 3/5. A. 2/5. L. 1.55. Body deep, nearly 1/3 of the

total length. Burma.

A. Lateral line complete, (Thynnichthys.)

1, Mota (Thynnichthys) HARENGULA, pl. xxi, fig. 3.

Leuciscus harengula, Cuv. and Val., xvii, p. 303, pl. 500.

Kala-tala and Ahku-chappah, Tel.

it) TYE. D. 3/9; P19, V. 9) A.°8/5;'C, 19, L. 2. 120, mp

Length of head 1/4: of caudal 1/4: height of body ii

dorsal fin 1/5 of the total length.

284 EF. Day—Honograph of Indian Cyprinide. [ No. 3,

Eyes. Diameter 1/3 of length of head: 13 diameters from end

of snout: 13 diameters apart.

A small tubercle above symphysis of the lower jaw.

Teeth pharyngeal,—4, 4, 3/3, 4, 4, the crowns somewhat resem-

bling the inferior surface of a grain of wheat.

Fins. Dorsal commences above the ventral and slightly nearer

the snout than the base of the caudal, which latter is forked and

its lower lobe the longest.

Scales. Seventeen rows between the lateral line and the base

of the ventral fin.

Colours. Silvery, head purplish.

Hab. Godavery and Kistna rivers, where it attains above a

foot in length ; it also breeds in tanks.

B. Lateral line incomplete. (Amblypharyngodon.)

2. Mota (Amblypharyngodon) BucHaNnant.

Cyprinus mola, Ham. Buch., pp. 334, 392, pl. 38, f. 92 ;* Cuv. and Val., xvi,

p- 440.

Leuciscus mola, McClelland, Ind. Cypr., pp. 293, 407; Bleeker, Verh. Bat.

Gen., Beng. en Hind., p. 140, ©

Leuciscus pellucidus, McClelland, }. c. pp. 298, 408.

Mola Buchanant, Blyth, J. A. 8. of Beng. 1860, p. 164.

Leuciscus microlepis, Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen., xxv, Beng. en Hind. p. 141.

Rhodeus macrocephalus ? Jerdon, M. J. L. & 8S. 1849, p. 324.

Amblypharyngodon mola, Bleeker, Prod. Cyp. p. 409; Giinther, Catal. vii,

p. 202.

Amblypharyngodon microlepis, Bleeker, 1. c. p. 409.

Amblypharyngodon pellucidus, pt. Giinther, 1. c. p. 202.

Talla-maya, Tel.: Morara, Ooriah : Woah, Assam: DMukni, Punj. :

Nga-beh-byoo and Nga-zen-zap, Burmese. : ;

B. U1. D: 2/8, P. 15, Vs 9, A. 2/5, 0, 195 Teenie

L. tr. 25/28. pic

Length of head from 1/4 to 2/9 : height of body frgm 1/4 to 1/5

of the total length; but the relative proportions vary much in

different localities.

Fins. The origin of the dorsal arises in a line with the inner

ventral ray.

Scales. The numbers are subject to a wide variation.

1871. ] F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 285

Colours. A silvery band along the middle of the side.

fab. Orissa, Bengal, N. W. Provinces, Punjab, Assam, and

Burma, rarely attaining above 4 inches in length.

38. Moxa (Amblypharyngodon) MEvertinvs,

Leuciscus melettinus, Cuv. and Val., XVII, p. 304, pl. 501.

? » sandkhol and chitul, Sykes, T. Z. 8. ii, p. 363.

Rhodeus Indicus, Jerdon M. J. L, and S., 1849, p. 324.

Brachygramma Jerdoni, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 304.

Amblypharyngodon Jerdont, Day, Fishes of Malabar, p. 217, pl. 17, f. 1.

fs melettinus, Ginther, Catal. vii, p. 202.

Wumboo, Mal.; Oolaree, Tam. ; Kali-horafi, Hind.; Paraga, Can.

Muckni, Punj. |

B. IIL. ae, P. 15, V.9, A. =, ©. 19, L. 1, 50-57.

Length of head 1/5: of caudal 1/5: height of body 1/4 of

the total length.

Fins. The origin of the dorsal is behind the root of the ventral.

Colour. A silvery band along the side.

Hab. Southern India and the Western coast, rarely reaching

4 inches in length.

4. Moxa (Amblypharyngodon) ATKINSONII.

Mola Atkinsonvi, Blyth, J, A. S. of Beng., 1861, p. 164,

Nga-pan-ma Burmese.

Fie), 3/5,-P. 15, -V. 9, A. 2/5,.0. 19, Te, a5, 0, tr, 10/04,

Length of head 1/4: of caudal 1/5: height of body nearly 1/3 of

the total length.

Eyes. 1 diameter from end of snout.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the anterior margin

of the orbit and the base of the caudal fin.

Lateral line—ceases after 19 scales, there are six rows between

it and the base of the ventral fin.

Hab. Burma, This is the deepest and largest of the species of

this genus which have an incomplete lateral line. It is frequently

obtained 6 inches in length.

286 F. Day—Jfonograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [No. 3,

Genus. —Barsus, Cuv. and Val. Pl. xxi. figs. 4-6.

Puntius, pt. Ham, Buch.

Labeobarbus, Varicorhinus, pt. Riipp.

Systomus, pt. McClell.

Capoéta, sp. Cuv. and Val.

Pseudobarbus, Bielz.

Luciobarbus, Heckel.

Chetlobarbus, sp. Smith.

Balantiocheilus, Hemibarbus, Cyclocheilichthys, Siaja, -Anematich-

thys, Hypselobarbus, Gonoproktopterus, Gnathopogon, Hampala, sp.

Bleeker.

Enteromius, sp. Cope.

Mouth arched, jaws closely invested by the lips which may have lea-

thery lobes, bué noinner fold or horny covering. Barbels four (Barbodes,

Bleeker.): or two (Capoéta, Cuv. and Val.): or none (Puntius,

H. Buch.). Eyes without adipose lids. Pharyngeal teeth 5 or 4, 3 or 4, 2

or 3/2 or 3, dor 4, 4 or 5. Dorsal fin rather short, its last undivided

ray being evther ossified and serrated or entire, or articulated and not

osseous ; it commences nearly opposite the root ofthe ventrals: anal

rather short, in some species its second ray ossified. Scales large, of

moderate or small size: anal scales not enlarged. Lateral line complete,

or incomplete, when the former continued to opposite the centre of the

base of the caudal fin.

This most extensive genus has been subdivided by various

authors into numerous genera and sub-genera, but, passing gradually

one into another, they have in the majority of instances failed to be

permanently accepted. The three sub-genera of those with 4, 2, or

0 barbels is useful and apparently correct, for the occasional abnormal

absence of one or more of these appendages in fish which are so ex-

tensively kept in an artificial state in tanks, does not appear sufficient

reason why such natural subdivisions should be excluded from

ichthyological systems. It is likewise remarkable that nearly

all forming the sub-genus Barbodes, provided they are soberly

coloured, and either have or are deficient in the lateral blotch,

grow to a large size: the brilliant. coloured ones are mostly

residents of mountain streams, or of rivers contiguous to hills and

they are generally small, Those of the sub-genus, Odpoéta,

1871. ] F. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinida. 287

never grow to the size attained by the Barbodes: some, more

especially when residing in mountain streams, have a vivid coloura-

tion. The species of the sub-genus Puntius are mostly of small size,

whilst a few are brilliantly coloured. Amongst these sub-genera a

most natural subdivision appears to be into those with the last

undivided dorsal ray osseous and serrated or smooth, or others

in which the bony element is absent: whilst even further sub-

divisions, are easily made, if desired, into whether the fin rays are

elongated, and the lateral line is*complete or incomplete.

Geographical distribution. Representatives of this genus exist in

most, if not all, Indian and Burmese rivers and tanks, the larger

species being generally termed Mahseers. Some attain an enormous

size as 90 lb. and upwards, these are more residents in rivers along

the bases of hills or large rapids, but a few have even a more

extended range. In an economic point of view, this genus is

very valuable as food, whilst owing to the extensive range of

some, it appears, that considerable variations occur which have

been defined as separate species.

Synopsis oF SPECIES,

A. With four barbels, (Barbodes.)

a. Last undivided dorsal ray, osseous and serrated.

1. Barbus chagunio, D. 3/8. A. 3/5. L. 1. 44-47. Pores on snout and head.

Colours uniform. Orissa, Bengal and Behar.

2.* Barbus clavatus, D. 11, A. 8. L. 1. 42. Pores on snout, Colours uniform,

Sikkim.

3. Barbus immaculatus, D. 3/8. A. 3/5. L. 1. 32-33. No pores on snout,

Colours uniform, Bengal, Assam, Sikkim, N. W. Provinces.

4. Barbus saranda, D. =. x 3/5. L. 1. 29-31. Colours uniform. Caudal

stainedin Burma, India, Ceylon and Burma.

5. Barbus pinnauratus, D. 3/8. A. 2/6. L. 1. 27-29. A black lateral blotch,

fins orange. Indus, Bombay, Kurncol, Malabar.

6. Barbus plewrotenia, D, 3/8. A. 2/6. L. 1. 28. A black band from eye to

middle of tail. Ceylon.

7. Barbus goniosoma, D. 3/8. A. 2/5, L. 1.24. Serrated dorsal ray weak.

Colours uniform. Mergwi.

8.* Barbus roseipinnis, D. 3/8. A. 2/5. L. 1. 22, Caudal, anal and ventrals

red. Pondicherry. ;

9.* Barbus rodactylus, Fins red. Assam.

288 FE. Day— Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [No. 3,

b. Last undivided dorsal ray, osseous and entire.

10. Barbus dubius, D. 4/9. A, 2/5. L. 1.42. Nopores on snout. 5 rows

of scales between 1. 1, and base of ventral fin. Dorsal spine strong. Madras.

11. Barbus Mysorensis, D. 4/9. A.

of scales, between 1.1. and base of Beinn fin. Mysore, Madras, and Western

. L. 1, 40. Dorsal spine strong, 3 rows

coast.

2—3 . .

~ 12. Barbus Carnaticus, D. 4/8. A. . L. 1. 80-32. Dorsal spine strong.

2% rows of scales between 1.1 and base of ventral fin. Madras and Western coast.

13. Barbus Jerdoni, D. 3/9. A. 3/5, L.1. 28. Dorsal spine weak, 4 rows of

scales between l. l. and base of ventral fin. Canara,

—4, 2 ; }

14. Barbus hexastichus, D. — eT L. 1, 25-27. Dorsal spine strong.

23 rows of scales between 1. 1, and base of ventral fin. Himalayas, Cashmere,

Sikkim.

3 2-3

15. Barbus mosal, D. 5° A. a L. 1. 25-27. Dorsal spine strong, no lobed

lips, 23 rows of scales between J. 1. and base of ventral fin, Hilly regions of

India, }

16, Barbus tor, D. 3/9. A. 2/5, L. 1, 23-27. Dorsal spine strong, Upper

jaw longest, lips lobed. 2% rows of scales between Il, 1. and base of ventral fin,

Rapids throughout India.

17. Barbus sophore, D. 3/9. A. 2/5. L. 1. 25. Dorsal spine weak, 22 rows

of scales between 1. 1. and base of ventral fin, Bengal.

18. Barbus innominatus, D. 3/9. A. 2/5. L. 1. 24. Dorsal spine weak, 3

rows of scales between |. 1 and base of ventral fin. Ceylon.

19. Barbus Nelli, D. 4/9. A. 3/5. L. 1. 24-26. Dorsal spine weak. 4% rows

of scales between 1. J. and base of ventral fin. Kurnool i Madras.

20. Barbus compressus, D. 3/9. A. 3/5. L. 1,22. Dorsal spine weak. 3k ;

rows of scales between 1.1. and base of ventral fin. Cashmere ?

21. Barbus micropogon, D. 2/8, A. 3/5. L. 1. 38. Dorsal spine weak. 23

rows of scales between 1. l. and base of ventral fin. Assam ?

3-4 ®

22, Barbus chilinoides, D, 7 A, 2/5. L. 1, 32-35. Dorsal spine strong.

3 rows of scales between 1. 1. and base of ventral fin. Ganges and Himalyas. —

23. Barbus Stracheyi, D. 2/9, A. 2/5. L. 1.23. Dorsal spine strong. 25 rows _

of scales between 1, 1. and base of ventral fin. Tenasserim and Burma,

c. No osseous dorsal ray.

24. Barbus pulchellus, D. 4/9. A, 3/6, L: 1. 80. 4 rows of scales between

J, 1, and base of ventral fins, upper half of body, dark coloured, Canara

29.* Barbus spinulosus, D, 3/9, A. 2/5. L.1, 82, Sikkim, : de a

1871.] EF. Day— Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 289

26, Barbus Stevensonii, D. 3/9. A,-3/5. L. 1. 27, re rows of scales between

1, 1, and base of ventral fin. Akyab.

27. Barbus Blythii, D. 3/9. A. 3/5. L. 1. 22. 2% rows of scales between

], 1. and base of ventral fin. Tenasserim.

28. Barbus melanampyz, D. 3/8, A. 2/5 L, 1:20, 2 rows of scales between

1, 1. and base of ventral fin. Red with three vertical black bands. Rivers

along Western Ghauts.

B. With two.barbels (Capoéta).

‘With osseous serrated dorsal ray.

29, Barigic ae D, 4/8, A. 2/6, L. 1, 26, 33 rows of scales between 1. |.

and base of ventral. © Tuvoy.

b. Osseous dorsal ray, entire.

oe, OA

30. Barbus dorsalis, D: zak A. 3/5, Li. 1, 24. Dorsal ray moderately strong,

23 rows of scales between 1. l. and base of ventral fin. Madras and Ceylon.

31. Barbus chola. D, 3/8. A. 2/5, L. 1.26. Dorsal ray moderately strong,

3 to 31 rows of scales between lateral line and base of ventral fin. India and

Burma.

32. Barbus amphibius. Dp: sate

. A, 2/5. L. 1. 23. Dorsal ray feeble, 2 rows of

scales haterecti 1. 1. and base of venue fin. Western coast of India.

33. Barbus parrah, D, 3/8 A. 3/5 L. 1. 25. Dorsal ray moderately strong.

Southern India,

- 84. Barbus ‘titius. D. 3/8. L. 1. 25, eee Two black spots. Bengal

and N. W. Provinces.

35. Barbus thermatis. D. 3/8. A. 8/5. L. 1, 25. incomplete. Dorsal ray

moderately strong, 33 rows of scales between 1. |. and base of ventral fin, My-

sore, Ceylon, Cachar. )

- 86. Barbus lepidus. D. 8/8 A: 2/5 L. 1. 21. Dorsal ray feeble, the divided

rays elongate, 2 rows of scales between 1. 1..and base of ventral fin. Southern

India and Ceylon. .

e No osseous dorsal ray.

37. Barbus kolus, D. = A. 8/5. L. 1. 40—42 ; 4 rows of scales between 1. i,

and base of ventral fin. Deccan, also Kistna rwer,

. 38. Barbus curmuca. D. 3/8, A. 3/d. L. 1. 42. L, tr. 18, Southern India.

39, Barbus Pemaa res. D, — A. 3/5. L. 1. 28, 2 rows of scales between. it

Bid ventral fin, Body Seeded banded. Hill ranges of Travancore,

40. Barbus arulivs. D, 3/8. A. 2/5. L. 1, 23, L. 1, concave, Body vertically

; -banded. Western Ghauts.

41, Barbus.Puckel, D. 2/7, A. 3/5, L, 1. 24, Mysore.

290 F. Day—WMonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [ No. 3,

C. Without barbels (Puntius).

a. With osseous serrated dorsal ray.

42. Barbus apogon. D. 4/8. L. 1. 36, complete; 4 to 4% rows of scales

between 1. 1. and ventral fin. Each scale with a dark base. Burma.

43. Barbus ambassis, D. 3/8. L. 1. 36, incomplete, 6 rows of scales between

it and ventral fin. Uniform. Continent of India.

44, Barbus conchonius, D. 3/8. L. 1. 26, incomplete, 43 rows of scales be-

tween it and ventral fin. A black spot on side over anal fin. Bengal and

Behar.

45. Barbus gelius, D. 3/8. L. 1. 25, incomplete, black band over tail, a

black spot across the bases of the first 6 dorsal rays, and another over base of

anal. Orissa and Bengal.

46. Barbus ticto, D. 3/8. L. 1. 23, incomplete. Two black spots, one at

commencement of lateral line, another at the side of the tail. Throughout

India, except Malabar coast.

47. Barbus punctatus, D. 3/8, L. 1. 23, complete. Two black spots, one

below the commencement of lateral line, the other near its termination. Mala-

bar coast.

2-3

48. Barbus phutunio, D. ae L. 1. 20—23, incomplete. Four vertical

black bands on a brown body, and a dark one down the centre of the dorsal fin.

Bengal, Orissa and Ceylon,

49. Barbus nigrofasciatus, D. 3/8. L. 1. 20, complete. Three vertical black

bands on body. Southern Ceylon.

50. Barbus guganio, D. 2/8. L. 1. incomplete. Bengal and Assam.

51. Barbus Stoliczkanus, D. 2/8, L. 1, 25, complete. Two black marks on

lateral line, Eastern Burma.

52. Barbus pyrrhopterus, D. 2/7. L. 1. 22-24, complete. A dark spot near

posterior end of the lateral line.

b. Osseous dorsal ray, entire.

53. Barbus stigma, D. 3/8 L. 1. 25, complete. A dark mark near the

posterior extremity of the lateral line, another across the base of the middle

dorsalrays. Throughout India and Burma.

54. Barbus chrysopterus, D. 3/8, L.1. 23, complete. Fins black tipped.

N. India.

55. Barbus unimaculatus, D. 3/8. L. 1. 24, incomplete. A black mark at —

the base of each dorsal ray. Tenasserim Provinces.

56. Barbus filamentosus, D. 3/8. L. 1. 21, complete. Branched dorsal rays

elongated. A black mark near posterior end of lateral line, and each caudal

lobe with a black extremity. Malabar coast and Southern India.

——_

1871.] F. Day-—Donograph of Indian Cyprinide. 291

57. Barbus terio, D. 3/8. L. 1. 21, incomplete. A black mark on side above

the anal fin, sometimes continued by a band to the caudal, a second indistinct

one under posterior end of dorsal, Orissa and Bengal.

58.* Barbus Duvaucelit, D, 2/8. L. 1. 27, complete. A black spot near the

posterior end of the lateral line. Bengal.

59. Barbus vittatus, D. 2/8. L. 1, 20—22, incomplete, Four black spots on

the side, and a black streak down the dorsal fin. Malabar and Mysore.

c. Without osseous dorsal ray.

60. Barbus Punjaubensis, D, 3/8. L. 1. 48, incomplete. A silvery band along

the side, a black spot at base of caudal, and two first dorsal rays black. Lahore

in the Punjab.

61. Barbus cosuatis, D. 3/8. L. 1. 22, incomplete, Uniform, a dark spot across

the middle of the anterior anal rays. Bengal.

62.* Barbus presbyter, D. 11. A. 7. L. 1, 26. Uniform. Bombay.

63. Barbus puntio, D. 3/8. L. 1. 28,incomplete. A black band encircles the

free portion of the tail. Bengal and Burma.

A. With four barbels, (Barbodes).

a. Last undivided dorsal ray, osseous and serrated.

1. Barsus (Barbodes) CHAGUNIO.

Cyprinus chagunio, Ham. Buch., Fishes of Ganges, pp. 295, 387.

Rohita chagunio,* Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 257.

Barbus chagunio, McClelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 272, 341; Day, Proc. Zool, Soc.

1869, p. 373.

ee spilopholis, McClell., 1. c., pp. 272, 341, pl. 39, f. 4; *Cuv. and Val,

xvi, p. 171 ; Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 96.

s Beavani, Ginther, Catal. vii, p. 96.

Jerruah, Beng. Chaguni, Behar.

met, "38/8. P. 15. V.9. A. 3/5. O19. Do ae

L. tr. 11/11.

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/5, height of body 2/9 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/4 of length of head, 13 diameters from end

of snout, 14 diameters apart.

Suborbital region, cheeks and anterior superior margin of the

orbit usually covered with numerous pores. Barbels slightly

longer than the orbit. Mouth somewhat inferior but directed

forwards,

292 EF. Day— Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 3,

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the end of the snout

and the base of the caudal fin, its last undivided ray is osseous,

strong, with coarse teeth : the last few anal rays sometimes rg

gated, / B. spilopholis). ;

Lateral line,—complete, -with from. five and a half to six and

a half rows of scales between it and the base of the ventral fin.

Colours. Uniform silvery, with a pinkish tinge, the scales

towards the back sometimes being darkest at their bases. _

McClelland considered Barbus chagunio and B. spilopholis merely

as varieties of the same species, slightly differing in colour

and alsoin the elongation of some of the last anal rays, and

having seen specimens of the latter and many of the former,

I certainly think him to be correct. I have taken both also at

Delhi.

Hab. From Orissa throughout Bengal, Behar and North-West

Provinces to the Punjab, but apparently not extending into Madras

or Burma. Tt attains a foot and a half in length.

Hamilton Buchanan has left amongst his drawings an excellent

representation of this fish.

2. “BARBUS Ges bodes ) CLAVATUS.

McClelland, Gale. Journ. Nat. hist. 1845, p. 280, pl. 21, f. 2; *Giinther,

Catal. vii. p. 97.

B.ED: 11; As 8s. 1. 22,

Height of body more than the length of the head, and contained

4/15 in the total length without the caudal fin.

Eyes. Midway between snout and opercle.-

Snout covered with small thorny tubercles. Barbels well de-

veloped, and equal in length. | a

Fins. Osseous dorsal ray, strong, serrated, and as high as the

body, none of the anal rays prolonged. ie

Scales. Eleven and a half rows between the base of the vent Y2 é

and the dorsal. ae

Colours. Uniform silvery.

Hab. Sikkim. Perhaps a variety of the last species.

1871.] F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 29

38. Barsus (Barbodes) IMMACULATUS.

Systomus immaculatus, McClell., Ind. Cyp., pp. 284, 380, pl. 44, f. 5.

4 ehrysosomus, McClell., 1. c. pp. 284, *Cuy. and Val. xvi, p. 409,

Cyprinus M’ Clellandi, Cuy. and Val., xvi, p. 390.

Barbus Duvaucelti, Cuv..and Val., xvi p. 167.

os immaculatus, Gunther, Catal. vii, p. 113.

Pei. 3/8. P. 15. V.-9. A. 3/5, \C. 19. L. 1. 32-38. Eat, 6/6.

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/5, height of body 3/10 of the

total length.

| Eyes, Diameter 1/4 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout. ;

Profile of back elevated. Barbels short.

Fins. Osseous dorsal ray of moderate strength, finely serrated

posteriorly and its stiff portion being two-thirds as long as the

head; the origin of the fin is midway between the end of the ~*

snout and the base of the caudal. .

Scales. Four rows between the lateral line and the base of tho

ventral.

— Colours. Greenish above, becoming white beneath ; fins pale,

opercles tinged with red.

Hab. Bengal, Assam, Sikkim and the N. W. Provinces. It is

very closely allied to the B. sarana, H. B. McClelland appeared to

‘consider it a variety, and he was probably correct, but more speci-

mens are required for comparison.

4. Barsus (Barbodes} sarana.

Kunnamoo, kakoo and kadoon, Russell, Fish. Vizag. ii, pp. 82, 83, pl. 204,

Cyprinus sarana, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 307, 388.

Barbus sarana and deliciosus, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 272, 340, 341, pl. 39.

f.3; *Cuv. and Val. xvi, p. 172. °

kakus, *Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 153.

s gardonides, Cuv, and Val., xvi, p. 156, pl. 456 ; Bleeker, Verh. Bat.

pettien. Ned. Ind., xxv, p. 126; *Jerdon, M. J. L. and S., 1849, p. 313.

c = chrysopoma, Cuy. and Val. xvi, p. 165, pl. 466 ; Day, Fishes Malabar,

Pp. 208 ; Giinther Catal. vii, p. 113.

. » . .subnasutus, Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 154; *Jerdon M. J. L. and §S.

- -1849, p. 3138.

294 F. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [No. 3,

Barbus gibbosus, Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 155 ; *Jerdon, M. J. L. and S. 1849,

p. 313. as.

es rubripinnis, Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 194; Bleeker, Nat. Tyd. Ned, Ind.

ix, p. 193; Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 116.

i orphoides, Cuv. et Val., xvi, p. 193.

= saramanella, Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiii, Oost—Java, p. 16.

Puntius (Barbodes) rubripinna, Bleeker, Prod. Cyp., p. 388, and Atl, Ich.

Cyp. p. 100, t. 33, f. 3.

Systomus chrysopoma, Jerdon, M. J. L. and 8. 1849, p. 314.

Barbus sarana, Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 151; Jerdon, M. J. L. and §. 1849,

p. 312 ; Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 121; Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 374.

Barbus caudimarginatus, Blyth, J. A. 8. of B. 1860, p. 157.

Puntius chrysopoma, Bleeker, Cobit. et Cyprin. Ceylon, in Mem. Soc, Harl.

1864, p. 15, t. 3, f. 1.

t. sarana, Stein,, Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien. lvi.

Barbus spilurus, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 114.

Munduttee, Mal. ; Pungella, Tamil.; Giddi kaoli, Durhie and Potah,

Hind. ; Gid-pakke, Can. ; Kannaku, Tel. ; Sarana, Ooriah and Beng.

Jundoort, Punj. ; silted aud WVga-chong, Burmese.

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1 ms height of body 2/7 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter in the immature 2/7, in the adult 1/4 of the

length of head, from 1 to 1} diameters from end of snout, 2 dia-

meters apart.

A considerable rise to the base of the dorsal fin: body com-

pressed. Head moderately broad, with the interorbital space con-

vex. Barbels about as long as the eye.

Fins. Origin of dorsal nearly opposite ventrals, and midway

between the end of snout and base of caudal; its last undivided

ray osseous and serrated posteriorly, the strength of which varies

with age and sex, its osseous portion is two-thirds as long as the

head, but subject to slight variation either way.

Scales. There are from three to three and a half rows between

the lateral line and the base of the ventral fin. a

Colours. These vary considerably; in some, more cspociallaa

when not in the breeding season, they are uniform with or with-

out a lateral blotch on the side of the tail generally darkest in the

B. IL. D. = P. 15. Vi 9.A. —. 0.19.1. 1 90-—30e

1871. ] F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 295

immature. Occasionally, more especially amongst the young and.

breeding fish, each scale has a darkish base, which in Burma be-

comes almost black, as are also the lateral margins of the caudal

fin: whilst some have a dark mark over the shoulder behind the

opercles.

In one female specimen at Trichinopoly I found about 410,745

egos,

Hab. ‘This fish has a very extensive range, being found through-

out India, Burma and Ceylon. In this extensive district, and

subject to domestication, variations to a slight extent are percepti-

ble, but not I think sufficient to form species, any more than are

the varieties of the gold carp. But this is a matter of individual

opinion, apparently not shared in by Bleeker or Dr. Giinther. How-

ever I have personally examined at the British Museum the

following specimens and the foregoing is the conclusion arrived at:

The specimen of B. rubripinnis, C. V., received from Bleeker is

identical with the variety termed L. caudimarginatus, Blyth. ‘The

B. spilurus, Giinther, from Ceylon has the head a little sharper

than other specimens and the barbels a trifle longer.* I possess

specimens from Malabar on the Western coast of India, to almost

the extreme limits of British Burma, and from the intermediate

districts, in all of which places this fish, which grows to upwards

of two feet in length, is highly esteemed as food, and much

employed for stocking tanks.

5. Barus (Barbodes) PINNAURATUS,

? Barbus Polydori, Cuv. & Val, xvi, p. 170 :* Giinther, Catal., vii., p. 122.

Cyclocheilichthys pinnauratus, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 300.

Puntius pinnawratus, Day, Fish. Malabar, p. 209. pl. 15, f. 2.

Barbus pinnauratus,* Giinther, Catal, vii, p. 114.

» Rusellii, Giinther, Catal., vii, p. 121. :

She ey 3/8. P17. V. 9. A, 2/6.C. 21. L. 1. 27-29. Li, &. 6a.

Length of head above 1/4, of caudal 1/4, height of body 1/8

of the total length.

yes. Diameter 1/4 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout: upwards of 1 diameter apart.

* Russell described and figured the B. sarana; his other two species are

doubtless identical, the first from a tank near Tartoor, the other from the

Ankapilly tank.

296 FB, Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinide. [ No. 3,

Body compressed, dorsal profile elevated. Rostral barbels not

so long as maxillary which nearly equal one diameter of the

orbit.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the end of the snout

and the base of the caudal, its last undivided ray being osseous,

strong, finely serrated posteriorly with its stiff portion as long

as the head without the snout.

Lateral line—complete.

Scales. 32 ‘rows between lateral line and base of ventral Hn.

Colour. Silvery with a dark spot on the 24th to 28th scales of

the lateral line. Opercles and fins orange except the caudal which

is stained darkish at its margin.

Hab, Indus, Kurnool, and Malabar. It appears to be a small

species, the largest I have taken was 5 inches in length.

6. Barsus (Barbodes) PLEUROTENIA.

Puntius (Barbodes) pleurotenia, Bleeker, Cobit. et Cypr. Ceylon, in Nat.

Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Harl. 1864, p. 13, t. 8, f. 2.

Barbus pleurotenia, Giinther, Catal., vii, p. 120.

B. IIL. D. 3/8. P..14. V. 9. A. 3/5. O. 19. L. 1. 28. L, tr. 5/48.

Length of head about 1/5 (4/21), of caudal 1/5, height of body

1/4, of dorsal fin 2/9 of the total length. 7

Hyes. Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 1} diameters from ond

of snout, and slightly more apart.

Body compressed and elevated: upper jaw slightly the longer

Barbels somewhat longer than the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal commences over the ventral, and midway between —

the end of the snout and the base of the caudal; its last undivided 4

ray is osseous, very strong, serrated posteriorly, and as long as j

the head, the upper margin of the fin concave ; caudal forked.

Lateral line—complete, 23 rows of scales between it and the

root of the ventral. a

Colour. A black band extends from the eye to the termination

of the central caudal rays. ae

Hab. Ocylon.

ee ainsi oe el tien ni Ml a ee.

1871.] F. Day—2Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 297

7. * Barsus (Barbodes) GontosoMa.,

Puntius (Barbodes) goniosoma, Bleeker, Prod. Cyp., p. 349, and Atl. Ich. Cyp.

p. 105, t. 31, f. 1.

Barbus gowiosoma, Giinther, Catal, vii, p. 124.

B. Il. D. 3/8. P. 15. V. 8. A. 2/5. ©. 19. L, 1. 24. L. tr. 44/43.

Length of head nearly 1/5, of caudal 2/11, height of body

nearly 1/3, of dorsal fin 1/5 of the total length.

Hyes. Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 14 diameters from end

of snout, and the same distance apart.

Body rather elevated to the base of dorsal fin, whilst it is

strongly compressed.

Rostral barbels extend to below the middle of the eye; the

maxillary ones to opposite the posterior margin of the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal commences slightly posterior to the ventrals, and

midway between the anterior margin of the orbit and the base of

the caudal; its spine is osseous, strong, as long as the head without

the snout, and finely serrated posteriorly in its whole extent;

the divided rays are longer than the osseous ones. Caudal forked,

the lower lobe the longest. ,

Lateral line. 24 to 34 rows between it and the base of the

ventral fin.

Colour. Silvery, fins orange.

Hab, Mergui to Sumatra. I have obtained specimens at the

first place up to 6 inches in length.

8. * Barsus (Barbodes) RosEIPINNIS.

Barbus roseipinnis, Cuv. and Val. xvi, p. 169.

B. IIL. D, 3/8. A. 2/5. C. 20. L. 1. 22.

Dorsal profile elevated.

Hyes large: four barbels.

Fins. Dorsal with its last undivided ray osseous, of moderate

length and serrated.

Colour. Silvery: ventral, anal and caudal fins reddish, the

lower border of the last tinged with black. ‘

Hab. Pondicherry, from whence M, Belanger brought speci-

mens 43 inches in length. It would be worth while re-examining

298 F. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 3,

the typical specimens, should they still exist. I have been at

Pondicherry and collected as many species of fresh water fish as

Twas able, but could only find one Barbus (Barbodes), and that

was sarana of which roseipinms may. possibly be a variety.

9. * Barbus (Barbodes) RODACTYLUS.

Barbus rodactylus, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 273; *Cuv. & Val. xvi, p. 173.

Four barbels.

Fins. Dorsal ray serrated, ten rays in the fin.

Colour. ‘‘Fins red and orange, except the dorsal and upper

lobe of the caudal.”

Hab. Lower Assam. Usual size about five inches in length.

b. Last undivided ray, osseous and entire.

10. Barzsus (Barbodes) pustvs.

Puntius (Barbodes) dubius, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 291.

Barbus dubius, *Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 127.

B. TO. Di4/ouP. 17. Vi9.4. 2/5) Lid A: Ee irae

Length of head nearly 1/5, of caudal a little above 1/4, height

of body nearly 1/4 of the total length.

Hyes. Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 14 diameters apart, and

_from end of snout.

Dorsal profile more convex than that of the abdomen. Barbels

rather short, its two pairs being of about the same length and

equal to half the diameter of the orbit.. Snout somewhat elevated.

Fins.—Dorsal spine osseous, smooth, and strong, it is nearly as

long as the head, commencing midway between the end of the

snout and the base of the caudal.

Lateral line—complete; five rows of scales between it and the

base of the ventral fins.

Colour. Uniform silvery. _

Hab. Bowany river at the foot of the Neilgherries.

I have elsewhere expressed a doubt whether this may not

eventually prove to be B. Mysorensis, Jerdon, there are, however

rather smaller scales in this species. .

a ee ee 5 So

’

1871. ] FB, Day— Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 299

11. Barsus (Barbodes) Mysorensts.

Barbus gracilis, Jerdon, M. J. L. and S. 1849, p. 313, (not Schleg. )

= Mysorensis, Jerdon, |. c.

Puntius gracilis, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p, 290 ; 1870, p. 290.

Barbus conirostris, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 127.

Coatee candee, Tamil.

B. III. D. 4/9. P. 17. V. 9, A. =" ©. 19, L. 1. 40. L. tr. 7/7.

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/5, height of body 2/7, of

dorsal fin 2/7 of the total length.

Hyes. Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 14 diameters apart, and

from end of snout.

Dorsal profile more convex than abdominal.

Snout conically pointed. Cleft of mouth extending scarcely half

the distance to below the anterior margin of the orbit ; upper jaw

slightly the longest. Rostral barbels extend to below the anterior

third of the orbit, the maxillary ones to below its posterior margin.

Teeth, pharyngeal—crooked, pointed, 4, 3, 2/2, 3, 4.

Fins. Dorsal commences over the ventrals, its osseous ray is

strong, smooth and somewhat compressed, its stiff portion being

slightly longer than the head. Caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line—complete, with a slight downward bend in the

first portion of its course ; 3 rows of scales between it and the base

of the ventral fin. |

Colours. Cheeks golden, body with a greenish tinge superiorly,

becoming white below the lateral line, the base of each scale

somewhat the darkest.

Hab. Rivers around the base of the Neilgherries, and Wynaad

range of hills. It attains a large size, some were introduced

by me into the Ootacamund lake.

12. Barsus (Barbodes) Carnatiovus.

Barbus Carnaticus, Jerdon, M. J. L. 8, 1849, p.311; Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 128.

Puntius (Barbodes) Carnaticus, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 292.

Poaree candee, Saal candee, Shellee, Tamil., Giddi-kaolt, Hind.

Gid-pakke, Can.

2-3

B. IL. D. 4/8, P. 15, V..9, A. ae C, 19, L. 1, 30—82, L. tr, 5/5,

300 F.' Day—WMonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 3,

Length of head 2/11, of caudal 1/6, height of body rather more

than 1/4, of dorsal 1/7 of the total length.

Hyes. Diameter 1/4 of length of head ; 1} diameters from end

of snout.

Body oblong and compressed. Dorsal profile more convex than

the abdominal, Cleft of mouth extending to nearly below the anterior

margin of the orbit. In adults the summit of the head is rugose,

with a slight depression across the snout. Rostral barbels thin,

they reach to the anterior margin of the orbit, the maxillary are

shorter and thicker.

Teeth, pharyngeal—pointed and uncinate, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. Dorsal nearly square, commencing midway between the

snout and the base of the caudal fin ; osseous ray broad, strong, ~

its stiff portion being as long as the head without the snout.

Anal when laid flat reaches as far as the base of the caudal which

last is deeply forked.

Lateral line—complete, first slightly descending ; 24 rows of

scales between it and the base of the ventral fins.

Colours. Brownish, dashed with green along the back, silvery

white abdomen. Fins greyish. Eyes golden.

Hab. Rivers along the bases of the Neilgherries and Wynaad

range of Hills. It grows to 25 ib. in weight. Some have been

introduced by me into the lake at Ootacamund,.

13. Barsvus (Barbodes) Jurpont.

Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 372.

B. IIL. D. 3/9, P. 15, V. 9, A. 3/5, C. 19, L. 1. 28, L. tr 6/4.

Length of head 1/6, of caudal 1/4, height of body 1/4 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/3 of length of head; 1 diameter from end

of snout.

A considerable rise to the commencement of the dorsal fin ; body

compressed.

The maxilla extends to below the anterior margin of the orbit.

Barbels thin, the maxillary being as long as the orbit, the rostral }

slightly shorter. x

Fins. Last undivided dorsal ray osseous but weak and not 7

1871.] F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinida. 301

enlarged, its stiff portion being as long as the head without the

snout : the fin commences midway between the snout and the base

of the caudal which last is forked.

Lateral line—complete, 4 rows of scales between it and the

base of the ventrals. ‘ie

Colours. Silvery, fins tipped with black.

Hab. Rivers in Canara below the Ghats. H. E, Thomas,

Hsq., gave me one specimen.

14, Barus (Barbodes) HEXAsTICcHUSs.

Barbus hexastichus, McClelland, Ind. Cyp. pp. 269, 333, pl. 39, f. 2; Ginther,

Catal vii, p. 129. .

Barbus hexagonolepis, McClell., 1. c. pp. 270, 336, pl. 41, f. 3.

Lobura and Bokar, Assam.

By age

B. IIL. D. =P 17,V.9, A, C.19,L. 1. 25-27, L. pee

Length of head 1/6, of caudal 1/5, height of body 2/9 of the

total length.

Hyes. Diameter 1/5 of length of head; 14 diameters from end

of snout; 2 diameters apart.

Interorbital space slightly convex ; opercle higher than wide.

Lips moderately thick, the lower one without a lobe, but having a

shallow and continuous transverse fold. Mouth rather inferior,

directed anteriorly; the upper jaw slightly the longest. Some

pores on the cheeks.

Fins. Dorsal fin with its osseous ray, strong, smooth, and as

long as the head without the snout; it commences somewhat

nearer the snout than the base of the caudal, the latter being

deeply forked, with the lower lobe the longest.

Lateral line—complete, 23 rows of scales between it and the

base of the ventral fin.

Colours—uniform silvery.

Habitat. Tivers around Himalayas, Cashmere, Sikkim and

Assam. Growing to 24 feet in length.

15. Barsus (Barbodes) Mosat.

Cyprinus mosal, and putitora? Ham. Buch., Fish. Gang. pp. 303, 306, 388 ;

Gray and Hard. Ind.Zool. ; McClelland, Ind. Cyp. pp. 271, 303, 337, 388, pl. xli,

f. 3; Cuv. and Val. xvi, p. 197; Jerdon M. J. L. and S. 1849, p. 311.

302 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 3,

Barbus megalepis, McClelland., Ind. Cyp. pp. 271, 337.

Ss mussulah ? Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc. ii, pp. 356.

5 Malabaricus et tristis, Jerdon, M. J. L. and S. 1849, p. 312.

a5 macrocephalus, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 270, 335, pl. 55, f. 2; *Cuy. and

Val, xvi, p. 201; *Giinther, Cat. vii, p. 181; Day, Proc. Z. S. 1869, p. 556.

Barbus mosal, *Cuy, and Val. xvi, p. 200; Day, Proc. Z. S. May, 1870, p, 372.

Burapatra, Assam.

o3-4

3 J

B, IIL. D. =, P. 19, V. 9, A. =, ©, 19, L. 1. 25-27, Ltr

Length of head 2/9, of caudal 1/5, height of body 1/5 of the

total length.

Kyes. Diameter 1/4 of length of head; nearly one diameter

from end of snout, and apart.

Snout rounded and not compressed; jaws of equal length;

mouth not deeply cleft ; no lobed cartilaginous lips. Four barbels.

Fins. As in B. for.

Lateral line—complete, 2 to 24 rows of scales between it and

the base of the ventral fins.

Colours. Uniform silvery.

Habitat. Mountain streams or those which are rocky and not

far distant from high lands. It occurs in Canara and generally

throughout India in the localities specified. It attains 3 feet and

more in length.

16. Barsus (Barbodes) tor, pl. xxi, 5-6.

Cyprinus tor, Ham. Buch., Fishes of Ganges, pp. 305, 388.

Barbus (Labeobarbus) Hamiltonit, Gray and Hardwicke, Ind. Zool, pl. ; Jerdon

M. J. L. and S. 1849, p. 311.

Barbus progeneius, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 270, 334, pl. 56, f.3; *Cuv. and

Val. xvi, p. 208.

? Labeobarbus macrolepis, Heckel, Fish, Kashmir, p. 60, t. 10, f. 2, *Cuv. and

Val. xvi, p. 209,

Labeobarbus tor, Bleeker, Cobit ef Cyp. Ceylon in Nat. Verh. Holl. Maat.

Haar. 1864, p. 10, f.2. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p, 290; 1870, p. 372.

Barbus khudree, Sykes, T. Z. 8. ii, p. 57.

Barbus tor, *Cuv. and Val. xvi, p. 199.

Barbus (Barbodes) tor, Day, 1. c. 1869, pp. 270, 334.

rs mosal, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 130.

+ macrolepis, *Giinther, Catal. vii, p 131.

longispimis, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 182.

1871.] F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 303

Poo-meen-candee, Tamil. ; Naharm Hind.; Kukkiah, Punjab.

B. III. D. 3/9, P. 18, V. 9, A. 2/5, CO. 19, L. 1. 23-27, L. tr. 4/4.

Vert. 20/21.

Length of head 2/9, of caudal 1/5, height of body 1/5 of the

total length.

Hyes. Diameter 1/4 of length of head; about 1 diameter from

end of snout, and rather less apart.

Snout pointed and compressed, the lower jaw being the shortest ;

mouth somewhat deeply cleft, whilst thick cartilaginous lips

generally exist in both jaws forming a lobe above and below,*

the summit of the head being nearly flat. These lobes may be

larger or smaller, but only designating varieties not distinct species ;

and the same I consider with regard to the relative length of the

dorsal spine (B. longispinis), and even in this last, besides the slight

development of the lower lobe, the snout is rather pointed.

Maxillary barbels longer than the rostral ones.

Teeth, pharyngeal—crooked, with sharp extremities 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. Dorsal spine strong, entire, and from half to as long as

the head, varying in different localities, and amongst specimens in

the same locality ; upper margin of fin slightly concave. Caudal

deeply forked.

Lateral line—complete, 2 rows of scales between it and the

base of the ventral fins.

Colours. Uniform silvery.

Hab. Mountain streams, or those which are rocky and not far

removed from high land, throughout India. It has been taken

from the. Himalayas to the Neilgherries. In the Punjab and

N. W. Provinces it descends rivers and canals during the cold

season, re-ascending when practicable towards their sources as the

hot months set in. They appear to breed also in the vicinity of or

on the hills, attaining 3 feet or more in length. The largest

specimen I heard of weighed 92 lb., at which size the fish becomes

coarse, oily and very inferior as food. Up to 20 lb. weight or

* Amongst 20 specimens all of about 10 inches in length and taken the

same day in the Chukkee, a hill affluent of the Sutlej, I found in two the

_ snout elongated overhanging the upper jaw, in several the middle of the upper

lip elongated, but to varying lengths, and in a smaller number no elongation of

_ the upperlip. The median lobe of the lower lip was very variously produced,

_ but apparent in all.

304 F. Day—WMonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 3,

thereabouts they are excellent eating. A noted sportsman in the

N. W. Provinces writing to me says, his largest fish taken with a

rod and line was captured ‘‘in the river Poonch 24 miles from

Jhelum, it measured from snout to bifurcation of tail 3 feet

11 inches and weighed 62 lb.’’ ** ‘the cube of a fish’s length

gives his weight in pounds ; fish may vary a pound or two according

to condition, but the test is wonderfully correct.”

17. Barsus (Barbodes) sopHorE.

Cyprinus sophore, Ham. Buch, Fish. Ganges, pp. 310, 389, pl. 19, f. 86.

? Barbus micropogon, Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 188.

ss sophore, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 376, (not Giinther),

B, III. D. 3/9, P. 15, V. 9, A. 2/5, L. 1. 25, L. tr. 33/43, |

Length of head 1/4 of length of body, height of body slightly

more.

Eyes. Rather more than 1/3 of length of head, 1 diameter

from end of snout and apart.

Cleft of mouth extending to below the orbit. The rostral bar-

bels reach the anterior margin of the eye, the maxillary ones to

below its centre.

Fins. Dorsal ray weak, osseous, entire, and as long asthe head

without the snout : the fin arises slightly before the ventral, and

midway between the end of the snout and the root of the caudal.

Lateral line—23 rows between it and the base of the ventral.

There is an old bleached specimen in the Calcutta Museum* 32 ©

inches long to the base of the caudal fin, which last isinjured from

pressure. Specimens in bottles should rest on their heads not on

their more fragile tails. Systomus sophore, McClelland, is the same _

as Barbus stigma, CO. V.

18. Barsus (Barbodes) INNOMINATUS.

Leuciscus binotatus, Blyth, J, A. S. of B., 1858, p. 290, (not K. and vy. H.)

Barbus immominatus, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 556.

B. III. D.. 8/9, P. 15, V.9, A, 2/5, C. 17, L. 1. 24, I. tr. 43/4g

Length of head 2/7, of caudal nearly 2/7, height of body 2/7 |

of the total length. S|

* Since the above was written the Museum has received about a dozen more q

small specimens from the Khasi Hills. a

1871. | F. Day—WMonograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 305

Hyes. Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout and apart.

Barbels four, the rostral nearly reach the orbit, the maxillary

are shorter.

Fins. Last undivided dorsal ray weak, osseous, and smooth,

the fin commences midway between the snout and the base of the

caudal which last is forked in its posterior-two thirds.

Lateral line,—3 rows between it and the base of the ventral.

Colours. A black spot at the base of the caudal fin, none now

apparent at the base of the dorsal.

Hab. Ceylon, the specimens in Calcutta are only 1}; inches in

length. |

19. Bansus (Barbodes) Nutut,

Barbus Neilli, Day, Proc. Zool., Soc, 1868. p. 581.

B. III. D. 4/9, P. 15, V. 10, A. 3/5, L. 1. 24-26, L. tr. 44/4.

Length of head 2/9, of caudal 1/5, height of body 1/3 of the

total length.

Eyes. Rather high up. Diameter from 2/9 to 1/5 of the length

of head, 13 diameters apart and from end of snout.

Head somewhat conical at the snout. Cleft of mouth extending

more than half way to beneath the anterior margin of the orbit.

Upper jaw slightly the longest. Rostral barbels extend to below

the anterior margin of the eye: the maxillary equal 13 diameters

of the orbit in length.

Teeth, pharyngeal, short, curved, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. Dorsal osseous ray weak, entire, with its extremity

articulated, the upper margin of the fin concave. Anal laid flat

reaches the base of the caudal, the latter fin lunate.

Lateral line—complete, 43 rows of scales between it and the

base of the ventral.

Colours, Silvery above the lateral line, with a dash of yellow

below it. Fins with a bluish tinge. Eyes golden.

Hab. Kurnool on the Tamboodrariver. This splendid carp, one

of the Mahseers of India, is said to attain 50 or 60 fb weight. One

of 38 ib was personally examined.

306 EF. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [No. 3,

20. Barus (Barbodes) compRussus.

Day, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1869, p. 555. .

B. IIL. D. 3/9, P. 15, V. 9, A. 3/5, C. 17, L. 1.22) Dipteee

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/5, height of body 1/4, height

of dorsal fin 1/8 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2/9 of length of head, 13 diameters from end

of snout and apart.

Head much compressed; the whole of the cheeks covered with |

pores; the posterior extremity of the maxilla extends to below the

anterior margin of the orbit. Rostral barbels reach to beneath

the centre of the orbit, the maxillary to the angle of the pre-opercle.

Mouth inferior, upper jaw the longest.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the snout and the base of

the caudal, commencing slightly in advance of the ventrals, its

last undivided ray is osseous, not enlarged, and entire. Upper

caudal lobe longest.

Lateral line—complete, 34 rows of scales between it and the

base of the ventral fin.

Colours. Silvery, fins stained darker.

Hab. Probably Cashmere.

21. Barus (Barbodes) MIcROPOGON.

Cuv. & Val,, xvi, p. 188; Giinther, Catal. vii. p. 126.

B. Ill. D, 2/8, P. 15, V. 9, A. 3/5, C_ 19, Ti. 1) 38

Length of head (in a stuffed specimen) 2/18, of caudal 1/6,

height of body 1/6 of the total length.

The species is elongated; snout rather conical, with the mouth,

though somewhat on the inferior surface, directed anteriorly, whilst

the upper jaw is the longest.

Barbels apparently short.

Fins. Osseous dorsal ray strong, entire, its stiff portion being rf

three quarters as long as the head, the fin commences opposite the |

ventrals, and midway between the end of the snout and the base of |

the caudal, the latter being deeply forked, and its lower lobe the 4

longest. Pectoral extends half way to the base of the ventral. |

1871.] F. Day—Wonograph of Indian Cyprinide. 307

Lateral line—complete, 2} rows of scales between it and the

root of the ventral fin.

Hab. ? Mysore. I have left this species under the above

heading, but am very doubtful respecting its being Cuvier’s fish.

The specimen in the British Museum appears more like one of

McClelland’s and probably comes from Assam or Sikkim.

22. Barus (Barbodes) CHILINOIDES.

McClelland, Ind. Cyp., pp. 271, 340, pl. 57, f. 5; Giinther, Catal, vii, p. 127.

Barbus chelynoides, *Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 201.

Labeobarbus mosal, Steind., Sitz. Ak. Wiss., Wien, lIvi, t. 8.

B. UL. Dd, P. 17, V. 9, A. 2/5, 0.19, L. 1. 82-85, L. tr. 52/5.

Length of head 2/11, of caudal 2/11, height of body 2/11, of

dorsal fin 2/13 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/5 of length of head, 13 diameters from end

of snout, and two diameters apart.

Mouth somewhat on the inferior surface, directed forwards, with

the upper jaw slightly the longest ; the snout overhangs the mouth.

There are numerous fine glands over the cheeks and opercles ; lips

moderately thick, the lower without a lobe, but with a continuous

transverse fold. |

Fins. Osseous dorsal ray very strong, entire, its stiff portion

being about three-fifths of the length of, the head. Caudal deeply

forked.

Lateral line—complete, there are three rows of scales between

it and the base of the caudal fin.

Colours. Uniform, the scales in the upper half of the body with

dark edges.

Hab, Ganges and Himalayas. Attains 8 inches in length.

23. Barsus (Barbodes) sTRACHEYI.

Barbus Malabaricus, Day, Proc. Zool, Soc, 1869, p. 619., (not Jerdon).

B. Il. D. 2/9, P. 17, V. 9, A. 2/5, 0. 17, L. 1. 23, L. tr, 84/5.

Length of head 1/2 to 2/9, of caudal 1/6, height of body 2/7

of the total length.

Hyes. Diameter 1/5 of length of head, 14 diameters from end

of snout, 23 diameters apart.

308 F. Day—DMonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 3,

Mouth without enlarged lips ; upper jaw somewhat the longest.

Summit of head flat. Barbels long, the rostral pair reaching to

below the centre of the orbit, and the maxillary pair to beneath its

posterior margin.

Fins. Dorsal osseous ray strong, smooth, and as long as the

head without the snout, it commences midway between the end of

the sneut and the base of the caudal fin.

Lateral line,—complete, 23 rows of scales between it and the

base of the ventral fins.

Colours. Uniform silvery.

Hab, Akyab and Moulmein.

I have named this species after General Strachey, C. B., F. R. S.,

from whom I have received every assistance in prosecuting my

enquiries into the fish and fisheries of India.

c. No osseous dorsal ray.

24. Barzus (Barbodes) PULCHELLUS,

Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 372.

B. IT. D. 4/9, P. 17, V. 10, A., 3/6,.0..19, Th. 1... 30; Tas, tren Gyan

Length of head 2/9, of caudal 1/5, height of body 2/7, of dorsal

fin 2/9 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 13 diameters from the

end of the snout.

There is a very gradual rise from the snout to the base of the

dorsal fin. Interorbital space nearly flat. Mouth of moderate

width. The anterior two-thirds of the pre-orbital covered with

large mucous pores. Four fine barbels, the maxillary pair being

the longest, equalling one-third of the length of the head.

Teeth, pharyngeal,—crooked, pointed, 4, 3, 2/2, 3, 4.

Fins. Dorsal arises slightly anterior to the ventral and rather

nearer to the snout than the base of the caudal fin, its upper bor-

der is concave, it is two-thirds the height of the body, having its

last undivided ray weak, smooth, and articulated. Anal of moder-

ate size. Caudal deeply forked.

Scales. Four rows between the lateral line and the base of the

ventral.

Lateral line—nearly straight.

1871. } F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 309

Colours. All the scales above a line going direct from the eye

to the centre of the caudal fin, are of a deep grey with dark bases ;

below or in the inferior half of the body all are silvery grey.

Hab. Canara, frequenting the inland streams. One specimen

174 inches long was given me by H. E. Thomas, Esq.

25. *Barsus (Barbodes) sPINULOSUS.

Barbus spinulosus, McClelland, Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1845, p. 280, pl. 21,

f. 3; *Ginther, Catal. vii, p. 128.

Peet) 3/9, P..? V9, A. 2/5; Tk 32,

Length of head 1/4, height of body nearly 1/4 of the total length.

Eyes. below the middle of the length of the head.

Dorsal profile but slightly arched. Snout short.

Fins. Dorsal without osseous ray, commencing midway between

the end of the snout, and the base of the caudal.

Colours. Uniform silvery.

Hab. Sikkim.

26. Barus (Barbodes) STEVENSONIL.

Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 100.

B. TT, D..3/9, P. 17, V. 9, A. 3/5, 0. 19, B. 1; 27, L. tr. 43/5.

Length of head 2/9, of caudal nearly 1/4, height of body 2/9

of the total length.

Hyes. Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 1 diameter from end

of snout and apart.

Body elongated and compressed ; dorsal profile but little arched.

Upper jaw the longest. Maxillary barbels extend to below the

posterior extremity of the orbit, whilst the rostral are shorter.

Fins. Dorsal without an osseous ray; itis slightly lower than

the body, arising midway between the end of the snout and the

base of the caudal, whilst it is slightly in advance of the ventrals.

Lateral line—complete ; there are 24 rows of scales between

it and the base of the ventral fin.

Colours. Silvery, with a black spot at the base of the caudal fin.

Hab. Hills near Akyab. I named this species after Col. Steven-

son, Commissioner at Akyab, who procured me several new species

of fish.

310 FE. Day—Lonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [ No. 3,

27. Barsus (Barbodes) Buytutt.

Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 555.

B.. II1., D.3/9, P..15, V..9,. A.,3/5, C. 17, 1. 22) eee

Length of head 1/4, of caudal 1/4, height of body 2/7 of the

total length.

Hyes. Diameter 2/5 of length of head, 3/4 of a diameter from

the end of snout and apart.

Pre-orbital covered with pores; opercle two-thirds as high as

long. Barbels well developed, the rostral reaching the eye, and

the maxillary to below the centre of the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the snout and the base of

the caudal, its last undivided ray articulated ; it commences slightly

in advance of the ventrals. Caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line—complete.

Scales. Two and a half rows between the lateral line and the

base of the ventral fin.

Colours. Uniform silvery in spirit.

Hab. Tenasserim provinces. Specimen two inches long.

28. Barus (Barbodes) MELANAMPYX.

Cirrhinus fasciatus, Jerdon, M. J. L. and S. 1849, p. 305, (not Bleeker.)

Labeo melanampyxz, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 317.

Puntius melanampyx, Day, Fishes of Malabar, p. 210, pl. 16, f. 1.

Barbus Grayt, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 293.

Barbus arulius, Giinther, Catal, vii, p. 133. (not Jerdon),

B. Ill. D. 3/8, P. 15, V. 8, A..2/5, O. 15; L. 1-20, Ty eee

Length of head 2/9, of caudal 1/4, height of body 1/3 of the

total length.

yes. Diameter 1/3 of length of head, from 3/4 to 1 diameter

from end of snout; 1 diameter apart.

Dorsal profile much more convex than that of the abdomen.

Cleft of mouth extends to below the anterior edge of the orbit.

Rostral barbels short, the maxillary equal in length to one

diameter of the orbit.

Teeth, pharyngeal,—in three rows, curved sharp, 5, 8, 2/2, 8, 5.

Fins, Dorsal scarcely higher than long, no osseous ray ; it com-

Ne. ae ei oS ee

1871. ] FE. Day—Wonograph of Indian Cyprinide. 811

mences midway between the end of the snout and the base of the

caudal fin, which latter is deeply forked.

Lateral line—complete and straight; two rows of scales be-

tween it and the base of the ventral.

Colours. Of a deep dull red with three black cross bands, the

first from below the whole of the base of the dorsal to just beneath

the lateral line, the second commences four scales beyond the

posterior extremity of the base of the dorsal and descends to one

scale below the lateral line, whilst the last is just before the base

of the caudal and often wanting. Fins pinkish edged with black.

Hab. 'The Wynaad, Neilgherry and Travancore ranges of Hills

and streams along their bases. It rarely attains three inches in

length.

B. With two barbels (Capoéta).

a. With osseous, serrated dorsal ray.

29. Barsus (Capoéta) HAMPAL.

Capoéta macrolepidota, Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 280, pl. 477; Cantor, Mal.

Fishes, p. 267 ; Bleeker, Verh, Bat. Gen, xxiii, Oost-Java, p. 21.

Hampata macrolepidota, (Kuhl and Van Hass.), Bleek., Prod. Cyp, ii, p. 308,

and Atl. Ich. Cyp. p. 112, t. 38, f. 2.

Barbus hampal, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 139.

Pie Ds 4/8 Po 17,2V. 9A 9/6 0249, Ti 26. Ts. 05/5.

Length of head 2/9, of caudal nearly 2/9, height of body 1/4, of

dorsal fin 2/11 of the total length.

Eyes, Diameter 1/5 of length of head, 13 diameters apart,

1 diameter from end of snout.

Snout pointed, upper jaw slightly the longest; head compressed

with its upper surface nearly flat, The posterior extremity of the

maxilla extends to below the anterior edge of the orbit. No

pores on the snout. The maxillary barbels as long as the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal commences slightly nearer the snout, than the

base of the caudal, and a little in advance of the ventrals, its last

undivided ray is weak, (scarcely osseous,) and finely serrated in

nearly its whole extent. Caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line—with 3} rows of scales between it and the base of

the ventral fin.

312 F. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 3,

Colours. Silvery, fins orange, anterior edge of the dorsal and

margins of the caudal black. A badly developed darkish band

from the dorsal to the ventral fin.

Hab. Tavoy to the Malayan Peninsula ; a fine specimen, 9 inches

long, was obtained by me from the first locality.

b. Osseous dorsal ray entire.

30. Barsus (Capoéta) DORSALIS.

Systomus dorsalis, Jerdon, M. J. L. and S. 1849, p. 314.

Barbus dorsalis, Giinther, Catal, vii, p. 142.

3 tetraspilus, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 142.

rs Layardi, Ginther, Catal. vii, p. 144.

Lambt kaoli, Hin., Saal candee, Tam. ; Mar-pakke, Can.

-4

B. Il. D. —; P. 15, V. 9, A. 3/5, O. 19, L. 1. 24, L. tr. 43/4.

Length of head 2/9, of caudal 2/9, height of body 2/13 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter about 1/4 of length of head, from 14 to 14

diameters from end of snout, 1} diameters apart.

Body compressed, a considerable rise to the base of the dorsal

fin, and a concavity slightly behind the occiput. The head is

rather sharp anteriorly, the snout being somewhat pointed, and

the upper jaw the longest. The posterior extremity of the maxilla

only extends two-thirds of the distance to below the orbit. Barbels

do not reach to beneath the eye.

Teeth, pharyngeal, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. Dorsal commences over the ventral, and nearly midway _

between the end of the snout and base of the caudal, its last un- —

divided ray is osseous, smooth, moderately strong, and its stiff

portion as long as the head without the snout. Caudal forked. |

Lateral line—complete.

Scales. About 8 rows between occiput and base of dorsal fin;

24 rows between lateral line and base of ventrals. ‘

Colours. Uniform silvery frequently dark grey. A black spot 4 |

at the posterior portion of the base of the dorsal, which more or ia

less disappears after maceration. ‘ .

Hab, Kurnool, Mysore, Madras and Ceylon, but apparently not 4 |

extending into Bengal. It does not attain a large size. a

1871. ] F. Day—WMonograph of Indian Cyprinidae.

The body of B. tatraspilus differs from that of B. dorsalis in being

less deep.

31. Barus (Capoéta) OCHOLA.

Cyprinus chola, Ham. Buch., Fish. Gang. pp. 312, 389; *Cuv. andVal. xvi,

p. 410.

Systomus chola, McClelland, Ind. Cyp. pp. 286, 384, pl. 58, f.3; Jerdon, M.

J.L. and 8. 1849, p. 316.

Systomus immaculatus, Blyth, J. A. S. of B. 1860, p, 157.

Puntius (Capoéta) Javanica, Bleek., Nat. Tyd. Ned. Ind. ix, p. 412.

i 9 leiacamthus, Bleek., Prod. Cyp., and Atl. Ich. Cyp. p. 109,

£30, fd:

Systomus sophore ? Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. Ned. Ind. 1853, xv, Beng. p. 127.

? ,, Hamiltonii, Jerdon, M. J. L. and 8. 1849, p. 316.

Puntius perlee, Day, Malabar fish, p. 211.

? ,, Hamiltonii, Day, 1. c. p. 213.

Barbus liacanthus, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 141.

» chola, *Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 143; Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 374,

3, sophoroides, Ginther, Catal. vii. p. 144,

Koroon, Tam.; Kerrundi, Beng.; Nga-khon-ma, and Nga-lowah,

Burmese. Pittha-kerrundi, “bitter carp” Ooriah ; Chaddu paddaka,

Tel.; Katcha karawa, Hind.

Bi IL DS /8, Pots, Vo9,°A0 2/50. top teh: 26, Lyte. 52/5:

Length of head 2/9, of caudal 2/9, height of body 1/3 of the

total length.

Eyes, Diameter above 1/4 of length of head, 1 diameter from

end of snout, 1} diameters apart.

Maxillary barbels not so long as one diameter of the orbit.

Jaws equal in front.

Fins. Dorsal commences slightly before the ventrals, and mid-

way between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal, its

last undivided ray is osseous, smooth, with the stiff portion mode-

rately strong, and nearly as long as the head without the snout.

Lateral line—complete, from 3 to 33 rows of scales between it

and the base of the ventrals.

Colours. A dark blotch on the side of the tail, near the posterior

end of the lateral line; generally a dark mf&rk at the base of the

314 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinida. [No. 3,

four first branched dorsal rays, and a row of black spots along its

centre.

Hab. From Malabar throughout India and Burma. It attains

to about 5 inches in length. Is bitter as food, but is used in places

during the breeding season for obtaining oil from.

32. Barsus ( Capoéta) AMPHIBIUS.

Barbus (Capoéta) amphibia, Cuv. and Val. xvi, p. 282, pl. 478.

Systomus amphibius, Jerdon, M. J. L. and S. 1849, p. 315.

5 Carnaticus, Jerdon 1. c. p. 315.

Barbus amphibius, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 144; Day, Proe. Zool. Soe. 1870, p. 373.

B; IIL D. =, P. 15, V. 9, A. 2/5, ©. 19, L. 1. 23, L. tr, 48/4

Length of head 3/14, of caudal 3/14, height of body 3/11 of

the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout.

Mouth narrow, snout somewhat pointed, the upper jaw slightly

the longest. Barbels small.

Fins. Dorsal fin 2/3 as high as body, with its osseous ray feeble,

smooth, and half as long as the head, it arises somewhat in

advance of the ventrals, and midway between the end of snout,

and base of the caudal.

Lateral line—complete, there are two rows of scales between it

and the base of the ventral fin.

Colours. Silvery, with a black spot on either side of the tail

anterior to the caudal fin, this becomes indistinct after specimens

have been long macerated, but is very apparent in fresh ones

from the Western coast: it is not well marked and often absent

in those taken in Bombay.

Hab. Bombay and the Western coast of India attaining about

6 inches in length.

1871.] EF. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinide. 315

33. BarBus (Capoéta) Parran, pl. xxi, fig. 4.

Puntius parrah, Day, Proc, Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 301, and Malabar Fishes, p. 211,

pl. 7, f. 3; Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 142, (passim).

Parrah perlee, Mal. ; Katcha-karawa, Hind.

Peel 1 3/8, P. 15, V..9, A. 3/5, C..19, Li. 1. 25, Le tas /4

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/5, height of body 1/4 of the total

length.

yes. Diameter nearly 1/3 of length of head, 1 diameter

from end of snout, 14 diameters apart.

Dorsal profile slightly more convex than that of the abdomen.

Height of body 4/11 of its length, excluding the caudal fin. Barbels

equal to two-thirds the length of the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the end of the snout

and the base of the caudal fin, its last undivided ray is osseous,

weak in the young but strengthening with age, and as long as the

head without the snout.

Scales. At the fourth scale on the row above the lateral line two

rows commence.

Lateral line—complete.

Colours. Back greenish, divided from a silvery abdomen by a

dark bluish line. Cheeks golden red, Pectoral, ventral and anal

tinged with yellow; dorsal and caudal dusky. A diffused black

spot on the lateral line extending from the twentieth to the twenty-

second scale. Eyes golden. |

Hab. Malabar, Mysore and Madras, growing to 6 inches in

length.

Regarding some specimens of B. parrah and B. perlee presented by

me to the British Museum, Dr. Giinther observes in his Catalogue

‘the fish given us as P. perlee agrees much more with the descrip-

tion and figure of P. parrah, than with that of the species to

which the specimen is said to belong.’ Having re-examined the

two fish, both 33 inches long, I find they have been transposed, an

accident which might easily occur, but which could have been as

easily rectified by any Ichthyologist, had he felt inclined to do so,

when examining the specimens. As only one bottle (c) appears to have

316 F. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [No. 3,

contained the specimens when Dr. Giinther drew up his Catalogue,

judging by both fish being under one and the same heading (c¢)

it seems questionable whether the error of misplacement was

mine. However, as Dr. Giinther was disinclined to correct an

evident transposition (by whomsoever made), it accounts for his

statement that my figure of P. parrah is “not good,” because he

compared it with a specimen of another species, P. perlee, which

it was not intended to represent,

The reason why the specimen of 34 inches long, which I gave to

the British Museum, has ‘‘its osseous dorsal ray very feeble and

much less strong than that in P. parrah,” as observed by Dr.

Giinther, is evidently owing to its being an “immature example ;”

therefore his suggestion that ‘‘it is possible the specimen belongs

to a distinct species not recognised by Mr. Day”’ is unnecessary.

34. Barsus (Capoéta) TITIUS.

Cyprinus titius, Ham. Buch., Fish, Ganges, pp. 315, 389 ; *Cuv. and Val. xvi,

Dp. 598.

Systomus tetrarwpagus, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 285,381, pl. 44, f. 3.

Barbus titius, *Ginther, Catal. vii, p. 154,

Tit pungti, Bengali: Borajalee, Assamese.

Be AT 1D 52/8) oI 75 Vy 95, Asl2/5y C209, Baie

Length of head 1/4, of caudal 2/9, height of body 1/8 of the total

length.

Eyes. Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout.

Body equally convex on its dorsal and abdominal profiles.

The barbels not so long as one diameter of the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal commences opposite the ventral, and midway

between the snout and the base of the caudal; osseous dorsal ray

weak, entire.

Lateral line—complete, 8} rows of scales between it and the

base of the ventral fin.

Colours. A round black spot on the lateralline behind the gill

openings, and a second midway between the end of anal and base of

the caudal fins. Dorsal and anal tipped with black, sometimes the

upper half of the former stained darkish.

i A aes, - eae ees. eS es

nue omy

187% | F. Day—Jfonograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 317

Hab. Bengal, Assam, N. W. Provinces and Punjab, attaining

nearly 5 inches in length. Is very common at Hurdwar and Roorkee,

35. Barsus (Capoéta) THERMALIS.

Leuciscus thermalis, Cuv. and Val. xvii, p. 94, pl. 490.

Barbus thermalis, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 143.

B. Ill, D. 3/8, P. 15, V. 9, A. 3/5, O. 19, L. 1. 25, L. tr, 54/52.

Length of head nearly 1/4 (4/17), of caudal nearly 1/4 (4/17),

height of body about 1/5 (4/21) of the total length.

Hyes. Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout.

Body very compressed. Jaws of about equal length: interor-

bital space convex. Barbels shorter than the eye.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the end?of snout and

base of caudal fin, it is only two-thirds as high as the body, its

osseous ray moderately strong, rather longer than the head without

the snout.

Lateral line—incomplete, extending for the first eight scales:

3% rows of the scales between it and the base of the ventral fin.

Colours. Silvery, a round black finger mark on either side of

the free portion of the tail, anterior to the base of the caudal fin.

Hab. Mysore, Ceylon, Cachar: attaining 3 inches or more in

length,

36. Barsus (Capoéta) LEPIDUS.

Puntius (Capoéta) lepidus, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 196.

Barbus filamentosus, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 145, (not Cuv. and Vah.)

B. IU, D. 3/8, P. 15, V. 9, A. 2/5; 0. 19, L. 1.21, Ly re 5/3.

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/4, height of body 2/7, of

dorsal fin 1/5 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2/5 of length of head, nearly 2/3 of a diameter

from end of snout, 1 diameter apart.

Body strongly compressed. Lower jaw the shortest. Maxillary

barbels thin and extending to below the centre of the orbit.

Fins. Last undivided dorsal ray osseous, smooth, feeble; the

branched rays are elongated in the adult. Caudal deeply lobed.

318 EF. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 3,

Lateral line—complete, slightly concave to opposite the end of

the dorsal fin, whence it is straight. 23 rows of scales between it

and the base of the ventral.

Colours. Silvery white, with a deep black oval mark on the

lateral line from about the 14th to the 18th scale. Caudal red

tipped with black.

Hab, From Canara down the Western coast and along the base

of the Neilgherries, also in Ceylon. It grows to 6 inches in length.

Dr. Giinther described specimens of B. lepidus from Ceylon as

Barbus filamentosus, which though very similar I hold to be distinet

species. He remarks that the barbels of B. filamentosus have been

overlooked by previous observers, but the reason is that the latter

species is destitute of them.

c. No osseous dorsal ray.

37. Barus (Capoéta) Kouvs.

Barbus kolus, Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc. ii, p. 357, pl. 62, f. 1; Gunther, —

Catal. vii, p. 136, .

Hypselobarbus, (Gonoproktopterus) kolus, *Bleeker, Prod. Cyp. p. 275, (name

only).

Barbus Guenthert, Day, Proc. Zool, Soc, 1868, p. 582.

Nilusu, pa

B, III. D. —-, P. 15, V. 9, A. 8/5, C. 19, L. 1. 40—42. L. tr. 10/8.

Length of head slightly above 1/5, of caudal 2/7, of height of

body 1/4, of dorsal fin 1/4 of the total length.

Eyes. Upper margin near the profile, diameter 1/3 of length of —

head, 1 diameter from end of snout and apart.

Body compressed, a considerable rise in the profile from the oc-

ciput to the dorsal fin. Upper jaw slightly the longest, the pos-

terior extremity of the maxilla extends to below the anterior mar- | :

gin of the orbit. The pair of maxillary barbels extends rather

beyond the middle of the eye. :

Teeth, pharyngeal,—pointed, uncinate, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. No osseous dorsal ray, the fin commences slightly in ad-

vance of the ventrals, and midway between the end of the snout

and the base of the caudal fin, which last is deeply lobed.

Lateral line—complete, 4 rows of scales between it and the

base of the ventral fin.

1871.] F. Day-—Wonograph of Indian Cyprinide. 319

Colours. Silvery, with a tinge of yellow.

Hab. Deccan, and throughout the Kistna and Tamboodra

rivers. It attains upwards of a foot in length.

38. *BarBus (Capoéta) CURMUOA.

Cyprinus cwrmuca, Buchanan’s Journey Mysore, III, p. 334, pl. xxx; Fishes

of Ganges, pp. 294, 387 ; *McClelland, Ind. Cyp. pp. 276, 353.

Gobio curmuca et Canarensis, Jerdon, M. J. L. and S, 1849, p. 306,

» curmuca, *Cuv. and Val. xvi, p. 317.

B. Ill. D. 3/8, P. 16, V. 9, A. 3/5, C. 18.

Dr. Jerdon obtained in the Arriacode river near Paulghaut a

fish apparently the same as Buchanans, and which he consideied

to be closely allied to, if not identical with the Barbus kolus, Sykes.

Having seen his sketches, I must coincide as to suspecting the two

to be identical, but unfortunately his specimens have been lost,

whilst the B. kolus has not been recorded south of the Kistna, so

the question must be still left open. There were 42 rows of scales

along the lateral line and 18 obliquely, in Dr. Jerdon’s specimens

from which the drawings were made. The form of the body and

head were the same, with some open glands on the snout and

below the eyes.

Fins. No osseous dorsal ray.

Lateral line—complete.

Hub. Fresh waters of Southern India, attaining three feet in

length. Dr. Jerdon observes as to locality that it is “from the

rivers of Palghaut, and Arriacode in south Malabar where itis very

common, and I have as yet seen it in no other locality and cer-

tainly it is not a common fish in Mysore, or I must have seen it.

‘Buchanan, I may mention, passed over the very locality whence

my specimens were obtained in his journey through Mysore.”

89. Barsus (Capoéta) DENISONII.

Labeo Denisonti, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 299.

Puntius Denisonti, Day, Fish. Malabar, p. 212, pl. 16, f. 2.

Barbus Denisonii, Giinther, Catal, vii, p. 146.

2-3 ”

Belt. DD. -5, 2. 15, V.9,A. 3/, C. 19, L. 1. 28, L. tr. 43/33.

Length of head 1/6, of caudal 1/5, height of body 1/5 of the total

length,

320 FE. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 8,

Eyes. Diameter 1/3 of length of head, rather above 1 diameter

apart and from end of snout.

Dorsal and abdominal profiles slightly and about éqtiale convex.

Mouth small, directed forwards and rather downwards, with upper

jaw slightly the longest. Maxillary pair of barbels one-third

longer than the orbit.

Teeth, pharyngeal,—pointed and curved at their extremities,

4, 8, 2/2, 8, 4.

Fins. Dorsal arises rather before the ventrals, and midway be-

tween the end of the snout, and above the posterior extremity of

the base of the anal fin, none of its rays osseous. Caudal deeply

forked.

Lateral line—complete, 2 rows of scales between it and ventral

fin.

Colours. Silvery, with a black band passing from the snout to

the centre of the base of the caudal fin, above it runs a horizontal

scarlet band. Caudal with an oblique black band crossing the

posterior third of each lobe.

Hab. Mundikyum in the Hill ranges of Travancore, where the

Rev. H. Baker, procured me several specimens. It attains six

inches in length. I named the species after the late Sir W. Denison,

Kk. C. B., then Governor of Madras.

40. Barus (Capoéta) ARULIUS.

Systomus arulius, Jerdon, M. J. L. and 8. 1849, p. 319.

Puntius arulius, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 294.

Barbus arulius, Day, 1. c, 1868, p. 585. and 1870, p. 378, (not Giinther).

B. III. D. 3/8, P. 15, V. 9, A. 2/5, C. 18, L. 1. 23, Li. te. 6/aae ;

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/8, height of body 1/4 of the —

total length. |

Eyes. Diameter 2/5 of length of head, rather above 1/2 a |

diameter from end of snout, and 3/4 of a diameter apart.

Dorsal and abdominal profiles about equally convex. Cleft of

mouth extending to nearly below the anterior edge of the orbit.

A pair of moderately sized maxillary barbels. =

Teeth, pharyngeal,—é, 3, 2/2, 8, 5, sharp and cur at their ;

extremities. ;

1871. | F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 321

Fins. No osseous dorsal ray, the fin commences midway be-

tween the snout and the base of the caudal, which last is deeply

emarginate.

Lateral line—complete, at first somewhat concave, but in its last

three-fourths passing straight to the centre of the base of the

caudal.

Colours. Olive green on the back, becoming silvery white dash-

ed with reddish green over the abdomen. A black band, about

two scales in width, passes from below the origin of the dorsal fin as

low as the lateral line: a second from just below the posterior

extremity of the dorsal to the base of the anal: and a third

across the free portion the tail before the caudal fin. Dorsal

caudal and anal pinkish with a black bar across the summit of the

first, whilst the caudal is stained at its edges.

Hab. Wynaad and Neilgherry range of hills and the rivers at

. their bases, attaining four inches or even more in length.

41, Barsus (Capoéta) PucKE tt,

Puntius (Capoéta) Puckelli, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 197.

Pee 27, 2 ..ba, ¥. 9, A..3/o, C. 19, GL. 124, Lt. 4/38.

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/6, height of body 2/9, of

dorsal fin 1/6 of the total length.

Kyes. Diameter 1/4 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout, and 14 diameters apart.

Dorsal and abdominal profiles both equally and slightly con-

vex, whilst the thickness of the fish equals its height. Mouth al-

most anterior, upper jaw slightly the longest. The posterior extre-

mity of the maxilla reaches to half way below the orbit. Maxillary

barbels thick, reaching to beneath the anterior edge of the eye.

No pores on the head, its summit rather convex.

Teeth, pharyngeal, plough-shaped, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. Last undivided dorsal ray cartilaginous, the fin com-

mences before the ventral, and midway between the end of the

snout andthe base of the caudal, which last is lobed in its

posterior half.

- Lateral line. First descends for three scales, then proceeds direct

to the centre of the base of the caudal.

322 EF. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. [ No. 3,

Colours. Greenish yellow along the back, with ared mark on the

opercle, and a scarlet stripe extending along the middle of the side.

A deep black mark on the dorsal from the base of the third to

that of the sixth branched rays. Very fine dark spots over the

scales especially at their bases, An indistinct black mark on the

lateral line from the nineteenth to the twenty-first scales.

Hab. Bangalore, where it is said to be common. Major Puckell

sent me one specimen, 3 inches in length.

C. Without barbels, (Puntius).

a. Last undivided ray, osseous and serrated,

42. Barsus (Puntius) APOGoN.

Barbus apogon, (Kuhl) Cev. and Val. xvi, p. 392; Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 150,

Systomus apogon, Bleeker, Nat. Tyds. Ned. Ind. iii, p. 428,

5 apogonoides, Bleeker, 1. c. ix, p. 150.

Cyclocheilichthys (anematichthys) apogon, Bleeker, Prod. Cyp. p. 378, and

Atl. Ich, Cyp. p. 88, t. 29, f. 2.

= a apogonoides, Bleeker, 1. c. p. 379 and Atl. Ich, p. 89, t. 30, f, 3.

Systomus macularius ? Blyth, J. A. S. of B. 1860, p. 159.

Barbus macularius, *Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 150; Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869,

p. 557,

Nga-ta-zee and Nga-lay-toun, Burmese.

B, III. D. 4/8, P. 17; :V..11, .A.°3/5, C, 19. L. 1.36; Tee

Length of head 1/4 to 1/5, of caudal 2/9, height of body 1/3,

of dorsal fin 1/4 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout, 1} diameters apart. :

Body compressed, a great rise from the occiput to the base of the

dorsal fin, |

Fins. Dorsal commences over the ventral and midway between @

the end of the snout and the base of the caudal, its last undivided

ray is strong, serrated, and rather shorter than the head. First 2 |

three anal rays somi-osseous, Caudal deeply lobed. :

Lateral line—complete, 4 to 43 rows of scales between it and |

the root of the ventral. .

Colours. Silvery, each scale with a black spot at its base. 4a

Hab. Tenasserim and throughout Burmah to the Kast Indian t j

Archipelago. It attains 8 inches in length. 2

1871. ] F. Day—WMonograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 323

43. Barsus (Puntius) AMBASSIS.

Barbus ambassis, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 583.

Bunkuat, Ooriah.

Peer. DD. 5/8, PL il, V, 9, A. 2/5, 0. 19, L.-1, 36.

Length of head 2/11, of caudal 1/4, height of body 2/7, of

dorsal fin 2/11 of the total length.

Hiyes. Diameter nearly 2/5 of length of head, 1/2 a diameter

from end of snout, 1 diameter apart. Upper jaw slightly the

longest, no barbels.

Teeth, pharyngeal, sharp, crooked, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. Dorsal spine osseous, strong, and posteriorly serrated,

having about 15 teeth, the fin commences slightly anterior to the

ventral and midway between the end of the snout and base of the

caudal, which last is deeply lobed.

Scales. Small and deciduous. |

Lateral line—incomplete, becoming indistinct in the posterior

two-thirds of the body, 6 rows of scales between it and the base of

the ventral fin.

Colours. Light with a silvery streak along the side. A

small black spot at the base of the anterior dorsal rays, and a finger

mark at the side of the tail.

Hab. Madras, Orissa and Bengal. It attains about 3 inches in

length.

44, Barsus (Puntius) CONCHONIUS.

Cyprinus conchonius, Ham. Buch., Fish. Gang. pp. 317, 389; Cuv. and Val.

xvi, p. 394, :

_ Systomus conehonius, *McClell. Ind. Cyp. pp. 286, 384, pl. 44, f. 8. (from

Ham. Buch. Mss.)3 *Jerdon M. J. L. and S. 1849, p. 317,

_ Puntius conchonius, Stein. Sitz, Ak, Wiss. Wein. lvi,

_ Barbus conchonius, *Giinther, Catal. vii p. 153.

EKunchon pungti, Bengali.

Meee TEL. 1b). 3/8, P.-11, V.9, A. 2/5, C..19, Tel, 26, Lirte, SavGae

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 2/9, height of body 1/3 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/3 of length of head, nearly 1 diameter from

end of snout.

324 F. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [No. 3,

Fins. Osseous, dorsal ray moderately strong and serrated, as

long as head without the snout: the fin commences midway between

the anterior extremity of the orbit and the base of the caudal,

which latter is forked in its last half.

Lateral line—incomplete, 43 rows of scales between it and be

base of the ventral fin.

Colours. A round black spot on the lateral line above the

posterior portion of the anal fin.

Hab. Lower Bengal, Behar and N. W. Provinces, attaining 5

inches in length.

45, Barbus (Puntius) GELIUs.

Cyprinus gelius, Ham. Buch., Fish. Gang. pp. 320, 390; *Cuv. and Val. xvi,

p. 397.

za canius, Ham. Buch., 1. c. ; *Cuv. and Val. xvii, p. 397.

Systomus gelius, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 286, 386, pl. 44, f. 4, (from Ham.

Buch. Mss.)

Be canius, McClell., 1. c. pp. 287, 387, pl. 44, f. 6, (from H. B.’s Mss.)

‘. gelius, Bleeker, Verh, Bat. Gen. Ned. Ind. xxv, 1853, Bengal, p 129.

Barbus gelius, Giinther, Catal, vii, p. 154 Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 374.

Cutturpoh, Ooriah ; Geli pungti, Beng.

B. ILL. D. 3/8, P. 15, V. 9, A: 8/5, O. 19, L. 1. 25, L, tr. 9.

Length of head 2/9, of caudal 1/4, height of dorsal 2/9, of

body 1/3 of the total length.

Eyes, Diameter 2/5 of length of head, 2/3 of a diameter from

end of snout, 1 diameter apart.

Dorsal profile rather elevated. Barbels absent.

Fins. Dorsal arises slightly in advance of the ventrals, its osseous

ray is strong and rather coarsely serrated : caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line—incomplete, ceasing after 5 or 6 scales.

Colours. Reddish brown, with a black band over the tail a little

anterior to the base of the caudal fin, and another less distinct over —

the base of that fin. The peritoneum being black appears like a —

dark band. A black spot passes across the base of the anterior ; ;

half of the dorsal, extending one-third the distance up therays. A

black band over the base of the anal, highest in front. Occiput q |

also black. if

Hab, Orissa and Bengal, attaining 2 inches in length,

1871. | F. Day—DMonograph of Indian Cyprinide. 325

46. Barsus (Puntius) Tico.

Cyprinus ticto, Ham. Buch., pp. 314, 389, pl. 8, f. 87; *Cuv. and Val. xvi,

p. 393.

Systomus ticto, McClell., Ind. Cyp. p. 382 ; Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. Ned,

Ind, xxv, 1853, p. 128; *Jerdon, M. J. L. and 8. 1849, p. 318.

Rohtee ticto, Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc, 1841, p. 365.

Systomus tripunctatus, Jerdon, M. J. L. and S. 1849, p. 316.

? Systomus rubrotinctus, Jerdon, l. c. p. 317.

Barbus ticto, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 513.

Kaoli and Kotree, Hind.

B. IIL, D. 3/8, P. 15, V. 9, A. 2/5, ©. 19, L. 1. 23, L. tr. 5/6.

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/4, height of body 1/4, of dor-

sal fin 1/3 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/3 of length of head, 1/2 a diameter from

end of snout, 1 diameter apart.

Body strongly compressed. Upper jaw slightly the longest, the

posterior extremity of the maxilla reaching to under the anterior

margin of the orbit. 3

Teeth, pharyngeal, crooked, pointed, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. Osseous dorsal ray strong and serrated, three quarters as

long as the body is high. Caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line—incomplete, ceasing after 6 or 8 scales.

Colours. Silvery, sometimes stained with red, a black spot on

the side of the tail before the base of the caudal fin and immediate-

ly behind the anal: a smaller one (frequently absent) at the com-

mencement of the lateralline. Fins often black, sometimes orange.

Hab. Throughout India, except along the Malabar coast.

B. Stoliczkanus takes its place in Burma. It rarely exceeds 4 inches

in length.

47. Barbus (Puntius) PUNCTATUS.

Puntius punctatus, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 302, and Fishes of Malabar,

p. 214, pl. vii, f. 1.

Putter perlee, Mal.

B, III. D. 3/8, P. 15, V. 9, A. 2/5, C, 18, L. 1, 23, L. tr.. 6/4.

Length of head 1/6, of caudal 1/6, height of body 1/3, of

dorsal fin 1/5 of the entire length.

326 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [ No. 3,

Eyes. Diameter nearly 1/2 of length of head, 1/3 of a diameter

from end of snout, 1 diameter apart.

Fins. Dorsal osseous ray strong, serrated, the fin commences

over the ventrals, and midway between end of snout and base of the

caudal; its upper border slightly concave. Caudal emarginate.

Lateral line—complete, slightly concave in the first part of its

course.

Colours. Olive green superiorly, becoming white on the abdo-

men. A diffused black spot on the twentieth and twenty-first

scales of the lateral line. The anterior half of the fourth scale from

the opercle, in the row next below the lateral line, black. Fins

yellowish, dorsal and anal tipped with orange. Dorsal with two

rows of black spots, and anteriorly a short intermediate one.

Hab, Malabar, it does not appear to exceed three inches in

length.

48. Barbus (Puntius) PHUTUNIO.

Cyprinus phutunio, Ham. Buch., Fish. Gang. pp. 319, 390 ; *Cuv. and Val.

Xvi, p. 395.

Systomus leptosomus, McClell. Ind. Cyp. pp. 287, 387, pl. 44, f. 2, (from

Ham, Buch, MSS.)

Systomus phutunio, Bleeker, Verh, Bat. Gen. Batav. xxv, Bengal, p. 128, and

Cyp. and Cobit. in Nat. Verh. Holl, Maatsch. Haarl. 1864-65, p. 12, t. 4. f. 4.

Barbus ¥ *Ginther, Catal. vii, p. 154; Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869,

p. 375.

Barbus Cumingti, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 155.

Kudji-kerundi, Ooriah; Phutuni pungti, Beng.

B. TIL. bis P. 15, V.9, A. 3/5, C. 19, L. 1. 20—28, L. tr. 810.

Length of head 1/4, of caudal 1/4, height of body 1/3 of the

total length. |

Eyes. Diameter 2/5 of length of head, 3/4 of a diameter from

end of snout, 1 diameter apart.

Dorsal profile more elevated than the abdominal. Mouth small.

Barbels absent. |

Fins. Dorsal osseous ray serrated, the serratures often becom-

ing indistinct in the adult: the fin commences opposite the ventrals,

and midway between the end of the snout and the base of the

1871. ] F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinida. 327

caudal, which latter is rather deeply forked.

Lateral line—incomplete, only extending along 3 or 4 scales,

from it to the base of the ventral are 8 rows.

Colours. Reddish brown, with a black band passing from the

back to opposite the middle of the pectoral fin: a second from the

back to the posterior end of the base of the anal: two other

lighter bands pass downwards, one from the anterior, the other

from the posterior extremity of the dorsal, A dark band down

the centre of the dorsal, another at the base of the caudal.

flab. Orissa and through Bengal and Ceylon, attaining 3 inches

in length,

49. Barbus (Puntius) NIGROFASCIATUS.

Barbus nigrofasciatus, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 155.

= iit), 8/8, P. 15, V. 9, A.-2/5, 0. 19,T..1,20. |

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/4, height of body 1/4 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/3 of length of head, nearly 1 diameter from

the end of snout and apart.

Body oval, strongly compressed : interorbital space convex,

Mouth small, upper jaw the longest. Barbels absent.

Fins. Dorsal lower than the body, it commences opposite the

ventrals, its osseous ray is of moderate strength and finely serrated.

Caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line—complete, 3 rows of scales between it and the

base of the ventrals.

Colours. Reddish, (this however may be a post mortem appear-

ance, as seen in B. filamentosus), with a black band passing from eye

to eye ; body with three vertical black bands, the first across the

middle of the trunk, the second between the anterior portion of the

dorsal to behind the base of the ventral, and the third on the free

portion of the tail. Dorsal, anterior portion of ventral and anal

black.

Hab. Southern Ceylon attaining 23 inches in length.

Its form much resembles that of B. ticto, which has not been

recorded from Ceylon. It, however, entirely differs from it in

colouration and in having a complete lateral line.

328 F. Day—Jlonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [ No. 3,

50. *Barsus (Puntius) GUGANIO.

Cyprinus guganio, Ham. Buch, Fishes, Ganges, pp. 338, 339, 392 ; *Cuy. and

Val. xvi, p. 445.

Gugani, Beng.

B. EEO DD, 2/38;R. 12) Wee, Ak

‘¢ Head oval, small, blunt and dotted. Mouth small. The jaws

protrude in opening, the upper is the longest. * * The eyes are far

forwards on the sides of the head and large.”

Fins. The dorsal is near the middle, its osseous ray is strong.

and serrated.

Scales. Large and firmly adherent.

Lateral line—incomplete.

Colours. The back dotted.

Hab. Gangetic provinces and Assam. It scarcely exceeds an

inch and a half in length.

51, Barsus (Puntius) Stori0zKanvs.

Barbus McClellandi, Day, Proc .Zool, Soc. 1869, p. 619, (not Cuv. and Val.)

B. III. D. 2/8, P. 14, V. 9, A. 2/5, C. 19, Ib. ). 25), Tas taeeaee

Length of head 1/6, of caudal 1/5, height of body 1/38 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter nearly 1/3 of length of head, 1 diameter from

end of snout, 14 diameters apart.

Mouth small. Barbels absent.

Teeth, pharyngeal—crooked, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. Osseous dorsal ray serrated but less strongly than in

B. ticto, the serratures are likewise rather irregular, the fin com-

mences midway between the snout and the base of the caudal,

which latter is lunate.

Lateral line—complete, there are 34 rows of scales between it

and the base of the ventral fin.

Colours. Silvery, a black mark on the lateral line about the ~

third scale, and a deep black mark above and a little behind the

posterior extremity of the anal fin, superiorly it extends almost to ©

the back, whilst it is yellow anteriorly. Fins orange.

Hab. Eastern Burma, where it entirely supersedes B. ticto. —

It attains four inches in length.

1871. | F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 329

52. Barus (Puntius) PYRRHOPTERUS.

Systomus pyrrhopterus, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 285, 383, pl. 44, f.1; *Cuv.

and Val. xvi, p. 395.

Barbus pyrrhopterus, Gunther, Catal. vii, p., 57.

B. Ill. D. 2/7, P. 12, V. 9, A. 7, ©. 19, L. 1. 22-24, L, tr, 43/42.

Length of head 1/4, height of body rather above 1/3 of the total

length. No barbels.

Fins. Osseous dorsal ray of moderate strength, serrated.

Lateral line—complete, 2 rows of scales between it and the

base of the ventral fin.

Colours. A dark spot at the end of the lateral line just before

the base of the caudal fin.

Hab. Upper Assam.

b. Osseous dorsal ray entire,

53. Barsus (Puntius) sTiama.

Systomus sophore, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 285, 382; Jerdon, M. J. L. and §,

1849, p. 316, (not Ham. Buch.)

Leuciscus stigma, Cuv. and Val. xvii. p 93, pl. 489; Jerdon, 1. c, p. 317.

3 sulphureus, Cuv. and Val. xvii, p. 96.

Cyprinus sophore,* Cuv, and Val. xvi, p. 388.

Barbus sophore, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 152.

Puntius modestus, Kner, Novara Fische, p. 348, t. 15, f. 3.

Barbus modestus, *Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 156.

Barbus stigma, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 198, 1869, p. 375.

Chadu-perigt, Tel.; Patia-kerundt, Ooriah; Katcha-karawa and

Pottiah, Win. ; Katch karawa, Can.; Nga-kkoon-ma, Burm.

Preble 3/8, Ps 17, Vs'9; A: 3/5;°C. 19) Ti 1.028, bs te 5/4,

Vert. 15/14.

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/5, height of body 1/4 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/4 of length of head, 14 diameters from end of

snout, 2 diameters apart.

Jaws equal in front. No barbels.

Teeth,—pharyngeal, crooked, 5, 3, 2/2, 8, 5.

Fins. Osseous dorsal ray of moderate strength, entire, as

F long as the head without the snout; it commences over the

330 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide, [No. 3,

ventrals, and midway between the end of the snout and the base

of the caudal.

Lateral line—complete, 3 to 34 rows of scales between it and

the base of the ventral fin.

Colours. Silvery, with a scarlet lateral band at some seasons,

and a dark mark across the base of the middle dorsal rays, this

last being occasionally absent. A round black blotch, more or

less distinct at the root of the caudal fin.

Hab. ‘Throughout India and Burma, As food it is bitter.

In January 1868 I found 1850 developed ova in one female

fish at Madras.

54, Barsus (Puntius) CHRYSOPTERUS.

Systomus chrysopterus, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 285, 383.

Barbus chrysopterus, Gunther, Catal. vii, p. 152.

Pottiah, Punj.

B. III. D. 3/8, P. 17, V. 9, A: 2/5, 0.19, L. 1/28, I fae

Length of head and caudal fin each nearly 2/9, height of body

1/3 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/3 of length of the head, 3/4 of a diameter

from end of snout.

Upper profile slightly concave over the nape, rising considerably

to the base of the dorsal fin, and much more convex than that of

the abdomen. Body compressed.

Mouth narrow, horse-shoe shaped, the upper Jaw very slightly

the longest, when the mouth is closed.

Fins. Dorsal arises slightly in advance of the ventral, and

midway between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal,

its smooth osseous ray is not strong and as long as the head

without the snout ; upper margin of the dorsal fin slightly concave, —

its height is only slightly above one-half of that of the body. The

pectoral extends to the ventral, and the latter to the anal. Lower

caudal lobe slightly the longest. 4

Lateral line—complete, 34} rows of scales between it, and .

the base of the ventral. |

Colours. Dirty silvery, darkest along the back, and each scale

1871.] F. Day—WMonograph of Indian Cyprinide. 331

and anal fins stained with black spots at their extremities. A

dark mark at the base of the 4th and 6th divided dorsal rays, some-

times a dark mark at base of the tail.

Hab. Assam, N. W. Provinces and Punjab.

55. Bansus (Puntius) UNIMACULATUS.

Systomus unimaculatus, Blyth, J. A. 8. of Bengal, 1860, p. 159. Day, Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 557.

B. III. D. 3/8, P. 11, V. 8, A. 2/5, C. 19, L. 1. 24, L. tr. 44/42.

Length of head 2/7, height of body 1/8 of the total length.

Hyes. Diameter 1/3 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout and apart.

Mouth small, extending half the dis tance to below the orbit.

No barbels.

Fins. Dorsal with an osseous, entire and weak, ray: it com-

mences midway between the snout and the base of the caudal fin.

Lateral line, incomplete, becoming lost opposite the posterior

extremity of the dorsal fin.

Colours. Silvery, a black mark at the base of each dorsal ray.

A number of fry up to 1,8 inches in length from the Tenas-

serim Provinces are in the museum; what they would be, when

adults, it is difficult to determine, but probably (as the lateral line

is incomplete) they never would grow large fish.

56. Barus (Puntius) FILAMENTOSUS.

Leuciscus filamentosus, Cuv. and Val, xvii, p. 95, pl. 492.

Leuciscus Mahecola, Cuv. and Val. xvii, p. 305, pl. 502 (young).

Systomus assimilis, filamentosus, et Maderaspatensis, Jerdon, Madr. Journ.

Lit. and Sc., xv, pp. 318, 319.

Puntius filamentosus, Day, Fish. Malabar, p. 215.

Barbus filamentosus, Giinther, (? synom.) Catal. vii, p. 145.

peel. 1. 0/5, P. 15, V. 9, A. 2/5, C. 19, Ta L' 21; E, tee/s;

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/4, height of body 1/3 of the total

length.

Kyes. Diameter 2/5 of length of head, 2/3 of a diameter from

end of snout. -

Body strongly compressed. Generally large pores over the

snout. No barbels.

332 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [No. 3,

Fins. Osseous dorsal ray smooth and feeble, whilst the divided

ones are all more or less elongated in the adult.

Lateral line—complete, 2 rows of scales between it and the base

of the ventral.

Colours. Silvery, each scale having a metallic green edging,

whilst a more or less distinct black blotch exists on the lateral line

before the base of the caudal fin. A very curious change occurs

in this fish immediately after death, the whole of its body becoming

scarlet. Caudal red, tipped with black.

Hab. Western coast and Southern India, attaining 6 inches in

length.

Dr. Giinther remarked ‘“‘ Valenciennes and other naturalists

have overlooked the barbels in this species,’ but I consider the

Ceylon fish from which he drew up his description as belonging to

B. lepidus, for B. filamentosus is destitute of barbels.

57, Barsus (Puntius) TERIO.

Cyprinus terio, Ham. Buch., Fish. Gang. pp. 313, 389; *Cuv. and Val.

xvi, p. 398.

Systomus gibbosus, *McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 286, 385, pl. 44, f.'7, (from Ham.

Buch. MSS.)

Barbus terio, *Giinther, Catal, vii, p. 153; Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869,

p. 376.

Kakachia-kerundt, Ooriah ; Teri pungti, Beng.

B. IIL. D. 8, P. 18; V. 8, A. 8/5, 0. 19, 1. 1, 31)

Length of head 1/4, of caudal 1/4, height of body 1/3, of dorsal

1/4 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/3 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout, 14 diameters apart.

Body compressed, dorsal profile more convex than the abdominal

one, there being a considerable rise from the snout to the base of

the dorsal fin. Upper jaw slightly the longest. No barbels.

Fins. Osseous dorsal ray moderately strong and entire ; it arises

slightly in advance of the ventrals, and midway between the end

of snout and base of the caudal.

Lateral line—incomplete, ceasing after 3 or 4 scales. 3

Colours. Silvery, greenish along the back, and each scale —

having a number of fine black spots. most numerous at the anterior |

1871, ] EF, Day—Jfonograph of Indian Cyprinide. 333

margin, <A large black blotch in the middle of the side, over the

posterior extremity of the anal, which sometimes is extended

in the median line as far as the tail. A very indistinct black blotch

under the posterior extremity of the dorsal passing downwards to

the middle of the fish. Fins with a yellowish tinge, stained at their

margins.

Hab. Orissa and Bengal, attaining 3 or 4 inches in length.

58. *Barsus (Puntius) Duvavcetit.

Leuciscus Duvaucelit, Cuv. and Val, xvii, p. 95, pl. 491.

Systomus Duvaucelii, *Bleeker, Prod. Cyp. p. 278, (no description).

Barbus Duvaucelii, *Giinther, vii, p. 151.

ipl. 1)7-2/8; A. 2/5, Li. 1.27.

According to the figure the length of the head is 1/5, of caudal

about 2/9, height of body 1/3 of the total length.

Hyes. About 1/4 oflength of head, 1 diameter from end of snout.

Fins. Dorsal commences rather nearer the base of the caudal

than to the end of the snout, its osseous ray entire. Caudal forked.

Lateral line—complete.

Colours. A black spot at the end of the lateral line just anterior

to the base of the caudal fin.

Hab. Bengal.

59. Barsus (Puntius) virratus.

Puntius vittatus, Day, Proc, Zool, Soc. 1865, p. 303; Fish. Malabar, p. 215,

pl.te, 1. 1.

Barbus vittatus, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 156.

Kooli, Hind.

B. TL D. 2/8; \P..12, V. 9, A. 2/5, C. 20, L. 1. 20-22, L. tr. 4/3.

Length of head 2/9, of caudal 2/7, height of body 1/3 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/2 of length of head, 2/3 of a diameter from

end of snout, 2 diameters apart.

Fins. Dorsal ray osseous, weak, and entire; it commences

somewhat in advance of the ventrals, and midway between the

snout and the base of the caudal fin, the latter being forked.

Lateral line—incomplete, ceasing after about five scales,

334 F. Day—Jonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 3,

Colours. Silvery, generally with four black spots in the adult,

one just before the dorsal, one below its posterior margin, another

at the base of the caudal anda fourth at the base of the anal.

The dorsal has a vertical black streak, and a black tip with orange

markings. In the immature the colours vary; when the fish is

about eight-tenths of an inch long, a vertical stripe begins to show

itself in the posterior third of the dorsal fin, the summit of which

also becomes edged with black, whilst there is some irregular

orange colouration about the fin; a black spot shows itself at the

base of the caudal and anal fins, and in very young specimens the

line of demarcation between the green of the back, and the silvery

abdomen, appears like a white band running from the eye to the

middle of the tail.

fab. Mysore and Malabar, attaining 1} inches in length.

c. Without osseous dorsal ray,

60. Barbus (Puntius) PUNJAUBENSIS.

B. Ill. D. 3/8, V. 9, A. 2/5, C. 19, L. 1. 43, L. tr. 8/?

Length of head 2/11, of caudal 1/4, height of body 2/7 of the total

length.

Hyes. Rather large, situated in the anterior half of the head,

1/3 of a diameter from end of snout,

Mouth small, horse shoe shaped, with the upper jaw slightly

over-hanging the lower. Abdominal profile more convex than

that of the back. Barbels absent. ;

Fins. Dorsal two-thirds as high as the body below it, arising

midway between the snout and the base of the caudal fin, its last

undivided ray is weak and articulated. Caudal deeply forked, with

pointed lobes.

Lateral line—incomplete.

Colours. Silvery, with a burnished silvery stripe along the cid

and a black spot at the base of the caudal fin. Two first dorsal —

rays and intermediate membrane deep black.

Hab. Ravi river at Lahore; it isa small species, attaining about

2 inches in length. Rapidly putrifying, nearly all my specimens

were spoiled before I was able to put them into spirit.

le ee

eo te

~ a,

wre

et 5

1871. | F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 335

61, Barsvus (Puntius) cosvatis.

Cyprinus cosuatis, Ham. Buch., Fish, Gang. pp. 338, 392; *Cuv. and Val.

xvi, p. 444.

Systomus malacopterus, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 287,386, pl. 44, f. 9, (from H.

B. MSS.)

Rehtee pangut, Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc. ii, p. 365.

Leuciscus cosuatis, Bleek., Verh. Bat. Gen. Ned. Ind. xxv, 1853, p. 139.

Barbus cosuatis, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 157.

Koswati, Beng.

Bil. D. 3/8, P. 12, V. 9, A. 2/5, 0.19, L. 1. 22, L, tr. 6.

Length of head 1/4, of caudal 1/4, height of body nearly 1/3 of

the total length,

Kyes. Diameter 2/5 of length of head, 1/2 a diameter from end

of snout, 1 diameter apart.

Fins. Dorsal without any osseous ray, it commences midway

between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal fin.

Lateral line—incomplete, the row of scales on which it is

situated is larger than the others.

Colours. Silvery, the scales having dark margins, the top of

the dorsal, and a spot across the middle of the anterior anal rays, of

a black colour.

Hab. Bengal, attaining 2 or 3 inches in length, also found in

the North West Provinces.

62. *Barsus (Puntius) PRESBYTER.

Leuciscus presbyter, Cuv. and Val. xvii, p. 307.

Pee. i, A. 7, L. 1. 26, Li. tr. 6/2.

Length of head 2/9, height of body 2/9 of the total length.

Profile of back straight, that of the abdomen convex. The upper

jaw slightly longer than the lower.

Fins. No strong ray in the dorsal fin; anal small; the caudal

not deeply lobed.

Lateral line—concave.

Colour. Back greenish, sides silvery, no spots, dorsal slightly

edged with black.

Hab. Bombay ; although placed here amongst the barbels its

right to the position appears doubtful.

336 F. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 3,

63. Barsus (Puntius) PUNTIO.

Cyprinus puntio, Ham. Buch., Fish Ganges, pp. 318, 389.

Barbus puntio, *Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 154; Day, Proc. Zool. Sec. 1870

p. 100.

By TIED, 348, P. 15, V.9, A. 2/5, C. 21, Le 1. 980, Gee

Length of head 1/4, of caudal 2/7, height of the body nearly 1/3

of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2/5 of length of head, 3/4 of a diameter from

end of snout ; 1 diameter apart.

Dorsal profile considerably elevated. Mouth small. No barbels.

Fins. Last undivided dorsal ray weak, entire, and not osseous ;

the fin commences rather in advance of the ventrals, and midway

between the anterior margin of the orbit aac the base of the

caudal, the latter fin deeply forked.

Lateral line—incomplete, only extending along a few scales ; ;

23 rows between it and the base of the ventral fin.

Colours. Silvery, a wide black band encircles the free portion

of the tail, and includes the mp of the anal fin. Dorsal orange,

tipped with black.

Hab. Bengal and British Burma. It only attains about $

inches in length.

F.DAY. Journ: A.S.B. Vol: XL.Pt:Il. 1871. Salle. GS |

1-2. Schizotherax reobilis .

3-4.0reinus stmutitis,

$5. Schizopygopsis Stolickhe, (from Stetnd.}

PU XXmH.

Bd. Fes ees

F. DAY... Journ: A. S.B. Vol

nstSs.

5 Rasbora: nielgherrte

Lav Aommrvcn .

omSteain®) 6.Nur

7 Rohize coun.

(

3. Piychobarbus comurostru

4, Asptdoparia mare.

maculakas -

1-2. Diptychus

List of Errata in Part II, Journal for 1871.

Page 175, line 16, for ‘ rest” read “ rests.”

176

190

241

», for “ appear’ read ** appears.”

5 for ** bent” read bend.”

9 for “food read.“ foot,”

28 for “ Gecarcinuca” read * Gecarcinucus.”

34 for “ palmira” read “ palmaria.”

29 for “No. 84 read “No. 86.”

7 for “No. 84? read “No. 86.”

9 for “No. 84” read “ No, 86.”

GOO LIE 0 Oe

1a Ab front St 8h #8 § 5 att 2

a : ; re)

ge | “3 gba _— — ye at Breil a a5

i genoeees 7 Baars * “aogia” 100 ag |

# pessed Spas “ised 1 ao - Go

ae # 50) fagd “BSE? 8 ge

; tenis 7 Bags * feaeisiang) ®) ca ee yg

ead ~ osama Kae “paste t eh £0

~~ Tea a fae SG AP aot OS

ae % | sie PA te? “48 at 9

De: ee “9 on Peart 4g on pat g. ;

JOURNAL

OF THE

fav IC SOC] ETE.

—_—-—-—

Part II.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

PLP P LLP LPP LL LL SPP LDP LPLYS PP PLL LLL LIL SLL LS III ID

No. [V.—1871.

BPOPOPIOPILI{_°PPILI_LOGLOEIIEIEIEeene Oman kOe»

Monoerary or Inpran Cyprinipm, Pr. I1,—by Surgeon F. Day.

(With plates XXIT and XXIII.)

{Received 17th August, 1871.—Continued from p. 336. |

Genus Scuizornorax, Heckel. Pl. xxu, f. 1, 2.

Racoma, sp. McClell.

Schizopyge, sp. Heckel.

Opistocheilus, pt. Bleeker.

Abdomen rounded. Snout conically rounded, and laterally somewhat

compressed, with the mouth arched and antero-inferior, mandibles neither

broad, flattened, nor with sharp margins, tts edge sometimes having-a thin,

deciduous horny covering.“ Barbels four. Pharyngeal teeth pointed,

hooked, 5, 3, 2/2, 38, 5. Dorsal fin rather short, with a strong, osseous,

serrated ray, and arising opposite the ventrals ; anal short. Scales

eery small, the vent and base of the anal fin in a sheath, covered by en-

larged, tiled, scales. Lateral line passing to the centre of the base of

the caudal fin.

Geographical distribution. Mountain streams and rivers around

the bases of the Himalayas, also in Cashmere, Nepaul, and

Afghanistan.

_ * This horny covering is very liable to become detached and lost after death,

it should be carefully investigated in fresh specimens.

338 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. No. 4,

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.

1. Schizothorax barbatus, D. 4/8, A. 3/5, Cabul.

2, S niger, D. 4/8, A, 3/5, Cashmere.

3. ai intermedius, D. 4/8, A. 3/5, Afghanistan.

A, A Ritchianus, D. 3—4/8, A. 2/5, Afghanistan.

+) es nobilis, D. 3/9, A: 8, Afghanistan and Nepaut.

6. & planifrons, D, 4/7, A. 2/5, Cashmere.

fe p Hodgsonii, D. 3/8, A. 2/5, L. 1. 155, Himalayas.

* 8, * labiatus, D. 3/8, A. 7, Afghanistan.

ch A ehrysochlorus, D. 3/8, A. 8, Afghanistan.

*10. gobioides, D. 3/8, A. 6, Bamean river.

Tk, bs curvifrons, D. 11, A. 8, L. 1. 100, Cashmere.

*12, ei nasus, D, 11, A. 8, Cashmere.

13. $. Hiigelit, D. 11, A. 8, L. 1. 190, Cashmere.

*14, Ae micropogon, D. 11, A. 8, Cashmere.

#15, As Edeniana, D. 3/8, A. 8, Afghanistan.

*16. - longipinnis, D. 11, A. 8, Cashmere.

oA cs esocinus, D. 3/8, A. 3/5, Cashmere and Afghanistan,

*18, * brevis, D. 2/7, A. 7, Afghanistan.

Amongst the foregoing 18 species, it is very, or rather most, prob-

able that several will eventually turn out to be synonyms.

1. ScHIZOTHORAX BARBATUS.

McClell., Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. ii. 1842, p. 580; Ginther Catal, vii. p. 168,

BT. DU4/8,: 2. 215, Vida, Acs/5. 0.28,

Length of head 1/5, caudal 1/5, height of body 1/5 of the total

length.

yes. Diameter 1/4 of length of head, 1} diameters from end

of snout.

Interorbital space very slightly convex. Mouth inferior, semi-oval ;

cleft nearly horizontal, about equalling that of the gape; upper

jaw slightly the longest; inside of lower jaw said to be covered

with a deciduous cartilaginous layer (the specimens in the

British Museum which I saw, had their mouths firmly closed). Lower

labial fold entire, and having a free margin in its entire extent.

Barbels as long as the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the anterior margin

of the orbit and the base of the caudal; its osseous ray strong, as

1871.] F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 339

long as the head, and posteriorly with closely set denticulations ;

anal when laid flat does not extend so far as the base of the

caudal.

Scales—minute, anal row but little developed.

Colours—silvery.

Hab. Cabul river at Jellalabad, attaining at least 11 inches

in length.

9. ScHIZOTHORAX NIGER.

Heckel, Fische aus Kaschmir, p. 29,t. 5; *Cuv. and Val, xvi, p. 217 ; Giinther,

Catal. vii. p. 164.

Alghad, Cash.

bi, D. 4/8, P. 19, V. 10, A. 3/5,:C. 19.

Length of head about 1/5 (4/21), of caudal 1/6, height of body

1/5 of the total length.

Hyes. Diameter 2/9 of length of head, very little more than

1 diameter from end of snout, 14 diameters apart.

Mouth horse-shoe shaped, inferior, the upper Jaw somewhat pro-

jecting, cleft nearly horizontal, but not so long asthe gape. Margin

of the lower jaw cutting, its inside covered with a horny cartilagi-

nous layer. Lower labial fold interrupted. Barbels shorter than

the eye.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the anterior margin of the

orbit and the base of the caudal, also a little before the root of

the ventral ; its osseous ray is moderately strong, as long as the head

without the snout, and having posteriorly coarse and rather closely

set denticulations. Anal fin when laid flat not reaching the base

of the caudal which latter is forked.

Scales—minute, anal row but little developed, the — being

one-third as broad as the orbit.

Hab, Cashmere, attaining at least seven inches in length.

8. ScHIZOTHORAX INTERMEDIUS.

McClell., Cal. Journ. Nat Hist. ii, 1842, p. 579; Giinther, Catal. vii p. 165.

felt. 4/87P 017, V. 11, A, 3/5, C. 19.

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/5, height of body about 1/5 of the

total length.

340 F. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinide. [ No. 4,

Eyes. Diameter 1/6 of length of head, nearly 2 diameters from

end of snout and apart.

Interorbital space flat, mouth inferior, crescentic, with the cleft

nearly horizontal, and the gape one half greater in extent than the

cleft. Snout overhanging the upper jaw which projects beyond the

lower, the edge of the latter rather sharp, and its inside covered

with a deciduous cartilaginous layer. Lower labial fold inter-

rupted in the middle. Barbels about as long as the eye.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the end of the snout

and the base of the caudal, and slightly in advance of the ventrals ;

its osseous ray is of moderate strength, rather more than half as

long as the head and closely serrated posteriorly. The anal when

laid flat reaches the root of the caudal.

Scales—minute, anal row moderately developed, the largest being

almost half as broad as the orbit.

Hab. Afghanistan, attaining at least 11 inches in length,

4. SonizoTHoRAX RITCHIANUS.

McClell., Cal. Journ Nat. Hist. ii, 1842, p.“580; Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 168.

3—4 :

B. III. D. oe P19, Vi iL, ae foe, 2s,

Length of head 2/9, of caudal 2/9, height of body 1/5 of the

total length.

Hyes. Diameter 1/5 of length of head, 1? from end of

snout, 1} diameters apart.

Mouth inferior, semi-oval, the jaws equal in front. Lower

labial fold entire, and having a free margin in its entire extent,

which, however, is produced into a short median lobe. Interorbital

Space nearly flat. Barbels nearly as long as the eye.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the anterior margin

of the orbit and the base of the caudal ; its osseous ray is serrated

posteriorly, rather feeble, and the stiff portion as long as the

head without the snout; anal when laid flat does not quite reach

the base of the caudal, which latter is lunate.

Scales—minute, anal row moderately developed,

Colours——silvery and spotted with black.

Hab. Afghanistan, attaining at least nine inches in length.

1871. | F. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 341

5. MScHIZOTHORAX NOBILIS, pl. xxii, fig, 1, 2.

Racoma nobilis, *McClelland, Cal, J. N. H., vol. ii, p. 577, pl. xv, fig. 4.

Peet 5/9; B...19;, V..11,: As 3/5,.C, 19. '

Length of head 1/4, of caudal 1/5, height of body 1/5 of the

total length.

Kyes. Diameter 1/9 of length of head, 3 diameters from end of

snout, 24 diameters apart.

Head elongated and compressed, upper jaw slightly the longest.

Opercle rounded posteriorly. Cleft of mouth nearly horizontal.

In a fine specimen 15 inches long, from Nepaul, now in the

Calcutta Museum, there is no horny envelope to the lower jaw, but

short longitudinal bands of horny substance are present inside

both jaws; these of course may have been attached to a horny

covering which has become lost. Rostral barbels as long as one

and a half diameters of the orbit, and slightly longer than the

maxillary ones. Lower labial fold interrupted in the middle.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the eye and the base

of the caudal; its spine is strong, not quite half as long as the

head, and posteriorly rather feebly serrated. Anal when laid flat,

does not reach the caudal, which latter is deeply forked.

Scales in tiled row moderately developed, and two thirds as long

as the orbit.

The entire length of the intestinal canal, according to McClel-

land, is only one and two two-thirds the length of the body.

Colours—silvery, the whole body and fins covered with numer-

ous small spots.

Hab. Afghanistan and Nepaul, attaining 18 inches in length.

6. ScHIZOTHORAX PLANIFRONS.

Heckel, Fische aus Kashmir, p. 44, t. 8, fig. 2; *Cuv. & Val. xvi, p. 221;

Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 163.

Pe LE D4 /7, Pe2t, V. 11, A. 2/5, C.21,

Length of head 2/9, of caudal 2/11, height of body 2/9 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/5 of length of head, 14 diameters from end

of snout and apart.

342 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [No. 4,

Interorbital space flat, the nuchal reyion somewhat prominent.

Mouth anterior, cleft descending obliquely downwards, the jaws

equal in front, the edge of the mandible not cutting, and having

an internal covering of thin, deciduous, cartilage; the lower labial

fold interrupted in the middle, where there are a pair of large

open glartids. Barbels about as long as the eye.

Fins. The dorsal commences midway between the posterior

extremity of the orbit and the base of the caudal, its osseous ray

is moderately strong, two-thirds as long as the head, and coarsely

serrated posteriorly. Anal nearly reaching the caudal when laid

backwards, whilst the latter fin is truncated.

Scales—minute, except the anal row which is moderately deve-

loped, the largest being half as broad as the orbit.

Colours—silvery.

Hab. Cashmere, attaining at least 14 inches in length.

7. ScurzoTHoRAx HopGsontt.

Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 167.

Oreinus Hodgsonwt, Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 224.

Dinnawah, Hind. (N. W. P.)

B. II. D. 8/8, P. 19, V. 11, A. 2/5, 0. 19, L. L. 155.

Length of the head and caudal each, about 1/5 (4/21), height of

body 1/6 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/4 of length of head, 14 diameters from end

of snout.

Interorbital space slightly convex, snout pointed. Mouth in-

forior, breadth of gape equalling the depth of the cleft, the upper

jaw projecting and having a broad fleshy lip with a free superior

margin. Edge of lower jaw slightly compressed, having internally

a thin deciduous cartilaginous layer; lower labial fold broad,

free in its whole circumference, and having a small median lobe.

Barbels about as long as the eye.

Fins. Dorsal commences in advance of the ventrals, and mid-

way between the end of the snout and the root of the caudal, its

osseous ray is nearly as long as the head, strong, and armed with

coarse denticulations. Anal when laid flat nearly reaches the base

of the caudal, which last is deeply forked.

1871.] EF. Day—Lonograph of Indian Cyprinide.. 343

Scales in tiled row but Rittle developed, the largest not being

quite half as broad as the orbit.

Colours—uniform silvery, sometimes with a few fine spots.

Hab. Himalayas, attaining at least twenty inches in length.

Also at Hurdwar where the Ganges leaves the hills.

8. ScHIZOTHORAX LABIATUS.

Racoma labiatus, McClell., C. J. N. H., vol. ii, p. 578, pl. xv, fig. 1.

fat. Dds, P. 10, V. 10, A. 2/5, C. 21.

Length of head greater than the height of body, and 1/4 of the

total excluding the caudal fin.

Eyes. Diameter 2/15 of length of head, 3 diameters from end

of snout.

Head much compressed, interorbital space slightly convex,

upper jaw the longest. Labial fold entire, and prolonged into a

lobe in the centre. Maxillary barbels one and a half times as long

as the orbit. McClelland observes they end in trident points,

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the anterior margin

of the orbit and the base of the caudal fin, Anal when laid

flat almost reaches the base of the caudal.

Scales in tiled row two-thirds as broad as the orbit.

Colours. Uniform silvery.

Hab. Pesbut, Koonar river near Jellalabad.

9.* ScHIZOTHORAX CHRYSOCHLORUS.

Racoma chrysochlora,* McClell., Cal. J. N. H., vol. ii, p. 577, pl. xv, fig. 12.

Pee. D2 3/8,.P. 19, V-10,, A.'8.

‘¢ Mouth directed forwards, interraaxillaries protractile, without

spots, scales small, raised on the lateral line, vertical anal scales

large, colour brownish yellow. Operculum square behind. In-

testines convoluted in a conical form in the anterior part of the

abdomen, and equal to six lengths of the body.”

Hab. Lolpore, Cabul river, attaining 10 inches in length.

10. ScHIzoTHORAX GOBIOIDES.

Racoma gobioides,. McClell. C. J. N. H. ii, p. 576, pl. 15, f. 3.

. Til. D. aE P. 19,-V. 9, Av 2, OC. 19.

344 E. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidea. [ No. 4,

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/6, height of body rather above

1/5 of the total length.

Hyes, Diameter 1/5 of length of head, 1? diameters from ond

of snout, 2 diameters apart.

Snout rounded and but little prominent, the mouth opens horizin-

tally, and the intermaxillary has but little motion. A thin deciduous

horny covering exists inside the lower jaw, and the lower labial

fold is interrupted in the middle. Barbels longer than the orbit.

Fins. The dorsal arises somewhat in advance of the ventrals,

midway between the eye and the commencement of the caudal, its

osseous ray is moderately strong and serrated, and as long as the

head without the snout; the anal fin laid flat reaches the base of

the caudal.

Scales. The tiled row but little developed, the scales composing

it are about thrice the depth of the ordinary scales on the other

parts of the body.

Colour. Yellowish brown, darker on the back, and becoming

yellowish white below. Very fine black points on the scales.

Hab. Barmean river, also Nepaul, attaining at least 8} inches

in length.

11. ScnrzoTHORAX CURVIFRONS.

Heckel, Fische aus Kasch. p. 25, t. 3; *Cuv. and Val. xvii, p. 216 ;* Giinther,

Catal. vii, p. 164.

Sottir, Cash.

B. ILL DD. '3/8,- P19, ¥. 1b, AL2/5, C19, Eales

Length of head 1/5, height of body rather above 1/5 of the total

length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/5 of length of head, 1} diameters from end

of snout. |

Interorbital space nearly flat. Mouth small, crescentic, a little

wider than deep, cleft shghtly oblique, upper jaw the longest. Lower

jaw with a sharp edge, and a very thin horny covering. Lower

labial fold interrupted. Barbels as long as the eye.

Fins. Dorsal arises nearly midway between the anterior margin

of the orbit and the base of the caudal, its osseous serrated ray is of a

moderate strength, as long as the head without the snout ; the anal

when laid backwards does not quite reach the base of the caudal.

1871. ] F. Day—Lonograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 345

Scales—minute, those along the lateral line largest; anal row

but little developed.

Colour—silvery.

Hab, Cashmere.

12. *ScuHizoTHORAX NASUS.

Heckel, Fische aus Kasch. p.33, f.6; *Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 218; Gunther,

Catal, vii, p. 166.

Dongu, Cash. —

Perel. Lt, A. 8.

Length of head 2/9, height of body a little above 2/9 of the

total length.

Kyes. Diameter 1/6 of the length of head, more than 1 diame-

ter from end of snout.

Mouth inferior, crescentic, cleft nearly horizontal, and not so long

as the gape,upper jaw somewhat compressed, and projecting beyond

the lower, margin of mandibles sharp, with the lower labial fold

interrupted.

_ Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the end of the snout, and

the root of the caudal, its osseous ray is of moderate strength, and

armed posteriorly with some rather widely set denticulations.

Anal, when laid flat, not extending to the root of the caudal.

Scales—minute ; anal row moderately developed, the largest scales

in it being half as broad as the orbit.

Hab, Cashmere ; attaining at least 11 inches in length.

18, SounrzoTHorRAx HUvUGELII,

Heckel, Fische aus Kaschmir, p. 36, t. 7; *Cuv. and Val, xvi, p. 219;

*Gtuuther, Catal. vii, p. 164,

Grot, Cash.

B. III. D. 3/8, P.21, V. 10, A..2/5, L, 1. ca. 190.

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/5, height of body 2/9 of the

total length without the caudal fin.

Hyes. Diameter 1/6 of length of head, 24 diameters from end

of snout and apart.

~~ Gape of mouth horse-shoe shaped, as broad as deep, cleft oblique,

“upper jaw the longest. Edge of lower jaw with a thin but sharp

346 EF. Day—Wonograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [No. 4,

horny covering. Lower labial fold uninterrupted, but with the

central portion transverse. Barbels rather longer than the eye.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the eye and the root

of the caudal, its osseous ray is strong and but slightly serrated,

the stiff portion being as long as the head without the snout, anal,

when laid flat, reaches the base of caudal, the latter fin forked in its

last halfand having pointed lobes.

Scales in anal row very large, the largest broader than the eye.

Colours. Silvery, upper parts with blackish dots.

Hab. Cashmere and Nipél, attaining at least 16 inches in

length.

14. *ScurzoTHORAX MICROPOGON,

Heckel, Fische aus Kaschmir, p. 41, t. 8, fig. 1; *Cuv. & Val., xvi, p. 220 ;

Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 163.

Ramghurdi, Cash.

B. Ti Dati, Ac.

Length of head 1/4, height of body 1/5 of the total without the

caudal fin,

Eyes. Diameter 2/9 of length of head.

Opening of mouth small, crescentic, with an oblique cleft, and

the jaws anteriorly of equal length. Margin of lower jaw rounded,

and said to be without any horny covering. Lower labial fold

interrupted. Barbels minute.

Fins. Dorsal arises nearer the root of the caudal than the end

of the snout, its osseous ray strong and coarsely serrated. Anal,

when laid flat, not reaching the caudal.

Scales in anal row but little developed, the other scales minute.

Hab. Cashmere; attaining 6 inches in length.

15. *ScHrzoTHoRAX~ KDENIANA.

Schizothorax Edeniana, McClell., Cal. J. N. H. ii, p. 579.

B, Tit, D.. 3/8, 2:20, ¥, 40, A. 0.48,

Reflected margin of lower lip entire, lips thick, round, and soft,

snout depressed. Lower jaw broad at the base, but narrow at the

apex. Posterior margin of the opercle rounded.

Fins. Dorsal spine slender, soft, but harder at the base, where

it is sughtly serrated.

1871.] F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 347

Seales. Rather above'the ordinary size in this group.

Intestinal canal is 34 lengths of the body.

Hab. Cabul river at Koti-i-Ashruf, Mydan valley, and Sir-i-

Chusmah,

16. “*ScHIZOTHORAX LONGIPINNIS.

Heckel, Fische aus Kasch. p. 27, t. 4; *Cuv. & Val., xvi, p, 216; *Giinther

Catal. vii, p. 166.

Dapeghat, Cash.

Priel D, 11, A. 8.

Height of body equals the length of the head, which is 2/9 of

the total length, excluding the caudal fin.

yes. Diameter 1/5 of length of head, rather above 1 diame-

ters from end of snout. ‘

Mouth crescentic, inferior, the cleft rather oblique but not

equalling the gape, upper jaw slightly the longest. Margin of lower

jaw rather sharp. Lower labial fold interrupted. Barbels shorter

than the eye.

Fins. Dorsal commences a little nearer to the root of the caudal

than the end of the snout, its osseous ray is moderately strong,

and closely denticulated posteriorly. Anal, when laid flat, reaching

the root of the caudal.

Scales—minute; anal row not much developed, the largest scales

in it being less than half as broad as the orbit.

Hab. Cashmere, attaining atleast ten inches in length.

17. ScHIZOTHORAX ESOCINUS.

Heckel, Fische aus Kasch. p. 48, t.9 ; McClell., Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. ii, 1842,

p. 579; *Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 221; Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 166.

Cheroo, Cash.

i Pe), o/s, P. 18, V! 11,4. 3/5, C. 19.

- Length of head 1/4, height of body 1/4 of total length exclusive

of the caudal fin, ,

Eyes. Diameter 1/5 of length of head, 1} diameters from end of

snout. ,

Cleft of mouth slightly oblique, the upper jaw a little long-

er than the lower. Margin of the lower jaw smooth and without

348 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinida. | No. 4,

any cartilaginous membrane. Length of cleft of mouth equals

that of the gape. Interorbital space flat. Lower labial fold

interrupted. Barbels longer than the eye.

Fins. Dorsal commences between the anterior extremity of the

snout, and the base of the caudal, its osseous ray is stout, nearly

as long as the head, and posteriorly with strong, closely set den-

ticulations. Anal, when laid flat'reaches base of caudal, which

latter is forked.

Scales—minute, the anal row moderately developed, the largest

scales in it being half as broad as the orbit.

Colours. Body with numerous blackish dots.

Hab. Cashmere and Afghanistan, attaining at least ten inches

in length.

18. *ScHIZOTHORAX BREVIS.

Racoma brevis, McClelland, Cal. J. N. H. ii, p. 578.

BALLAD Oi, PL 20, Noll, Aig AGA.

Head short and compressed. The depth of the body nearly

equal to one third of its length.

Lips covered with a thick fleshy membrane which forms a loose

appendage to the lower jaw. ;

Fins—small, the fin membranes, strong, the rays slender, and

the dorsal spine slender and soft.

Hab. Helmund river.

Genus. Onztnus, MeCileil. Pl. xxii, f. 3, 4,

ScuizoTHoRAX, Sect. A, Heckel,

SCHIZOPYGE, sp. Heckel.

Abdomen rounded. Snout rounded, mouth inferior and transverse,

mandibles short, broad, and flat, loosely joined together at the symphysis,

margin of the lower jaw having a thick horny covering, thickest

internally, and a thick fringed lower lip with a free posterior edge,

forming a sucker (*), Barbels four. Pharyngeal teeth pointed, hooked,

5, 8, 2/2, 8,5. Dorsal fin rather short, with a strong, osseous, serrated

* The fact, that the large lower lip in Oreinus formed a sucker with its free

posterior edge, has only been ascertained by me since the commencement of

this Monograph was printed, and this will account for the genus being placed

here, instead of following Discognathus.

1871. ] F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 349

ray, and arising opposite the ventrals ; anal short. Scales very small,

the vent and base of the anal fin ina sheath covered by enlarged tiled

scales. Lateral line passing to the centre of the base of the caudal fin.

Geographical distribution. Mountain streams of Himalayas, Cash-

mere, Nipal and Afghanistan.

Synopsis of species.

*1. Oreinus progastus, D. 12, A. 7, Assam.

2. r simuatus, D. 4/7, A. 3/5, Anal scales about 1/2 as large ag

orbit. Black spots on body. Cashmere, Pumjdb, Afgha-

nistan.

3. » plagiostomus, D. 3/8, A. 3/5, Anal scales about as large ag

orbit. Colouration uniform Cashmere and Afghanistan.

4. 4 Richardsonit, D. 3/8, A. 3/5, L.1 140. Anal scales nearly

as large as orbit. Colouration uniform. Nipdl,

Geographical distribution. Throughout the Continent of India

Ceylon and Burma.

1, *OREINUS PROGASTUS.

McClelland, Ind. Cyp. pp. 274, 343, pl. 40, f. 4; *Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 225.

Adoce, Assam.

Perl Daa yes 18, Vet0 As 77.C. 19,

This species is “ known by its lengthened and fleshy snout, small

mouth, and the suborbital bones form a narrow band below and

behind the eyes.”

Fins. “Dorsal anterior to the middle of the body, with a strong

ensiform spine, toothed behind.”

‘‘ Abdomen abruptly enlarged beneath the pectorals,”’

Hab. Assam along its borders, where the stream is too rapid

to permit of navigation. It attains from 6 to 8ibs. in weight.

This fish “is said by the natives of Assam to occasion swimming

of the head and temporary loss of reason for several days, without

any particular derangement of the stomach.” It “tends rapidly

to decay after death, and in the abdominal cavity a copious oily

secretion is found, which is probably the cause of its bad

- effects.”

350 F, Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidea. [No. 4,

2. OREINUS sINUATUS, pl. xxii, fig. 3, 4.

Schizothorax sinuatus, Heckel, Fische aus Kaschmir, p. 21, t. 2.

Oreinus maculatus, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 274, 345, pl. lvii, fig. 6, and Cal.

J. N. H. ii, p. 580.

‘ guttatus, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 273, 344, pl. xxxix, fig. 1; *Cuv.

and Val., xvi, p. 266.

as sinuatus, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 161.

Gool-goolli and Saul, Pun}. ; Jis, Cash.

B, IIL. D. +, P. 17, V. 10, A. =~, ©. 19, 1.1 108, Vert. 5.

Length of head 2/11, of caudal 2/11, height of body ee of the

total length.

yes. Diameter 2/9 to 1/6 of length of head, 2 to 25 diameters

from end of snout, 2} diameters apart.

Interorbital space broad and rather convex; snout rounded, with

a very slight appearance of pores. Mouth inferior, transverse ; lower

lip well developed, rugose, entire, having a free posterior edge, and

forming an adhesive sucker.

Inner side of lower lip covered with cartilage, which is extended

on to its inferior surface, where however, it is not so horny. Barbels

of about equal length and nearly as long as the eye. Pre-opercle

with an emarginate posterior border.

Teeth,—pharyngeal, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5, crooked, pointed.

Fins. Dorsal commences opposite the ventrals, and midway or

slightly nearer to the snout than it does to the base of the caudal

fin, its spine is rather strong, moderately serrated and as long

as the head without the snout, the fin is hardly so high as the ©

body below it. Pectoral four-fifths as long as the head, and scarcely

extending above halfway to the ventrals, which last reach two- —

thirds of the distance to the anal. The anal has a narrow base and —

its length slightly varies, reaching, when laid flat, the whole or only ©

three-fourths of the distance to the base of the caudal, which is lobed —

in its posterior half. Free portion of tail slightly longer than |

deep. |

each scale in it being scarcely one-third ep uae of theorbit.

Viscera. The diameter of the posterior portion of the air bladder «|

1871. | F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 851

is small. The lobes of the liver are elongated, extending to opposite

the anal fin, and having several lateral but parallel prolongations.

In May (at Chumba) the ova of these fish inhabiting the main stream,

were almost fully developed, being numerous and of a large size,

whilst there were a considerable number of fry in the side streams

of the Ravi.

Colours. Greyish, becoming white below, pre-opercle dashed with

golden ; lower fins tinged red. After death two or three rows of

dark grey blotches appear above the lateral line. Some have

scattered black and occasionally red spots, and these have been

termed Zrout.

Hab. Afghanistan, Himalayas andin all the rivers of the Pun-

jab. It adheres to rocks by means of its sucker and is thus enabled

to reside in mountain rapids. It is also found in Cashmere,

Darjeeling and apparently in Butan. It attains 2 feet in length,

is pretty good eating but bony; it is too rich for some people,

but does not affect those used to it.

I have received some specimens from near Darjeeling, through Dr,

Stoliczka; these I found to agree very well with McClelland’s

figure of O. guttatus, except in one or two less number of dorsal rays.

Having since examined numerous specimens from the Ravi, its

tributaries and other Punjab rivers, I find them identical with

the Darjeeling species.

3. OREINUS PLAGIOSTOMUS.

Schizothorax plagiostomus, Heckel, Fische aus Caschmir, p. 16, t.1; *Cuv.,

and Val., xvi, p. 213.

Oreinus plagiostomus, McClelland, Cal. Journ, Nat. Hist. ii, 1842, pp. 570,

581; Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 160.

Peel. D. 3/8, P. 17, Vi 11, A. 3/5, °C. .19.

Length of head 2/9, of caudal 2/9, height of body 1/4 of the

_ total length.

— ~~ Fee. ok rn re

Kyes. Diameter 1/6 of length of head, 2 diameters from end

of snout.

Snout broad, interorbital space nearly flat; mouth transverse,

inferior, lower lip with a free posterior margin, and having a con-

siderable number of glands on its surface.

852 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 4,

Fins. Dorsal osseous ray of moderate strength, its stiff por-

tion as long as the head without the snout, its serrature being

rather feeble; the fin commences somewhat in advance of the

ventrals, and midway between the end of the snout, and the root

of the caudal; anal narrow but its rays rather long, the scales

along its base well developed, the largest being nearly the size of

the orbit. .

Colours,—uniform silvery.

Hab. Afghanistan and Cashmere. Heckel’s specimen, by the

figure, appears to have had pores on the snout and ashorter anal.

O. Grifithii, McClelland, 1. c. p. 581, is said to differ but

little from the above, its intestines are six times the length of the

body, its habitat is Afghanistan, Koonur river, Pushut.

4, Orezrmnus RIcHARDSONII,

Cyprinus Richardsonit, Gray and Hard., Ill. Ind. Zool.

Gonorhynchus petrophilus, McClell., Journal As. Soc. of Bengal, iv, p. 39,

c. fig.; *Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 466.

Oreinus maculatus, *Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 228; Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. —

1861, p. 224. |

Oreinus Richardsonii, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 273, 345; *Cuv. and Val. xvi. p.

227 ; Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 162.

Asla, Nipal,

B. III. D. 3/8, P. 15, V. 10, A.3/5, O. 19, L. 1. ca. 140. i

Length of head 1/7, of caudal 2/11, height of body 2/11 of the —

total length. bs

Eyes. Diameter from 2/9 (in young) to 1/6 of length of head, 2 _

diameters from end of snout. é

Interorbital space slightly convex, and broad. Mouth broad, |

margin of lower lip straight. Barbels small.

Fins. Osseous dorsal ray strong, its stiff portion being as long —

as the head without the snout, it commences midway between the i

end of the snout and the root of the caudal, and slightly in —

advance of the ventrals. Anal rays long, the scales on the sheath — |

nearly as large as the orbits. bd

Colour,—uniform silvery.

Hab. Nipal specimens 18 inches long exist in the British

Museum. |

1871.] F. Day-—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 353

Genus, Sconizopyrcoprsis, (¥eind. Pl. xxii, fig. 5, (from Steind.)

Abdomen rounded. Snout obtusely conical. Mouth transvers2, in-

Serior, with a slight cleft ; mandible with a sharp anterior edge, having

a horny covering, and the upper lip continuous with a short lateral one.

Barbels absent. Pharyngeal teeth compressed, 4 or 3, 3/3, 3 or 4.

Dorsal fin short, with a serrated ray, and situated nearly opposite to

the ventrals; anal short. Scales small, few, and only present in the

scapular region, A scaled sheath to vent and anal fin. Lateral line

continued to the centre of the base of the caudal.

Geographical distribution.—Tibet.

Only one species known.

1. Schizopygopsis Stoliczke, D. 4/7, A 2/5. Tibet.

1. ScurzopyGgorsis SroLiczkKm.

Steind., Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1866, p. 785; Giinther, Catal. vii,

p. 170.

Bil. D. 4/7, P. 18, V. 9, A. 2/5, C. 19.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the end of the snout and

the root of the caudal, its last half being posterior to the ventrals,

Colours. Olive, with irregular blackish specks.

Hab. Stream near the monastry of Hanlé, Eastern Ladak, at

about 15,200 feet elevation, where it was obtained by Dr. Stoliczka.

Genus, Driprycuus, Stein. Pl, xxiii, fig, 1, 2.

Abdomen rounded ; snout obtuse ; mouth inferior, transverse, curved ;

lower jaw sharp, with an internal horny covering ; lips continuous and

having an uninterrupted labial fold across the mandible. Two maxillary

barbels. Gill opening narrow. Pharyngeal teeth compressed 4, 3/3, 4.

Dorsal fin without osseous ray, conmencing opposite the ventrals ; anal

short ; caudal forked. Scales small, only on the sides of the body and

tail, also a scaly sheath to the vent and base of the anal fin. Lateral

Line continued to the centre of the base of the caudal.

Geographical distribution.—Tibet and Nipal.

Only one species known.

1. Diptychus maculatus, D. 3/8, A. 2/5. Tibet and Nipal.

354 F. Day—WMonograph of Indian Cyprinde. [ No. 4,

1. DrerycHus Macunatus. ,#1. xxii, fig. 1, 2.

Steind., Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 788, t. 13, fig. 5; Giinther,

Catal. vii, p. 171.

B. I D.3/8, PB. thy Ve 9; Ae 2/5 Gr.19.

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 2/9, height of body 2/9 of the

total length. .

Eyes. Diameter 2/9 of length of head, 14 diameters from end

of snout, 1} apart.

Barbels scarcely as long as the eye.

Fins. Dorsal anterior to the ventral, its last ray being above

it, whilst it commences slightly nearer snout than root of caudal.

Colours,—bluish, lightest inferiorly, indistinctly blotched and

spotted, dorsal and caudal fins also spotted. Some specimens have

longitudinal streaks,

Hab. Near Lei in Ladak, about 12,000 feet above the sea, also

near Puga and Khorzok in Rupshu, at 14,000 to 15,500 feet, where

it was obtained by Dr. Stoliczka; Nipal. It attains 5 or 6 inches

in length.

*Genus, Pryononarsus, Steind. Pl. xxiii, f. 3, (from Steind.)

Abdomen rounded, snout conical, mouth arched, inferior. Two

maxillary barbels. Pharyngeal teeth compressed 4, 3/3, 4. A deep

groove exists along the back, from the dorsal to the caudal fin. Dorsal 3

jin without osseous ray, situated opposite the ventrals ; anal short.

Scales small, covering the body, and forming a sheath at the base of the

vent and anal fin, Lateral line continued to the centre of the base of the

caudal.

Geographical distribution.—Tibet.

Only one species known.

1.* Ptychobarbus conirostris, D. 11, A. 8. Tibet.

1.* PrycHoBARBUS conrRosTRIs, Pl. xxiii, f. 3, (from Steind.)

Steind., Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. 1866, p. 789, t.17,f.4; *Giinther, 4

Catal. vii, p. 169.

B; BE Daa 10, A. 8, L. 1. 100.

Length of head about 1/4 (6/25), height of body 1/6 of the total 4

length.

end of snout.

Eyes. Diameter 1/4 to 1/5 of length of head, 14 diameters from — |

oni

1871. ] F, Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 355

Maxillary barbels as long as the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal commencing nearer end of snout than root of the

caudal, its anterior half being before the root of the ventrals.

Colours. Body and fins with many minute and irregularly dis-

posed blackish spots.

Hab. Stream near Hanlé Monastry in Eastern Ladak, Tibet,

where (at about 15,200 feet) it was obtained by Dr. Stoliczka.

b. Dorsal fin commencing very distinctly posterior to the ventrals,

but not extending to above the anal, which last is short or of moderate

length (5 to 10 branched rays).

Genus Nuria, Cuv. and Val. Pl. xxiii, f. 6.

Ksomus Swainson.

Abdomen rounded. Pseudobranchie present, mouth narrow,directed obli-

quely upwards, suborbitals broad. Barbels four, the rostral shorter than the

maxillary pair ; pharyngeal teeth crooked, pointed, 5/5. Dorsal fin without

osseous ray, and a few branched ones, it is inserted posterior to the ventral

but not to over the anal, the latter having but few or a moderate number of

branched rays ; scales of moderate size. Lateral line, when present, passing

to the lower half of the base of the caudal fin. Gull rakers short.

Geographical distribution. Continent of India, Ceylon and Burma.

Synopsis of species,

1. Nuria albolineata, D. 2/7, A. 2/11, L. 1.31. Burma.

2, Nuria danrica, D, 2/6, A. 3/5, L. 1. 30-34, Lateral line present. A black

lateral band. India, Ceylon and Burma,

3. Nuria Malabarica, D. 2/7, A. 2/5, L. v.32. Lateral lineabsent. No black

lateral band. India, Burma, and Nicobars.

1. NURIA ALBOLINEATA.

Blyth, J. A. 8. of B. 1860,.p. 163 ; Day. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 558.

Peet D2/7;,. 2. 11, V; t As 2/ld, C.t7,Le. 3A,

Length of head 2/9, of caudal 1/5, height of body 2/7 of total

length. yes 3/4 of a diameter from end of snout. Maxillary

barbels reach the ventral fin. Lateral line ceases above ventral fin.

Colours ; a silvery band along the side. Habitat. Moulmein.

2. Nuria DANRIOA, Pl, xxiii, f. 6.

Cyprinus danrica, sutiha et jogia, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 325, 327,

390, 391. pl, 16, f. 88: * Cuv. and Val., xvi, pp. 404, 405, 408.

356 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinidae. [ No. 4,

Perilampus recurvirostris, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 290, 398, pl. 46, f., 2,

(from H. B.’s. MS.) .

a5 macrowus, et thermophilus, McClell., 1. c. pp. 291, 398, 399,

pl. 46, f. 3.

Nuria thermoicos, et thermophilus, Cuv. and Val., xvi, pp. 238, 240, p. 472.

Leuciscus barbatus, Jerdon, M. J. L. and S. 1849, p. 322.

Nuria danrica, Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. xxv. Beng. and Hind. p. 180; Giin-

ther, Catal. vii, p. 200; Day, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1869, p. 558.

» alta, Blyth, J. A. S. of B. 1860, p. 162.

Esomus danrica, Bleeker, Atl. Ich. Cypr. p. 32, (No description. )

3 thermoicos, Kner, Novara Fische, p. 363.

» Maderaspatensis, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 300.

Danrica and Jonga, Beng.; Kurriah dahwiee, Hind., Soomarah,

Hind., (N. W. P.) .

B. IIT. D.2/6, P.15, V. 9, A. 3/5, L. 1. 80-84, L. tr. 5-6/3.

Length of head 2/11, of caudal 1/5, height of body 1/4 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 1 diameter from end

of snout and apart.

Rostral barbels not so long as the head, the maxillary ones

extend to the base of the ventral or even to that of the caudal.

Fins. Pectoral varies with age, being generally proportionately

longer in the immature.

Lateral line—present,entire.

Colours. A broad black lateral band, sometimes absent.

Hab. India, Ceylon and Burma. Dr. Cumberland found it in a

hot stream of 112° Fahr. at Pooree ; it attains 5-inches in length.

3. Nuria Marasarica.

Hsomus Malabaricus, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867, p. 299 ; 1869, p. 559.

B. ID. .D, 2/7, P.12, V..9, A. 2/5,@. 19, 1. 7, 32 See

Length of head 2/11, of caudal 2/9, height of body 1/4 of the

total length.

yes. Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout, 13 diameters apart.

Cleft of mouth not extending half way to the orbit; rostral

barbels reach to the middle of the orbit, the maxillary to the

base of the ventral fin.

1871.] F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 857

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the anterior margin

of the orbit and the posterior extremity of the caudal fin. Pectorals

reach the base of the ventrals. Caudal deeply lunate.

Teeth, pharyngeal—crooked, pointed 5/5.

Lateral line,—entirely absent.

Colours—uniform, with a silvery lateral band, which has occa-

sionally a very narrow superior black border.

Hab, India, Burma, and the Nicobars; attaining 3 inches in

length.

Genus, Raspora, Bleeker. Pl. xxiii, f. 5.

Leuciscus, sp. Cuv. and Val.

Abdomen rounded. Pseudobranchia present. Cleft of mouth oblique,

lower yaw slightly prominent, having one central and a lateral promi-

nence on either side, fitting into corresponding emarginations in the

upper jaw. Barbels two (rostral), or none. Hyes with free lids.

Pharyngeal teeth 5, 3 or 4, 2/2, 3 or 4, 5. Dorsal fin without osseous

yay and few branched ones, inserted posterior to the origin of the ven-

tral but not extending to above the anal, which latter is short. Scales

large, or of moderate size. Lateral line concave, continued to the

lower half of the caudal fin. Gill rakers short and lanceolate.

Geographical distribution. India, Ceylon and Burma.

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES,

A. Barbels shin (Megarasbora),

1, Rasbora elanga, D, 2/7. A. -—., L. 1. 40—42, Bengal, Assam and Burma.

5—6 =

B. Barbels ig (Rasbora).

2. Rasbora daniconius, D. 2/7, pec , L. 1. 830-32. A black lateral stripe.

Continent of India and Ceylon.

3. ~ Neilgherriensis, D. 2/7, A. 2/5, L. 1.34. A light lateral band.

Neilgherry hills.

4. ‘a Buchanani, D, 2/7, A. 2/5, L. 1, 25-26. No lateral band, From

Mysore throughout India, Assam and Burma.

A. Barbels present (Megarasbora).

1. Raszora (Megarasbora) ELANGA.

Cyprinus elanga, Ham. Buch,, Fish, Ganges, p. 281; *Cuv. and Val., xvi,

p. 415.

358 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 4,

Leuciscus dystomus, McClell., Ind, Cyp. pp. 292, 406, pl. 56, f. 4,

Rasbora elanga, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 198. °

Dahwiee, Hind.

B, IIL. D. 2/7, P. 15, V. 8-9, A. a O. 19, L. 1, 40m

di. tr: 7/6.

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/6, height of body 2/9, of dorsal

fin 1/5 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter from 1/4 to 1/3 of the length of head, 1 diame-

ter from end of snout, 14 diameters apart.

Head pointed, jaws of equal length, prominences and emargina-

tions well defined. One pair of short rostral barbels.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the posterior margin

of the orbit and the base of the caudal fin. The pectoral does not

reach the ventral. Caudal forked.

Lateral line. Two rows of scales to base of ventral fin.

Colours. Silvery.

Hab. Bengal, Assam and Burma; attaining 8 inches in length.

B. Barbels absent (Rasbora, as restricted).

2. RAsBORA DANICONIUS.

Cyprinus daniconius, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 327, 391, pl. 15, f. 89;

*Cuv. and Val. xvi, p. 435.

5 anjana, Ham. Buch., |. c. pp. 329, 391: *Cuav. and Val., xvi, p. 436.

Leuciscus anjana, daniconius, rasbora, et lateralis, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp.

292, 405, 407.

3 dandia, Cuv. and Val., xvii, p. 309.

- Malabaricus, Cavertt et flavus, Jerdon, M. J. L. and §, 1849, pp.

320, 321.

A Einthovenui, Bleeker, Nat. Tyd. Ned, Ind. ii, p. 434,

Rasbora Hinthoventt, Bleeker, Prod. Cyp. p. 440, and Atl. Ich. Cyp. p. 120,

t 21,74. i

Ps dandia, Bleeker, Nat. Verh. Holl. Maatsh. Haarl, 1864, Cyp. and

Cobit., Ceylon, p. 18, pl. 1, f. 3.

Malabarica, Day, Mal. Fish. p. 220.

& woolaree, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 298.

Opsarius daniconius, Kner, Novara Fische, p. 358.

Rasbora daniconius, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 194,

¢ Chondrostoma wattanah, Sykes, T. Z. S. ii, p. 360, pl. 62, f. 4.

2 Gymnostomus wattanah, *Ginther, 1. c. vii, p. 76.

1871. ] F. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 359

Kokanutchee, Mal. ; Jilo, Ooriah, Danikoni and Anqjant, Beng.

—3

B, III. D. 2/7, P. 15, V. 9, A. —~, 0.19, L.1. 80-32, Vert. 18/14.

Length of head 1/4 to 1/5, of caudal 1/5, height of body 1/4 of

the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/3 of length of head, 1 diameter from end

of snout and apart.

Prominences and emarginations on jaws well defined. Cleft of

mouth extends to beneath anterior margin of orbit.

Teeth, pharyngeal—curved, sharp 5, 8, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between snout and base of

caudal, which latter is forked. |

Lateral line—at first concave, 2 rows of scales between it

and ventral fin.

Colours. A black band, more or less distinct, passes from the

eye to the base of the caudal. Sometimes, more especially in

Burma, each caudal lobe is tipped with black.

Hab. Continent of India, Ceylon, Burma, and Malay archi-

pelago, attaining 5 inches in length.

8. Rassora NEineHeRRiEnsIS. Pl. xxiii, fi 5.

Rasbora Neilgherriensis, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 298; Giinther, Catal.

vii, p. 197.

Ovaree candee, Tam.

B. WI. D. 2/7, P. 18, V. 9, A. 2/5, C. 19, L. 1, 34, L. tr. 63/5.

Length of head 2/11, of caudal 2/11, height of body 1/5 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/5 of length of head, 14 diameters from end

of snout and apart.

Cleft of mouth extends to nearly beneath the anterior margin

of the orbit. Prominences on sides of jaw scarcely apparent.

Teeth, pharyngeal—5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. Dorsal commences nearer the snout than the base of the

caudal, which latter is slightly lobed.

Lateral line,—2 rows of scales between it and the ventral fin.

Colours. <A silvery-leaden band from the eye to the base of

the caudal.

360 F. Day—Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 4,

Hab. Rivers on and around the Neilgherry Hills, attaining 8

inches in length.

4. RassporaA BucHANANI.

Cyprinus rasbora, Ham. Buch., pp. 329, 391, pl. 2, f. 90 ; *Cuv. and Val., xvi,

p. 438.

Leuciscus rasbora, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 292, 407 ; Cantor, Catal. p. 268 ;

Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. xxv, Beng. and Hind. p. 140.

Leuciscus presbyter, Cuv. and Val., xvii, p. 307.

Rasbora Buchanani, Bleeker, Prod. Cyp. p. 451, and Atl. Ich, Cyp. p. 125,

pl. 14, f. 3 ; Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 196.

oe ee canthogramme et microcephalus, Jerdon, M. J. ty and 8. 1849, P. 821,

B. II. D. 2/7, P. 15, V. 9, A. 2/5, C. 19, L. 1, 26—29:

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 1/5, height of dorsal 1/6 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout, and rather more apart.

Posterior extremity of maxilla extends to under the anterior

margin of the orbit. Prominences on jaws well developed.

Fins. Dorsal commences slightly nearer snout than base of

caudal.

Lateral line—ceases about 2 scales anterior to the base of the

caudal.

Colours,—silvery, a faint streak along the side, caudal usually

tipped with black.

Hab. Continent of India, Assam, Burma and Pinang ; attaining

4 or 5 inches in length,

Genus—Asprpoparia (Heckel) Bleeker. Pl. xxiii, f. 4,

Morara, Bleeker.

Abdomen rounded. Mouth small, inferior, the lowex jaw having a

sharp crescentic edge destitute of lip. Barbels absent. Suborbital ring of

bones of moderate width or broad. Pharyngeal teeth, 4, 4, 2/2, 4, 4.

Dorsal fin without osseous and with rather few branched rays, commen-—

cing opposite to or behind the origin of the ventrals, but not extending to

above the anal, which latter has a moderate number (10 to 12) of rays.

Scales of moderate size. Lateral line concave, and passing along the

lower half of the base of the caudal fin.

1871. ] F. Day—onograph of Indian Cyprinidae. 361

Geographical distribution. “ Throughout Bengal, Assam, Bombay

and Orissa as far as the Kistna river, and also in Burma.

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.

2—8 2 |

: x é 2—3 tx dcids » met , [

1, Aspidoparia morar, D. 79 A. 910° L.1 38—4 India generally, ex

cept the western coast and south of Kistna; Burma and Assam,

2. 3 jaya, D, 2/10, A. 2/8, L. 1.58. WN. W. Provinces and Assam.

1, AsPIDOPARIA MORAR, PI. xxiii, fi. 4.

Cyprinus morar, Ham, Buch., pp. 264, 384, pl. 31, f. 5; Gray and Hard., Il.

Ind. Zool. (from H. Buch.) ; *Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 459.

Leuciscus morar, McClell., Ind. Cyp., pp. 294, 410; Sykes, P. Z. Soc. 1841,

p. 363 ; Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen., xxv, Beng. and Hind. p. 136; *Jerdon, M.

J. L. and S., 1849, p. 323.

Morava morar, Bleeker, Prod. Cyp. p. 115.

Aspidoparia sardina, Heckel, Russ, Reis. ii, 3, p. 288 ; Giinther, Catal. vii,

p. 285.

Aspidoparia (?) morar, *Gtinther, Catal. vii, p. 285.

Bayt, Ooriah ; Morart and Lorar Beng. ; Nya-hpyen-boo and Yen-

boung-za, Burmese; Amilee, Deck.; Chippuah, Chelluah, Hind.

(N. W. P.).

; 111. D.

— BOG, Va BAS — GO, 19, i. Li 38-49,

L. tr. 53/5, Vert. 14/21.

Length of head 2/9, of caudal 2/9, height of body 1/4 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/3 of length of head, 3/4 of a diameter from

end of snout and apart.

The cheek is covered by a broad suborbital ring of bones.

Fins. Dorsal higher than long, with a concave superior margin ;

it arises midway between the posterior margin of the orbit and

the base of the caudal ; pectoral as long as the head.

Lateral line ;—2 rows of scales between it and the base of the

ventral fin,

Colours—silvery.

Hab. Continent of India (except the western coast, and places

south of the Kistna river), also Assam and Burma. It attains 6

inches or even more in length. In one specimen, captured in

Orissa, the anal fin was entirely absent.

362 F. Day— Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. LNo. 4,

2. ASPIDOPARIA JAYA.

Cyprinus jaya, Ham, Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 333, 392 ; *Cuv. and Val., Xvi,

p. 439.

Leuciscus margarodes, McCleil., Ind. Cyp. pp. 294, 411.

Aspidoparia jaya, *Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 286.

Chola, Assam ; Pahruah, Hind. (N. W. P.).

B. TIT. D. 2/10, Peis, V. 8, A. 2/8, C. 21, Li. 1. 58, Lo tee

Length of head nearly 1/5, of caudal 1/5, height of body 1/5

of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2/7 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout, 14 diameters apart.

Mouth generic, considerably overhung by the snout. Both the

preorbital and second suborbital bones touch the upper lip ; scarce-

ly above half the cheek is covered by the suborbital ring of bones.

Fins. Dorsal commences nearer to the snout than to the base of

the caudal, and above the ventral. Caudal lobes of equal length.

Scales—deciduous.

Lateral line—curving at its termination on to the lower half of

the caudal fin.

Colour—silvery, back darkest.

Hab. Hurdwar on the Ganges and Assam. Perilampus elingulatus,

McClelland, is probably this species, it is said to have come from _

Simla? and to have D. 9, A. 10, L. 1. 46,

C. Dorsal fin commencing in the interspace between the ventrals and

anal, generally extending. to over the latter, which is of moderate length —

or elongated (7 to 33 branched rays).

Genus—Routeg, Sykes. Pl. EXIM, fies

Osteobrama, Heckel.

? Smiliogaster, Bleeker.

Abdomen rounded. Pseudobranchie present. Mouth antervor, lips —

thin. Barbels absent. Pharyngeal teeth, 6 or 5 or 4, 4 or 3, 2 or BF

3 or 2, 3 or 4, 4 or 5 or 6. Dorsal fin short, having an osseous serrated

spine, and commencing opposite the interspace between the bases of the 4

VEE ee

1871.] F. Day— Monograph of Indian Cyprinide. 363

ventral and anal fins, the latter of whichhas many rays. Scales small,

Lateral line passing nearly to the centre of the base of the caudal fin.

Gill rakers short.

Geographical distribution. Continent of India, north of the Kistna

river, also in Burma.

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.

Pereira, Doo A Pe 71, L. 172: fnddeanelading

Sictr26-29

the Punjab.

g2g Slee 8—10

2. » Alfrediana, D. =A L. 1, 42—60. L. tr.

" 29-—33 ’ 14—17’

Throughout Burma, Assam, Bengal and extending to the

Tamboodra and Kistna rivers.

3. » Vigorsii,D.3/8, A. 9, 175, La te. ae Deccan and throughe=

2-23 ’ 19 ’

out Kistna river.

3-4 3 } ide:

4, » microlepis, D. re as 3° L.1. 71—73. Godavery and Burma

Ogilbvi,D, 3/8 A. 7 L. 1. 55, L tr, 18/11, Central India.

1. Rouree corto, pl. xxiii, f 7.

Cyprinus cotio, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 839, 393, pl. 39, f. 93; *Cuy.

and Val., xvii, p. 76.

Abramis cotis, McClell., Ind. Cyp. pp. 288, 388.

Osteobrama cotis, *Heckel, in Russ. Reis. i, p. 1033.

. cotio, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 323.

Koti, Beng. ; Goordah, Hind. (N. W. P.); Puttoo, Punj.

3o—4. 3

° ° * . . ° ° 9 L. 1. res

B. WL D. “—,P. 13, V. 10, A. =, €. 19,

L. tr. 15-17/21.

Length of head 1/6, of caudal 1/5, height of body about 1/3 of

the total length.

Eyes. Diameter nearly 1/3 of the length of head, nearly 1 dia-

meter from end of snout. Profile over the nape concave. Jaws,

even in front when the mouth is closed.

Fins. Osseous dorsal ray weak and serrated; lower caudal lobe

the longer.

364 F. Day—Honograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 4,

Scales—about twelve rows between the lateral line and base of

ventral fin, whilst they are undulating and rather irregular.

Colours, Silvery.

2. Router ALFREDIANA.

Leuciscus Duvaucelii, Cuy. and Val., xvii, p. 77.

Ye Alfredianus, Cuy. and Val., xvii, p. xvi, (index) pl. 488.

Osteobrama cotis, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 158,

Osteobrama Alfredianus, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 324.

Goonta, Beng.

2—3 2—3

B. IIL. D. —=,P. 18, V. 10, A. =, 0, 19, Renae

8—10

L. tr. Toa:

The following specimens are amongst those collected by myself.

2/8, A. 2/29, L. 1. 48, L. tr. 10/16 from Pegu.

2/8, A. 2/33, L. 1, 50, L. tr. 12/16, ,, Balasore.

3/8, Aw2/29, Ui. 1-56, i, tr 10/16 SY 5 a

2/8, A. 2/33, Ui), ¥. 60, L. tr. 12/17,__,, s

2/8, A. 2/30, L. 1. 45, L. tr. 8/14, ,, Rangoon.

, 3/8, A. 2/30, i, ft. bl, tr. 9/? » Mandalay.

3/8, A. 2/29, L. 1. 42, L. tr. 9/14, ,, Moulmein,

3/8, A.'3/29, Li. 1751, Li. tr, 10/14,’ ,, es

Pee eo 6

Length of head 1/6, of pectoral 2/13, of caudal 1/5, height of

body 4/13 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2/5 of length of head, 1/2 diameter from end

of snout, 1 diameter apart.

Profile over nape concave, from thence a great rise to the base

of the dorsal fin. Upper jaw slightly the longest, snout very

obtuse and elevated over the nostrils.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the snout and the

base of the caudal, its osseous ray weak and serrated. Caudal

deeply lobed, the lower the longest.

Lateral line,—very strongly marked in the first few scales, the

rows below the lateral line regular and horizontal.

Colour. Silvery.

Hab. Orissa, Bengal, Assam and Burma, attaining 6 inches

or more in length.

in Ok

be. hte = vie Pe ee

CAN ae

1871. | F. Day—Lonograph of Indian Cyprinide. 365

3. RouTEE V1IGoRSII.

Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc. 1841, p. 36, pl. 63, f. 3; Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869,

p. 379.

Osteobrama rapaxv, Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 323.

Gollund, Ooriah ; Khira, Tel.

B. IIL D. 8/8, P. 19, V.10, A. 55, 0. 19, 1.1. 75, L, tr.

Length of head 1/5, of pectoral 1/7, of caudal 1/4, height of body

1/3, of dorsal fin 1/6 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1/3 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout and apart.

Dorsal profile elevated, a slight concavity from the snout to over

the nape. Mouth anterior, the lower jaw being somewhat longer

than the upper, whilst posteriorly the cleft of the mouth extends

to below the anterior margin of the orbit. Preorbital nearly as

high as broad, suborbitals very narrow.

Teeth, pharyngeal—crooked, 5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5.

Gill rakers short and rather widely separated.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the base of the ven-

tral and anal, its spine strong and deeply denticulated, its osseous

portion not so long as the head. Caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line—most strongly developed in the first few scales.

The largest scales are near the lateral line.

Colours. Greenish superiorly, silvery beneath. The caudal fin

slightly stained with grey.

Hab. Deccan and Kistna river to its termination; it attains

eight inches in length.

4, RoHTEE MICROLEPIS,

? Leuciscus Belangeri, Cuv. and Val., xvii, p. 99.

Systomus microlepis, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, 1858, p. 289, and 1860, p. 158.

Rohtee Blythii, *Bleeker, Prod. Cyp. p. 281.

? Smiliogaster Belangert, *Bleeker, Atl. Ich. Cyp. p. 33; *Giinther, Catal.

vii, p. 328.

Osteobrama microlepis, *Giinther, Catal. vii, p. 325,

3 18

g4 7 .

B. II. D. —=,P. 17, V.9, 4. 5, 0. 17, L.1. 71-78, L. tr. $.

366 F. Day—dMonograph of Indian Cyprinide. [No. 4,

Length of head 2/11, of caudal 1 /4, height of body 1/3 of the

total length.

Hiyes. Diameter 1/3 of length of head, 3/4 of a diameter from

end of snout, 13 diameters apart.

Lower jaw slightly the shorter. Dorsal profile much elevated,

a slight concavity over the nape. Preorbital of moderate width,

the rest of the suborbital ring narrow.

Teeth, pharyngeal—4, 3, 2/2, 3, 4, serrated on their edges, the

two largest of the anterior row molarforni.

Gillrakers rudimentary.

Fins. Dorsal commences slightly nearer the base of the caudal

than the end of the snout, its ossoous ray is strong and serrated in

its upper two-thirds, the bony portion being as long as the head. Cau-

dal deeply lobed, the lower slightly the longest.

Colours. Silvery, back greyish, and the Indian variety is par-

tially banded, more especially inthe young. A darkstreak from the

shoulder to the base of the pectoral fin.

Hab. The Godavery river, and throughout Burma, but the speci-

mens from the latter locality are darker in colour and want the verti-

calbands. It attains 15 inches and more inlength. Although Va-

lenciennes who described Leuciscus Belangert, and Bleeker.and Giin-

ther, who have not seen it, have considered this species the type of a

genus (/Smiliogaster), which is said to have a compressed abdomen,

‘‘mais sans aucune dentelure, comme celles des clupées” it appears to

me most probable that the typical specimens were badly preserved _

ones of Rohtee microlepis.

5. Ronter OGIsit.

Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc. 1841, p. 64, pl. 63, f. 2. :

Osteobrama Ogilbii, Heckel, in Russ. Reis. i. p. 1033; Giinther, Catal. vii, p.824 —

B. IIT. D. 3/8, P. 15, V. 10, A. 8/18, C. 20, L. 1,55, i ive ie

Length of head 1/7, of pectoyal 1/7, of caudal 1/4, height of body —

1/3, of dorsal fin 1/4 of the total length. i

liyes. Diameter nearly 1/2 of length of head, 1/2 a diameter

from end of snout, above 1 diameter apart.

Dorsal and abdominal profiles about equally convex. Cleft of —

W.T. BLANFORD..Journ:Asiat: Soc: Bengal, Vol: XL, Pt: 11. 1871.

PL XXIV:

TRS WT

Hat y

CATR

MAP

OF THE

£ASTERN AND NORTHERN FRONTIERS OF

SIiKKLM

Shewing the route of Captain

Elwes and M® Blanford

in. 1870.

LN TY Dy

Qragrad

Scale lInch=8 Miles.

ZR RRA

= A Q\\\ AG ca ae

BEN CG NWEN” MIGROS te

PEW NY AEUES

Mee Cy

Ugh GS

S s

WN TES wz

Te Hike

EHS: <i

YAW \\ Ne que <

SSNS Syliza Peet * if RES

mV)

Sten

ling

Se << : Z ic My

1871. | W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 367

mouth extending to below the anterior third of the orbit, lower jaw

shortest.

Teeth, pharyngeal,—pointed, 5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the snout and the hae

of the caudal, its osseous ray strong, and coarsely serrated. Caudal

lobed in its last two-thirds.

Colours. Purplish silvery along the back, becoming silvery

white from about four rows of scales above the lateral line.

Hab. Central India, attaining 6 inches or more in length,

(Zo be continued.)

ACCOUNT OF A VISIT TO THE EASTERN AND NoRTHERN FRONTIERS OF

INDEPENDENT SIKKIM, WITH NOTES ON THE ZOOLOGY OF THE

ALPINE AND SUBALPINE REGIONS, Part I,*—dy Wint1am T. Buan-

soap. 0. G, S.; C,.M. 4. 'S, &e.

(With a map, plate XXIV.)

[Received 28th July, read 5th August, 1871. ]

The extent to which the interior of Sikkim has been neglected

by Anglo-Indians is very remarkable, It is true that the country

does not present attractions in the way of sport, and this alone is

the inducement which takes nine-tenths of our countrymen into the

Alpine regions of the Western Himalayas. It is true also that

there are no roads, that the tracks along which it is necessary to

climb are frequently such as require the use of one’s hands as well

as legs, that but few supplies are procurable, and that everything.

must be carried on coolies, who must be taken from British terri-

tory ; it is also true that the discomforts arising from frequent rain,

and the attacks of leeches and insects are, during part of the year,

a great drawback to travelling; still it is a curious fact that

since Drs. Hooker and Campbell first explored the country in 1848-

49, but one European had penetrated to the passes of Donkia and

Kongra Lama before the visit I am about to describe, although

the country has been open to travellers during at least half the in-

* This part contains the description of the journey, the second part will con-

sist of notes on the fauna, especially on the birds.

368 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. Bo

tervening period. Captain Chamer, the solitary visitor who reached

the Northern passes, made a rapid journey in search of sport in

the spring of 1870, but was not very successful.*

It had for a long time appeared to me that the fauna of the al-

pine portion of Sikkim was far less known than that of most other

accessible regions of the Himalaya. Much novelty, amongst the

vertebrata at least, was not to be expected, because Mr. Hodgson’s

collectors had ransacked for years the neighbouring regions of

Nipal. But still no one, except Dr. Hooker, had ever observed

the animals of the country, and the attention of that veteran Hima-

layan traveller was mainly devoted to the botany, although numer-

ous notes on the fauna are scattered through his delightful

‘‘ Himalayan Journals.”” I believe that the popularity of that

model naturalist’s note book has rather tended to prevent further

exploration of the country. Few people can conceive how very

little is really known of the fauna of upper Sikkim, despite the

number of years that have elapsed since its leading features were

first described, or that the animals of the upper Lichen and La-

ching valleys are no better known than those of the Pangong

lake and Ladak.

The vertebrate fauna of British Sikkim, one of the richest, if not

the very richest in the whole world, has been pretty completely

explored by Hodgson, Tickell, Jerdon, Beavan and others, but not

one of these observers penetrated to the snows. ‘The only travels

in Sikkim since the time of Hooker and Campbell, of which accounts

have been published, are those of Captain W. 8. Sherwill, (J. A. 8.

B. 1858, XXII, pp. 540, 611,) and Major J. L. Sherwill, (J. A. S. B.

1862, XXXI, p. 457). Both relate to the Singalela range and

the higher valleys south of Kanchanjanga. Several visits have

been made to the Chola and neighbouring passes, but no ac-

counts have been published of any of them, and neither of the

Sherwills makes more than passing mention of the fauna of the

country.

In the autumn of 1870, I had at last an opportunity of devoting

three mouths’ leave to the interior of Sikkim, At the same time I

* T learn from Colonel Haughton that an account of Captain Chamer’s jour-

ney has appeared in the “ Sporting News” of the present year. I have not had

an opportunity of reading it.

2 Oe

Se Or a ae

Se OTE NE

1871. ] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 369

learned that Captain Elwes, who had come from England mainly

in order to study Indian ornithology, had been staying at Darji-

ling since the commencement of the monsoon, and was anxious to

penetrate into the interior, and that Colonel Haughton, the Com-

missioner, had written to the Raja of Sikkim to ask him to give

Captain Elwes all the assistance in his power. As we had nearly

the same objects in view, we agreed to travel together. ;

The time at our disposal, August, September, and October, was

decidedly unpropitious. All travellers in Sikkim have described

the disadvantages of the rainy season; both Dr. Campbell’s and

Captain W. 8S. Sherwill’s accounts of their journeys in the autumn

are a record of constant discomfort. But there was no help, an

Indian official must take leave when he can get it, although that

be at the worst season of the year.

Our principal object was to reach the upper branches of the

_Tista valley, where the rains are lighter, and the climate cool in

consequence of the elevation. Here we expected to find a very

different fauna from that of Sikkim proper, and belonging to the

dry central Asian region. A glance atthe map of Sikkim will shew

that the long hot tedious march up the valley of the Tista might

easily be avoided, and Lachting reached, by crossing the Choid

range, which forms the eastern boundary of Sikkim, by the Yak-la,

or one of the neighbouring passes, marching northwards along

the flank of the Chumbi valley, and recrossing into Sikkim by the

Tankra-Ié. The only difficulties in the way are the necessity of

avoiding the Tibetan guard when entering the Chaimbi valley,

and the finding of a road from the one pass to the other without

passing through the town of Chimbi. As regards the first point,

Mr. W. 8. Atkinson and Mr. Clarke, who visited Yakla in 1867,

found no guard whatever there, and were led to believe that none

was usually stationed at this pass. The other difficulty would cer-

tainly have appeared the more formidable of the two, had we had

much experience of the Sikkim mountains, but having none, we

scarcely troubled ourselves about it, supposing that it must be pos-

sible to march along the flank of the range without descending

into the deep valleys. a

370 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

Elwes, after much trouble, debate, and enquiry, had learned that

the plan was feasible, that there was a pass nearer to Darjiling

and easier than YAklé by which we could cross, and he secured the

services of a man, a native of Chimbi, named Chuda, who pro-

mised to shew us the road from one pass to the other. This man

subsequently proved to be an arrant impostor, he did not appear

to have any acquaintance which the Chol4 range, and we after-

wards learnt that he had hired himself as our guide on the strength

of two journeys he had made between Chimbi and Darjiling as a

salt carrier. He did not even know the road by which we went,

the marches along which, as given to us in Darjiling, proved quite

inaccurate. This well illustrates one of the difficulties in the way

of travelling in Sikkim. Very little confidence can be placed in

any statements as to roads, and especially as to distances, made by

Biitias at all events. This is partly due to untruthfulness, but

more perhaps to that want of accurate ideas about time and dis-

tance which is so characteristic of savage and semi-savage races.*

Our plan was therefore to march across part of the Butan

Diars east of the Tista, and through the south-eastern corner of

native Sikkim to a pass called Jelep-la, and thence, if practicable,

to make our way to the Tankra-la along the east side of the Chola

range.

The arrangements about coolies and provisions had been pretty

nearly completed by Elwes, before I reached Darjiling, thus saving

much trouble and delay. I mention them because our experience

may be of service to future travellers. The coolies were partly

Nepalese, partly Butias and only a few Lepchas. The head-

man or sirdar, Giruk by name, was a Sikkim Bitia, and a good

specimen of the race, tall and stout. He proved an excellent man,

* Few, if any, savage and semi-civilized races have any conception of dis-

tance, as we understand it. They consider places far or near in proportion to

the time necessary to reach them. I once had a good instance of this in Sik-

kim itself, when ascending Tongli. As I was going up I asked one of the coolies

the distance to the summit from the monastery at Simonbong. He said ten

kos. When returning and about one kos below the top I asked the same man

how far we had to go to the monastery, and he replied three kos, Why, I said

how is this, yesterday you told me it was ten kos to the top, to-day you make

only four, Oh! said he, it is ten kos to go up, but only four to come down.

In connection with this, it may be borne in mind that it is the practise of many

civilized nations to reckon their distances by hours,

1871. ] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 371

hard-working, and not given to making difficulties. We had also a

second head man or daffadar who, in charge of sixteen coolies, Lep~

chas and Butias, with rice and spare stores, was sent direct to

Laching vid Tamling. Another daffadar was in charge of the

Nepalese coolies, of whom we took ten, in the hope that they

would go with us into Tibet, if the Bitias were afraid to cross

the frontier. Neither of these daffadars proved of much use.

Most of the provisions were packed in bamboo Lepcha baskets,

lined with leaves to keep out the wet, and each man hada

‘‘voung,”’ acane mat about 43 feet by 3 in size, made of leaves

between two net-works of split bamboo, serving to protect both him

and his load from the rain. |

We had arranged to start from Ging on the 13th of August, but

as I was not very well, Elwes went on to catch up the coolies,

who had preceded us by three days, and I left next morning. I

quickly rode down to the Rangit bridge and along the road on the

right bank of the Rangit leading to the Tista. But before I had

proceeded far beyond the Rangit bridge, I had to send my

pony back, for the road was blocked up with landslips, and the

bridges had been washed away by the rain, and from this point

I walked on to the Tista bridge, about 14 miles below the

junction of the Rangit. The heat was great, as the sun was shin-

ing brightly. After crossing the fine cane bridge over the Tista,

I found my Bitia shikari and a mule which Elwes had sent down

for me from Kalingping. He had found nothing to carry him up,

and was nearly knocked over by the heat in the steep climb of 4000

feet without a break.

I ascended easily enough, thanks to the mule Elwes had with

some difficulty very kindly procured for me, and I reached the rest

house at Kalingping about 4p. mM. The left bank of the Tista ig

here in the Daling Duar, formerly part of Butan, but annexed

after the war of 1864. The rest house, or dik bungalow, is a large

bamboo hut. Elwes had gone on some sixteen miles to a place call-

ed Phytidong, where we had arranged to overtake the coolies, and

he had promised to wait there for me next day.

Kalingptng is a civilized place with a police guard, It is not

visible from Darjiling, but can be seen from the Lebong spur west

372 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [ No. 4,

of the Rangnu valley. It is on the crest of the spur immediately

east of the Tista, and just above the confluence of the Tista and

great Rangit rivers. |

August 15th. IT again borrowed a mule and started as soon after

daybreak as I could get the three or four men who were with me

tomove. The road led for about ten miles in a north-east direction

along the flank of the great spur which runs up to Damsong, pass-

ing mainly through clearings in which maize, marwa and hill rice

were growing luxuriantly. At length the path ascended to about

6000 feet, leaving the clearings and traversing the splendid open

forest which clothes the outer hills of Sikkim at this elevation.

Here as usual leeches abounded, but as the day was fine they were

not troublesome. I found three or four land shells and a very re-

markable slug of an undescribed genus allied to Vaginulus, pale

brown in colour with a carinate back.

I now sent back the mule I had been riding and walked on, leav-

ing the road to Damsong on my left. After about four miles

through the foregt, the path descended to clearings again and I

met Elwes coming to meetme. He had found everything in order,

and-we soon reached Phytidong, a small cluster of good houses

with a little open flat covered with grass on which our tents were

pitched.

We had two tents, one for ourselves, the other for ourmen. The

first was made out of an old Jabbalptr shildéri by cutting it down

to 8 feet square and 6 feet high in the middle, removing the lining

and replacing it by blanket, and fitting very ight bamboos instead

of the absurdly heavy ones which are usual in the plains of India.

This tent proved both warm and waterproof; it had but one fault,

weight, as when wet it required two coolies to carry it. The other

tent for our men, of Darjiling manufacture, was much larger and

made of American drill. It was light enough certainly, but it was

far from waterproof. We had dispensed with tables, chairs and

cots, in order to travel as lightly as possible.

Phytidong is rather a pretty place on the southern slope of the

Rishet valley which here forms the boundary between the Bitan

Duars and Independent Sikkim. The stream at the bottom of the

valley runs west towards the Tista, through dense tropical jungles:

1871. | W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 378

from about 1000 feet above’ the stream or between 2500 and 3000

feet above the sea up to nearly 6000 feet of elevation, the greater

portion of the slopes, where they are not too steep, are either ac-

tually under cultivation or bear marks of having been so recently,

whilst, above about 6000 feet, the head of the valley and a dark

stripe on the crest of each spur consist of magnificent unbroken

forest. This is the invariable appearance of all valleysin the outer

ranges of Sikkim, except where, as around Darjiling, they have been

ruined by reckless woodcutting.

16¢h. On preparing to start next morning, Elwes found, to our

great annoyance, that a very nice mountain aneroid, which he had

brought, had disappeared, having doubtless been stolen. This

was very unfortunate, for it was our only barometer, and although

the elevations in the upper Tista valley were all determined by

Hooker, this is not the case on the Chola range. Our route led in

a sloping direction down to the Rishet stream, and thence up the -

opposite side of the valley to Rhinok, which, from Phyudong, look-

ed barely two miles distant. We started about 8, which was

the earliest time at which we could collect our coolies, for all the

hill men, like Burmese and other Indo-Chinese races, and like

several of the pseudo-aboriginal tribes of India itself, but unlike

the Hindus, always eat before starting. We rapidly descended

to the river by a road, bad after the carefully zigzagged paths of

British Sikkim, but which was magnificent as compared to the

tracks we encountered subsequently. On my way down I captured

a snake and just escaped being bitten by it, which made me feel

uncomfortable for the moment, for it was a most venomous looking

brute. It proved to be Psammodynastes pulverulentus, a snake which

appears made to prove that it is by no means so easy to distinguish

between venomous and non-venomous snakes as is commonly sup-

posed and asserted. Teally it is not dangerous, but not only has it

- the flattened head and broad jaw which are usually characteristic

of the venomous snakes, but it possesses a pair of long fangs in

front of the jaw, so that even after capturing it and examining the

teeth, it is difficult to distinguish it from a poisonous species,

The stream afforded a delightful bath, the water not being so

cold as to be unpleasant in the hot steaming valley. There were

374 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No, 4,

but few birds, the little plumbeous redstart, Ruticilla fuliginosa, was

running over the rocks like a dipper, and a superb Ceryle guttata,

the large black and white kingfisher of the Himalayan valleys,

flew past. We halted at the stream for breakfast, and I should

have preferred waiting there till the afternoon, but we found that

so long as we halted, the coolies did the same, and that when

ordered to go ahead, they did soto the distance of perhaps 200

yards and then sat down to wait for us. Rain was threatening,

(the weather hitherto had been fine) and we therefore started up

the steep ascent to Rhinok. It proved a hot climb through old

clearings now overgrown with wormwood, through the close mass-

es of which no wind can penetrate, whilst it affords no shelter from

the sun’s rays. We camped at Rhinok in an open clearing, sur-

rounded by wormwood bushes. Our coolies got into houses and sheds

scattered about in the neighbourhood. We were informed that a

Kaji (the Sikkim corruption for a gdz7) had been sent by the Raja

of Sikkim to meet us here at the entrance to his territories, rather

an evil omen, as shewing that the whole of our intended route,

which we had tried to keep secret, was perfectly well known to the

people in Chumbi. I had fully expected this, however, for before

I left Darjiling I found the story had oozed out some weeks pre-

viously.

17th. A night’s rain was succeeded by a dull morning with a

steady downpour, and our coolies commenced a series of most amus-

ing manceuvres to gain a day’s halt. First we had to receive the

Kaji, who appeared about 8 o’clock, accompanied by another offi-

cial who brought us a large present of vegetables, rice, flour and

marwa, The Kaji produced a letter from the Raja written in

Tibetan (the court language of Sikkim) on tough silky Tibetan

paper, and wrapped in a handkerchief of white Chinese silk, the

proper style of envelope in good Tibetan society. The letter was

read by the Kaji and, where necessary, interpreted by him into

colloquial Tibetan, and then repeated to me in Hindustani by our

headman Gutruk, who understood ordinary Tibetan well, although

some of the more flowery court phrases were evidently not familiar

to him. ‘The purport of the letter was, that the Raja was greatly

pleased to hear that we were coming to visit his country, and that

1871. | W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 375

he would afford us every assistance in his power, but that he beg-

ged us not to attempt to cross the Tibetan frontier. The Kaji was

to accompany us to the Chol4 range and to take care of us, which,

being interpreted, of course meant to see that we did not cross into

Tibet. | 3

The interview lasted some time; after it was over, we determined

to breakfast and start. But it was useless sending for the coolies,

one man after another appeared with some excuse or other. The

rain would cease soon, the road ahead was impassable from its

slipperiness, the leeches were terrible and we should be eaten alive,

&e. &c. Time went on till it was 11 o’clock, when a Nepalese

cooly, who had been over the road before, declared that it was

useless to start now as we could not possibly reach Chisachen, the

next halting-place, before night, and at length we had to give in. I

went out and shot two or three birds, but nothing rare: yithalis-

cus erythrocephalus, Grammatoptila striata Sc. In the afternoon

there were some large landslips in the valley, and although they

were two or three miles distant, the noise was like that of thunder.

18th. There was an improvement in the weather, and we start-

ed early. One of the coolies was ill, and I remained behind for

some time to make arrangements with the village mandal, or head

man, to take the poor fellow in for a day or two. Whilst waiting,

a flock of hill monkeys, (nnuus pelops?) climbed into some trees

above the camping ground and I watched them there for some time.

They are far less active than the common Indian J. rhesus.

Starting at length I climbed to the crest of the range north of

the Rishet, perhaps 1000 feet above Rhinok, and found myself on

the slope of a deeper valley, that of the Rangchi, on the opposite

side. The path led for amile or two along the side of the hill

through high forest swarming with leeches, until after passing a

spur it descended rapidly to the valley of a large tributary of the

Rangchu ; the road beyond this to the Sikkim frontier lay up a

long spur between the Rangcht and this tributary.

After a bath and breakfast we proceeded to climb the opposite

side, and to our surprise reached Chiis4chen in about an hour.

The march was dn fact a very short one, and might with the great-

est ease have been accomplished the day before. We went

376 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. No. 4;

about 1500 feet up the slope of the hill above Chiisichen to a hut,

in which we had a bamboo platform or machan built to sleep upon.

From just above the place where we encamped there was a fine

view, much impeded by clouds, over the Tista valley to the westward.

On a hill in front, the slopes of which were for Sikkim unusually

gentle, stood the large village of Dikiling, its houses and clearings

scattered over three or four square miles of country. Throughout

lower Sikkim the houses of a village are not placed close to-

gether, as in India, but are scattered about, each house apparently

in the midst of its own fields; and different houses in the same

village are frequently long distances, as much as one or two

miles, apart. The only exceptions to this which I saw were in

the villages of the Ldchen and Liching valleys. As the usual

object in placing houses together is mutual protection, this

appears to indicate that the attacks of enemies have been uncommon,

except in the vaileys close to the Tibetan frontier, which, in-fact,

belonged to Tibet formerly.*

August 19th. Our route lay up the spur: rain began almost im-

mediately after we started and continued steadily throughout the

morning; it had also poured nearly the whole night. We soon

entered the usual high forest, with but little underwood, which

marks an elevation of 6000 to 8000 feet above the sea, and in which

the leeches are met with in the greatest profusion. They can be

kept off to a considerable extent by tying tobacco leaves round .

one’s ankles. In addition to this, I used to powder the inside of

my gaiters with snuff, but it is impossible to escape them altoge-

ther. After traversing forest for four or five miles, we descended

about 1000 feet into clearings, and emerged into a small side val-

ley, leading into that we had left behind at Chisachen. ‘The rain

had ceased and we breakfasted at some Butia houses. The coo-

lies had made up their minds to halt at this place, however we

induced them to go on and reascended into the forest. After three

or four miles we reached Kaphi, the last permanent village on the

road; beyond this we were told we should meet no one until we

arrived at the upland pastures to which the cattle had been taken

for the summer, e

* Hooker's Himalayan Journals, II, 42. (2nd Hd. II, 64.)

1871.] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 377

At Kaphu there were but two houses. In one of these there

was some person sick, and as we could not find a spot on which to

pitch our tent, we established ourselves in the other, and our peo-

ple esconced themselves beneath the house.

20th. Leaving Kaphu, the path, so well worn as to prove the

very considerable traffic which passes by this route, led rapidly

upwards. The weather was fine at first, but everything was soon

shrouded in mist, which not long afterwards became rain. We

climbed steadily for about four hours, passing from the open forest

to an underwood of dwarf bamboo, which became shorter and closer

as we advanced. We passed one small marshy open glade with a

log hut standing in it, and soon after coming amongst tree rhodo-

dendrons, we came to another very small opening, apparently na-

tural, in which was a second shed, a roof of logs without sides. In

this spot, which bears the name of Jelik, we determined to halt,

although our march had been short, asthe coolies had had a steep

climb. The afternoon passed in steady rain and mist, and the air

was chilly. As Elwes’s aneroid had been stolen at Phyidong we

could but guess at our elevation; but the circumstance that we

had fairly entered the rhododendron forest with an underwood of

dwarf bamboos, and that we had left nearly all the leeches behind,

together with the close resemblance of the forest to that on the top

of Tonglt led us to estimate our height at about 10000 feet, or

perhaps a little more.

In the afternoon Elwes climbed somewhat higher and | came up-

on pines and junipers. He also shot a female of the Sikkim horn-

ed pheasant, Ceriornis satyra, a very rare bullfinch, Pyrrhoplectes

epauletta, and some other good birds. JI meantime had met with

nothing but one or two common Levotrichine such as Siva strigula

and Yuhina occipitalis, but Elwes’s shikari brought in the rare

Cochoa purpurea and 2 male Ceriormis. The pheasants were fine birds

though in very poor plumage. All the Darjiling Butias and

Lepchas call them Monal, distinguishing Lophophorus Impeyanus,

which is also found in Sikkim, as the blue Monal.

We pitched our tent in a marsh, leaving the shed for our men,

and we had a small platform-like cot or machan of bamboo built in-

side the tent upon which to sleep. We also determined to make

378 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

a short march the next day into the juniper region, and to halt

there.*

21st. It was clear at sunrise, but soon clouded over, indeed

from the first the only view was towards the Tista. We went only

about a mile up the steep path, coming soon upon dwarf juniper,

Juniperus recurva, and silver fir, Abies Webbiana, which soon increas-

ed in size and abundance, until at about 11000 feet, (estimated)

the dwarf bamboos for the most part disappeared, and the forest,

no longer so high as below, consisted of the silver fir and rhodo-

dendrons of various kinds. At about this elevation, we came out

into an open space, on the narrow ridge of the spur, gay with a

brilliant yellow composite flower, on which many of the peculiar

red-tailed green honey-suckers, Athopyga ignicauda, were feeding.

The lovely Myzornis pyrrhoura was common; I also shot Conostoma

emodium, a thorough crateropodine in its habits despite its thick

bill, Pyrrhula aurantiaca and Trochalopterum subunicolor, a com-

mon Darjiling laughing thrush, which I was rather surprised

to find at this elevation. I obtained a few land shells amongst

the dead leaves, including a species of Alyceus, a Diplom-

matina, and a discoid Cyclophorus, the two former certainly unde-

scribed, a peculiar green Helix and a Gilessula. I do not know of

any previously recorded instance in which Cyelophoride have been ~

found at so great an elevation, and as Alyceaus and Diplommatina

are typically Malayan, none being known in the plains of India,

their presence at this height affords a remarkable instance of the

extent to which this damp-loving fauna has crept up the slopes of

the Sikkim Himalaya.

August 22nd, The name given to us by our men for the night’s

encampment was Lingti. I suspect this is really the name of a

summer cattle station farther up the ridge. It poured all night,

and as our coolies had no house to get into they improvised huts of

boughs. All the men we had were Butias and Nipalese, who are

both hardy races, and stand cold much better than the Lepchas.

* At this piace and at many others on our road we met Bitias carrying

heavy loads of salt and coming from Chimbi. There isa considerable traffic

between Chimbi and Darjiling entirely carried on by coolies, The exports

into Chimbi are,I believe, sugar, rice, and a little English hardware,’

The import of Darjiling tea into Tibet is absolutely prohibited.

a3 >

ale Soret rile Sg

1871.] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 379

The path continued steep for another 1000 feet, and led up a erag-

gy spur, too steep for trees in most places. Had the weather been

fine, the view over Sikkim would, in all probability, have been

magnificent, but, unfortunately, a dense mist shrouded everything.

On the top there was much rhododendron scrub, but the road now

led along the crest of the spur through small rhododendron trees,

and then emerged into open grassy valleys with patches of forest

formed of rhododendrons and silver fir. Here, at an elevation of

12000 feet, I first came upon traces of former glaciers in the shape

of small pools in marshy hollows dammed up by what were evi-

dently little moraines. I had been carefully watching for marks

of glacial action at a lower elevation, but could find none whatever ;

if any ever existed they have long since been obliterated by the

tremendous rainfall and consequent disintegration and denudation

of the surface. In the interior of Sikkim, as will be seen here-

after, this is not the case ; there glaciers have left unmistakable

marks at least 6000 feet lower.

Elwes was, as usual, ahead; I had marched along quietly, shoot-

ing birds, looking for landshells, &&. On my roadI met the Kaji’s

servant bringing me a bamboo pot of marwa, which was very

agreeable, even in the cold climate we had now reached at 12000

feet. The Kaji had been very polite, and had supplied us with

marwa at each day’s halt, by no means eschewing the beverage

himself. Almost every one who travels in Sikkim takes a liking to

this most refreshing drink, however much he may despise it whilst

soda water is still available.

In the grassy valleys were large herds of cattle driven up to

this elevation for pasturage in the summer; in the winter they are

taken down to the warm valleys. During the rainy season I

doubt if any terrestrial animals can exist in the forest between

4000 or 5000 and 9000 feet, they would be in all probability de-

stroyed by the leeches. It is certain that the only mammals found

are squirrels, monkeys, and a few other arboreal forms; even the

pheasants are wanting, after the Kalij, Gallophasis melanonotus, is left

at about 5000 feet*, until Cerornis is met with at nearly 10,000 feet.

- * Jerdon gives for the range of this Gallophasis 3000 to 8000 ft., Beavan

(Ibis 1868, p. 381,) 2000 to 7000, I suspect this is in the cold season, when I

380 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

We entered an open grassy valley with rounded down-like hills

on each side, and no high mountains in sight. Patches of fir and

rhododendron forest were scattered about, and down the centre,

marshy in places, a stream ran over pebbles and rounded blocks

of rock. The scenery was more like the mountainous parts of

Hurope than anything familiar to dwellers in India. It looked a

paradise for a sportsman, but unfortunately there were no deer in

the forest, nor trout in the river. Ata halting-place called Gna-

tong, where was the usual wooden shed, we pitched our tent,

after clearing away a space amongst the flags and shrubs which

covered the marshy ground, but it was so swampy that we were

compelled to make a machan to sleep upon.

The Kaji told us that the pass was one march ahead from this,

and that from the foot of it a path led along the Sikkim side of the

range to Chimanako close to the Chola pass, also that he had just

received orders from Chimbi to accompany us along the range, on

the Sikkim side however.

23rd. We resolved to go ourselves. to the Jelep pass, as if to

visit it, and to see if there was a guard or not, taking our camp

only to the foot, or Lagyep. We accordingly started early and

walked up along gentle ascent and over some grassy hills, and

then descended through rhododendron scrub to the banks of a

pretty little lake, 1$ to 2 miles long, called Bidan-Tso. This lay

in a valley between the hills we had just crossed and the steep, high

and craggy dividing ridge between Sikkim and Chumbi in Tibet.

A line of watershed crossed the valley just where our road traversed

it, the lake discharging its waters to the south-east, whilst a

stream, coming down from the frontier range just above the head

of the lake, runs to the north-west down the valley. Our road

led to the north-east up the valley of this stream. Hitherto we

had not ascended much since starting in the morning; at any rate

the descents had very nearly equalled the ascents, but from this

spot we began gradually to rise. The lateral valley we had entered

was much more craggy than those left behind, its southern or

have myself seen them decidedly higher than in the rains. During the mon.

soon I think they keep below 5000, and that Arboricola rufigularis does the

same, whilst Ceriornis rarely descends below 9000.

1871.] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 381

rather south-eastern side being a dense mass of rhododendron

scrub up to an elevation of perhaps 14,000 feet, while the north-

western hill side was bare. Here we first caught sight of the

giant Sikkim rhubarb, some idea of which may be gained from Cap-

tain W. 8. Sherwill’s figurein J. A. S. B. 1853, p. 618%, its “ pale

pyramidal towers,’’ as Hooker calls them, being very conspicuous,

scattered over the hill sides more than a thousand feet above,

and looking in the distance like white posts. Gradually ascend-

ing, we started from amongst the rocks a flock of snow pigeons,

Columba leuconota, but birds were not numerous, Calliope pectoralis

and Propasser thura being the most conspicuous.

We slowly ascended to a barren ridge forming the crest of

the Jelep pass, at about 13,000 feet or rather more; to the

south-east was a little lake amongst high crags, to the north

some steep masses of rocks; no snow was visible. On the crest

of the ridge some 20 Tibetans were posted to oppose our

passage; they were quite unarmed, except with their knives, and

remained seated around the pile of stones which marks the

frontier; their Jong. or Captain, a round-faced rosy Tibetan,

with by no means an intelligent countenance, in the centre. He

appeared to take no notice of us, and seemed solely occupied in

muffling himself in his huge cloak to keep off the wind, which

blew piercingly over the exposed ridge we were on. We sub-

sequently learned that the guards, Jong and all, I believe, were

merely villagers, who were ordered up to guard the frontier, and

singularly enough, neither on this nor on any subsequent occasion

did we meet with soldiers such as Hooker describes.

To the east, the view was poor, everything ata distance being

enveloped in cloud. Elwes, who reached the top a few minutes

before I did, had a glimpse during a partial break of a broad

valley, thickly covered with forest. Immediately beneath was a

small lake, around which yaks were feeding. Many flowers grew

in tufts amongst the stones on the crest of the pass, and we

appeared to be nearly on a level with the giant rhubarb plants,

* The upper bracts are usually a very much paler yellow than they are

- represented in Captain Sherwill’s figure, and in the distance they look quite

white. The upper portion of the spire too is often longer and more cylindrical

than: in the plate.

382 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

whilst masses of scrub rhododendron ascended all hills with a

northern exposure toa little above our level; we consequently

estimated the elevation of the Jelep pass at between 13,000 and

14,000 feat. Two ravens perched on some stones not far from us.

We sat down and eat some breakfast we had brought with us,

and then Elwes became disgusted at the stolidity of the Tibetans,

and determined to see if they could be induced to recognise our

existence. J should have mentioned that two or three questions

put to them through one of our own men had only elicited short

replies from one or two of the guard, the Jong remaining as

insolently abstracted as if he expected immediate absorption into

Nirvana. So to teach them a lesson of politeness, Elwes walked

rapidly across the frontier and began descending the opposite —

side. The men were utterly taken by surprise, they stood up and

crowded round me, then with one accord rushed after Elwes,

scrambling rapidly over the rocks, despite their long cloaks, and,

finding that expostulation was useless, they flung themselves down

in the path before us, beseeching us to return, and expressing to .

us by most emphatic gestures, that all their throats would be

cut if we persisted in entering Tibet. With all this there was

no attempt at violence or threats, they got in our way as much as

they could, but that was all. Hereupon we halted and explained

to them as well as we could, through a very bad interpreter, that it

was not polite to sit and stare at strangers without taking any

further notice of them.

T believe that this little incident had an excellent effect, for, in

all subsequent visits to frontier posts, we were received with the

greatest civility and politeness, and I am convinced that we rose

in the estimation of the Tibetans by insisting on their treating

us with proper respect.

We walked back from the pass, climbing up to the little lake

already mentioned on our way. It is one of the small rock basins

which are so often found beneath peaks of mountains, and which

are of apparently glacial origin. I suspect that they are formed

when the snow line extends but a short distance below the peak,

and the glacier is just sufficiently long to hollow out the rock

basin in which it rests. Atleast Ihave seen a very small glacier

P ae. tn —

Ge i ee

;

1871.] W. T. Blanford—Jaurney through Sikkim. 883

in Norway, terminating in the basin of a lake apparently hollowed

out by itself.*

After examining some of the huge rhubarb plants, the seeds of

which were unripe, and looking at some yaks which were browsing

in the little alpine valley by which we had ascended, we retraced

our steps and found our tents pitched in the broad valley we had

traversed in the morning, on a nice patch of dry turf, close to the

stream which runs down from the pass. We determined to halt at

this place for a day, and examine the neighbourhood.

August 24th. It poured all night, and in the morning there was

snow on the peaks to the north of us, around the Yakla.t We

walked round the Bidan-T'so, which proved one of the best

examples of a glacier lake I have ever seen. Just at the upper or

north-west end, there is a horse-shoe shaped moraine, which has

formerly enclosed a second lake, now converted into a marsh.

At the south-east end of the Bidan-Tso is a second well marked

moraine, damming up the lake. From the end of the lake a

stream runs down into Butan, the frontier of which is only a

mile or two distant, so that at this spot, the Sikkim, Bitan

and Tibetan territories all meet.

Birds were not numerous, and Raptores singularly scarce; I only

once saw some vultures sailing far overhead. Once or twice swifts

appeared, doubtless Collocalia fuciphaga, which indeed I shot a few

days afterwards, and the Cashmere martin, Chelidon Cashmiriensis,

was common. I once or twice saw the Nipal wren, Troglodytes

WNipalensis. Inthe scrub Trochalopterum affine, Phylloscopus lugubris,

and one or two other species, Merula albocincta and Propasser

thura were the principal birds; and on the hill sides Calliope

pectoralis, Anthus rosaceus and Ruticilla frontalis. On the banks

* There is a considerable similarity between these hollows and the “ cirques’

of the Alps and Pyrenees. In the last number of the Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc.,

1871, p. 312, the Rev. Mr. Bonney has shewn reasons for believing that such hol-

lows are due to the action of running water, and not to glaciers. But itis simply

impossible for running water to excavate a lake basin, and very difficult, so far as

I can see, for it to have formed the vertical cliffs which usually surround the

hollows. On the other hand Mr. Bonney is probably quite right in supposing

that these and similar results of erosion are due to a combination of different

causes, such as rain, streams, and glaciers, and not to one alone, but I cannot

help believing that glaciers have aided and very considerably aided in pro-

ducing the present contour,

+ La is a pass,

384 W. T. Blanford—Jounney through Sikkim. [ No. 4,

of lakes and streams Chimarrhornis leucocephala was far from

uncommon, but there were no waders nor wagtails. The only

natatorial bird we saw was the ‘‘ Brahmini duck,” Casarca rutila,

which doubtless breeds around these lakes.

Both ravens and crows were seen, and I came across two

choughs, Fregilus graculus, a few days later. In the pine woods

were blood pheasants, Jthaginis cruentus, and on the trees three

kinds of crested tits, all rarities, Lophophanes Beavant, L. dichrous

and LZ. emodius. The only mammal noticed was a Lagomys,* and.

not a single fish, amphibian, or reptile was observed. Indeed the

fauna of this elevation appears decidedly poor, and this, so. far as

the avi-fauna is concerned, is a matter of no small interest, for it

goes far to prove that the large majority of the migratory birds,

which visit the plains of India during the winter, cross the Hima-

layas and breed in Tibet and Siberia during the summer. This

has lately indeed been confirmed by the discovery of several Indian

Phylloscopine in Siberia, yet many Phylloscopr and Reguloides

breed in the rhododendron scrub of the Sikkim mountains, for we

found them with their young. Indeed itis probable that all the

birds which we noticed on the Chola range breed on the hills, be-

eause the range does not come in the path of the, migratory species,

which of course pass down the north and south valleys such as

that of the Tista.

The whole of the rocks are very felspathic pale-coloured gneiss,

the foliation having a general but varying dip to the eastward.

At the Jelep-la the dip is N.10 E. about 20°, and usually on

the crest of the range the angle of inclination is very low. Near

the Yak-l4 it is in places quite horizontal. A similar horizonta-

lity of the gneiss has been noticed on the Singale-la range by

Captain W. S. Sherwill (J. A. S. B., 1853, p. 618, and sketch

No. 8, beside the map, p. 540). Curiously enough, the remarkable

horizontal foliation appears only to have been observed, both on

the Cho-la and Singale-la ranges, upon the very crest of the dividing

ridge.

* Of course others occur, but they are nocturnal or burrowers. <A day or

two afterwards I shot a snow pigeon, C. lewconota, and left it in a hole amongst

some rocks whilst climbing a small ridge. On redescending I found only fea-

thers remaining, the pigeon having been carried down the hole probably by a

weasel or some other small carnivore,

»,

1871. ] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 385

August 25th. A lovely morning, the first really fine one we had

had since leaving Phytidong. From our position we could only see a

few peaks in the neighbourhood ; on one of these only there was snow.

It was probably Chimanako, known in Darjiling as Chol4.* We

had determined to march north along the range, as far as we could,

in the hopes that we might thus find a road to Laching without

descending into the hot, steaming, leech-infested valley of the

Tista. Our course led north-west acrossa pine-clad valley, down which

to the south-west we had a view of the Nemi-Tso, one of the

largest and loveliest lakes in Sikkim, about 2 miles long, lying

in a deep gorge, all the sides of which are covered with dark pine

forest. Reascending we came upon an open marshy plain, chiefly

a peat moss witha tarn in the middle; evidently a lake bed

dammed at the end by a glacier moraine and nearly filled up. On

the drier grassy hillocks I found three kinds of butterflies,{ tempt-

ed out by the fineness of the day. From the opposite end of the

marshy ground, a path leads eastward to the Gnatui-la, a pass said

to be intermediate in height between the Jelep-la and Yak-li, but

which is not much used for traffic. Rain now came on and after

climbing for 2 or 3 miles around the head of a deep ravine, we

halted at a spot called Sharab where some overhanging rocks,

forming a ‘‘lhap,” or cave, afforded good shelter for ourmen. A

small stream running from a little lake close to our camp supplied

water, and our men had a wonderful power of discovering firewood

in most unpromising places. We here heard that the Raja of Sikkim

was on his road to Chiimanako, on the Sikkim side of the CholA,

to meet us, but that it was still two marches from the place where

we halted.

Here we had an illustration of the short distance of all these

passes from Chimbi. We had despatched a man on the preceding

morning to fetch some flour, A messenger came with a bag of

flour about 2 o’clock in the day, and assured us that he had left

Chimbi with it after the arrival of the messenger on the previous

* Cho-la is the pass, Chamandko or Dobendikhan the peak north of it,

} Parnassius Jacquemontii, a peculiar small variety of Satyrus Padma, and a

new species of Argynnis. I am indebted to Mr. W. S. Atkinson for the

names.

386 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [ No. 4,

afternoon. The distance can scarcely be more than 20 miles at the

outside. In fact the town of Chumbi, the summer residence of the

Sikkim Raja, appears to be little more than a day’s march distant

from any of the eastern Sikkim passes from the Tankra-la; close to

Laching, to the Jelep-la. If this be the case, it is evident that by

far the nearest road from Darjiling to Lachting is vid Chimbi.

26th. From a ridge near our camp, Kinchinjanga was visible in

the early morning; it was the first time I had seen it since leay-

ing Darjiling. Our road on starting led over this ridge, and into

a large valley in which isa fine lake, the Tanyek-Tso.* It lies high-

er than the Nemi-Tso and above the limit of trees. The stream run-

ning from it is said to join the Rangchi.} Near thislake 3 monals

flew up from the hill side, and settled amongst the rhododendron

scrub. As this scrub covers some most difficult ground, chiefly

consisting of immense blocks of rock, often loose, and concealed by

thick bushes, I sent my shikari after the birds, but he failed to

shoot them.

Another longish ascent led to the verge of a deep valley up which

passes the road to the Yakla. Like all the other glens on this

part of the Chola range, the southern side is covered with rhodo-

dendron scrub, the northern being bare. The scrub abounds in

the Scotch parsley fern, Cryptogramme crispa. We descended to the

bottom and encamped at a spot called Bytitaén, most of our coolies

joining some yak herdsmen whose black blanket tents were pitched

on the slope above us, We were just above the highest trees,

consequently above 12000 feet, but I found a toad (Bufo viridis ?)

and a large slug near our camp.

The Yak-lé is only a few miles from this spot and must be above

14000 feet high. Itissaid to remain open after the Cho-la is closed

by snow, but the Jelep-l4 and Gnatui-li remain passable still longer,

indeed the latter is rarely interrupted for many days together.

27th. At Byutan we heard positively that the Rajat was

* The three lakes Bidan, Nemi and Tanyek are not marked inanymap. All

I believe far exceed in size Catsuperri lake, which Hooker was told was the

largest in Sikkim, (Him. Jour., vol. i, p. 363.)

+ The Rinkpo of Hooker’s map.

{ I use the term Raja because it has been invariably applied to the ruler of

Sikkim, although it is not correct to give a Hindu title to a Buddhist Indo-

Chinese chief. I learn from Colonel Haughton that the correct Butia title

is Denjong Gydy-bo,

1871.7] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 387

awaiting us at Chumanako. Ona lovely morning, we climbed up

beside the yak herdsmen’s tents to a rather high ridge, whence

there was a superb view of the Chola peak or Dobendikhan, in

one direction, and of Kinchinjanga in another. This was the

last really fine day we had for a long time. On the ridge we shot

two large rose finches, Pyrrospiza punicea and Procarduelis Nipalen-

sis. A long descent, the road down which had been cleared for

us, led to the Chola valley amongst firs and rhododendrons, and

after crossing the stream we found two of the Raja’s officers in

flowered blue silk dresses, awaiting us with a couple of mules,

on which we rode about two miles up the valley to Chimanako.

This is the spot where Campbell and Hooker were seized by the

Raja’s officials in 1849. We found a tent pitched for us and the

Raja’s half brother awaiting us ; he had brought us a quantity of

’ and dried fruits,

very good biscuits, far superior to Hindu ‘“ mitai,’

The Raja’s tents were about a mile farther up the valley, and his

brother asked if we would go thither in the afternoon, or would

prefer deferring our reception till the next morning. We agreed

to pay our visit in the afternoon, and about an hour afterwards

two mules were sent for us, on which we rode up to the camp.

A durbar tent was pitched some distance below the Raja’s en-

campment, and, on entering it, we were again met by the Raja’s

brother and conducted to the Raja, who sat behind a kind of altar,

on which joss sticks were burning, at the extreme end of the tent.

Chairs were placed for us on the left; every body else, including

the brother, remained standing. Both the Raja and his brother

were dressed in long robes of flowered yellow silk. The Raja*

stared at us and paid no attention to our salutation, indeed

during the whole interview he remained abstracted, gazing steadi-

ly in front, and only once or twice looked up when any re-

mark of ours was repeated to him by his brother; and even then

he did not utter a word. I do not believe that any discourtesy

was intended; I have no doubt that the whole of his behaviour

was in complete accordance with Tibetan ideas of sanctity. The

highest human attainment, according to the Buddhist creed, is

* The present Raja is, I believe, the son of the man who imprisoned Hooker

and Campbell; he succeeded in 1863-64.

388 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

complete abstraction from all sublunary matters, and meditation ;

and the poor old Raja, who appears to be a mere puppet, acts up

to the Buddhist ideal, His brother, on the contrary, a much

younger man, is a fine tall intelligent Tibetan, whose face beams

with shrewdness. He is the picture of a diplomatist, and is pro-

bably the real ruler of Sikkim, Hooker’s old enemy, the Dewan,

or Pagla Dewan, as he is called in Sikkim, is no longer allowed

to enter the country, but he is still a powerful man and holds the

post of Governor of Chimbi. He is greatly esteemed by all Ti-

betans, and all whom we afterwards met spoke of him with great

respect. Doubtless the Raja is much influenced by him, and it

is to be hoped that he has learned by experience the folly of a

policy of opposition to the British Government.

Our whole conversation was with the Raja’s brother, of course

through an interpreter, Guruk officiating in that capacity. We

were first assured of the Raja’s satisfaction at seeing us, and then

followed a string of questions as to our ages, occupations, families,

&c. After this we requested to be allowed to proceed through

Chimbi to the Tankra pass, but we were assured that our en-

tertainer had no power to permit us to go through Tibetan

territory, that the orders of the Tibetan government, and still

more of the Chinese government, were imperative, and we were

begged to prosecute our Journey via Tamlung and the Tista valley

to Lachung, and promised that the Raja, in his own dominions,

would give us every assistance, and have all the roads repaired.

We were assured that there is no road along the range from the

Chola to the Tankra-la, that itis only possible to go from one to the

other v7é Chimhi, at the same time it was admitted that the distance

is very trifling, not more than 3 or 4 days easy marching, by Chimbi,

whilst there is a long circuit to be made by Tamlung and Chung-

tim. Of course we had to yield, though it was disgusting to be

obliged to return to the hot valleys, and to lose so much time in

them. Our assurance that the Chinese government had by treaty

consented to allow Europeans to travel in all parts ofits dominions

was met by the reply that orders to the contrary had been received

from Lhassa and Pekin, and was evidently not believed. It is to

be regretted that no steps have been taken by the British Govern-

1871.] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 389

ment to convince the Tibetans of the existence of this treaty with

China. This is not the fault of the Government of India, but of

the British Government and its representatives at Pekin.

We returned to our tent after about an hour’s interview, some-

what disgusted at the result, though it was only what we had

expected. We determined to halt the next day and then start

for Tamling.

28th. We borrowed mules from the Raéj4 in the morning and

rode up to the Cho-la, nearly 15000 feet above the sea. It is scarce-

ly worth visiting, as it is in a hollow between two hills, and there

is no view over Chimbi. At the frontier chait we found au

officer and a guard of about 15 men, who were civil, and greatly

relished some whiskey we had with us. The morning was misty,

and the peak of Chumanako or Dobendikhan completely concealed

by clouds. On our way down we found the Raja’s brother wait-

ing for us at the Durbar tent; he excused the R4ja’s absence on

the plea of ill health. We had again a long conversation, with

enquiries upon all kinds of subjects. In the course of it, fuller

details were given to us of the Raja’s position, and of an application

he wished to make for an increased allowance from the British

Government ; some allusion had been made to this the day be-

fore, but I replied that we were simply travellers and had no

authority to receive any communications intended for the Govern-

ment; that all such should be made to Colonel Haughton, the Com-

missioner. Of course we could only repeat this. Atthe same time

we added that doubtless the Government would learn with plea-

sure that we had been so well received and aided in travelling

through the country, and that they would have been still more

pleased had we been allowed to go through Chumbi. Meantime

cups had been placed before us and kept constantly supplied with

buttered tea, not a bad drink in a cold climate, and after some

time breakfast was brought. The first dish was little dumplings

filled with chopped meat; after this we had large cups of a kind

of macaroni stewed with a very nice gravy and some meat. Small

plates also were placed before us containing red pepper, garlic and

radishes, the two latter cut into small strips, and a pair of chop

sticks, our endeavours to make use of which were only moderately

390 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

successful. Rather to my surprise, both dishes were excellent, as

well flavoured as if prepared by a good European cook, with none

of the excess,in grease and spice which renders most Indian

cookery so unpalatable to the Huropean taste. After the meal

a large present of blankets, carpets, silk, vegetables, dried meat,

eges, butter, honey, arrack and 6 sheep was brought for us. We

had already apologized for having no present with us for the Raja,

for, not having any expectation of meeting him, we had left a vase

and some glass ornaments intended for him at Davjiling, to be

forwarded to Tamling, so as to meet us there on our return

journey.

Later in the day the Raja’s brother came to see us at our tents.

We shewed him guns, books, &c., and, like all the people in Sik-

kim, he especially admired the plates in ‘‘ Hooker’s Himalayan

Journals,” probably because he could understand them. Finally

he took his leave, having deputed a fat round-faced little Lama

named Kechti to accompany us to the Lachung and Lachen vallies.

29th. We started down the valley on the following morning.

For 5 or 6 miles the path leads through one of the loveliest

valleys I have ever seen, the abundance of rhododendrons recalling

an English shrubbery. It was here that Hooker collected in two

days seeds of 24 different species. A pika (Lagomys Roylet),

abounded in the underwood, and birds became very numerous as

we descended. I shot Collocalia fuciphaga, Lanthia rufilata, Cheli-

dorhynx hypoxantha, Siphia strophiata, Lophophanes Beavani and L.

dichrous. The day before, Elwes had secured the Cashmere dipper

Cinelus Cashmiriensis at Chimanako, and the two water redstarts,

Chimarrhornis leucocephala and Ruticilla fuliginosa, were common

on the banks of the stream.

We breakfasted at Barfonchen and then walked on to Lagyep.

The path soon leaves the valley, and, after a long ascent of 1500 .

feet, we climbed down a steep spur to our halting-place, a small

open space in an excessively swampy condition. It had poured

all the afternoon and continued to do so all night,

30¢h. It was raining in the morning and only ceased to do so

about 9 o’clock, by which time we had descended rapidly by a

steep road from the rhododendrons to the oaks and chesnuts, and

1871. | W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 391

from them to the subtropical flora. On the road I had a snap shot

at a Cervornis running away through the trees, but I was, as usual,

unsuccessful, We halted at the Réji’s rest house at Rangpo

opposite to Tamling. The change from the cold of Chimanako

was by no means unpleasant, but I imagine our coolies enjoyed

it more than we did.

31st. We crossed the valley to Tamlting, an easy march appa-

rently, but really a very tedious one, being a descent of about

38000 feet, and an ascent of the same amount, At the bottom we

crossed two streams, near their confluence, by cane bridges, and

then climbed up through rice and marwa fields to Tamling.

Here we put up in a large monastery, or Gimpa, some distance west

of the Raja’s palace. In front of the central building of the mo-

nastery there was a square grass plot, to the west of which a

covered gallery, enclosed on one side, had been prepared for us.

The monks or Lamas live in little houses scattered around the

Gumpa.

In the afternoon we visited the Gtimpa, which consists of two

chapels, one on each floor. On the lower floor, in front of the chapel,

isa verandah, with a row of praying-wheels along the railings which

run along the front of it, and the rattle of these praying-wheels

was incessant, as every monk walking along the verandah gave

each of them a twist with his hand as he passed. In a side room

one Lama was constantly employed turning a large praying-wheel

by means of a treadle. Hach chapel contains gilt figures of various

Buddhas behind an altar, on which stand numerous brass cups

of water; these are emptied every day at sunset and refilled

in the morning. Immense trumpets, cymbals and other noisy in-

struments are employed in the acts of worship. In each of the

chapels are libraries of Tibetan books, none of which are man-

uscript, but all printed in Tibet, mostly it is said at Jigatzi, from

wooden blocks. ‘The books consist of separate leaves of Daphne

paper printed upon both sides, and all are either tales of Buddhist

saints, or works on religion. The leaves of each book are secured

between two boards, and the whole enclosed in a cotton cover.

Around the chapels hang the masks used by the Lamas at their

great festival, when all belonging to the monastery collect from

392 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

the different places where they are dispersed, and a solemn dance

takes place on the grass plot in front of the monastery. The

masks are chiefly those of devils, the most gorgeous of all, with

much gilding, being no bad imitation of the Satan of medieval Chris-

tianity, The great festival, we were told, takes place in Decem-

ber, and is doubtless no other than our own Christmas, or, to speak

more correctly, Yule.*

But few of the Lamas were at the monastery at this time of the

year, and the chief Lama himself was absent. Indeed during the

greater part of the year many of the monks reside in their own

villages.

In the afternoon we visited the Raja’s palace, which has been

described by Hooker. It is surrounded by a wall, and the princi-

pal room within is a chapel.

September 1st. After much opposition we were obliged to allow

our men to halt for a day, Kechi Lama promising to take us to

Lachting in 5 days, (which, I may add, he failed todo). I spent the

day, a fine one, in labelling birds, writing up my diary and writing

letters, for by good fortune we had found our postman here with

letters from Darjiling for us. Several presents of vegetables, rice,

fowls and the never-failing marwa were brought to us. Amongst

the people who came to see us was Meepo, Hooker’s old guide, now

no longer a young man.

2nd to 5th. I shall describe very briefly our march to Chingtam,

which occupied 4 days. It was a very unpleasant one, through much

rain and swarms of leeches. We took the wrong road at starting,

owing to some mistake of the coolies, and instead of going directly

over the hill behind Tamluing to Selim and Ringiam, we took the

longer route wd Tingchem. Our first halt was at that place, in a

village which had been deserted on account of dysentery, which

all the people in Sikkim dread greatly and look upon as conta-

gious. Here we had not been expected, but as soon as we came

upon the direct road at Ringam we found a Dewan awaiting us in an

excellent bamboo house, which had been built for our accommodation,

* Compare Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Part I, 1865, p. 71, for an account by

Major Godwin-Austen of the use of similar masks in a mystery play in Ladak,

These festivals took place in spring and autumn.

1871.] W. T. Blanford—Jowrney through Sikkim. 393

and a large present of a goat, fowls, vegetables, rice, &c., and above

all the carcase of a pig. This was the third present we had re-

ceived in the day; we were in the most populous and the richest

part of Sikkim, and the greater part of the population were Lepchas,

who, whether from natural good nature, or greater friendliness for

Europeans, were always conspicuous by their efforts to assist us.

Throughout the Dewan’s estates we found an excellent road cleared

for us. We went on to Singtam (where we found another house

ready) to sleep. Here the Tista valley becomes suddenly nar-

row and steep, and for some distance there is but little cultivation.

We should scarcely have reached so far as Singtam, but for the

pig, the promise of which brought on the coolies at a wonderful

pace, the Nipalese especially, who love pork as much as a China-

man.

Above Singtam, near Nimga, the deep gorge, in which the

Tista (here called the Lichen Liching) flows, first assumes the

appearance of a glacier valley, an appearance which is increased

at every turn, until above Chingtdm, at about 7000 to 8000 feet

above the sea, all the sides of the valley are, in places, masses of

bare rounded rock with the typical contour of ‘‘ roches moutonnées.”’

I must here pause to say that the views of this part of Sikkim

in Hooker’s Himalayan Journals do not convey by any means a

correct impression. Like most lithographs of foreign scenes

printed in England, the characteristic features are lost, the dense

forest has vanished, and every thing is Kuropeanized, to coin a word.

‘No one would conceive from the view of the valley below Chingtém

in Vol. II, p. 21, that the hills to the right and left of the woodcut

are 5000 feet above the stream, and that the valley is really a deep

gorge, clad in places with the densest tropical jungle. This, of

course, in no way detracts from the excellence of Hooker’s de-

scriptions of the country and scenery.

From Singtém to Nimga the road is bad, from Nimga to Chingtam

it is worse, being partly over landslips, and for some distance in

the bed of the river. A great landslip, about 1000 feet high,

from the opposite bank, had converted a long reach of the Tista

into apool opposite Nimga. I found a few landshells, including

2 or 8 Alycei and a Diplommatina, but searching for them was

394 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

impossible in general on account of the leeches, which at every halt

swarmed upon us, I saw a large Agamoid lizard about 2 feet

long, which I failed to secure, but two fine Japalure were brought

to me and one or two snakes (Zropidonoti). Between Nimga

and Chiingtém we found some of our coolies from Lachuing, and

their duffadar. These men had been waiting for us for several

days, and the duffadar had gone across the Tankra-la to Chambi

to look after us.

Hooker mentions terraces along the banks of the Lachen-La-

ching, the name here applied to the Tista, near this ; I could only

find traces of them, and they appeared to me due to deposits in

the bed of the river when it has been dammed up by landslips,

which it is occasionally to a great extent, as observed by Hooker

and by ourselves. For upwards of a mile, in one place, we walked

in the bottom of the valley over a great flat, in places nearly half

a mile broad, of boulders and gravel, evidently deposited in this

manner. The extreme steepness of the hill sides and the narrow-

ness of the river valleys in this neighbourhood renders land-

slips more common and more effective in damming up streams than

in most other parts of Sikkim.

September 6th. We marched from Chingtam to Kedém, a short

march up the Liching valley, but involving a considerable ascent,

from 5200 to 6600 feet.* There is a very marked change about

this in the fauna and flora. As far as Chingtam the common

birds are the usual Sikkim forms, but at Kedim we found flocks

of the Himalayan Siskin, Chrysomitris spinoides, and a titlark, Cory-

dalla striolata, abounded in all open spaces. Indeed this may

be considered the boundary between the Malay and Palearctic

faunas, a boundary which, on the Chola range, is 3000 to 4000

feet higher. Elwes climbed up the hill sides after ghoral, which

inhabit the grassy and precipitous west slope of the valley, but

although he saw some, he was unsuccessful in bagging any. Rain

at night as usual.

7th. A dull misty morning with a little rain. We started about

7 o’clock and climbed over a very indifferent road, crossing the —

* These elevations and all subsequently mentioned are taken from Hooker’s

Himalayan Journals.

1871. | W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 395

Liching river by the last cane bridge in this valley ; for beyond this

the bridges which we saw were of wooden planks. The path soon

led into open glades covered with high grass and shrubs. It was

curious to note the difference in the two sides of the valley; to

the eastward all was dense forest, firs appearing at about 8000 feet,

not far above our heads, whilst on the western slope grass prevailed,

the trees being mainly restricted to patches of forest beside the

ravines, somewhat like the ‘‘ Sholas” of the Nilgiri and other hills

in Southern India.

About 7 or 8 miles*from Kedam, on crossing a small stream, we

suddenly left our enemies, the leeches, behind, a little below the

elevation at which firs begin to appear in the bottom of the valley.

These trees appear at an elevation between 3000 and 4000 feet

lower than on the Chola range, but the species are different, that

seen lowest in the Liching and Lichen valleys being a very hand-

some tree, Abies Smithiana, which Hooker calls the spruce. It is

far inferior in size to the silver fir, 4. Webbiana, which only makes

its appearance at about 10000 feet, but its elegant conical shape

renders it a very beautiful and conspicuous object. A third pine

A. Brunnoniana, also a handsome dark foliaged tree, appears at nearly

the same elevation as the spruce, and around Lachung, these two

trees, with rhododendrons, form the greater part of the forests.

Laching well deserves Hooker’s encomiums. It is in a broad part

of the valley with, on all sides, the remains of the enormous glacier

moraines noticed by Hooker, Vol. II, p. 103. These are peculiarly ~

conspicuous from being, without exception, covered with grass, no

forest apparently growing upon them.

We foundthe provisions sent forward from Darjiling a month

before safe and ingoodorder. Our men had putup in some stone

sheds, with roofs of fir planks, on a grassy flat west of the Lachting.

The main village, built of fine houses raised above the ground in

the usual Indo-Chinese fashion, is to the east of the river. The

houses are close together as in Indian villages, not scattered over

a large area as in tropical and subtropical Sikkim. This may be

due to the people of Liaching being Tibetans, but is partly in

consequence, I should think, of their being agriculturists only to a

very moderate extent. In fact the population of the Lichen and

396 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

Liching valleys have two principal sources of livelihood: 1st.

Their yaks, of which they possess large herds. These, at the time of

our arrival at Laching, were far away in the mountains around

Momay Samdong and Yeomatong. 2nd. The sale of fir timber

and trade. The whole traffic between the upper Tista valley and

Tibet is carried on by these people, and they have an extensive

traffic in wood for building, which they supply to the treeless

regions of Tibet. Twice in the year they cross the Donkia and

Kongra Lama passes, and proceed to Kambajong or Jigatzi with

their bullocks and yaks, generally laden with timber, less frequently

with rice and other tropical products. At the Tibetan marts they

exchange these for salt, which, on their return, they again barter

with the Sikkim people for rice and other grains, South of Tamlung

the traffic with Tibet takes place by the various eastern passes

communicating with Chimbi, from which place a road, said to be

good, leads north-north-east towards Lhassa.

8th to 10th. I halted for three days at Lachung. Elwes went off

to visit the Tankra pass on the second day, but I had been so much

punished by the leechesin the hot valleys that I thought it

advisable to rest a little. Meantime we purchased a yak from the

people, that is to say, the Phipun presented the yak to us, and we

presented him in return with sixteen rupees, which was, I believe,

rather more than its value. To save time in killing, I shot the

yak through the neck, its throat was immediately cut, and in less

than three hours it was distributed amongst the coolies, who divided

every portion, which could by any possibility be eaten, amongst

themselves. At the same time we reduced the ration of rice to

half a seer, so that our provisions might last the longer.* The

yak meat was slightly tough, but excellently flavoured.

I occupied myself in collecting for a couple of days. Crows

(Corvus culminatus) abounded, and there were many red-billed

choughs, Mregilus graculus, both appearing at a decidedly lower

elevation than on the Chola range. In the pine forests were

nuterackers, Vucifraga hemispila, numerous tits, Zrochalopterum affine,

* The ration usually given to coolies in Sikkim, one seer of rice per diem, is

very large, and from the quantity of carriage required, a great impediment to”

travelling, It would, I think, be a better plan to give the men only a small

load with additional pay and to make them provide their own food,

1871. ] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 397

Leuli and Yuhine. Lanius tephrodornis was common in the open

glades, coming, I think, from beyond the mountains, but I am not

certain. However, a few weeks later all had gone down to a lower

level. One or two migratory birds were beginning to make their

appearance ; ¢. g. Pratincola indica, which I first saw on the 9th, and

Kestrels.

I could only find one landshell, a Macrochlamys, and of that but

8 or 4 specimens, all of which had closed the mouths of their

shells with an epiphragm, and, I suppose, had retired for the

winter. Indeed the nights were slightly frosty when clear, which they

rarely were; usually it rained more or less every day. One

morning was very fine, and there was a beautiful view of the snow

peaks up the valley and those around the Tankra-la, on which fresh

snow had fallen, but long before midday heavy clouds came up

the valley and concealed everything.

Mammals were scarce. There were some bears, and I frequently

saw their fresh tracks on the hill sides, where they had torn up the

turf to get at roots and grubs. The species was doubtless Ursus

tibetanus. There were afew goral on the steep hill sides above the

houses in which we were living, and serow (Nemorhedus bubalinus)

in the fir forests, but we only saw the tracks of the latter. A

langiir monkey (Presbytes schistaceus) was not rare, and two or three

were shot by a shikari of Elwes’s who had been two months in

Laching, but had not collected much. We heard of Ailurus fulgens

but did not see it.

Butterflies were numerous on the grassy banks, and appeared

whenever the sun shone, the most conspicuous being Papilio

Machaon, Satyrus Padma, and Argynnis Lssea.

September 11th. I determined to goup the valley to Yeomatong

and there await Elwes’s return from the Tankra. Guruk hada

severe attack of fever, I therefore left him to come on with Elwes,

We had discharged several of our coolies, and the useless

Nipalese duffadar, and by giving the men meat as part of their

rations, we had sufficient rice to last us for about 20 days, after

which we hoped to get a fresh supply from the Tista valley.

A pony was brought for me, on which I rode part of the

distance. The roads were much better than in the low regions, but

398 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

still the climb over the great moraine just above the fork in the

valley was a severe one. All this country has been so admirably de-

scribed by Hooker that anything I could add from my much shorter

visit would be mere recapitulation so far as the scenery and

general features are concerned. “4

After passing the great moraine, the road was much better and

more level; patches of the winter’s snow were still lying in places

in the ravines to the west of the valley, although there was

scarcely any on the peaks that were visible. I first noticed larch

at about 10,000 feet. My shikari shot a woodpecker, Picus hypery-

thrus, which is very rare in Sikkim, although common in the north-

west Himalayas. Wagtails appeared, perhaps coming from beyond

the passes, but more probably residents in the Himalayas ; I saw one

or two Motacille which had not quite lost their summer plumage,

and at Yeomatong I found a flock of short-toed larks, Calandrella

brachydactyla. |

Yeomatong is a very pretty place at nearly 12000 feet elevation, _

with some grand peaks visible when there is not too much mist,

but the noble mass which Hooker calls Chang-o-Khang* was rarely |

clear whilst I was there. The valley is very straight just here,

olaciers descend to within a very short distance, and the whole

combination of the deep alpine valley with the crags around, the

bluish glacier ice, and the dark pine woods, forms a very striking

scene. On the whole I should be inclined to give the preference

to this place for beauty, even over Liachtng. There is nothing equal

to it in the Lachen valley.

I put up in a good sized house built of fir planks, but it was

pervious to the rain from above and the cold winds from the side,

and therefore I had the tent pitched asa sleeping apartment on

the close velvety turf, which was not swampy here as on the Chola

range. Yeomadong is only inhabited in the spring, summer and

autumn; in the winter all the people go down to Liachitng, or, in

severe winters, even farther, taking their yaks with them.

* This name is used by the Lachen people, and, as so frequently happens

in mountain regions, it is not that by which the mountain is known on the

opposite side in the Laching valley. Indeed I could get no definite name for

the mountain on this side,

1871. ] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 399

12th. It was clear in the early morning, but, about sunrise,

clouds came up the valley, and some rain fell. This cleared off in

about an hour, but meantime all the hills around, down to

within 1000 feet of the valley, had received a light covering of

snow. I started up the east side of the valley about 10 o’clock,

and after climbing through firs and rhododendrons for about 2000

feet, emerged amongst grass and rocks; about 1500 feet more

took me to the bottom of a small glacier. The giant rhubarb was

scattered here and there about the slope, and on my way down

I shot one of the grouse-like snow-partridges, ZLerva nivicola, and

an accentor, 4. Nipalensis. The great glacier which extends nearly

to the valley was far beneath me here. At its termination is a

peculiar moraine disposed in a terrace. Another glacier which

terminates to the northward of the large one, exhibits the same

peculiarity in a more striking manner, for lateral moraines,

arranged in a double terrace, run for some distance up the side of

the valley in which the glacier lies. The cause of the peculiar

conformation in the latter caseis clear; it is due to the gradual

decrease in size of the glacier, and the filling in of the space left

between the ice and the sides of the valley by moraines at two

successive different elevations at which the ice has stood, but the

terrace at the bottom of the great glacier is less easily accounted for,

I had a very slight headache from the climbing, but it soon went

off, the men with me suffered more, as indeed they usually did,

I think.

13th. A glorious morning. At sunrise there was a little fleecy

mist about the peaks, but all above was clear blue sky, and the

valley was exposed in all its grandeur. Looking downwards

on the west side, a series of crags appeared, of most fantastic shape,

terminating in a multitude of pinnacles, here and there set off

by the snow which had fallen in the night, and relieved by a few

larger snow-covered mountains. Up the valley the huge snow

mass of Chang-o-khang rose above all the surrounding peaks, and

a big glacier ran down from it which closed the end of one of the

forks of the valley. Between the two forks were black rocks with

a snowy peak or two rising over them, whilst the eastern slope of

the valley was a black mass of fir and rhododendron forest, capped by

400 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. | No. 4,

sparingly snowed crags and only broken by the huge glacier which

descends below all the others, and to which reference has already

been made.

I again climbed up the east side of the valley, and shot several

snow partridges. On my road up I bagged two blood pheasants

(Ithagenis cruentus) and I saw some monal, but they were too wary

to be shot. On my return I found Elwes who had come from the

Tankra-li ; he had been disappointed in his expectations of Oves

ammon, but he had obtained several good birds, Lerva, Accentor

Nipalensis, Lringillauda nemoricola and Alsocomus Hodgson, the

speckled wood pigeon, which,it was rather surprising to find at an

elevation of 13000 or 14000 feet. He had, however, unfortunately

had a touch of fever the day before.

September 14th. We devoted the day to collecting in the fir

woods around the valley. The most common birds were the crested

tits, Lophophanes Beavani, L. dichrous and L. emodius, the first being

by far the most abundant. They kept in flocks, and with them

were associated many Phylloscopt (P. lugubris) and Certhia

Nipalensis. This curious association I noticed in numerous in-

stances; sometimes one or two other little birds were also mixed

with the flocks, but the abovenamed species were always together,

and I never saw the creeper away from the tits. On the edges of the

forest Lanthia rufilata, Tarsiger chryseus, and Trochalopterum affine

were met with, and my shikari brought in the rare Drymochares

stellatus. In the open ground Corydalla striolata and Calandrella

brachydactyla abounded, but scarcely any finches appeared. There

were several of the red-billed curlew, Ldidorhynchus Struthierst,

scattered about the edges of the river; one or two families had

probably bred in this spot, as most of those we shot proved to be

young birds. Dippers, (Cinclus Asiaticus) Chimarrhornis and

wagtails were common, but no swimming birds, nor any waders

except Lbidorhynchus. In fact the paucity of water birds, of waders

especially, appears characteristic of this part of the Himalayas.

Amongst the moss-covered stones, the Himalayan wren, Zroglodytes

Nipalensis, was common, running in and out of the crevices, and

frequently disappearing for some seconds into cavities beneath the

rocks. I shot another bird also which for a long time puzzled me,

1871. ] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 401

until at last I found it was Horeites brunneifrons of Hodgson. Its

actions are singularly wren-like, and I at first thought it must be

a Tesia, to the neighbourhood of which genus it was also referred

by Blyth. .

There was a great paucity of Raptores; the common sparrow

hawk and kestrils being more frequently seen than any others.

Kites (Milvus govinda) were common, crows and choughs were

abundant as usual. <A piping hare or Pika (Zagomys Royle?)

abounded in the fir forests, but as usual there were very few

Mammalia.

September 15th. We marched up the valley to Momay Samdong

at above 15000 feet, the highest spot in the Lachung valley at

which there are houses. The road leads through forest for some

miles, then ascends over the large moraines at a fork of the valley,

where the stream joins from the Chang-o-Khang glacier, and,

turning up the eastern fork, rapidly rises above the forest. For

4or5 miles more the ascent is very gentle, through rhododendron

scrub, but finally all vegetation except grass and very small shrubs

is left behind. ‘The eastern slope of the valley is grassy and less

precipitous than the western, but on each side, here and there,

there are glimpses of snow fields and glaciers upon the heights.

We traversed more than one fine ancient moraine stretching partly

across the valley ; and all the projecting rocks at the sides, with many

in the bottom of the glen, were rounded by old glacier action.

The rounding is most conspicuous just below Momay, but, although

I hunted carefully for it, both here and amongst the blocks of stone

in the moraines, I could never detect any polished or striated

surfaces, such as are so common in Europe. Hooker has also

noticed this, and my friend, Mr. Medlicott, tells me that he could

never find any of these fine surface markings in the western

Himalayas. Ido not know whether the erosion of the surface of

rocks, to which the disappearance of glacial scratches is due, should

be attributed to their mineral character, or to the climate, but the

former differs so little from that of many of the best marked rocks

in Europe that I suppose the climate must be credited with the

alteration.

The dip of the gneiss foliation in the low Tista valley is very

402 W. T. Blanford—Journey through “Sikkim. [No. 4,

high, or vertical, and as far as Yeomatong it is still considerable.

But at Momay it is very low, and just below the village almost

horizontal. In the hills to the westward it dips to the west or

southwest at an angle rarely exceeding 10° to 20°. The gneiss

is in places granitoid, and often traversed by granite veins; both

gneiss and granite consist chiefly of white felspar with but little

quartz and black mica.

We selected for our tent a plot of grass in a position sheltered

from the wind; our men finding places in some of the houses.

There were many people at Momay with their yaks when we arriv-

ed, but all left in a day or two afterwards for places lower down the

valley.

16th. We heard that a Tibetan officer had come to the Donkia

pass, which was about 10 miles away, to meet us, and we arranged

to go and see him on the following day. Meantime we resolved to

visit the Sibu-l4, the pass which leads from Momay to Phaling and

Tangu in the Lachen valley, in order to see if it was practicable for

coolies and if we could cross it in case the Tibetans would not allow us

to go over the Donkia-la4. We had scarcely gone a mile when we met

aman who told us he had just seen a flock of wild sheep, and a sharp-

eyed shikari declared he could see some lying down upon a shoot

of stones. Neither Elwes nor I could distinguish them, even with

the telescope, but whilst we were watching, 16 burhel (Ovis nahura)

walked out from amongst the stones, and began feeding in a small

plain. Elwes crept in and shot the largest, a young ram, “It was

about the bulk of an English sheep, but with much longer legs,

and proved a grand addition to our larder. We subsequently

found that the ‘‘ Ovis ammon’” of which we had heard so much

were all burhel, and Hooker, I think, must have been mistaken

in supposing that he saw the former in this neighbourhood, for,

by the unanimous evidence of all the Tibetans, none occur to

the south of the Donkia and Kongra Lama passes, although they

are to be met with a little farther north in Tibet.

Sending aman back with the burhel, which, I may remark, was

the only four-footed game secured by either of us during our trip, we

proceeded on our road to the Sibu-l4, passing over the gigantic

moraine at the termination of the Kinchinjhao glacier, and climb-

1871.] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 403

ing beside another small glacier, partly over grass, but chiefly over

piles of stones, many of them loose. At the top was an open barren

plateau with some small lakes, I went on till I came to the base

of the last ascent ; another most difficult_pile of loose blocks of stone.

It was quite evident that the pass was impracticable for loaded

coolies. Here at above 17000 feet I turned back; I felt perfectly

well until [ did so, but I had a bad headache all the evening from

the elevation.

17th. There was a little snow over the whole valley in the morn-

ing. We got ponies and started for the Donkia pass. The road

led up an open stony valley for 5 or 6 miles, and then ascended

rather more rapidly over barren slopes, leaving the Lachtng to

the right. We passed flocks of that peculiar bird, Grandala

celicolor, scattered over the hill sides, and I succeeded in shoot-

ing a male in gorgeous blue plumage. We also-saw a large

lark, probably an Ofocoris, but it was acold misty day and a

piercing wind swept up the valley, bringing sleet with it, so

we had little inclination for ornithology. As we came to the

base of the last ascent over a low rocky saddle connecting

two higher ridges, all unsnowed, we found the Tibetan en-

campment, and two officers received us very politely in their

tent and offered us the usual buttered tea. After a time there

were brought some pieces of cold mutton and flour of roasted corn

(sdtu in Hindustani) which was eaten by being mixed with

buttered tea in each man’s cup and made into little balls of dough.

We requested that they would allow us to cross the pass and pro-

ceed vid Cholamu to the Kongra Lama pass, in the same manner

as Hooker and Campbell had been permitted to travel in the

reverse direction from Kongra Lama to Donkia. Captain Chamer,

to whom JI have already referred as having visited these passes a

few months before we did, and who was the first who had pene-

trated so far since Hooker’s time, had been told that he might

traverse this small portion of the Lichen valley, and he would

have done so, but at that time (May) the snow was too deep. We

were therefore rather surprised and disgusted at being told that

we could not possibly he allowed to go, the Tibetan officers said

that especial orders had come from Lhassa, and that their heads

404 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

would be cut off, (the assertion was accompanied by a conventional

gesture significative of decapitation), if any Kuropean crossed the

frontier. Expostulation was useless, at every remark, their hands

were drawn across their necks to typify their fate if we passed the

frontier. At the same time there was no threat of stopping us by

force ; the people only said ‘ If you choose to go by force we cannot

stop you, but all our heads will be cut off.’ Finally we left them

and returned down the valley to Momay. A present of sheep,

flour, &c., had been brought for us, but we positively refused to

receive anything, as we could only consider people who prevented

us from passing a short distance over a tract of country already

traversed by our countrymen as enemies.

September 18th and 19th. We remained at Momay endeavouring

through Kechi Lama to bribe the Tibetans to allow us to go by

Cholamu. At first there seemed every probability of success ; we

were told that the chief fear of the people was that we should

want to penetrate farther into the country. We explained that

this was not the case, our sole object was to go by an easy route

to the Kongra Lama pass and descend the Lichen. We had

examined the Sibu-l4, and found it impassable for coolies, and to

go round by Chingtam was more than a week’s journey. But, on

the 19th, we heard that a much higher official had arrived at the

pass, and we determined to try reasoning once more.

During these two days we had collected several birds. Ravens

and choughs (/. graculus only, not Pyrrhocorax) abounded, there

were also pipits, short-toed larks, Chimarrhornis, a beautiful red-

start, Ruticilla erythrogastra, and flocks of young birds of Grandala

eelicolor, of which we never saw a full piumaged male, except

near Donkia pass. A day or two after the yaks left, many birds

also took their departure. Lammergeyers appeared occasionally,

and amongst the migratory birds were kestrils and hoopoes

( Upupa epops).

On the 18th there was an inch of snow in the morning over the

whole valley, and upon our tent it was still thicker, but we were

well protected by the blanket lining, and our people were warmly

clad and in good houses. We had to send down the valley for

firewood however.

1871.] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 405

On the 19th I went to the Kinchinjhao glacier. This remark-

able mass of ice absolutely loses itself at its foot under piles of

stones, over which I climbed for more than a mile before I came to

any ice, and then I only found some exposed beneath a pile of

angular blocks of rock in consequence of the surface having fallen

in, I suppose from the melting of the ice beneath. It is evident

that some of the hills of moraine debris, such as those to the

northwest of Momay, have been formed in this manner, at the

termination of glaciers.

September 20th. We moved our camp about 5 miles up the

Laching valley, hoping to be able to cross the Donkia pass next

day, and encamped at a fork at nearly 17000 feet, where some

yaks had been kept earlier in the year, and an abundance of their

dried dung supplied fuel. Elwes, who at first had apparently

escaped the effects of the leech bites better than I had, but who

had been walking much more than I, now found himself rather

lame from their effects, and he therefore remained behind at our

new camp whilst I rode up to the Donkia pass again. I found

the tents of the Tibetans still closer to the crest of the pass than

before, indeed they were not more than 200 feet below the top,

on the Sikkim side. I was received by an officer ina yellow silk

dress, and wearing a conical Chinese hat, capped by a white glass

button, the mark of his rank. This was Sona-wandje, the Suba

or governor of Kambajong, and by far the best specimen of a

Tibetan gentleman whom we met. He was very polite, but per-

fectly firm on the point of giving us no permission to cross the fron-

tier ; he produced letters which he said had been sent to him from

Chumbi, Jigatzi and Lhassa, ordering him on no account to permit

us to enter Tibetan territory.* An enquiry as to how information of

our journey had been received elicited the fact that it had come from

Chimbi, and coupling this with a previous remark of the Suba’s that

he had recently received a letter from the governor of that province

requesting him to shew us every attention, it appeared to me high-

* T am inclined to believe that orders had really arrived to stop us. The

Tibetans had heard that one Huropean had visited the passes in the spring,

and that two others were on their way to them, and so unrsual a visitation,

in a place in which no white man had been seen for more than 20 years, had

alarmed the celestials.

406 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

ly probable that this stubborn opposition to our traversing a small

uninhabited valley was due to Hooker’s old enemy the ex-Dewan

of Sikkim ; now governor of Chimbi, as I have already mentioned.

I, of course, pleaded that there could be no objection to our going

where Hooker and Campbell had been before us, but the Suba

replied that the Dingpan who allowed them to pass had been

beheaded and his property forfeited.

This story I had never heard before, and I fully believe it to have

been invented, indeed I expressed myself unable to put faith in it.

It is simply incredible that it should never have been told to us at

Chumaniako, when we enquired as to our being permitted to cross the

Donkia pass, that no such story should ever have been heard by any

previous traveller in Sikkim, and that no rumour of such an occur-

rence should have penetrated to Darjiling; above allthat Captain

Chamer should have been allowed to cross Kongra Lama only a

few months before our arrival.

But although I doubt whether my friend the Saba was quite

truthful in this matter, it was impossible to be insensible to his

politeness. He said he wished very much that no European tra-

vellers would come to the Sikkim frontier, for he had just obtained

leave of absence and started for a visit to see his relations whom

he had not met for years, when he was suddenly ordered back to

the frontier to stop us from passing. Indeed it was no sinecure

to be perched up on a bleak barren mountain pass at upwards of

18000 feet elevation for several days.

After a long conversation, I expressed a wish to see the view

from the pass, but even this was opposed, and I was assured, with

the usual pantomime of decapitation, that the Saba dared not allow

me even tolook upon Tibet. As I knew this was absurd, the only

effect was to make me disbelieve every word I had been told pre-

viously. I insisted upon seeing the pass at any rate, promising not

to go beyond the chait which marks the frontier, and no fur-

ther opposition was made. It is not easy to climb a steep path at

18500 feet, and we all made several halts in ascending the short

distance which separated us from the crest of the mountain. All

on the side by which we ascended was mist, but on the other

side it was clear, the only impediment to sight being the clouds

which were blown up from behind us.

1871. ] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 407

The scene that bursts upon the eye from the crest of Donkia is one

of those which can neither be described nor represented. Cholami

lake isin front beneath the feet of the spectator, beyond is a desert

with rounded hills. Farther away range after range of mountains,

some of them covered with snow, extend to a distance which the

eye cannot appreciate. ‘The total change of colour and form from

the valleys of Sikkim, the utter barrenness, the intense clearness

of the atmosphere produce such an effect as if one were gazing

upon another world in which the order of this is no longer

preserved ; where a tropical desert is seen amongst snow-capped

peaks, beneath the unnaturally clear atmosphere of the arctic

regions,

Hooker’s description, Vol. II, pp. 123-128, and the view in Pl.

VIII, of his Himalayan Journals, (larger edition,) give a faint idea

of a scene which it is beyond the powers of either art or language

to convey faithfully. It is doubtless one of the most remarkable

landscapes in the world, and alone worth the journey from Darjiling

in order to see it.

I rode back in the afternoon rather disgusted at the prospect

of not crossing the pass; not only did I wish to see something more

of the Tibetan plain, but the fauna, as described by Hooker, is

peculiar and quite different from that of the neighbouring valleys

in Sikkim. I especially wished also to see the fossiliferous lime-

stone which Hooker noted, and which, singularly enough, appears

just beyond the Tibetan frontier.

On arriving at our camp I found Elwes had not returned, nor did

he doso until half past 7 o’clock, an hour after dark. He had strolled

out up the side valley which branches off from the Lachung to the

west close to our camp, and leads toa little known pass called

Sang-l4, two or three miles west of Donkia pass. He had gone out

without any intention of doing more than looking at the valley ;

indeed, being rather lame from leech bites, he had stayed behind

in order to rest, but he found himself so close to the frontier that

he went on to the top of the pass, and then, seeing Cholama lake

beneath him, and no Tibetan in sight, the temptation to go on

was irresistible and he descended to the lake, partly by a snow

slope, partly over a shoot of stones. There he could find no one ;

408 W. 'T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. — [No. 4,

he had expected to meet with the Tibetan encampment, but that

was high upon Donkia, so after firing 3 or 4 shots, of which no one

took any notice, he was obliged to climb back by Donkia Pass and

to astonish the Tibetans by appearing from the north.

September 21st. A bitterly cold morning, hard frost and a little

snow. ‘The coolies had esconced themselves amongst the stones in

an extraordinary manner, and contrived some kind of shelter, but

they chiefly kept warm, I fancy, by huddling together. We called

all the men together and sounded them as to whether they, or any

part of them, would follow us if we forced our way across the pass.

The Tibetans had no arms, and had evidently no intention to use

violence, and we could either give them the slip, or push past

them. But all, Nipalese ant Bitias, alike refused to follow,

alleging that the Tibetans would be revenged upon them at some

future time. There was no help but to return, and ascend the

Lachen to Kongra Lama.*

Meantime the Stiba of KAmbajong and his men arrived from the

frontier, very indignant at what they considered the trick played

upon them the day before, for they very naturally concluded that

the story I had told them of Elwes being lame was false, and that

I had occupied their attention whilst he slipped over the frontier.

They were especially angry with Kechi Lama, who had accompanied

me. I may add that I believe the indignation was in part assumed,

as they all declared that their heads would be cut off, which I took

and still take the liberty of disbelieving ; their main object being

throughout to induce us, by all means in their power, not to attempt

to cross the frontier. After a little conversation we persuaded the

Subé that Elwes had only gone from one pass to the other, and

pacified him, the more so that, seeing it was hopeless, we promised

* IT should say here, lest it be thought that, in attempting to cross the

frontier by pushing past the guard, or giving them the slip, we risked

either bloodshed, or the severe punishment, by their own government, of men

who had treated us with civility, that I firmly believe both fears were utterly

groundless. The Tibetans guard their frontier from the entrance of Huropeans

because itis the traditional custom, and because the Chinese government

orders it. Dozens of sportsmen have crossed at one time or another into

western Tibet, but no ill results have ever been heard of. Had we crossed, —

I believe that the Saba and his guard, after bewailing their imaginary fate

for a reasonable length of time, say an hour or two, would have marched on with

us in the most friendly manner to Kongra Lama,

re are nif

1871.] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim, 409

not to enter Tibet, but to go to the Lachen valley by Chingtam;

we finally parted promising to meet again in a few days at Kongra

Lama. We offered the Suba some cloth and a few other small

presents, but he assured us that he could not receive anything, as it

was not allowed by the Tibetan government. A map of the

Tibet frontier and a photograph of Elwes he would apply for

permission to accept when he met us at Kongra Lama. After the

interview was over we marched back to Momay.

22nd. We had a lovely morning, and all the peaks, Kinchinjhao

and the Matterhorn-like Donkia included, were free from mist. We

started down the valley, Elwes, who had over-exerted himself in

crossing two passes above 18000 feet in one afternoon, and who

was consequently very lame, on horseback. On our stopping to

breakfast about half way to Yeomatong, I was surprised to see the

Lichung Phipan, who was with us, produce a good sized piece of

raw mutton, about half a pound in weight, and proceed to eat it

without either cooking or sauce, or any addition whatever. I have

often seen dried meat eaten raw, but I had supposed that a taste

for fresh uncooked meat was peculiar to the people of Abyssinia.

Tt was rather amusing to note that our friend, the Phipan, imitated

the Abyssinians not only in the material for his meal, but also in

his mode of eating it: siezing the end of the meat in his teeth and

cutting off pieces by an upward sweep of his knife. It only required

the curved Abyssinian scimitar to have completed the resemblance.

When two or three miles from Yeomatong, I rambled into the

forest, and came suddenly upon a flock of blood pheasants in a

mossy hollow amongst the fir trees; I shot one or two on the spot,

and following up the others, which were far from wild, I killed 5

altogether,

September 23rd and 24th. Elwes was so lame that we halted for

a couple of days, and I collected several birds, the most interesting

being a specimen of that rare buzzard, Hodgson’s Buteo plumipes,

which was brought in by a shikari. The weather was not very

fine. On the second day I visited the hot spring below Yeomatong

on the banks of the Lachting, described by Hooker, Vol. II, p. 116.

The road to it, along the river banks, was one of the very worst I

ever traversed, even in Sikkim,

410 -W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim [No. 4,

Some migratory birds which we had not met with at first now

made their appearance, amongst them Ruticilla rufiventris, Pratin-

cola Indica, and Pipastes maculatus.

September 25th, We returned to Lachung through mist and rain,

and re-established ourselves in the house east of the river. On

the road I saw some Certornis, and shot a hen, but the cock again

got off. I had no luck with pheasants.

26th to 28th. Elwes being still too lame to walk, we were

compelled to halt, His leg was so queer at one time that it

became a question whether he should not rig up a dhuli or ‘* man-

chil,”* and make the best of his way to Darjiling. But at length

he was sufficiently recovered to march.

Meantime I had rambled about the neighbourhood and shot a

few good birds, the best being some small Sylviads, Regulordes, Phyl-

loscopt, Abrornis, £c., and a rare long-tailed tit, Agithaliscus tou-

schistus. I also obtained some nutcrakers, Vuctfraga hemispila, and

several Leiotrichians, such as Iinla ignotincta, Siva strigula, and

Yuhina occipitalis. Lanius tephrodornis, which was abundant a

fortnight before, had departed, and the higher hills were becoming

richly coloured with autumnal reds and browns.

On the 27th, some of our men took a bees’ nest hanging from

the rocks, and we obtained a large supply of honey. Curiously _

enough, although the honey had no effect upon me nor on any of

the servants, a very small quantity made Elwes ill. It is notorious

that honey in Sikkim is sometimes poisonous, Hooker mentions

this, (Vol. I, p. 201,) and all the natives are acquainted with the

fact, but in this instance only one out of a large party was affected

by it.

29th. We got away at last, and marched rapidly down the

valley. At Kedam, which we reached about midday, we found

quantities of ripe peaches, they were, however, very inferior and

tasteless. The marwa was fast ripening on the flats around the

village. We did not halt here, but went on to Chingtém, and put

up in the monastery, instead of the little hut where we had pre-

viously slept. The monastery is at the base of the hill between

the Lachen and Lachuing and overlooks the junction of the two

* A litter slung to a bamboo as used in Canara and Malabar.

1871.] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 411

rivers. The weather had greatly improved since we had been in the

Lichung valley.

30th. Men had been sent to repair the road, which is never

traversed in the monsoon between Chingti4m and Liamteng, the

village in the Lichen valley corresponding to Laching. We

started up the Lachen valley on our way once more to the Tibetan

frontier. We seemed at last to have a spell of really fine wea-

ther, and our only regret was to lose such a day in the bottom of

the hot Lachen valley. However, we escaped leeches to some

extent in consequence, and certainly not because of their paucity.

The path soon crossed the Lichen by a cane bridge, and then led

over steep banks, climbed by means of bamboo ladders and poles

with notches cut in them. Afterwards the road led for miles

through marshy flats. The east bank is for some distance rocky

and grassy, the west alone being wooded, but forest afterwards

appears on both slopes, which do not rise abruptly to nearly so great

a height as in the Liachtng valley. The marks of glacial action

also are much less distinct, although smoothed and rounded rocks

appear here and there. About four o’clock, after a tedious march,

we reached Liatong, where several dirty houses, uninhabited at

this season, were nearly buried in thickets of shrubs. One house

was the only place we could find habitable, and this was detestably

filthy, whilst there was no place to pitch the tent. All the hills

just above us were covered with pine trees.

October 1st. The road up the valley was very much like that of

the day before, execrably bad in places, traversing precipices by

means of bamboos and notched poles. The bridges, however, had.

been repaired. We twice crossed the Lachen by cane bridges.

The greater part of the route lay through dwarf bamboo under-

wood, in which leeches were numerous, despite the fineness of the

day. At length we came upon pine trees and left the blood-thirsty

Annelides behind. The road crossed two gigantic moraines, parts

of which were open and covered with grass, and beyond the second

we came in sight of a very pretty reach of the valley, looking up to

the Zemui fork and presenting an exquisite landscape, although

inferior in grandeur to the Laching at the same elevation. Turn-

ing round a corner we came suddenly upon Lamteng, a large village,

412 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

with the houses near each other, and all supported on piles as at

Liching, We put up in one of them. The village is ata rather

higher elevation than Lichting,* and the pine trees, (Abies Smithi-

ana) descend about 500 feet below it.

On the road I obtained Properus chryseus and one or two other

oood birds.

October 2nd. The weather was still magnificent, and the road,

though still steep, a great improvement on that of the day before.

Indeed after crossing the Zemu, (where we stopped to breakfast,

and I shot a Picus hyperythrus,) and ascending the opposite bank,

the road was quite practicable on horseback. The communications

of the people of the Lichen valley with Sikkim are evidently much

more restricted than are those of the inhabitants of Lachung, but

the former, like the latter, carry on a considerable trade with

Tibet, the road by Kongra Lama being easier than that by the

Donkia pass.

The forest after passing the Zemu is mostly small; junipers

abound and are finer than in the Lachting valley. About 4

o’clock, after a long march, we reached Tallam Samdong, a large

village of stone houses, one of the best of which had been pre-

pared for us. We had a number of clean fir boards laid down and

made ourselves comfortable.

3rd. The morning was spent in a vain search after a flock

of wild sheep on the opposite slope of the valley. We ascended

about 1500 feet amongst shrubs with rich autumnal tints, but al-

though tracks were numerous, no sheep could be found. On the

road down, we shot a number of snow pigeons, Columba leuconota,

which are more abundant here than at any other place I have

seen in Sikkim, and on which Hooker lived to a great extent

when the Dewan and the Suba of Singtam tried to starve him out

of the country. There were a few choughs and crows, but no ra-

vens.

‘After breakfast we obtained some pretty good ponies and rode

to Tangd, a very short march, of not more than 6 or 7 miles, by a

very tolerable road for Sikkim. At Tangtii were many people with

their yaks, the elevation, 12,750 feet, being only a thousand feet

* 8,900 feet above the sea; according to Hooker.

1871. | W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 413

above Yeomatong. The houses were small and all occupied, but

two of the usual black blanket tents had been pitched for us, and

we used these in the day, sleeping in our own. We purchased a

yak from the people and slaughtered it. At night the other yaks,

scenting the blood, came at a gallop past our tent, bellowing and

grunting, and a singular scene took place in the moonlight. The

smell of the blood appeared to excite them, they rolled in it, fought

with each other and rushed wildly about the place. I was afraid

they would knock our tent down, but they avoided it.

4th. I remained in camp in the early morning, but after

breakfast, about 10 o’clock, we started on horseback for the fron-

tier. The day was fine, but there was a little mist, which increased

towards the afternoon. We went up the Lachen valley, not by

the alternative route vid Phialung, and ascended over the huge

moraine which crosses the valley just above Tangu; a little beyond

this we were above the limit of trees, and then the road led for

miles through the open valley with grassy slopes on each side.

About 7 miles from Tangt we came in sight of a flock of burhel

after which Elwes went, but without success. Above this the val-

ley became more and more barren, its bottom consisting of moraines

alternating with stony flats. I shot a Cashmir dipper, Cinelus

Cashmiriensis, in the river, and saw the other Himalayan species

C. asiaticus, and between us we procured Luticilla erythrogastra,

Accentor rubeculoides, a horned lark, Otocords, of a species not pre-

viously known, and Leucosticte hematopygia, only known before from

Western Tibet.

My pony being very slow, I did not arrive till some time after

Elwes. 1 found the Suba’s tents pitched under the shelter of some

rocks. close to the frontier, which is a bleak open plain where the

valley is broader than usual. Our friend the Kambajong Suba was

beaming with politeness and good nature. He had brought us as

a present three perfectly fresh skins, one of Gazella (Procapra) pie-

ticauda, the others of Ovis ammon, an ewe anda young ram, to

obtain which he had sent out a shikari, He had also four live

and healthy Tibetan sand-grouse, Syrrhaptes Tibetanus, which

he begged us not to killif he gave them to us.* Like a true

* With much trouble we succeeded in bringing these alive to Darjiling, where

414 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

Buddhist, he mourned greatly over the sin we committed in shoot-

ing birds, though he admitted having once been a sportsman him-

self, and having actually bagged two wild yaks, rather an achieve-

ment.

We spent a most agreeable evening with the Stiba, who is a very

gentlemanly, well informed man. He examined our guns, and

the few books and similar small matters which we had withus. He

accepted the map, after writing the names of the places, and of the

marches to Darjiling, on it in Tibetan, and he also took a photo-

graph of Elwes, saying that he had received permission to accept

these, but he would take nothing else. He was very curious about

uropeans, we being the first he had ever seen, and especially

wished to know what English ladies were like. At the same time

he begged us not to form our judgment of Tibetan beauty by

the specimens to be seen on the mountains.

We had a long conversation, through an interpreter of course,

about Tibet. The Saba had travelled much, having been at

one time in Ladak. I was particularly anxious to learn whether

the Tibetans as a body are unfriendly to Europeans, or whether

the sole hindrance to entering the country is the jealousy of the

Government. The Subé assured me that the people had no ill-will

towards foreigners, that, if allowed, they would willingly receive

Europeans, and he regretted that he was obliged to carry out the

orders he had received. Otherwise he would have had great

pleasure in receiving us at Kambajong.

All that we learned as to the geography of the country north of

the Sikkim frontier confirms Hooker’s account, even to the digging

of the salt at the lakes whence a great part of Tibet, Sikkim and

Nipal, are supplied. The salt country lies a long distance north

of Jigatzi, and is described as a dreadful wilderness in which no

one can live for any time. We were even told that the people

who procure the salt rush in, dig up a small quantity and run back,

or they would fall insensible. Fearful wild animals and the

horniest and hairiest of demons guard the frozen soil. All of

which means simply that the country is bitterly cold and barren,

however, one died, and a second did not survive the road down to the plains,

I brought two to Calcutta, apparently in perfect health, in October, but before

I could despatch them to England; both died of inflammation of the lungs. ~

1871. ] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 415

and that the powers of the imagination are still vivid at elevations

of 14000 to 18000 feet above the sea.

Whilst we were conversing a post arrived with some orders

for the Subé. He said they related to an officer who had come

from Pekin to visit the frontiers. This led to a conversation about

communication with China and we learned that it takes a year to

reach Pekin from Jigatzi. We suggested that avery much shorter

time would suffice for communication through India. It appears

that the direct road to China is not used in consequence of orders

from the Chinese government, which is, I imagine, a Chinese mode

of expressing the fact that the roadis in the hands of insurgents,

and that the only available route is one to the northward, perhaps

that by which M. M. Huc and Gabet penetrated to Lhassa. Our

statement that British and French troops had once held Pekin was

treated asa joke, and the Saba suggested that perhaps our Govern-

ment had proclaimed the event, but that nothing of the kind had

ever taken place.

About the trade on the frontier we could learn but little: a small

quantity of hardware, and small objects, such as spectacles, small

looking glasses and similar articles are brought into the country by

pedlars. The import of tea is prohibited ; this, which we had

learned on the Chola range, was confirmed at the northern passes.

It is greatly to be regretted, because a tea-drinking nation like

the Tibetans might be much better and more cheaply supplied

from Sikkim than from China.

Of the wild animals, both Ovis ammon and Ovis nahura are

pretty common in the country north of Sikkim. The Goa Ante-

lope, Gazella picticauda, is less so. The Siba expressed his surprise

at Hooker having seen Chiru (Hemas Hodgsoni) at Cholamu lake,

and said he had never heard of any in that neighbourhood. The

wild yak is not found in this part of Tibet. The Suba had an

overcoat lined with the fur of an ounce (felis uncia, the snow leo-

pard of the Western Himalayas), but he said the animal was not

common.

October 5th. The night was bitterly cold, and in the morning the

ground was covered with hoar frost, and all the little marshes fro-

zen, whilst a keen north wind was blowing. We visited the chait

416 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

at the frontier,* and found a guard sleeping around it, with walls

of loose stones built up to protect them from the wind. An attempt

was made by our head man and the Lama to induce us to salaam

to the chait, which is considered sacred, and moreover is a repre-

sentative of the rulers of Sikkim and Tibet, as it contains a board

with their seals impressed on it, one on each side. However, on

our objecting that it was not our custom, the matter was not press-

ed.

There was no view across the frontier. Barren rounded hills

closed the landscape at a short distance. Barren and uninviting

as they were, I would have given much for a few hours upon them.

But we had promised not to cross the frontier and I could only

ramble about on the Sikkim side. I walked back towards

Tangi very leisurely, Elwes going by Phalung. I shot a num-

ber of Leucostiete and two birds of an apparently undescrib-

ed finch, which I at first took for a snow bunting, but it is, I

believe, a new Montifringilla. I saw a couple of slate coloured hares,

but failed to secure either, whilst Elwes picked up a fine fox’s

brush. I also, on this occasion, came across the yellow billed al-

pine chough, which is far rarer than the red billed bird in Sikkim.

Thus, in the upper Lichen valley we met with a lark, 2 finches,

an Accentor, and a chough which we had not previously obtained,

and had we had more time, the list might probably have been

increased. Lammergeyers were abundant, but again I failed in

obtaining a specimen. The fauna in this valley is more thorough-

ly Tibetan in the upper part than is that of the Liching.

The morning was fine, but about midday mist was blown up the

valley, and alittle rain fell. I did not reach camp till late in the

afternoon. The Tibetan Stiba had accompanied us, on the plea

of having business to transact with the Lichen Phipan in Tangi,

but really, I believe, from fear that we should in some way give

him the slip and cross the frontier.

6th. We halted at Tangu, and were busily engaged all day

in skinning, and preserving the Ovis ammonskins. I had intended

to go to Phalung, but the weather was vile, misty and wet. The

* The name of this place is Djokongtong, Kongra Lama is, I ‘think, the

name used by the people of Sikkim proper, not by those of the Lachen valley.

1871.] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 417

Subaé passed much of the day with us, looking over books, &. He

was greatly disgusted at our bird collecting, but told us that so

long as Kecha Lima remained with us, the presence of so holy a

man might protect us. Evidently he wished us to infer that to go

on in our wicked ways after the Limi left would entail our certain

destruction. I am inclined to believe that any one trying to enter

Tibet will find it much easier to do so if he carefully abstain

from shooting and from taking life in any form. The mere eating

of meat will not injure him; when we taxed the Stiba with having

animals killed for food, he replied that he only eat very little

meat, and that, after it had been killed at least three days. .

The curious idea about heavy rain being caused by shooting, to

which Hooker alludes, is universal in Sikkim, and we were several

times told that if we wished for fine weather, we should not shoot.

Our friend greatly coveted one thing, arather nice pair of bino-

culars. which I had with me, but nothing would induce him to

accept them. As we did not like to leave this worthy Tibetan with-

out some return for his kindness, Elwes at length, after I had left,

again offered him the binoculars, and finally exchanged them for

a handsome set of Chinese or Tibetan table utensils, yiz., a long

knife, and a set of chopsticks in a shagreen case: the Subé had

begged to be allowed to purchase the glasses, which, of course, we

would not allow.

Of four sheep which the Tibetans had given to us, one died and

two others were sickly, having been poisoned, our people said

by a shrub with a yellow flower, which grew in abundance in the

neighbourhood. Hooker attributed similar accidents at the same

place to a rhododendron, (2. cinnabarinum). Our coolies ate all the

sheep, including the one which had died.

October 7th. Elwes went down to Tallam Samdong with the camp.

As the march was a short one and the day fine, I determined

on riding to Phaling first, in order to see the plain describ-

ed by Hooker... The road led north-north-east up the valley of the

Tangu-chu for 5 or 6 miles, rapidly ascending above trees and then

more gradually over grassy slopes. I saw a herd of burhel, but,

as I had no rifle, I did not go after them. After about 2 hours

ride I came upon the undulating expanse of grass at about 16000

: 53

418 W. T. Blanford—/Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

feet. The little plateau, 2 miles by 4, according to Hooker, (and I

have no doubt his measurements are correct) is not only, as he says,

covered with transported blocks, but the whole mass is composed.

of moraine, not a rock is to be seen in place throughout! The mar-

shy bed of the Chachu, in the valley which runs along the eastern

side of the plateau, quite agrees with Hookev’s description of it as an

old lake bed, the terminal moraine to which the lake was due still

existing. I climbed down to this valley and satisfied myself that

the slope of the plateau from top to bottom, 500 fect at least, con-

sists of loose stones and angular gravel, the usual moraine debris.

It is not easy to account for so enormous an accumulation of moraine

as that of Phalung from the little valley of the Chachu, for if the

Phaling plain and a corresponding moraine of smaller dimensions,

which is seen east of the Chachu, on the flanks of the Chang-o-Khang

spurs, are the lateral deposits from the glacier which formerly filled

the Chachti valley, how it is possible to account for the compara-

tively small size of the terminal moraine which dams up the old

lake bed. That such an accumulation as the Phaling plains can

be formed at the termination of a large glacier is seen at the end

of the great Kinchinjhao glacier near Momay Samdong, but then

this difficulty arises: suppose that glaciers from Kinchinjhao and

Chang-o-Khang deposited this mass of debris, there must have

been an increase in the length of the Chacht glacier in order to

cut out again the lake bed in which it now runs. But the glacier,

when it deposited the Phalung moraines, must have filled the

whole valley, including the portion now occupied by the moraines

themselves, and therefore the glacier when longer was smaller

than when shorter, a palpable reductio ad absurdum.

I am inclined to suspect that these moraine deposits of Pha-

ling must have come from the Lichen valley at a time when the

high Tibetan table-land to the north was a mass of snow, and

a large glacier passed off between Kinchinjhao and Chomiomo,

and down the Lachen valley ; the same great glacier which left its

terminal moraines near Lamteng, at Tangt, and in a dozen inter-

mediate spots, as it slowly diminished in size, and eyen more

gigantic records of which.than any now existing may have been

swept down the Tista valley by the heavy Sikkim rainfall and the

1871.] W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. 419

torrents to which it gives rise. Such a great glacier, after turn-

ing round the steep lofty flank of Kinchinjhao, must have been

far higher than the low hills which separate Phaling from the

present Lachen valley and a branch of the glacier descending

into the Chachi valley may easily have filled it with a mass of

debris which the little Chachi glacier was unable to sweep away.*

I had hoped to find some of the Himalayan snow cocks Tetraogal-

lus Tibetanus, which Oaptain Chamer shot at Phaling, but there

were none at this season. The natives, who know them well, say

that the birds keep at a higher elevation in the summer and

autumn. I found short-toed larks abundant, and I came across

one flock of the small Montifringilla killed at Kongra Lama, and

Accentor rubeculoides. At the Chachu, to my surprise, not a duck

nor wader was to be seen; although the valley looked peculiarly

fitted for them, being a series of small marshes with deepish

serpentine streams running through it.

The view of Kinchinjhao was partly concealed by mist till just

as I was leaving, when a snew storm came on, preceded by a little

lightning: as the storm cleared away, all the peaks came out grand-

ly. The panorama around Phaling well deserves Hooker’s

praise. In the afternoon I rode down to Tallam Samdong.

October 8th to 14th. We started the next morning from Tallam

Samdong. The morning was superb, the hog-backed white sum-

mit of Chomiomo, closing the view up the Lachen valley, was as

distinct as if only a mile distant. Our return march demands but

brief description. "We reached Lamteng on the 8th, a spot in the

bed of the river below Latong, on the 9th, and the monastery at

Chiingtém, on the 10th. Thence 4 days’ march brought us back to

Tamling. The weather had become fine, with the exception of a

few occasional showers, and the leeches were fewer in number

than when we marched up the Tista valley. In fact we had

arrived at the best season for entering Sikkim instead of leaving it.

* Mr. Jamieson has suggested, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1863, Vol. XIX,

p. 258, the formation of somewhat similar deposits in lakes dammed up by

glaciers. Dr, Hooker, at an earlier period, Him. Journ, Vol. II., p. 119, refer-

red the terraces at Momay to the same cause. Both the accumulations at

Phaling, however, and those at Momay appeared to me too irregular to

have been deposited in water. At Phaling there is certainly no trace of

terrace formation.

420 W. T. Blanford—Journey through Sikkim. [No. 4,

The heat in the valleys was no longer great, except in the middle

of the day.

15th to 20th. Onthe 15th, we parted from Kechi Lama who

returned to Chimbi from Tamling. By him we sent a letter

to the Raja thanking him for the assistance his people had afford-

ed us. I have omitted to mention that when we were in the

Lachung valley, we on several occasions received presents of goats,

sheep or flour from Chumbi, and once a yak was brought to us

from the Raja.

We made a longish march from Tamlung to Selingtam, crossing

the Ryot valley, and ascending the opposite side. Here we came

on traces of the military road made to Tamling in 1863, and the

less steep portions of which are stillin good order. On the 16th

we crossed the Tista by a very long cane bridge in a poor state

of repair, and, after ascending the slope a little way, camped at

Lingmo. On the 17th we marched down the Tista valley to

Tarco on the northern flank of Mount Tendong, a village standing

amongst orange groves, now loaded with fruit, and on the follow-

ing day we crossed Tendong by a road which goes over the top of

the mountain and descended to Namchi, opposite Darjiling.

The change in the fauna in coming southwards is very marked,

the number of forms increases, and there is a far greater prevalence

of Malay types on the outer hills as compared with the upper Tista

valley. The weather was now generally bright and clear, and the

roads in good order. Finally, on the 19th, we walked down to the

Rungit, and, mounted on horses a friend had sent down for us,

rode back into Darjiling and the nineteenth century.

Although we had been disappointed in our attempts to enter

Tibet, we had been able to add something to the known geogra-

phy of Eastern Sikkim. We had explored one pass, and ascer-

tained the position of a second, never previously visited by Huro-

peans nor laid down in any map. We had met with 3 lakes of

considerable size, all equally unmapped, and apparently larger than”

any previously known to exist in Sikkim, and we had obtained a

considerable number of birds not before recorded from this part

of the Himalayas.

PPR LF LPL FPL PLPLYIWPLOLLOOO—Om

F.STOLICZKA. Journ: A.S.B. Vol:XL.Ptll. 1871. Pl. XXV,

oY,

»)

WP PXX

rise

‘

Nyy

14 Typhlops porrectus. n. sp. 5-8.T. Vheabaldanus: n SD.

IZ. T. Andamuanensis. n. Sp.

S. Sedyfield.L ith: Calcutta.

F.STOLICZKA. Journ: A.S.B. Vo:XLPtIl.1871. P1LXXVI.

: es oer PT a

a eto : naan NEE

fe T’ropidonotics quincunctiatus. var.

2. Trop. bellulus: n. sp. 3. Trop. subminiates .

g Sedyticl ol Lith: Celeutte.

1871.] 421

NoTEs oN soME Inp1Aw AnD Burmese OpnipiAns,—

by Dr. F. SronrozKa.

(With Plates XXV and XXYVI).

[Received 22nd August, read 6th September, 1871. ]

The following notes have for their object the recording of some

observations which I lately had the opportunity of making on some

Ophidians, partly from India, partly from Burma. These obser-

vations refer not only to certain variations in the characters of

the species themselves, or to their identification with others, but

are also intended to afford some additional information regarding

the geographical distribution of the various forms.

Most of the snakes which I am about to notice belong to the Ty-

PHLOPIDH, CoLusRip# and Dirsapip®. Under the first family, I shall

note variations of different species of Zyphlops, and shall describe

three new ones. In the Cotusripz the identification of Blyth’s Zro-

pidonotus macrops with Ginther’s Zropidonotus macrophthalmus is im-

portant. From Burma I have to record a new species of Zropidono-

tus, apparently distinct from guincunctiatus. A description of Zrime-

resurus Andersoni is also added, because the distinctness of that

species has lately been questioned.

For the materials, noticed in the present paper, I am greatly

indebted to Dr. Day who obtained specimens for me from the North-

West Provinces, to Mr. Wood-Mason, Mr. A. Lawder at Almorah,

to Mr. Mandeli who kindly collected for me in the Rangnu and

Tista valleys in Sikkim, to Mr. M. R. Martin at Pankabaree, and

to Mr. Kurz, who brought me some interesting species from

Burma. Some species were also collected by myself in the neigh-

bourhood of Calcutta, others at the Parisn4th hill in W. Bengal,

others in the neigbourhood of Darjeeling.

Trustworthy notices regarding the geographical distribution of

Indian and Burmese snakes are very much needed, and this is

particularly the case with those species inhabiting the southern

slopes of the Himalayas. A number of unreliable data as to the

occurrence of certain low-land and tropical forms at elevations of

from 9000 to 12000 feet, or even in Tibet and Ladak, have crept into

Indian Zoology, chiefly through the occasional vague records of the

422 F. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Oplidians. [No. 4,

Messrs. Schlagintweit, and other collectors, and these apparently

authenticated statements have given rise among European Zoolo-

gists to all kinds of strange ideas, either about the adaptitude of the

Himalayas to different faunas, or about the plasticity of the organiza-

tion of certain species enabling them to inhabit very different eleva-

tions and climates. There is, in reality, no foundation for such ideas,

and the sooner these wrong notions and interpretations are dissipat-

ed, the better will our fauna be understood, as well as the physical

character of the Himalayas themselves. Tropical and subtropical

forms often occur in the Himalayas far in the interior, and in very close

proximity, but they are always confined to the deep, warm and damp,

valleys, while at the greater elevations of the neighbouring ranges an

altogether different fauna exists. Thus, although frequent reference

is made to one place as the locality of a species, this may really refer

to an entirely different division of the fauna, and this is what consti-

tutes the great peculiarity of the Himalayas regarding the distribu-

tion of animal and vegetable life, and the difficulty of understanding

it, as I have pointed out (in Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1868, vol.

XXXvli, p. 4 et seq.) with reference to the Sutlej valley.

As a particular instance in illustration of these remarks, I

give the following list of species of snakes which were obtained

by Mr. Mandeli, or by myself, in the Rangnu and Tista valleys

below and 8. E. of Darjiling, mostly at elevations varying from

1500 to 3000 feet. They are— |

Typhlops Horsfieldi, (rare) ; T. braminus, (common); 7’. porrectus,

(n. sp., rare); Zrachiscium fuscum, (common); Adblabes collaris and

Rappii, (common) ; Simotes punctulatus, var. a, B and y, apud Gin-

ther, (common); S. dicatenatus (not common); Zaocys nigromargi-

natus, (rare); Compsosoma reticulare, (not common); Comps. radia-

tum, (common); Comps. Hodgsoni, (rare); Coluber porphyraceus,

(common) ; Lropidonotus subminiatus, (common); Z. guincunctiatus,

(common); Z. macrops, (not common); Z. junceus, (rare) et ks

THimalayanus, (rare); 2. platyceps, (common); Dendrophis picta,

(common); Chrysopelea ornata, (not comnion); Zragops prasinus,

(common); Passerita mycterizans, (not common); Psammodynastes

pulverulentus, (rare); Pareas monticola,* (rare); Dipsas bubalina,

* Giinther I. R., p. 327. In a specimen no labials enter the orbit, a small

1871.| EF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Oplidians. 423

(very rare); D. Forstent, (very rare); D. hexagonotus, (common) ;

Lycodon aulicus, (not common); Lye. yara, (rare); Bungarus ceru-

leus var. a, (not common), Waja tripudians, (not common) and

Ophiophagus elaps, (not common), the former growing in the Terai

up to 6 feet, and the latter attaining occasionally 12 feet in length ;

Trimeresurus gramineus, carinatus and monticola (none, except the

last, common).

Now of all these species, for most of which the : locality ‘ Dar-

jiling’ (8000 or 9000 feet) has already been recorded, not a dozen

will be met with at that place itself, or even at elevations above

6000 feet. Within 1000 or 2000 feet of Darjiling I only observed

Trach. fuscum, Abl. collaris, Comps. Hodgsont, Trop. subminiatus,

junceus, platyceps and, I think, Himalayanus, Trim. monticola,

Bungarus and Naja, the two latter evidently following up food.

The lower we descend on the hill side from 6000 feet, the greater

becomes the variety of genera and species.

The species of snakes which I received through Mr. Kurz from

the Pegu Yomah (between Prome and Tonghoo) are TZyphlops

braminus, Simotes bicatenatus, Trop. quincunctiatus, macrops, junceus,

bellulus (n.sp.), Psammodynastes pulverulentus, Tragops prasinus,

Dendroph. picta, Hypsirhina enhydris, Lye. aulicus and jara. e

Fam. TYPHLoPIpA,

While examining a large number of Indian species of Zyphlops,

I found the proportion of the circumference to the length of the

body a useful character, and the number of longitudinal rows

of scales generally very constant. These two characters were

also regarded by Dr. Giinther as important in distinguishing

species, but Prof. W. Peters appears to have come to an almost

entirely contrary result, particularly regarding the latter.

Typutops Horsrriepi, (I. R.,* p. 173). .

This species, as characterized by Gray and Ginther from typical

sub-ocular being present. There are two black streaks at the side of the body,

one originating just above the orbit, and the other at about the middle of the

posterior edge of the same, they become confluent at the side of the neck,

joining two short streaks from the posterior edge of the occipitals, not forming,

however, a ring.

* The quotation (I. R.) in parenthesis refers to Dr. Giinther’s Reptiles of

British India, published in 1864, by the Ray Society.

424 F. Stoliczka— On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. |No. 4,

Khasi hill specimens, extends from Mergui northwards through

Burma and Assam into Sikkim. Ihave seen specimens from all

these parts.. The median row of scales along the back is ina

specimen from Pankabaree of a slightly darker colour than the

rest of the body ; this specimen has 26 long. rows of scales on the

anterior part of the body, and 27 just behind the middle.

Dr. Giinther (.c, p. 178) suggests that Dum. and Bibron’s

T. Diardvi may be the same as the present species, and Prof.

Peters (Monatsb. Berlin Akad., 1865, p. 262) appears to have

no doubt about their identity. Dumeril and Bibron give in

Diardi 36 long. rows of scales which is probably a misprint for

26. But what makes me doubtful about accepting the older

name Diardii, is Prof. Peters’ identification with it of his striolatus

and Giinther’s bothriorhynchus. I have not seen a specimen of the

former, but would consider it a distinct species according Giinther’s

description ; the latter I shall notice presently. Moreover, ina more

recent volume of the ‘‘ Monatsberichte” (1868, p. 450), Prof. Peters

says that an adult specimen of Diardii has 28, and a young one

only 18 long. rows of scales. Ido not mean to assert that species

of Zyphlops should be distinguished solely according to the number

of rows of scales, but I can say that I never observed anything

approaching such a variation in any Indian species of Typhlops.

Indeed, if the proportions of the body should be the same in those

two forms, the scales certainly cannot be of the same type, and

vice versa.

2, TYPHLOPS BOTHRIORHYNCHUS, (I. R., p. 174).

The type was from Penang, wherefrom I also received several

specimens, though very probably they were collected in the Wel-

lesley Province, opposite Penang. Dr. Anderson (J. A. 8. B., vol.

xl, Ht. ii, p. 83) quotes the species from different parts of Assam,

and I have lately obtained through Dr. Day a specimen from near

Hurdwar. All these specimens agree almost exactly in every

point of structure, proportional size and coloration, with Gimnther’s

description. The Hurdwar specimen, for instance, has 24 long.

rows of scales, 312 trans. rows on the body, and 9 on the tail, the

latter terminating with a sharp point. The head shields are exactly

1871.] FF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 425

as figured by Giinther in dothriorhynchus, and not as in Lorsfieldw ;

the circumference (4 distant from the head) is 3, the length of the

body ; total length 11 inches, tail about } inch ; above brownish

olive, paler below ; the upper coloration appears at first sight uni-

form, but when the specimens had been a little dried, the base of

each scale appears darker, and is separated from the slightly less

dark terminal half by a pale line,

Professor Peters, as already observed, identifies this species with

Horsfieldit (and Diardi’), but when we find specimens with constant

characters distributed over such a large geographical area, as the

one I have noticed, there is, I think, reason to believe, that they

constitute a good species, and, therefore, I would consider bothrio-

rhynchus as such, until its identity with the previous species has been

more satisfactorily proved,

“Typniors Braminus (I R., Dabo

This is the most common Indian species, occurring in Ceylon,

and extending, through South and Central India, northwards into

the warm valleys of the lower Himalayas, westwards all through

Bengal and Burma into the Malayan Archipelego. In some 50

specimens (several of which were only 3 inches long) from Burma,

Bengal, North-West and Central Provinces, I almost invariably

found the 20 long. rows of scales, when counted in a distance

of one-third the length of the body from the head. In very

few instances only was there one scale less on the neck, or one

more in the middle of the body, but the variation was never

greater. This makes me believe that the number of longitudinal

rows of scales is among others a very good character. As a rule

_ the number of scales appears to be independent of the diameter

of the body, as I shall again notice when speaking of 7. porrectus,

n. sp. The usual length of full grown specimens is 6 inches, some

examples reaching 7, but very rarely 8 inches ; the thickness is nearly

uniform throughout, except at the neck, which is slightly thinner,

and the head is more or less flattened. I found the proportion of

the circumference of the body to its length vary between 5 and ¥,,

the former being the most common, 7; not unusual, ,;th very

rare, and ,,th was only observed in one half grown specimen.

426 F. Stoliczka— On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4,

The upper side is ighter, or darker, greyish, or olivaceous, brown,

the basal half, or two-fifths of each scale being darker than the

rest ; the lower side is either greyish, or almost purely, white ;

round the mouth, the tip of tail and in front of the anus generally

purely white, except in very young specimens, which are of a more

aniform coloration throughout.

In addition to the synonyms of this species, ae by Giinther,

Peters gives* Argyrophis truncatus, Gray, (from the Philippines) and

Onychocephalus capensis Smith (from ?), and considers it probable

that T'yphlops accedens, Jan, and 7. pammeces of Giinther also belong

to it. As to the three first suggestions I cannot speak from experi-

ence, but the last named species of which I have éxamined a few

specimenst I am inclined to consider with Dr. Giinther provisionally

as distinct from braminus.

The specimens which appear to me referable to 7’. pammeces are

all of a nearly uniform pale brown color, while in true braminus the

lower side is always conspicuously paler than the upper; the

proportions of circumference in pammeces I found to vary between

zi; and ;,, indicating a decidedly thinner snake than braminus ; the

structure of the headshields and the number of longitudinal rows

(20) of scales is in both the same, as stated by Giinther.

TYPHLOPS PORRECTUS, n. sp. Pl. xxv, figs. 1—4.

Body very long, slender, of nearly equal thickness throughout,

neck somewhat contracted, but the head is again slightly broader

and depressed. Rostral broader above than in front, its width above

being about one-third of that of the head, the posterior margin is

slightly narrowly rounded. The nostrils are placed rather in front

than laterally. The nasal is divided from the fronto-nasal at the

lower side, but in front towards the rostral both are united. The

fronto-nasals extend posteriorly slightly beyond the rostral, but

do not meet each other. The nasal is in contact with the first and

second upper labial, the former being very small ; the fronto-nasal

touches only the 2nd labial. ‘The pree-ocular and ocular are about

* Monatsb. Berlin Akad., 1865, p. 262.

y¥ These are all in the Indian Museum, except one which I obtained about

two years ago near Calcutta.

1871.] FF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 427

equal in size, but each is shorter than a fronto-nasal ; the prae-ocular

is in contact with the 2nd and 3rd, and the ocular in contact with

the 3rd and 4th labials. The pree-frontal, frontal and supra-oculars

are subequal in size, the parietals a trifle larger, and the inter-

parietal a little smaller, followed by a slightly larger scale. The eye

is very indistinct, situated below the anterior part of the suture

between the supra-ocular and the ocular. The first upper labial is

very small, and in young specimens hardly traceable, the second

is distinct, the fourth considerably higher, but longer than the

third, and both reach well upwards at the side of the head. All

the shields of the head are finely punctate.

Of eight specimens measured, of various sizes and ages, the cir-

eumference was between ,4,th and ,7,th of the length of the body,

the majority of the specimens being 3,th; the tail equals about

the head in length, it is slightly curved and terminates with

a short, blunt point. There are 18 longitudinal rows of smooth

shining scales round the body, in young as well as in full-grown

specimens; the diameter is 2°5 or 38 mm.; 406 (in young) to

416, 428, 440 (in adults) transverse rows of scales round the body

and 11-12 rows round the tail.

The general colour is very like that of 7. pammeces : above pale cho-

colate or leaden brown, below paler, the two colours passing insensi-

bly at the sides into each other ; head, above, and partially also the

neck, whitish, in front and below purely white ; in front ofthe anus

and the entire tail below white. Insome dark coloured specimens

there occasionally occur traces of small white blothes at the side of

the body ; the median row of scales along the belly is also sometimes

a little paler than the rest of the underside. All scales have their

bases darker coloured than the remainder, but on the upper neck

the reverse appears to be the case, the base of each scale appear-

ing in reflected light whitish, while the terminal halfis darker brown.

The sutures between the head shields above are dotted with white.

The usual length is between 6 and 7 inches. The longest

specimen measured is 11 inch., the circumference being only

g,nd of the length of the body. In this adult specimen which

is from Hurdwar, the head becomes remarkably small and is

almost thinner -than the neck; but it has 18 longitudinal, and 440

428 F. Stoliczka— On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4,

transverse rows of scales, and the head shields are as described

above; the smaller basal portion of the scales, however, is almost

throughout apparently the lighter one, it being blackish grey

in reflected light, while the larger terminal part is brownish.

I have obtained this species alive in the neighbourhood of Caleutta,

and collected it also at the foot of the Parisnath hill, (in Wes-

tern Bengal); one specimen was sent to me by Mr. Mandeli

from the base of the Rangnu valley below Darjiling, and a

young specimen was obtained south of Agra. Most likely the

species has as wide a distribution, as Z. dramimus. In general

form it very closely resembles Giinther’s 7’. pammeces, but differs

from it in the structure of the head shields and the number of

scales round the body ; the latter are 18 in number, as in 7, mirus

from Ceylon, but the head shields are different, the nasal being

in the latter separate from the fronto-nasal, and there being a

sub-ocular present ; the body is also thicker in proportion.

Pl, xxv, Fig. 1. Outline of the body in natural size, figs. 2, 3, 4, side, upper

and lower views of head and neck, enlarged.

TypHitops ANDAMANENSIS, n. sp. Pl. xxv, figs. 9-12.

Body moderately slender, head depressed, roundly obtuse in front,

neck conspicuously slender; circumference of body a little less

than th of its length. MRostral reaching far on to top of head,

rounded behind, slightly broader than one-third of its width.

Frontals, supra-oculars, inter-parietals and parietal, regular,

subequal in size; nasal small, separated from the fronto-nasals by

a suture in front and below; fronto-nasals not meeting behind the

rostral; two pre-oculars, one below the other, the lower much

smaller than the upper ; ocular moderate with the éye indistinctly

visible through the shield; an elongated subocular present ;

four labials: first smallest, elongate, in contact with the nasal,

2nd much larger, narrowly touching the nasal, broadly the fronto-

nasal, and again somewhat narrowly the lower pre-ocular, 3rd

in contact with the lower pree-ocular and the sub-ocular, 4th slightly

smaller than the third, and only narrowly touching the sub-ocular

and more broadly the lower post-ocular. Lower rostral small,

followed on either side by 5 subequal lower labials. There are

1871.] FF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 429

18 longitudinal rows of scales, about 390 transverse rows round

the body and 17 round the tail; this is nearly three times the

length of the head, very obtuse and terminating with a minute point.

General colour above shining deep brownish black, the base of

scales being somewhat dull black, sides vinaceous, paler on the

lower side, which is throughout checkered with white ; mouth and

the tail below, including the tip, also mostly white.

This species resembles in general form and number of scales the

Ceylonese 7. mirus, but differs from it by having a lower pre-ocular

besides a distinct sub-ocular, and in the arrangement of the labials ;

the colour is also somewhat different.

Hab. Andaman islands. A single specimen has been examin-

ed; it measures about 64 inches of which the tail is } inch.

TypHitors THEOBALDANUS, n. sp. Pl. xxv, figs. 5—8.

T.——? Theobald, Cat. Rept. Mus. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1868, p. 42.

Body very long and comparatively slender, of nearly uniform

thickness throughout.

The general structure and arrangement of the head-shields and of

the labials agrees with thosein Z. porrectus, but the rostral reaches

very far back on the top of the head, and is considerably more

than one-third (nearly 3) of its width, much contracted, however,

below ; the first frontal is very slightly larger than the second, and

the inter-parietal is very short, but about equal in width to the

preceding frontal, The head itself is rather obtuse and somewhat

depressed; the head shields most minutely punctate; eyes per-

fectly indistinct. There are 22 longitudinal rows of scales round

the body; 485 transverse rows on the trunk, and 26 on the tail,

which is of considerable length, terminating in an obtuse point,

not developed into a distinct spine. The circumference is th the

length of the body.

Total length 14 inches of which the tail is ~,th inch. The

general colour is rather pale greyish brown, slightly paler below,

no particular dark markings are seen on the scales.

The species is readily distinguished from TZ. tenuccollis, Peters,

(Monatsb. Berlin Akad., 1864, p. 272), said to be from the Hima-

layas, and also possessing 22 longitudinal rows of scales, by the

great length of its tail.

a“

430 EF, Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4,

The single specimen is in all probability from India, but with-

out any specified locality ; it is in the old collection of the Asiat.

Soc., now held in trust by the Indian Museum.

Figs. 5, 6,7, side, top and lower views of the head and neck, enlarged ;

fig. 8, under view of the tail, natural size.

Fam. OLIGODONTIDA,

SmmoTEs BICATENATUS, (I. R., p. 217).

Not an uncommon species in Pegu, Cachar, Assam and in Lower

Bengal extending northwards to the base of the Sikkim Hima-

laya. ‘The coloration is very variable, as noticed by Theobald in

his Catalogue of Burmese Reptiles (Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool.-vol. x:

The brown longitudinal bands generally disappear in old age, par-

ticularly in Burmese examples. Most of the specimens, I saw,

have 2 + 2 (instead of 1 + 2) temporals,* and the lower pree-ocular

is sometimes almost obsolete.

Family Cotvsripm.

ABLABES COLLARIS, (I. R., p. 228).

The loreal is sometimes minute, barely 4rd the size of the pre-

ocular. Full grown male specimens have the edges of the ventrals

often purplish, similarly coloured to Zrop. platyceps.

Hab. Assam, and Northern Bengal, North West Provinces, and

extending from Sikkim along the Himalayas westward to the Sutlej

valley, and up to elevations of about 10000 feet.

CompsosoMA RADIATUM, (I. R., p. 248). |

This characteristically Malayan species is tolerably common at

the base of the Sikkim hills and in the low valleys. I have

obtained specimens 63 feet in length from the Sikkim Terai.

Several had the two last maxillary teeth very little larger, and

closer together, than the rest, but the median teeth were usually

not, or scarcely, enlarged.

Compsosoma Honpesoni, (1. R., p. 246).

I have received this species from Kumaon, through my friend

Mr. Lawder. Last year (Journ. A. S. B., xxxix, pt. ii, p. 189),

I recorded the occurrence of the species from the neighbourhood of

* Compare Anderson in Proc. Zool. Soc., 1871, p. 170,

1871.] FF. Stoliczka— On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 431

Simla, which gives it a geographical distribution extending over

the Southern Himalayan slopes between Sikkim on the east and

the Sutlej on the west.

Together with the above species I also received from JCumaon

Dendrophis picta, which is found up to 6000 feet on the southern

slopes of the Hymalayas in Sikkim, Kumaon and the Sutlej valley.

ZAMENIS FASCIOLATUS, (I. R., p. 254).

Rather a fierce snake when molested. It is rare in houses about

Calcutta, and feeds on frogs and worms. Full grown individuals

(about 3 feet in length) are almost uniform; with the cross

bands indistinct. Young specimens have a brighter coloration.

One measuring 134 inches (of which tail is 3”) had 21 scales on

neck, 22 round the middle of the body ; ventrals 200; sub-caudals

32 ; two pree-oculars, the lower very small ; two post-oculars; 2+38

temporals. Giinther’s figure is on these points at variance with his

description.

General colour during life olive green above, posterior part of

head variegated with dark brown, with some whitish spots on the

occipitals. Body with numerous transverse white streaks, each

about one scale wide, edged posteriorly with dark brown. At the

sides the streaks often branch off and form indistinct reticulations.

Before reaching half the length of the body all the white streaks be-

come dull, and are gradually replaced by narrow pale green or

brownish dots. Tail uniform olive above. The two last rows of

scales at each side are greenish white, in the penultimate row most

ofthe scales have a pale brown spot, and in the last all have

it; upper pre-ocular, the two post-oculars mostly, chin wholly,

white; rest of lower side uniform greenish white.

TROPIDONOTUS QuINCUNCTIATUS (I. R., p. 260), var. Pl. xxvi, fig. 1.

This is one of the most variable and at the same time most

widely distributed of Indian snakes. It is a true water snake

with well developed valvules in the nostrils, which are somewhat

laterally situated, and more upwardly turned than in other Zropi-

donoti; it is often found inhabiting holes in the banks of rivers

and tanks. Were it not for the very great similarity in general

432 F. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4,

structure with other more terrestrial species of Zropidonoti, it

could from a separate genus.

In addition to the numerous varieties recorded by Giinther,

(1. cit.), Theobald (Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool., vol. x), Blanford and

myself (J. A.S. B., vol. xxxix, pp. 190 and 371), I have to notice a

peculiar form found by Dr. Day at Rurki in the N. W. Provinces.

This specimen (see pl. xxvi, figs. 1 and 1@) has the usual narrowly

triangular shape of the anterior frontals, but the posterior frontals

are united into one large shield; 19 rows of scales, the median

keeled, the laterals almost smooth; 148 ventrals; 94 sub-caudals.

The colour is olive above, on the anterior half of the body the skin

between the scales is reticulated with black : 6 alternating, some-

what irregular, longitudinal series of small dull whitish spots, be-

coming less distinct towards the tail; below, uniform whitish with

some traces of black at the outer lateral edges of the ventrals; the

two oblique black streaks below the eye are scarcely indicated.

This mode of coloration is very commonly met with in young

specimens of this species, particularly in those occurring along the

base of the Himalayas and in the Assam and Khasi hills, but in old

specimens the olive becomes darker, gradually turning to brown or

almost black, the whitish spots become bright yellow, and are often

dissolved into reticulations, and the skin between the scales, espe-

cially at the sides, is bright vermilion, the latter colour appearing

to be rather seasonal than sexual.

TROPIDONOTUS BELLULUS, n. sp. Pl. xxvi fig. 2.

Habit slender, body a little compressed ; head not very distinct

from neck; eye rather large; anterior frontals moderately truncate

in front, smaller, but slightly longer than the posterior; occipital

5-sided, sides concave, longer than the front edge, posterior mar-

gins shortest forming a right angle, its length somewhat more

than the two frontals together, and about equal-to the superci-

liaries which are somewhat broader posteriorly than anteriorly ;

occipitals very large, obtusely angular behind; two large nasals ;

one square loreal ; one narrow pree-ocular, reaching to the top of head,

but not meeting the vertical; three post-oculars ; 9 upper labials,

4th, 5th and 6th entering the orbit; temporals 1 + 2, there being

1871.] F. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 433

two large shields behind each other along each side of the occipi-

tals; 19 rows of sharply keeled, rather narrow scales; 140 ven-

trals, 63 sub-caudals.

There are 20 or 22 maxillary teeth, the last barely longer than

the preceding, and all appear to form a continuous series; but the

specimen is young and the maxilla not very well preserved. It is,

(in Tropidonoti at least), very often the case, that young specimens

have a considerably larger number of maxillary teeth than old ones.

Colour, above, olive brown, with two longitudinal series of black

dots along the back, sides of neck with transverse yellowish bars,

the skin next to the bars being intensely black, the bars themselves

becoming gradually indistinct, and passing towards the middle of the

body into indistinct spots and reticulations ; each occipital near the

suture with a yellow spot, edged with black, and there is also a similar

yellow spot on the shield wedged in between the angular termina-

tions of the occipitals. All three spots very probably disappear with

age,-as they also do in other allied species. Pree- and post-oculars

mostly bright yellow, upper labials greenish yellow, each with its

hinder edge black, the same is the case with the lower labials, and

all the ventrals and sub-caudals have their edges deep black; chin

white ; general color below greenish or dull white.

This description is taken from a rather young specimen, mea-

suring only 163 inches, of which the tail is 5 inch, but it

appears to be distinct from any of the known Indo-Malayan species.

The general coloration and several points in the structure of the

shields of the head closely resemble 7. trianguligerus, (Reinw.), but,

taking Schlegel’s figure of this species as a guide, the present form

differs by the much more elongated shape of the vertical, larger occi-

pitals, only one anterior temporal, generally smaller and narrower

scales, and by the yellow and black bars at the side of the body being

differently shaped. The form of the vertical of bellulus agrees with

that of 7. quincunctiatus but the frontals are comparatively larger

and less pointedin front, and there are 3 labials below the orbit

although there are three well developed post-oculars present. In

other respects, particularly in the black edged ventrals, the species

very closely agrees with the variety described by Daudin, Schlegel

and Cantor as 7. wmbratus.

434 BF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4,

The only specimen was collected by Mr. 8S. Kurz in the hills

between Prome and Tonghoo, in N. Western Pegu.

Tropiponotus Himarayanus, (I. R., p. 268).

The shields of the head are somewhat variable in this species.

The normal number of upper labials is 8 ; but sometimes there are

9 present on one or on both sides, the 2nd and 38rd labials being

replaced by 8 smallers ones. The temporals are 1 + 2 or2 + 2

or 2 + 3, the two latter variations are common in young specimens.

In the live snake, the collar is bright orange yellow, the reticu-

lations between the scales on the anterior half of the body are

yellow, posteriorly passing into dull white. The lateral pale spots on

the upper side are sometimes replaced by transverse narrow white

streaks,

The species is not common in Sikkim, and mostly confined to the

lower valleys, rarely going up to or above 5000 feet.

TRoPIDonorus sJuncevs, (I. R., p. 268).

This species occurs in Sikkim mostly in the warmer valleys, at

about 3000 feet elevation; rarely near Darjiling at nearly 6000

feet; Mr. Blanford found it in the Tista valley at Thamlung, at about

5000 feet. Mr. Kurz collected some specimens in the Pegu Yomah,

between Prome and Tonghoo.

The species rarely attains a larger size than 30 inches. The

general coloration is as described by Giinther, but the lower side is

during life distinctly yellowish; the lateral black dots on the

ventrals are sometimes partially, sometimes altogether, absent, and

male specimens often have a red band running at each side of the

body along the edges of the ventrals, similar to that seen in Trop.

platyceps.

TROPIDONOTUS SUBMINIATUS (I. R., p. 265). Pl. xxvi, fig. 3.

A common species in Pegu, Assam and Sikkim and, although

chiefly inhabiting hilly country, it is rarely found above 3000 or

4000 feet, but mostly at lower elevations in the warm valleys.

Sikkim specimens perfectly agree in their bright coloration with

those from Pegu, described by Theobald in vol. x of Linn. Soe. Jour.,

SNASLAF SAUL T

THIAXX ‘Td “TL81 I 4d 1X TOA “[eFUog 00g nee y umor* NOsGOd ao

” b - — ss —— ee

1871.] EF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 435

Zoology. The head is greenish olive, the collar brownish green or

black, margined posteriorly with more or less bright orange yellow,

most conspicuous at the sides; on neck not only the interstitial skin

but also the scales are in males strongly tinged with bright

vermilion. Body brownish or greyish olive, anteriorly; or entirely,

reticulated with black and yellow ; tail uniform olive green.

The usual size is 2 or 2} feet, it rarely grows above 8 feet, and

specimens of this size lose very much of their former bright coloration.

A very large specimen was sent tome from the Rangnu valley be-

low Darjiling ; it measured 44 inches, of which the tail is 11 inches.

This specimen is above uniform brownish green, neck behind the

head yellowish green, followed by a large vermilion patch. ‘There

are at the sides only traces of yellow reticulation, this colour

turning to white in spirits; anterior ocular whitish, lower portions

of upper labials pale; below uniform dull white, sides of all

ventrals and sub-caudals tinged green, like the upper body, but

without any black dots. The black spot below the eye, so conspicu-

ous in younger specimens, is entirely absent. This same specimen

(comp. pl. xxvi, fig. 3,) differs somewhat in structure also from

others. There are 19 rows of keeled scales, the outermost at the

sides much enlarged and smooth; vent. 159; sub-caudals 81 ;

vertical pentagonal, with a broad front edge, its length about

equal to one of the sides which are slightly concave and con-

verging posteriorly ; each supra-orbital smaller than the vertical,

and barely longer; each occipital larger than vertical, posteriorly

angular; 3 post-oculars (rarely 4, on one or on both sides), 9 upper

labials,* 4th, 5th and 6th entering the orbit, the 7th, and 8th larg-

est ; temporals 2 + 3, the two anterior are in contact with the two

lower post-oculars, and the lower is much larger than the upper.

The three posterior temporals are arranged in an oblique line

extending from the occipital to the 9th labial. Lower labials 10,

the two first appear to be a divided shield, and 9 seems to be

the normal number. The last three lower labials rapidly decrease

in size, and below them is a single large shield, occupying a

similar position to that in Schlegel’s figure of ¢rzanguligerus.

* This is the usual number in Sikkim and Burmese specimens, 8 labials are

rather rare.

+ 436 F. Stoliezka— On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4,

The dentition varies with age. Young specimens generally have

22 maxillary teeth, the last two large and widely separated from

the rest. In full grown individuals, the number is reduced to 14,*

of which the two last are very large, and enclosed in a separate

pouch,

Troprponotus MAcRors, Blyth.

Journ. Asiat. Soc, Bengal, 1855, vol. xxiii, p, 296, and Gunther, I. B., p. 263.

Syn. Trop. macrophthalmus, Giinther, 1858, (I, R., p. 262, pl. xxii, fig. C).

? Trop. Sikkimensis, Anderson, Journ, A, S. B., 1871, vol. xl, p. 17.

Although the description of the coloration of Blyth’s macrops

perfectly coincides with that of macrophthalmus, as described and

figured by Dr. Giinther, there are in Blyth’s original description of

macrops two curious mistakes which naturally prevented Ginther

from identifying his snake with that of Blyth, and which could

not have been detected without the examination of the original

specimens of 7. macrops.

Blyth says (loc. cit. p. 297)—“ Seventeen ranges of scales : scutee

164—6 ; scutellee 130—46 pairs;” and again further on “ scutellee

124 pairs only.”” J have examined the type specimens, and I find

in the specimen quoted by Blyth as being 31 inches long, of which

the tail is 64 inches, that there are 19 rows of scales on the

anterior part of the body, but only 17 rows behind the middle ;

there are 168 ventrals, or, if we exclude two single shields

following the chin-shields and properly situated under the head,

there are 166, as quoted by Blyth; and there are 74} pairs of

sub-caudals, or if we exclude one smaller shield immediately

following the anus and the single one occupying the tip of the

tail, there are 73 pairs, which number doubled gives ‘“ scutelle

146,” as stated by Blyth, the addition “ pazrs” in this instance

being also a lapsus calamt. What size would the shields of 146 pairs

of sub-caudals be in a tail of which the length is only 6} inches? An

exactly similar mistake is repeated in the case of the other typical

specimen of 25 inches, of which the tail is 53 inches; it has 167

ventrals (including three situated below the head which Blyth had

* Tnever met a specimen with only 12 teeth, but Giimther records that

number,

1871.] FF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians, 437

evidently not counted), and 74 pairs of sub-caudals. The third

more uniformly coloured specimen has 170 ventrals, and 75 pairs of

sub-caudals, All specimens have traces of dark spots on the ventrals.

Thus the identity of macrops and macrophthalmus, both of which

came from the vicinity of Darjiling, cannot be questioned. But

I very much doubt that even Z. Svkkimensis, lately described by

Dr. Anderson from the same locality, is anything but a rather

uniformly coloured variety of macrops. General form, dilatable

neck, large eye, structure of shields on the head and scales on the

body are to all appearance perfectly identical. The only difference

I can trace between macrops and the few specimens referable to

LT. Sikkimensis is, that in the latter the vertical is a little longer,

but this isnot the case to any such extent as would not be found

repeated in other varieties of one and the same species.

In the two specimens, described by Anderson as TZ. Svkhi-

mensis, the scales are somewhat feebly keeled, but this is most

likely a sexual difference. I have obtained a male specimen from

the Rangnu valley below Darjiling, and in this the scales are very

distinctly keeled, (precisely as in macrops). It has, like the type,

19 rows of scales, posterior to the middle 17, and towards the anus

only 15 (like macrops). The anterior frontals are slightly less than,

or equal to, one half of the postertor frontals, which is also the case

in the two types of Stkkimensis. Vertical 5-sided, the lateral sides

about equal to, or shorter than, the front margin, but not longer ;

the posterior sides are shortest and forma right angle. The supra-

ciliaries are slightly longer than the vertical ; the occipitals are

obliquely truncate behind, meeting at the suture with an inwardly

bent angle. Temporals 2+ 3. Anterior chin-shields in contact

with 4 or 5 lower labials. All these variations of structure are

perfectly the same, as may be seen in specimens of macrops.

As regards general coloration, my specimen agrees with macrops

(typical) in being brown above, while both those* described by Dr.

Anderson are pale olive ; front neck tinged with green, but with-

out a distinct collar ; body reticulated with black and yellow, the

black having an inclination to form laterally irregular blotches,

* But fresher specimens which he subsequently received are also distinctly

brownish.

438 F. Stoliczka— On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4,

Below, anterior half bright yellow, gradually passing into dull

greenish white on the posterior half ; most of the ventrals with two

large quadrangular, sometimes confluent, blackish spots, these spots

become less distinct on the posterior belly, and disappear on the

tail. The bent up portion of all the ventrals is dusky brown ;

tail below most minutely freckled with dark.

I have compared several specimens of typical macrops with four

specimens referable to Sikkimensis, but I confess I cannot persuade

myselfto believe that they belong to two distinct species. It is true,

none of the four specimens of the latter have a dorsal series of distinct

pale spots and a very distinct collar, while seven specimens of typical

macrops, which I examined, have the dorsal series of pale yellowish

spots distinct, but Giinther says of his macrophthalmus “ uniform or

with a dorsal series of reddish brown spots.” This statement almost

removes the last doubt one could have about the identity of the

two forms. Both have 20-25 closely set maxillary teeth, the two last

stronger but scarcely separated by an interspace from the others.

I also received through Mr. Kurz a specimen of macrops from

the Pegu hills between Prome and Tonghoo.

TROPIDONOTUS PLUMBICOLOR, (I. R., p. 272).

This species extends from Ceylon all through South India, Cen-

tral India, Qualior and northwards towards Amballa. Dr. Waagen

lately obtained through a collector a specimen from as far east as

Sahibgunj, on the west side of the Ganges, and this locality may be

regarded as the present known eastern limit of the distributional

province of the species: it lies almost on the boundary between the

Indian and the Malayan fauna.

The collar is in young specimens bright yellow or orange, chang-

ing to white in spirits. It disappears in some specimens sooner

than in others, occasionally long before they are full grown.

Fam. PsAMMOPHIDZ. ;

PsaMMoPHIS ConDANURUS, (I. R., p. 291).

A specimen collected by Dr. Day at Hurdwar agrees in colora-

tion with those* described from Simla, in J. A. 8. B., vol. xxxix,

* Dr. Anderson has been so kind as to re-describe these specimens in Proc.

Zool. Soc., for 1871, p. 182.

1871.] F. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 439

p- 96, but the head is uniform greenish brown. The two light

dorsal bands, noted in the Simla specimens, become, however,

apparent on the neck, uniting again on the posterior 3 of the

body into asingle broad, pale yellowish brown band, which disap-

pears at the root of the tail, the latter being uniform olive brown

above.

Dr. Giinther has described from Sind Ps. Leithii, a very closely

allied species having the median light dorsal band single along the

whole body. Ido not think it improbable that this form may

be shewn to be only a variety of Ps. condanurus, (comp. Proc. Zool.

Soc., London, for 1869, p. 505), for the few differences in the

structure of the head shields and scales appear to be such as are

often liable to variation.

Fam, DiPsaDIDz.

Dresas Forstent, (I. R., p. 309).

This South Indian form has also been found in the Bundle-

cund, and I have received it from Birbhum, and from the base of the

Sikkim hills at Pankabaree. A specimen from the latter locality

measures 58 inches; it has 25 scales on neck and 23 round the

middle of the body; temporals 2 + 8, two only being in contact

with the post-oculars, ventrals 268, sub-caudals 130. General

colour above brownish olive, two blackish ovate spots on neck be-

hind the occiput, followed by somewhat irregular transverse black

bands with their angles directed forwards, becoming less distinct

after the first third of the length of the body, and at the side

replaced by dark reticulations; a blackish streak from each eye to

the angle of the mouth, but no streak along the occiput, as usually

present in South Indian specimens; below olive grey, lighter on

the chin, and further on with a row of white spots on each side,

3 or 4 ventral shields distant.

The specimen had been killed near a house after having a short

time previously feasted upon a young chicken.

Dresas HEXAGoNoTUS, Blyth.

Dr. Anderson has traced the adult of this species, the young of

which I described and figured in J. A.S. B., vol. xxxix, p. 198,

pl. xi, fig. 4, (Comp. Proc. Zool. 8., Lond., for 1871, p. 185).

440 F. Stoliezka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. (No. 4,

I have received numerous adult specimens from the Rangnu and

Tista valleys in Sikkim and from near Pankabaree. ‘They are all

uniform reddish brown above, with the skin between the scales

more or less blackish ; yellowish, or partially pinkish, white below.

The young snake is marked with numerous narrow transverse

dark bands, which disappear with age.

In structure the adult snake does not differ essentially from the

young, except that the snout sometimes becomes a little produced,

and the size of the anterior frontals is fully, or somewhat more

than, one half of the posterior, the vertical is somewhat broader

anteriorly than posteriorly. The temporals vary much in size and

number, some specimens having only one short temporal in contact

with the post-oculars, followed by two longer ones ; but generally

there are 2+2+3 or 2+3+8 temporals. The large size of the eye

and the low labials below the eye are, besides the coloration,

among the most prominent characters of this species. The pree-anal

shield is occasionally bifid in young, but in adults appears to be

always entire.

There are only 6 or 7 maxillary teeth, the posterior the largest,

but there are besides generally 5 or 6 intermediate teeth present

which are not permanently fixed to the jaw, being apparently kept

ready to fill up vacancies, if any of the other teeth be broken off.

Palatine teeth are 10-12, the 1st to 3rd or 4th gradually increase in

size, the 3rd or 4th being the largest, the following 6—8 teeth are

small and separated from the third by a more or less wide interspace.

In the mandible there are 12 to 14 teeth, the anterior somewhat

larger than the posterior.

I cannot agree with Dr. Anderson’s suggestion (loc, cit., p- 186)

that Blyth’s D. multifasciata is identical with the present species,

the former having been re-described and figured by me in Jour.

Asiat. Soc., Beng., vol. xxxix, p. 199, pl. xi, fig. 6. 1 Have

again examined Blyth’s typical specimen of multzfasciata, and find

it to agree perfectly with my former account. A cursory inspection

of my figure will shew, that the eye of multifasciata is very much

smaller, that consequently the upper labials are more developed,

the pree-ocular is also much smaller and narrower, the snout

slightly less abruptly contracted, the vertebral series of scales

1871.] EF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 441

less enlarged and more elongated. The transverse dark bands in

the young are narrow, but distinct and directed forwards on the

back ; in the adult the bands are dissolved into spots, more or less

distinctly arranged quincuncially; there is always a dark band

present from the eye to the angle of the mouth ; the lower side is

checkered and more or less spotted with brown.

D. hexagonotus, as compared with the above, has the eye much

larger, the pre-ocular well developed, the whole head is com-

paratively stouter and more bulging, the vertebral series of

scales larger and more distinctly hexagonal. The general colour

of the body is ferruginous brown, instead of fulvous brown, the

dark bands in the young are moderately broad, and cross the

back in an almost straight course, and the belly has only occa-

sionally slight traces of darkish spots; but all the spots and bands

above and below disappear with age.

Ido not think that the specific distinction of these two forms

can be questioned. The former resembles in coloration D. Forstend,

and belongs to the fauna of India proper, the latter belongs to the

type of D. bubalina, or boops, and characterises the Malay fauna.

Dipsas BUBALINA (I. R., p. 311).

A specimen measuring 42 inches, obtained in the Rangnu valley

below Darjiling, agrees in all essential characters with Giinther’s

description of the above species; it has 250 vent., and 124 sub-

caudals. The head is not so stout, and the neck decidedly more

slender than indicated in Giinther’s figure, but this could not be

regarded as a specific distinction ; there are 3 + 3 + p/. temporals on

both sides of the head, all three anterior ones being in contact with

the two post-oculars. Colour above bluish green, below yellowish

white, gradually assuming a greenish tinge posteriorly ; the lower

light colour is separated from the upper by a faint whitish line,

which runs on each side along the ventral shields, some distance

from their terminations ; on the tail the pale line becomes obsolete.

Inside mouth, the interstitial skin on the head and neck is black,

but very faintly so on the rest of the body.

Blyth’s D. nigromarginata from Assam is clearly identical with

bubalina, the apical grooves are so faint, as to be hardly traceable,

442 F. Stoliczka— On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. [No. 4,

but they are present* in the type specimen. The interstitial skin

is distinctly black on the head and neck, but less so on the rest of

the body, the neck is slender, as in the Sikkim specimen previous-

ly noticed.

The latter has only eight permanently fixed teeth in each maxil-

lary, there are, however, seven others interposed between them,

hardly differing in size, but not fixed to the jaw; 14 palatine and

about an equal number of mandibular teeth, the anterior 3 or 4

of these are considerably larger than the rest.

Adult specimens of hexagonotus chiefly differ from the present

species by their shorter head, generally somewhat longer occipitals,

less high upper labials, and by their ferruginous coloration.

Dirsas TRIGoNATA, (I. R., p. 312).

I have examined some specimens of this common species from

South and East of Agra, and they had the white, dark edged, bands

quite isolated from each other in crossing the back, and not connected

by a zigzag line along the median line as is more usually the case. _

Fam. Lycopontip”.

LycoDoNn JARA,

Leptorhytaon jara, I. R., p. 321.

Dr. Giinther made this species the type of his new genus Lep-

torhytaon. The principal differences given between the characteris-

tics of Lycodon and Leptorhytaon are, that in the former the body is

‘‘ slightly compressed,” and the ‘nostrils between two shields,”

while in the latter the body is said to be “‘ not compressed,” and

the nostril in ‘‘ one nasal shield.”’

Ihave examined several specimens of the present species; some

taken alive near Calcutta, others from the base of the Sikkim Hima-

layas and from Pegu, and I find that in Z. jara, the body is quite as

much, or rather quite as little compressed, as, for instance, in Zycodon

aulicus. One specimen has a distinct suture above the nostril, divid-

ing the shield into two parts, and below the nostril there is a groove

indicating a suture. Two other specimens have clearly two nasal

shields, as perfectly distinguishable as they are also in Z. aulicus.

* Not absent, as I stated in J. A. S. B., vol. xxxix, p. 199.

<—) (a> . ie Se

1871.] FF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 443

The scales are in both thespecies referred to apparently smooth,

but under the lens a very fine striation, or rather sulcation, is per-

ceptible in both. The habits and general characters of both are also

exactly the same. ‘

I do not consider it, under these circumstances, necessary to

separate the present species generically from Lycodon.

To the description of the species I may add, that each scale has

avery minute sub-apical impressed dot.* The occipitals are as

a rule obtusely angular posteriorly. The pre-ocular is sometimes

very small, or it reaches the top of head, and is in contact with

the anterior frontals. The 9th upper labial is longer than high,

One or two temporals are in contact with the post-oculars.

Fam, WoMaopsipm.

HypsirHINA ENHYDRIS (I. R., p. 281).

Specimens, identical in coloration with those noted by Theobald

from Pegu (Linn. Soc. Zool., vol. x), also occur in Lower Bengal,

Giinther says: scales ‘‘ constantly in 21 series.’ I have obtained

from the Sundarbunds, below Port Canning, one specimen, which

has 23 rows of scales; but it does not differ in any other point of

structure or coloration from other typical specimens. The lateral

pale bands are generally in Bengal specimens distinct, but the

brown bands along the back are less so; the central dark line

along the belly is often nearly continuous, except on the throat

where it is dissolved into spots.

Fam. CRoTaLipm.

TRIMERESURUS ANDERSONI, Theob,

Trim. Andersont and obscwrus, Theobald, Cat. Rept. Asiat. Soc. Museum,

1868, pp. 75 and 76.

In my paper on Malayan Reptiles, &c. (Journ. Asiat. 8. B.,

vol. xxxix, p. 216), I stated that the two specimens described by

Theobald under different names belong to one species only. The

locality of those two specimens was unknown, though there could

have been little doubt, but that the snakes were Indian, I have

* T have not observed an ‘ apical groove.’

444 F. Stoliczka— On Indian and Burmese Oplidians. [No. 4,

recently received a third specimen of this species from the Anda-

mans, whence most probably the two type specimens referred to

were received.

The characters of the species may be put as follows:

Head very distinct from neck, broad and flat above, a pair of

supra-rostals, separated by an azygos shield, about equal in size

to one of the former ; supraciliaries narrow, long; scales of the

head small, slightly carinate on the posterior part: there are from

10-12 of them in an irregular line between the supraciliaries ; scales

of body in 25 long. rows, small, imbricate and sharply keeled

throughout; 2nd labial forms the front of the pit, but some-

times the upper portion is partially or entirely detached; 11 or 12

upper labials; two rows of scales between labials and orbit; eye

rather large. The two type specimens which are nearly full

grown, have each 182 ventrals, 56, the other 71 sub-caudals;

anal entire, strongly projecting. The third specimen which mea-

sutes only 11 inches, has 181 ventrals and 57 sub-caudals.

The general colour of the snake is dark brown ; when young it has

numerous greenish transverse bands on the body, each about 2 scales

wide, and about 3 or 4 scales apart from each other ; the sides of the

head and the lower side of the body are irregularly marbled and

spotted with greenish white. In the more adult stage, the light

bands become interrupted on the back which is nearly uniform

brown, like the head, but the greenish colour is preserved in more

or less numerous and irregular spots at the sides.

Dr. Anderson in his notes on Indian Reptiles, published in

the Proceedings of the Zool. Soc. of London for 1871, p. 194,

says that Zrim. Anderson: is identical with Trim. monticola.

Few species could be more distinct from each other than these.

T. Anderson is a much slenderer snake, has comparatively

smaller and more sharply keeled scales in 25 rows, narrow super-

ciliaries with 10 or more scales between them on the upper side of

the head, 11-12 upper labials, those after the third becoming rapidly

smaller and superseded by scales which are not larger, but generally

somewhat smaller than the labials; all three known specimens have

on azygos shield, above 180 ventrals and alarge eye. The colour is |

1871.] FF. Stoliczka—On Indian and Burmese Ophidians. 445

brown without any large darker spots,* but sometimes in adults

with greenish white spots at the side of the body.

T. monticola, on the contrary, has 21 or 23 (rarely 25 rows

according to Anderson) of comparatively much larger and not

so sharply keeled scales, 8-9 upper labials, those following the

third gradually decreasing in size and superseded by rather large

scales ; superciliaries rather short and comparatively broad, with

6 or 7 scales in an irregular row between them, generally no azygos

shield is present; I never saw the ventrals exceed 160, the eye is

small. The body above has'always spots darker than is the general

brown colour and the reticulation at the sides. This species occurs

in the Central and Eastern Himalayas ranging from about 2000

up to about 8000 feet; it is also found in the Khasi hills, and ac-

cording to Dr. Anderson in Upper Burma. A closely allied species

T. convictus, was described by me from Penang (J. A. 8. B., vol.

XAKIX,. p. 224).

If 7. Andersoni be identical with any other known species, it can

only be with 7. porphyraceus of Blyth, which I have described and

figured in J. A. 8. B., xxxix, p. 218, pl. xu, fig. 2. There is very

little difference in structure between the two, but the head is not

quite so high, and the labials fewer in TZ. Andersons, the

chief difference lying in the coloration ; should this, however, prove

to vary from dark brown, variegated with greenish white, to

almost uniform porphyraceous grey, the two species might be shewn

to represent mere varieties.

* T am ata loss to know how the coloration of monticola and Andersoni

can be called “ identical in every respect.”

446 [No, 4,

NoTE ON THE CORRECTION OF THE CaALcuTTA STANDARD BAROMETER

To THE Kew and GREENWIcH StanpAarps—dby H. F. BuanForp.

[Received 4th September, 1871. ]

One of the greatest drawbacks to the value of the Meteorological

observations that have hitherto been recorded in India, and one

which has gone far to render the large majority of them worthless

for advancing our knowledge of the Meteorology of the country,

has arisen from the neglect of observers and those charged with

the collection of such data, to ensure the reduction of their obser-

vations to one common standard. Without this, it is obvious that

they cannot be treated comparatively, and any deductions that may

be attempted from a comparison of registers must always lie open to

the suspicion that the variations they may show are not real, but

due to instrumental and perhaps other errors. This is especially

the case with registers of atmospheric pressure. As I have more

than once pointed out, the variations of this important element

are so small in India, that the persistent barometric gradient

of a monsoon, existing at any moment between two stations five

hundred miles apart, may be entirely concealed or even reversed.in

appearance by the uncorrected errors of the instruments in use.

Tt follows that one of the first duties of any officer who may have

to supervise the working of a system of meteorological registration,

is to ensure that the barometers are carefully compared with some

well known local standard, before they are used for the purpose of

registration; and that the comparison be repeated from time to

time, in order to detect and eliminate errors, which may arise from

accidental disturbance or progressive deterioration.

In Bengal, and to some extent in the N. W. Provinces and

Central India, the barometer by Newman, No. 84, at the Surveyor

General’s Office in Calcutta, has been adopted as the standard to

which the local observations are corrected. But whether there

is any constant difference between this instrument and the stand-

ards in use elsewhere, has hitherto been a matter of conjecture. At

the present day, most good instruments sent out from England

have been compared with the Kew Standard barometer constructed

1871.] H. F. Blanford—TZhe Calcutta Standard Barometer. 447

by Professor Balfour Stewart, and in Ceylon, for instance, at

the observatories established two years ago by Captain Fyers, the

barometric registers are corrected to the readings of the Kew

Standard.

The receipt, some months ago, of a number of very excellent stan-

dard barometers by Casella, which had been compared at the

India Store Department with a Standard, the error of which to

those of Kew and Greenwich had been previously ascertained, has

afforded me an opportunity of ascertaining indirectly the difference

of the Calcutta standard from these latter instruments, and thus

obtaining a correction which will render the barometric registers

of Northern India more rigorously comparable than heretofore

with those of Ceylon and other places. The comparison, as will be

seen, is very indirect, but it has I think been sufficiently extensive

to prevent any appreciable error arising from the cause, always

assuming that the India Store Department Standard is accurate-

ly corrected to those of Kew and Greenwich.

The instruments which have afforded the means of this compari-

son are of the form figured in Messrs. Casella’s catalogues, with

tubes of about 0°3 inch internal diameter. Hight of them have

been compared by myself with Newman’s Standard, No. 94. They

were compared one at a time, placed side by side with the latter

instrument, and each was read simultaneously with the Newman,

nine (in two cases ten) times during the diurnal period of rising,

and an equal number of times during that of falling pressure.

By this means the correction for capiliarity, always more or less

uncertain, is eliminated. The readings of each instrument have

been reduced for temperature by those of its own attached thermo-

meter, so that the corrections obtained include those, if any, of the

thermometers. The total number of comparative readings is 146.

The results of this comparison are given in the following table.

The error of Newman’s barometer, No. 94, with the standard at

the Surveyor General’s Office has been ascertained as follows, The

former instrument was compared by Babu Gopinath Sen before

I received it three years ago, and the mean error of 13 reduced

readings then determined to be —.0245. A series of levels, from

the ground floor of my house to that of the observatory, shewed

448 H. F. Blanford—TZhe Calcutta Standard Barometer. [No. 4,

the difference of level of the cisterns to be 0:2 foot, my barometer

being the lower. This represents a barometric difference of

+ 0:0002 which must be deducted from the readings of my own

standard in its present situation. Of the 146 comparative readings,

73 were made at even hours, simultaneously with the readings of the

Surveyor General’s Standard, and these give a mean difference of

No. 94 = No. 84 (— .0249). The readings were made at intervals

between January 7th and August 28rd, the barometric range in this

period being from 30°141 to 29°371. The error of No, 94 to No. 84

has therefore evidently remained constant, and may be taken with

sufficient approximation as — 0°0251.

The following table gives the results obtained with the. several

Casella’s barometers.

Results of a comparison of eight barometers with Newman’s No. 94,

the Kew and Greenwich Standards,

Error to

No. of Error to No. 94. E

Casella’s rror to Green-

Kew :

barometer. ; wich.

Rising. | Falling. | Mean.

Inch. Inch. Inch. Inch. Inch.

628 + .0132 | +.0159 | +.0145 | —.001 + .0038

632 +.0188 | +.0158 | +.0173 | +.005 + .009

637 + .0202 | -.0211 | +.0206| +.006 +.010

627 +.0193 | +.0188 | +.0190| +.006 +.010

634 +.0148 | +.0171 | +.0159 | +.002 + .006

635 + .0209 | +.02385 | +.0222 | +.004 + .008

630 + .0137 | +.0163 | +.0150] +.001 + .005

631 +.0181 | +.0203 | +.0192 | +.005 + .009

The error of No. 94, (my office standard) to those of Kew and

Greenwich, is obtained in each case by changing the signs and

taking the difference of the figures in column 4 and those in columns —

5 and 6 respectively. The results, with two exceptions, are, I think, —

sufficiently accordant to afford an assurance ofthe general trus 4

worthiness of the mean result.

1871.] J. Wood-Mason— On Indian and Malayan Telphuside.” 449

Error of Newman’s No. 94 to the Kew and Greenwich Standards.

[

Casella’s

ee chtan. With Kew. With Greenwic!.

No Inch. Inch

By 628 —.0155 —.0115

i 632 —.0123 — 0083

= 637 —.0146 —.0106

i 627 Ors —.0090

ff 634 —.0139 —.0099

a 635 —.0182 —.0142

. 630 —.0140 —.0100

631 —.0142 —.0102

If we reject the results afforded by barometers No. 632 and

No. 635 which depart somewhat widely from the remainder, the

mean of the remaining six comparisons gives the error of New-

man’s No. 94 — .0142 to the Kew, and — .0102 to the Greenwich

Standard. Deducting these from the error, above given, of the

same barometer to the Calcutta Standard, and changing the sign,

we have the error of the Calcutta Standard as follows :—

Error of Calcutta Standard, Newman, No. 84.

To Kew. To Greenwich.

+ .0109. + .0149.

These amounts, or say .011 and .015 inch, must therefore be

deducted from the readings of the Calcutta Standard and all

registers corrected thereto, to render them comparable with re-

gisters corrected to the Kew and Greenwich Standards respectively.

On Inpian anp Matayan TeteHusipm, Parr I,—

by James Woop-Mason, Hsa.

(Continued from page 27).

(With Plate X XVII).

TeLPpHUSA Epwarpsi, n. sp., pl. xxviii, figs. 11—15.

Carapace sparingly hirsute above, more thickly so on the pleural

region, broadest along a line dividing the anterior from the

450 J. Wood-Mason— On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. [No. 4,

middle third of the mesogastric region, on each side of which the

surface is raised into an oval areolet bounded in front by the pro-

togastric, behind and laterally by the branchial lobe which in part

bounds it in front; uro-gastric lobes distinct from the rest of the

regions and from one another, post-frontal ridge sinuous, coarsely

wrinkled, ending about 2mm. short of the epibranchial teeth,

slightly interrupted by the forward position of the epigastric lobes ;

these are rugose in front, deeply divided mesially and completely

isolated from the conterminous regions of the carapace by well-

defined grooves ; meso-gastric area distinct, sending forwards a nar-

row tongue between the proto- and epi-gastric lobes; branchial

areas divided into anterior and posterior portions by broad, smooth,

deep, oblique depressions ; the latter being scarcely distinct from the

cardiac division ; the epibranchial teeth are continued backwards,

outwards and inwards as raised denticulated crests, along the inner

side of which runs a smooth furrow continuous with the post-orbi-

tal furrow ; postero-lateral margins rugose behind the termination

of the lateral crests, the rugosities being continued downwards and

forwards on to the inflected portion of the carapace; orbits and

extra-orbital teeth finely crenulated. Front broad, short, very little

deflexed, terminated by a smooth margin. The chelipedes are sub-

equal; the two inferior edges of their meropodites are armed with

tubercles, their inferior planes bear at their distal extremity

and nearer the inner than the outer of the two edges a single

spinule, which is also to be remarked in many other species; the

third or upper angle is rugose; the succeeding joint is greatly

thickened at its distal end and is superiorly coarsely wrinkled and

concave ; its inner margin is armed with a stout sharp spine, be-

neath which is a smaller one; the proximal half of the penul-

timate joint is convex and coarsely granulated externally, internally

convex and smooth, except towards the inferior border where two

or three rows of small, widely-separated tubercles are to be seen ;

its upper surface is ornamented by three rows of large tubercles;

its distal prolongation is deeply canaliculate and its inner toothed

edge is in contact throughout its length with the dactylopodite

which is likewise canaliculate externally and compressed, so that its

upper border presents a saw-like edge, being ornamented with

1871.] J. Wood-Mason—On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. 451

tubercles decreasing gradually in size and sharpness from the base

towards the tip.

The ambulatory legs are hairy as in Telphusa hispida.

A ek oe re SG A 382 mm.

(oo Io POSS ear ane erage b tele’ 2S PRE Se 28 mm.

Hab. Hotha, aaah Kakhyen-hills, Ponsee, Upper Burma.

Collected by Dr. Anderson.

Plate xxvii, Fig. 11, Telphusa Edwardsi, nat. size. 12. Front view of the

same. 13. External maxilliped. 14. Chela. 15. Abdomen of male.

TrLpHusA ANDERSONIANA, 0. sp., pl. xxvii, figs. 16—20.

Carapace considerably broader than long, very sparingly hirsute,

areolation similar to that of the preceding species; anterior bran-

chial region covered with irregular tubercles which gradually pass

backwards into the rugations that thickly mark the postero-lateral

margin, the inflected portion of the carapace and a portion of the

posterior pleural lobe; epigastric lobes separated from one another

and from the protogastrics, post-frontal crest curved forwards in

the middle; epibranchial teeth well marked and pass backwards

on each side as regularly denticulated cresis, the denticulations

gradually decreasing in size backwards; anterior pleural lobes

covered with inosculating fovee, separated from the peristomial

portions of the posterior by a tuberculated line which loses its

beaded character as it passes upwards to the epibranchial tooth ;

front broad, especially at the base, tuberculated; its free margin

is sinuous, well rounded laterally and coarsely crenated; orbital

borders also crenated and rising externally into a salient, forwardly-

directed tooth. The median triangular process of posterior border

of the epistoma is extremely salient, coarsely crenate, and notched

on each side; externally to the notches this posterior border is

similarly crenate up to the point at which it begins to form the

anterior boundaries of the exhalant orifices of the branchial cham-

bers. . Chelipedes subequal ; meropodites with their three angles

sharply tubercular, their posterior faces rugose and their ventral

surface bearing a sharp spinule; carpopodites extremely rugose

above, with their inner margins raised into a line of sharp, irregular

tubercles above the level of the spine, beneath which an acute

smaller_one is to be seen, and with their distal articular ends greatly

452 J. Wood-Mason—On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. [No. 4,

thickened and rounded as in Telphusa Edwardsii to which this

species is closely allied; propodites with their upper edge armed

with a row of five forwardly-directed spiniform tubercles, ex-

ternally to which are some small rounded tubercles; the rest of

the surface, both externally and internally, is excavated into shallow,

inosculating fovee. Above, the dactylopodites are rounded and arm-

ed atthe proximal end with a small spiniform tubercle, are externally

longitudinally canaliculate and can be brought into complete contact

with the immoveable arm of the pincers, which is also grooved.

The penultimate joints of the ambulatory legs are longer in pro-.

portion to their breadth than those of 7. Hdwardsi.

Beeudins: gr weet occa od ta ueees Me eee ee . 43 mm.

TiCR SEN y's nialete d's 6pm Wsine W's ROI ALR 41 telat le eee 34 mm.

Hab. Momien, W. Yunan, at elevations of from 3500—5000 ft. ;

Kakhyen-hills, Ponsee, Upper Burma. Collected by Dr. Anderson.

Plate xxvii, Fig. 16. Telphusa Andersoniana, nat. size. 17. Front view of

the same. 18. External maxilliped. 19. Chela. 20. Abdomen of male,

TELPHUSA HISPIDA, nN. sp., pl. xxviii, figs. 1—5,

Carapace much broader than long, flattened above, hirsute,

especially on the postero-lateral margins and the posterior pleural

lobes ; the surface is subpunctate and has an areolation very similar

to that of Zelphusa Edwardsii, but the postero-lateral boundary of

the oval areolet is not so deep impressed; the epigastric lobes,

as in Zelphusa Andersoniana, are not distinct from the proto-

gastrics behind; the cervical suture forms a very indistinct divi-

sional line between the hepatic portion of the protogastric and

the anterior moiety of the branchial lobe, which is obsoletely tuber-

cular ; the epibranchial teeth are by no means salient; the more

obscurely denticulated crest of the antero-lateral margin is very

little elevated, and the smooth furrow along the inner side of it,

which is so noticeable in the former species, is absent; a bundle

of short hairs springs from between each denticulation. The

anterior is separated from the posterior cardiac lobe by a broad,

shallow, transverse channel which extends right across the carapace,

and these again are similarly marked off from the posterior

halves of the branchial lobes. The post-frontal ridge is well

marked, bent forwards in the middle, but is neither continuous to the

1871.] J. Wood-Mason—On Indian and Malayan Telphuside, 453

epibranchial teeth, nor interrupted by the projection beyond it of the

epigastric lobes. The orbital rims and extraorbital teeth, crenulated.

Front sinuous, short, not greatly deflexed, truncate on each side,

irregularly punctate, minute hairs springing in bundles of 2 or 3

from the puncta. The structure of the epistoma is very much the

same asin 7, Hdwardsii, but its surface is advanced so as to be

more nearly in the same plane with the free margin of the front

and the triangular process of its posterior border is more acute;

mesially it is devoid of hairs, but laterally it is extremely hirsute.

The anterior pleural lobe is distinct but the interpleural portion

of the line that marks it off from the rest of. the carapace is

not tuberculated as in 7. Hdwardsiv; neither is the inflected por-

tion of the carapace so distinctly rugose nor so thickly covered with

hairs. Of the chelipedes the right exceeds the left in size in the

only adult specimen in my possession ; the outer, or more strictly

speaking the posterior, face of the meropodites is smooth, devoid of

hairs, except towards the dorsal edge which is densely covered

with bundles of hairs and but slightly rugose. The carpopo-

dite is armed in the usual way with a spine, beneath which is a short

bilobed spinule; its upper surface roughly punctate; an impres-

sion is to be observed at its distal articular end which is not more

than ordinarily thickened. The propodite is coarsely punctate,

its lower border is longitudinally concave, its prolongation is exter-

nally grooved, and so is the dactylopodite with which it is in contact

throughout its wholelength. Theambulatory legs are robust; the

ridges of all their joints are thickly covered with bundles of hairs ;

the penultimate joints are similar to those of Zelphusa Andersoniana.

Length,...... tole /ald'dh sieetsle Ws Camels melee avs Ol WT.

PRBS Gi Soe seca ode. ab eset gs Re RIED. SBS ES 43 mm.

Hab. Kakhyen-hills, Ponsee, Upper Burma. Collected by Dr. J.

Anderson.

Plate xxvii, Fig. ry Telphusa hispida, nat, size. 2. Front view of the

same. 38. Hxternal maxilliped. 4, Chela. 5. Abdomen of male,

TELPHUSA TUMIDA, 0. sp-, pl. xxvii, figs. 6—10,

Carapace slightly broader than long, tumid, punctate, extremely

convex in every direction, with an areolation similar to that of

the three last described species, but the mesogastric lobe is almost

confluent anteriorly with the protogastric and this latter is marked

454 J. Wood-Mason— On Indian and Malayan Telphuside. (No. 4,

by a short branch running off from the cervical suture at right

angles to it; the cardiac is separated from the posterior half

of the branchial area ; the epigastric lobes are prominent, anteriorly

wrinkled and extend beyond the line of the rest of post-frontal ridge ;

anterior branchial lobe and post-frontal crest rugose; the latter is

slightly indented by the cervical suture, and continuous from the

epigastric lobes to the minute epibranchial teeth; antero-lateral

margins greatly inclined with minutely denticulated crests ; postero-

lateral margin marked with oblique wrinkles which assume a

tubercular character as they pass forwards on to the inflected

portion of the carapace and the posterior pleural lobes which, where

they form the peristoma, are completely covered with round, polish-

ed tubercles, disposed in pairs; the anterior pleural lobe presents a

few scattered tubercles, and is cut off from the posterior pleural

and from the inflected region of the carapace by a beaded line.

Front broad, deflexed, coarsely granulated, marked by the pro-

longation forwards of the mesogastric furrow. The epistoma

presents the same characters as that of Telphusa Andersoniana,

except that its anterior margin is distinctly crenulated. The orbits

and their external angles are crenated.

Chelipedes subequal ; meropodites with their posterior faces and

angles very rugose; carpopodites, above rugose, armed internally

with a short blunt tooth, above and below which are some smooth

tubercles; propodite externally convex and rugose; internally, —

especially near the lower margin, above, and below tuberculated ;

the upper margin of the dactylopodite is rounded and presents a

short row of tubercles at its proximal end ; the pincers are marked

on every face with longitudinal rows of puncta and their arms can

be almost completely apposed.

Breadth, osss.cye ss vied vos elo sp eee» 29 ENDL Org mate

ET Veg 2 RE Day ae SR ee 24 mm. a

Breage iey's..64s2 ogee abe eee devas 27 mm) Of aitemmlas

Lenethy i's. S508 2% 2 os 9 wad’ eth mabe ohh Sota ener is

Hab. Hotha, Yunan; Kakhyen-hills, Ponsee, Upper Burma.

Collected by Dr. Anderson.—Daryjiling (?).

Plate xxvii, Fig. 6. Telphusa tumida, nat. size. 7. Front view of the

same. 8, External maxilliped. 9. Chela. 10. Abdomen of male.

1871.] 455

ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF RHINOLOPHIDEH, WITH DESCRIP-

TION OF A NEW SPECIES OF VESPERUS, AND NOTES ON SOME OTHER

SPECIES OF INSECTIVOROUS BATS FROM Perrsita,—dy G. EH. Dosson,

B, A., M. B., Asst. Surgeon, H. Il.’s British Forces.

[Received and read 7th June, 1871. ]

Genus—Trimnors, Dobson (gen. nov.).

Nose-leaf horse-shoe shaped in front, tridentate behind; horse-

shoe shaped portion consisting of two lamin, of which the over-

lying one is deeply emarginate in front, with the sides of the

emargination turned upwards and supporting the base of a longi-

tudinal, horizontal crest ending above and between the nasal ori-

fices; hinder, erect portion of the nose-leaf with one cell in the

centre of its base, the entrance to which is guarded by a lanceolate

process of membrane, with cells on the sides of its front surface,

and one on each side behind, immediately above the eye.

Dentition :—i. : c. pm. — 3m. aS.

First upper premolar minute, placed outside the line of teeth.

The above characters of the new genus are derived from an ex-

amination of six spirit specimens of a new species of bat from

Persia, which I now proceed to name and describe in detail.

{—

TRiaNops PERSICUS, Dobson, Pl. XXVIII.

Head long ; muzzle broad, obtuse, flattened laterally, lower lip

with four small warts on its anterior margin; ears nearly as broad

as long, funnel-shaped, with acutely pointed tips; the outer mar-

gin commences in a narrow fold of skin arising from the posterior

corner of the eyelids, which passing backwards and slightly down-

wards for about 0.1 in. rises abruptly to a height of 0.2 in. forming

the outer side of the ear; the inner margin is convex forwards,

and rises to about the same height; at a short distance behind, it

is interrupted by a sudden emargination which is succeeded by a

triangular elevation of the rim of the ear forming the tip which

projects outwards owing to the concavity of the outer side of this

456 G. KE. Dobson—On a new Genus of Rhinolophide, &e. (No. 4,

triangle. The form of the ear, which is difficult to describe, is

very well given in the plate accompanying this paper.

The nasal appendages are very complicated ; the anterior portion

of the nose-leaf is horse-shoe shaped, consisting of two lamina,

the upper overlying lamina deeply emarginate in front, the oppo-

site sides of the emargination turned upwards and supporting the

anterior portion of a broad, flat, longitudinal crest which ends in a

triangular head above and between the nasal orifices ; these open-

ings are placed at the bottom of a considerable depression, are

about .05 in. apart, and between them a very narrow raphé connects

the apex of the triangular termination of the central, horizontal,

longitudinal crest with the base of the hinder erect nose-leaf ; this

hinder portion arises from a thick root behind the nostrils, its base

is hollow, containing a single cell, the entrance to which is guarded

by a lanceolate process of membrane; above this opening, the nose-

leaf terminates by forming three projections of which the central

is needle-shaped, very slightly longer than the others, and its base

forms the upper boundary of the entrance to the central cell; the

lateral projections are shaped differently, rising on either side of

the base of the central projections by narrow pedicels they soon

become expanded by the increasing convexity of their outer sides,

which converging above form with the inner margins acute termi-

nations.

On each side of the hinder nose-leaf are six cells, of which one

is situated behind immediately above the eye occupying the posi-

tion of the minute pores observed in nearly all the species of Dr.

J. E. Gray’s second group of Rhinolophide ; in front of the eye two

shallow, but well defined, cells are formed by the folds of mem-

brane external to the horse-shoe, of which that nearest the eye has

for its posterior wall the raised margin of the eyelid; this cell,

like that above the eye, is concealed by the hair of the face, and is

not shown in the accompanying illustration of the animal’s head.

The total number of cells is therefore thirteen, of which three

on each side are formed by the erect nose-leaf, and one occupies

the centre of its base. a

The entrance to this central cell appears to be normally closed,

at least so it is in all the spirit specimens, but may be readily

1871.] G. E. Dobson—On a new Genus of Rhinolophide, Fe. 457

opened by drawing the lower lanceolate process of membrane for-

wards and the upper central projection backwards. A small, qua-

drilateral opening is thus disclosed, having for its lower and upper

boundaries the bases of these projections, Through this opening

the animal has probably the power of admitting air at will to the

central cell which is spacious and most likely acts as an accessory

nasal cavity, to the sides of which part of the terminations of the

olfactory nerves may be distributed. The form of the lower lan-

ceolate process of the nose-leaf which is laterally flattened in front

of the opening to the cell, favours this supposition.

The wings present some remarkable peculiarities of structure,

From the outer side of the proximal extremity of the terminal

phalanx of the third finger a small process of bone arises with an

inclination forwards, and terminates by an obtuse point in the

wing membrane in which it is included. The distal extremity of

the same phalanx is very shortly bifid as in most Rhinolophine

bats, but the terminal phalanx of the fourth finger ends in a single

point.

Wing membrane attached to the tibia a short distance above the

ankle; feet long, slender ; toes armed with long and strong claws ;

tail included in the interfemoral membrane, the extreme tip

alone free.

On the upper surface the fur is very pale buff, almost white,

with light sepia tips, darkest on the back of the neck, along the

anterior margin of the scapule, and between the shoulders;

towards the root of the tail of a yellowish tinge throughout; be-

neath, wholly very pale buff or dirty yellowish-white, cutaneous

system of the same.colour. ‘The fur is everywhere long and dense;

in front it covers the posterior surface of the hinder nose-leaf, ex-

ceeding in length the height of the trident-shaped crest; the

inner edge of the ear, as far as the emargination, is clothed ante-

riorly with long hairs which also occupy the interior of the conch,

but are finer, and more thinly spread in the latter situation ; be-

hind, the fur of the back extends on to the base of the interfemoral

membrane @early as far as the end of the second caudal vertebra;

on the wing membrane its extent is very limited; beneath, the

wing membrane is covered with hair nearly as far as a line drawn

458 G. E, Dobson—On a new Genus of Rhinolophide, &c. [No. 4,

from the middle of the humerus to the middle of the femur, but

the humerus and femur are completely naked beyond the body;

the distribution of fur on the under surface of the interfemoral

membrane is similar to that above.

Dentition':1< = ie Som ee a

Ae? a! r Bp? sa

The anterior upper premolar is minute with a flattened crown,

and is placed outside the line of teeth; the upper and lower in-

cisors are bilobed; the upper canines have large cusps at their

bases posteriorly.

Inches.

Length, head and body, POO OOO ~*0 ooo Corea see Be *OOFF% COE LEE TOS FOF Soe HOST EF oGgree ‘ 2°25

“5 DAI; ey oan ses Soatencisee toe Aedve® ous nice teqaallhe ave wen pevwas eke andden ete I2

yi head? (WAS AWARE 0°85

9p? Oar (ANberiorly)) ndsinc dass dees tongs Seaden andeebcecthseebent eee 0:45

% sy (posteriorly), i. oics.siakeaet Sunivana sap>jp ecm gitesh ohana 0°35 .

Bre Ut Ba iain Sh us staal terol eh: « Sala ahd iad tei pa eee 0-4:

Length; foreartiiy.ss nies <aesimaseetse> asades tc<onlts, inte: stage dental ieee 20

Fe BOCONT FIVIGEN, “cecice on se coccsetseestwonvocpac tenses 05s snaven eas Laman 2°8

» fourth do. seddes nec coenagecd 1d seu vavecgse sass én cok te ne2 een

a) en datas Nel Bel sae Aah ee rr 0-65

9p HOOb an Claws, cviicsaisieindevssind beta ide assuee tenses vahises soees 5 =e aeaaem 0°35

gp CAIGATICTI,, . 000.000 soneaneae soe sit: set ous se sinnelns'e0) nea seneenines «dp amaeeemmn 0:45

FEXPase, sesessee csscsnveeee soceen cesses coe cee ies cee cee eee ee venues ees renses see ces cae 10°50

The characters of the nasal appendages would be sufficient, ac-

cording to Dr. J. E. Gray’s system of classifying the genera of

Rhinolophide* to require the formation of a new group for the

reception of the genus, based on this species, which would thus

take its position next the Rhinolophina :—

a: Rhinolophina.

II. Zrienopina.

Til. Phyllorhinina.

LV. Rhinopomina.

V. WNycterina.

The characters of the group are those of the genus as given in

the commencement of this paper, and in the absence of o@her genera

must necessarily remain so without modification.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866.

1871.] G. E. Dobson—On a new Genus of Rhinolophida, Fc. 459

In a future paper on the osteology of the type species I hope to

be able to show that, apart from the characters presented by the

nasal appendages, there are points of difference in the construction

of the bony skeleton which still further separate this genus from

all other genera of Rhinolophide.

The specimens from which the description of Zrienops persicus

is derived, were obtained at an elevation of about 4750 feet near

Shiraz in Persia; at the same place specimens of four other species

were also taken, of which one is new, belonging to the sub-genus

Vesperus,* Keys. et Blas.

VESPERUS SHIRAZIENSIS, Dobson,

Muzzle broad and thick; head flat ; nostrils opening sublateral-

ly with a shallow emargination between ; ears triangular with

rounded tips, inner margin convex, outer margin faintly hollowed

out beneath the tip, becoming slightly convex below, again hol-

lowed out opposite the base of the tragus, and terminating towards

the angle of the mouth in a small lobe ; tragus long, rounded at

the tip, with a very slight inward curvature, inner margin almost

straight, outer margin slightly convex with a small triangular lobe

at the base.

Wings broad; wing membrane attached to base of outer toe ;

terminal phalanx of thumb nearly twice the length of basal; feet

moderately long, slender ; toes more than half the length of the

whole foot.

The fur of the back is moderately long, and scarcely extends

on to the wing membrane except in the immediate neighbourhood

of the sides of the body, and on the interfemoral membrane at the

root of the tail; beneath, the wing membrane is covered to a

greater extent, and fine thinly spread hairs pass out along the

posterior margin of the humerus and forearm to the carpus; the

fur of the abdomen scarcely extends to the interfemoral membrane,

but very fine, almost invisible, hairs rise from the transverse dotted

lines with which itis marked. The fur of the head passes for-

wards upon the face slightly in front of the eyes, the remaining

* “ Pipistrellus” in the abstract of this paper in Proc. As. Soc. Bengal,

June, 1871.

460 G. E. Dobson—On a new Genus of Rhinolophide, §e, [No. 4,

portions of the face are almost naked; the ears are covered pos-

teriorly with fur at their bases which also extends upwards in

a triangular form on the inner side, anteriorly the inner margin

and part of the conch are clothed with a few short hairs.

Above, dirty brownish buff; beneath, a lighter shade of the

same colour.

Dentition : —i. = 5G) = 3 pm. tT m. —

Outer incisors very small, and close to inner ones which are

nearly three times their length, and obtusely pointed.

This bat is about the size of Vespertilio murinus of Kurope ; it

approaches the Serotine very closely in some particulars, as in

dentition and length of body and tail, but differs in the much

greater length of the forearm, in the form of the ear and tragus,

and notably in the colour of the fur.

Inches.

Heneth, Wadd aid WAY, eis, das ae duwed snasianbavedes de” ay dugees aceldaliet enim 28

* WATTS: Slcdd vada ceddvsh dle hub wagtomsiabbacades bebdae ls cteeice tenets emmmEE 2°0

gn ANORE ss carthapbveder taatel <6 dbiieninas Gauisevew ee ante .f biders bbe eee 1:0

sd x Ea as Wie sper eee ebadselnn Senunaei ciate Spina aa ainy AEST” 0S RL ER elven Coeee aS 0°85

Breadth | Os: (<i gee atanlan.ace'qanjsho,cen.gousas cnaicassns)odi,gnnieaeba cpmnad tenet meen 0°5

DORR, PAR USS «cance cadens ennicasses ioe sus.vesiban eee nen aoe ¥avintl dae ane bale eee 0°35

PST EMU. AOS, sou oe saawe's aureinn:s denen Vase en Diba anes eae tee eae geeine eee ee een Ol

PiOMEEN, TOPGATIN, cncicss vans sn ccecac ss nas'Sies een que ase ane saa cakies veetesice ete 2°2

a BECO AA MOTS cae 2a vcainas vee secon (an voc scweas s05ngdey ste) cert 4°1

» fourth do. doe sit paalaespe si Gs cegvesinny cae deiust \cheiu aaclyslsada sah ann

aia > ) MIUID Melig in stiin ah tiny.g ww Aapninis hen almic ntep due Meh) me ais <ai> ele 10

ag, ROOG AM Cla WHT. sccisnn cnn wiungs ewennn sels sha .cecicaaiawas 3 ca teen 0'5

FUXPANISG; \..0ssrenssvaksasenashnseaad cots ay supastson'esene enh cs astent st aoe een 15:0

The remaining three species obtained near Shiraz were :—

PIPISTRELLUS MARGINATUS,

Vespertilio marginatus, Cretschmer,

A dried specimen agreeing very well with the description in

Temminck’s Monograph.* The white margin to the wings and

interfemoral membranes is very well marked. On the upper sur-

face the fur of the body extends upon the wing membrane as far

as a line drawn from the middle of the humerus to the knee joint ;

* Monographies de Mammalogie, vol. ii, p. 202.

J. WOOD-MASON. Journ:Asiat: Soe: Ben gal. Vol:XL. PtIl.1871. , 4

Si Sedg-lield. Lith:

Pl: XXVII

Te lphuser tumida. Calcutta.

20. Telphusa Andersoniana.

1871.] G. v. Martens—List of Alga. 461

posteriorly, it covers more than one-third of the interfemoral mem-

brane; beneath, it extends to the elbow, but does not occupy so

much of the interfemoral membrane which is covered for nearly

half its surface with a very few short hairs arising from the trans-

verse dotted lines. Above, black for three-fourths its length, the

remaining portion to the tip ight yellowish brown or dun colour ;

beneath, black for the same extent, the ends of the hairs paler

than above, becoming white on the belly and pubes,

Inner incisors long and acutely pointed, outer ones short and

close to their bases; anterior upper premolars very minute,

concealed between the canine and second premolar, and not visible

without the aid of a lens.

PIPIsTRELLUS COROMANDELICUS,

Vespertilio Coromandelicus, F. Cuvier.

Several spirit specimens of immature individuals referable to

this species.

VESPERTILIO MURINUS, Geoff.

A well preserved dried specimen answering in all respects to

the description given in Temminck’s Monograph ;* above, white

with a reddish tinge, beneath pure white ; base of the hairs, above

and beneath, dusky. A

List oF AnG@ conLEcTED sy Mr. S. Kurz my BurMA AND

ADJACENT IsLANDS,—by Dr. G. v. Marrens, im Stutigardt.

Communicated by Mr. 8. Kurz.t

[Received 15th July, 1871. Read August, 1871. ]

I.—P.ALMELLACE.

PALMELLE®,

Microcystis, Ka.

[1. I. aeruginosa, Kg.—In a pool of sweet water in Kolodyne

valley, Arracan. Octob. |—S. K.

* Vol. ii; p. 178.

y+ I have arranged the numerous determinations of Burmese Alges, lately

transmitted to me by Dr. v. Martens, according to that author’s “Tage der

Preussischen Expedition nach Ost-Asien.” For any defects in the arrange-

ment of this List, as well as for a few additional species entered between

462 G. v. Martens—List of Alga. [No. 4

Patmetia, Lyngb.

1. P. subsalsa, Martens, strato indeterminato effuso; cellulis

dense aggregatis 1/200 ad 1/300 lin. crassis, homogeneis, globosis

v. ellipticis, lutescentibus; membranula achromatica.—Arracan,

on periodically submerged mud of the Kolodyne river, in brackish

water. Octob. (K. 1960).

Guamocarsa, Ke.

1. G. luteo-fusca, Martens, strato compacto, late expanso; vesi-

culis primariis evanescentibus; secundariis 1/200 ad 1/180 lin.

crassis, globosis, lutescentibus, nucleis ellipticis, solitariis v. ii:

natis, pallide viridibus, 1/300 lin, longis, 1/500 lin. latis,

Pegu, Northern Yomah, along the dried up bed of Mayzelee

Choung. January.—(K. 1854).—Sweet water.

I.— NOSTOCHINEA,

OscILLARIEZ.

OscILLARIA, VAUCH.

1. O. granulosa, Martens, pulcherrime eeruginea; filis 1/300

lin. crassis, rigidis, rectis, apice parum attenuatis; articulis

diametro subeequalibus ubique granulosis, geniculis hyalinis non

punctatis—Karen country, H. of Sittang, Toukyeghat, in Pywoon

Choung, covering stones in dense dark green patches. March,

(KK. 1860).—Sweet water. |

2. O. brevis, Kg.—Pegu, Southern Yomah, near Kya-eng, in a

little jungle-creek. Decemb.—Sweet water.

8. O. viridis, Vauch. = tenuis, Ag.—Arracan, Akyab, in

stagnant waters, floating. Octob. (K. 1952).—Sweet water.

4. 0. Grateloupri, Bory.—Arracan, with the former. Sweet

water.

Puormivium, Kg.

1. Ph. papyrinum, Kg,—Arracan, on rocks in clear torrents,

Boronga Island. Octob. (K. 1967).—Sweet water.

brackets with my initials, I, therefore, am alone answerable. Diatomacee

and the greater number of Desmidiacee are not represented, but I hope to have

an opportunity of collecting further materials for a more complete list than the

present one. The numbers between brackets and the letter ‘‘ K.”’ have reference

to my collection of Crypt. Cellulares, The seaweeds commonly eaten by the

Burmans, are Gigartina spinosa, Grev., (agar agar of the Malays), and Sphero-

eoccus lichenoides, Ag., (Ceylon moss of commerce). These are usually called

by the Burmans Kyouk puén,

187]. | G. v. Martens—List of Alge. 463

[2. Ph. oryzetorum, Martens in Proceed. As. Soc. Beng., Janu-

ary, 1870, p. 12.—Arracan, low lands, frequent on stagnant tanks

and submerged rice-fields, floating. Octob.].—S. K. Sweet water.

LEPToTHRICHES.

Lerrorurix, Ke.

1. JL. ochracea, Kg.—Karen country, E. of Tounghoo, Toukye-

ghat, Choungmenah-hills, in little choungs, floating. March.

(KK. 1852).—Sweet water.

LYNGBYEZ.

Lynesya, Ag.

1. L. majuscula, Dillw.—Karen country, EK. of Tounghoo, not

unfrequent in the jungle-choungs. Febr. (K. 1858 et 1859).—

Sweet water.

ScyTONEMEZ.

Scyronema, Ag.

1. Se. Peguanum, Martens, cespite cupreo, lineam alto; filis basi

connatis, parce ramosis, cum vagina 1/180 ad 1/150 lin., sine vagina

1/220 ad 1/200 lin. crassis, apice attenuatis hyalinis, vaginis arctis

leevibus ; articulis diametro subzequalibus, pallide viridibus,

Pegu, Southern Yomah, Tyoben, on the bark of trees. Decemb.

(K. 1855).

2. Sc..awreum, Menegh.—Karen country, E. of Tounghoo,

Toukyeghat, Choungmenah-hills, in the hill Eng.-Forests, on rocks,

at from 2500 to 3000 feet elevation. Febr. (K. 1857).—Sweet

water. |

ITl.—CONFERVACEZL.

ConFERVES.

Conrrrva, L.

creeks above Watering Cove. Sweet water.

2. CO. fugacissima, Roth.—South Andaman, in the creek above

Watering Cove. June. (K. 1657). Sweet water.

CumtomorrHaA, Kg.

1. Oh. Indica, Kg.—Arracan, Boronga Island, on other sea-

weeds in the crevices of sub-marine sandstone banks. Octob.

(K. 1946).

464 G. v. Martens—Lust of Alge. [No. 4,

Rurzoctonium, Kg.

1. Rh. occidentale, Kg.—Arracan, on sandstone rocks in the

Kolodyne river, in mangrove swamps. Octob. (K. 1955).

CLapoPpHorA, Kg.

1. Ol. scitula, Suhr.—Arracan, Boronga Island, on other sea-

weeds. Octob. (K. 1953).

2. C. TFranquebariensis, Roth—Pegu, Northern Yomah, in

Tsoon-Choung. January. (K. 1846).

Curooterus, Ag.

1. Oh. villosum, Kg.—Karen hills, E. of Sittang, Thayet- tchu

Choung, on trees, &c., at from 2 to 3000 feet elevation.—March.

(K. 1856).

Campsopocon, Mont.

Sk:

ZYGNEMACE.

Sprroeyra, Lk, .

[1. Sp. elongata, Kg.—Arracan, Akyab, in stagnant and gently

flowing waters, not unfrequent. Octob.] 5S. K.

2. Sp. nitida, Dillw.—Arracan, Akyab and Kolodyne valley,

rather frequent in stagnant waters. Octob.; Pegu, Southern

Yomah, Poungleen. Jan. (K. 1848).

3. Sp. decimina, Lk.—Arracan, Akyab, in sweet water a

Decemb. (K. 1851).

4, Sp. jugalis, Kg.—Arracan, Akyab, in stagnant waters, float-

ing, along with Oscdllaria viridis, &e. Octob.

5. Sp. subaequa, Kg.—Arracan, Kolodyne-valley, in stagnant

waters. Octob. (K. 1956).

ULVACEAE.

Utva, L.

eee! EFS oxycocca, Kg.—Arracan, frequent on the sandstone-

layers along the shores opposite Akyab. Octob. (K. 1958).

PuycoseEris, Kg.

1. Ph..lobata, Kg.—South Andaman, on sandstone rocks at

Camping Bay.—Apr. (K. 1612).

1871. ] G. v. Martens—List of Alge. 465

EntrromorPua, Lk.

1. #. intestinalis, Lk., var. a. capillaris. Kg.—South Andaman,

in brackish swamps of the mangrove jungles.—Apr. (K. 1697).

2. EH. complanata, Kg.—South Andaman, Ross Island, on rocks.

Apr. (K. 1592); also Arracan, Boronga Island.

3. L. polyclados, Kg.—Andamans, Ross Island and Middle

Straits, on rocks. Apr. May.

4, . compressa, Lk.—Arracan, frequent on the sandstone banks

of Boronga Island. Octob. K. 1945.

_ ProroDERMACEZ.

InopERMA, Kg.

1. JL. fontanum, Kg.—Andamans, Labyrinth Archipelago, on

Termoklee Island, in sweet water pools of dried up creeks.—May.

(K. 1639).

1V.—SIPHONEZ.

VAUCHERIER.

VaucuHeriA, DC.

1. V.clavata, DC.—Andaman Islands, in sweet waters.

2. V. sessilis, DC.—Karen country, Tonkyeghat, in choungs.

Febr. (K. 1853).

3. V. submarina, Berk.—Arracan, Kolodyne river, in brackish

water on sandstone rocks of mangrove swamps, clothing the rocks

ingdense green patches. Octob. (K. 1962).

. Bryopsts, Lx.

1. Br. tenwssima, Notaris—South Andaman, Camping Bay,

on sandstone rocks. May. (K. 1593),

2. Br. pachynema, Martens, Tage d. Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien.,

24, t. iv, f.2. (Valonia confervoides, Harv., Alg. Ceylon).—South

Andaman, in mangrove swamps towards Birdnest Cape. Apr.

(K. 1606).

CopIEz.

| Haztimepa, Lx.

1. H. discoidea, Dene.—South Andaman, &c, Frequent on

coral reefs all along the coast. (K. 1691).

2. H. Opuntia, Lx.—South Andaman, only ejected from the

sea; Pegu, Diamond Island (IX. 1651).

466 G. v. Martens—List of Alge. | No. 4,

3. LH. cuneata, Kg.—Andamans, Labyrinth Archipelago, 'Termo-

klee Island (K. 1693).

V.—PHHAOSPORELZL.

EoTocaRPEz,

SpHAcELARIA, Lyngb.

1. Sph. furcigera, Kg.—South Andaman, Camping Bay, para-

sitic on Sargassum aquifolium.—Apr. (KK. 1689/6).

VI.—FUCACEZ.

SARGASSEZ. 4

Saracassum, Ag.

1. 8. microcystum, Kg. ? ?,—South Andaman, very frequent all

along the coast on rocks and banks, but nowhere full grown

(IX. 1698),

2. SS. aquifolium, Ag.—South Andaman, Camping Bay. (K.

1689).

38. 8S. Wightit, Grev.—South Andaman, at South Corbyn’s Cove.

(K. 1690).

TurRBINARIA, Bory.

1. TZ. triquetra, Y. Ag—South Andaman, at South Corbyn’s

Cove, ejected from the sea. (K. 1694),—Nicobars.

2. TT. condensata, Sonder.—South Andaman, at South Corbyn’s

Cove, ejected from the sea. (K. 1962),

CarPacantTuus, Kg.

1. O. clicifolius, (Turner, vol. I, t. 51).—Andamans, Labyrinth

Archipelago, near Termoklee Island, in deep sea.

VIL.—PLORIDE A.

BATRACHOSPERMES.

BATRACHOSPERMUM, Roth.

1. B. Guianense, Montg.—In the creeks above Watering Cove,

South Andaman.—June. (K. 1658).

2. B. moniliforme, Roth.—Pegu, Southern Yomah, in choungs

near Kya-éng. Decemb. (K. 1847),

Dicryores.

Zonaria, Ag. .

1. Z. Frasert, Grev.—Frequent on rocks and sandstone banks

‘

;

1871.] G. v. Martens—Zsit of Alga. 467

not only along the coast of South Andaman, (K. 1590), but also

that of Arracan. (K. 1944).

CERAMIES.

Hormoceras, Ke.

1. Z. flaccidum, Harv.—Arracan, in crevices of marine sandstone

rocks on BorongaIsland. Octob, (K. 1941).

CoRALLINES.

AmpnHtroa, Lx.

1. A. Tribulus, Lx.—Pegu, Diamond Island, thrown out from

the sea (K. 1651).—Hitherto known only from St. Croix, Antilles.

2. A. fragilissima, Lx.—South Andaman, at Camping Bay

(K. 1595).

JANIA, Lx.

1. J. adherens, Lx.—South Andaman, coral reefs at Camping

Bay.

2. J. fastigiata, Harvey.—South Andaman, at Camping Bay,

(K. 1659) and at South Corbyn’s Cove (IX. 1658).

GALAXAURES.

GALAXAURA, Lx.

1. G. plicata, Kg.—South Andaman.. Frequent on coral reefs

and often ejected from the sea along the beach (K. 1591).

2. G. marginata, Lx.—South Andaman, Ross Island (K. 1611).

8. G. tomentosa, Kg.—South Andaman, at Camping Bay (K.

1637).

4. G. oblongata, Lx.—South Andaman, Ross Island. (K, 1699).

GYMNOPHL@ACEA,

Hatymenta, Ag.

1. H. tenwispina, Kg. (Tab. Phyc. vol. xvii, t. 2, f. 1).—

Andamans, Labyrinth Archipelago, Termoklee Island, ejected from

the sea, parasitic on other sea-weeds. (K. 1695). :

[NB. Dumontia robusta, B. Wightit, J. Ag. is found by Wichura,

in Bay of Bengal, and most likely occurs also in the Burmese waters |

GIGARTINER,

GRATELOUPIA, Ag.

1. G. furcata, Kg.—Arracan, marine sandstone banks of Bo-

ronga Island, Octob. (K. 1939).

468 G. v. Martens—List of Alga. [No. 4,

GicARTINA, Lx.

1. G. spinosa, Grev. (Euchema spinosum, Ag.; Fucus lichenordes,

Willd., non L.).—Andamans, Termoklee Island. (K. 1696),—

Edible.

CuonpRococcus, Ke.

1. Ch. spinulosus, Kg.—South Andaman, Ross Island, in sea.

(K. 1594).

CyYsTocLONE&.,

Hypnea, Lx.

1. H. spinella, J. Ag.—Pegu, Diamond Island (K. 1619); Arra-

can, frequent on marine sandstone banks.—(K. 1948—49).

2. H. museiformis, Lx.—Pegu, Diamond Island. (K. 1640).

3. HH. divaricata, Grev.—Pegu, Diamond Island. (K. 1678).

GELIDIEZ.

Acrocarrus, Kg.

1. A. intricatus, Kg.—South Andaman, Camping Bay and Ter-

moklee Island, on the roots and stems of mangrove trees, as far

as they are submerged during high water. (K. 1608).

2. A. pusillus, Kg.—Arracan, Boronga Island, on marine sand-

stone banks. Octob. (IK. 1951).

SPHAROCOCCER.

Sruzrococeus, L.

1. Sph. multipartitus, «. lichenoides, Ag.—(Fucus eruginosus,

Turner, vol. III, t. 147, f. ).—South Andaman, frequently ejected

by the sea all along the coast.

2. Sph. lichenoides, L.—South Andaman, frequently ejected.

by the sea; Termoklee Island, (K. 1652).—Kdible.

3. Sph. Lemania, Kg.—Arracan, on marine sandstone banks,

frequent. Octob. (K. 1942),

a. Sph. confervoides, Ag.—Arracan, common on the rocky

shores of Boronga Island. Octob. (K. 1943).

5. Sph. dumosus, Kg.—Arracan, marine sandstone banks of

Boronga Island. Octob. (K. 1947).

T'yLocARPEa.

Gymnocronaus, Mart.

1. G. pygmeus, Grev.—Arracan, on marine sandstone banks

of Boronga Island. Octob. (K. 1950).

1871. | G. v. Martens—List of Alga. 469

PoLYSIPHONIEA.

PotystPHonta, Grev.

1. P. rufo-lanosa, Harvey.—Arracan, Akyab, on grasses, &c., in

brackish creeks of western coast. Decemb. (K. 1849).

LAURENCIE.

Lavrenora, Lx.

1. JZ. obtusa, Lix.—Arracan, on marine sandstone banks of Bo-

ronga Island. Octob. (K. 1946).

AcantHoprHora, Lx.

1. A. Thierryi, Lx.—Arracan, rare on the marine sandstone

banks of Boronga Island. Octob. (K. 1954).

DELEssERIER.

AGLAOPHYLLUM, Mont.

1. A. multipartitum, Kg.—South Andaman, Camping Bay.

(K. 1589).

Hyroenossum, Keg.

1. A. Viellardi, Kg.—Arracan, frequent on sandstone rocks

and old branches, or on the submerged mangrove stems, not only

in the tidal channels of Kolodyne-river, but also along the sea

coast. Octob. (K. 1963).—Perhaps only a juvenile state of ZH.

Leprierrv. :

INDEX

PART II, VOL. XL.

[Nore.—The Index has been divided into four parts, 1. Names of Minerals,

rocks, geographical places, &c.

Vertebrate Animals.

with an (*) asterisk. |

Wames of Minerals, Geogra-

phical Stations, é&c. &c.

Abu, Mount, 217.

Abyssinia, 31.

Afghanistan, 104

Ahiri, 272.

Akyab, 34.

Akola, 207.

Amherst, 34,

Andamans, 30.

Arracan, 59, et.. seq.

» Reptiles of, 12.

Arriacode, 319.

Asalu, 89.

Ashangali, Lake of, 31.

Assam, Reptiles of, 12.

Attaran river, 458.

Backergunge, 33.

Balasun valley, 68.

Banca, Island of, 37,

Bandara, 31.

Barmean river, 344,

Bassein District, 97.

Batavia, 96.

Beem, a river, 129.

Bhamaw in Birma, 32.

Bidan-Tso, 383,

Bikaneer, Reptiles of, 12.

Bilaspur, Reptiles from, 30.

Billing, 131.

Binnendyckio, 51.

Bombay, 120.

Bowany river, 298.

Brahmaputra river, 140,

Bukit-Kethay, 62.

Burrail Range, 187,

Burrakhar, 33.

Butan, 351,

2. Plants.

Names of new genera and species have been marked

3. Invertebrate Animals. 4,

Cachar, 125.

Cabul river, 339,

Calcutta, 128.

Camboja, 144,

Canara, 301.

Cashmere, Cirrhina, 140.

Cauvery, 118, 135.

Celebes, 229.

Ceylon, Mollusca from, 1.

Chanda, 31.

Chandkee Khopra, 208.

Cherra-Punji, 31.

Chikalda, Birds from, 207.

Chittagong, Shells from, 1,

Chola, 368.

Chumbi, 369.

Chusachen, 375.

Coleroon, 118,

Concan, 203.

Coorg Hills, 122.

Cossye river, 123.

Dacca, 31.

Daling Duar, 371.

Damotha, 150.

Darjeling, 26, 39, 21.

Debrogar, 31.

Delhi, 34.

Dizung Valley, 89.

Domdamee Foresis, 72,

Donkia Pass, 367.

Doomercoonda, 33.

Dounat-toung, in Martaban, 61.

Dozokee Pass, 46.

Drasin Ladak, 32.

Ellichpoor, 212.

Farm Caves,in Moulmein, 168.

Fraserpett, 123.

Galvanometer as a resistance, 81

Ganges at Patna, 33.

472

Ganjam, 36,

Garo-Hills,3 3

Gawilgarh, 208.

Gayin river, 228,

Golconda, 209.

Genty, 371.

Goalpara, 30,

Godavery, 135,

Gojee, 207.

Goruckpur, 114,

Gunggi, 115.

Goodum, 209.

Goomsoor, 209.

Gopalpore, 37.

Govindpur, 32.

Hanley, 43.

Helmund river, 348.

Himalayan regions, 123.

Hissar, 30.

Hotha in Yunan, 33.

Hugli, 19.

Hurdwar, 317.

Trrawadi river, 130,

Jabbalpur, 372.

Jashpur, 30.

Jawati, 89.

Jelep-la, 384.

Jellalabad, 339.

Jhiri river, 89.

Jyntea Hills, 35.

Kaling-pung, 371.

Kalryenmully hills, 216,

Kalingpoo, 371.

Kamptee Birds, 207.

Kanburi, 62.

Kanchanganga, 368.

Khandalla, 190, 206,

Kaphu, 375.

Karen Hills, 64.

Kashmir, 30.

Khasi Hills, 12, 23, 87.

Khurseong, 44.

Killore, 38.

Koladyne, in Arracan, 68.

Kollamully, 216.

Koti-i-Ashraf, 347.

Kongra Lama Pass, 367,

Koonar river, 343.

Kopili, 88,

Kosi river, 122.

Kotegur, 32.

Kristna, 117, 135.

Kulu, 34.

Kuengan, 149.

Kurnool, 114,

Kurrachee, 78.

Kyoung, 64.

Lacheny, 376.

Index.

Lachung, 369.

Ladak, Coluber from, 16.

Landa in Yunan, 34.

Lei near Ladak, 352.

Limestone Rocks about Moulmein, 144,

Lolpur, 343.

Madras, 33.

Mahannddi river, 141.

Mahe, 6.

Mahendragiri, 217.

Malabar affinities on the Golconda

Hills, 217.

Malabar rivers, 120.

Malayan zoological, province, 144,

Manbhum, 35.

Mandalay, 13.

Mangalore, 149,

Marangkri Peak, 93,

Martaban, 31.

Marwar, Reptiles of, 12,

Masulipatam, 281.

Maueut river, 93.

Mauritius, Mollusca from, 1, 3,

Mergui, 296.

Moisraka, on the Damuda, 9,

Momien in Yunan, 38.

Morar, 197.

Moulmein, Mollusca from, 148.

Mundikeyaun, 320.

Moung forest. 51.

Muangla, in Yunan, 33,

Mydan valley, 347,

Mymensing, 40,

Mysore, 315,

Naga Hills, 16, 87,

Nagpore birds, 207.

Nangjinghi Hill, 93,

Nanina, Blanford’s typical, 238,

Nazirpur, 40,

Nepaul, 139,

New Caledonia, 11,

Nicobars, 32.

Nilgiris, 27.

Neilghirrees, 118.

Ootacamund Lake, 299.

Overland Telegraph, 78,

Palghat, 319.

Pankabari, 68, 98,

Patchamully, 216.

Pazwoondoung valley, 78,

Pegu, 32, 70, 131, 236,

Penang, 10, 265.

Peshut, 343,

Phyndong, 371.

Plectopylis, Anatomy of, 218.

Pondicherry, 203.

Poona, 126,

Port Louis, 3.

Index.

Poungyee, 48.

Poona, in, 126.

Poonsee, 32, 26.

Pooree, Mollusca from, 1, 5.

Pranhita river, 271,

Prome, 33.

Pym-Kyoung, 64,

Pywoon Choung, 64,

Radhuri, 71.

Raipur, 31.

Ranchi, 32.

Rangeet valley, 54.

Ranigunj, 196,

Ravi river, 334,

Resistance of three earths, 183,

Rhivok, 374.

Rishet valley, Slope of the, 372.

Roorkee, 196.

Rungno valley, 42.

Salween river, 62, 130.

Seoni, 210,

Seychelles, shells from, 1.

Siam, 62.

Sibsagor, 23, 26, 205.

Siemens’ polarized relay, 80.

Sikkim, journey through, 367.

9 124.

» Zoology of, 367.

Simla, 34.

Singalela Range, 368.

Singapur, 10.

Singhur, 196.

Sironja, 31.

Sittan, 62.

Sittoung, 131.

Shellong, 90.

Shevroy hills, 216.

Spermatozca in hermaphrodite glands,

254.

Sumatra, 297.

Syria, 111.

Tahiti, 203.

Taipo hills, 49, 72.

Tamboodra, 305.

Tankrala, 369.

Tavoy, 133.

Teesta, village, 198.

Telegraph earth, Test of, 177.

Telegraph line, Dischar ve of long, 78.

Tennasserim province, ‘109, 134, 166.

Tezpur, 226.

Thancote, 198.

Thouigyeen river, 47.

Tibet, 104,

Tista, Upper branch of the, 369.

Tonghou, ali.

Toumbyotseik on the Salween, 67.

Travancore, 30, 311.

Udipnur, 30.

Vizagapatam, 96,

Wardha valley, Birds of the, 268.

Wynaad, 300,

Yakla, 369.

Younag, 45.

Yunan, 25.

Plants.

Abies Brunnoniana, 395.

» Smithiana, 395.

;», Webbiana, 378, 395.

Aegiceras cor niculata, 68.

majus, 68.

Acanthophora Thierryi, 469.

Aglaophyllum multipartitum, 469,

*Allomorphia hispida, 53.

Alsomitra heterosperma, 58.

Ameletia acutidens, 56.

Ba indica, 56.

a nana, 56.

Ammannella linearis, 56.

Ammannia auriculata, 56,

Fs baccifera, 55.

rn dentelloides, 55.

Rg multiflorea, 55, 56.

ip octandra, 56.

be pentandra, 55.

a peploides, 55, 56.

fe pygmeea, 55,

3 rotundifolia, 55.

%5 simpliciuscula, 54, 55.

subrotunda, 5d.

Atealenia ochraceum, 78.

= spectabile, y a:

Apteuxis trinervis, 54,

*Ardisia Brandisiana, 67,

>» crispa, 67.

9) lentiginosa, 67.

» littoralis, 68.

» multiflora, 68.

» polysticta, 67.

» humilis, 68.

»» involucrata, 68.

umbellata, 68.

Bassia caloneura, 69.

Re hypoleuca, 69.

» polyantha, 69.

Begonia Brandisiana, 58,

» modestiflora, 59.

» paleacea, 60.

» polycarpa, 58.

» surculigera, 59,

Blackwellia, sp. 57.

473

474

*Bouea Brandisiana, 50.

» oppositifoliz, 50.

Bryophyllum caleynium, 52.

pinnatum, 52.

Bucklandia populnea, 52.

Buethneria andamanensis, 47.

Casearia Canziala, 57.

fe ovata, 57.

Ceratophorus longipetiolatus, 69.

Wightii, 69.

Chrysophyllum Roxburghii, 69.

sumobranum, 69.

*OQlianthus Binnendyckianus, 51.

Climacandra littoralis, 68.

£ obovata, 68,

Combretum extensum, 52.

Baraldi: 52.

lepidotum, 52,

squamosum, 52,

Xs rotundifolium, 52.

Cryptogramme crispa, 386.

Cucumis integrifolius, 58.

5, maderaspatana, 58.

Dicalyx javanicus, 65,

Dillenia aurea, 46.

5 parviflora, 45.

* ,, pulcerrima, 46.

scalerella, 45.

» Speciosa, 46.

ge Brandisiana, 72.

burmanica, 73.

Ne chartacese, 72.

* - dasyphylla, ide

Bs densiflora, 72.

heterophylla, 71.

oleifolia, 72.

* me rhodocalyx, 71.

m, tomentosa, 71.

% variegata, 73.

Dissocheeta astrosticta, 54.

Palembanica, 54.

pallida, 54.

re pipericarpa, 54,

Dysoxyli acuminatissimi, 49,

Ebermaiera diffusa, 74.

thyrsoidea, 74,

a zeylanica, 74.

Ecbolium Linneanum, 75.

*Eleocarpus bracteatus, 48,

Embelia ferruginea, 67.

floribunda, 67.

garcinizefolia, 67,

picta, 67.

af Ribes, 67.

‘3 robusta, 67.

a sessiliflora, 666

villosa, 67,

Evodia edulis, 48.

Index.

*Hyvodia gracilis, 48,

Fagara triphylla, 48.

Ginalloa Helferi, 64.

ue spathulifolia, 64.

Glycosmis chlorosperma, 49.

» sapindoides, 49.

Grislea tomentosa, 56,

Gomphia sumatrana, 49.

*Gouania integrifolia, 49.

Gymnopetalum cochinchinense, 87.

, integrifolium, 58.

Hemiagraphis confinis, 74, *

hirsuta, 74,

*Hibiscus sagittifolius, ‘46.

ze vestitus, 47.

a vulpinus, 49.

Homalium fz gifolium, 57.

:. Griffithianum, 57.

*Hydrocotyle burmanica, 60.

Isonandra obovata, 69.

Juniperus recurve, 378.

Jussizea floribunda, 56.

>» repens, 56.

Justicea Ecbolium, 75.

hirsuta, 74.

#3 pubescens, 74.

Lagerstreemia flos-regine, 56.

regine, 56.

*Lemna tenera, 78.

Lepta triphylla, 49,

Limnophila diffusa, 74,

Liquidambar tricuspis, 52.

Bp ees ampullaceus, 62,

f Brandisianus, 63.

BA carinatulus, 62.

hi coccineus, 62,

Ps cuneatus, 62.

* 5, eleutheropetlaus, 64.

a farinolus, 62.

» leptanthus, 62.

6 pallens, 62.

ms pentandrus, 62.

” pulverulentus, 62.

a racemosa, 62.

* re rhapalocarpus, 62.

x8 rigidus, 62,

* a siamensis, 62.

A sphoerocar pus, 62.

tomentosus, 62, .

Eee tieene coccinea, 53.

» littorea, 53.

Lythrum fruticosa, 56.

Maba sumatrana, 74.

Meegsa glabra, 66.

* 4, permollis, 66.

"5, Yramentacea, 66.

>» Sumatrana, 66.

Marcreightia andamanica, 74.

Index.

Marlea begonicefolia, 61.

he villosa, €1.

Memecylon Griffithianum, 54.

es Horsfieldii, 54.

Lampongum, 54,

Melastoma Malabathricum, 53.

Mimusops Bojeri, 70.

2 Browniana, 70.

vs dissecta, 70.

s hexandra, 70,

eS indica, 70.

“A Kauki, 70.

Roxburghiana, au,

Mollugo Glinus, 69.

Muckia maderaspatana, 58.

, Scabrella, 58.

Myriophyllum indicum, 52.

tuberculatum, 52.

Myrsine myrtillus, 67.

Nephelium chryseum, 50.

* hypoleucum, 50.

Nelitris pallescens, 57.

»» paniculata, 57.

Nomaphila corymbosa, 74.

os Parishii, 74.

ie pubescens, 74,

a stricta, 74.

Ochna crocea, 49.

*Ophiorrhiziphyllon macrobotryum, 76.

Payena longipetiolata, 69.

ee aueida, 69,

* ,, paralleloneura, 69, 70.

*Pentace Burhanica, 47,

Peplis indica, 56.

Prunus javanicus, 52.

> Jungbuhniana, 52,

» martabanica, 52.

Pternandra ceerulescens, 54.

Pygeum arboreum, 52.

- parviflorum, 52.

' *Pyrenaria camellizeflora, 46,

Pyrranthus littoreus, 53.

Rhizophora corniculata, 68.

Rhodamnia cinerea, 57.

» . concolor, 57.

>» Muelleri, 57,

i. Nageli, 57.

3 subtriflora, 57.

ae trinervia, 57.

Rubus albescens, 52.

» flavus, 52.

SS fraxinifolius, 52.

>» gauriphul, 52.

> Horsfieldii, 52.

>, lasiocarpus, 52.

>, paniculatus, 52,

> racemosus, 52.

», roseefolius, 52.

Rubus roseeflorus, 52.

Ruellia Blumeana, 74,

» confinis, 74,

. hirsuta, 74.

Sapota tomentosa, 69.

*Schizochiton dysoxylifolium, 49,

Scatanthus tubiflorus, 57.

Selaginella aristatum, 78.

fe implexa, 78.

semicordatum, 78,

#Semecarpus albescens, ai

Sideroxylon obovatum, 69.

Skaphium lanceatum, 46.

*Sonerila amabilis, 54.

‘a angustifolia, 58.

a. Brandisiana, 53,

as emaculata, 53.

bs maculata, 53,

5 picta, 53.

e scapiflora, 54,

is secunda, 53.

Squarrosa, 53.

Sonneratia acida, 56.

35 fn Sa, 56.

iy apetala, 56,

» Griffithii, 56.

*Spathodea ignea, 77.

*Sphenodesma eryciboides, 76.

Strobilanthes flava, 74,

a glaucescens, 74,

Ks pentstemonoides, 75,

% x phyilostachya, 75.

Bs sumatrana, 75.

Styrax javanicum, 61,

% 4, rugosum, 61.

», villosa, 61.

Suffrenia dichotoma, 56.

Symplocos adenophylla, 65.

3 attenuata, 65.

. ferruginea, 65.

a Hamiltoniana, 65.

A Horsfieldiana, 65.

x iteophylla, 65.

5 javanica, 65.

of polycarpa, 65.

Be racemosa, 65.

5» rubiginosa, 65.

# sulcata, 65.

Trembleya rhynanthera, 53.

*Trichosanthes reniformis, 57.

Viscum aphyllum, 65.

Viscum articulatum, 64,

3 attenuatum, 65.

» -Helferi, 64.

» heteranthum, 64,

»» moniliforme, 64.

Woodfordia fruticosa, 56.

Zanonia heterosperma, 58.

475

476 Index.

Invertebrate Animals.

* Alyczeus conicus, 87.

** » crenatus, 90.

» crispatus, 87, 91.

* », diagonius, 88.

** » digitatus, 41.

3, graphicas, 93.

»» heber, 89.

», humilis, 89.

* », Ingrami, var. Wageensis, 92.

* 9» jaintiacus, 92.

* », khasiacus, 90.

», nitidus, 89.

», otiphorus, 93.

5» plectocheilus, 42, 91.

9 prosectus, 92.

* » pusillus, 89.

>, Richthofeni, 157.

» sculptilis, 87, 91, 93.

5, Theobaldi, 93.

33 urnula, 93.

vestitus, 88.

#Camptoceras Austeni, 39, 40.

:. terebra, 39, 40.

Cardisoma, 190.

*Cataulus Nietneri, 7.

Clausilia bacillam, 173.

bulbus, 173,

si cylindrica, 173.

:: fusiformis, 173.

ms Gouldiana, 173.

3 insignis, 173.

= Tos, 173.

je loxostoma, 173.

Ph Masoni, 173.

S (Phedusa) Philippiana, 174.

Re (Nenia) Peruana, 173,

¥ Philippiana, 146, 147, 1738.

» tuba, 173.

vespa, 173.

Conulema attegia, 237.

- infula, 237, 239.

i » » var. Athygia, 145.

‘i linicincta, 237, 241.

Pr palnura, 241.

*Camptoceras lineatum, 39, 40.

*Cryptogramma arakana, 10.

_Cyclophorns affinis, 146, 147.

i annalatus, 150.

of aquila, 147,

* aurantiacus, 148.

“ calyx, 148.

Ms excellens, 147.

Pe Haughtoni, 146, 147.

* Pe Inglisianus, 148.

$4 speciosus, 148.

¥ siamensis, 14:7.

(Cyne involuta, 3.

be lactuca, 2.

Ss voluta, 2,

Cypricardia spathulata, 1, 10.

*Diplommatinacarncola, 146, 152,158.

S, constricta, 155.

a costulata, 154,

* HA crispata, 153.

9 exilis, 154.

“7 gibbosa, 155.

5 Huttoni, 154.

5 Matensis, 155.

9 Puppensis, 152.

= scalaria, 42, 44).

* ungulata, 42.

esos: bicolor, 169.

3» ceylanica. 169,

» (Huttonella) bicolor, 169.

* 4, (Huttonella) cylindrelloidea,

171.

» mellita, 169.

» wPirrieri, 170:

*Fossarus insignis, 4.

uy Stoliczkanus, 4.

Fruticicola similaris, 145.

Gecarcinucus Jacquemontii, 190.

*Georissa liratula, 146, 157

_ Rawesina, 158.

a Sarita, 158.

*Gibbulina Adamsiana, 7.

* Dupontiana, 7.

Fs Nevilli, 7.

* Bs Holdsworthana, 3.

Be subplicata, 3.

*Glauconella Andersoni, 2,

*Glessula baculina, 43.

oa erosa, 43, 44.

= hastula, 44.

* orobia, 44,

me tenuispira, 43, 44,

Glauconella viridis, 2.

Helicarion Bensoni, 44.

als a heteroconcha, 48.

Pe ovatum, 44,

planospira, 44,

* s salius, 44,

scutella, 44,

Helicina nicobarica, 8.

Pe Theobaldiana, 8.

Helix achatina, 221.

» ampulla, 233.

3 anceps, 231.

» argenta, 232.

5) ark, wore

xy asperella, 223,

» aspirans, 237.

» attegia, 237.

»» Barrakpoorensis, 237.

Index. 477

Helix bolus, 225.

»y bombax, 167.

», cacuminifera, 237,

3, Campbelli, 232.

» capensis, 244,

>, castra, 225.

5, cernica, 232.

>, cingulata, 224,

», celatura, 232,

»» (Conulus) sub-turritula.

» crassicostata, 224,

» cyclaspis, 222,

», decussata 246,

», Gelibrata, 224, 225.

», detecta, 231.

* ,, (Discus) Le Vieuxi, 6,

>», elegantissima, 225,

» fallaciosa, 224,

; fastigiata, 237.

» gabata, 224, 226, 228,

3, Vitrinoides, 246,

» Vittata, 224,

» Helferi, 224,

3, honesta, 248,

> Huttoni, 225,

» hyphasma, 237.

» nuperfecta, 233.

» infula, 237, 239, 240,

5, infrendens, 244,

» infula, 237.

», leucophlga, 287,

», Jevicula, 250.

», Massoni, 231,

5» mendax, 224,

3, Merguiensis, 224, 228,

55 mucronata, 233.

» Neherensis, 251.

3 Newtoni, 6,

» Dilagirica, 224,

3, Oldhami, 225,

3, Oxbecki, 225.

» palmira, 237.

» =pedina, 246.

» petasus, 251,

3, pettos, 218.

3, poongee, 251,

3) procumbens, 225.

99 proxima, 224,

» Rawsonis, vide semicerina, 232.

» resplendens, 246.

» retifera, 218.

», revoluta, 223.

95 rotatoria, 225.

5, rotundata, 6.

» rufa, 232.

» ruginosa, 224.

», Semicerina. 232.

» sequax, 246.

Helix similaris, 145, 224.

» Splendens, 246,

» Squalus, 224,

», tapeina, 225.

» Tickelli, 244,

» Luckeri, 224,

trichotropis, 225.

Hypselostoma Bensonianum, 172.

3 Dayanum, 172.

a tubiferum, 172.

Macrochlamys, 246, 230, 145, 248.

9 indicus, 247

2 lecythis, 248,

is lubrica, 246.

* splendens, 246.

vesicula, 248, 249,

*Mangelia bicinctula, 6.

Microcystis Hodgsoni, 251.

My molecula, 145, 251,

a rorida, 251.

Moussonia fuscula, 155,

Myxostoma calyx, 148.

de Inglisianus, 148,

Nanina Fairkanki, 156.

9 apicata, 237.

7 arata, 2338.

Nicida culmen, 237.

» Kingiana, 156.

5, liricincta, 156.

x» nilgirica, 156.

» nitidula, 156;

» Pulneyana, 156.

Niso pyramidelloides, 5,

*Nucula crenulata, 9.

» Payteusis, 9.

aay Rabaniana, 9.

Palaina alata, 154.

» crispata, 153.

> lamellata, 154.

» patula, 154.

3 polymorpha, 154.

» pupa, 154,

3 pyramis, 154.

5» Strigata, 154.

Wilsoni, 154.

#*Paratelphusa Dayana, 192.

“p sinensis, 193.

* A spinigera, 193, 194,

* Paxillus adversus, 155.

ye rubicundus, 155.

*Pisidium Clarkeanum, 9.

5 paludosum, 10.

Plectopylis, achatina, 145.

= Fi 217, 221.

Andersoni, 218.

anguina, 218,

is brachyplecta, 218.

- cyclaspis, 145, 218, 222.

478 Index.

Plectopylis, refuga, 218.

repercussa, 218.

Plectotropis gobata, 228.

# Karenorum, 218.

us leiophis, 218.

a macromphalus, 218,

= perarcta, 218.

Ps pinacis, 218.

plectostoma, 218.

Pollicaria gravida, 145, 150.

*Pterocyclus ater, 149.

» cetra, 149.

» Feddeni, 149.

*Pupa lignicola, 171.

» problematica, 154.

Pupina artata, 151.

Pyramidella pulchella, 5.

Raphaulus chrysalis, 146, 151.

Rhiostoma Haughtoni, 146, 150.

*Ringicula apicata, 3.

*Robinsonia, 3.

» Ceylonica, 4,

Me yy | Purse AL

Rotula anceps, 145, 233.

» detecta, 231,

5, indica, 231.

> Kundaensis, 231.

> ornatissimus, 231,

» pansa, 231.

5 serrula, 231.

» Shiplayi, 231.

Sesara Attaranensis, 146.

>» infrendens, 146, 242, 244.

pylaica, 146, 146, 242, 245.

Sophina calias, 146, 146, 248, 252 , 255,

* 4, conjungens, 146, 254, 259,

» discoidalis, 126, 254, 258, 146.

» forabilis, 146, 255, 257,

, schistostelis, 255.

Streptaxis andamanicus, 163.

» Blanfordianus, 163.

>, Burmanicus, 161, 163.

>», Hanleyanus, 146, 169,

* 4, obtusus, 146, 161, 166.

» feifferianus, 161.

» Sankeyanus, 146, 167,

% solidulus, 166,

Syrnola attenuata, 5.

* ,, .. dubiosa, 5,

Tanychlamys, 247.

*Telphusa Andersoniana, 451.

* ,, Atkinsoniana, 205.

* , Austeniana, 203.

» cunicularis, 196.

* ,, EHdwardsii, 449,

» Guerini, 190, 203.

* , hispida, 452,

» Indica, 196,

*Telphusa leevis, 201.

», Leschenaultii, 202.

» longipes, 199.

* 9), \Gugubris; 197:

» planata, 203.

+. y, > Pealiana, 204:

» Stoliczkana, 199.

* tumida, 453.

Trachia delibrata, 225.

» gabata, 228.

Trochomorpha, 236.

- planorbis, 236.

Vertebrate Animals.:

Ablabes bicolor, 33.

bs bistrigatus, 33.

Re collaris, 33, 422, 423, 430.

af tng iy (ue? chinensis, 33.

a fuscus, 33.

e melanocephalus, 33.

* 4, n.sp.(Muangla, ee ae

ae ed nicobariensis, 33.

o Rappii, 33, 422.

tenuiceps, 33,

Aberamis cotis, 363.

Acanthodactylus Cantoris, 30,

Acanthylis sylvaticus, 269,

Accentor rubeculoides, 413, 419.

Accipiter nisus, 270. ”

Acridotheres tristis, 274.

Acrocarpus intricatus, 468.

“a pusillus, 468.

Acrocephalus brunnescens, 273.

ea dumetorum, 273.

palustris, 273.

Actitis ochropus, 276.

» gilareola, 276.

AXgialitis curonicus, 275.

Aizithaliscus erythrocephalus, 379.

iouschistus, 410.

ABthopyga ignicauda, 378.

Agrodroma sordida, 213.

Avrodonix campestris, 274,

Ailurus fulgens, 397.

Alauda guleula, 275,

Alcedo bengalensis, 271.

Alseonax latirostris, 272.

Alsocomus Hodgsoni, 400.

Amphiroa fragilissima, 467.

5p tribulus, 467.

Amblypharygnodon Atkinsonii, ‘vide

Mola.

es Buchanani, vide

Mola, 284,

in Jerdoni, 285..

% melettinus, 285.

Index. 479

ala apn Mola, 284. Barbus dubius, 298.

uP microlepis, 284. » Duvaucelii, 293, 333.

pellucidus, 284. » filamentosus, 317, 327, 331.

Ammomanes pheenicura, 216, 275. » gardonides, 298.

Anastomus oscitans, 276. » gélius, 324.

Anematichthys apogon, vide Cyclo- » gibbosus, 294,

cheilichthys. » goniosoma, 297,

Anser indicus, 215, 270. » gracilis, 299,

Ansonia penangensis, 38. » Grayl, 2le

Anthus rosaceus, 383. » guganis, 328,

Aquila fulvescens, 207, 216, 270. » Hamiltonii, 302.

» imperialis, 269, ® ,, Hampal, Si],

33 «= heevia, 269. », hexagonolepis, 301.

» pennata, 269. », hexastichus, 301.

Arachnechthra asiatica, 209, 272. > immaculatus, 293.

Arboricola rufogularis, Note, 380. + Imnominatus, 304,

Ardea cinerea, 276. », dJerdoni, 300.

» purpurea, 276. » Kakus, 293.

Ardeola leucoptera, 276. 5, khudree, 302.

Aretrium n. sp. (Muangla,) 34. 5 kKolusy Sis

5 schistosum, 34, », Layardi, 312.

Argynnis Isscea, 397. » lepidus, 317.

Argyrophis truncatus, 426, »5 liacanthus, 313.

Arinia scaletella, 155. ,» longispinis, 302.

Artamus fuscus, 272. 3 macrocephalus, 302.

Ascalaphia bengalensis, 270. » macularius, 322.

coromanda, 269. » -malabaricus, 302, 307.

*Asellia Stoliczkana, 263. » McClellandi, 328.

Aspidoparia jaya, 362. » megalepis, 302.

a morar, 361. » melanampyx, 310.

sardina, 361. » micropogon, 304, 306.

Athens brama, 271. 5 moral, 301, 302.

radiata, 269. » mussulah, 302.

Aythya nyroca, 277. » mysorensis, 298, 299.

Barbus ambassis, 323. 4g) Nashii; 122."

» amphibius, 314, » ~Neilli, 305.

3» apogon, 100, 322. » Obovatus, 292.

» arphoides, 294. » nigrofasciatus, 327.

5, arulius, 310, 320. » parrah, 3165.

» Beavani, 291. .» perlee, 315.

3 Blythii, 310. » phutunis, 326.

» carnaticus, 299, » Pinnauratus, 295.

» chagunio, 291. » pleuretonia, 296.

» Chelynoides, 307. 3, polydor, 295.

» Chilinoides, 307. » presbyter, 335.

» Chola, 313. 3 progeneius, 302,

» chrysopoma, 293. » Puckallis, 321.

3», chrysopterus, 330. », pulchellus, 308.

. » compressus, 306. 3 punctatus, 325.

d > conchonius, 323. » punjabensis, 334.

| » conirostris, 299. >, puntio, 336.

| » cosuatis, 335. » pyrrhopterus, 329,

»» Cumingii, 326, 3» rodactylus, 298.

y» curmuca, 319. » roseipinnis, 297.

3» deliciosus, 293. 5, rubripinnis, 294,

», Denisonii, 319. ; Russellii, 295.

» diplochilus, 189. » saramanella, 294.

» dorsalis, 312. : » Sarana, 293.

480

Barbus sophore, 304, 320.

» Sophoroides, 313,

», Spilopholes, 291.

» Spilurus, 294,

2» sSpinulosus, 309.

» stevensonii, 309.

» stigma, 329.

5, Stoliczkanus, 328.

» Stracheyi, 307.

» Subnasutus, 293.

» terio, 332.

» tetraspilus, 312.

» thermalis, 317.

» ticto, 325.

» titius, 316.

» tor, 302.

»» unimaculatus, 331.

vittatus, 333.

Batagur Elliotti, 30.

Botaurus stellaris, 215.

Brachygramma Jerdoni, 285.

Brachypternus aurantius, 271.

ie chrysonotus, 209, 216.

Branta rufina, 215.

Bronchocela cristatella, 32.

7 jubata, 32.

moluccana, 32.

Budytes citreolus, 274,

a flavus, 274,

Bufo calamita, 38,

» melanostictus, 38.

» pantherina, 38.

» sikkimensis, 38.

» Viridis, 38, 386.

Bulaca ocellata, 270.

Bungarus czeruleus, 36, 423.

a fasciatus, 36.

Buteo plumipes, 409.

Butorides javanica, 276.

*Cabrita Jerdoni, 30.

Cacopus globosus, 38,

e systoma, 38.

Calamodyta agricolensis, 274.

Calandrella brachydactyla, 275, 398,

400.

Callophis intestinalis, 36.

oF MacClellandi, 36,

maculiceps, 36.

Callula pulchra, 39.

, Calotes Emma, 32.

» mystaceus, 32.

» Ophiomachus, 32.

» versicolor, 32,

Cantoria Dayana, 34.

Calliope pectoralis, 381, 383.

Capoéta amphibius, sea Barbus.

” arulius, 320.

3) curmuca, see Barbus,

Index.

Capoéta Denisonii, see Barbus.

» dorsalis, see Barbus.

», javanica, see Puntius,

», kolus, see Barbus.

», lepidus, see Barbus.

» macrolepidota, 311.

», Puckelli, see Barbus,

7 ‘3 see Puntius.

», thermalis, see Barbus.

titius, see Barbus.

Caprimulgus asiaticus, 271.

c. monticolus, 271,

Carassius auratus, 277, 278.

Carpacanthus ilicifolius, 466.

Carilla Rivolii, 217,

Carpodacus erythrinus, 275

Casarca rutila, 277, 384.

Catla Buchanani, 281,

Centropus rufipennis, 272.

Cerberus rhynchops, 34.

Ceriornis satyra, 377.

Certhia nepalensis, 400,

Ceryle rudis, 271.

Cheetomorpha indica, 463.

Chamezeleo vulgaris, 32.

Charadrius longipes, 215, 270.

Charasia dorsalis, 32.

Chatorhea caudata, 273.

Chaulelasmus streperus, 277.

Chelidon cashmiriensis, 383.

Chelidorhynx hypoxantha, 390. ,

Chimarrhornis leucocephala, 384, 390.

Chondrostoma boggut, 142,

ay Duvaucelii, 129.

39 fulungee, 141.

es gangeticum, 142,

55 kawrus, 127,

” mullya, 129,

BA semivelatus, 127.

wattanah, 358.

Chrysocolaptes Delesserti, 271.

Chrysomitris spinoides, 394.

Chrysopelea ornata, 35, 422.

a rubescens, 35.

Ciconia episcopus, 276,

Cinclus asiaticus, 400, 413.

45 cashmiriensis, 390, 413,

Circaétus gallicus, 207, 269.

Circus cineraceus, 270.

» eruginosus, 270,

-5, Swainsoni, 270.

Cirrhina affinis, 116.

sr anisura, 132, 136.

as bata, 133, 140.

as bengaliensis, 142.

a5 Berdmorei,yg 132, 13 4,

Ps Blochii, 134,

Be calbasu, 116,

Index.

Cirrhina Cuverii, 134.

93 dero, 132, 157.

Wy diplochilus, 133, 139.

Pe Dussumieri, 119, 142,

; dyoheila, 132, 136.

a fasciatus, 310.

a fimbriatus, 114.

iy gohama, 132, 138.

4 gonius, 117.

hy isurus, 142, 133.

as Kuhlii, 132, 133.

9 latius, 132, 139.

9 Leschenaultii, 132, 114, 134,

“ macronotus, 113,

A micropogon, 116.

99 mosario, 133, 141.

53 mrigala, 132, 135.

is nandinus, 113.

ss plumbea, 135.

by reba, 133, 141.

8 rewah, 142.

a rubripinnis, 135.

a rubro-punctatus, 118.

sada, 132, 138.

Cirrhinichthys, Dussumieri, 142

Cisticola schcenicola, 273.

Cittacincla macroura, 269.

Coccystes melanoleucos, 209.

Cochoa purpurea, 377.

Coluber porphyraceus, 33, 422.

Collocalia fuciphaga, 383, 390.

Columba leuconota, 381, 412, 384.

3 intermedia, 275, 430.

Compsosoma Hodgsoni, 34, 422.

» 0. sp. (Muangla, Yunan), 33.

> melanurum, 33.

radiatum, 33, 422, 430.

reticulare, 33, 422.

semifasciatum, 34.

Genostoms zmodium, 378.

Copsychus saularis, 273.

Coracias affinis, 214.

» indica, 271.

Corvus culminatus, 213, 396, 274.

» splendens, 213, 274,

Corydalla rufula, 274.

3 Sstriolata, 394, 400.

Coturnix eononinndelion: 275.

» communis, 275.

Cotyle concolor, 208, 271.

3 rupestris, 271.

>> Sinensis, 271.

Crocodilus palustris, 30.

» porosus, 30.

Crocopus chlorigaster, 214, 275.

» pheenicopterus, 214.

Crossocheilus bata, 140.

» barbatulus, 139.

Crossocheilus diplochilus, 139.

» gohama, 138.

» gobioides, 141.

» latius, 139,

» reba, 142.

» sada, 138.

Cryptolopha cinereocapilla, 272.

Cuculus canorus, 209, 271.

Culicipeta Burkii, 212.

Cursorius coromandelicus, 275.

Cyanecula suecica, 278.

Cyclocheilichthys apogon, 322.

» pinnauratus, 295.

Cylindrophis rufus, 33.

Cynophis helena, 34.

a malabaricus, 34.

*Cynopterus brachysoma, 260.

Cyornis banyumas, 273.

» derdoni, 210,

» Tickelliz, 210, 273.

Cyprinus abramioides, 281.

3 _acra, 140.

» angra, 122,

9» anjana, 358.

» .. aYiza, 127.

» auratus, 278.

» bata, 140.

» boga, 128.

» cCalbasu, 116.

canius, 324.

» catla, 281.

» chagunio, 291,

» Chola, 313.

3 cirrhosus, 134,

3, conchonius, 323.

» cosuatis, 335.

» cotio, 363.

» cura,-140.

curchis, 116.

» curmuca, 319.

cursa, 116.

- cursis, 116.

danrica, 355.

daniconius, 358.

39 Gero, 137.

elanga, 357.

falcata, 124.

fimbriatus, 114.

geluis, 324.

gohama, 138.

gonius, 116.

gotyla, 109.

guganio, 328.

Hamiltonii, 122.

jaya, 362.

joalins, 126.

jogia, 355.

kontius, 118.

481

482

Cyprinus lamta, 109.

latius, 139.

McClellandi, 293.

mola, 284.

morala, 121.

morar, 361.

mosal, 301.

mrigala, 135.

musiha, 121, 123.

nancar, 115.

nandina, 113, 115,

nukta, 278.

pangusia, 125.

pausio, 126.

pausius, 121.

phutunio, 326.

> potail, 123.

puntio, 336.

putitora, 301.

5, rasbora, 360.

reba, 141.

» Richardsonii, 252.

» rohita, 120,

5 sada, 138.

> Sarana, 298.

semiplotus, 280.

5, Sophore, 304, 329.

9) sucatio, 107.

sutiha, 355.

>» terio, 332.

» ticto, 325.

titius, 316.

tor, 302.

* batassiensis, 271.

>> melba, 208, 269.

Cyrtodactylus affinis, 31.

» rubidus, 32.

Dalesia Russellii, 37.

Dangila Berdmorei, 134,

» Kuhlii, 133.

> Ueschenaultii, 134,

», themoicus, 356.

Dendrochelidon coronata, 271.

Dendrocitta leucogastra, 214, 216.

5 rufa, 274,

Dendrocygna arcuata, 277.

Dendrophis caudilineata, 35.

4 picta, 35, 422.

Dicceum minimum, 272.

Dicrurus coerulescens, 272.

»» macrocercus, 210, 272.

Diplopelma carnaticum, 38.

Ht pulchrum, 38.

rubrum, 38,

Dipsas boops, 35.

», bubalina, 35, 441, 422.

» Forsteni, 35, 423, 439.

Index.

Dipsas gokool, 35.

5 hexagonata, 35, 423, 439.

» multifasciata, 35, 440,

ey multimaculata, 35.

» nhigromarginata, 441.

trigonata, 35, 442.

Distychus maculatus, 354.

Discognathus crenulatus, 110.

. fusiformis, 110.

* lamta, 109, 110.

i. macrochir, 100.

a obtusus, 110.

rufus, 110.

Draco Dussumeri, 32,

5 maculatus, 32.

9, Volans, 32,

Drymoica inornata, 273.

neglecta, 274.

Dumetia hyperythra, 273.

Durgella honesta, see Macrochla-

mys.

Drymochares stellatus, 400.

Kchis carinata, 37.

Edolius paradiseus, 269.

Elanus melanopterus, 270.

Emberiza Huttoni, 274,

Kmyda granosa, 30.

Emys crassicollis, 30,

5, Hamiltonii, 30.

Enhydrina schistosa, 36.

BR; valakadyen, 36.

Hrythrosterna acornaus, 273.

parva, 273.

Eryx Johnii, 36.

Esacus recurvirostris, 276.

Esomus danrica, 356.

»» maderaspatensis, 356.

», malabarica, 356.

Eumyias melanops, 272.

Eupodotis Edwardsii, 275.

Estrelda amandava, 274.

formosa, 27 4.

Bublepharis Hardwickii, 32.

Eumeces Hardwickii, 31.

en Indicus, 31.

; nov. sp. (Momien), 31.

ms indicus, var chinensis, 31.

* sikkimensis, 31,

nov. sp. (Yunan), 31.

*Euprepes novem-carinatus, 12, 31.

ss carinatus, 31.

ss ongicaudatus, 18, 31.

a macularius, 13, 31.

a monticola, 14.

San quinqueteeniatus, 31.

rufescens, 18, 31.

Euspiza luteola, 275.

» melanocephala, 275.

Kutolmaétus Bonellii, 269.

Falcinellus igneus, 270.

Falco jugger, 270.

Felis uncia, 415,

Ferania Sieboldi, 35.

Francolinus pictus, 275.

Fregilus graculus, 384, 396.

Fringillauda nemoricola, 400.

Fuligula cristata, 215.

Gallinago gallinula, 276.

Hs scolopacinus, 215, 276.

43 stenura, 270,

Gallinura phenicura,

Galloperdix lunulosus, 275.

rf spadiceus, 215, 275.

Gallophasis melanonotus, 379.

Gallus ferrugineus, 214, 217.

», Sonneratii, 215, 275.

Garra alta, 110.

», ceylonensis, 110.

» gotyla, 110.

», verdoni, 110.

», lamta, 110.

», malabarica, 110.

Gavialis gangeticus, 30.

Gazella picticauda, 413.

Gecko, guttatus, 31.

» Smithii, 31.

» Stentor, 31.

Geocichla cyanota, 273.

Geophis Perroteti, 33.

*Georissa Blanfordiana, 158.

Geronticus papillosus, 277.

Gobio angra, 122.

» anisura, 136.

»» anisurus, 127.

9, augraoides, 128.

», bicolor, 126, 142.

» boga, 128.

», bongon, 142.

», bovanius, 127.

», canarensis, 319.

» curmuca, 319,

», Dussumieri, 142.

», Hamiltonii, 127.

» isurus, 122, 142.

y, limnophilus, 141, 142.

», lissorhynchus, 140.

» malacostomus, 124,

» pangusia, 125.

ricnorhynchus, 128.

Gongylophis conicus, 36.

Gonoproktopterus kolus, see Hypselo-

barbus.

Gonorhynchus bimaculatus, 110.

3 sbrachyptera, 110.

a brevis, 138.

e caudatus, 110.

Index.

483

Gonorhynchus fimbriatus, 138.

a gobioides, 141.

3 gotyla, 110.

Fs McClellandi, 110.

“4 petrophilus, 352.

9 rupeculus, 109.

stenorhynchus, 110.

Gonyosoma g graminneum, 39.

‘ oxycephalum, 35. 35.

s n. sp. (upper Burma),

Graculus javanicus, 277.

Grandala coelicolor, 403.

Grammatoptila striata, 375.

Grauculus Macei, 272.

Grus antigone, 276.

» cinerea, 276.

», leucogeranus, 215.

5, virgo, 276.

*Gymnodactylus khasiensis, 31.

Gymnostomus attanah, 358.

A bicolor, 126.

ia fulungee, 141.

o. mullya, 129.

bengalensis, 270.

Gyps indicus, 270.

a infuscus, 208,

Halcyon leucocephalus, 208, 271.

smyruensis, 271.

Halys himalayanus, 311.

*Hemidactylus bengalensis, 14, 31.

pe frenatus, 31.

ae Leschenaultii, 31.

on maculatus, 31.

Mortoni, 31.

Herodias alba, 276.

re earzetta, 276.

Heteronota affinis, 31.

Hierococcyx varius, 271.

Himantopus candidus, 276.

Hinulia maculata, 31.

Hipistes hydrinus, 35.

Hirundo erythropygia, 271.

3 filifera, 208, 271.

= fluvicola, 271,

os rustica, 207, 271.

Hoplopterus malabaricus, 276.

Horeites brunneifrons, 401.

Hormoceras flaccidum, 467.

Huttonella bicolor, 170.

Hydrocissa coronata, 269.

*Hydrodactylus, n. sp. (Yunan), 39.

Hydrophis coronata, 36

* bs crassicollis, 19, 36.

* ys Fayreriana, 19,

>, gracilis, 36.

i granosa, 19.

” Hardwickii, 19.

” tuberculata, 18, 36.

484

Hydrosaurus salvator, 30.

Hyla chinensis, 39.

Hylorana erythrza, 38.

flavescens, 38.

mes A granulosa, 23, 38.

4 macrodactylus, 88.

* hs monticola, 25, 38.

AE NSS n. sp. (Moulmein) 38.

* nicobariensis, 38.

*Hypnale affinis, 20, 37.

Hypselobarbus abramioides, 287.

kolus, 318.

Hypsipetes ganesa, 211, 216.

mY neilgherriensis, 211.

a vilatus, 116.

Hypsirhina enhydris, 35, 443.

na plumbea, 35.

Ibidorhynchus Struthiersi, 400.

Inuus pelops, 375.

5, Yrhesus, 375.

lthaginis cruentus, 384, 400.

*Ixalus cinerascens, 38.

» glandulosa, 28.

* ,, ‘lateralis, 29.

* ,, punctatus, 27.

», tinniens, 28.

Txos luteolus, 278.

Janthia rufilata, 390, 440.

Japalura, nov. sp. Momien, 32.

9, variegata, 32.

Jora ceylanica, 273.

Kema Hodgsoni, 415.

*Kerivoula aurata, 186.

Ketupa ceylonensis, 270.

Labeo ariza, 118, 127.

y bicolor, 113, 126.

», boga, 113, 128.

»» calbagu, 112,115;

9, cephalus, 131.

3 Chalybeatus, 130.

» curchis, 116, 117.

9 curchius, 112.

35 Denisonii, 319.

» adyocheilus, 136.

», tfalcatus, 112, 124.

» fimbriatus, 112, 114, 120.

» gonius, 117.

», kontius, 112, 118.

» Kawrus, 113, 127.

, Ueschenaultii, 114.

3, macronotus, 113.

,, walacostomus, 124.

» melanampyx, 310.

» microlepidotus, 117.

» morala, 112, 121.

» Mmullya, 113, 129.

diplostomus, 112, 124, 125.

5, Dussumieri, 112, 117, 119.

Labeo nancar, 112, 115.

» nandina, 112, 113, 115.

» Nashii, 112, 122,

» nigrescens, 112, 118.

pangusia, 112, 125.

» porcellus, 116.

» Reynauldi, 120.

» _ricnorhynchus, 112, 123.

Rohita, 120.

a's roita, EZ,

Rouxii, 119.

striolatus, 112, 126.

Labeobarbus Harileontl see Barbus.

ie macrolepis, 302.

¥ mosal, 307.

6 tor, 302.

Lagomys Roylei, 390, 401.

Lanius erythronotus, 210.

» tephrodornis, 397, 410.

> caniceps, 272.

», erythronotus, 272.

» lahtora, 272.

» vittatus, 272.

Larva nivicola, 399.

Leptocoma zeylanica, 272.

Leptoptilas javanicus, 276.

Leptorhytaon jara, 36. 442.

Leuciscus Alfredianus, 364.

i anjana, 358.

be barbatus, 356.

i Belangeri, 365.

AS binotatus, 304,

Af catla, 281.

i caverii, 358.

% chitul, 285.

at cosuatis, 335. .

MF danda, 358.

a daniconius, 358.

a Duvaucelli, 333, 364.

e dystomus, 358. —

oe Hinthovenii, 358.

‘ filamentosus, 331.

Us flavus, 358.

Mt harengula, 283.

ee lateralis, 358.

se Mahecola, 331.

ef malabaricus, 358.

7 margarodes, 362.

aA melettinus, 285.

Fs microcephalus, 360.

a morar, 361.

ss presbyter, 335, 360.

ss Sandhkol, 285.

‘; sulphurens, 329,

if rasbora, 358, 360.

> rubripes, 101.

os stigma, 329.

fi thermalis, 317.

Leuciscus xanthogramme, 360.

Leucocerca aureola, 272.

3 pectoralis, 210.

es leucogaster, 272.

Leucociscus microlepis, 284.

BS mola, 284.

us pellucidus, 284.

Leucosticte heematopygia, 413.

Liolepis guttatus, 32.

Lithofalco chicquera, 270.

Lophophanes emodius, 384, 400.

as Beavani, 384, 390, 400.

dicrous, 384, ’390, 400.

Lobivanellus goensis, 275.

Locustella Hendersoni, 273.

Lophophorus Impeyanus, 377.

Lycodon aulicus, 36, 423, 442.

‘ss jara, 423, 442.

pe striatus, 36.

*Mabouia Jerdoniana, 31.

Machlolophus Jerdoni, 213, 274.

Macroglossus minimus, 261.

3 speleeus, 261,

Malacocircus griseus, 269.

a malabaricus, 273.

Malcolmi, 273.

Mayoa modesta, 108.

Megalaima caniceps, 209.

Megarasbora elanga, see Rasbora.

Melophus melanicterus, 214, 275.

Meniceros bicornis, 208, 27 ie

Merops ferrugiceps, 208.

ie Philippensis, 208, 271.

3 torquatus, 208.

bs viridis, 208, 271.

Merula albocincta, 383.

» nigropileus, 211, 216,

Metopidius indicus, 276.

Micronisus badius, 270.

Milvus govinda, 207, 270, 401.

4. major, 270.

Miniopteris australis, 265.

a blepotis, "265.

Minla ignotincta, 410.

Mirafra cantillans, 275.

» erythroptera, 275.

Mola Atkinsonii, 285.

, Buchanani, 284,

», harengula, 283.

» melettinus, 285.

Morar morar, 361.

Motacilla dukhunensis, 274.

bs maderaspatana, 274,

a personata, 274.

xs sulphurea, 274,

Mrigala bengaliensis, 142,

» Buchanani, 135.

Munia malabarica, 274.

Index. 485

Munia undulata, 274.

Muscicapula superciliaris, 273.

Myiagra azurea, 272.

Myiophonus Horsfieldii, 211, 216.

Myzornis pyrrhoura, 378,

Naja tripudians, 36, 423.

Nemorhcedus bubalinus, 397.

Neophron percnopterus, 207, 270.

Nettapus coromandelianus, 277.

Ninox scutellatus, 271.

Nuria albolineata, 355.

» alta, 356.

» denrica, 355,

» malabarica, 356.

» thermoicos, 356.

thermophilus, 356.

Nucifraga hemispila, 396, 410.

Nycteridium himalayanum, 15.

a Schneideri, 15, 31.

Ochromela nigrorufa, 210, 216.

Cidicnemus crepitans, 276.

Oligodon dorsalis, 33.

es subgriseus, 33.

. subpunctatus, 33.

Onychocephalus capensis, 426.

Ophiophagus elaps, 36, 423.

Ophiops Theobaldi, 30.

Ophites, n. sp. (Momien), 36.

Opsarius daniconius, 358.

Oreinus Griffithii, 352.

» guttatus, 350.

» Hodgsonii, 342.

>» maculatus, 350, 352.

3 plagiostomus, 351.

» progastus, 349.

>» Richardsonii, 352.

sinuatus, 350.

Oreocoetes cinclorhynchus, 273.

Oriolus ceylonensis, 212.

» kundoo, 212, 273.’

» melanocephalus, 273.

Orthotomus longicauda, 273.

Oriocalotes, n. sp. 32.

Oriotiaris tricarinatus, 32.

Ortygiornis pondiceriana, 275.

Osteobrama Alfredianus, 364.

os cotis, 363, 364.

A microlepis, 365.

& Ogilbii, 366.

rapax, 365.

Osteochilus cephalus, 130, 131.

= Neilli, 129, 130,

Ps rostellatus, 129, 130.

Otocompsa fuscicaudata, 217, 269.

3 jocosa, 212, 216.

* Otolygon nigrum, 272.

Otus brachyotus 279.

Ovis ammon, 400; 402, 413.

486

Ovis nahura, 402, 415.

Palzornis Alexandri, 208.

bs rosa, 271.

-- teesa, 270.

Hs torquata, 271.

Pandion halizétus, 270.

Pangshura flaviventer, 30.

” sylhetensis, 30.

+ tecta, 30.

Pareas monticola, 36, 422.

Parus cinereus, 213, 274.

Passer flavicollis, 274.

» indicus, 274.

Passerita mycterizans, 35, 422.

Fe purpurascens, 35.

Pastor roseus, 274,

Pavo cristatus, 275.

» muticus, 214.

Pelamis platurus, 36.

Perdicula asiatica, 275.

ES erythrorhyncha, 275.

Pericrocotus erythropygium, 272.

8 peregrinus, 272,

* speciosus, 269.

Perilampus macrourus, 356.

As recurvirostris, 356.

“ thermophilus, 356.

Peripia Cantoris, 31.

pw heroniyel:

Pernis cristata, 270.

Petrocossyphus cyaneus, 211, 273.

Pheenicopterus antiquorum, 277.

Phelsuma andamanense, 32.

Philomachus pugnax, 276.

Phyllomedusa tinniens, 28.

*Phyllorhina nicobarensis, 262.

Phyllornis Jerdoni, 273.

Rs malabarica, 212, 216.

Phyllopneusterama caligata, 274.

Phylloscopus indicus, 274.

5 lugubris, 383, 400.

4 maenirostris, 212.

viridanus, 274,

Picus hyperythrus, 398, 412.

» Mahrahttensis, 271.

Pipastes arboreus, 27 A,

Pipistrellus coromandelicus, 461.

Piprisoma agile, 272,

Pitta bengalensis, 211, 269.

Platurus Fisheri, 36.

Platycara lissorhynchus, 110.

a nasuta, 110.

Ploceus baya, 274.

Plotus melanogaster, 277.

Podiceps Philippensis, 277.

Polypedates annectans, 38.

“e Hascheanus, 38.

af maculatus, 38.

Index.

Polypedates marmoratus, 38.

3 pleurostictus, 38.

im quadrilineatus, 38,

% smaragdinus, 38,

tuberculatus, 26, 38.

Porphyrio poliocephalus, 276.

Pratincola caprata, 273.

7 indica, 273, 397.

Presbytes schistaceus, 397.

Prinia gracilis, 273.

» socialis, 273.

Procarduelis nipalensis, 387.

Proparus chryszus, 412.

Propasser thura, 381, 383.

Psammodynastes pulverulentus, 35,

422,

Psammophis condanurus, 35, 436, 438.

F Leithii, 438.

Psammosaurus scincus, 30.

Pseudopus gracilis, 31.

Psilorhynchus balitora, 106, 107.

. sucatio, 106, 107.

variegatus, 106.

Pterocles exustus, 214, 216, 275.

a fasciatus, 214, 275.

Ptyas Koros, 34.

>» mucosus, 34.

Ptychobarbus conirostris, 354,

Ptychozoon homalocephalum, 31.

Puellula rubida, 32.

Puntius ambassis, see Barbus.

apogon, see Barbus.

arulius, 320.

, leiacanthus, 318.

» carnaticus, 299.

» chrysopterus, 330.

» conchonius, see Barbus,

Denisonii, 319.

“s dubius, 298.

Duvaucelli, see Barbus.

» filamentosus, see Barbus.

zelius, see Barbus.

» goniosoma, 297,

» gracilis, 299.

guganio, 328.

9) + javanica, 313.

» lepidus, 317.

» melanampyx, 310.

» modestus, 329.

» nigrofasciatus, 327.

9» parrah, 315.

» perlee, 313.

», phutunio, see Barbus. -

» pinnauratus, 295.

_y pleurotcenia, 296.

» presbyter, 335.

» Puckelli, 321.

» punctatus, see Barbus.

Index. 487

Puntius punjabensis, 334.

puntio, 336.

pyrrhopterus, see Barbus.

rubripennis, 294.

stizma, see Barbus,

Stoliczkanus, see Barbus.

terio, see Barbus.

ticto, see Barbus

unimaculatus, see Barbus,

vittatus, see Barbus,

*Pxyicephalus khasianus, 23.

breviceps, 37.

Pycnonotus pusillus, 273.

Pyctorhis sinensis, 273.

Pyrrhoplectes epauletia, 377,

Pyrrhospiza punicea, 387.

Pyrrhula aurantiaca, 378.

Pyrhulauda grisea, 216, 275.

Python molurus, 36.

a reticulatus, 36.

Pyxidia Mouhotti, 30.

Querquedula circea, 277.

crecca, 277,

Racoma brevis, 348,

chrysochlora, 348,

“a gobioides, 343,

a labiatus, 343.

Rana cyanophlyctis, 37.

Gammii, 21, 57.

gracilis, 37.

39 oP)

_ » Var, nicobariensis, 37,

3 « var. pulla, 37.

Kuhlii, var. chinensis, 37.

Liebigii, 22.

sikkimensis, 22.

, tigrina, 37.

Rasbora Buchanani, 360.

dandia, 358,

daniconius, 358.

Hinthovenii, 358.

elanga, 357.

malabarica, 358.

neilgherriensis, 359.

woolaree, 358.

*Rhacophorus maculatus, 39, 37.

maximus, 27, 39.

Reinwardatii, 97,

Rhizoclonium occidentalis, 464,

Rhodeus indicus, 285.

Fy macrocephalus, 284,

Riopa albopunctata, 31,

» anguina, 31,

* ,, lineolata, 31.

Rohtee Alfrediana, 364,

Blythii, 365.

- cotio, 363.

», microlepis, 100, 365,

”?

rr)

var. Andamanensis, 37,

Rohtee Ogilbii, 366.

» pangut, 335.

» ticto, 325.

» Vigorsii, 365.

Rohita Belangeri, 116.

bengaliensis, 120.

» Buchanani, 120,

» calbasu, 116,

» chagunio, 291.

» Chalybeata, 130.

» fimbriata, 114.

¢) Gonius, LEG

» Leschenaultii, 114,

» lineata, 130.

49 Morala, 121,

3» mnandina, 118.

» * Reynauldi, 116.

$3 rostellatus, 130.

3° . Rouxii, 119.

>, valenciennesi, 120.

Rucervus Duvaucelli, 217.

Ruticilla erythrogastra, 404, 413.

bs frontalis, 383.

a fuliginosa, 390.

ep rufiventris, 212, 273.

Salea Horsfieldii, 32.

» derdoni, 32.

Salpornis spilonota, 272.

Sarcidiornis melanonota, 277.

Sarciophorus bilobus, 215, 276.

Satyrus padma, 385, Note, 397.

Schizopygopsis Stoliczka, 353.

Schizothorax barbatus, 338.

brevis, 348.

chrysochlorus, 343.

curvifrons, 344.

Edeniana, 346.

esocinus, 347.

gobioides, 343.

Hodgsonii, 342.

Hugelii, 345.

intermedius, 339.

labiatus, 343.

longipinnis, 347.

micropogon, 346.

nasus, 345.

niger; 339.

nobilis, 341.

plagiostomus, 351

planifrons, 341.

Ritchianus, 340.

sinuatus, 350.

Semiplotus McClellandii, 280.

modestus, 279,

Silybura Ellioti, 33.

Simotes bicatenatus, 422, 430.

» 0, 8p, (Naga Hills.)

ae punctulatus 33, 422.

488 Index.

Simotes Russellii, 33.

* ,, semifaciatus, 16, 33.

» Theobaldi, 33.

Siphia strophiata, 390.

Sitana minor, 32.

Sitta castaneoventris, 272.

Siva strigula, 377, 410.

Smiliogaster Belangeri, 365.

Spilornis spilogaster, 270.

Spizaétus cirrhatus, 269.

nipalensis, 217,

Stellio himalayanus, 32.

», tuberculata, 32.

Sterna javanica, 277.

Strix indica, 269.

Sturnopastor contra, 269.

Sylvia affinis, 274.

», orphea, 274,

Sypheotides auritus, 215, 275.

Syrnium sinense, 207,

Syrrhaptes tibetanus, 413.

Systomus amphibius, 314.

3 apogon, 322.

, apogonoides, 322.

-- arulius, 320,

BS assimilis, 331.

re canicus, 324,

Ms carnaticus, 314,

i chola, 313.

4. chrysomus, 293.

chrysopoma, 294.

4 conchonius, 323.

4 dorsalis, 312.

5 filamentosus, 331.

. gelius, 324.

gibbosus, 332.

Hamiltonii, 313.

immaculatus, 293, 313.

leptosomus, 326.

macularius, 322.

maderaspatensis, 331.

malacopterus, 335.

microlepis, 365.

phutunio, 326,

pyrrhopterus, 329.

rubropinctus, 325.

sophore, 3138, 329.

tetrarupagus, 316.

ticto, 325.

tripunctatus, 325.

unimaculatus, 331.

Taccocua affinis, 272.

- sir kee, 209.

Tachydromus Haughtonianus 30.

¥3 sexlineatus, 30. [bus,

Tambra abramioides, see Hypsela bar-

Tantalus leucocephalus, 276,

Tarsiger chrysceus, 400.

Tchitrea paradisi, 210, 272.

Temenuchus pagodorum, 274.

Tephrodornis pondiceriana, 272.

Testudo Phayrei, 30.

Tetragonosoma effrene, 36.

Tetraogallus tibetanus, 419.

Thamnobia cambayensis, 212, 273.

Thynnichthys harengula, see Mola,

283.

Tiaris subcristata, 32.

Tinnunculus alaudarius, 270.

Totanus glottis, 276.

Trachiscium fuscum, 422,

Tragops fronticinctus, 35.

Fy prasinus, 35, 422.

Trimeresurus Andersoni, 421, 443,

Cantoris, 37.

carinatus, 37, 426.

convictus, 37, 445.

erythrurus, 37.

eramineus, 37, 423.

monticola, 37, 423, 444.

* mutabilis, 37.

, n. sp.(UpperBirma) 37.

obscurus, 443.

porphyraceus, 37, 448.

strigatus, 37.

Tringa damacensis, 276.

Taeynieaiens 272.

*Trigonops persicus, 455.

Trionyx gangeticus, 30.

» Phayrei, 30.

Trochalopteron affine, 383, 396, 400.

subunicolor, 378.

Troglodytes nipalensis, 383, 400.

Tropidococcyx Perroteti, 35,

*Tropidonotus bellulus, 432,

himalayanus,

422, 434,

junceus, 34, 422, 434,

macrops, 421, 422, 436.

macrophthalmus, 934,

421.

n. sp. (Hotha), 34.

platyceps, 34, 422.

plumbicolor, 34, 43.

quincunciatus, 34, 421,

422, 431.

sikimensis, 17, 34, 436,

_stolatus, 34,

subminiatus 18, 34.

422, 434,

trianguligerus, 433.

umbratus, 433.

Turnix Dussumieri, 275.

Turtur humilis, 275.

» cambayensis, 275.

» Yrisorius, 275.

18, 34,

Turtur suratensis, 275.

Tylognathus ariza, 127.

barbatulus, 139.

boga, 128.

porcellus, 116.

striolatus, 126.

Valenciennesii, 124,

_Typhlops accedens, 426,

andamanensis, 428.

brahminus, 32, 422, ‘425.

Diardii, 424,

Horsfieldi, 32, 422, 423.

mirus, 429,

pammeces, 33, 426.

ae porrectus, 422, 426.

a tenuicollis, 4:29.

* Theobaldanus, 429.

Upupa ceylonensis, 272.

epops, 404:

», nhigripennis, 209.

Uromastix Hardwickii, 32.

Ursus tibetanus, 397.

Varanus draczena, 30.

bothriorhynchus, 33, 424,

Index. 489

Varanus flavescens, 30.

- lunatus, 30.

es nebulosa, 30.

Varicorhinus bobree, 114.

diplostomus, 124,

*Vespertilio auratus, 186,

marginatus, 460.

- murinus, 461.

*Vesperus shiraziensis, 459.

Vultur calvus, 270.

Xantholzma indica, 271, 209.

Xenelaphis hexagonotus, 34.

Xenochrophis cerasogaster, 34.

Xenopeltis unicolor, 33.

Xenophrys monticola, 29, 38.

Yuhina occipitatus, 377, 410.

Yungipicus Hardwickii, 209, 271.

Yunx torquilla, 209, 271.

Zamenis brachyurus, 34.

diadema, 34.

fasciolatus, 16, 34, 431.

= ladacensis, 16.

Zaocys nigromarginatus, 34, 422.

Zosterops palpebrosus, 274.

LLL OLIN PF LDL

Kleteorological Observations. Ixxxiv

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the mouth of November 1870.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the sea level, 18.11 feet.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

Ge | .

ie & _ | Range of the Barometer | ae [Range of the Tempera-

= z = during the day. | i g tare during the day.

pees x:

Date. | FA So | | z 5

so° | Max. | Min. | Dif. | 3 | Max. | Min. | Diff.

ie oS ist EH

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. o Oo 0 o

1 | 29.852 | 29.916 | 29.789 | 0.127) 81.4 86.8 | 76.5 | 3

2 .806 865 745 420) 5822 | 87.0 77-6, oid

3 799 865 750 Tie | 80.1 84.0 | 784] 5.6

4 .798 845 Fa) AOL |) 784 83.7 | 755 | 82

5 817 878 552 106 | 79.3 86.1 | 75.5 | 10.6

6 826 899 774 125 | 80.9 86.2 | 76.7 | 9.5

7 843 90] 803 098 | 82.0 86.7 |.790) 97

8 goi| 949 | 848 | 101 | 81.9 | 865 | 786) 79

9 965 | 30.024 921 103 | 80.7 85.0 | 775 | 75

10 .967 033 907 125 | 80.0 84.6 | 765 | 8.1

11 956 018 892 126 | 962 | 82.0 | 705| 115

12 976 052 927 126 1° 74.5 80.8 | 68.3 | 12.5

13 .970 O44 913 138i |" 76.7 82.0 | 90a) aes

14 .960 1025 905 120 | 75.9 $1.8 | 706 | Be

15 974. 043 929 4i4| 75.9 | 813 | 7061 116

16 992 067 | .940 127 1. 76.8 820 | 72.0 | 10.0

17 | 30.009| .091| .956| .135| 74.5 | 815 | 69.0] 125

18 | 29.977 O55 919 ee) 582 805 | 68.0 | 12.5

19 | 30.011] O81 952 129 73.8 | 806 | 68.0 | 126

20 .067 147 | 30.020 127 | 74.3 | 815 | 685 | 13.0

21 .058 129 OLL seaa| Gao 809 | 69.0! 11.9

22 | 29.988 075 | 29.911 164 | 732 800 | 68.0 | 12.0

23 .913 | 29.978 B54 124| 473.9 82.0 | 68.0 | 14.0

24 | 30008 | 30.065 926 139 | 74.5 $3.0 | 68.7 | 14.3

25 048} 190! 997| 123) 70.8 | 79.0 | 63.7| 15.3

26 048 113 | 30.005 108 | 69.2 77.0 | 62.0 | 15.0

27 034 087 | 29.975 113) 710 782 | 65.0 | 13.2

28 OAL .109 .996 113 | 70.9 78.2 | 64.0 | 142

29 039 .102 988 Th Os 79.4 | 65.0 | 14.4

30 O41 .105 .996 199 | 70.5 78.6 | 64.0 | 14.6

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Means are derived, from the hourly observations, made at the

several hours during the day.

Ixxxv Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November 1870.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—/(Continwed.)

(¢ |e lai2.)3 | ee |=oa

= Sloe a 8 ae | Boe | eee

s 2 e 3 S 36 | S32 ea :

3 = ae ee 2 af) eo |

Date.) ag | 7s A i ar, "an | 4 ge ee |

Ee || 2) e212) 8s | 25

Bigs 3S | @a | Po | Fo | 22a 7

5 a, ae aR aR Roe = Coe

= A Oo A a = a <q = ‘

| fe) co) ) 0° >| Inches.“ 7. ree) eee 7

1 172 42| 74.3 7.1 |. 0.835 8.99 2.28 0.80

2 78.0 ae E81 vet 857 9.21 33 .8O

3 77.8 Pie ard 3.9 887 5 1.26 88

4 76.4 A Ne AN Nea 851 ail 14 .89

5 ve 2.0 | 75.9 3.4 879 51 08 90

6 78.2 wy. | Yea 4.6 890 59 blo ee

7 78.0 4.0 | 75.9 6.8 60 24 2.95 8h

8 78.2 3.7 | 75.6 6.3 871 37 .07 82

9 78.0 eo we Vea 4.6 885° |. BB 1.51 86

10 | 476.8 St Fae 54° | 8438 aa 70 84

11 69.8 6.4] 65.3 10.9 623 6.78 2.88 70

12 68.5 6.0) 64-32) - elO2 603 69° | >> ae 72

13 70.6 5.1 | 67.0 8.7 659 FAy B34 je

14 0:7 5.2 | 67.1 8.8 661 19 38 45

16 70.6 5.38 | 66.9 9.0 .657 15 42 Ts

16 69.5 Go | G5 10. 619 - 6.74 .80 Bi

17 68.7 5.8 | 64.6 9.9 609 64 5A 73

18 67.6 6.1 | 63.3 10.4 | .584 38 Rijs) ek

19 68.0 5.8 | 63.9 9.9 | | .695 50 48 72

20 | 69.3 BO! 65.8419, 18.5 634 91 oT 76

o1. | 68.5 5.7 | 64.5 9.7 G07 62 47 aes

oh | AZ-9 oe 63.7 = eo |. 46 oe is

2 68.3 6 | 64.4 9.5 605 61 4) Bs

24~| 68.3 62:1 b4.0-| 2105 597 50 68 wi

25 62.8 LT i eco 13.9 .467 5.13 3.00 63

26 63.4 5.8 | .§8.8 10.4 503 4 2.27 vt

oF 65.7 5.3 | 61.5 9.5 550 6.04 21 73

28 66.1 48 | 62.3; 8.6 505 20 |. 0G 45

29 65.6 4.9 | 62.7 8.8 572 27 viel 15

30 64.6 5.9 |- 59.9 |... 106 521 5.72 Al 70

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations. IxXxxvk

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

am the month of November 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

O3 Range of the Barometer =. |Range of the Tempera-

Sane for each hour during m8 ture for each hour

Bo the month. eee during the month.

oes 22 a= :

Hour.) = oe a :

a3 | Max. | Min. | Dif. | &3 | Max. | Min. | Diff.

a3 EG

Mid-

night.| 29.953 | 30.063 | 29.797 | 0.266 73.5 81.0 65.5 | 15.5

1 945 .055 785 oe (ok 80.0 64.8 | 15.2

2 .936 O44 470 274 72°6 79.9 64.0 | 15.9

3 .929 .032 157 ts ea eee 79.8 63.0 | 16.8

4, 931 .038 756 .282 aly: 79.5 62.81) 16:7

5) 942 056 .760 .296 71.4 79.5 62.5 | 17.0

6 961 079 192 .287 71.0 79.0 62.0 |} 170

7 981 101 814 297 71.3 79.2 62.0 | 17.2

8 30.004 128 .820 .308 73.5 81.2 66.0 | 15.2

9 .020 147 838 309 75.8 82.4, 68.5 | 13.9

10 .020 142 843 .299 78.0 84.0 70.5,| 13.5

dh | O01 LI 823 .296 79.9 86.2 73.2 | 13.0

| |

Noon. | 29.973 087 804 | .283 80.8 86.5 | 75.0 | 11.5

1 943 061 175 .286 81.4 86.8 76.0 | 10:8

2 .923 .038 753 285 81.6 87.0. | 77.0) | (BGs

3 .910 .029 744 .285 81.4 86.3 77.0 9.3

4, .907 .020 147 .273 80.5 86.0 76.0 | 10.0

5 .918 O31 762 .269 79.6 85.6 750 | 10.6

6 .928 046 173 273 77.6 84.0 72.0) Jip

7 947 .060 187 273 76.4 83.0 | 70.6 | 12.5

8 .962 .067 804 .263 75.6 82.4 69.0 | 13.4

9 .970 *.077 .809 .268 74.8 82.5 68.0 | 14.5

10 973 .080 .809 271 74.1 82.0 66.8 | 15.2

11 | .968 075 798 297 73.6 81.5 | 66.5 | 15.0

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Means are derived from the observations made at the several

hours during the month.

IXxxvll Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the mouth of November 1878.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hy grometrical elements

dependent thereon.—/(Continned.)

Be | ase 43 C4 S s | Se i

= 2 = E . aa )| oe Es

z A is. A = > S | eos ae

a | 2 S) St 45 2.46 | Se 9

BAS ote we BE i: £3) |e 2o

Hour. i = A = 6 "Ene ee 3 a 3A ce

(2g) |e 13 | dg) 82 2

| eS S el eae Ja; | Me | BS | 625

(Oa ae ee eee ea = soi SRE) gee

so | ble | be 4 8S | 6s |S ae

| = ot oe eee a

Dy. bs 0 o Inches. | T. gr. | F. ge.

Mid-

night.| 70.8 2.7 | 689 4.6 0.701 7.66 1.24 0.86

L 70.5 2.6 | 68.4 4.7 -690 od .25 .86

2 70.1 2.5 | 68.1 4.5 .684 AZ Ad 86

3 69.8 2.3 | 68.0 4.1 681 AZ 06 8S

4 69.6 aa Gs 3.8 .679 AS 0.98 8S

5 69.3 ab | (6786 3.8 .672 38 OF: 88

6 69.0 2.0 | 67.4 3.6 .668 oo .92 89

vi 69.3 a0) (67s 3.6 674 AO 93 89

8 70.2 3.0 | 67.9 5.6 .679 A2 1.48 83)

9 71.2 4.6 | 68.0 7.8 681 Al 2.13 kom

10 71.8 6.2) GK.o 10.5 .670 .26 .93 By) |

11 72.1 78 | 66.6 13.3 651 .O2 3.76 65

Noon.| 72.1 8.7 | 66.0 14.8 .638 6.87 4.20 62

1 72.4 9.3 | 65.6 15.8 .630 18 49 60

2 719 9.7°'| 65.1 16.5 619 .66 68 5S

3 718 9.6 | 65.1 16.3 619 G9. .60 59

A 71.5 9.0 | 65.2 15.3 .621 .70 .28 6L

5 72.0 71 COZ 12.9 .653 7.04, 3.65 66:

6 72.6 5.0 | 69.1 8.5 .706 64 2.43 76

7 72.4 4.0 | 67.6 8.8 .672 ol i Sete 75

8 71.9 3-7 | 69.3 6.3 ye: ap 74 1.74 82

9 71.4 3-4 | 69.0 5.8 704 67 59 83:

10 TO 3.1 | 68.8 5.3 .699 63 44 84.

1l 70.6 3.0 | 68.5 5.1 .692 57 06 85

All the Hygrometrical clements are computed by the Greenwich Constants

Meteorological Observations.

Ixxx vill

Abstract of the Results of the Tlourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutla,

am the month of November 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

General aspect of the Sky.

B to 9a. M., “ito 5 P. M.,

B to 5 a. u., \i'to 9 4. M.,

“1&\ito 5 p. mu. S after-

wards. Lon S at 7 p. mu.

\i & Ui tod a. mM. O to 6p.

M.S afterwards. Slight R at

10 a. u., 1, 2, 63 P.M.

Chiefly O. Rat 12 4. mw., &

Vito 8a. M., “ito 4p.m.,,

\i to 7 Pp. M., B afterwards

T at 15 P. M. Slightly foggy

at9 &10Op.m. R at 2p. m..

Bto7 Aa.M., -i afterwards.

‘Foggy from 2 to 7 a. m., Lon

Nat6p.m., Tat 62&7P. m.,

Chiefly “i. T at 44 a.m. D

\ni to 12 4. M., “ito 4p. mM.

B afterwards. Slightly foggy

Wi & 71 D at 43 Pp.

“i to 4 p.m., B afterwards.

Bto124.m., “ito 5 p. m.

B to 104. M., ni to 4 P.M,

B to 10 a. m., “i to 4 Pp. M.,

B afterwards. Slightly foggy

B to 54. mM., “ito 5p. M.,

B to 9 vp. M., --i afterwards.

Ni & Vito 6 a. M., “ito

Pp. M., B afterwards.

B to 11 a. u., “i to 4 P. M.,

Chiefly B. Slightly fogey at

8 P. M.

B tolla.m., ito 4p. m.

a ltoe WIND.

me las" #

= ot ee Paaeees

iS |e direction. m4 a —

Pte = lie | A sch ema

| o |Inches [by W) ib | Miles |

A) 347.0) 0.0 INE, ENE & N! ... | 79.0

| Ni afterwards.

2} 140.0 NE. & N. . | 64.2

3} 122.0} 0.03 INNE,ENESSSE! ... 87.4

AV 1IT.O.} 1.22 SE,EbyN&ENE. 59.5

from 5: to 7 Pp. M.

6} 143.4; 041 ENE.& SSW. 60.9

6) 145.2 SSW. & W. 16.6

Datli&4prp.m.

7| 145.5 W.&N E. 24.3

at 3 & 45 a. Mu.

8) 137.8 ESE. & SE. 37.8

at 7 & 8 P. M.,

9} 142.0 Variable. 44,.2

10] 142.0 N N W& variable! ... | 61.6

11) 142.7 NNE.& Why N,| ... | 125.5

B afterwards.

12) 135.0 WbyN&WNW.|.... | 34.7) B

13} 138.0 WNW. & NW. tea

B afterwards.

14) 138.5 NW. & Eby N. 50.2

from 3 to 6 a. M.,

15} 139.5 NE,ENE&NbyW) ... | 58.2

[byN.

16) 142.3 NbyW,NbyE&W) ... | 32.7

17; 140.8 W by N.&S W. 29.7

B afterwards.

18) 140.0 SW &S by W. 24.2) B

19} 145.0 Sby W. &5S W. 69.0

20) 141.3 SW. 74.3

B afterwards.

21) 135.6 SW,SSW&WbyS, ... |. 58.5

B. Foggy at 9& 10 p. m.

\i Cirri, —i Strati, “i Cumuli, \_i Ciro-strati, i Cumulo-strati, _i Nimbi,

\ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, § stratoni

R rain, D drizzle.

, O overcast, T thunder, L lightning

Ixxxix

Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &c.

General aspect of the Sky.

| as ae WinD.

o |S 5c ~

(BE es we ee

ilk ag cd eae Prevailing Ke os

42 KO GS | : Ko o CEI BS

i om poi Fr 5 2 direction. Solas

he ese

7 ee Inches| (S W.) ib | Miles

22) 135.4 Sby W.8S,WSW& 46.8

23] 137.2 | SW&SSW. 89.4.

24) 138.5 SSW,SW&WNW| ... | 100.0

25) 134.8 NW &NbyE.. | 0.2) 165.1

26) 128,8 NbyE&N by W. | 144.5

27| 130.6 Nby W.&N 0.4 | 145.8

28) 134.2 N by W.&NW. . }@ 80.0 |

29) 133.0 NW. &QN. 64.7

e 133.8 | N. & N by W 76.8

Bto 104. M.,\i to4P. M.,

B afterwards. Slightly egy

from 8 toll P. M.

Chiefly B.

a Foggy at 9 P.M.

B to 10 a. M., \_i to 2 P.M.

B afterwards.

Btolla.m.,\ito4 Pp. M.

B afterwards. Slightly foggy

from 7 to 10 Pp. M.

B. Foggy from 7 to 10 P. M.

B to 5 a. M., \ito 114. ™.

B afterwards. Foggy from 7

{o-4 1 P.M.

——_—$——— ee ea

\i Cirri,—i Strati, ~i Cumuli, i Cirro-strati, —_1 Cumulo-strati, Wil Ninel oe

\ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, S stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, L lightning,

ee ee, PA ee Ee ae

‘>

Meteorological Observations. xd

Abstract of the Resulis of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

wn the month of November 1870.

Montuty Resvtrs.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month. ... 29.956

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 9 A. M. on the 20th. .. SOLT4F

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 3p. M.on the 4th. ws 29.7 4h

Lrtreme range of the Barometer during the month oe ee AOS

Mean of the gees Max. Pressures... ee i ... 30.023

Ditto ditt Min. ditto 4. we. 29.902

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month ... we Oak

re)

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month __.., oa Ae Uae hee

Max. Temperature occurred at 2 p. M. on the 2nd. iy Ate. pons

Min. Temperature occurred at 6&7 a.m, on the 26th. ak fe ae

Jixtreme range of the Temperature during the month oe ine ee

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature ... ae oo spat Aer

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, a 2 eos

Mean duily range of the Temperature during the month.. i) pba

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month ... 71.0

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Tiermomeatde 4.9

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month dn ses) SORE

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed mean Dew- -point . 8.3

° ied

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month .,., 4 Be a Bae

Troy grain.

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month A 4) see

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation ... 2°25

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation ae unity 0.77

fo)

Mean Max. Solar radiation Thermometer for the month .., 137.4

Inches.

Rained 6 days,—Max. fall of rain during 24 hours... sas, pele

Total amount of rain during the month Coe oo

Total amount of rain indicated by the Gauge* attached to the anemo-

meter during the month aby, ee = 1.56

Prevailing direction of the Wind.. oe SWE&N by Wi

* Height 70 feet 10 inches above ground.

ys on

y particular wind blew, together with the number of da

articular wind was blowing, it rained.

Montaty Ressvutts.

which at the same hour, when any p

fo)

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the month of Nov. 1870.

Tables shewing the number of days on which at a given hour an

Meteorological Observations.

N10 Ss

QO OD SA AOD OM RSS

FRAN eSB ARR eS

GO 2D 6D 6a TH CN NaNO AO AAA AIG

Sq Rae Aaa ee oS SOwm AANNOAN

NANNANAANANAAA Se Aan

as a

Ponte ee ee ee aS

oH AMNNANA

uo UIBy a

“mM “9 SASHA ASANO NAAR AHM O16 SAAS

uO Uleyy

"M'S'*G] AN AAANAAAA TAH Tm — SANANAAAAA

"WO UIRAT

M 4q-g NANAN RK AANMA 4S SS

UO UIBYT =

9 MSs AHAN AAS = N AN =

uo Uleyy . a =

° nm

a Aq ‘s} = nS oS

uo Urey] So _

or Boge OANA = c= =NNN

“uo WIRY) > -'

“T'S aeee N ee a

WO UTByT =

qT Sy Ss ee RM NANN an NA eS os ce re

ie X

uo Ley *

g Aq “7 meets oso | a

“HO ULeIyY ro

“7 asa IN

wo WIRY ih

Nt Aq a ANAANM SS. _ |...)

uO WLR ai

GN ‘a SSS RRR NTMMMAMMANR SSS

“WO Tey,

“TN NANAANSAAMANARA NRAMAAAAAS

UO UIRIT x

uo Ulery

q Aq ‘ny MON AAA RNR TINH MN [oem ieee fila Mien foe oon eee een ADS |

UO TILeyT

“NI SHAH ANANMAMAAMAANHAAANNAAAAAN

ot e

INOS BANAMAWONMDARBOH CHANMAWONDABOG

ss 0 i) —

as 7,

‘

Meteorological Observations. xeIL

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

an the month of December 1870.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” Hast.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the sea level, 18.11 feet.

Daily Means, &e. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

ras |

2S | Range of the Barometer | |x (Range of the Tempera-

qao+ during the day. bets ture during the day.

| 8b Ba | hea 8

4 o Fe oes rh ee ie tal ene oP

a re ae Q | | | s : | | |

go> | Max. | Min. | Dif. | £8 | Max. | Min. | Dif

~ ot ee ee ae hs

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. o oO fe) oO

1 | 30.058 | 30.135 | 30.011 | 0.124] 69.5 79.0 | 61.5 | 17.8

2 065 132 °| . .009 123 | 69.9 "85 | 61.9 3 We

3 094 164} .039 125 | 68.1 78.0 | 60.4 | 17.46

4 .086 149 | 025 124} 67.6 77.3 | 60.2 | 1721

5 .078 144 O17 sy a es 74.4 | 60.0 | 14.4

6 059 126 009 117 1. 65.8 74.7 | 58.2 | 16.5

y 082 .150 .039 111] 67.1 | 76.6 | 60.2 | 16.4

8 .083 152: |. 1038 114 | 66.4 76.8 | 58.5 | 178

9 076 | .157|} .024| .133| 656 | 74.6 | 57.8 | 16.8

10 .066 J21-| « 090 101 | 65.8 75.5 | 58.6 | 16.9

li 051 125 | 29.979 146 | - 65.4 74.5 | 75.6 | 16.9

12 .022 102 964 138 | 64.5 728% |r S76, 9 Tes

13 .032 091 988 103 | 66.0 74.9 | 58.5 | 16.4

14, ,083 152 | 30.038 114 | 665.4 75.2 | 57.6 | 17.6

15 .100 184, 045 139 | 66.4 75.5 | 68.5 | 17.0

iG 057 136 | 29.986 150 | 67.1 75.8 | 60.61 15.2

17 018 104, 958 146 | 65.9 | 475.0 | 58.6] 16.4

18 | 29.994 .068 927 141 | 64.8 43.5 | 75.5 | 16.0

19 | 30.008 095 940 155; 63.9 994.) | 572 oes

90 | 29.929 010 851 159.) “64S. “FS4 15 0e eiee

21 .850 | 29.919 788 130| 66.1 | 75.8 | 58.0 | 17.8

22 .930 | 30.019 846 Bee Gime 77.0 | 59.0 | 18.0

23 | 30.043 126 991 1385 | 66.4 | 75.5 | 59.0 | 16.5

24 .058 137 | 30.015 | 2 .122 | 66.7 | 753 | 60.5 | 148

25 029 118 | 29.956 162 | 65.8 | 74.0 | 69.1} 14.9

26 | 29.983 .063 929 1341 663...) <9) eae et

27 .982 052 932 120| 65.7 | .74.6 |°580] 166

28 | 30.018 108 .969 139 | 66.2 45.9 | 585 | 17.4

29 004, 078 .939 139 | 670 77m braee |: Deg

30 | 29.961 025 .900 125 | 682 77.8 { 60.8 | 17.0

31 916 | 29.997 852 148") “76.2 So. 4:68.46 > 123

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Means are derived, from the hourly observations, made at the

several hoyrs during the day.

XClil Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the lHourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

an the month of December 1879.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements —

dependent thereon.—/(Continwed)

Bo) ge) a ee 2 a8 | oe

A caries a S's | aos | aes

rd 2) S) S = é Eos See

my 2 re a 4 e oS -e2 Bg

Date. | oz a A ‘2 = 80,9 || Sg ee

28 | & | BS ) 8.) 88°) es (ses ee

- 3 a = a 2 FS EOS 2 OE Oe

g8 ]e)] 8 | ba) oF | oe (es ae

| |

fo) ) ) o | Inches.) T gr. | T. gr.

1 63.3 6.2 | 583) 11.2 | 0.494 5.44, 2.44

2 62.4, GG) SIAN TRO: A AGG .23 58

3 69.7 74.| Sas 133 ALO 4.85 70

4 69.5 PA t BAe 128 440 35 59

5 58.6 16 S25 Ie 407 51 1

6 59.6 6.2 | 546) 112 | 437 | 85 | 19

y 61.5 5.6 | 57.0). 10.1 ARS) | BS .09

8 | 60.6 5.8 | 56.0} 10.4 .458 .08 | .09

9 60.2 Sid. | FRO (O17 3 466. G6 1.94,

10 6).2 5.64 Sag: TOT As ee 93 | 2.01

11 50d | 60 1 54.64 108 4387 4.850 |. 7am

12 59.2 5.3 | 55.0) 9.5 | As2 92 1.84

13 60.9 6.0 | 55.2} 10.8 | 445 94, 2.14,

14, 69.3 6.1.| 56.2 9.2 A6l | 5.12 3.83

15 60.7 5.7 | 56.1) 103, 4 49 10 2.07

16 62.0 1. BAN geoa 9.884) aes | 39 1.93 ~

17° | 60.4 5.5 | 56.0 9.9 458 | 08 .98

18 53.6 6.2)| 63.6 | 11.2 422 | 4.69 2.14

ig. | > 58-2 61 53.1) Loe) abo ae .00

20 58.9 5.8! 64.1] 104.3) ~ -429 78 1.90

21 59.9 6.2) 54:9°)* 970 Aa | BO 2.21

22 61.3 5.8 | 56.7/ 104 ) .469 5.18 14

23 60.4 6:0 |} 65.6) 10:8: 7") 452 ae .16

24 61.1 5.6 | 56.6 | 10.1 467 ay .06

25 60.8 5.0 | 56.8 9.0 ATO BY 1.83°

26 60.5 5.6 | 56.0} 10.1 458 .08 2.02

27 60.5 5.2 |. 56:3 9.4 ABST). ae 1.88

23 61.6 4.61 67.9| 83 488 40 72

29 61.4 5.6 | 56.9] 101 A7Q ‘21 2.99

30 62.7 5.5 | 58.3 9.9. | .494 AS Ac eae

31 63.9 6.3 ; 1.3 504,

Meteorological Observations. xcly

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

d J g

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Caleulta,

an the month of December 1870.

Hourly Means, &e. of the Observations and of the iygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

| | |

S3 Range of the Barometer = . | Range of the Tempera:

oa | for each hour during faa g ture for each hour

8h S a the month. 8 during the month.

eS hee ar we is | EON

Hour. mee A |

ec | Max. | Min. | Diff <4 | Max. | Min. | Dif

oO a Ge

aks | S| |

eae | | | aw 2 ees

Tnches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | oO Oo Oo °

Mid- |

night.| 30.029 | 30.108 | 29.964 | 0.244 62.8 66.0 | 60.2| 58

Siecle | 021) - 095 858 | .237 62.1 65.2 | 59.5] 67

2 013. 088 855) 239 61:5 65.0 | 59.0] 60

3 .006 081 (848; \.1988 60.9 64.0 | 59.0] 5.0

4 00E.| 074 823 | .251 60.3 64.0 | 58.3] 6.7

5 011 O91} | 884} 257 59.8 63.5 |c57.4e |) G3

6 | .026 106 | .842| 964, | 59.3 62.8 | 673.01) Ge

vi £050 124 853 | 271 59.2 63.0 | 57.0|} 60

8 078-| 164)" 884} 986 61.7 65.0 | 5851 66

Se) 096") £181 906 | 275 64.8 | 694 | 608] 86

10 | 099 184 919 | .265 68.5 73.2 | 640] 93

11 081 .170 894 | 276 71.3 75.5 | 66.7) $8

| i

oh | |

Noon.| .050/ .136 859 | .277 73.1 77.1 | 69.0| S24

1 | O15 .100 825 | .275 | 74.5 78.5 | 69.8 | 8.7

3 | 29.999 .063 803 | .260 95.4 79.5 | 7161 7g

3 .978 051 789 | 262 75.5 80.1 | 42.4 14 oe

4 973 | 048 790 | .258 74.2 79.5 | YOR |. eae

& .979 057 796 | .261 FOF 78.0 | 697.) 83

6 989 .062 807 | .255 69.8 74.0 | 6741 66

7 | 30.008 .088 829 | 259 67.8 | ZUG eee ek eae

8 025 100 845 | .255 66.5 70.5 | 64.5 1° 6.0

9 .037 .110 869 | 241 65.3 69.2 | 63.0! 62

10 .040 .120 876 | 244 64.3 68.0 | 62.0) 6.0

11 034 119 867 | .252 63.5 66.5 | 612 | 6S

| |

! The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Means are derived from the observations made at the several

hours during the month.

ney Beleorolog ical Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

} taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December 1870.

=_—

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continewed.)

OE a

k ie : 5 | Sea gy weer

S84 Boole. oe

= Yh pig se: EL aM Bay = eS (mss | Aes |

font ; ro) S) 4 45 "SH | see ee :

Za Seb na e 28 |Ree gma

Hour. oS St A 2 3 ‘he 1 ae ae

} (@ fi > ee | ) 2 8 OS | oa g on ge.

|e |/372)3. | as | es )ss5

) ee FA = man: a 8, a ERS) ake ’

| So bs | b. 5 Sa ae So 5 S96

ewe S| al iS) Ay Loy we TH 3:8

| 2 A o A = = < = tlie ir

| fC) ) o Co) Inches... pr. >| Praga

Mid-

aight.| 59.7 3.1] 56.9 5.9 | 0.472 5.26 1.15 0.82

1 59.0 34 B62 5.9 461 15 12 2

2 58.5 3.0 | 55.81). 5.7 A55 09 .07 83

3 58.1 2.8 | 55.6 5.3 452 07 0.97 84

4 57.5 9.8 | 55.0 5.3 4A2 4.97 96 84

5 57.1 9.7 | 54.7 5.1 438 .92 91 84,

6 56.7 9.6 | 54.4 4.9 AZA .87 87 85

7 56.7 9.5 | 54.4 4.8 434 87 0.86 85

8 58.1 3.6 | 54.9 6.8 AAL .93 1.26 80

9 59.7 5.1 | 55.6 9.2 A52 5.03 .80: 74

10 61.5 70| 55.9! 12.6 456 .03 2.62 66

11 62.5 8.8 | 55.5 | 15.8 A50 4.94 3.39 59

Noon.| 62.7 | 104] 544] 18.7% ASA 73 4.06 5S

1 63.2. ps 65.3.1° 19.3 AAT 38 | 1330 53.

2 63.6 | 11.8 | 55.31 20.1 447 .87 56 52

3 63.4 | 12.1) 5491 20.6 AAL 79 67 51

4, 63.0. 1 112 Wy 65.3 80 ASS 86 | °.23 54

5 63.4 9.3] 56.0| 16.7 458 | 5.00 3.68 5S

6 63.5 6.3 | 58.5 | 11.3 498 48 2.47 69

7 | 62.8 5.0 | 58.8 9.0 503 | 55 1.93 74

8 62.1 4.4 | 58.6 7.9 499 | “358 66 Ties

9 61.3 4.0 | 68.1 7.9 AOL}? 145 48 7H,

10 60.7 3.6 | 57.5 6.8 oS) ae ee 37 .80

11 60.1 3.4. | 57.0 6.5 G3 | BF 28 81

All the Hygrometrical clements are computed by the Greenwich Constante. q

see

Meteorological Observations.

Xevl

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

im the month of December 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

i Date.

fe) oa Noone Se)

eat. . Winp

ar =| 8 Ord i. ae :

Az ca 3 we Meta ree ct of the Sk

peelS é Prevailing Wie| oe xeneral aspect o e Sky.

= 3 3 ae direction. Is gi As |

_ aaa Bee ESE ie

0 |Inches lb | Miles

132.0| ... INbyW&NbyE! ... | 89.1] B. Foggy at midnight and

from 7 to 11 p. m.

132.0 NONE. & Ne by Wis: (> 68:9: |B, Slightly foggy at mid-

night & 1 a. m., & from 7 to

lay

133.5 NbyW,NNW&N 120.5 B. —.ghtly foggy from 8 to

1] Pp, >.

133.5 N &Nby E. (168.6 | Bead

132.8 N&WbyN. [W)... |116.4] B.

130.0 WNW,W byN & ... | 115.0] B.

132.0 W&WN W. 99.3) Chiefly B. Slightly foggy at

1 P.M.

130.5 WNWEW byN.! ... 73.0| B. Slightly foggy from mid-

night to 44a.m.,&7toll p. ue.

131.5 Wide W. by N; 82.3; B to9a.m., ito 3. p. x.

B afterwards. Slightly foge~

from midnight to 8 a. M-34u5

7to9 Pp. m.. & at 11 p. a.

130.8 WbyN& W 64.2 i B. Foggy from midnight to

aA. M.

130.0 W. 65.0; B to7 a. m.,\ito6 Pp. mu.

B afterwards. Slightly foggy

from 8 to 11 Pp. m.

134.0 W &W byN. 99.5; B to4a.M., \ito6 Pp. u.,

B afterwards.

128.0 W byN. 106.8 ae Slightly foggy from 8 to

P.M.

129.2)" ., |W&W NW. a 83.6; B to 64.M.,\itodr. m.,

. B afterwards. Slightly foggy

| at midnight & 1 a. m., & at 6

P. M.

128.0 WNW &NW. 126.9; B to 6:4. m, \i to 5 Pp. M.,

B afterwards.

129.5 NbyE&NE. Fee.

128.5 N by E. 166.4| B.

129.4, N by E& WNW. 99.3) B.

126.7 WNW&NNE. 1340 We

127.8 NNE&WhyN. 115.2 Pes Slightly foggy from 7 to

P. M.

132.0} ... |WSW&WbyS. 104.2| Btolda.m., Wito 4p. x.

B afterwards. Slightly foggy

at 5 & 6 a. M.

129.0 W by S&N W. 80.2) B. Slightly fogey at 6 & 7

P.M,

129.5 IW aN by’ By (A! (121.4 Re

127.0 Nby E&N NE. | ... [205.4] B. 5

\i Cirri, —i Strati, “i Cumuli, i Ciro-strati, i Cumulo-strati, ~_i N imbi,

\ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, § stratoni, O overcast, T thunder,

R rain, D drizzle,

L lightning

xevil Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December 1870.

Solar } tadiation, Weatl ter, &e.

rm o 2 Wow

Bg 2 s es WIND eit

: ee 5% s econ AE) a General aspect of the Sky.

S| SBS oS direction. is o| 2 3

Ala F jaa rey ee

ae, inches | ib | Miles

95(130.0; ... INNE&N. ‘. 1126.0} Bto 11 alm. tebe

| B afterwards.

a 129.4; ... IN,NbyE&WNW| ... | 131.2; Bto6a. u.,\4i to 7 BF M,

| | B afterwards.

o7| 126.8) ... [WNW | 87.7 | B. Boggy ab 11 p. a.

ool ZAM 6S. ME AW. i ne Shghtly foggy from mid-

| night to 3 & at 7 a. M. &

: from 7 to 11 Pp. uw.

99) 180,8'.... | WN W: «| 75,8) B. Foggy toni mide to

i7 A.M. & 7 to ll Pp. mM.

9) 1300: >". NOW .. | 88.6; Btoda. w., \wite 10g

| \i afterwards. Foggy from

midnight to2 & at 6a. M., &

from 7 to ll p. M.

97) 184.81... (W& WW: 121.7} Chiefly B. Shghtly from 7

to ll Pp: mM.

| }

| |

{

| |

| }

\G Cirri,—i Strati, ~i Cumuli, i Cirro-strati, i Cumulo-strati, —iN imbi, } ‘Ge

Nal Cirro-cumuli, B clear, S stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, L ilies: cay

Meteorological Observations. xeviil

Abstract of the Resulls of the Hourly Meleorological Observations:

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

am the month of December 1870.

Montrury Rzsu rs.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month ... 80.026

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 10 «. ‘MM. on the: 15th. ... 30.184,

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 3 vp. M. on the 2lst. ... 29.789

dtxtreme range of the Barometer during the month 2 » O2895

Mean of the daily Max. Pressures... ree < ot BOO}

Ditto ditto: - Min: ditto % ie ... 29.969

lean daily range of the Barometer during the month ... 40 Onloe

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month ie 66.5

Max. Temperature occurred at 3 p. M. on the 31st. hi ae OS

Min. Temperature occurred at 6&7 a.m, on the 20th... 4s) eee

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month 23.1

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature .. 75.6

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, 59.1

Afean daily range of the Temperature during the month.. 16.5

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month ... a ae GOS

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer 5.9

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month ; 55.9

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed m mean Dew- -point 10.6

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month .,,, wae .. 0.456

Troy grain.

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month + ee OB

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation ... 2°14

Mean degree of humidi ty for the month, complete saturation being unity 0.70

oo)

Mean Rfax. Solar radiation Thermometer for the month .., 130.2

Inches.

Rained No day,—Max. fall of rain during 24 hours... 35 Ns

Total amount of rain during the month io SNR

Total amount of rain indicated by the Gauge* attached to the anemo- iy,

meter during the month __. pe Nilv

Prevailing direction of the Wind... “i WN Ww, W by N & W.

* Height 70 feet 10 inches above ground.

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the month of Dec. 1870.

Montauy Resutts.

s on which at a given hour any p

ons

which at the same hour, when any particu

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorrlogical Observat

d blew, together with the number of days on

ar wind was blowing, it rained.

lar win

articu

]

g the number of da

Tables shewin

Meleorological Observations.

ODO OONNNAAA MR SS aN On I oe Bl cn Bl eel oe Be ee

= mato N

AAS AA aS MON NTN NANA

~KXKXDWDA AD SOL NHHOARDAAWDNRBAAIDAIH SD

— eo

OD OMNANAAA SID DDHOWOANIDMHMIDHM~

OSODSDSOSOSSOOHANHHAANAAT SASS

es A oon le Oc ee oO on cB Fl oe cs en | [on Boon en Bien Ben heen ee ee tee eS |

Soret SS st St St St ot a re

No.of days

oO A

‘Inoyf Se, a ap Srl ae Se Se ae

aes

ON O60 00 oO SA I SH SH OD AN MAANAATAA A

pS 8 Se ee ee ee ee

SWIMM AipD ARAM ODA OAN “TI Ad 1D LD 1D 1D 1D LO

“ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

EDITED BY

)

THE HONORARY SECRETARIES.

_NEW SERIES.

OF THE

WARA4 Bees en

“A

JOURNAL

PAAR AR

Part IT, No. I.—1871.

NO. OLXVII

a le

eens (

eo h f | He

ali all =| ij

HL ) gl

;

This A

A | a om

i \

ts ——>"

— TP nae

a FP ry

a =

z ot

EUM it ABIATTC SOCIETY, CALCUTTA = oe

=X Wr ihe Euan

The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia : and

within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by

gare to Subscribers, per } umber, Rs. 1-8——To N on-Subscribers, Rs, 2——

*,* Communications shor Ad be sent under cover to the Secretaries Asiat. Soe.,

to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lo

don, care of Messrs. Williams and Norgate, 14, Henrietia Street.

a ta a tn it i ote nein tn tn hen in orn a OO OCC OCCT VCC OTA PR AR AARARARRAARAARAARRAAAKA

man or produced by -ature.—Sin WILLIAM JONES.

AAA AA AARON,

(CALCUTTA:

PRINTED BY C. B. LEWIS, AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS,

CIRCULAR ROAD.

: 1871.

— OO en en tn nn, es

| eee

—

aennw

—

ee ~ 6 ga ~ S 5 we. eel Sard Sins AD a8 un

CONTENTS.

DEscRIPTIONS OF NEW MoLuuscA FROM THE Tuxinis Ruecions a

by Mzssrs. G. anp H. NEVILLE). ee see eeeeeeneeeeee

A List or tHe Reprimian AccEssIon TO THE INDIAN M

sEUM, CaLcurTa, FRoMm 1865 To 1870, WITH A DESCRIP- — ?

TION OF SOME NEW SPECIES,—by Jo OHN ee M. D Be

H..S, ann, 2: Z. _ wee cece ete e eect eeersenres

DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES OF haat KNOWN ‘TO.

HABIT THE Kuasi How ria Mason "ice

Duron bel 1 87 0.

es NEW SERIES.

PALA LP AAA

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

EDITED BY

THE HONORARY SECRETARIES.

aaa ean anl

Part II, No. I.—1871.

TI er

Koo Aatgliem ST

artes Al! | | t 5

ety “t 4 " | | (| i} =

SST 4h = ||| E=He

fl OO —_—$ $$ ——

SSS SSS SSS

ST Prinsyi det ==> MUSEUM ASIATIC SOCIETY CALCU

LPL LLL LLL LLL LLL LPP LLLP LLL LAID ee AAA

TTA == :

§ The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia ; and

_ ‘within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by

- sman or produced by nature.x—Sig Wittiam JonEs.

Price to Subscribers, per Number, Rs. 1-3 ——To Non-Subscribers, Rs, 2——

~}. *,* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries Asiat. Soc.,

“to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon-

don, care of Messrs. Williams and Norgate, 14, Henrietta Street. aN

ES CALCUTTA:

Hue PRINTED BY OC. B. LEWIS, AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS,

Ww om | CIRCULAR ROAD.

ee eS

y, a ., PS7 i:

ee : oe “

| a ovr Pee . SSR a Too Me eo ne OED DLP D RR REPL PLEADS

| ata e)

MonocrarH oF INDIAN Oyprinipés, (Part 1) by |

- FRANCIS CE

oF MoviMEIN (akan ee cote 8 WITH

TIONS OF NEW SPECIES,—by Dr, F. SroxrozKa,

logist, Geol. Surv. of India, Hon. Secy. Asiat

Bengal, ie fa Vine cede set sae ere te sigh ne eetiemes

ON A QUANTITATIVE METHOD OF TESTING A “'

_‘Kartu,’”—by — E. tae aa Fe

CONTENTS

OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART OF THE

JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1870.

PartiII. (Naturat Sorence).

No. 1, (issued 15th March, 1870). Gopwin-AvUSTEN,

New species of Diplommatine from the Khasi hills, (with pl. I-IT).—

W. T. BuanForp, New species of Paludomus, Cremnoconchus,

Cyclostoma, and of Helicide, (with pl. IIl).—V. Baut, Notes on

the geolorv and the fauna in the »~bourhood of the Nancowry

harbour, .. :vbar islands.—IF’. Dax, Notes on the genus Hara

(with pl. TV).—W. Venvixkor, Statistical data on the area of

Asiatic Russia —T. G. Monta@omeERtiz, Narrative report of

Trans-Himalayan explorations made during 1868.—SvuRvEYoR

Gunzrat, Abstract of Meteorological Observations for Nov. and

Dec., 1869. :

No. 2, (issued 7th June, 1870). S. Kurz, on new or imper-

fectly known Indian plants.—H. H.Gopwin-Avsten, List

of Birds obtained in the Khasi and North Cachar hills.—A. O.

Humes, Observations on some species of birds.—H. F. Bi an-

FORD, on certain irregularities of Atmospheric pressure in Bengal.

—F,SrouicozKa, on some Indian and Malayan Amphibia and

Reptilia.—Surveyor GENERAL, Meteorological Observations for

January and February, 1870.

No. 3, (issued Ist September, 1870). F.Srozticzxa, Indian

and Malayan Reptilia and Amphibia.—S. Kurz, Gentiana Jesch-

ket re-established as a new genus of Gentianacea.—V. B Aut,

Geology of Port Blair.—V. B 41 1—Birds from Port Blair.—H. F.

Buawnrorp, on the rain fall of Bengal—H. H. Gop wrn-

Hills, &.—Surveyor GxEnerat, Meteorological Observations for

March to June, 1870. am

S No. 4, (issued 28th Deg, 1870). F. Sroifcozxa, Malayan Orni-

thology.—W. T. Branrorp,—Reptilia and Amphibia of Central

-India.—H. E. Busrzep, Method of assaying silver W. TunoBaxp,

Land shells from the Shan States and Pegu.—G. Nuvi, Land

shells of Bourbon.—Absiract of Met. Obs, for July to Oct. 1870,

PUBLICATIONS

OF THE Pgs 7 Lev.

ASIATIG SOCIETY OF BE.

for Sale at the Society’s Premises, No. 45, Pai 6 Sty

B. H. Hodgson, Esq., B.C.

Aborigines of India, by

Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, from Vols. XII t

Vols. XXV to XXIX and from XXXI to date,

per title page. Se age ie.

Ditto Researches, from Vols. VI to XII and Vols.

SM, Sachi. eyy t's vig dst 9 28 er sci en Saitek

eovree

Ditto ditto Index, at, ...2 ++ 2s sere re eget

___ of Curiosities in the Museum of the Asiati

by Babu R. Mita, oo: ce ee ne ees Se ESR

__ 6f the Books and Maps in the Library of —

Society, by ditto ditto, 1856, ..s..censes see

—— of Sanscrit Books and MSS. in ditto, sss:

____ of Books and MSS. in Arabic, Persian and

of the Fossil Remains of Vertebrata from th

Hills, the Nerbudda, Perim Island, &e. 1 t

of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, by 1

Esq., M. D., F. BR. g.,G. 8. and L. &., .... tis

of the Recent Shells in the Museum of

Society, by W. Theobald, Tre, Bbgpjide Poe

_— of Mammalia in the Museum of the

of Bengal, by E. Blyth, Esq., +--+ we

-—— of Reptiles in the Museum of the Asia

W. Theobald, Junr., Hsq., .-.. Pee ee

Sea

Vk ee

ee Ny

ik aR ae

tate

5 ad ya

oe!

er ae eee te

ARE. ae

P . eh

. isk, Be Rs he

Pao re 7» Se

SF 4 Z

act Me a va “g n

a fen “6 3 ys

x ‘< aa ph 7

” 8 Sines

i co 2 “

. *

_ r

NEW SERIES. VOL. XL. NO, CLXX. Gf

NINN LRN PR NIN PR OPENPR L ADAP LRL PAPAL Pm PP PtP rare nn ne ee

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

EDITED BY

THE HONORARY SECRETARIES. -

WOR ARAN.

RARADRRR RAR

Sata ae

Part II, No., ITI.—1871.

PAPAL PIAL ALO

ohh

NPR ILRI IND PPL LD

ie ay = — fA

UE 0! (és TAA i= =

SSS SS

= SS == > —— a

a F Painssi WP = MUSEUM A SIATIC: SOCIETY CaLeurne are

“‘ The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia ; and

‘within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by

‘man or produced by nature, —Stz WILLIAM J ONES.

Price to Subscribers, per Number, Rs. 1-8 To Non-Subscribers, Rs, 2——

*,* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries Asiat. Soc.

to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lo

don, care of Messrs. Williams and Norgate, 14, Henrietta Street.

OSA PNP APA

PARRA EAL,

SARARAAALS

CALCUTTA:

ern

PRINTED BY C. B. LEWIS, AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS,

. CIRCULAR ROAD.

1871.

OI ee errr,

On InDIAN

Mason, Esq., SD eae ‘

Norzs on Brrps_ OBSERVED IN THE : ic enorneioon! oF Nac-

PORE AND KAMPTEE, (CENTRAL ete we Cu

AND Axon In Berar,—by et: ae A. _ Mc

‘Madras Staff Corps, Mii helg alviaie #8 eisbnisier sun espa

ee oN CoLoNEL McMaster’ S Tae. oF Bruns Pow

PORE, &o,,—by W. aC BLANFORD, eee eyn saa ace

TRIAL Motivsca FROM THE rm NBIOHNOTR 10

or MovuLMEIN (TENASSERDI PROVINCES), WITH D.

TIONS OF NEW SPECIES, (continued), —by D ‘Dr. F.. Ss

Dusorrprion OF OUR NEW SPECIES OF Mssaran eae:

THE COLLECTION oF DR. SroxrozKA,—b y G. BE

eee AY M. B., Asst. Surgeon i. M.’ s Betish J

\CTED OR OBSERVED IN THE “Wanrpia

ee OF ‘Breps COLLE

LEY AND ITS. VICINITY NEAR Cuanpa,—by W. T

BORD, seeeeersensenseereenses

Norzs ON TERRE

“Monocnar oF Lypian Corea

ae Dat y Si Meee pa te

‘be

CONTENTS

OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART OF THE

JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1870.

Part IT. (Narvran Science).

No. 1, (issued 15th March, 1870). Gopwin-AvUsTEN,

_ New species of Diplommatine from the Khasi hills, (with pl. I-II).—

W. T. BhanrForp, New species of Paludomus, Oremnoconchus,

Cyclostoma, and of Helicide, (with pl. I1I).—V. Bau, Notes on

the geology and the fauna in the neighbourhood of the Nancowry

harbour, Nicobar islands.—F. Day, Notes on the genus Hara

(with pl. IV).—W. Vunvixor, Statistical data on the area of

Trans-Himalayan explorations made during 1868.—SurRveEyor

GenerAt, Abstract of Meteorological Observations for Nov. and

Dec., 1869.

No. 2, (issued 7th June, 1870). S. Kurz, on new or imper-

fectly known Indian plants.—H. H.Gopwin-AvstTeEn, List

of Birds obtained in the Khasi and North Cachar hills.—A. O.

Hume, Observations on some species of birds.—H. F. Bran-

F ORD, on certain irregularities of Atmospheric pressure in Bengal.

—F.StroxurezKa, on some Indian and Malayan Amphibia and

Reptilia.—Surveyror Genera, Meteorological Observations for

January and February, 1870.

No. 3, (issued 1st September, 1870). F. StoticzxKa, Indian

and Malayan Reptilia and Amphibia._S. Kurz, Gentiana Jesch-

ket ve-established as a new genus of Gentianacee.—V. Bau L,

Geology of Port Blair.—V. B au t—Birds from Port Blair.—H. F.

BLANFORD, on the rain fall of Bengal—H. H. Gop win-

- AvsTEN, second list of birds from the Khasi and North Cachar

Hills, &c.—Surveyor GENERAL, Meteorological Observations for

March to June, 1870.

No. 4, (issued 28th Dec. 1870). F. Sroziozxa, Malayan Orni-

thology.— W. T. Buanrorp,—Reptilia and Amphibia of Central

India.—H. E. Bustzrp, Method of assaying silver.—W. THEoBaLp,

Land shells from the Shan States and Pegu.—G. Nevitz, Land

_ shells of Bourbon.—Abstract of Met. Obs. for July to Oct. 1870.

PUBLICATIONS

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

for Sale at the Socrety’s Promises. No: 45, Park Street.

RS. AS.

Aborigines of India, by B. H. Hodgson, Bsq., B. C.'Siceiue ees

Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, from Vols. XII to XXIT,

Vols. XXV to XXIX and from XXXI to date, prices as —

per title page. ae

Ditto Researches, from Vols. VI to XII and Vols. XVII to

XX, each at, . ee ce cee cece cece ce ce cece cence Pa Ei

Ditto ditto Index, at,<. 5.5/5.6 e+ scselse ce'enl eco m eet mien

of Curiosities in the Museum of the Asiatic Society,

by Babu R. Mitra, .. 0... 0... 02 Sess eee ee

of the Books and Maps in the Library of the Asiatic —

Society, by ditto ditto, 1856, ......... se eeee eee ew ee

of Sanscrit Books and MSS. in ditto, .......0.sseseee FL

of Books and MSS. in Arabic, Persian and Urdu,...... 1

of the Fossil Remains of Vertebrata from the Sewalik

Hills, the Nerbudda, Perim Island, &c. in the Museum ew

of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, by H, Falconer,

Esq., M. D., F. R.S., G. S. and L.S., ceasserscesseneeeee i ae al

—— of the Recent Shells in the Museum of the Asiatic APE oe

Society, by W. Theobald, Jr., Pisa ..ds ns 'dosineyeeteay eae

—— of Mammalia in the Museum of the Asiatic Society ie

of Bengal, by E. Blyth, Esq., .....+--++- seresees a

~—— of Reptilesin the Museum of the Asiatic Society, by wae

W. Theobald, Jumr., Hsq., ...sesccseseccssererecssearserscsen 20%

rere Oo MO

Soo © 8

PLP PLD ID PINE A AAP AE RAR AAPL LLLP EEL III I SLA AAA

JOURNAL

SAAAAALRAALO

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

THE HONORARY SECRETARIES.

vee

Dien PEoNot Ev—1871.

Ti Pail

V2 ql

| | ae fe

Ve ile

{ie | |

il = — auf i

itt

ex a l

ail)

The rater of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia : and;

within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by}

man or produced by nature.—SIk WILLIAM JONES. +

Price to Subscribers, per Number, Rs. 1-8——To Non-Subscribers, Rs. 2——

*,* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries Asiat. Soe.,}

fo whom ail orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon-

don, care of Messrs. Williams and Norgate, 14, Henrietta Street.

—~

os RI ns ert ROP OL LEA RLS TBE

PRINTED BY C. B. LEWIS, AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS,

CIRCULAR ROAD.

CALCUTTA:

1871

NEW SERIES. VOL: ol NO, CLXXII. ey

_ CONTENTS,

et Be: u . TEP ees iP

ak Peer aye ¢ Mare ‘

N ; ; ‘ ; Fix de

Mownocrare or Inpran Ovrnmm, Part thee Surg

HV Dayan

re as nlctals thea. i alptate (o's o'e'e s elehuitigie at aa

mar ths OF A VISIT To THE HAsTERN anp N ORTHERN

TIERS oF INDEPENDENT SIKKIM, WITH NOTES ON ‘THE

LOGY OF THE ALPINE AND SuBarine REGIONS, ‘Part 1

by Wixt1am T. Brayrorp, F. G. S., O. M. Z.8. »é

NorvEs on some Inpran AND Burmese (Orin:

F. Srorrozxa NS Eg ot eo

Vics eilc

TER, COMPARED WITH THOSE OP Kew AND ‘Greenwi

by HLF. BLANForp, Esq

spile'ee evel et yeaa

pba ewe Ow Invian AND Matavan Teuexvst, Pt. L—by J.W

Bess ae eh a Mason. Higa: es uh ale agli’ wed esas eek ct ta ee

oh A On A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF Rutroxorma,

ie ae Me . me te _ SCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF VESPERUS, : AND om

: a aa | Ne _ SOME OTHER SPECIES oF INSECTIVOROUS: BATS —

_ 8A, by G. EL Donsoy, B. AS M. B.,

se ist Laer or ALG COLLECTED By Mr. §

Aarne _ ApsAcent Istanps, by Dr. G.

— gandt. He i

199 thee eee.

oad es Singee? Te iguueraatetgee— SEEN ore

CONTENTS bc

OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART OF THE

JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR A

Part II. (Narvrat Screnog). - i

No. 1, (issued 15th March, 1870). Gopwin-A ssp HN,

New species of Diplommatine from the Khasi hills, (with »)!. 1-1. ‘a4

W. T. Buanrorp, New species of Paludomus, Cremnoce rchite,

Cyclostoma, and of Helicide, (with pl. IID).—V. Barz, Neics on

the geology and the fauna in the neighbourhood of io Nancowry

harbour, Nicobar islands.—F. Davy, Notes on the genus Hara

(with pl. IV).—W. VuenvuixorF, Statistical data on the area of

Asiatic Russia.—T. G. MontGomERIE£Z, Narrative report of

Trans-Himalayan explorations made during i868.--SURVEYOR

Genzrat, Abstract of cree guciue Observations for Nov. and

Dec., 1869.

No. 2, (issued 7th June, 1870). S. Kurz, on new or imper-

fectly known Indian plants —H. H.Gopwin-AvstTeEn, List

of Birds obtained in the Khasi and North Cachar hills.—A. O.

Hume, Observations on some species of birds —H. F. Bran- |

F ORD, on certain irregularities of Atmospheric pressure in Bengal. —

—F.SrourezKa, on some Indian and Malayan Amphibia and —

_Reptilia.—Surveyor Genera, Meteorological Observations for

January and February, 1870. :

No. 3, (issued Ist September, 1870). F. StrotiezxKa, Indian

and Malayan Reptilia and Amphibia._S. Kurz, Gentiana Jesch-

ket re-established as a new genus of Gentianacee.—V. B Aut,

Geology of Port Blair.—V. B Au 1t—Birds from Port Blair.—H. F.

BLANFORD, on the rain fall of Bengal—H. H. Gop wrvn-

AwvustTEN, second list of birds from the Khasi and North Cachar -

. Hills, &e.—Surveyor Generar, Meteorological Observations for

March to June, 1870.

No. 4, (issued 28th Dec. 1870). F. Sroxiczka, Malayan Orni-

thology.—W. T. Buanrorp,—Reptilia and Amphibia of Central

India.—H. E. Busrzxp, Method of assaying silver.— W. THEOBALD,

Land shells from the Shan States and Pegu.—G. Nevinz, Land-

shells of Bourbon.—Abstract of Met. Obs, for July to Oct. 1870.

% i | “PUBLICATIONS — |

WR os ok ea eee

‘ OF THE ag

10 es OF Fee

Aborigines of India, by F B. H. ean Heqiae. Oru dees

Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, from Vols. XII to XXII,

Vols. XXV to XXIX and from XXXI to date, prices as_

_ per title page. — 5

Ditto Researches, from Vols. VI to XI ind Wales XVII don

NAR RT eR Ss aaa aie Liaw Bie alan welled Mel er cela sabia

Ditto ditto Index, at, eR 7 De pts hal ng Ms os bt le La

of Curiosities in the Museum of the Asiatic ite

7 ae oat tm Ban: Hae ea eG mR an Pega Myce eed

-— of the Books and Maps in the Library of the Asiatic

Wy: S@Gbietys by dibtoditio «1956, ........j:c.c oes ica ae

—- of Sanscrit Books and MSS. in ditto, ve dpaninss'e ietalalatet

of Books and MSS. in Arabic, Persian and Urdity ce

of the Fossil Remains of Vertebrata from the Sewalik |

Oe ag the Nerbudda, Perim Island, &c. in the Micsene |

of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, by H, Falépnery; Bie

— of ro Recent Shells in ae te os the > Asiatic a ig